【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g

共 30 集

剧集目录

集	标题	时长
P1	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	44:47
P3	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	42:14
P4	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	34:32
P5	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	38:13
P6	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	34:33
P7	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	36:39
P8	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	40:18
P9	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	33:25
P10	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	35:01
P11	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	35:19
P12	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	31:28
P13	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	33:22
P14	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	30:33
P15	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	41:00
P16	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	34:19
P17	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	40:14
P18	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	38:54
P19	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	39:59
P20	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	37:19
P21	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	39:54
P22	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	44:28
P23	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	41:47
P24	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	43:00
P25	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	41:39
P26	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	41:00
P27	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	38:19
P28	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	41:39
P29	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	38:53
P30	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	53:23
P31	【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，g	41:30

P1 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p01 1. 1. LevelA Lesson1 We eat flowers！ (P1)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p01 1. 1. LevelA Lesson1 We eat flowers！ (P1)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 44:47

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:08	We are on reading for vocabulary.	我们正在读词汇。
0:11	We're starting with unit one.	我们从第一单元开始
0:14	We're talking about plants, OK?	我们在谈论植物,好吗?
0:17	My name is Brian Stewart, and thanks for joining me.	我叫布莱恩·斯图尔特谢谢你加入我
0:20	We're going to learn a lot about plants in this lesson.	我们将在此课中学习很多关于植物的知识.
0:25	Lesson one, we eat flowers.	第一课我们吃花
0:29	We eat flowers?	我们吃花?
0:32	Do you eat roses?	你吃玫瑰吗?
0:34	Of course, we eat, sometimes we eat flowers, a part of a plant.	当然,我们吃,有时吃花,是植物的一部分.

展开字幕全文（986 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	We are on reading for vocabulary.	我们正在读词汇。
3	We're starting with unit one.	我们从第一单元开始
4	We're talking about plants, OK?	我们在谈论植物,好吗?
5	My name is Brian Stewart, and thanks for joining me.	我叫布莱恩·斯图尔特谢谢你加入我
6	We're going to learn a lot about plants in this lesson.	我们将在此课中学习很多关于植物的知识.
7	Lesson one, we eat flowers.	第一课我们吃花
8	We eat flowers?	我们吃花?
9	Do you eat roses?	你吃玫瑰吗?
10	Of course, we eat, sometimes we eat flowers, a part of a plant.	当然,我们吃,有时吃花,是植物的一部分.
11	This lesson, we will focus on the plant parts.	这一课,我们将专注于植物部分。
12	There are many parts of a plant that we eat.	我们吃的植物有很多部分
13	So normally, we don't eat flowers, but sometimes we do.	所以,通常我们不吃花, 但有时我们吃。
14	That's what this lesson is about.	即此教义.
15	But we're also going to look at many other parts of the plant	但我们也要看看植物的其他许多部分
16	that we eat, many other parts of the plant that we eat.	我们吃,许多其他的植物我们吃。
17	So let's get started.	因此,让我们开始。
18	OK, let's start with our first word.	好吧,让我们从第一个字开始。
19	The first word, we don't see it, but we have the definition here,	第一句话,我们没有看到它, 但我们有定义在这里,
20	and we have a picture over here.	我们这里有张照片
21	Let's see the definition.	让我们来看看定义。
22	Let's take a look at the definition.	观此定义.
23	The definition is the part, the part.	定义是部分,部分。
24	There are many parts of a plant, but we're	植物有很多部分,但我们是
25	looking at maybe one part or a few different parts, right?	看着一个或几个不同的部分,对不对?
26	I am a person.	我是个人
27	I have many parts, right?	我有很多部分,对不对?
28	Just like a plant has many parts.	就像植物有很多部分一样
29	┮и璶琌贺и plant
30	We eat the part of the plant.	我们吃植物的一部分。
31	So sometimes we have this part of the plant over here.	所以有时候我们这里有这部分植物。
32	We eat that.	我们吃那个。
33	Sometimes it's this part of the plant,	有时是植物的这一部分
34	or sometimes this part of a plant.	或者有时是植物的这一部分
35	They're different parts of a plant.	它们是植物的不同部分.
36	We eat them.	我们吃他们。
37	What do we call that?	我们怎么称呼?
38	We call those vegetable, vegetable.	我们称之为蔬菜,蔬菜。
39	If you look at the word, it looks like vegetable.	若观此字似蔬菜.
40	But no, we say vegetable.	但是,不,我们说蔬菜。
41	Everybody, vegetable.	每个人,蔬菜。
42	So it sounds like you don't say ee, vegetable, vegetable.	所以,听起来你没有说ee,蔬菜,蔬菜。
43	Don't say vegetable, Manuel.	不要说蔬菜,曼努埃尔。
44	Vegetable is very common, vegetable.	蔬菜很常见,蔬菜
45	But there's an interesting point.	但有一个有趣的点。
46	When I see vegetable, I think fruit.	当我看到蔬菜,我想水果。
47	So there's a question.	故有问.
48	What is the difference between vegetable and fruit?	蔬菜和水果有什么区别?
49	Ego hago, ego hago, otoketoroni, right?	伊果哈果,自负哈果,奥托克托罗尼,对不对?
50	How are they different?	他们有什么不同?
51	It's very simple.	很简单
52	Think about this.	考虑一下
53	Fruit has seeds.	果实有种子.
54	If there are seeds in it, it's a fruit.	若其内有种子为果.
55	Vegetable, no seeds.	蔬菜,无种子.
56	A vegetable does not have seeds, no seeds.	蔬菜没有种子,没有种子。
57	So a fruit is a part of the plant, yes.	所以一种水果是植物的一部分,是的。
58	But it's only one part of the plant.	但这只是植物的一个部分.
59	It's the part that has seeds.	这是有种子的部分。
60	If it has seeds, it's a fruit.	若有种子即为果.
61	So an apple, cut open an apple, there are seeds.	所以一个苹果,切开一个苹果, 有种子。
62	An apple is a fruit.	一个苹果是水果。
63	Watermelon, mashita, right?	西瓜,马希太,对不对?
64	You cut the watermelon, watermelon, subak, right?	你切西瓜,西瓜,苏巴克,对不对?
65	Watermelon, you cut the watermelon,	西瓜,你切西瓜,你切,
66	wow, many, many, many seeds.	哇,许多,许多,许多种子。
67	Watermelon is a fruit.	西瓜是果实.
68	Vegetable, a carrot, dangun, dangun, right?	蔬菜,胡萝卜,丹枪,丹枪,对不对?
69	You cut the carrot, where's the seeds?	你把胡萝卜切了,种子呢?
70	There's no seeds.	无种子.
71	Carrot is a vegetable, okay?	胡萝卜是蔬菜,好吗?
72	So that's how you know the difference	所以你才知道区别
73	between vegetable and fruit.	蔬菜和水果之间。
74	But mostly in this lesson, we will talk about vegetables, okay?	但主要在这个课, 我们将谈论蔬菜,好吗?
75	The parts of the plant that we eat,	我们吃的那部分植物
76	many parts don't have seeds.	许多部位没有种子.
77	So mostly, we will talk about vegetables, okay?	所以大部分时间,我们会谈论蔬菜,好吗?
78	Okay, let's go to the next word.	好吧,让我们去到下一个字。
79	The next word is the part.	下句为部分.
80	Remember, there's many parts of a plant.	记住,一个植物有很多部分
81	We're looking at one part,	我们正在寻找一个部分,
82	the part of a plant that makes seeds.	是制作种子的植物的一部分
83	It's the part of the plant that makes the seeds	是植物中制作种子的部分
84	before the fruit, right?	在水果之前,对不对?
85	It's the part of the plant that makes the seeds	是植物中制作种子的部分
86	before it becomes a fruit.	在它变成水果之前
87	What part is it?	这是什么?
88	Look at the picture.	看看这照片
89	There are many pretty, pretty what?	有很多漂亮的,美丽的什么?
90	We have yellow, we have purple.	我们有黄色,我们有紫色。
91	What are they?	他们是什么?
92	Of course, we say they are flowers, flower.	当然,我们说它们是花,花。
93	Be careful, this is a little hindero,	小心,这有点碍事
94	a little difficult to pronounce,	很难发音,
95	F and L, right?	F和L,对不对?
96	F and L, very difficult combination.	F和L,非常困难的组合。
97	F, f, f, 和 L, l, l.
98	Put them together, flower, flower.	把它们放在一起,花,花。
99	That's not so hard, flower, flower.	这不是那么难,花,花。
100	It's the part of the plant that makes seeds.	是植物中制作种子的部分.
101	The flowers make seeds.	花开作种子.
102	Okay, let's move on to our next word.	好吧,让我们继续我们的下一个词。
103	The next word we can see, wow,	下一个词我们可以看到,哇,
104	looks really bright here, right?	这里看起来很亮,对吧?
105	Very green.	非常绿色。
106	This is the flat green part of a plant.	这是植物的绿色部分
107	And there are many, right?	还有很多,对吧?
108	A plant has many of these.	一种植物有很多这些。
109	What do we call this one?	我们怎么称呼这个?
110	One of them, what do we call it?	其中一个,我们怎么称呼它?
111	We call it a leaf, leaf.	我们称之为叶子,叶子。
112	Here we have L and F at the end, right?	我们最后有L和F 对吧?
113	Now they're apart.	现在他们分开了
114	但L,记住L,I,I,I,I.
115	Put your tongue behind your teeth on the top, l, leaf.	把你的舌头放在牙齿后面,我,叶子。
116	And then f for F, leaf, leaf.	然后f为F,叶,叶.
117	That's only one, one leaf.	仅此一叶.
118	But a plant has many.	但是,一个植物有很多。
119	So how do we make it plural?	那么,我们如何使它复数?
120	We say many leaves, many leaves, leaves, leaves, okay?	我们说许多叶子,许多叶子,叶子,叶子,好吗?
121	So if it's one, just one, we say it's a leaf.	所以,如果它是一个,只有一个,我们说它是一个叶。
122	But of course a plant has many.	但当然,一个植物有很多。
123	You look at a plant, you see many leaves on a plant.	你看植物,看到植物上有许多叶子.
124	The flat green part of a plant, usually green.	植物的扁绿部分,通常为绿色.
125	Sometimes they're yellow, sometimes they're orange, right?	有时是黄色的,有时是橙色的,对吧?
126	Depends, but usually they're green.	取决于情况,但通常都是绿色的.
127	The green parts of a plant.	一个植物的绿色部分。
128	Okay, now we're on the next part of the plant.	好了,现在我们在植物的下一个部分。
129	And this part, we can't see it, right?	而这部分,我们看不到它,对不对?
130	We can't see that part of the plant	我们看不到那部分植物
131	because it's underground.	因为它在地下。
132	Underground, let me write that for you.	地下,让我写给你。
133	Under ground, right?	地下,对不对?
134	This is the ground, this is the ground, it's under,	这是地面,这是地面, 它的下面,
135	under the ground, under ground, it's underground.	地下,地下,是地下的。
136	The part of a plant that grows,	植物生长的部分,
137	it grows down in the dirt.	它生长在泥土里
138	It's in the dirt, right?	这是在脏,对不对?
139	In the dirt, it's underground.	土中为地下.
140	So what part of this plant is it?	这植物是什么部分?
141	What do we say?	怎么样?
142	What's the word there?	那边有甚么字.
143	We say that part of the plant is called the root.	我们说部分植物被称为根.
144	Root, right?	根,对不对?
145	Strong word.	强语.
146	Of course, the roots are strong	当然,根子很坚固
147	because they have to be strong	因为他们必须坚强
148	because they hold the plant in the ground, right?	因为他们把植物藏在地上对吧?
149	These roots, we can't see them	这些根,我们看不见
150	unless we pull the plant out, right?	除非我们把植物拔出来,对吗?
151	We pull the plant out of the ground,	我们把植物从地上拉出来
152	then we can see the roots.	然后我们可以看到根。
153	We can see the roots, right?	我们可以看到根,对不对?
154	But one root, many roots, okay?	但一个根,很多根,好吗?
155	So root, root, right?	所以,根,根,对不对?
156	Strong word, root.	强词,根.
157	Okay, what's our next word?	好吧,我们的下一个词是什么?
158	Okay, our next word,	好吧,我们的下一个词,
159	we're talking about a different part of the plant.	我们说的是植物的另一部分
160	This is this part right here.	这是这里的一部分。
161	Actually, it's this whole piece right here, right?	其实,这是这整块在这里,对不对?
162	That whole thing.	整个事情。
163	We're talking about that part of the plant now.	我们现在在谈论植物的这一部分。
164	Now, it's the part of a plant that holds the plant up.	现在,它是植物中支撑植物上升的部分.
165	It holds the plant up, right?	它能撑住植物,对吧?
166	It supports the rest of the plant.	它支撑着植物的其余部分.
167	It's kind of like my body, right?	它有点像我的身体,对不对?
168	My trunk of my body holds my body up, right?	我身体的后备箱举起我的身体,对吧?
169	But this part, we don't usually say trunk	但这部分我们通常不说后备箱
170	for a small plant.	对于一个小植物。
171	We can say what?	我们可以说什么?
172	Stem, 树干.
173	Yes, we can say trunk for a tree,	是的,我们可以说树干一棵树,
174	but this is a small plant.	但这是个小植物
175	We say stem, stem.	我们说干,干。
176	Many plants, all plants have a stem.	许多植物,所有植物都有茎.
177	The stem is like the body of a plant, right?	树干就像植物的身体,对吧?
178	It's like the body of a plant.	犹如植物之体.
179	It's their body, right?	这是他们的身体,对不对?
180	Some bodies are thin.	有些尸体很薄.
181	Some bodies are thick, right?	有些尸体很厚,对吧?
182	So these are the stems of the plant, right?	这些是植物的茎对吧?
183	Some of them are thick and big.	有的粗而大.
184	Some of them are very thin and not so strong,	有的很瘦,没有那么强壮
185	but they are called stems.	但他们被称为树根。
186	Stem, the stem of a plant,	Stem,一种植物的茎,
187	the part that holds the plant up.	维持植物生长的部分
188	Okay, the next one is the part of a plant	好吧,下一个是植物的一部分
189	that grows into a new plant.	长成新的植物
190	We talked about this part before.	我们之前谈过这部分
191	We've mentioned it several times already.	我们已经提过几次了
192	We're looking at this very small piece of the plant.	我们正看着这个植物的小块。
193	That piece, that part will fly away on the wind.	那块,那块会飞走的
194	It'll fall in the ground and a new plant will grow, okay?	它会掉在地上一个新的植物会长出来,好吗?
195	So that's just one type of plant.	所以这只是一种植物。
196	Of course, there are many types of these.	当然,这些种类很多。
197	Sometimes people eat them, right?	有时有人吃,对不对?
198	And they throw them away in different places	他们把他们丢在各地,
199	and a new plant will grow.	将生长新的植物。
200	What are we talking about?	我们在说什么?
201	We're talking about the seed, the seed,	我们谈论的种子,种子,
202	the seed of a plant.	一种植物的种子,
203	Remember when we talked about fruits and vegetables?	记得我们讨论水果和蔬菜的时候吗?
204	Where is the seed?	种子在哪里? 种子在哪里? 种子在哪里? 种子在哪里? 种子在哪里?
205	The seed is in the fruit, but not all plants have fruit.	种子在果实中,但并非所有植物都有果实.
206	Some plants, there's no fruit.	有些植物,没有水果.
207	Like this plant here, there's no fruit	像这里的植物一样,没有水果
208	because the seeds break off and fly away on the wind.	因为种子散开,在风中飞走
209	But many plants grow fruit, the seeds are in them	但是许多植物都生长水果,种子在里面
210	because animals eat the fruit and they eat the seeds too.	因为动物也吃水果吃种子
211	And they walk away and they go to the bathroom	他们走开,去洗手间
212	somewhere else.	在别的地方
213	But the seeds are in that and the seeds will grow	但种子就在里面种子会长出来
214	in a different location and those are seeds, okay?	在一个不同的地点那些是种子,好吗?
215	So plants have many ways to spread their seeds, okay?	所以植物有很多种方法来播种,好吗?
216	Now we've come here to this type of plant.	现在我们来到了这种植物。
217	We're talking about a type of plant,	我们说的是一种植物
218	a long orange vegetable.	长橙色蔬菜。
219	So it's a vegetable, you can see it right here.	所以,这是一个蔬菜, 你可以在这里看到它。
220	You know what that is, right?	你知道这是什么吗?
221	We can only see part of it,	我们只能看到它的一部分,
222	but we know what the rest of it is.	但我们知道剩下的是什么
223	The rest of it is underground, right?	其余部分在地下对吧?
224	What would we call that?	我们怎么称呼?
225	This, of course, is called the carrot, right?	这当然是胡萝卜吧?
226	Before I said tangan, right?	我说番茄之前,对不对?
227	Tangan, one of the first words I learned in Korean	丹江,我先学的韩语
228	because carrots are very common.	因为胡萝卜很常见.
229	They're good for you.	对你有好处
230	Carrots are very good for your eyes.	胡萝卜对你的眼睛很好
231	You eat many carrots, you have good eyesight.	你吃很多胡萝卜,视力很好。
232	I don't know what happened with me.	我不知道我发生了什么事
233	I think I read too much.	我想我读太多。
234	But if you eat many carrots, you have good eyesight, okay?	但是如果你吃很多胡萝卜, 你的视力很好,好吗?
235	But carrots are long orange vegetable.	但胡萝卜是长橙色的蔬菜.
236	They're very good for you, okay.	他们对你很好,好吗?
237	Now, here we have an action.	现在,我们有一个行动。
238	It's not a noun, we're looking for a verb, an action.	这不是名词我们在找动词动作
239	To put food into your mouth and chew and swallow.	把食物放进你的嘴里咀嚼吞咽
240	Swallow it.	吞却.
241	So you chew it and you swallow it.	故嚼而吞之.
242	Actually, you do three things, right?	其实,你做三件事,对不对?
243	First, you put it in your mouth, that's first.	首先,你把它放在你的嘴,这是第一个。
244	Second, you chew it.	第二,你咀嚼它。
245	And third, you swallow it, right?	第三,你吞下它,对不对?
246	Make sure you chew before you swallow.	吃东西前先咀嚼
247	Don't just put and go chew, right?	你别随便去嚼,对吗?
248	Don't be so fast.	别这么快
249	Take your time.	慢慢来
250	Chew your food well.	嚼汝饭井.
251	But there's three actions, right?	但有三个动作,对不对?
252	To put food in your mouth, chew it, and then swallow it.	将食物放入口中,咀嚼,然后吞下.
253	What are we talking about?	我们在说什么?
254	Of course, we're talking about to eat, eat, okay?	当然,我们说的是吃,吃,好吗?
255	So when we eat, that's what we're doing.	所以,当我们吃饭, 这就是我们在做什么。
256	We're actually doing three things.	我们实际上做了三件事。
257	Put food in your mouth, chew it, and then swallow.	将食物放入口中,咀嚼,然后吞下.
258	Of course, we can also talk about the different times, right?	当然,我们也可以谈论不同的时代,对不对?
259	Present tense, past tense, right?	现在紧张,过去紧张,对不对?
260	And past participle, okay?	还有过去的派对,好吗?
261	So when we talk about present tense, eat, eat.	所以,当我们谈论现在的紧张,吃,吃。
262	That's what we're doing now.	这就是我们现在要做的。
263	What will we do now?	我们现在怎么办?
264	Let's eat.	吃饭吧
265	Let's go eat, okay?	我们去吃饭,好吗?
266	And that's also a little bit of future, right?	那也是未来的一部分,对吧?
267	Let's eat.	吃饭吧
268	I want to eat now.	我现在就想吃东西
269	You're talking about the present time	你说的是现在
270	or just a little bit in the future.	或只是未来一点点。
271	What about ate, eat, ate?	吃,吃,吃吗?
272	I ate breakfast.	我吃早饭了
273	Did you eat breakfast?	你吃早餐了吗?
274	Yes, I ate breakfast.	对,我吃早餐了
275	I hope you ate breakfast, right?	我希望你吃早餐,对不对?
276	But you're talking about eaten a long time ago, right?	但你说的是很久以前吃过的对吧?
277	I have eaten or I've done something before, right?	我吃过东西还是以前做过什么?
278	I have eaten breakfast.	我吃过早餐了
279	I have eaten.	我吃过了
280	Have you ever eaten eggs for breakfast, right?	你早餐吃过鸡蛋吗?
281	So if you're talking about if you ever did something	所以,如果你在谈论如果你曾经做过什么
282	in your life, you have done it.	在你的生活中,你已经做到了。
283	You have eaten eggs, okay?	你吃过鸡蛋,好吗?
284	So eat, ate, eaten.	故食,食,食也.
285	One more time.	再来一次
286	Eat, ate, eaten.	吃吃吃吃吃
287	Those are the different verb forms of this verb to eat.	这些是这个动词的不同的动词形式来食用.
288	By the way, you should eat breakfast every day, right?	对了,你应该吃早餐每天,对不对?
289	Always eat breakfast.	总是吃早餐。
290	I ate breakfast today.	我今天吃早饭了
291	I hope you ate breakfast today.	我希望你今天吃早饭
292	Okay, our next word is another type of vegetable.	好吧,我们的下一个词是另一种蔬菜。
293	Another type of vegetable.	另一种蔬菜
294	We saw carrot before.	我们以前见过胡萝卜
295	That's one type of vegetable.	这是一类蔬菜。
296	But now we have another type of vegetable.	但现在我们有另一种蔬菜
297	And this is the picture.	这就是照片。
298	You know this one, right?	你知道这个,对不对?
299	This is very common.	这很常见。
300	Round, white.	圆,白色.
301	They're white, maybe a little yellow,	他们是白色的,也许有点黄
302	but usually white vegetables that grow in the dirt.	但通常是在泥土中生长的白色蔬菜.
303	They grow underground, just like the carrot, right?	他们生长在地下,就像胡萝卜,对不对?
304	What do we call these vegetables?	我们怎么称呼这些蔬菜?
305	We call them potato.	我们叫它们土豆
306	Potato, right?	土豆对吧?
307	You know, of course, gamja, right?	你知道,当然,Gamja,对不对?
308	Gamja.	甘贾.
309	Potato is very, very common.	土豆很常见
310	And of course, we know potatoes as potato chips, right?	当然,我们知道土豆是薯片,对吧?
311	Potato chips are very common, too, made from potatoes.	土豆薯片也非常常见,由土豆制成.
312	And I just gave you, of course, when you talk about plural,	我刚刚给你,当然, 当你谈论复数,
313	say potatoes, potatoes with the E.	说土豆,土豆与E。
314	We add ES at the end.	我们在结尾加上ES.
315	It is potatoes, potatoes.	这是土豆,土豆。
316	So potatoes, of course, are very common.	所以马铃薯,当然,是非常常见的。
317	You probably eat them maybe every day,	你可能每天都会吃
318	if not every day, then probably many times a week, right?	如果不是每天,那么也许每周会有很多次,对吧?
319	I'm sure you eat potatoes very often, okay?	我相信你经常吃土豆,好吗?
320	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
321	Now, this is also very common,	现在,这也是很常见的,
322	especially with Korean dishes, right?	尤其是韩国菜吧?
323	I really like bulgogi, right?	我真的很喜欢布尔戈吉,对不对?
324	And I like, when I eat bulgogi,	我喜欢,当我吃布尔戈吉,
325	I use this to put the bulgogi in.	我用这个把布戈吉放进去
326	What do we call this?	这叫什么?
327	绿叶大叶 plant(学名:Primula sublicula)为 plant科大叶 leaves属的植物.
328	It has many large green leaves.	它有许多大的绿叶.
329	Okay, what do we call it?	好吧,我们怎么称呼它?
330	In English, we say it's lettuce, lettuce.	在英语中,我们说它是生菜,生菜.
331	Now, lettuce is very similar to another vegetable	现在,生菜和另一种蔬菜很相似
332	we call cabbage.	我们叫小白菜
333	But cabbage is very similar,	但小白菜很类似,
334	but lettuce is not so heavy.	但生菜没那么重
335	Lettuce is lighter, it's thinner,	生菜更轻,更薄
336	and it tastes a little bit better.	味道会好一点
337	Lettuce is a different kind,	生菜是一种不同的种类,
338	but cabbage, they're very close.	但是小白菜,他们很接近。
339	They're like brothers, right?	他们就像兄弟,对吧?
340	They're like sisters, they're very close.	他们就像姐妹, 他们非常接近。
341	But lettuce or cabbage.	但生菜或小白菜.
342	Lettuce, of course, is very common.	当然,生菜很常见。
343	We use it in salads, of course, in many Korean dishes.	我们用在沙拉,当然, 在许多韩国菜肴。
344	You can use it to eat with meat.	可以用肉为食.
345	I like to put the meat, the rice, the garlic,	我喜欢把肉,米,蒜,
346	the onion, and the doenjang, right?	洋葱,和杜恩强,对不对?
347	A lot, good, delicious, right?	很多,很好吃,对吧?
348	But we use the lettuce in many different ways, okay?	但是我们用生菜的方式不同,好吗?
349	We say lettuce, lettuce.	我们说生菜,生菜。
350	It almost sounds like let us go,	听起来就像放我们走
351	but it doesn't mean that, right?	但它并不意味着,对不对?
352	生uce,生uce.
353	And that is a plant with large green leaves.	这是一株有大片绿叶的植物。
354	Okay, here we have another type of plant that we eat, right?	好吧,我们这里有另一种类型的植物我们吃,对不对?
355	We eat these things right here.	我们在这里吃这些东西。
356	These actually are seeds, right?	这些其实是种子,对不对?
357	But in this case, they're soft and they're good for you.	但是在这种情况下,它们很柔软,对你有好处.
358	The seed of a pea plant that we eat.	我们吃的豌豆植物的种子
359	Remember, pea plant, right?	记得,豌豆植物,对不对?
360	That's very easy, because we say pea, right?	这很简单,因为我们说豌豆,对不对?
361	It梨.
362	Peas, eat your peas.	豌豆,吃你的豌豆。
363	Peas are very good for you.	豆子对你很好
364	Now, usually we don't eat the seeds of a plant,	我们通常不吃植物的种子
365	like apple seeds.	就像苹果种子一样
366	They're very hard, right?	他们很辛苦,对吧?
367	They don't taste good.	它们味道不好
368	But we can eat peas.	但我们可以吃豌豆。
369	The seeds of a pea plant, we eat those very often.	豆科植物的种子我们经常吃这些
370	So sometimes we can eat seeds,	所以有时候我们可以吃种子,
371	but sometimes we don't eat the seeds, right?	但有时我们不吃种子,对不对?
372	But in the case of peas, we eat the seeds, okay?	但对于豌豆,我们吃种子,好吗?
373	It's part of the plant that we eat.	它是我们食用的植物的一部分.
374	Okay, our next word is a verb.	好吧,我们的下一个词是一个动词。
375	To have an odor.	为有气味.
376	That's a verb, right?	这是一个动词,对不对?
377	A verb.	一个动词。
378	When we see to do something,	当我们看到做一些事情,
379	we're talking about a verb.	我们在谈论一个动词。
380	To have an odor.	为有气味.
381	An odor, that means I can sense it with my nose, right?	一种气味,这意味着我能用鼻子感知到,对不对?
382	There are good odors.	气味不错
383	That's nice.	不错
384	And there are bad odors.	而有恶臭.
385	Right?	对吧?
386	Bad odors.	恶臭.
387	So to have an odor, what is the word?	因此,有气味,是什么词?
388	What is going on here?	这是怎么回事?
389	We say that this is smell.	我们说这是味道。
390	Smell.	闻曰.
391	To have an odor is to smell.	气味是闻.
392	There's two ways you can use this verb.	有两种方法可以使用这个动词.
393	One way is this.	一种方式是这个。
394	The flower smells.	花闻之.
395	So in this case, the flower smells.	故此花闻.
396	That's a good odor.	这味道不错
397	But sometimes there's a bad odor.	但有时有恶味.
398	For example, my, oops, where?	举个例子,我的,哦,哪里?
399	My socks	我的袜子
400	smell.	闻起来
401	Whoops.	呜呼.
402	Smell.	闻曰.
403	My sock.	我的袜子
404	What is a sock?	什么是袜子?
405	You say, yangmou, right?	你说,阳武,对不对?
406	So sock is like this.	袜子是这样的
407	Woo, woo.	呜,呜。
408	It smells, right?	闻起来很香吧?
409	Don't smell that.	别闻.
410	Smell, woo, woo.	闻,呜,呜。
411	It smells.	闻之曰.
412	My socks smell.	我的袜子有味道
413	That's one way.	这是一种方式。
414	Another way you can use this is I smell.	另一种方法你可以使用这个,是我闻到的。
415	I smell.	我闻.
416	I smell what?	我闻到什么?
417	My sock?	我的袜子?
418	No, yuck.	不,讨厌。
419	That's horrible, right?	太可怕了,对吧?
420	I smell a flower.	我闻一花.
421	That's much better.	这样好多了
422	I smell a flower.	我闻一花.
423	Ah, much better, right?	啊,好多了,对不对?
424	Don't smell your socks.	不要闻你的袜子。
425	Ugh, right?	是吗?
426	That's terrible, right?	太可怕了,对吧?
427	So my socks smell.	所以,我的袜子闻。
428	It has an odor.	它有股气味。
429	It gives an odor.	它会发出一种气味。
430	Some good odors and some bad odors, right?	一些好气味和坏气味,对不对?
431	My socks smell.	我的袜子有味道
432	Or I smell a flower.	或闻一花.
433	So there's two ways you can use this verb.	所以有两种方法可以使用这个动词.
434	Some things smell or people or animals smell something.	有些东西闻起来或者人或动物闻到什么
435	So there's two ways.	故有两法.
436	The flower smells.	花闻之.
437	The boy smells the flower.	童子闻此花.
438	Two ways, right?	两条路,对吧?
439	Okay, so smell.	好吧,那么闻。
440	Very interesting verb.	非常有趣的动词。
441	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
442	We're moving on to our exercises.	我们要开始练习了
443	Now we're going to match the words to the definition, okay?	现在我们要把词和定义联系起来好吗?
444	So this is matching exercise.	因此,这是匹配运动。
445	What are the words?	这是什么词?
446	The words are seed, vegetable, leaf, flower,	词是种子、蔬菜、叶子、花
447	stems and roots, okay?	根和根,好吗?
448	What are the definitions?	定义是什么?
449	Number one, these, these, that means not one but many.	第一,这些,这些, 这意味着不是一个,而是很多。
450	These are many, right?	这些是很多,对不对?
451	These grow down in the dirt.	这些生长在泥土里。
452	They grow underground.	他们生长在地下.
453	What part of the plant grows underground?	植物的哪个部分在地下生长?
454	Remember, it's got to be strong.	记住,它必须是坚固的。
455	It has to hold that plant so that it doesn't fall over,	它必须保持植物以免它掉下来,
456	right, even in strong wind.	是的,即使在强风。
457	They must be very strong.	它们一定非常强大。
458	They grow underground.	他们生长在地下.
459	They're part of a plant.	它们是植物的一部分
460	Which word is it?	什么词?
461	If you guess, roots.	如果你猜到的话根
462	That's right, roots.	没错根
463	S because we say these, plural.	因为我们说这些,复数。
464	These grow down in the dirt.	这些生长在泥土里。
465	They are roots, roots.	他们是根,根。
466	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
467	These hold the plant up.	这些能支撑植物
468	So above ground, right, what is the body of the plant, right?	所以,在地面上,对, 什么是植物的身体,对不对?
469	It supports the plant.	它支撑着植物.
470	It holds it up, right, so the plant doesn't fall down, right?	它能撑起来,对吗? 这样植物就不会倒下来,对吗?
471	So what do we call it?	那我们怎么称呼它?
472	Again, we're looking for plural, S, these.	再说一遍,我们在找复数,S,这些。
473	So which word is it?	那么是哪个词?
474	Of course, we're looking at this word here, right, stems.	当然,我们是在研究这个词,对,是的,是的,是的。
475	The stem is like the body of a plant.	茎形似植物的躯体.
476	It holds the plant up.	它能撑住植物
477	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
478	Flat, green part of the plant.	扁平,为植物的绿色部分.
479	So it's the green part of the plant.	因此是植物的绿色部分.
480	It's flat, and there are many of them, okay?	地势平坦,有很多人,好吗?
481	But we're just looking for one here.	但我们只是在这里寻找一个。
482	The flat, green part of a plant.	平坦,绿色的部分一个植物。
483	We're looking for, which one?	我们在找哪个?
484	We're looking for leaf, leaf.	我们在找叶子,叶子
485	Not flower, because flower has many different colors	不是花因为花有很多不同的颜色
486	and many different shapes.	和许多不同的形状。
487	But leaves are usually flat, and they're green.	但叶子一般扁平,为绿色.
488	Leaf, okay?	叶子,好吗?
489	Let's move on to number four.	更转第四.
490	The plant part that makes seeds.	制作种子的植物部分.
491	So the part of the plant that makes seeds.	因此植物中制作种子的部分.
492	It makes seeds.	能生诸种子.
493	We talked about this before, right?	我们以前谈过,对吧?
494	Where in the plant are seeds made?	植物里哪里有种子?
495	Which part of the plant makes seeds?	植物的哪个部分会生种子?
496	It smells good.	闻之曰.
497	Which part is it?	是哪个部分?
498	It's the flower.	是花头.
499	The flower smells good.	花开香.
500	It makes seeds.	能生诸种子.
501	And you smell a flower, ah, the flower smells good.	你闻到一朵花, 啊,这朵花闻起来很香.
502	Okay, number five.	好吧,第五号。
503	This grows into a new plant, a new plant.	这种生长为新植物,新植物.
504	It makes a new plant.	造出一种新植物
505	We talked about this very much, right?	我们谈了很多,对不对?
506	We talked about that very much.	我们谈了很多。
507	It grows into a new plant.	其生长为新植物.
508	Which one is it?	哪一个?
509	Of course, we're looking at seed, seed.	当然,我们正在寻找种子,种子。
510	The part that grows into a new plant.	生长为新植物的部分.
511	And so we have many, many plants every year.	因此我们每年都有许多植物。
512	We have a seed.	我们有一个种子。
513	Number six, the plant part that we eat.	第六,我们吃的植物部分。
514	The part of a plant that we eat,	我们吃的那部分植物
515	and it can be the roots, it can be the leaves,	它可以是根,可以是叶子,
516	it can be the flowers, it can be the seeds.	它可以是花,可以是种子。
517	The part of the plant we eat is called a vegetable.	我们食用的植物部分被称为蔬菜.
518	菜able.
519	And remember, vegetables is the part	记住,蔬菜是其中的一部分
520	that doesn't have seeds.	那没有种子。
521	Fruit is the part that does have seeds.	水果是确实有种子的部分。
522	But the part of a plant that we eat, we say vegetable.	但是我们吃的那部分植物,我们说蔬菜。
523	And there are many types of vegetables.	而蔬菜种类繁多.
524	Okay, let's take a short break.	好吧,让我们休息一下。
525	We'll come back and we'll do the reading section.	复来作诵部.
526	Don't go away.	别走
527	Okay, let's go over the reading section for unit one.	好吧,让我们看看第一单元的阅读部分。
528	We're talking about plants.	我们在谈论植物
529	And very interesting, we eat flowers.	很有趣,我们吃花。
530	But we will find out we don't just eat flowers,	但我们会发现我们不只是吃花,
531	we also eat flowers.	我们也吃花。
532	There are many parts of the plant we eat.	我们吃的植物有很多部分
533	Let's look, let's begin.	让我们看看,让我们开始。
534	First sentence, do you like to eat plants?	第一句你喜欢吃植物吗?
535	Do you like to eat plants?	你喜欢吃植物吗?
536	Of course you do.	当然
537	We eat plants every day.	我们每天都吃植物
538	Plants are sometimes delicious	植物有时很美味
539	and they make our bodies strong, right?	它们使我们的身体坚固,对不对?
540	So we should eat plants every day.	所以我们应该每天吃植物
541	Do you like to eat plants?	你喜欢吃植物吗?
542	Yeah, I hope so.	是啊,我希望是这样。
543	The plant parts, we don't eat all the plant,	植物的部件,我们不吃所有的植物,
544	we eat parts.	我们吃部分。
545	The plant parts we eat are vegetables.	我们吃的植物是蔬菜
546	Vegetables, of course, are the parts of the plant	当然,蔬菜是植物的一部分
547	that don't have seeds, no seeds.	没有种子,没有种子。
548	So the roots, maybe the stem, maybe the flowers,	因此,根,也许茎,也许花,
549	those are all vegetables.	这些都是蔬菜。
550	The parts we eat are vegetables.	我们吃的是蔬菜
551	Plants have many different parts.	植物有许多不同的部分.
552	Of course, we learn the words, many different parts.	当然,我们学习了词,很多不同的部分。
553	Roots, stem, flowers, leaves, seeds.	根,茎,花,叶,种子.
554	Wow, many different parts.	哇,许多不同的部分。
555	We use all these parts for food.	我们用所有这些部分来做食物。
556	Yeah, we use all of those different parts,	是啊,我们使用所有这些不同的部分,
557	sometimes for food, right?	有时是为了食物,对吧?
558	We use all these parts for food.	我们用所有这些部分来做食物。
559	Wow, in the grocery store, you can buy plants,	哇,在杂货店, 你可以买植物,
560	you can use those plants for food.	你可以把这些植物作为食物。
561	We use all these parts for food.	我们用所有这些部分来做食物。
562	Let's do it one more time.	再来一次
563	Do you like to eat plants?	你喜欢吃植物吗?
564	The plant parts we eat are vegetables.	我们吃的植物是蔬菜
565	Plants have many different parts.	植物有许多不同的部分.
566	We use all these parts for food.	我们用所有这些部分来做食物。
567	So we eat plants, many types of plants for food.	因此,我们吃植物, 很多种类的植物作为食物。
568	We call them vegetables.	我们称之为蔬菜。
569	Okay.	摆
570	Do you like to eat carrots?	你喜欢吃胡萝卜吗?
571	We talked about carrots, tangan, right?	我们聊过胡萝卜番茄对吧?
572	Do you like to eat carrots?	你喜欢吃胡萝卜吗?
573	I hope so, they're good for your eyes.	希望如此,对你的眼睛有好处
574	Carrots are vegetables, right?	胡萝卜是蔬菜,对不对?
575	We talked about vegetables.	我们谈过蔬菜
576	There are no seeds in a carrot.	胡萝卜里没有种子
577	So a carrot is a vegetable.	胡萝卜是蔬菜
578	They come from carrot plants.	它们来自胡萝卜植物.
579	They, carrots.	他们,胡萝卜。
580	Carrots come from carrot plants.	胡萝卜来自胡萝卜植物.
581	This is a carrot plant.	这是胡萝卜植物。
582	We don't eat the top part, right?	我们不吃上面的部分,对不对?
583	We just eat the bottom part.	我们只是吃底部的部分。
584	But the whole part is a carrot plant.	但整个部分是胡萝卜植物.
585	Carrots come from carrot plants.	胡萝卜来自胡萝卜植物.
586	The part we eat is the root.	我们吃的部分是根。
587	It's the root.	谓之根.
588	A carrot root is very big, right?	胡萝卜根很大,对吧?
589	It's the biggest part of the carrot plant.	这是胡萝卜植物中最大的一部分.
590	So the part we eat is the root.	所以,我们吃的部分是根。
591	Roots grow down in the dirt, underground.	根生长于地下的泥土中.
592	So roots grow, they get bigger underground in the dirt.	因此根生长,在泥土中会得到更大的地下.
593	Okay, let's do it one more time.	好吧,让我们再做一次。
594	Do you like to eat carrots?	你喜欢吃胡萝卜吗?
595	Carrots are vegetables.	胡萝卜是蔬菜.
596	They come from carrot plants.	它们来自胡萝卜植物.
597	The part we eat is the root.	我们吃的部分是根。
598	Roots grow down in the dirt.	根生长于脏腑.
599	So we can see here that we eat many different parts	我们在这里可以看到,我们吃很多不同的部分
600	of the plant.	工厂。
601	The carrot is the root.	胡萝卜为根.
602	So some plants, we eat the roots.	所以一些植物,我们吃根。
603	For example, carrots.	例如胡萝卜.
604	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
605	Now we have another type of plant.	现在我们有另一种植物
606	Many people like to eat potatoes.	许多人喜欢吃土豆.
607	Many people, all over the world, everywhere,	很多人,在世界各地,到处,
608	people like to eat potatoes.	人们喜欢吃土豆。
609	Potatoes are everywhere, right?	土豆到处都是,对吧?
610	Many people like to eat potatoes.	许多人喜欢吃土豆.
611	They, they.	他们,他们。
612	People, potatoes.	人,马铃薯.
613	Potatoes are a very tasty vegetable.	土豆是一种非常美味的蔬菜.
614	Not people.	不为众生.
615	You don't eat people, that's terrible.	你不吃人,这是可怕的。
616	So they refer back to potatoes.	因此,它们指的是土豆。
617	Many people like to eat potatoes.	许多人喜欢吃土豆.
618	They, potatoes, are a very tasty vegetable.	他们,土豆,是一个非常美味的蔬菜。
619	味甘, ma.
620	It's very tasty, it's delicious.	其味甚佳,'.
621	I like to eat it, right?	我喜欢吃,对不对?
622	Potatoes are a very tasty vegetable.	土豆是一种非常美味的蔬菜.
623	Potatoes are stems that we eat.	土豆是根茎我们吃。
624	So the potatoes are stems of the potato plant.	所以马铃薯是马铃薯植物的根茎.
625	Here's a potato plant.	这里有一个土豆植物。
626	Potatoes are the stems of the plant.	土豆属(学名:Primula)是禾本科下的一个属,为乔木植物.
627	Stems help hold a plant up.	Stems帮助支撑植物。
628	So the potato helps hold the plant up.	所以马铃薯有助于维持植物。
629	It's very strong, of course.	当然很强壮
630	Let's do it one more time.	再来一次
631	Many people like to eat potatoes.	许多人喜欢吃土豆.
632	They are a very tasty vegetable.	他们是一个非常美味的蔬菜。
633	Potatoes are stems that we eat.	土豆是根茎我们吃。
634	Stems help hold a plant up.	Stems帮助支撑植物。
635	So we can see before, carrots are roots, we eat roots.	因此,我们可以看到之前,胡萝卜是根,我们吃根.
636	Here we have stems, potatoes.	在这里,我们有茎,土豆。
637	So we eat stems of other plants.	我们吃其他植物的茎
638	For example, potatoes.	例如马铃薯.
639	Okay, another example, we eat the leaves.	好吧,另一个例子,我们吃叶子。
640	Leaves, the flat green part of the plant.	叶,植物的扁绿部分.
641	Many plants, we eat the leaves.	很多植物,我们吃叶子。
642	We eat the leaves of some plants.	我们吃一些植物的叶子。
643	Not all plants, but some plants.	并不是所有的植物,而是一些植物.
644	Leaves are flat and green, as we can see here.	如我们所见,叶子是平的和绿色的。
645	Do you like to eat lettuce?	你喜欢吃生菜吗?
646	This is lettuce.	这是生菜
647	落叶uce(学名:Lettuce)为 let科uce属的植物.
648	So the leaves are very big.	故叶甚大.
649	In the case of the lettuce, we don't eat the roots,	在生菜方面我们不吃根子
650	we don't eat the stem, we eat the leaves.	我们不吃树干,我们吃树叶。
651	So this is another type of plant.	这是另一种植物
652	Let's do one more time.	让我们再做一次。
653	We eat the leaves of some plants.	我们吃一些植物的叶子。
654	Leaves are flat and green.	叶扁绿.
655	Do you like to eat lettuce?	你喜欢吃生菜吗?
656	落叶uce(学名:Lettuce)为 let科uce属的植物.
657	Okay, so here's another example.	好吧,这是另一个例子。
658	We saw roots, carrot, stem, potato, leaf, lettuce.	我们看到根,胡萝卜,茎,土豆,叶,生菜.
659	So many examples of the parts of plants we eat.	我们吃植物的很多例子。
660	Peas are vegetables too.	豆子也是蔬菜豆子也一样
661	Okay, this is the next part.	好吧,这是下一个部分。
662	Peas are vegetables too.	豆子也是蔬菜豆子也一样
663	They are the seeds.	他们是种子。
664	So now we're talking about seeds of a plant.	所以现在我们谈论的是一个植物的种子。
665	They are, they, of course, are peas.	当然,他们是豌豆。
666	Here, peas.	在这里,豌豆。
667	Peas are the seeds of the pea plant.	豌豆是豌豆科植物的种子.
668	Wow, look at this picture.	哇,看这张照片。
669	Really good looking peas.	长得真帅
670	Ah, mashisoyo, right?	啊,马希索约,对不对?
671	Very nice, okay?	很不错,好吗?
672	We do not, we do not.	我们没有,我们没有。
673	No, we don't.	不,我们没有。
674	We do not eat all of the pea plant.	我们不吃所有的豌豆植物。
675	We don't eat this part.	我们不吃这部分。
676	We don't eat the leaves.	我们不吃叶子。
677	We don't eat the roots.	不食诸根.
678	We don't eat the stems.	我们不吃树根。
679	We don't eat all of the pea plant.	我们不吃所有的豌豆植物。
680	We eat the seeds.	我们吃种子。
681	Only eat the seeds.	只食诸种子.
682	We don't eat all of the plant.	我们不吃所有的植物。
683	We just eat the seeds.	我们只是吃种子。
684	Seeds grow into plants.	种子生长为植物.
685	But if we eat them, they don't grow into plants.	但如果我们吃它们,它们不会长成植物.
686	they go into our stomach, right?	他们进入我们的胃,对不对?
687	Okay, so let's do one more time.	好吧,让我们再做一次。
688	Peas are vegetables, too.	豆子是蔬菜,也一样。
689	They are the seeds of the pea plants.	他们是豌豆的种子
690	We do not eat all of the pea plant.	我们不吃所有的豌豆植物。
691	We eat the seeds.	我们吃种子。
692	Seeds grow into plants.	种子生长为植物.
693	So, here's another part of the plant that we eat.	这里还有我们吃的植物的另一部分。
694	Sometimes we eat roots.	有时吃根.
695	Carrots.	胡萝卜
696	Sometimes we eat stems.	有时我们吃草根。
697	Potatoes.	马铃薯.
698	Sometimes we eat leaves.	有时食叶.
699	Lettuce.	莱图斯
700	And sometimes	有时候
701	we eat seeds.	我们吃种子。
702	Pe豆.
703	So, many different parts of plants that we eat.	所以,许多不同的植物部位我们吃。
704	Okay, next one,	好吧,下一个,
705	next part is flower.	接下来是花
706	Do you like to look at flowers?	你喜欢看花吗?
707	Of course you do.	当然
708	Flowers are very pretty.	鲜花很漂亮
709	In the spring, we can see many colors.	春季时可以看到许多颜色.
710	Yellow.	黄..
711	Green.	绿色。
712	Blue.	蓝.
713	Purple.	紫色的紫色的紫色的
714	Many different colors of	许多不同的颜色
715	flowers.	鲜花。
716	We like to look at flowers.	我们喜欢看花
717	All flowers make seeds.	一切花开作种子.
718	Flowers are pretty and they smell nice, right?	花很漂亮,闻起来也不错,对吧?
719	When we smell a flower, it smells good.	闻一朵花时香.
720	We smell the flower, the flower smells good.	我们闻到花的味道,花的味道很好。
721	Some flowers taste good, too.	有些花品味也不错.
722	Τㄇ
723	not all, right?	不是所有的,对不对?
724	Don't go and eat a rose, right?	不要去吃一朵玫瑰,对不对?
725	That's horrible, right?	太可怕了,对吧?
726	But some flowers,	但有些花朵,
727	some flowers taste good.	一些花味道不错。
728	The top parts, the top parts of broccoli are flowers.	顶部,花椰菜的顶部为花卉.
729	Broccoli,	椰子酱,
730	what is broccoli?	什么是西兰花?
731	This is broccoli.	这是西兰花
732	You know broccoli.	你知道西兰花。
733	You see it in the supermarket.	你在超市里看到过
734	Your	你们
735	mother cooks it for meals.	妈妈做饭吃
736	It's good, very good vegetable.	这是很好的,非常好的蔬菜。
737	But this is broccoli.	但这是西兰花
738	The top parts	顶部
739	of broccoli are flowers.	花椰菜是鲜花
740	This is the flower.	这是花
741	That means we eat flowers.	这意味着我们吃花。
742	It's strange, right?	这很奇怪,对不对?
743	That's why it says that means.	故说此义.
744	That means it's surprising.	这说明这很令人惊讶。
745	I didn't know that.	我不知道这一点。
746	When we think, do we eat flowers?	当我们想,我们吃花吗?
747	No, we don't eat flowers.	不,我们不吃花。
748	Like roses.	就像玫瑰一样
749	But sometimes we do.	但有时我们做。
750	It's surprising.	令人惊叹.
751	Wow.	珃
752	That we eat broccoli.	我们吃西兰花。
753	Broccoli is a flower.	花椰菜是一种花.
754	That's surprising.	这是令人惊讶的。
755	So,	这么说
756	we eat flowers.	我们吃花。
757	Very interesting.	非常有趣,你觉得呢?
758	And you can see many different parts of the plant that we	你可以看到植物的许多不同部分我们
759	eat.	吃饭
760	Let's do one more time.	让我们再做一次。
761	Do you like to look at flowers?	你喜欢看花吗?
762	All flowers make seeds.	一切花开作种子.
763	Flowers are pretty and smell nice.	花很漂亮,闻起来也不错
764	Some flowers taste good, too.	有些花品味也不错.
765	The top parts	顶部
766	of broccoli are flowers.	花椰菜是鲜花
767	That means we eat flowers.	这意味着我们吃花。
768	So, you see we eat all parts of the	所以,你看,我们吃所有的部分
769	plants.	植物。植物。
770	We eat the roots.	食诸根.
771	We eat the stem.	我们吃茎。
772	We eat the leaves.	我们吃叶子。
773	We eat the seeds.	我们吃种子。
774	And we eat the	我们吃
775	flowers.	鲜花。
776	Sometimes, not always, we don't eat all parts of all plants.	有时,并不总是,我们不吃所有植物的所有部分.
777	We only eat different parts	我们只吃不同的部分
778	of different plants.	不同植物之间
779	And we can see many different examples.	我们可以看到许多不同的例子。
780	Okay.	摆
781	Let's move on to our reading comprehension.	让我们开始阅读理解。
782	How well do you remember the reading?	你还记得读数多少?
783	In this case,	在这种情况下,
784	we have a sentence and a blank.	我们有一个句子和一个空白。
785	鸣eep.
786	Right?	对吧?
787	And we have many choices.	我们有很多选择。
788	Here we have this story is	故事是这样的
789	about beep.	关于哔声。
790	Right?	对吧?
791	What is the beep?	什么叫哔声?
792	What is the blank?	什么是空白的吗?
793	A类.
794	Animals.	动物。
795	B. Silverware.	B. 银器
796	Silverware.	银器
797	Forks and spoons and knives.	叉子汤匙刀.
798	Silverware and chopsticks.	银器和筷子
799	Ve菜.
800	C. Vegetables.	C. 蔬菜类。
801	D类.
802	Peanuts.	花生酱。
803	You know peanuts.	你知道花生吗?
804	Peanuts are seeds.	花生为种子.
805	Right?	对吧?
806	We eat peanuts often.	我们经常吃花生
807	They're good for us.	对我们有好处
808	Peanuts.	花生酱。
809	So, this story is about what?	这个故事是关于什么的?
810	What are we talking about in this story?	故事里讲的是什么?
811	We're talking about	我们在谈论
812	the parts of plants that we eat.	我们吃的那些植物
813	The roots.	诸根.
814	The stems.	树根。
815	叶 leaves.
816	The seeds.	诸种子.
817	And the flowers.	及诸花.
818	All those parts of the plant are called animals?	植物的所有部分都叫动物?
819	No.	没有
820	Silverware?	银器?
821	Forks, knives, and chopsticks?	叉子、刀和筷子?
822	No.	没有
823	Vegetables?	蔬菜吗?
824	Ve菜.
825	That's it.	就这样
826	Right?	对吧?
827	It's vegetables.	这是蔬菜。
828	Okay?	好吗?
829	Not peanuts, but vegetables.	不是花生,而是蔬菜。
830	Vegetables are all the different parts of a plant.	蔬菜是植物的不同部分.
831	Many different parts of a plant.	一个植物的许多不同部分。
832	We're talking	我们在说话
833	about vegetables.	关于蔬菜。
834	We're talking about roots.	说诸根性.
835	We're talking about stems.	我们谈论的就是茎。
836	共说 leaves叶.
837	We're talking about seeds.	共说种子.
838	We're talking about flowers.	我们在谈论花
839	These are all vegetables.	这些都是蔬菜。
840	Right?	对吧?
841	We eat	我们吃饭
842	those.	这些
843	So, this story is about vegetables.	这个故事是关于蔬菜的。
844	We talked about all of these things.	我们谈过所有这些事情。
845	They are all	他们都是
846	vegetables.	菜类
847	Okay.	摆
848	Number two.	第二义.
849	Carrots are what?	胡萝卜是什么?
850	We're looking at the part of a plant.	我们在看植物的部位
851	A类.
852	Stems. (原始内容存档于2018-09-27). Stems.
853	B类.
854	Leaves.	叶.
855	C. Seeds.	C. 种子。
856	And D. Roots.	还有D根
857	So, what part of the plant is a carrot?	那么,植物的哪个部分是胡萝卜?
858	Are carrots stems?	是胡萝卜吗?
859	Do	执行
860	they grow above the ground and they hold the plant up?	它们生长在地上它们把植物撑起来?
861	No.	没有
862	They're not stems.	它们不是根茎。
863	Are carrots leaves?	是胡萝卜叶吗?
864	Are they flat and green?	平和绿色的吗?
865	No.	没有
866	Carrots are round and long and orange.	胡萝卜为圆形,长而橙色.
867	So, they are not leaves.	所以,它们不是叶子。
868	Are carrots seeds?	是胡萝卜种子吗?
869	Does a carrot make a new plant?	胡萝卜是新植物吗?
870	A new carrot plant?	新胡萝卜植物?
871	No.	没有
872	Carrots are not seeds.	胡萝卜不是种子
873	Right?	对吧?
874	Are carrots roots?	是胡萝卜根吗?
875	Yes.	对
876	We said carrots are roots.	我们说过胡萝卜是根
877	So, carrots are roots of the plants.	因此,胡萝卜是植物的根.
878	Okay.	摆
879	Number three.	三号
880	Peas are the beep of the pea plant.	豌豆是豌豆植物的鸣叫声.
881	So, again, we're looking for a part	所以,我们再次寻找一个角色
882	of the plant.	工厂。
883	Here we have A.	这里有A。
884	Seeds.	种子s.
885	B类.
886	Tops.	顶.
887	C. Roots.	C. 根类。
888	And D. Blood.	D. 血迹。
889	Blood.	血迹.
890	Blood, of course,	当然是血
891	is inside animals.	是在动物体内。
892	It's the red liquid.	是红色液体
893	If you cut yourself, red water, red blood comes out.	若自割,红水,红血出.
894	Not	没有
895	water, but it's like water.	水,但犹如水.
896	It's a liquid.	是液体
897	Red blood comes out.	红血流出.
898	Peas are the blood of the pea	豆子是豆子的血迹
899	plant.	植物。
900	No.	没有
901	We know that right away.	我们马上知道
902	No.	没有
903	So, peas are the roots of the pea plant.	因此,豌豆是豌豆植物的根基.
904	They're the roots.	是诸根.
905	They grow underground.	他们生长在地下.
906	No.	没有
907	They're not the roots.	非诸根.
908	Peas are the tops, the very top of the pea plant.	豌豆属(学名:Pea)是豆科下的一个属,为乔木植物.
909	No.	没有
910	Peas are not the tops.	豆子不是顶部。
911	Peas are the seeds of the pea plant.	豌豆是豌豆科植物的种子.
912	Yes.	对
913	Peas are the seeds.	豆为种子.
914	We talked	我们谈过了
915	about that, right?	关于那个,对不对?
916	They're the part of the plant seeds that we eat.	它们是我们食用的植物种子的一部分.
917	Okay.	摆
918	Let's take a look at our	让我们来看看我们
919	chart here.	这里的图表。
920	This is a chart of the plant.	这是植物图.
921	And this is what our reading passage and our unit is about.	这是我们的阅读段落和我们的单位。
922	We can eat different parts of the plant.	我们可以吃植物的不同部分。
923	What are some examples?	一些例子是什么?
924	Here on the top, we have seed,	顶部有种子
925	seed.	种子。
926	So, what is an example of us eating the part of the plant that is a seed?	那么,我们吃植物中作为种子的部分的例子是什么?
927	What is an example?	一个例子是什么?
928	Of course, we talked about peas, right?	当然,我们谈了豌豆,对不对?
929	We eat peas.	我们吃豌豆。
930	Those are the seeds of a plant.	这些是植物的种子。
931	Okay.	摆
932	What	什麽?
933	about flour?	关于面粉?
934	Do we eat flours?	我们吃面粉吗?
935	Yes.	对
936	On some plants, we eat the flours.	在一些植物上,我们吃面粉。
937	For example, broccoli,	比如西兰花
938	broccoli.	花椰菜(原变种).
939	We talked about that, right?	我们谈过了,对吧?
940	So, the broccoli is actually the flour of the plant.	因此,西兰花实际上是植物的面粉.
941	We	我们
942	eat that broccoli.	吃西兰花。
943	What about the stem?	树干呢?
944	Do we eat the stem of some plants?	我们吃一些植物的茎吗?
945	Yeah.	对
946	Sure.	当然
947	What was the	是什么来着?
948	example?	例子?
949	Do you remember Kamja?	你还记得卡姆贾吗?
950	Kamja, of course, is potato, potato.	卡姆贾当然是土豆,土豆.
951	Potato is the stem of a plant.	土豆属(学名:Conus)是禾本科下的一个属,为乔木植物.
952	What about leaf?	叶子呢?
953	Do we eat leaves of plants?	我们吃植物的叶子吗?
954	Yes, you bet.	是的,当然
955	We do eat leaves of plants.	我们吃植物的叶子
956	What is an	何谓?
957	example of that?	举个例子?
958	Our example is lettuce, lettuce.	我们的例子是生菜,生菜。
959	Okay.	摆
960	Finally, we have roots, the roots of a plant.	最后,我们有根,植物的根。
961	What do we eat?	我们吃什么?
962	What's an example of a root that we eat?	我们吃的根是什么例子?
963	Very common, dangun, right?	很常见吧?
964	Of course,	当然
965	it's carrot, carrot.	这是胡萝卜,胡萝卜。
966	So, let's review very quickly.	所以,让我们快速审查。
967	Peas, we have peas, broccoli, potato,	豌豆,我们有豌豆,西兰花,土豆,
968	lettuce, carrot, and these are all different parts of the plant, the plant parts that we eat.	生菜胡萝卜这些都是植物的不同部分我们吃的植物
969	So, there are many different plants in our world.	我们的世界有很多不同的植物
970	We don't eat all the plants.	我们不吃所有的植物。
971	We eat parts	我们吃一部分
972	of different plants, right?	不同的植物,对不对?
973	And we can see many different examples of the plants we eat.	我们可以看到许多不同的例子我们吃的植物。
974	So,	这么说
975	what are you having for dinner tonight?	你今晚吃什么饭?
976	When you eat your dinner, think about the part of the plant	吃晚饭的时候,想一想植物的部分
977	you will eat, and hopefully, it will be very delicious, right?	你会吃,并且希望, 它会是非常美味的,对不对?
978	So, eat your dinner well,	所以,吃你的晚饭好,
979	and I hope you eat some parts of the plants with your dinner.	我希望你用晚餐吃植物的某些部分
980	Remember, plant parts are	记住,植物零件是
981	very good for you, very healthy.	对你很好非常健康
982	So, eat vegetables, eat a lot of vegetables.	所以,吃蔬菜,吃很多蔬菜.
983	
984	that wraps it up for this lesson.	结束了这个教训。
985	We'll see you guys next time.	下次见
986	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 989 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P3 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p03 2. 2. LevelA Lesson2 Not Just for Food (P3)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p03 2. 2. LevelA Lesson2 Not Just for Food (P3)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 42:14

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hey, kids.	嘿,孩子们。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	Are you ready to continue?	你准备好继续了吗?
0:13	I am.	没错
0:14	We're on Unit 1, talking about plants, Lesson 2, Not Just for Food.	我们在第一单元谈论植物,第二课,不只是食物。
0:22	Plants are not just for food.	植物不仅仅是食物
0:25	Sure, we eat plants a lot, but they're not just for food.	当然,我们经常吃植物,但是它们不仅仅是食物。
0:30	We use plants in other ways.	我们用植物的其他方式。
0:33	So in this lesson, we will focus on, we will pay attention to, think about plants we use	因此,在这个教训中,我们将专注于, 我们将关注,思考植物我们使用

展开字幕全文（800 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey, kids.	嘿,孩子们。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	Are you ready to continue?	你准备好继续了吗?
5	I am.	没错
6	We're on Unit 1, talking about plants, Lesson 2, Not Just for Food.	我们在第一单元谈论植物,第二课,不只是食物。
7	Plants are not just for food.	植物不仅仅是食物
8	Sure, we eat plants a lot, but they're not just for food.	当然,我们经常吃植物,但是它们不仅仅是食物。
9	We use plants in other ways.	我们用植物的其他方式。
10	So in this lesson, we will focus on, we will pay attention to, think about plants we use	因此,在这个教训中,我们将专注于, 我们将关注,思考植物我们使用
11	in our lives.	我们的生活。
12	Plants we use in our lives, but not for food, for many other things.	我们用植物来生活,但不是用来做食物,其他很多东西。
13	So we're going to talk about, in this unit, about how we use plants for things other than	因此,我们要去谈论,在这个单元, 我们如何使用植物其他的东西,
14	food, besides food.	食物,除了食物之外。
15	Yes, we eat plants, but we use plants for many other things.	是的,我们吃植物,但是我们用植物来做其他的事情。
16	For example, let's think about this topic a little more.	例如,让我们多想想这个话题.
17	Here we have this type of plant.	这里有这种植物
18	What is it?	这是什么?
19	Of course, it's lemons.	当然是柠檬
20	These are lemons.	这些是柠檬。
21	If you bite a lemon, it's very sour, right?	如果你咬柠檬,它很酸,对不对?
22	So lemons.	所以柠檬。
23	We don't just eat lemons, or make them into a drink.	我们不只是吃柠檬, 或做成饮料。
24	We also use lemons in other ways.	我们还以其他方式使用柠檬.
25	What other way can we use lemons?	我们用柠檬有什么办法?
26	A, towel, B, wash basin, a wash basin, we also say it is a sink, it's the place where	A,毛巾,B,洗盆,一个洗盆, 我们还说它是水槽,这是地方
27	we wash our face, right?	我们洗脸,对不对?
28	Turn on the water, get some water, wash our face, wash our hands.	开水,取水,洗面,洗手.
29	A wash basin, C, toothbrush, right?	一个洗碗盆,C,牙刷,对不对?
30	You brush your teeth every day, three times a day, right?	你每天刷牙,一天刷三次,对吗?
31	A toothbrush, or soap.	牙刷或者肥皂
32	So what do you think we can use lemons for?	你觉得我们用柠檬做什么?
33	Can we use lemons to make towels?	我们可以用柠檬做毛巾吗?
34	That would be strange, wouldn't it?	那会很奇怪,不是吗?
35	We don't use lemons to make towels.	我们不用柠檬做毛巾.
36	What about wash basin?	洗盆怎么样?
37	A wash basin is made of very strong material, like metal, and other types of strong material,	一个洗涤盆是用很强的材料,如金属, 和其他类型的强材料组成的,
38	not plants.	而不是植物。
39	Toothbrush, that would be great to have a lemon toothbrush, right?	牙刷,有柠檬牙刷就好了,对吧?
40	Like lemon candy, but we don't use that to brush our teeth, right?	像柠檬糖但我们不会用它刷牙对吧?
41	What about soap?	肥皂怎么样?
42	If you smell soap, sometimes soap smells like different things.	如果你闻到肥皂味,有时肥皂的味道会不同.
43	Soap can smell like lemons.	肥皂能闻到柠檬的味道.
44	So if you have soap that smells like lemon, then we use lemons to make soap.	如果你的肥皂闻起来像柠檬我们用柠檬做肥皂
45	So what is made of lemons?	那么柠檬是什么做的?
46	Soap can be made of lemons.	肥皂可以由柠檬制成.
47	Not always, right?	并不总是,对不对?
48	But lemons can be used to make soap.	但柠檬可用于制造肥皂.
49	So of these things, we can use lemons to make soap.	因此,我们可以用柠檬做肥皂。
50	So you see, we don't just eat lemons, we can use lemons to make other things besides food.	所以,我们不只是吃柠檬, 我们可以使用柠檬做其他的东西除了食物。
51	That's what we're talking about in this unit.	今单位所言.
52	Let's begin with our first word.	先说第一义.
53	Here we have, we brush our teeth with this.	在这里,我们刷牙用这个。
54	We have the picture.	我们有照片
55	Not the toothbrush, right?	不是牙刷对吧?
56	That's a toothbrush.	这是牙刷。
57	We're not talking about the toothbrush.	我们不是在说牙刷
58	We're talking about this here.	我们在这里谈论这个。
59	What is this?	这是什么?
60	What's that stuff?	那是什么东西?
61	We put it on our toothbrush, and we brush, chiki-chiki-chaka-chaka-choco-choco, right?	我们把它放在牙刷上,我们刷, 奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇奇科,对不对?
62	We brush our teeth with this.	我们用这个刷牙
63	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
64	We call it toothpaste.	我们称之为牙膏。
65	牙pa.
66	Paste is the material that we use to brush our teeth.	粘贴是用来刷牙的材料.
67	牙pa.
68	Two words.	两句.
69	We put it together.	我们把它拼凑在一起。
70	So this is toothpaste that we put on the toothbrush, and we brush our teeth with it.	这是牙膏,我们放在牙刷上, 用它刷牙。
71	牙pa.
72	Okay.	摆
73	Next one.	下一个
74	We already saw this word, right?	我们已经看到这个词了对吧?
75	We just saw this a little bit ago.	我们刚才才看到这个
76	黄 fruit果.
77	Yellow fruit.	黄果.
78	It's a fruit because it has seeds in it.	因为它里面有种子,所以是水果.
79	The yellow fruit that tastes sour.	味酸黄果.
80	Right?	对吧?
81	Lemons taste sour.	柠檬味酸.
82	It means, right?	这意味着,对不对?
83	It's not a really good taste.	这不是一个真正的好品位。
84	It's not sweet.	岂不甜哉.
85	We put sugar in it to make it sweet, and we like lemons then, but it's a sour taste.	我们把糖放进去,让它甜, 然后我们喜欢柠檬, 但这是酸味。
86	And what did I say?	我说了什么?
87	I just said lemon.	我只是说柠檬。
88	These are lemons.	这些是柠檬。
89	So if you have many lemons, right?	所以,如果你有很多柠檬,对不对?
90	You have many yellow fruits.	你有很多黄色水果。
91	It's yellow fruit that tastes sour.	黄果味酸.
92	Okay.	摆
93	Our next word, that's an interesting picture.	我们的下一个词,这是一个有趣的图片。
94	It's the liquid.	这是液体。
95	Liquid is like water, right?	液体就像水,对不对?
96	Water inside a bottle that girls use to smell nice.	女孩们用来闻到的瓶子里的水
97	So girls like to smell nice.	所以女孩们喜欢闻到香味
98	They smell so nice, right?	他们闻起来好香,对吧?
99	Usually, girls use this thing to smell nice.	通常女生用这东西闻起来很香
100	It's made of flowers, many different types of flowers.	由花编成,多种不同种类的花朵.
101	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
102	We call it perfume.	我们称之为香水。
103	Perfume.	普法门.
104	P.
105	Perfume.	普法门.
106	So we have P, then we have F. Be careful, because P is puh, puh.	所以,我们有P,然后我们有F。小心点,因为P是puh,puh。
107	F是fUH,fUH。 (笑声)
108	Do you see the difference?	你看到区别了吗?
109	P, your lips are together, puh.	P,你的嘴唇是在一起的,呜。
110	F, your lips are not together.	F,你的嘴唇没有在一起。
111	Your teeth are on your bottom lip, fuh, fuh.	你的牙齿在你的下唇,fuh,fuh。
112	So perfume, perfume, perfume.	所以香水,香水,香水,香水。
113	Perfume is liquid that girls use to smell nice, right?	香水是女孩用来闻香的液体,对吧?
114	They put perfume on their bodies.	他们把香水放在身上
115	OK.	摆
116	Next one, we have another liquid.	下一个,我们有另一个液体。
117	It's also a liquid.	亦为液体.
118	We cook food in this.	我们在这里做饭。
119	So we pour this on the pan and put food in there,	所以我们把这个倒在锅上并在那里放食物,
120	and we cook it.	我们煮它。
121	We heat it up very hot, and we cook food in this.	我们热起来非常热, 我们做食物在这个。
122	What is it?	这是什么?
123	It's very slippery, right?	很滑,对吧?
124	We call it oil, oil, oil, right?	我们称之为石油,石油,石油,对不对?
125	Oil, O-I, O-I.	石油,欧 -一,欧 -一。
126	Oil, oil.	石油,石油,石油。
127	So we say that this is oil.	所以我们说这是石油。
128	Your mom uses oil to cook in, and we call that cooking oil.	你妈妈用油来做饭我们称之为食用油
129	Cooking oil.	厨油.
130	There's many types of oil, but when we cook food in it,	有很多种类的油, 但当我们做食物在里面,
131	we call it cooking oil.	我们称之为烹饪油。
132	Cooking oil.	厨油.
133	OK.	摆
134	What's this here?	这是什么?
135	This is very strong, right?	这是非常强大的,对不对?
136	We can tie it to one place and pull with it.	我们可以把它绑在一个地方并把它拉起来。
137	A strong line we tie, tie, right?	我们打结,打结,对吗?
138	Can you tie a rope to something?	你能把绳子绑起来吗?
139	Can you tie your shoes, your shoelaces together?	你能把鞋带绑起来吗?
140	You tie something together.	你绑在一起的东西。
141	You tie to things.	你绑在东西。
142	Of course, I just said it.	当然,我只是说。
143	It is a rope.	是绳子
144	A rope is very thick, right?	绳子很厚,对吧?
145	We call that a rope.	我们称之为绳子。
146	This is a rope.	这是绳子
147	And we tie it to things, and we can pull, right?	我们把它绑在事物, 我们可以拉,对不对?
148	So rope, rope.	所以绳子,绳子。
149	OK.	摆
150	The next word here, we talked about this before, right?	接下来的话,我们之前谈过了,对吧?
151	This is something that you wash with.	这是你洗的
152	When you wash your face, right, you	当你洗你的脸,正确的,你
153	get a little bit on your hand or your cloth,	得到一点点在你的手或你的布,
154	and you put it on your face, and you wash your face with it.	你把它放在脸上用它洗脸
155	When you wash your hands, you take this in your hands,	当你洗手,你拿着这个,
156	and you wash your hands with this.	你用这个洗手
157	It helps make your hands very clean.	它能帮助你的手非常干净。
158	If you just use water, that's not so good.	如果你只是用水,那就没那么好。
159	It's better if you use soap, soap.	最好用肥皂,肥皂来
160	Use soap to wash your hands.	用肥皂洗手洗净.
161	By the way, it's very interesting.	顺便说一句这很有趣
162	You can see here, it says 100% vegetal.	你可以看到,它说100%的蔬菜。
163	That's a different language.	此语不同.
164	It's not English, but it means 100% vegetable.	虽然不是英语,但是指100%的蔬菜.
165	This soap is made from vegetables.	这肥皂是蔬菜做的
166	It's very natural soap, 100% vegetables.	非常天然的肥皂,100%的蔬菜.
167	We use vegetables to make soap.	我们用蔬菜做肥皂
168	Are you hungry?	你饿了吗?
169	Whoa, I'm hungry.	我饿了
170	Just looking at this, wow, it looks really good.	看这个,哇,看起来不错
171	Ah, mashita, right?	啊,马希太,对不对?
172	This is what we eat to get energy.	这就是我们用来获取能量的食物。
173	We want energy.	我们需要能量。
174	Sometimes we get tired.	有时我们累了。
175	Ah, it's been a long day.	啊,这是一个漫长的一天。
176	But if we eat something, we get more energy, right?	但是,如果我们吃的东西, 我们得到更多的能量,对不对?
177	And this looks very delicious.	这看起来很美味。
178	What is it?	这是什么?
179	It's food, food, food.	是食是饭是食.
180	And by the way, there's two types of food, right?	顺便说一句,有两种食物,对吧?
181	This, these are all plants.	这些都是植物
182	We get this from plants.	我们从植物那里得到这个。
183	This is meat, meat.	这是肉,肉。
184	We get that from animals.	我们从动物那里得到的。
185	So there's two types of food, right?	所以有两种食物对吧?
186	Vegetables are plants and meat.	蔬菜是植物和肉类.
187	These are food.	这些都是食物。
188	We eat them to get energy, food.	我们吃它们来获取能量和食物。
189	OK, here we have an interesting plant.	好吧,我们这里有一个有趣的植物。
190	This is a plant with a fresh smell.	这是一种有新鲜气味的植物.
191	Ah, smells very fresh.	闻起来很新鲜
192	And it tastes fresh.	而味鲜.
193	Mm, it tastes very fresh.	嗯,它的味道非常新鲜。
194	It's really good.	这是真正的好。
195	Sometimes we have this in ice cream.	有时候我们在冰淇淋里有这个
196	Sometimes they put it into hot chocolate, right?	有时候他们会放进热巧克力,对吧?
197	It makes the hot chocolate taste fresh or good.	它使热巧克力的味道新鲜或好.
198	It makes our ice cream taste good.	这让我们的冰淇淋味道不错。
199	What is it?	这是什么?
200	It is mint, mint.	这是薄荷,薄荷。
201	So you know mint ice cream.	所以,你知道薄荷冰激凌。
202	Like mint chocolate chip ice cream.	像薄荷巧克力芯片冰淇淋一样
203	Wow, really good, right?	哇,真的不错,对不对?
204	绿s.
205	Mint hot choco.	薄荷热巧克力.
206	Don't say hot choco, say hot chocolate.	不要说热巧克力,说热巧克力。
207	Mint hot chocolate.	薄荷热巧克力。
208	If we put mint in it, it tastes fresh.	如果我们把薄荷放进去味道会很新鲜
209	It tastes fresh.	味鲜.
210	It's very good.	甚为精进.
211	So we put mint in food sometimes,	所以我们有时在食物里放薄荷
212	but we also use mint for other things	但我们也会用薄荷来做别的事情
213	like perfume, soap, toothpaste.	就像香水,肥皂,牙膏一样
214	If you have mint toothpaste, for example,	如果你有薄荷牙膏比如说,
215	it tastes fresh and it smells fresh, mint.	它的味道是新鲜的它闻起来是新鲜的,薄荷。
216	OK, what's our next word?	好吧,我们的下一个词是什么?
217	We talked about lemons before.	我们之前谈过柠檬
218	But this is a drink with a lemon flavor.	但这是柠檬味的饮料
219	A drink with a lemon flavor.	一杯柠檬味的饮料
220	And you can see lemon is here.	你可以看到柠檬在这里。
221	But this is a drink.	但这是一杯酒
222	So we put lemons in, we put sugar and water.	所以我们把柠檬放进去,把糖和水放进去。
223	Mm, it's very delicious.	嗯,这是非常美味的。
224	What is it?	这是什么?
225	It's called, big word, lemonade, lemonade.	它叫,大字,柠檬水,柠檬水。
226	Lemonade, lemonade.	柠檬水柠檬水
227	If you say it quickly, it sounds like lemonade, lemonade.	如果你说得快, 它听起来像柠檬汁,柠檬汁。
228	OK, so this is very delicious, right?	好吧,所以这是非常美味的,对不对?
229	If it's hot on a summer day, oh, I'm very hot,	如果夏天天热,哦,我非常热,
230	drink some cold lemonade.	喝点柠檬水
231	It's very refreshing.	它非常新鲜。
232	It tastes good.	味道不错
233	So it's a drink with a lemon flavor.	故以柠檬味饮之.
234	We say lemonade.	我们说柠檬水。
235	OK, the next one, ah, this looks good, right?	好吧,下一个,啊,这看起来不错,对不对?
236	Are you hungry?	你饿了吗?
237	I was hungry before.	我以前饿了。
238	Now I see this, I'm hungry again.	我又饿了
239	This is a long, it's long, yellow.	此是长,长,黄.
240	This is the color of yellow.	此色为黄.
241	This is green, this is yellow.	这是绿色,这是黄色的。
242	Yellow is this color here, yellow vegetable	黄色是这里的颜色,黄色蔬菜
243	that has a green skin.	皮肤是绿色的
244	So this is yellow, this is green.	这是黄色的,这是绿色的。
245	The skin is green, and then you pull back the skin,	皮肤是绿色的, 然后你拉回皮肤,
246	underneath, it's yellow.	底下是黄色的
247	And there are many little pieces, right?	还有很多小作品,对吧?
248	That we eat, ah, it's very good, with butter, right?	我们吃,啊,这是非常好的, 用黄油,对不对?
249	What is it?	这是什么?
250	Of course we say it's corn.	当然,我们说它是玉米。
251	Corn is what we eat as a vegetable.	玉米是我们作为蔬菜吃。
252	It's a long, yellow vegetable that has a green skin.	长黄色的蔬菜有绿色的皮肤.
253	But we use corn for many other things.	但是我们用玉米做其他很多事情。
254	Corn, corn, OK.	玉米,玉米,好吗?
255	Wow, what's this girl doing?	哇,这个女孩在做什么?
256	She has had a lot of food.	她吃了很多东西。
257	She has a lot of energy, right?	她精力充沛对吧?
258	She is doing something, she is exercising.	她在做一些事情,她在锻炼。
259	It's an exercise, exercise.	这是一个运动,运动。
260	Something you do to make your body strong.	做一些让你身体强壮的事
261	An exercise in which, in which the player,	在其中,玩家,
262	the player or the person, jumps over a rope.	玩家或个人,跳过绳子。
263	Many times, right?	很多次,对不对?
264	The rope is going around and around and around,	绳子绕来绕去
265	and that person is jumping, right?	那个人在跳,对吧?
266	They have to jump over the rope many times.	他们必须多次跳过绳子.
267	I'm getting tired.	我有点累了。
268	OK, what is it?	好吧,这是什么?
269	It's called jump rope, very easy.	这叫做跳绳,非常容易。
270	Remember we said that this is like a rope here,	记得我们说过这里就像绳子一样
271	and you jump over it?	你跳过它?
272	It's jump rope, jump over a rope, jump rope.	这是跳绳,跳过绳子,跳绳.
273	Two words, jump rope, jump rope, OK.	两个字,跳绳,跳绳,OK。
274	This is another fun exercise or game, right?	这是另一个有趣的运动或游戏,对不对?
275	That you can use a rope.	你可以用绳子
276	One is jump rope, the other is people pull,	一个是跳绳另一个是人拉
277	pull on the rope.	把绳子拉起来
278	A game in which two teams, one team, two teams,	一场两队一队两队的比赛
279	and it can be many people,	它可以是许多人,
280	but two teams, one team, two teams.	但两队,一队,两队
281	Two teams hold a rope and pull against each other.	两队牵着绳子,互相拉着.
282	They pull against each other.	他们互相牵制
283	So these guys are pulling this way.	所以这些人在往这边走
284	This team is pulling that way.	这支队伍正在往那边拉
285	They pull against each other.	他们互相牵制
286	Who will win, right?	谁会赢?
287	Who will win this game?	谁能赢这场比赛?
288	What is this game?	这是什么游戏?
289	We say it is tug of war.	我们说这是拖船战争。
290	It's like war.	如战.
291	Two teams, they're fighting the war.	两支队伍,他们正在打仗.
292	Tug, tug means pull, like this, pull.	拖车,拖车的意思是拉,像这样,拉。
293	That's tug.	这是拖。
294	So tug of war, tug of war, tug of war.	如此拖着战火,拖着战火,拖着战火.
295	It's called tug of war.	名为拔战.
296	Let's play tug of war.	我们来玩拖船吧
297	It's a fun game you can use with many people.	这是一个有趣的游戏,你可以与许多人使用。
298	You have two teams.	你有两支队伍。
299	Make sure the teams are even, right?	确保队伍均匀,对吧?
300	It's not fair.	这不公平
301	Teams should have the same number of people.	队员人数应该相同
302	So tug of war, two teams.	如此牵引战争,两队.
303	OK, it's a fun game.	好吧,这是一个有趣的游戏。
304	OK, let's move on to our exercise.	好了,我们继续练习吧
305	We have words in our box here	我们盒子里有话要说
306	and we have the definitions down here.	我们这里有定义
307	We have to match these words to the right definition.	我们必须把这些词语与正确的定义相匹配。
308	How well do you remember the words we just studied?	你还记得我们刚刚研究的词吗?
309	Let's do a little test, shall we?	让我们做一个小测试,好吗?
310	OK, so our words are toothpaste, toothpaste.	好吧,所以我们的话是牙膏,牙膏。
311	Next, oil, oil.	接下来,石油,石油。
312	Then lemon, lemon.	然后柠檬,柠檬。
313	Perfume, perfume.	香水香水香水香水香水香水香水
314	记住P和F,puh,foo。
315	Perfume, perfume.	香水香水香水香水香水香水香水
316	Soap, soap.	肥皂,肥皂。肥皂,肥皂。
317	Rope, rope.	绳子绳子
318	Soap and rope, right?	肥皂和绳子,对不对?
319	They sound very similar.	他们听起来很相似
320	Soap, right, and rope.	肥皂,对,还有绳子
321	OK, let's match these definitions.	好吧,让我们来匹配这些定义。
322	Number one, we cook food in this, right?	第一,我们在这里做饭,对不对?
323	It's cooking oil, cooking oil.	是食用油,食用油.
324	We cook food in this, it's cooking oil or just oil.	我们在这里烹饪食物, 它的烹饪油或只是油。
325	We cook food in oil.	我们用油做饭
326	Number two, a fruit that tastes sour, right?	第二,一个水果味道酸,对不对?
327	Sour, it makes your face ugly like mine.	酸味,它让你的脸丑像我一样。
328	It makes your face strange.	这让你的脸很奇怪。
329	So if you taste it, remember it's a yellow fruit	所以,如果你尝到它, 记住它是黄色水果
330	and you bite into it, it tastes sour.	你咬进去,味道很酸
331	But if you put sugar and water with it,	但如果你把糖和水一起放进去
332	you make a nice drink, right?	你做一个很好的饮料,对不对?
333	What is the fruit?	什么是果实?
334	We say it is lemon, lemon.	我们说是柠檬,柠檬。
335	Number three, we brush our teeth.	第三,我们刷牙。
336	We brush our teeth with this.	我们用这个刷牙
337	What do we brush our teeth with?	我们用什么刷牙?
338	Well, over here we have tooth, right, tooth,	这里有牙,对,牙
339	and then we have paste, toothpaste.	然后我们有糊,牙膏。
340	We brush our teeth with toothpaste, with toothpaste,	我们用牙膏刷牙用牙膏刷牙
341	and we put it on a toothbrush.	我们把它放在牙刷上。
342	So we put toothpaste, like this is my toothpaste,	所以我们把牙膏, 像这个是我的牙膏,
343	this is my toothbrush, and then we brush our teeth, right?	这是我的牙刷然后刷牙对吧
344	So toothpaste, we brush our teeth with this.	所以牙膏我们用这个刷牙
345	Okay, number four, we use this to wash things.	好吧,第四,我们用这个洗东西。
346	We wanna wash something and we want it to be clean,	我们想洗点东西,我们想要它干净,
347	very clean, so we don't just use water,	非常干净,所以我们不只是用水,
348	we also use soap, soap and water.	我们还使用肥皂,肥皂和水。
349	We use soap and water to wash our hands,	我们用肥皂和水洗手
350	to wash our face, to wash our clothes.	洗我们的脸,洗我们的衣服。
351	We use soap and water.	我们用肥皂和水
352	Number five, a strong line,	5号,一条强线
353	a strong line that we tie to things.	一条与事物相连的强线
354	We can tie it to things.	我们可以把它绑在东西上。
355	What can we use to tie to things?	我们能用什么与事物挂钩?
356	Also, we can play the game tug of war	我们还可以玩战争的游戏
357	and we can also jump over it.	我们也可以跳过它。
358	What is it?	这是什么?
359	It's rope, jumping rope, or tug of war.	是绳子跳绳或者是拖拉战
360	We use the rope for tug of war.	我们用绳子拖着战争
361	We can also tie things with rope.	我们也可以用绳子绑住东西
362	Six, girls, girls use it to smell nice.	6,女生们,女生们用它来闻香.
363	Ah, right, they spray it on their bodies to smell nice.	啊,对,他们喷到身上来闻香
364	It's made of flowers, right?	是花做的,对吧?
365	What is it?	这是什么?
366	Of course, it is perfume, perfume.	当然是香水香水
367	That's the difficult word to pronounce.	这是很难宣布的词。
368	Girls use perfume to smell nice, okay?	女孩们用香水闻香味,好吗?
369	If you're a boy, don't spray perfume on you.	如果你是男孩,不要在你身上喷香水。
370	Oh, that's strange, right?	哦,这很奇怪,对不对?
371	Girls use perfume to smell nice.	女孩们用香水闻到香味
372	Okay, that wraps it up for the vocabulary section.	好吧词汇部分就结束了
373	Let's take a short break,	让我们休息一下,
374	come back and read the reading section.	回来读读
375	Don't go away, see you soon.	别走,再见
376	Okay, welcome back to the reading section	好了,欢迎回到阅读部分
377	for lesson number two.	第二课
378	We're talking about plants	我们在谈论植物
379	and we're talking about plants	我们在谈论植物
380	are not just used for food,	不只是用来吃东西,
381	plants are used for many things.	植物被用于很多事情。
382	Let's find out, let's read the first sentence.	先明前释前释.
383	Plants are not just for food.	植物不仅仅是食物
384	Not just for food, just means only, right?	不只是食物,只是意思,对不对?
385	They're not just for food.	他们不只是为食物。
386	Sure, we eat plants, that's true,	当然,我们吃植物,这是真的,
387	but plants are not just food.	但植物不仅仅是食物
388	We use plants to make things too, also.	我们也用植物来制造东西
389	So, plants are not just or only used for food,	所以,植物不仅仅是用于食物,
390	we use plants to make many other things also.	我们用植物来制造很多其他的东西。
391	Do you like the taste of mint?	你喜欢薄荷的味道吗?
392	Of course you do, you like the taste of mint.	当然,你喜欢薄荷的味道。
393	It's very fresh, it smells fresh, it tastes fresh.	其味甚鲜,味鲜,味鲜.
394	Some, not all, but some toothpastes taste like mint.	有些,不是全部,但有些牙膏味道像薄荷.
395	We use mint leaves for toothpaste.	我们用薄荷叶做牙膏
396	So, this is one way we use plants not for food, right?	所以,这是一种方法我们使用植物不为食物,对不对?
397	You don't eat toothpaste.	你不吃牙膏。
398	Don't eat your toothpaste,	别吃牙膏
399	brush your teeth and then spit it out, right?	刷牙然后吐出来,对不对?
400	Don't eat it.	别吃它。
401	So, plants are not just for food.	所以,植物不仅仅是食物。
402	We use plants to make things too.	我们也用植物制造东西
403	Do you like the taste of mint?	你喜欢薄荷的味道吗?
404	Some toothpastes taste like mint.	一些牙膏的味道像薄荷.
405	We use mint leaves for toothpaste.	我们用薄荷叶做牙膏
406	So, we use the leaves of mint	我们用薄荷的叶子
407	and we put them into toothpaste.	我们把它们放进牙膏里
408	So, it's one example of how we use plants	这就是我们如何使用植物的一个例子
409	not just for food, but for other things too.	不只是食物,还有其他东西
410	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
411	Another example, we talked about mint,	另一个例子,我们谈到薄荷,
412	now let's talk about lemons.	现在让我们谈谈柠檬。
413	Lemons are not just for lemonade.	柠檬不仅仅是柠檬汁
414	Again, not just for.	再来一次,不只是为了
415	Mint is, plants are not just for food,	薄荷是,植物不仅仅是食物,
416	lemons are not just for lemonade.	柠檬不仅仅是柠檬水
417	They're used for other things too.	它们也用来做别的事情.
418	We use them to make soap.	我们用它们做肥皂
419	So, we don't just use lemons to make lemonade and drink it,	所以,我们不只是用柠檬来做柠檬汁喝,
420	we also use lemons in another way, to make soap.	我们还用柠檬做肥皂
421	Lemons make soap smell good.	柠檬使肥皂香.
422	So, if we have the soap, we can smell the soap.	所以,如果我们有肥皂, 我们可以闻到肥皂。
423	If it smells like lemon, ah, smells like lemon,	如果它闻起来像柠檬, 啊,闻起来像柠檬,
424	then we know lemons were used to make soap, to make soap.	然后我们知道柠檬被用来做肥皂做肥皂
425	People like the smell of lemons.	人们喜欢柠檬的味道.
426	Lemons smell good.	柠檬香.
427	Ah, good smell for lemons.	柠檬的味道不错
428	So, it's a good smell.	於是闻之.
429	We put it in soap and it smells fresh and it smells clean.	我们把它放在肥皂里它闻起来很新鲜它闻起来很干净
430	Lemons are very often used in soap because it smells good.	柠檬因香味好,常用于肥皂中.
431	We don't eat soap, blech, that's horrible, right?	我们不吃肥皂,blech, 这是可怕的,对不对?
432	But we use lemons to make soap.	但我们用柠檬做肥皂.
433	Okay, let's review.	好吧,让我们回顾一下。
434	Lemons are not just for lemonade,	柠檬不仅仅是柠檬汁
435	we use them to make soap.	我们用它们做肥皂
436	Lemons make soap smell good.	柠檬使肥皂香.
437	People like the smell.	人喜欢闻.
438	What do they like?	他们喜欢什么?
439	They like the smell of onions.	他们喜欢洋葱的味道。
440	So, people like the smell of lemons.	所以,人们喜欢柠檬的味道。
441	Smells good.	闻是语已.
442	Let's continue here.	让我们在这里继续。
443	We use seeds to grow new plants.	我们用种子来种新植物
444	So, what do we use seeds for?	我们用种子做什么?
445	We use seeds to make, to grow new plants.	我们用种子来制作, 种植新的植物。
446	Seeds can be used to make oil, too.	种子也可用于制油.
447	So, we see two ways that seeds are used.	因此,我们看到了两种使用种子的方式。
448	We don't just eat seeds, we use them to make more plants.	我们不只是吃种子,我们用种子来制造更多的植物.
449	That's one way we use plants.	这就是我们使用植物的方法之一。
450	Another way, second way, we can use to make oil.	另一种方式,另一种方式, 我们可以用来制造石油。
451	We use seeds to make oil.	我们用种子来制造石油。
452	Oil is used, why?	石油被使用,为什么?
453	To cook food.	以煮饭.
454	So, oil is used to cook food.	因此,油是用来烹饪食物的.
455	First, we have a seed.	首先,我们有一个种子。
456	We use the seed to make oil.	我们用种子制造石油
457	Then, the oil is used to make food.	然后,用油做饭.
458	So, we have a few steps, but we start with the seed,	所以,我们有一些步骤, 但我们从种子开始,
459	the part of the plant.	植物的一部分。
460	We don't eat it, we make oil.	我们不吃,我们做油。
461	Then, we use oil to cook food.	然后我们用油做饭
462	For example, corn oil is made from corn seeds.	例如,玉米油由玉米种子制成.
463	Corn oil is very common.	玉米油很常见.
464	Many people use corn oil to cook food.	许多人使用玉米油做饭.
465	For cooking oil, right?	做食用油,对吧?
466	And we make it from corn seeds.	我们用玉米种子制作的。
467	So, we have our oil.	所以,我们有我们的石油。
468	We can cook food in a different way.	我们可以用不同的方式做饭
469	Ah, it's very good and it's very delicious.	啊,这是非常好,它非常美味。
470	And corn oil is good oil to cook food in.	玉米油是很好的油烹饪食物。
471	It doesn't have a lot of fat.	其脂不浓.
472	Okay, let's review here.	好吧,让我们来看看这里。
473	We use seeds to grow new plants.	我们用种子来种新植物
474	Seeds can be used to make oil too.	种子也可以用来制油.
475	Oil is used to cook food.	石油用于烹饪食物.
476	Corn oil is made from corn seeds.	玉米油由玉米种子制成.
477	Okay, so here we can see two ways to use seeds.	好吧,我们在这里可以看到两种方法使用种子。
478	One way, to grow plants.	一种方式,种植植物。
479	A second way, to make oil.	第二种方法,制造石油。
480	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
481	Do you like to smell flowers?	你喜欢闻花吗?
482	Of course you do.	当然
483	Everybody likes to smell flowers.	每个人都喜欢闻花
484	Flowers smell good.	花开香.
485	Some flowers smell very nice.	有些花闻起来很香
486	So, some flowers smell very nice.	所以,有些花闻起来很香
487	They smell very good.	闻起来很香
488	They have a good smell.	他们闻起来很香
489	We use flowers to make perfume.	我们用花做香水
490	Aha, we use flowers, why?	啊哈,我们用花,为什么?
491	To make perfume.	为作香水.
492	That's one way we use flowers.	那是我们用花的一种方式
493	We don't eat flowers.	我们不吃花。
494	We don't eat these flowers.	我们不吃这些花。
495	Well, that's strange.	这太奇怪了
496	But we use flowers to make perfume.	但我们用花做香水
497	Who uses perfume?	谁用香水?
498	Girls like to smell like flowers.	女孩喜欢闻起来像花
499	So, girls use perfume to smell like flowers.	因此,女孩们用香水闻起来像鲜花.
500	Girls want to smell like flowers.	女欲闻如花.
501	Flowers smell good.	花开香.
502	Not boys.	没有男孩。
503	Boys don't like to smell like flowers, right?	男孩不喜欢闻起来像花,对不对?
504	Girls like to smell like flowers.	女孩喜欢闻起来像花
505	Or women like to smell like flowers.	或女人喜闻如花.
506	So, they use perfume.	他们用香水
507	And that's how we use plants.	这就是我们如何使用植物。
508	Not for food, but to make perfume.	不为饮食而作香水.
509	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
510	Do you like to smell flowers?	你喜欢闻花吗?
511	Sure.	当然
512	Some flowers smell very nice.	有些花闻起来很香
513	We use flowers to make perfume.	我们用花做香水
514	Girls like to smell like flowers.	女孩喜欢闻起来像花
515	It's interesting.	这很有趣。
516	Girls like, they like to do it.	女孩喜欢,他们喜欢这样做。
517	They think, oh, it's a good thing, let's do it.	他们认为,哦,这是好事,让我们做到这一点。
518	Like is similar to, here.	和这里差不多
519	So, there's two meanings.	故有二义.
520	Girls like it, smell like flower.	女孩喜欢它,闻起来像花。
521	Two different meanings.	二义不同.
522	I like to do it, means I want to do it.	我喜欢这样做,表示我想这样做。
523	It smells like flowers, means it smells similar	闻起来像花,意思是味道相似
524	or the same as something else.	或者跟别的东西一样
525	So, two different meanings for like, like and like.	所以,两个不同的含义喜欢,喜欢和喜欢。
526	Okay, let's continue here.	好吧,让我们在这里继续。
527	Another way.	另一条路
528	What's another way we use plants, not for food?	我们用植物而不是食物的另一种方法是什么?
529	We can use plants to make ropes.	我们可以用植物来制造绳索.
530	People use ropes for many things, right?	人们用绳子做很多事情,对吧?
531	We use ropes for many different things.	我们用绳子处理很多不同的事情。
532	They can be used, they, not people, but ropes.	他们可以使用,他们,不是人,而是绳索.
533	Ropes, they can be used for games.	绳子,可以用于游戏.
534	We use ropes to play games, right?	我们用绳子玩游戏,对吧?
535	Kids like to jump rope.	孩子们喜欢跳绳
536	That's one game, right?	这是一场比赛,对吧?
537	That's one type of game.	这是一类游戏。
538	You need a rope to play tug of war, to play tug of war.	你需要一条绳子来扮演战争的拖车扮演战争的拖车
539	That's another game.	这是另一个游戏。
540	So, two different games.	所以,两个不同的游戏。
541	We can use ropes for games.	我们可以用绳子玩游戏
542	One, we can jump rope.	一,我们可以跳绳。
543	Two, we can play tug of war.	第二,我们可以玩拖船战争。
544	We use plant stems, right?	我们用植物茎对吧?
545	Stems are the body of the plant to make ropes.	Stems)是植物制作绳索的躯体.
546	So, we use stems to make ropes.	所以,我们用绳子来制造绳子。
547	Very interesting.	非常有趣,你觉得呢?
548	So, this is another example,	所以,这是另一个例子,
549	how we use plants for things other than food.	我们如何用植物做食物以外的东西。
550	Okay, let's review.	好吧,让我们回顾一下。
551	People use ropes for many things.	人们用绳子来做很多事情.
552	They can be used for games.	它们可用于游戏.
553	Kids like to jump rope, one game.	孩子们喜欢跳绳,一个游戏。
554	You need a rope to play tug of war, two games.	你需要一条绳子来玩拖拉战两场比赛
555	We use plant stems to make ropes.	我们用植物茎来制造绳索
556	It's the part of the plant we use to make ropes.	这是我们用来制造绳子的植物的一部分.
557	Okay, so let's go to our reading comprehension.	好吧,让我们去我们的阅读理解。
558	Now, remember, we saw in the reading section	现在,记住,我们看到在阅读部分
559	many ways to use plants, not just for food,	使用植物的很多方法不仅仅是食物
560	but there are many different ways.	但有许多不同的方式。
561	We saw that we use plants to make toothpaste.	我们看到我们用植物做牙膏
562	We use plants to make soap.	我们用植物做肥皂
563	We use plants to make oil.	我们用植物来制造石油。
564	We use plants to make perfume.	我们用植物来制造香水
565	And we use plants to make rope.	我们用植物来制造绳索。
566	Many different ways that we use plants, not as food.	我们使用植物的很多不同方式,而不是作为食物。
567	Okay, well, let's cover	好,我们来掩护
568	the reading comprehension questions.	阅读理解问题。
569	Number one, this story is about what?	第一,这个故事是关于什么的?
570	What are we talking about in this story?	故事里讲的是什么?
571	A, vegetables.	A,蔬菜.
572	B, useful plants.	B,有用的植物。
573	C, cooking.	C,烹饪。
574	D, exercise.	D,锻炼.
575	So we have to think about what is the big subject	因此,我们必须思考什么是大的主题
576	that covers the whole reading passage,	覆盖整个阅读段落,
577	the whole reading passage,	整个阅读段落,
578	not just part of the reading passage, right?	不只是阅读段落的一部分,对不对?
579	Like I said, we use plants for many, many different things.	就像我说的,我们用植物做很多,很多不同的东西。
580	It's very useful.	这是非常有用的。
581	Soap is useful.	肥皂是有用的。
582	Perfume是有用的。
583	Oil is very useful.	石油非常有用。
584	So we're talking about useful plants, not vegetables.	所以我们在谈论有用的植物,而不是蔬菜。
585	Vegetables are things we eat.	蔬菜是我们吃的东西。
586	So the passage is about plants that we don't eat.	因此,通道是关于植物的我们不吃。
587	So we're not talking about vegetables.	所以我们不谈蔬菜。
588	We're not talking about cooking.	我们不是在说烹饪
589	Yes, we talked a little bit about cooking,	是的,我们谈了一点烹饪,
590	making oil to cook food,	做油做饭,
591	but that's just a small part of the whole reading passage.	但这只是整个阅读段落的一小部分。
592	So it's not about cooking.	所以这不是烹饪。
593	It's, sure, they mentioned cooking,	当然,他们提到烹饪,
594	but cooking is just a small part of the reading passage.	但烹饪只是阅读段落的一小部分。
595	The big part is useful plants.	大部分是有用的植物.
596	Also exercise.	还有锻炼
597	Yes, we talked about exercise a little bit,	是的,我们谈到锻炼一点点,
598	but the story's not about exercise.	但故事不是关于运动的
599	Exercise was just an example of how to use rope.	锻炼只是如何使用绳子的例子。
600	The whole passage is about useful plants, useful plants.	整个通道是关于有用的植物,有用的植物.
601	Plants can be used for cooking.	植物可用于烹饪.
602	It can be used for exercise.	可用于锻炼.
603	It can be used for perfume, toothpaste,	可用于香水,牙膏,
604	many, many different things.	很多,很多不同的东西。
605	So the main subject that we're talking about,	所以,我们讨论的主要话题,
606	the whole subject is useful plants.	整个主体是有用的植物。
607	These are just small examples.	这些只是一些小例子。
608	So our answer is B.	所以我们的答案是B。
609	That's the main subject.	这是主要话题.
610	This story is about useful plants.	这个故事是关于有用的植物.
611	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
612	Some beep tastes like mint.	有些蜂鸣味道像薄荷糖.
613	What are some things that taste like mint?	薄荷味的东西是什么?
614	We saw the example, right?	我们看到了这个例子,对吧?
615	A, soaps.	A, 肥皂(英语:
616	B, elephants.	乙,象s.
617	C,牙膏( tooth).
618	D, lemons.	D,柠檬。
619	So which one of these, some of them, taste like mint?	哪个哪个哪个像薄荷?
620	Let's look at A, soaps.	让我们看看A,肥皂。
621	First of all, be careful.	先当心.
622	Taste, that means you eat them.	尝起来,这意味着你吃了它们。
623	Do you eat soaps?	你吃肥皂吗?
624	No, that's crazy, right?	不,这是疯了,对不对?
625	And we don't eat soaps, so we don't taste soap.	而且我们不吃肥皂,所以不吃肥皂的味道.
626	Soaps don't taste like mint.	肥皂味不似薄荷.
627	They might smell like mint.	他们可能闻起来像薄荷
628	They could smell like lemons, like we read in the passage,	他们能闻到柠檬味就像我们在通道里看到的
629	but we don't taste soap.	但我们不吃肥皂。
630	That's silly, blech, and that's yuck you are.	这太傻了,blech,你太傻了。
631	Anyway, yuck, right?	无论如何, yuck,对不对?
632	象ants.
633	Do you taste elephants?	你尝到大象的味道了吗?
634	If you see a big elephant, what does it taste like?	若见大象,其味何如?
635	Don't do that, it's very dangerous, okay?	别这样,很危险的,好吗?
636	So we don't say some elephants taste like mint.	所以我们不说有些大象有薄荷味.
637	Besides, the reading passage didn't talk about elephants.	此外,阅读段落没有谈到大象.
638	So there were no elephants in the reading passage.	於是诵经无象.
639	So this is not the correct answer.	所以这不是正确的答案。
640	齿pa.
641	Did we talk about toothpaste in the reading passage?	我们在读本上说过牙膏吗?
642	Yes, we did.	是的,我们做到了。
643	What did we learn about toothpaste?	我们学了什么牙膏?
644	We learned that mint leaves are used to make toothpaste	我们得知薄荷叶是用来做牙膏的
645	because the toothpaste tastes like mint.	因为牙膏有薄荷味
646	Then that's our answer.	这就是我们的答案
647	Some toothpastes taste like mint,	一些牙膏味道像薄荷,
648	but some, not all, right?	但有些,不是全部,对不对?
649	Sometimes mint leaves are used to make toothpastes.	有时薄荷叶被用来制作牙膏.
650	That's what we read.	这就是我们读的。
651	So toothpastes is the answer.	所以牙膏是答案。
652	What about D, lemons?	D怎么样,柠檬?
653	Some lemons taste like mint?	一些柠檬味像薄荷?
654	No, in the reading passage,	不,在阅读的段落,
655	we learned that lemons are used to make soap,	我们得知柠檬是用来做肥皂的
656	not toothpaste.	而不是牙膏。
657	So D is not correct.	所以D是不正确的。
658	Okay, so our answer is toothpastes.	好吧我们的答案是牙膏
659	We read that mint is used to make toothpaste.	我们读到薄荷是用来做牙膏的
660	So some toothpastes taste like mint.	所以一些牙膏的味道像薄荷.
661	Very fresh.	非常新鲜
662	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
663	Okay, number three, beep, beep.	3号,鸣,鸣
664	What's beep?	什么是哔声?
665	Beep can be used to make oil.	哔哩可以用来制造石油.
666	So what did the reading passage say	阅读的段落怎么说?
667	that is used to make oil?	用来制造石油?
668	Something is used to make oil, right?	有些东西是用来制造石油的,对吧?
669	We saw that plants are used in many different ways,	我们看到植物在很多方面被使用,
670	to make soap, to make rope, to make perfume,	做肥皂做绳子做香水
671	but which was used to make oil?	但哪一种用来制造石油?
672	What was used to make oil?	是什么用来制造石油的?
673	We have A, seeds,	我们有A,种子,
674	B, perfume,	B 香水香水香水香水香水
675	C, oxygen,	C,氧气,
676	D, flowers.	D,鲜花.
677	Which one in the reading passage said is used to make oil?	读本上说哪个用来做油?
678	Seeds, are seeds used to make oil?	种子种子用来制造石油吗?
679	Yes, they are.	是的,他们是。
680	Remember we read about corn,	记得我们读过玉米吗?
681	and we saw that the seeds of corn,	我看到玉米的种子,
682	they're yellow on, they're also delicious to eat,	上面是黄色的也好吃吃
683	but we're not talking about eating food.	但我们不是在说吃东西
684	We're talking about using food for things other than food.	我们谈论的是把食物用于食物之外的东西.
685	We saw that corn, corn is used to make oil.	我们看到玉米,玉米被用来制造石油。
686	Those seeds are used to make oil.	这些种子被用来制造石油。
687	So the corn seeds can be used to make oil.	因此玉米种子可以用来制油.
688	So A is the correct answer.	所以A是正确的答案。
689	Let's look at B, perfume.	让我们看看B,香水。
690	Perfume can be used to make oil?	Perfume可以用来制造石油?
691	The reading passage didn't talk about that.	阅读段落没有谈到这一点.
692	It said flowers are used to make perfume,	上面说花用来做香水
693	not that perfume is used to make oil.	香水不是用来制造油的
694	What about oxygen?	氧气怎么办?
695	Oxygen is what we breathe.	氧气是我们呼吸的
696	Did we see any mention of oxygen in the passage?	通道里有没有提到氧气?
697	No, the passage didn't mention, didn't talk about oxygen.	不,通道没有提及, 没有谈论氧气。
698	So that's not the right answer.	所以,这不是正确的答案。
699	What about flowers?	鲜花呢?
700	Did the reading passage say flowers can be used to make oil?	阅读段落中说花可以用来做油吗?
701	No, the reading passage said flowers	不,阅读的段落说花
702	can be used to make perfume.	可以用来制造香水。
703	So the reading passage didn't talk about	因此,阅读段落没有谈论
704	making oil from flowers.	从花里制油
705	So that's the wrong answer.	所以,这是错误的答案。
706	The reading passage talked about using seeds,	阅读段落谈到使用种子,
707	corn seeds to make oil.	玉米种子来制油.
708	That is the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
709	Okay, now we've come to our chart at the end of the lesson.	好吧,现在我们已经来到我们的图表在课结束时。
710	And this chart is asking us, how do we use plants?	这个图表正在问我们,我们如何使用植物?
711	Remember, in this unit,	记住,在这个单位,
712	we're talking about many different ways to use plants.	我们谈论许多不同的方法使用植物。
713	We don't just eat plants,	我们不只是吃植物
714	we have many other uses also, or two.	我们还有许多其他的用途,或者两个。
715	Here we have our sentences,	我们有句子
716	and we can see that the different things,	我们可以看到不同的事物,
717	what do we use plants for?	我们用植物做什么?
718	We use plants for toothpaste.	我们用植物做牙膏
719	We use plants to make soap.	我们用植物做肥皂
720	So we can use for the thing, or to the action, okay?	这样我们就可以用它, 或者用于动作,好吗?
721	To make the thing.	来制造这个东西。
722	So for toothpaste, to make soap, to make oil,	所以对于牙膏, 做肥皂, 做油,
723	to make perfume, and to make ropes.	用来制造香水和绳索。
724	We use plants, or certain types of plants,	我们使用植物,或者某些种类的植物,
725	to make these things.	制造这些东西。
726	And we have the pictures of the different plants up here.	我们这里有不同植物的照片。
727	Let's take a look at number one.	先观第一义.
728	We use beep for toothpaste.	牙膏用哔声
729	So in the reading passage,	因此,在阅读段落中,
730	it mentioned that we use one of these plants	它提到我们使用其中一种植物
731	to make toothpaste.	来做牙膏
732	We use it because it smells fresh, and it tastes fresh.	我们使用它是因为它有新鲜的味道,它有新鲜的味道.
733	Many types of toothpaste use this.	许多种类的牙膏都使用这个.
734	And of course, we're talking about this picture here,	当然,我们说的是这张照片,
735	which is mint.	这是薄荷。
736	We use mint for toothpaste, or to make toothpaste.	我们用薄荷做牙膏或者做牙膏
737	It's the same.	亦复如是.
738	So we use mint for toothpaste.	所以我们用薄荷做牙膏
739	Actually, probably your toothpaste,	其实,也许你的牙膏,
740	probably it has mint, right?	也许它有薄荷,对不对?
741	If you go to the store,	如果你去商店的话
742	you see many toothpastes that say mint.	你看到很多牙膏说薄荷。
743	Fresh, clean taste, right?	新鲜,干净的味道,对不对?
744	So mint toothpaste.	所以薄荷牙膏。
745	Number two, we use beep to make soap.	第二,我们用哔声做肥皂
746	We don't have to use this to make soap,	我们不用用这个做肥皂
747	but remember the reading passage said,	但记得那段读本说
748	if we want soap to smell,	如果我们想要肥皂闻,
749	ah, smells nice, smells clean, smells fresh,	啊,闻起来不错,闻起来干净,闻起来新鲜,
750	what do we use to make the soap?	我们用什么做肥皂?
751	Which picture?	哪张照片?
752	It's this picture here, right?	这是这张照片,对不对?
753	We use lemons to make soap.	我们用柠檬做肥皂
754	So we want soap to smell like lemon, clean and fresh.	所以我们想让肥皂闻起来像柠檬,干净和新鲜.
755	We use lemons to make soap.	我们用柠檬做肥皂
756	Not always, but sometimes.	并不总是,但有时。
757	Okay.	摆
758	Three, we use beep to make oil.	三,我们用哔声制造石油.
759	So we wanna make oil.	所以我们想制造石油。
760	What part of the plant or what plant do we use to make oil?	我们用来制造石油的植物是哪一部分呢?
761	Remember in the reading passage,	记得在阅读的段落,
762	we saw a certain type of plant.	我们看到某种植物
763	We use the seed to make oil.	我们用种子制造石油
764	So we use the seeds to make oil.	所以我们用种子来制造石油。
765	We use the corn seeds to make corn oil.	我们用玉米种子做玉米油。
766	Or we use seeds, different seeds to make different oils.	或者我们用种子,不同的种子来制造不同的油.
767	But we use seeds to make oil.	但我们用种子来制造石油。
768	Number four, we use beep to make perfume.	第四,我们用哔声来制造香水
769	So we wanna make perfume, right?	所以我们想做香水对吧?
770	Per香香.
771	What do we use to make perfume?	我们用什么制造香水?
772	Well, of course, we're looking at this picture here.	当然,我们正在看这张照片。
773	We use flowers to make perfume	我们用花做香水
774	because flowers, flowers smell very good, don't they?	因为花,花闻起来很香,不是吗?
775	Number five, we use beep to make ropes.	第五,我们用哔声制造绳子。
776	So you wanna make rope, a very strong line.	所以,你想做绳子, 一个非常强的线。
777	What do you use to make ropes?	你用什么制造绳子?
778	We're looking at this picture here.	我们在看这张照片
779	This part of the plant is called stem.	这部分植物被称为茎.
780	We use stems to make ropes.	我们用来制造绳子
781	Okay, we've come to the end of this lesson.	好了,我们结束了这个课。
782	And in this lesson, we're talking about how we use plants.	在这个课中,我们谈论的是如何使用植物。
783	Remember, we don't just use plants for food.	记住我们不只是用植物做食物
784	Sure, we eat plants for food,	当然,我们吃植物作为食物,
785	but we also use plants for many, many different things, right?	但我们也用植物来做很多不同的事情,对吧?
786	We use plants to make toothpaste, to make soap,	我们用植物做牙膏做肥皂
787	to make rope, to make oil, and to make perfume.	用来制造绳索、油和香水。
788	So think about that.	所以考虑一下
789	Next time you're using something	下一次你用的东西
790	like you're brushing your teeth	就像在刷牙一样
791	or you're washing your hands	要么你洗手,要么你来洗手
792	or you're putting something on your body to smell nice,	或者你在身上放些东西来闻香味
793	think about, did this thing,	想想看,做了这件事情,
794	did we use plants to make this thing?	我们用植物制造这东西吗?
795	There are many things in our lives that we use plants for,	我们生命中有很多东西是用来利用植物的,
796	not just for food.	不只是为食物。
797	Well, hope you've learned a lot.	希望你学到了很多东西
798	This was a very interesting lesson.	这是一个非常有趣的教训。
799	So we'll see you next time.	所以下次见
800	Take care, everybody.	大家小心点

该视频共有字幕 803 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P4 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p04 3. 3. LevelA Lesson3 Keeping Warm (P4)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p04 3. 3. LevelA Lesson3 Keeping Warm (P4)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 34:32

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	We're on Unit 2, Lesson 3.	我们在第二课,第三课
0:15	We're talking about keeping warm, and we're	我们说的是保暖,我们
0:18	going to focus on the question, what keeps polar bears warm?	如何让北极熊温暖?
0:26	This is a polar bear, two polar bears.	这是一只北极熊,两只北极熊
0:29	And polar bears here, too.	这里也有北极熊
0:32	What keeps polar bears warm?	什么让北极熊温暖?
0:35	Keep warm, right?	保持温暖,对不对?

展开字幕全文（716 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're on Unit 2, Lesson 3.	我们在第二课,第三课
5	We're talking about keeping warm, and we're	我们说的是保暖,我们
6	going to focus on the question, what keeps polar bears warm?	如何让北极熊温暖?
7	This is a polar bear, two polar bears.	这是一只北极熊,两只北极熊
8	And polar bears here, too.	这里也有北极熊
9	What keeps polar bears warm?	什么让北极熊温暖?
10	Keep warm, right?	保持温暖,对不对?
11	Ah, nice and warm.	啊,好温暖。
12	OK, so that's what we're going to look at in this lesson.	好吧,这就是我们要看的这个课。
13	Let's take a look at the vocabulary from Book A.	让我们来看看A书的词汇.
14	OK, we've come to our first word.	好了,我们说到做到
15	Now, we see the picture.	现在,我们看到了照片。
16	This is what it is, and this is the definition.	这就是它是什么, 这就是定义。
17	So let's go over the definition.	因此,让我们来看看定义。
18	A warm coat with sleeves.	暖衣带袖.
19	It's very similar to coat.	与大衣非常相似.
20	Coat and another word mean the same thing.	衣服和另一个词的意思是一样的。
21	What is the other word?	另一个词是什么?
22	We say jacket, jacket, jacket.	我们说夹克,夹克,夹克。
23	Jacket and coat are basically the same, right?	外套和外套基本一样,对吧?
24	We say jacket for the covering that we wear.	我们说夹克,我们穿的封面。
25	It's the same as a coat.	与大衣无异.
26	We wear them in the winter or when it's cold outside.	冬天或外面冷的时候我们穿
27	We want to stay warm.	我们希望保持温暖。
28	Put on a jacket.	穿上夹克
29	Put on a coat.	着大衣.
30	Same thing.	同样的事情。
31	The next one is another type of clothing	下一个是另一种衣服
32	that we wear when it's cold outside.	外面冷的时候我们穿
33	But we wear these over our hands.	但是,我们穿这些在我们的手上。
34	So this is the picture.	这就是照片。
35	The warm thing that you wear on your hand.	你手上戴的暖和的东西
36	So if I wear it on my hand, right?	所以,如果我戴在我的手,对不对?
37	I put it on, what is it?	我穿上它,这是什么?
38	What do we call that?	我们怎么称呼?
39	We call that a glove.	我们称之为手套。
40	This is a glove.	这是手套
41	This is a very colorful glove.	这是一个非常多彩的手套。
42	This is a very warm glove, right?	这是一个非常温暖的手套,对不对?
43	So we wear gloves when we want to stay warm.	所以,当我们想保持温暖时,我们佩戴手套。
44	A glove, very easy.	手套,很简单
45	OK, the next word.	好吧,下一个词。
46	That's so cute, isn't it?	太可爱了,不是吗?
47	OK.	摆
48	To hold.	以坚住.
49	It's a verb.	动词.
50	To, we're looking for a verb.	敬,我们在找一个动词。
51	To hold somebody close in your arms.	来抱紧你怀里的人
52	So to hold, that's a verb.	因此,坚持,这是一个动词。
53	To hold somebody close in your arms.	来抱紧你怀里的人
54	Like wow, these very cute monkeys, right?	喜欢哇,这些非常可爱的猴子,对不对?
55	They're holding each other.	二者执持.
56	They love each other, right?	他们彼此相爱,对吧?
57	Maybe they're doing it to stay warm, too.	也许他们这么做也是为了保暖
58	But in this case, we say cuddle.	但在这种情况下,我们说抱抱。
59	Cuddle.	拥抱一下
60	These two monkeys are cuddling.	这两只猴子在拥抱
61	By the way, you may have thought hug.	顺便说一句,你可能已经想过拥抱了
62	Hug.	抱起来
63	What's the difference between hug and cuddle?	拥抱和拥抱有什么区别?
64	Ego, hago.	爱歌,哈歌。
65	Otoketoroni, right?	奥托科托罗尼,对不对?
66	What's the difference between hug and cuddle?	拥抱和拥抱有什么区别?
67	Hug is very quick.	拥抱很快
68	It's like you see your friend.	犹如见友.
69	Hey, how are you doing?	嘿,你好吗?
70	You hug that person.	你拥抱那个人。
71	Done.	结束了。
72	Finished.	结束了。
73	Quick.	快点
74	But cuddle is a long time, right?	但抱抱很长一段时间,对吧?
75	And be careful.	且当心.
76	Cuddle usually means like romantic, right?	拥抱通常意味着浪漫,对不对?
77	Boyfriend or girlfriend.	男朋友还是女朋友?
78	Or parent and child.	或父母及子孙.
79	That's not romantic, right?	这不是浪漫,对不对?
80	But that's just people who hold on to each other	但是,那只是人谁牵着对方
81	for a long time, right?	很久了对吧?
82	Cuddle and maybe pet the hair or something.	抱抱摸摸头发什么的
83	You cuddle.	你抱起来。
84	You might cuddle your pet.	你可以抱你的宠物。
85	If you have a dog or a cat, you cuddle	如果你有狗或猫,你抱
86	that pet for a long time.	那个宠物很长一段时间。
87	Hug, hug, done.	拥抱,拥抱,完成。
88	Finished.	结束了。
89	OK?	好吗?
90	So hug is short time.	所以拥抱是短暂的。
91	Cuddle is for a longer time.	拥抱的时间更长。
92	So to cuddle, to hold somebody close in your arms.	所以抱抱抱紧你怀里的人
93	OK.	摆
94	Not thin.	不细.
95	Whoa, look at that book.	哇,看那本书。
96	Can you read that book?	你能读那本书吗?
97	It would take a very, very long time to read this book.	读这本书需要很长的时间。
98	Why?	为什么?
99	Because it's not thin.	因其不薄.
100	It's not a thin book.	非薄书也.
101	It's really thick.	它真的很浓。
102	It厚书.
103	So if we see something that is very wide, right, like this,	所以,如果我们看到的东西是非常宽,正确的,像这样,
104	then we say it's thick.	然后我们说它很厚。
105	It has a lot of thickness.	它有很多厚度。
106	Not thin.	不细.
107	Thin is like this.	薄是这样的。
108	Thick is like this, right?	厚厚是这样的,对不对?
109	OK.	摆
110	So thick, not thin.	如此厚而不薄.
111	The next word we have, look at this.	下一个词,看看这个。
112	It looks very soft, right?	看起来很软,对吧?
113	You can put your hand on it, and oh, it feels very soft, right?	你可以把手放在上面, 哦,感觉很软,对不对?
114	It's hair that covers an animal's body.	是毛盖畜生身.
115	An animal's body, not human, right?	动物的身体,不是人类,对不对?
116	If it's hair that covers an animal's body,	如果毛被动物的身体覆盖
117	we call it fur, fur, not human.	我们称之为皮毛,皮毛,不是人类。
118	Do not say human fur.	不要说人皮毛。
119	We say hair, right?	我们说头发,对不对?
120	So for humans, humans have hair.	所以对人类来说,人类有头发.
121	Animals have fur.	动物有皮毛.
122	So humans have hair on their head.	所以人类头上有毛.
123	If we have hair on our arms, it's not fur.	如果我们手臂上有头发,那不是毛皮.
124	It's hair, OK?	是头发,好吗?
125	Humans have hair.	人类有头发
126	Animals have fur.	动物有皮毛.
127	And animals have a lot of fur.	而动物的皮毛也很多.
128	If you have a dog or a cat, they have fur all over their body.	如果你有一只狗或猫它们全身都是毛皮
129	So an animal's fur, hair that covers an animal's body.	因此动物的皮毛,毛被覆盖着动物的身体.
130	It covers it everywhere.	遍盖一切处.
131	Next is a piece of cloth that you wear.	下一个是你穿的布
132	It's a type of clothing.	一种衣钵.
133	A piece of cloth that you wear.	你穿的一块布
134	There are many types of clothing.	衣服种类众多.
135	This one you wear around your neck.	你脖子上的这个
136	Here it is, right?	在这里,对不对?
137	So if it's cold outside, you wear this	所以,如果外面很冷,你穿这个
138	and you put it around your neck.	你把它放在你的脖子上。
139	It keeps your neck warm because it's very cold outside.	它让你的脖子保持温暖因为外面很冷
140	You can put it up over your face, right,	你可以把它放在你脸上,对吗,
141	to protect your nose and your mouth.	保护你的鼻子和嘴。
142	So some people wear it up here if it's really cold.	所以有些人把它穿在这里,如果它真的冷。
143	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
144	We call it a scarf, scarf, S-C, scarf, scarf, OK?	我们称之为围巾,围巾,S -C,围巾,围巾,好吗?
145	And then R-F at the end, scarf, OK?	然后最后是R -F,围巾,好吗?
146	That's one scarf.	一条围巾
147	But if we have many, two, three, four, five, or many,	但是,如果我们有很多,二,三,四,五,或者很多,
148	we say scarves, scarves, OK?	我们说丝巾,丝巾,好吗?
149	You guys try.	你们试试看
150	Scarves, scarves, OK?	刀疤,刀疤,好吗?
151	So we have V and S, scarves, OK?	所以,我们有V和S, 疤痕,好吗?
152	Don't pronounce the E, scarves.	别念E, 疤痕.
153	So one scarf, two scarves, OK?	一条围巾,两条围巾,好吗?
154	So scarf is singular, plural is scarves.	因此,围巾是单数,复数是围巾.
155	Another piece of clothing that we wear to keep warm.	我们穿另一件衣服来保暖
156	OK, the next word is a large animal with thick fur.	好吧,下一个词是一个大动物厚厚的毛皮。
157	That's a very simple definition.	这是一个非常简单的定义。
158	We're looking for this animal here	我们在找这个动物
159	because there are many large animals with thick fur, right?	因为有很多有厚皮毛的大动物,对吧?
160	But we're looking for this specific one.	但我们在找这个特别的
161	Where do we find him?	我们在哪里找到他?
162	We find him at the North Pole, at the North Pole,	我们发现他在北极, 在北极,
163	way up north.	北边
164	We find this animal, large animal with thick fur.	我们发现这个动物,大动物有厚厚的皮毛。
165	We call this animal a bear, right?	我们称这只动物为熊,对吧?
166	Now there are many kinds of bears, right?	现在有很多种类的熊,对不对?
167	This is a polar bear, a polar bear.	这是北极熊,北极熊
168	A polar bear is a bear that lives at the North Pole.	北极熊是指生活在北极的熊.
169	It's very large, it has thick fur.	它非常大,有厚厚的毛皮.
170	Not all bears live at the North Pole.	并非所有熊都住在北极
171	There are other bears that live further south	还有其它熊生活在更南端
172	like black bears, brown bears, OK?	像黑熊,棕熊一样,好吗?
173	Many types of bears.	很多种类的熊。
174	But the bear that lives at the North Pole is a polar bear, OK?	但北极的熊是北极熊,好吗?
175	OK, next word, having a low temperature.	好吧,下一个词, 低温。
176	If something has a low temperature, low,	如果有东西有低温,低,
177	what do we say?	怎么样?
178	It is cold.	这是冷的。
179	It's cold.	寒热.
180	Outside in the wintertime, it is cold.	冬天外面很凉
181	It has a low temperature.	其温度较低.
182	Temperature is the number that says	温度是说
183	how cold or how hot it is outside or inside.	外面或里面有多冷或多热
184	What is the temperature of the air, right?	空气的温度是多少?
185	If it's a low temperature, it's cold.	若气温低则寒.
186	If it's a high temperature, it's hot, OK?	如果是高温,就热了,好吗?
187	OK, but what about not very hot or very cold?	好吧,但怎么样不是很热或非常冷?
188	So we have hot, high temperature.	所以我们有热,高温。
189	We have cold, low temperature.	我们的温度很低,很冷
190	High temperature, low temperature.	气温高,气温低.
191	But we want in the middle.	但我们想要在中间。
192	Not very hot, not very cold.	不甚热不甚冷.
193	In between, we say it's warm.	在中间,我们说它是温暖的。
194	So warm.	如此温暖。
195	Warm is between hot and cold.	温则寒热之间.
196	It's not high temperature.	这不是高温。
197	It's not low temperature.	气温不低.
198	It's in the middle.	于中间.
199	It's warm.	其温.
200	Usually, we are warm.	通常,我们是温暖的。
201	In your house, it's warm.	在你家里,是温暖的。
202	At your school, I hope, it's warm.	在你的学校,我希望,它是温暖的。
203	Because they're inside.	因为他们在里面
204	We like to have the temperature to be warm.	我们喜欢有温度的温暖。
205	That's normal.	这是正常的。
206	Not very hot, not very cold.	不甚热不甚冷.
207	It's warm in the middle.	中温.
208	OK, here we have another piece of clothing.	好的,我们还有另一件衣服
209	Another piece of clothing.	又一衣钵.
210	This is something you wear on your head.	这是你戴在头上的东西。
211	So you put it on your head, right?	所以你把它放在你头上,对不对?
212	There are many styles, many types.	风格多,类型多.
213	This is one style.	这是一种风格。
214	It's a woman's style.	妇人作风.
215	A woman would wear this.	女人会戴这个
216	This is a hat.	这是帽子
217	Very easy, hat.	非常简单,帽子。
218	Do you have a hat?	你有帽子吗?
219	Sometimes you can say a cap, like a baseball cap	有时候你可以说一个帽子, 像棒球帽
220	is very common.	这很常见
221	Baseball cap, right?	棒球帽对吧?
222	That's the cap that you put on your head.	这就是你戴在头上的帽子。
223	It has the long part out here that protects your face	它有很长的部分在这里保护你的脸
224	from the sun.	从太阳。
225	Most hats protect your face from the sun.	大部分帽子都保护你的脸不被阳光照射.
226	But there are many styles of hats,	但帽子有很多风格
227	many different types of hats.	许多不同类型的帽子。
228	OK, now here we have an interesting word.	好吧,现在我们有一个有趣的词。
229	The soft part of your body under your skin.	皮肤下身体柔软的部分.
230	So under my skin, it's soft, right?	所以在我的皮肤下, 它很柔软,对不对?
231	Yeah, my stomach is soft, right?	是啊,我的胃是软的,对不对?
232	If it's hard, it's not this.	若难则非此.
233	But if it's soft, what do we call it?	但如果是软的,我们怎么称呼它?
234	We call it fat.	我们称之为脂肪。
235	So under my skin, on my belly, on my stomach, that is fat,	所以在我的皮肤下,在我的肚子上,在我的肚子,那是脂肪,
236	right?	对吧?
237	If you work out, if you exercise, it's not fat.	如果锻炼,锻炼,则不肥.
238	Then it's muscle.	后为肌肉.
239	If it's hard, it's muscle.	如是坚硬即是肌肉.
240	If it's soft and weak, then it's fat.	若柔软弱弱则肥.
241	But fat keeps you warm, right?	但脂肪让你温暖,对不对?
242	OK, so fat.	好吧,这么胖。
243	The soft part of your body under your skin is fat.	皮肤下身体柔软的部分是脂肪.
244	But if you have a lot of fat, you're warm.	但如果你有很多脂肪,你会很温暖。
245	But you shouldn't have too much fat, right?	但你不应该有太多的脂肪,对不对?
246	You should also have muscle.	你也应该有肌肉。
247	OK, an animal that lives in the water.	好吧,一个生活在水中的动物。
248	An animal that lives in the water,	生活在水中的动物
249	like this animal right here, that animal lives in the water.	就像这个动物在这里, 它生活在水中。
250	It breathes.	则呼吸.
251	It breathes in the water.	其气入于水中.
252	What is it?	这是什么?
253	It is, of course, a fish.	这当然是条鱼
254	Fish are very common, and they live in the water.	鱼非常常见,它们生活在水中.
255	Fish are common animals that live in the water.	鱼是常栖息于水中的动物.
256	Sometimes they jump out of the water, and they're fish, fish.	有时会跳出水面,成为鱼,鱼.
257	OK, now we've come to our exercise.	好了,现在我们开始练习了
258	Our exercise is to match the words with their definitions.	我们的工作是使文字与其定义相匹配。
259	So we learned a lot of words, right?	所以我们学到了很多话,对吧?
260	How well do you remember?	你记得多少?
261	Let's look at the exercise.	让我们来看看锻炼。
262	What are our words?	我们说的话是什么?
263	First, jacket, jacket.	首先,夹克,夹克。
264	Gloves, gloves.	手套,手套。
265	Then thick, thick.	然后浓厚,浓厚。
266	Cuddle, aw, that's cute, right?	抱抱,啊,很可爱,对吧?
267	Cuddle, cuddle.	拥抱,拥抱。
268	Scarf, scarf.	刀疤围巾
269	And fur, fur.	还有皮毛皮毛
270	These are our six words.	这是我们的六个词。
271	We should match these words to the definitions	我们应该把这些词和定义联系起来
272	or the sentences.	或说句子.
273	We have to put these words in a sentence.	我们必须把这些话放在一句里。
274	So we have a sentence with a blank.	所以我们有一句空白。
275	What word goes into these blanks?	这些空白有什么词?
276	Number one, bears have beep to keep them warm.	第一,熊鸣声让他们保持温暖。
277	So what word should we put in this blank?	那么,我们应该用什么词来表示这个空白?
278	What do bears have on their skin to keep them warm?	熊的皮肤上有什么能保持温暖的?
279	Not just bears, but all animals.	不只是熊,还有所有动物
280	It's the hair that covers all the animal's body.	是毛盖一切畜生身.
281	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
282	Remember, humans don't have this.	记住,人类没有这个
283	Humans have hair.	人类有头发
284	Animals have fur.	动物有皮毛.
285	Bears have fur to keep them warm.	熊有皮毛以保温.
286	They have a lot of hair.	他们有很多头发。
287	It keeps them warm.	让他们保持温暖。
288	Like dogs and cats and other types of animals have fur.	如狗猫等动物都有皮毛.
289	OK, number two, I put my beep around my neck.	好吧,第二,我把我的哔声在我的脖子上。
290	So it's cold outside, right?	所以外面很冷对吧?
291	You put a piece of cloth around your neck to keep warm.	你把一块布放在你的脖子上保持温暖。
292	And sometimes you can put it above your nose and your mouth	有时候你可以把它放在鼻子和嘴上
293	to keep your mouth and nose warm also when it's cold outside.	当外面很冷的时候也保持嘴巴和鼻子的温暖
294	It's very useful, but it keeps you warm around here.	很有用,但能让你暖和
295	Well, of course, what is it?	嗯,当然,这是什么?
296	It is a scarf.	是条围巾
297	I put my scarf around my neck to keep warm.	我把我的围巾放在我的脖子上保持温暖。
298	Number three, my sweater.	三号,我的毛衣
299	Sweater?	荡妇?
300	What is a sweater?	什么是毛衣吗?
301	A sweater is another type of clothing, right?	毛衣是另一种衣服,对吧?
302	It's like a shirt, but usually it doesn't have buttons.	类似衬衫,但通常没有按钮.
303	It's a shirt we put on.	这是我们穿上的衬衫
304	浓 thick.
305	It keeps us warm.	它让我们暖和。
306	So my sweater is beep, so I am warm.	我的毛衣在鸣叫所以我很暖和
307	Of course, your sweater can be thin or it can be what?	当然,你的毛衣可能很薄还是什么?
308	能发粗 thick.
309	My sweater is thick, so I am warm.	我的毛衣很厚所以我很温暖
310	If you have a thin sweater, it's not so warm.	如果你的毛衣很薄就不会这么热了
311	But if you have a really thick sweater, right?	但如果你的毛衣很厚,对吧?
312	Very thick, whoa, it's very warm.	非常厚,哇,它很温暖。
313	So my sweater is thick, so I am warm.	我的毛衣很厚所以我很温暖
314	Remember, thick and thin.	记住,厚而薄.
315	So hopefully your sweater is thick.	所以希望你的毛衣是厚的。
316	Your jacket can be thick.	你的外套会很厚的
317	You can have a thick jacket or a thin jacket.	你可以有厚厚的夹克或薄薄的夹克.
318	If you want to stay warm, get a thick jacket to stay warm.	如果你想保持温暖, 得到厚厚的夹克保持温暖。
319	Okay.	摆
320	Number four, my dog likes to beep.	第四我的狗喜欢鸣叫
321	What does my dog like to do?	我的狗喜欢做什么?
322	Likes to, we're looking for a verb, okay?	喜欢,我们正在寻找一个动词,好吗?
323	So which verb do we see here?	那么我们在这里看到的是哪个动词?
324	There's really only one verb that can fit.	只有一种动词能适应
325	So it's a little hard because we're not sure	所以有点难,因为我们不确定
326	what dogs like to do many things,	什么狗喜欢做很多事情,
327	but we can do elimination.	但我们可以消灭它。
328	My dog likes to jacket, that's not a verb.	我的狗喜欢夹克这不是动词
329	Gloves, that's not a verb.	手套那不是动词
330	Thick, that's not a verb.	瘦,这不是动词。
331	Cuddle, oh, there's our verb.	抱抱,哦,这是我们的动词。
332	Are there any other verbs?	还有别的动词吗?
333	Scarf, not a verb.	刀疤不是动词
334	Fur, not a verb.	富尔,不是动词.
335	Cuddle is our only verb.	拥抱是我们唯一的动词
336	It must be the answer.	这一定是答案
337	My dog likes to cuddle.	我的狗喜欢拥抱。
338	Yes, and that's nice, right?	是的,这是很好的,对不对?
339	If you have your dog, you like to cuddle it, right?	如果你有你的狗, 你喜欢抱它,对不对?
340	He likes to come over and lick your face	他喜欢过来舔你的脸
341	and cuddle you, right?	拥抱你对吧?
342	So my dog likes to cuddle.	我的狗喜欢抱抱
343	Five, these beep keep my hands warm.	五,这些哔声能让我的手保持温暖.
344	Now, we have a clue because these is plural.	现在,我们有了线索,因为这些是复数。
345	Not one, but two or more.	不是一个,而是两个或更多。
346	Usually two when we put clothes on, right?	通常我们穿上衣服的时候是两件对吧?
347	Glasses, it's plural.	眼镜,它是复数。
348	Shoes, plural.	鞋,复数。
349	What else is plural here?	这里还有什么复数?
350	Jacket, gloves.	夹克,手套。
351	Ah, gloves is plural.	啊,手套是复数。
352	These gloves keep my hands warm.	这些手套能让我的手温暖
353	You put gloves on your hands and we know it's plural.	你戴上手套我们知道这是复数
354	手套(英语:Gloves).
355	Don't just have one glove.	别只带一只手套
356	You're not Michael Jackson, right?	你不是迈克尔·杰克逊吧?
357	If you go outside, you have two gloves.	如果你出去,你有两个手套。
358	They keep both hands warm.	两只手都保持温暖
359	Okay, number six, it is cold.	好吧,第六,这是冷的。
360	It is cold, so I zip up.	它很冷,所以我拉链。
361	Zip up, right?	安静点,对吧?
362	That's a zipper on the front of many clothes, right?	多件衣服前面的拉链,对吧?
363	You zip up your what?	你拉链你的什么?
364	What has a zipper?	什么拉链?
365	What keeps you warm when it's cold outside?	外面寒冷时是什么让你暖和的?
366	You wear it on your upper body.	你穿在你的上身。
367	Of course, we're looking for a jacket.	当然,我们在找一件外套
368	You zip up your jacket.	你拉上你的夹克。
369	Zip up, of course, is the zipper in the front.	当然,拉链是前面的
370	Zipper, you close the zipper.	齐伯,你把拉链关上
371	Close the zipper, open the zipper.	关上拉链,打开拉链.
372	Zip, zip也.
373	So, you zip up your jacket.	所以,你拉上你的夹克。
374	Zip it up, okay?	闭嘴,好吗?
375	Of course, it's cold, so zip up your jacket.	当然,它很冷,所以拉上你的夹克。
376	Whew, you stay warm.	哇,你保持温暖。
377	Okay, those are our words that we put in the sentences.	好吧,那些是我们在句子里说的话。
378	That's the end of the vocabulary part.	这就是词汇部分的结尾.
379	Let's take a short break.	我们休息一下吧
380	We'll come back and look at the reading section.	复来观读一节.
381	Hello, everybody, welcome back.	大家好欢迎回来
382	We're going over the reading section for lesson three,	我们要翻阅第三课的阅读部分
383	and the topic for lesson three is keeping warm,	第三课的主题就是保持温暖
384	keeping warm to make sure you're not too cold.	保持温暖确保你不会太冷。
385	Let's take a look at the reading passage.	观读经文.
386	First of all, we have polar bears live in a very cold place,	首先,北极熊生活在一个非常寒冷的地方,
387	a very cold place.	一个非常寒冷的地方。
388	Wow, look at the snow and the ice.	哇,看这雪和冰。
389	It's very cold.	甚寒热.
390	Where is it?	在甚么处.
391	Before I told you, North Pole.	之前我告诉你,北极。
392	So, polar bears live in a very cold place at the North Pole.	因此,北极熊生活在北极的一个非常寒冷的地方.
393	A lot of snow and ice.	积雪积冰.
394	There is a lot of ice and snow, as we can see.	正如我们所见,这里有很多冰雪。
395	What keeps them warm?	是什么让他们暖和的?
396	How do these polar bears stay warm?	这些北极熊怎么保暖?
397	What keeps them warm?	是什么让他们暖和的?
398	That's the question.	问曰.
399	We need to read more to find out.	我们需要多读些书才能知道
400	But first, let's review very quickly.	但首先,让我们尽快审查一下。
401	Polar bears live in a very cold place.	北极熊生活在一个非常寒冷的地方
402	There is a lot of ice and snow.	这里有很多冰雪
403	What keeps them warm?	是什么让他们暖和的?
404	What is it?	这是什么?
405	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
406	Polar bears, they, when we see they,	北极熊,当我们看到它们时,
407	we're talking about polar bears, polar bears.	我们在谈论北极熊,北极熊
408	Polar bears, polar bears, they.	北极熊,北极熊,他们。
409	They don't, they don't wear jackets.	他们不穿外套
410	I don't wear jackets.	我不穿夹克。
411	We don't see bears wearing jackets.	我们没看到熊穿外套
412	They don't wear gloves, right?	他们不戴手套,对吧?
413	They don't wear gloves.	他们不戴手套。
414	Fur keeps them warm.	富尔让他们保持温暖。
415	It's their fur.	这是他们的皮毛。
416	Wow, look at that.	哇,看看这个。
417	Really thick fur.	皮毛很厚皮毛很厚
418	The fur keeps them warm.	皮毛能让他们暖和
419	The polar bears have white fur.	北极熊有白色的皮毛.
420	It's white, right?	这是白色的,对不对?
421	And their fur is very thick.	他们的皮毛很厚
422	Wow, you can really see that.	哇,你真的看得出来
423	It's really thick fur.	毛皮很厚的
424	Polar bears have white, thick fur to keep them warm.	北极熊有白色,厚厚的皮毛来保持它们的温暖.
425	Why is it white?	为什么是白色的?
426	So they can hunt other animals.	这样他们就可以猎杀其他动物.
427	They can't see them.	他们看不到他们。
428	Because white is the same color as snow.	因为白色和雪一样的颜色
429	So polar bears are hard to see at the North Pole.	因此北极熊很难在北极看到.
430	So polar bears have white fur and their fur is very thick.	因此北极熊有白色的皮毛,其皮毛非常厚.
431	It keeps them warm because they don't wear jackets.	因为它不穿夹克让他们保持温暖
432	They don't wear jackets.	他们不穿外套。
433	They don't wear gloves.	他们不戴手套。
434	People wear jackets and gloves, okay?	人们穿外套和手套,好吗?
435	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
436	They don't wear jackets.	他们不穿外套。
437	They don't wear gloves.	他们不戴手套。
438	Fur keeps them warm.	富尔让他们保持温暖。
439	It's the fur.	这是皮毛。
440	Polar bears have white fur.	北极熊有白色的毛皮.
441	They're polar bears.	他们是北极熊。
442	Their fur is very thick.	他们的皮毛很厚
443	That's how they stay warm.	他们就是这样保暖的
444	Okay, let's continue.	好吧,让我们继续。
445	What else keeps them warm?	还有什么能让他们暖和的?
446	What else?	还有什么?
447	We know fur.	我们知道毛皮。
448	Fur keeps them warm, yes.	富尔让他们保持温暖,是的。
449	But what else?	但还有什么?
450	What's more?	还有呢?
451	Is there anything else that keeps them warm?	还有什么能让他们暖和的吗?
452	What else keeps them warm?	还有什么能让他们暖和的?
453	Fur, yeah, yeah, we know that.	富尔,是的,是的, 我们知道这一点。
454	But what else keeps them warm?	但还有什么能让他们保持温暖?
455	Is there something else?	还有别的吗?
456	Do they wear hats?	他们戴帽子吗?
457	A polar bear wears a hat.	北极熊会戴帽子
458	Do they wear scarves?	他们有佩带吗?
459	No, they don't.	不,他们没有。
460	Polar bears don't wear hats.	北极熊不会戴帽子
461	They don't wear scarves.	他们不戴疤痕。
462	No, they don't.	不,他们没有。
463	They don't wear these things.	他们不穿这些东西。
464	Let's review here very quickly.	让我们在这里快速回顾一下。
465	What else keeps them warm?	还有什么能让他们暖和的?
466	Do they wear hats?	他们戴帽子吗?
467	Do they wear scarves?	他们有佩带吗?
468	No, they don't.	不,他们没有。
469	Okay, what is it?	好吧,这是什么?
470	Let's find out.	让我们来看看。
471	But, right, they don't wear hats.	但他们不戴帽子
472	They don't wear scarves.	他们不戴疤痕。
473	But, but, they do have a lot of fat.	但是,但是,他们确实有很多脂肪。
474	Fat keeps them warm.	胖子让他们保持温暖
475	So fat keeps polar bears warm.	所以脂肪让北极熊保持温暖
476	Not halves, not hats, not scarves, but fat.	不半身,不戴帽子,不戴胡子,但很胖
477	Fur and fat keep polar bears warm.	毛皮和脂肪保持北极熊的温暖。
478	So there's two things that keep polar bears warm.	所以有两件事让北极熊保持温暖.
479	Fur, thick fur, and they also have fat.	毛,厚的毛皮,它们也有脂肪.
480	Fat keeps them warm too.	胖子也给他们保暖
481	So two things keep them warm.	所以有两件事让他们保持温暖
482	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
483	But they do have a lot of fat, a lot of fat.	但他们确实有很多脂肪,很多脂肪。
484	Fat keeps them warm.	胖子让他们保持温暖
485	Fur and fat keep polar bears warm.	毛皮和脂肪保持北极熊的温暖。
486	So two things that keep polar bears warm.	所以有两件事让北极熊保持温暖
487	Good for polar bears, right?	对北极熊有好处,对吧?
488	Okay, here we have polar bears stay warm in the snow.	好了,这里有北极熊在雪中保持温暖。
489	There's a lot of snow, but even so,	雪很多但即使这样
490	they stay warm in the snow.	他们在雪中保持温暖
491	They stay warm on the ice.	它们在冰上保持温暖
492	In the snow, on the ice.	在雪地,在冰层上。
493	So we say in the snow, but we say on the ice.	所以我们说在雪中, 但我们说在冰上。
494	Not in the ice, that's really cold, right?	不是在冰层里, 这是真的冷,对不对?
495	But we can say in the snow, okay?	但我们可以说在雪中,好吗?
496	They stay warm in the snow.	它们在雪中保持温暖.
497	They stay warm on the ice.	它们在冰上保持温暖
498	Polar bears stay warm in cold water too.	北极熊也会在冷水中保暖
499	Polar bears go swimming in that water.	北极熊在水里游泳
500	Ooh, it's really cold.	哦,这真的很冷。
501	But they stay warm in the water.	但它们在水中保持温暖.
502	They swim very well.	他们游泳得很好
503	Polar bears are good swimmers, okay?	北极熊是很好的游泳者,好吗?
504	Are you a good swimmer?	你游泳得好吗?
505	Polar bears are very good swimmers.	北极熊是很好的游泳者。
506	They can swim in very cold water.	它们可以在非常冷的水中游泳.
507	Why?	为什么?
508	Polar bears like to eat fish.	北极熊喜欢吃鱼
509	So they can swim and catch the fish in their mouth, right?	这样他们就能游泳,在嘴里抓鱼,对吗?
510	They catch the fish that way.	他们抓鱼的方式。
511	Or they wait for the fish to come near the water	或者他们等着鱼来到水边
512	and then they get the fish.	然后他们得到了鱼。
513	They swim and find fish to eat.	他们游泳,找到鱼吃。
514	Okay.	摆
515	So let's review here.	让我们在这里回顾一下。
516	Polar bears stay warm in the snow.	北极熊在雪中保持温暖
517	They stay warm on the ice.	它们在冰上保持温暖
518	Polar bears stay warm in cold water too.	北极熊也会在冷水中保暖
519	They swim very well.	他们游泳得很好
520	Polar bears like to eat fish.	北极熊喜欢吃鱼
521	They swim and find fish to eat.	他们游泳,找到鱼吃。
522	Okay, what else keeps them warm?	好吧,还有什么让他们保持温暖?
523	What else?	还有什么?
524	We talked about fur.	我们谈过皮毛的事
525	We talked about fat.	我们讨论过胖子
526	What else keeps them warm?	还有什么能让他们暖和的?
527	Is there something else?	还有别的吗?
528	Another thing?	还有一件事?
529	Yes, there is.	是的,这是有的。
530	Cuddling.	拥抱。
531	Aw, very cute.	哦,很可爱。
532	Cute, right?	很可爱吧?
533	Polar bears cuddle, right?	北极熊抱抱,对吧?
534	They stay close together to each other.	他们彼此保持亲密
535	Cuddling keeps them warm.	抚摸会让他们暖和
536	Polar bears like to cuddle.	北极熊喜欢拥抱。
537	They like to hold on to their sisters	他们喜欢抱着自己的姐妹
538	and brothers and their family, right?	还有兄弟和家人,对吧?
539	They hold on to each other.	彼此执着.
540	They cuddle.	他们拥抱。
541	So polar bears stay close to each other to keep them warm.	因此北极熊要保持相近,以保持温暖.
542	So there's three things that keep polar bears warm.	因此有三件事让北极熊保持温暖.
543	Fur, fat, and cuddling, okay?	富人胖子拥抱好吗?
544	So these things keep polar bears warm.	所以这些东西让北极熊保持温暖.
545	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
546	What else?	还有什么?
547	What else keeps them warm?	还有什么能让他们暖和的?
548	Cuddling, aw.	抚摸,啊。
549	Cuddling keeps them warm.	抚摸会让他们暖和
550	Polar bears like to cuddle.	北极熊喜欢拥抱。
551	Okay, let's do our reading comprehension.	好吧,让我们做我们的阅读理解。
552	How well do you remember the reading?	你还记得读数多少?
553	We have a sentence here, but there's a blank, beep, right?	我们这里有一个句子, 但有一个空白,哔声,对不对?
554	We have to fill in the blank with one of these words.	我们必须在空白中填写其中的一个词。
555	Only one is the correct answer.	只有一个是正确的答案。
556	Let's look.	让我们看看。
557	This story is about.	这个故事是有关。
558	What is this story about?	这是关于什么的故事?
559	Remember what the subject is.	记住主题是什么。
560	What are we talking about in the story?	故事里讲的是什么?
561	What's the main subject?	主题是什么?
562	We're talking about A, vegetables,	我们说的是A,蔬菜,
563	B, fat people,	B,胖子们,
564	C, polar bears,	C,北极熊们,
565	D, warm places.	D,温暖的地方。
566	Which is the correct answer?	哪个答案是正确的?
567	Vegetables?	蔬菜吗?
568	Now we're not talking about plants that we eat.	现在我们不是在说我们吃的植物。
569	We're talking about fat people?	我们说的是胖子?
570	No, we're not talking about fat people.	不,我们不是说胖子
571	We didn't talk about people at all.	我们根本没谈人
572	So we're not talking about people at all.	所以我们根本没在谈论人
573	Fat people, thin people, not anybody.	肥人,瘦人,不是任何人。
574	C, polar bears.	北极熊北极熊北极熊北极熊北极熊
575	Aha, we're talking about polar bears, right?	啊哈,我们说的是北极熊,对吧?
576	Because we're talking about ways that polar bears stay warm,	因为我们在谈论北极熊保持温暖的方式
577	but the story is about polar bears, right?	但故事是关于北极熊的对吧?
578	D, warm places?	D,温暖的地方?
579	No, polar bears live in the North Pole.	不,北极熊生活在北极地区
580	It's not a warm place.	这不是一个温暖的地方。
581	It's a very cold place.	这是一个非常冷的地方。
582	So this story is about polar bears.	这个故事是关于北极熊的。
583	That's our best answer.	这是我们最好的答案。
584	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
585	Number two, 힘들어.	二号,...
586	Beep and beep, right?	哔声和哔声,对不对?
587	We have two blanks.	我们有两个空白。
588	We have to fill in two blanks for this sentence.	我们必须填上两张空白的字
589	Let's look at the rest of the sentence.	观余句.
590	We have beep and beep, keep polar bears warm.	我们有蜂鸣和蜂鸣, 保持北极熊温暖。
591	So we're looking for two things that keep polar bears warm.	所以我们在寻找两件能让北极熊保持温暖的东西.
592	Remember, we talked about three,	记住,我们谈过三个
593	but we only want two for this answer.	但是这个答案我们只想要两个
594	So what are they?	他们是什么?
595	A, jackets, gloves.	A,夹克,手套。
596	B, blood, exercise.	B,血液,运动。
597	C, penguins, snow.	C,企鹅,雪。
598	And D, fur and fat.	还有D,皮毛和脂肪。
599	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
600	A, jackets and gloves.	A,夹克和手套。
601	In the story, we saw that polar bears don't wear jackets.	在故事中,我们看到北极熊不穿外套.
602	They don't wear gloves, right?	他们不戴手套,对吧?
603	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
604	Animals don't wear clothes.	畜生不着衣.
605	Only humans wear clothes.	只有人类穿着衣服。
606	So that's not correct, right?	所以,这是不对的,对不对?
607	B, blood.	B,血迹。
608	Blood and exercise.	血与运动.
609	Polar bears are exercising at the North Pole?	北极熊在运动吗?
610	No, that would be very funny, right?	不,那会很有趣,对不对?
611	You see polar bears doing pushups, okay?	你看到北极熊在做俯卧撑,好吗?
612	No, that's not correct, okay?	不,这是不对的,好吗?
613	C, penguins and snow.	C,企鹅和雪。
614	Penguins are at the South Pole.	企鹅在南极
615	Penguins aren't at the North Pole.	企鹅不在北极
616	So polar bears never see penguins.	北极熊从没见过企鹅
617	Polar bears don't know about penguins.	北极熊对企鹅一无所知.
618	Snow, snow is cold.	雪,雪为寒.
619	It doesn't keep people warm.	不令众生发热.
620	So that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
621	D, fur and fat.	D,毛发和脂肪。
622	Uh-huh, those are two things we talked about	嗯哼,这是两件事我们谈过
623	in the reading passage, right?	在阅读的段落,对不对?
624	Fur, polar bears have thick fur	富尔,北极熊有厚厚的毛皮
625	and they have fat that keeps them warm.	他们的脂肪让他们保持温暖。
626	They also cuddle, but we're only looking for two, one, two.	他们也抱抱,但我们只找两个,一个,两个。
627	So fur and fat, those are the two	所以,皮毛和脂肪, 这两个是
628	that we need to fill in the blanks.	我们需要填满空白。
629	Fur and fat keep polar bears warm, okay?	富人和胖子让北极熊保持温暖,好吗?
630	Also cuddling, but cuddling's not here.	还有拥抱,但拥抱不在这里。
631	We only need two.	我们只需要两个
632	We only need two, okay.	我们只需要两个,好吗?
633	Number three, polar bears like to eat.	第三,北极熊喜欢吃东西
634	What do polar bears like to eat?	北极熊喜欢吃什么?
635	Remember, they can swim very well	记住,他们可以游泳
636	so they can find something to eat.	这样他们才能找到吃的
637	What do they find?	他们发现了什么?
638	A, fish, B, snow, C, carrots,	A,鱼,B,雪,C,胡萝卜,
639	D,Kimbap,是的,Kimbap,对不对?
640	So at the North Pole, polar bears can find people, right?	在北极,北极熊可以找到人,对吧?
641	Hello, can I have some kimbap, please, right?	你好,可以给我一些金巴普,好吗?
642	No, that's crazy, right?	不,这是疯了,对不对?
643	Polar bears cannot go to the kage or the supermarket	北极熊不能去凯奇或超市
644	和买Kimbap,对不对?
645	No, that's silly.	不,这是愚蠢的。
646	Polar bears like to eat carrots.	北极熊喜欢吃胡萝卜
647	Do carrots grow at the North Pole in the snow and the ice?	胡萝卜在冰雪中生长在北极吗?
648	No, carrots don't grow at the North Pole, that's silly.	不,胡萝卜不会在北极生长,这是愚蠢的。
649	Polar bears like to eat snow.	北极熊喜欢吃雪
650	We don't eat snow.	我们不吃雪。
651	Don't eat snow, that'll make you cold.	别吃雪,那会让你冷的
652	And besides, snow is not food, it's frozen water.	此外,雪不是食物,而是冻水。
653	So polar bears don't eat snow.	因此北极熊不会吃雪.
654	Polar bears eat fish, don't they?	北极熊吃鱼,不是吗?
655	So that's the right answer.	所以,这是正确的答案。
656	Polar bears like to eat fish.	北极熊喜欢吃鱼
657	They can swim to find and catch fish,	他们可以游泳找鱼
658	to find and eat the fish.	寻找和吃鱼。
659	Polar bears will eat fish, okay.	北极熊会吃鱼,好吗?
660	Now we have our chart here, okay?	现在我们有我们的图表了,好吗?
661	We can see that there are three things	我们可以看到有三件事
662	that keeps polar bears warm.	让北极熊保持温暖
663	What keeps polar bears warm?	什么让北极熊温暖?
664	One, two, and three.	一,二,三,两
665	Actually, one, two, and three.	实际上,一,二,三。
666	Let's look at them in each picture.	让我们看看每张照片。
667	First of all, we can see this here.	首先,我们在这里可以看到这一点。
668	Wow, it looks very soft, right?	哇,看起来很软,对不对?
669	It's very thick.	甚为浓厚.
670	It's white, it covers the polar bears completely.	白色,完全覆盖北极熊.
671	What is it?	这是什么?
672	We say it's fur.	我们说它是皮毛。
673	Fur keeps polar bears warm.	Fur让北极熊保持温暖.
674	So a lot of fur keeps polar bears warm.	所以很多毛皮会让北极熊保持温暖.
675	Also, we can see fur here,	而且,我们可以看到毛皮在这里,
676	but also what else do polar bears have that keeps them warm?	北极熊还有什么能让他们暖和的?
677	If we look at this polar bear, he looks very big, right?	如果我们看这只北极熊, 他看起来非常大,对不对?
678	He might have a big stomach.	他的胃可能会很大
679	If he eats a lot, he'll have a big stomach.	若食多则胃大.
680	If he doesn't eat, he doesn't have this.	如果他不吃,他没有这个。
681	But it's very important, fat.	但是这很重要胖子
682	Fat keeps polar bears warm.	胖子让北极熊温暖
683	So if a polar bear eats a lot of fish or other food,	所以如果北极熊吃了很多鱼或其他食物
684	he has a lot of fat, and that keeps the bear warm.	他的脂肪很多, 这让熊保持温暖。
685	What are these polar bears doing?	这些北极熊在干什么?
686	They like each other, right?	他们喜欢彼此,对吧?
687	They're kind of hugging each other.	他们有点拥抱对方。
688	For a long time, they stay close to each other.	在很长一段时间里,他们保持亲近.
689	So also, cuddling, I-N-G.	还有拥抱 I -N
690	Cuddling keeps polar bears warm.	弯曲使北极熊保持温暖
691	If you do something for a long time, you are doing it.	如果你做一些事情长时间,你正在这样做。
692	You are cuddling.	你在拥抱。
693	Cuddling keeps polar bears warm.	弯曲使北极熊保持温暖
694	So we can see in this chart three things	因此,我们可以看到在这个图表中的三件事
695	that keep polar bears warm.	让北极熊保持温暖
696	One, fur keeps polar bears warm.	一,皮毛使北极熊保持温暖.
697	Two, fat keeps polar bears warm.	二,脂肪使北极熊保持温暖.
698	And three, cuddling keeps polar bears warm.	第三,拥抱会让北极熊温暖
699	So when we talk about polar bears,	当我们谈论北极熊时,
700	of course we know polar bears live in the North Pole.	当然我们知道北极熊生活在北极
701	There's a lot of snow and ice there.	那里有大量的雪和冰.
702	So we think, what keeps them warm?	所以,我们想,是什么让他们温暖?
703	Animals have to stay warm.	动物必须保持温暖。
704	These three things will keep polar bears warm.	这三样东西会让北极熊保持温暖.
705	Not just polar bears, but all animals, right?	不只是北极熊,还有所有动物,对吧?
706	Animals have hair to keep them warm.	动物有毛可以保持温暖.
707	Animals have fat to keep them warm.	动物有脂肪来保暖.
708	And animals will cuddle with each other to stay warm.	动物会互相拥抱保持温暖
709	So it's not just polar bears,	所以它不仅仅是北极熊,
710	but many types of animals will do these things also.	但很多种类的动物也会做这些事情。
711	Okay, I hope you've had fun learning some interesting facts	好吧,我希望你已经有乐趣学习一些有趣的事实
712	about polar bears and other animals.	北极熊和其他动物
713	Okay, that wraps up this lesson.	好吧,这结束了这个教训。
714	We'll see you next time.	下次见
715	Take care.	小心点
716	Bye-bye.	再见

该视频共有字幕 720 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P5 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p05 4. 4. LevelA Lesson4 Animals Help People (P5)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p05 4. 4. LevelA Lesson4 Animals Help People (P5)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 38:13

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	hello everybody welcome back to reading for vocabulary I'm Brian Stewart we're	大家好,欢迎回来读词汇我是布莱恩・斯图尔特
0:12	on lesson 4 and in lesson 4 we're talking about animals help people so	在第四课和第四课我们谈论的动物帮助人们
0:18	we're going to focus on pay attention to how do animals help people how do	关注动物如何帮助人们
0:28	animals help people we're going to look at many different ways that animals help	动物帮助人们我们要看动物帮助的多种不同方式
0:34	people in this lesson but first we have to listen or we have to learn some	上这个课的人但首先我们得听或者学一些
0:40	vocabulary now the first vocabulary word we're going to listen to or learn is	现在我们要听或学习的第一个词汇是
0:47	this one here this is a picture of a place in front of your house what is	这幅是你们家门口的一张照片
0:54	this it's a bell outside the door you press it it goes ding dong right ding	这是门外的铃声,你按它它去叮当右叮当
1:03	dong what is that it's a kind of bell and it's at the door it's at the door	它是什么一种铃声它在门边它在门边
1:10	and it's a bell it's a doorbell that's pretty easy it's a door bell it's	铃声门铃声门铃声门铃声

展开字幕全文（639 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	hello everybody welcome back to reading for vocabulary I'm Brian Stewart we're	大家好,欢迎回来读词汇我是布莱恩・斯图尔特
2	on lesson 4 and in lesson 4 we're talking about animals help people so	在第四课和第四课我们谈论的动物帮助人们
3	we're going to focus on pay attention to how do animals help people how do	关注动物如何帮助人们
4	animals help people we're going to look at many different ways that animals help	动物帮助人们我们要看动物帮助的多种不同方式
5	people in this lesson but first we have to listen or we have to learn some	上这个课的人但首先我们得听或者学一些
6	vocabulary now the first vocabulary word we're going to listen to or learn is	现在我们要听或学习的第一个词汇是
7	this one here this is a picture of a place in front of your house what is	这幅是你们家门口的一张照片
8	this it's a bell outside the door you press it it goes ding dong right ding	这是门外的铃声,你按它它去叮当右叮当
9	dong what is that it's a kind of bell and it's at the door it's at the door	它是什么一种铃声它在门边它在门边
10	and it's a bell it's a doorbell that's pretty easy it's a door bell it's	铃声门铃声门铃声门铃声
11	outside the door and it is about you push it ding dong sounds like a bell so	在门外,这是关于你推它叮当听起来像铃声,所以
12	it's a doorbell in front of your house you have a doorbell when somebody visits	你家门口有个门铃有人来看你的时候你有个门铃
13	you they press the door bell so doorbell doorbell it's two words that make one	他们按门铃门铃是两个字
14	word door and bell doorbell very easy	单词门和钟门铃很容易
15	okay the next word what is this this is very old right probably you have a small	好吧,下一个词是什么这是非常古老的权利也许你有一个小
16	one in your pocket something you use to talk to your friend so you want to talk	一个在你口袋里的东西你用来跟你朋友说话所以你想说话
17	to your friend you take this out of your pocket or your backpack you can call	你把这个从口袋或背包里拿出来你可以打电话
18	your friend on it and you can talk to your friend what is it what is it called	上面有你的朋友你可以跟你朋友谈谈叫什么来着
19	it's a telephone telephone telephone telephone three syllables or three	是电话电话三音节或三音节
20	sounds tap left phone telephone telephone very easy of course this is a	录音机左电话电话很容易,当然这是一个
21	very old telephone right we don't use those anymore we use the very small or	非常老的电话,我们不再使用那些我们使用非常小或
22	sometimes big pocket or cell phones and we but it's a telephone it's basically a	有时候是大口袋或手机我们但它是一个电话它基本上是一个
23	telephone that we use to talk with our friend okay the next word what's this	我们用来和朋友交谈的电话下一个词是什么
24	this looks very interesting doesn't it this is a clock so it's a type of clock	这看起来很有趣,不是吗? 这是一个时钟,所以它是一种时钟类型
25	right we tell time but look at this what are these things here those are bells	好吧,我们告诉时间,但看看这个这些东西是钟声
26	again another another type of bell right and at a certain time those bells sound	又是另一类铃声在某个时候,这些铃声响起
27	right so what is this it's a clock that wakes you up in the morning maybe you	好吧,这是什么这是一个钟唤醒你在早晨,也许你
28	use this maybe you use your cell phone probably you use your cell phone but a	用这个也许用你的手机可能用你的手机但是...
29	long time ago when I was younger we used one of these to wake up in the morning	很久以前,当我年轻的时候,我们用这个在早晨醒来
30	what is it called it's an alarm clock so it's a clock right it's a clock what	它叫什么来着? 是闹钟,所以它就是钟...
31	kind of clock alarm alarm means make a big sound alarm did he did he did he did	时钟闹钟的意思是大闹钟,他做了
32	he right so an alarm clock is what we use to wake up in the morning we need a	他说得对所以报警钟是我们早上醒来时需要的
33	very loud sound to wake up right some people need a really really loud sound	声音很响醒过来吧有些人需要很响的声音
34	to wake up some people they sleep they keep sleeping so you need a very loud	唤醒一些人,他们睡觉他们一直睡觉,所以你需要一个非常响亮的
35	alarm clock to wake up in the morning alarm clock okay our next word well this	闹钟在早晨的闹钟醒来... ...
36	looks very interesting right unhappy he looks very sad right because you are	看起来很有趣,很不开心他看起来很伤心因为你是
37	alone if he's alone he's very sad right it almost looks like a human right but	一个人,如果他一个人他非常伤心,它几乎看起来像一个人权,但
38	it looks like a baby gorilla so very interesting picture but he looks sad	它看起来像一只小猩猩如此有趣的照片但他看起来很伤心
39	because he's what he's alone so he is lonely if you are alone you are by	因为他是孤独的,所以他很孤独如果你是孤独的,你是靠
40	yourself you are by yourself there are no friends no family around you you are	你一个人身边没有朋友没有家人
41	by yourself you are alone how do you feel you are lonely lonely be careful	独自一人,你觉得孤独吗? 孤独,小心
42	with L lonely we have two L's lonely lonely lonely so hopefully I hope you	和L孤独,我们有两个L孤独孤独,所以希望你
43	don't feel lonely but sometimes we feel lonely because we are alone there are no	不要感到孤独,但有时候我们感到孤独,因为我们孤独
44	friends or family around us in that time we feel lonely okay next somewhere where	那时我们身边的朋友或家人... ...我们感到孤独... ...
45	only animals live only animals no humans so it's in nature some place	只有动物才有生命没有人类所以自然界有地方
46	where there are no humans and animals live without humans they don't live with	没有人类,没有动物没有人类,他们没有生活
47	humans what do we call this place we say it's in the wild in the wild the wild is	人类,我们称之为这个地方,我们说它在野外在野外是野外
48	a place where there are no humans no villages no towns no roads no humans	一个没有人类的地方村庄城镇道路人
49	around just animals only animals live there in the wild wild W is like what	只有野生野生的野生动物才喜欢
50	what wild and then we have LD wild duh duh is when you jaw drops duh wild wild	什么野,然后我们有LD野DUH是当你的下巴掉DUH野
51	so in the wild okay the next word giving help so if something is giving help what	所以在野外下一个词是帮助如果有东西在帮助什么
52	are they doing what do we say for this word we say helpful because it's like	他们是否在做我们说的话我们说帮助,因为它就像
53	right this word here full two L's means you have a lot of its full right but we	右,这里的这个词满两个L意味着你有很多它的全部权利,但我们
54	only have one L here when we put it as an adjective helpful helpful if somebody	只有一个L在这里, 当我们把它作为一个形容词帮助,如果有人
55	or something is helpful they are giving help so help full helpful helpful that	或什么是帮助他们正在提供帮助所以帮助充分帮助
56	is the word that means you are giving help okay here's another word this is a	意思是你们在帮忙还有一个词是
57	very funny picture right very cute right we have a small animal on top of	照片很滑稽,很可爱我们有一个小动物在上面
58	the girl's head it's her pet right a small animal that lives with you and I	女孩的头,是她的宠物右小动物,住你我
59	just said the word right so a small animal that lives with you it can be a	刚刚说对了,所以一个小动物与你住在一起,它可以是一个
60	gerbil it can be a hamster it can be a dog it can be a cat it can be a bird but	ger,它可以是仓鼠,它可以是狗,它可以是猫,它可以是鸟。
61	it's a small animal that lives with you not in the wild but in your house we	它是一个小动物与你生活不在野外,但在你的房子
62	call that of course a pet I said that before right do you have a pet many	那当然是宠物,我说在正确之前你有一个宠物很多
63	houses have a pet like a dog or a cat very common pets but also a hamster you	房子有宠物像狗或猫非常常见的宠物也有仓鼠你
64	could say hamster a hamster is also a very common type of pet they're fun	可以说仓鼠也是非常常见的宠物他们很有趣
65	aren't they they're they're very cute and also they make us so we are not	难道他们不是他们他们很可爱,他们也让我们所以我们不是
66	lonely we have some thing to play with or something to love and to play with	孤独,我们有些东西可以玩或东西爱和玩
67	okay what's this guy doing that's crazy what is he doing he's it's exciting and	好吧,这个家伙在做什么这是疯狂的,他在做什么它的刺激和
68	not boring so this kid is exciting right it's kind of exciting we look at him on	不无聊,所以这个孩子是令人兴奋的,对它有点令人兴奋,我们看着他
69	wall what is he doing with his eyes that's very strange and his his smile is	墙上,他用他的眼睛在做什么这非常奇怪,他的微笑是
70	very funny too right because he's missing a tooth he's missing a tooth so	滑稽的太对了因为他漏了一颗牙所以他漏了一颗牙
71	something is exciting not boring we say it is fun it's fun let's do something	有些事情令人兴奋,不是无聊我们说它很有趣,它很有趣,让我们做一些事情
72	for fun let's have fun we want to be excited we don't want to be bored it's	玩得开心点我们想兴奋不想无聊
73	fun let's have fun okay here this man he cannot see not able to see we know that	玩得开心点,好吗? 这个人他看不见,我们知道
74	very quickly because people who are like him have a long stick and it's this	很快的,因为像他这样的人有一根很长的棍子
75	color white and red and they use it so they can feel where they are going	颜色是白色和红色他们用它来感受他们要去的地方
76	because they cannot see what do we call this situation we say blind this person	因为他们看不到我们称之为什么情况,我们说瞎了这个人
77	is blind it's unfortunate it's too bad but sometimes this happens so this	这是盲目的,这是不幸的,它太糟糕了, 但有时发生这种情况所以这样
78	person is blind they cannot see blind okay so the word is blind okay now to	人是盲的,他们看不见,好吗? 所以,这个词是盲的,现在可以
79	move from one side to the other so you're on one side of the street and you	从一边搬到另一边这样你就站在街上一边
80	want to go to the other side of the street or river or anything you want to	想去另一边的街道或河或任何你想要的
81	go from one side you want to go to the other side what do we say we say cross I	从一边去,你想去另一边, 我们说,我们说交叉,我
82	want to cross the street cross is a verb right so cross the street cross the	横跨街道是动词,所以横跨街道
83	street let's cross the street we want to cross the street so use cross as a verb	街,我们过街我们要过街,所以用十字作为动词
84	let's go across that's different let's cross the street if you use across	我们穿过那条街穿过那条街
85	that's a different word cross is the word that we use for a verb let's cross	这是一个不同的字交叉我们用一个动词,让我们交叉
86	the street you should cross the street here not here you should cross here okay	这条街你应该过这条街而不是这里你应该过这条街
87	so cross is a verb let's cross the street okay this is another verb to try	十字架是动词让我们穿过这条街这是另一个动词
88	to try to hear sounds carefully so it's very cute isn't it with the little feet	试着仔细听声音,所以它非常可爱不是用小脚
89	okay but look at these big headphones by the way these are head phones they're	好吧,但看看这些大耳机的方式,这是头部手机他们是
90	very big for this little boy really big and he's listening right he is listening	对这个小男孩来说非常大,他正在听
91	carefully he's trying to hear sounds listen so you listen to something he's	仔细听他的声音,听他说话
92	probably listening to music to listen listen listen carefully okay if I'm	可能听音乐听,听仔细听如果我是
93	telling you something listen carefully but we listen to different things to	告诉你一些事情,仔细听但我们听不同的事情
94	listen to try to hear sounds carefully listen okay another one to stay until	听听听听听听听听听听听听听听听听听听听听听
95	something happens so you're staying in one place and you're what until	发生一些事情所以你要留在一个地方直到
96	something happens you're staying until something happens what are you doing	出事了,你待着等事情发生
97	you are waiting so if you before you cross the street wait don't just cross	你在等,如果你在过马路前... ...就不要过马路
98	the street stop wait look both sides then cross the street when it's safe but	街站等着看两边然后在安全的时候过街
99	you should wait before crossing the street to stay stay here don't move wait	你应该在过街前等,待在这里别动
100	until something happens it's safe okay then we can cross but you should wait	等有事发生安全了再过去
101	first to stay until something happens wait okay let's review these words that	先呆着等事情发生等会好吧让我们看看这些话
102	we just learned we've learned a lot of words right now let's match these words	我们刚刚得知我们学到了很多词现在让我们来匹配这些词
103	to the sentences we have sentences we know what the words mean let's now use	对句子,我们有句子我们知道这些词是什么意思,让我们现在使用
104	them in sentences see if we can get them right our words are telephone telephone	看我们能不能把话说清楚我们的话就是电话
105	doorbell doorbell lonely lonely alarm clock alarm clock helpful helpful wild	门铃门铃寂寞的闹钟闹钟有用
106	wild those are our words we need to use these words in sentences so let's see	狂野的这些话是我们需要用这些话来表达的让我们看看
107	how we can do number one Mary cleaned the room with me she is what okay so	我们怎么可以做第一玛丽清理房间和我在一起,她是最好的,所以
108	what happened I me wanted to clean the room oh you have to clean your room it's	发生了什么事,我想清理房间哦,你必须清理你的房间,它是
109	terrible right it's very difficult you have to put everything away but somebody	糟透了很难把东西都收起来
110	will do it with you Mary's gonna clean the room with you she's going to help	玛丽会帮你清理房间她会帮忙的
111	you so if Mary helps you clean the room she is what she is giving help so she is	所以如果玛丽帮你打扫房间她就是她现在的帮助
112	helpful Mary is helpful she is helpful she cleaned the room with me she helped	帮助玛丽,帮助她她帮我清理房间
113	me so she is helpful okay number two tigers you know tigers right tigers are	我让她帮忙好,二号老虎你知道老虎是右老虎
114	very big cats like lions right tigers live in the what tigers live in a place	像狮子这样的大猫右虎住在老虎住的地方
115	where there aren't humans right tigers don't live with people that's dangerous	在没有人类的地方老虎不会和危险的人住在一起
116	right tigers live over there people live over here right so tigers live in the	右老虎住在那里人们住在这里老虎住在这里
117	what where there are no humans they live in the wild they live in the wild we	哪里没有人类他们生活在野外他们生活在野外
118	talked about that right a place where there are no humans and tigers don't	说到那个地方,没有人类,老虎没有
119	live with humans tigers are not pets they are wild animals they live in the	和人类一起生活老虎不是宠物是野兽
120	wild okay so that's number two number three I knocked knocked duck duck duck	好极了,我敲敲了鸭鸭子
121	duck right I knocked on the door and rang the what so outside your front door	我敲门敲门敲你前门外的东西
122	at your house if somebody wants to visit you they want to get your attention hey	如果有人想来看你他们想引起你的注意
123	open the door they can knock duck duck duck duck or they can press what it's	打开门他们可以敲鸭鸭鸭或者按什么
124	some type of bell it's outside the house it is a doorbell so they ring the door	是门铃所以他们按门铃
125	bell or rang past tense ring the doorbell he rang the doorbell he knocked	铃声或敲过去响门铃他敲门铃
126	and he rang the doorbell two ways to get somebody's attention knock duck duck	他按着门铃敲敲鸭子
127	duck duck ring the doorbell ding dong ding dong right that's doorbell okay	鸭子按门铃,敲门铃,敲门铃
128	let's move to number four I talk to my friends on the on the what when we talk	移到第四点吧我和朋友谈谈我们谈什么
129	to your friends remember the word that we studied right you probably have one	对你朋友来说记住我们学习过的话你可能有一个
130	in your pocket or in your bag it's very small now we saw the picture of the very	在你的口袋里或在你的包里它现在非常小现在我们看到的照片非常
131	old style right but of course when you talk to your friends on the telephone	古老的风格,但当然当你与你的朋友通过电话
132	right so you talk to your friends on the telephone okay number five John is at	好吧,所以你跟你朋友通过电话... ...好吧,五号约翰在...
133	home by himself by himself remember before I wrote by yourself but John is	独自一人在家记得我写给你之前
134	at home by himself that's okay right by himself no friends are around him no	一个人在家,没关系,他身边没有朋友
135	family members are around him he's the only person at home so how does he feel	家人在他身边他是唯一在家的人他感觉怎么样
136	he feels lonely he is alone nobody is with him he is lonely he's at home by	他感到孤独,他独自一人没有人和他在一起他孤独,他在家
137	himself okay number six my beep wakes me up wakes me up in the morning so it's	他自己好,六号,我的蜂鸣唤醒我早上唤醒我,所以它是
138	a thing that we use remembered one of the vocabulary words we used it's a	我们用的一个词汇是
139	thing that wakes you up in the morning it has a clock on it you set the time	早晨唤醒你的东西它有一个钟在它上你设定的时间
140	and at a certain time it goes did it it it it it it it in right it has to be	在某一时刻,它做到了它做到了它它做到了它它必须是正确的
141	loud so it wakes you up some people are sleeping too hard it doesn't wake them	大声的叫醒你有人睡得太硬了吵不醒他们
142	up but you want it to wake you up what is it it's a type of clock it is an	但你希望它唤醒你是什么它是一种时钟
143	alarm clock an alarm clock my alarm clock wakes me up in the morning so your	闹钟闹钟我的闹钟在早晨唤醒我所以...
144	alarm clock will wake you up in the morning okay so that's a good lesson	闹钟早上会叫醒你好,这是很好的教训
145	we've learned a lot of different words and we reviewed with putting those words	我们学到了很多不同的词我们用这些词来回顾
146	in sentences let's take a short break here and we'll come back and look at	在句子中,让我们在这里休息一下我们会回来看看
147	the reading section okay guys welcome back we're on lesson four we're talking	阅读部分好了伙计们欢迎回来我们上第四课了
148	about how animals help people there are many ways animals help people so let's	动物如何帮助人有很多方法动物如何帮助人让我们
149	find out some of those ways first we have many animals live in the wild we	找出其中的一些方法首先我们有很多动物生活在野外
150	learned wild before wild is there are no people living there no humans so those	在野外学会了野性没有人类生活
151	animals don't live with humans they live in the wild those animals don't help	动物不与人类生活他们生活在野外那些动物没有帮助
152	people because they don't live with people they're apart from people but	因为他们不与人生活他们与人分开,但
153	but some some what some animals some animals live with people ah so some	但有些是动物有些是动物有些是动物和人一起生活的
154	animals live in the wild away from people but some animals live with	动物生活在远离人类的野外但有些动物与人类同在
155	people we have two types of animals wild animals and animals that live with	我们有两种类型的动物野生动物和动物生活在一起
156	people these animals these animals what animals the animals that live with	这些动物... ...这些动物...
157	people those animals these animals that live with people are pets we talked	那些动物... ...这些动物...
158	about pets.	关于宠物。
159	Pets are small animals that live in people's homes, like dogs, cats, hamsters,	宠物是小动物生活在人们的家中, 像狗,猫,仓鼠,
160	fish, birds, right?	鱼,鸟,对不对?
161	These animals are pets.	这些动物是宠物.
162	Having a pet is great, right?	养宠物很棒吧?
163	Having a pet	养宠物
164	is fun.	这很有趣。
165	Pets are very cute, but you have to take care of your pet, right?	宠物很可爱但你得照顾好你的宠物对吧?
166	Be responsible	负责
167	with your pet.	和你的宠物。
168	Having a pet is great, is great, terrific, wonderful, yay, very happy, right?	有宠物是伟大的,是伟大的, 伟大的,美妙的,Yay,非常快乐,对不对?
169	Is great.	这是伟大的。
170	Why?	为什么?
171	Because they, pets, pets are fun to play with.	因为他们,宠物,宠物是玩乐。
172	Pets are fun to play with.	宠物是玩乐。
173	You can play with your pets.	你可以玩你的宠物。
174	That's one reason.	这是一个原因。
175	Also, pets help us not to be lonely, not to	还有,宠物帮助我们不要孤独,不要
176	be lonely.	孤独。
177	So, if we are lonely, we have a pet, then we aren't lonely.	所以,如果我们孤独, 我们有一个宠物, 那么我们不孤独。
178	We can play with	我们可以玩
179	our dog.	我们的狗。
180	We can play with our cat.	我们可以玩我们的猫。
181	Pets help us not to be lonely.	宠物帮助我们不要孤独。
182	Pets can be very important,	宠物可以是非常重要的,
183	too.	也一样。
184	So, here we see two ways that pets are great.	因此,我们在这里看到两种方式宠物是伟大的。
185	One, we can play with them.	一,我们可以和他们玩。
186	Two, they	二,他们
187	help us not to be lonely.	帮助我们不要孤独。
188	And, we have an idea here, pets can be very important, too.	我们有一个想法宠物也可以很重要
189	We have to read more to find out how they can be important, also.	我们必须多读些书,才能知道它们如何成为重要的东西。
190	Not just to play with	不只是玩游戏
191	and not just to help us feel not lonely, but also they can be important.	不仅是为了帮助我们不感到孤独而且他们也可以很重要
192	But first, let's	但首先,让我们
193	review.	审查。
194	Many animals live in the wild, but some live with people.	许多动物生活在野外,但有些与人生活在一起.
195	These animals are pets.	这些动物是宠物.
196	Having a pet is great.	养宠物真好
197	They are fun to play with.	玩得很开心
198	Pets help us not to be lonely.	宠物帮助我们不要孤独。
199	Pets	宠物
200	can be very important, too.	也可以是很重要的东西。
201	This is an important sentence.	这句话很重要
202	Let's find out how pets can be very	让我们看看宠物如何可以非常
203	important.	这很重要
204	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
205	This is how pets can be important.	宠物就是这样重要的
206	Some people need their pet	有些人需要宠物
207	to help them.	帮助他们。
208	So, pets can be very important because they can help people.	因此,宠物可以是非常重要的,因为它们可以帮助人们.
209	For example,	举例来说,
210	many blind people, blind, remember blind means they cannot see.	许多盲人,盲人,记住盲人意味着他们看不见。
211	People who are blind, they	盲人,他们
212	can't see.	看不见
213	But pets, right?	但是宠物,对不对?
214	Many blind people have dogs for pets.	许多盲人养狗养宠物.
215	Dogs help them walk.	狗帮他们走路。
216	So,	这么说
217	this dog here is helping this person who is blind.	这只狗正在帮助这个瞎子
218	They help them walk.	他们帮助他们走路。
219	The dog will help	狗会帮忙的
220	that person walk and say, be careful, watch out, right?	那个人走路说,小心,小心,对吗?
221	Well, it won't say that, but it	嗯,它不会说,但它
222	will help the person know by what the dog does.	帮助人们知道狗做了什么
223	Dogs help blind people walk.	狗能帮助盲人走路.
224	So, some	所以,一些
225	people need their pet to help them.	人们需要他们的宠物来帮助他们。
226	Many blind people have dogs as pets.	许多盲人养狗做宠物.
227	Dogs help them.	狗帮他们。
228	The blind people, right?	盲人,对不对?
229	The blind people, them walk.	盲人,他们走路。
230	So, dogs help blind people walk.	因此,狗帮助盲人行走.
231	This is how pets can be important, too, for many people.	宠物对很多人来说也是这么重要的
232	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
233	Some people need	一些人需要帮助
234	their pet to help them.	他们的宠物来帮助他们。
235	Many blind people have dogs for pets.	许多盲人养狗养宠物.
236	Dogs help them walk.	狗帮他们走路。
237	So,	这么说
238	this is one example of how dogs can help people in a very important way.	这是狗如何以非常重要的方式帮助人们的例子。
239	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
240	They	他们
241	help blind people cross the street.	帮助盲人过街.
242	They, of course, are the dogs.	当然,他们是狗。
243	The dogs that are	狗们
244	the pets.	宠物。
245	Dogs help blind people, what do they do?	狗帮助盲人,他们做什么?
246	Cross the street.	十字街头.
247	If somebody's blind,	如果有人是瞎子的话
248	they can't see if the car is coming.	他们看不到车是不是来了
249	They don't know.	他们不知道。
250	But the dog can help them, right?	但狗可以帮助他们,对不对?
251	Without a dog, a blind person might fall.	没有狗,盲人可能会摔倒.
252	Also, a blind person might fall down.	而且,一个盲人可能会倒下。
253	The	那个
254	dog can know if there's a change in the road.	狗可以知道如果有改变的道路。
255	So, without a dog, without a dog.	所以,没有狗,没有狗。
256	If the blind	如果盲人
257	people don't have a dog, a blind person might fall, fall down.	人们没有狗,一个盲人可能倒下,倒下。
258	Dogs help blind people get	狗帮助盲人获得
259	home.	回家去回家来
260	Get home.	回家来
261	Arrive home.	到达家。
262	Go back home, right?	回家,对不对?
263	So, blind people, they have to go outside.	所以,盲人,他们必须去外面。
264	Maybe they want to walk for exercise.	也许他们想走路锻炼。
265	They go to the store to buy things.	他们去商店买东西
266	Then they have	那么他们有
267	to go back home.	回到家乡。
268	They have to return to their home.	他们必须回家。
269	So, dogs help blind people return home	因此,狗帮助盲人回家
270	safely.	安全无虞.
271	Get home safely so that they don't have a problem.	安全回家这样他们就不会有麻烦了
272	They won't fall down or a	他们不会掉下来的
273	car doesn't hit them.	车不打他们。
274	Without a dog, a blind person might get lost, right?	没有狗,盲人可能会迷路,对吧?
275	So, without	所以,没有
276	a dog, a blind person might get lost.	狗,盲人可能会迷路
277	They don't know where the home is.	他们不知道家在哪里
278	So, they, you	所以,他们,你
279	know, how do they know which way to go?	他们怎么知道该走哪条路?
280	They can use a dog.	他们可以用一只狗。
281	We have two interesting expressions.	我们有两种有趣的表达方式。
282	Without a dog, without a dog, right?	没有狗,没有狗,对不对?
283	This means if they don't have a dog.	这意味着如果他们没有狗。
284	If there is	如果有的话
285	no dog, no dog, then he might fall.	没有狗,没有狗,然后他可能会掉下去。
286	He might get lost.	他可能会迷路
287	Two things that might happen, maybe,	可能发生的两件事,也许,
288	maybe happen.	也许吧
289	Not for sure, but maybe it will happen.	不确定,但也许它会发生。
290	One, the blind person might fall down.	一,盲人可能会倒下.
291	Two, the blind person might get lost.	二,盲人可能会迷路.
292	Without a dog, these things could happen.	没有狗,这些事情就可能发生。
293	It's possible.	这是可能的。
294	Okay, let's review.	好吧,让我们回顾一下。
295	They help blind people cross the street.	它们帮助盲人过街.
296	Without a dog, a blind person	没有狗,没有盲人
297	might fall.	可能会掉下去
298	Dogs help blind people get home safely.	狗帮助盲人安全回家.
299	Without a dog, a blind person might	没有狗,盲人可能
300	get lost.	滚开
301	So, without a dog, a blind person might get lost.	所以,没有狗,一个盲人可能会迷路。
302	And without a dog, a blind	没有狗,没有瞎子
303	person might fall.	人可能会掉下去
304	Two different ways to say what would happen if the person doesn't have	有两种不同的方式说如果一个人没有
305	a dog.	一条狗
306	Okay, not just blind people, also deaf people.	好吧,不只是瞎子,还有聋子
307	Many deaf people have dogs, too.	很多聋人也有狗
308	Wait,	单单
309	deaf?	聋子?
310	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
311	A blind person cannot see.	盲人看不见
312	A deaf person cannot hear.	聋人听不见.
313	
314	so a deaf person cannot hear.	故聋人不能听。
315	Many deaf people have dogs, too.	很多聋人也有狗
316	Dogs help them hear things.	狗帮他们听到一些事情。
317	So, just like dogs help blind people because they can't see, dogs also help deaf people	所以,就像狗帮助盲人,因为他们看不见,狗也帮助聋人
318	not to hear things, but to know when things happen.	不是要听到一些事情而是要知道什么时候会发生
319	Okay, they listen, they, dogs, listen	好吧,他们听,他们,狗,听着
320	for the doorbell.	为门铃。
321	So, if I go to somebody's home, I ring the doorbell, ding dong, a deaf	所以,如果我去别人的家, 我按门铃,叮当,一个聋子
322	person cannot hear, but the dog can hear, and the dog can go to the person, you know,	人听不见,但狗听得见, 狗可以去人,你知道,
323	and touch that person and get excited.	摸摸那个人兴奋起来
324	A deaf person can see the dog.	聋人能见狗.
325	Oh, what's up?	哦,这是怎么回事?
326	Oh,	瓳
327	the doorbell.	门铃。
328	Okay.	摆
329	They, dogs again, dogs wait for the telephone to ring.	他们,狗再次,狗等待电话响。
330	So, a deaf	所以,一个聋子
331	person who has a dog, the dog waits in the home waiting for the doorbell to ring or for	有狗的人,狗在家中等待等待门铃响或等待
332	the telephone to ring because a deaf person can't hear the doorbell.	电话响是因为一个聋人听不到门铃
333	A deaf person can't	一个聋子不能
334	hear the telephone, but the dog can.	听到电话,但狗可以。
335	So, the dog can help the owner, the person, to	所以,狗可以帮助主人,人,
336	hear those things or to know those things happened.	听到那些事情或者知道那些事情发生。
337	So, let's review.	所以,让我们回顾一下。
338	Many deaf people	许多聋人
339	have dogs, too.	还有狗
340	Dogs help them hear things.	狗帮他们听到一些事情。
341	They listen for the doorbell, they, the dogs.	他们听门铃,他们,狗。
342	They wait for the telephone to ring.	他们等电话响了
343	So, then they can tell the deaf people these things	这样他们就能告诉聋人这些事
344	happened.	发生了
345	Okay.	摆
346	They touch you if they hear something.	他们听到什么就动你
347	They are dogs, right?	他们是狗,对不对?
348	Dogs, they	狗,他们
349	touch you.	抚摸你。
350	So, the dog hears the doorbell, goes to the person and touches that person	所以,狗听到门铃,去人和接触的人
351	or licks that person, right?	或者舔那个人,对不对?
352	And the deaf person goes, what?	聋子会怎样?
353	What's going on?	这是怎么回事?
354	And the	还有
355	dog can tell the person, hey, the doorbell rang.	狗可以告诉人,嘿,门铃响。
356	The telephone is ringing.	电话响了
357	Okay.	摆
358	Dogs	狗头
359	can also be alarm clocks.	也可以是闹钟.
360	A dog can be an alarm clock.	狗可以是闹钟
361	You can wind it up, say, okay,	你可以结束它,说,好吧,
362	you go off at six o'clock.	你六点钟方向起飞
363	Of course, dogs know.	当然,狗知道。
364	They know what time it is.	他们知道现在几点了
365	When the	当
366	sun comes up, right, they can go and wake somebody up.	太阳升起,他们可以去叫醒别人
367	Hey, the sun came up.	嘿,太阳升起。
368	Get up.	起来
369	Wake up.	醒来。
370	Don't sleep anymore.	别再睡了
371	I have a dog.	我有条狗
372	In the morning, the dog knows when it's time	早上,狗知道何时该来了
373	to eat.	吃饭
374	So, the dog barks, ruff, ruff, I'm hungry.	所以,狗叫,狂叫,狂叫,我饿了。
375	So, we know, okay, get up, go feed	所以,我们知道,好吧,起来,去喂
376	the dog.	那个狗
377	So, dogs can be alarm clocks, too.	所以,狗也可以是闹钟。
378	Okay.	摆
379	Look at how helpful they can be.	看看他们能有什么帮助
380	They	他们
381	are the dogs again, right?	又是狗吗?
382	Dogs.	狗们
383	Dogs can be very helpful.	狗可以很有帮助。
384	They help people in many	他们帮助很多人
385	ways.	办法
386	They help blind people.	他们帮助盲人。
387	They help deaf people.	他们帮助聋人。
388	They help everybody as alarm clocks.	他们帮助每个人作为闹钟。
389	They can help us in many different ways.	他们可以在许多不同方面帮助我们。
390	Do you have a pet at home?	你家里有宠物吗?
391	Do you have a pet	你有宠物吗?
392	and animal at your house?	和动物在你家?
393	Is it helpful, too?	也有帮助吗?
394	Is it helpful?	有用吗?
395	Is your dog helpful?	你的狗有用吗?
396	Do you	你会吗?
397	have a cat?	有猫吗?
398	Is your cat helpful?	你的猫有用吗?
399	Cats sometimes aren't helpful, but they make us not be	猫有时无济于事但是它们让我们无法
400	lonely, so they can be helpful.	孤独,所以他们可以有所帮助。
401	Fish, birds, they make us happy, so they can be helpful.	鱼,鸟,它们能让我们快乐,所以它们能有所帮助.
402	Is it helpful?	有用吗?
403	Is your pet helpful also?	你的宠物也有帮助吗?
404	Okay.	摆
405	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
406	They, dogs, they touch you if	他们,狗,他们碰你,如果
407	they hear something.	他们听到什么。
408	Dogs can also be alarm clocks.	狗也可以是闹钟.
409	Look at how helpful they can be.	看看他们能有什么帮助
410	Do	执行
411	you have a pet at home?	你家里有宠物吗?
412	Is it helpful, too?	也有帮助吗?
413	So, a couple of different questions at the	所以,两个不同的问题在
414	end of this reading passage.	本段结束。
415	Okay.	摆
416	Let's do our reading comprehension questions.	让我们来读理解问题。
417	We just	我们只是
418	read a passage about how animals can help us.	读一段关于动物如何帮助我们。
419	So, let's see how well we remember the	所以,让我们看看我们有多记得
420	reading and see if we can answer these questions.	看能不能回答这些问题
421	Number one, this story is about.	第一,这个故事是有关。
422	What is this	这是什么
423	story about?	故事吗?
424	What's the main subject of this story?	这个故事的主题是什么?
425	A, helpful animals.	A,帮助动物。
426	B, getting lost.	B,走丢了。
427	C, helpful things.	C,有帮助的东西。
428	D, crossing the road.	D,过马路.
429	Well, of course, this reading passage was about	当然,这段读本是关于
430	animals that help us.	帮助我们的动物。
431	How animals can help us.	动物可以帮助我们。
432	So, it was talking about helpful animals.	所以,它说的是帮助动物。
433	Animals that can help us.	动物可以帮助我们。
434	How can animals help us?	动物怎么帮我们?
435	B, getting lost.	B,走丢了。
436	You might think,	你可能会认为,
437	well, they talked about getting lost in the passage, right?	好吧,他们谈论迷路在通道,对不对?
438	Because blind people can get	因为盲人可以
439	lost without a dog.	没有狗就迷失了
440	But that's only a small detail of the reading passage.	但这只是阅读段落的一小部分细节.
441	It's not the	这不是
442	whole subject.	整个主题。
443	It's just a small detail.	略略细.
444	The whole subject is helpful animals.	整个主题都是有帮助的动物.
445	Okay.	摆
446	What	什麽?
447	about C, helpful things?	关于C,有帮助的事情?
448	Well, that's too wide, right?	那太宽了吧?
449	We're not talking about helpful	我们不是说要帮忙
450	things, anything.	任何东西
451	We're talking about more specific animals.	我们说的是更具体的动物
452	So, we're talking about	所以,我们在谈论
453	helpful animals, not helpful things.	有帮助的动物,没有帮助的东西。
454	We're talking about helpful animals.	我们说的是有帮助的动物
455	Things is too	事情也一样
456	wide.	宽度。
457	It's more narrow.	较狭.
458	Animals are what we're talking about.	畜生即是说法.
459	Helpful animals.	帮助动物。
460	D, crossing	D,过境
461	the road.	路边
462	Well, yeah.	对
463	We talked about crossing the road.	我们谈论过路。
464	Dogs help people cross the road.	狗帮人过路.
465	But again, that's a small detail.	但是,这是一个小细节。
466	It's not about the whole passage.	这不是关于整个段落。
467	It's not the whole	不是整个
468	subject of the passage.	主题通过。
469	So, that's not good.	所以,这是不好的。
470	Our correct answer, our best answer is A.	我们的正确答案,我们最好的答案是A。
471	This story is about helpful animals.	这个故事是关于有帮助的动物.
472	Okay.	摆
473	Number two.	第二义.
474	Dogs can help B.	狗可以帮助B.
475	So, what did	这么说,你做了什么?
476	we read about?	我们读过吗?
477	What can dogs help people or what can they help to do?	狗能帮助什么人或者他们能帮助什么?
478	How can they help?	他们能帮上什么忙?
479	Dogs can help what?	狗能帮助什么?
480	A, drive cars.	A,驾驶汽车。
481	B, blind and deaf people.	B,盲聋人.
482	C, cook dinner.	C,做饭。
483	D, doctors	D级医生
484	in surgery.	在手术。
485	So, we see two kinds of groups in these answers.	因此,我们从这些答案中看到两种群体。
486	One is dogs can help do	一个是狗可以帮忙
487	something, drive cars or cook dinner, or dogs can help people.	开车或者做饭或者狗可以帮助别人
488	Okay.	摆
489	So, they can help do	所以他们可以帮忙
490	something or they can help people, which is the right answer though.	或者他们能帮助别人,这是正确的答案。
491	Dogs can help drive	狗可以帮助驱动
492	cars.	车
493	Did we read in the story that dogs drive cars?	我们在故事里读到狗驾驶汽车的事了吗?
494	No, that was not in the passage anything	不,没有在通道里
495	about dogs driving cars.	关于狗驾驶汽车。
496	Of course, we know dogs can't drive cars.	当然,我们知道狗不能开车。
497	That's very silly.	这是非常愚蠢的。
498	Dogs can help blind and deaf people.	狗能助盲聋人.
499	That's what we read about in the passage.	这就是我们读到的段落。
500	We saw	我们看见了
501	an example.	一个例子。
502	We saw examples how dogs can help blind people.	我们看到了狗可以帮助盲人的例子。
503	They can help them cross the	他们可以帮他们穿越
504	street.	街道。
505	They can help them not get lost.	他们可以帮助他们不迷路。
506	They can help deaf people because they can hear	他们能帮助聋人,因为他们能听
507	the doorbell or the telephone.	门铃或电话。
508	So, yes, dogs can help blind and deaf people.	所以,是的,狗可以帮助盲人和聋人。
509	That is true.	没错
510	That's our answer.	这是我们的答案。
511	Let's look at C, dogs can help cook dinner.	让我们看看C,狗可以帮助做饭。
512	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
513	The	那个
514	passage didn't say that dogs can cook dinner.	没有说狗可以做饭
515	Of course, we know that dogs can't cook dinner.	当然我们知道狗不能做饭
516	Dogs can eat dinner.	狗可以吃饭。
517	They eat it very well, but they can't cook dinner.	他们吃得非常好,但不能做饭.
518	Of course, the	当然,
519	passage didn't say anything about dogs cooking dinner.	没有说狗做饭
520	Did we read that dogs can help doctors	我们看过狗可以帮医生吗?
521	in surgery?	在手术?
522	No, we didn't read anything about dogs in hospitals helping doctors in surgery.	没有,我们没有读到医院里的狗帮助医生做手术。
523	We didn't read anything about that.	我们没有读到任何关于这一点。
524	So, that is not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
525	The best answer we read about	我们读到的最好的答案
526	how dogs can help blind and deaf people.	狗如何帮助盲聋人.
527	That was one of the two of the main examples of	这是两个主要例子之一:
528	the reading passage.	阅读段落。
529	So, that's the right answer, B.	所以,这是正确的答案,B。
530	Okay, let's move on to number three.	好吧,让我们继续到第三。
531	Some animals beep.	一些动物鸣叫。
532	What's the answer?	如何是答处.
533	A, grow lettuce.	A,生长生菜.
534	B, are lonely.	B,很孤独。
535	C, drink oil.	丙,饮油.
536	D, live	D,现场直播
537	with people.	与人们。
538	So, when we look at this passage, remember at the beginning of the passage,	所以,当我们看这一段, 记得在一段的开头,
539	we saw there are like two groups of animals.	我们看到有两组动物
540	Some animals live in the wild and some animals	有些动物在野外生活有些动物
541	live with humans, right?	和人类一起生活对吧?
542	That's what we need right here.	这就是我们需要的
543	But anyway, let's look at these	但无论如何,让我们看看这些
544	answers.	答问.
545	A, some animals grow lettuce.	A,一些动物生长生菜.
546	There was nothing in the passage about animals growing	没有动物生长的痕迹
547	lettuce.	生菜(原变种).
548	That's silly.	这是愚蠢的。
549	Some animals are lonely.	有些动物很孤独
550	Well, maybe, but we didn't read in the passage	也许吧但我们没读过
551	about animals being lonely.	关于动物孤独。
552	We read about people might be lonely, but not animals.	我们读到的人可能是孤独的,但不是动物。
553	So,	这么说
554	we didn't read about that.	我们没有读到这一点。
555	Some animals drink oil.	一些动物喝油.
556	There was nothing in the passage about	上面没有关于
557	animals drinking oil.	动物饮用油。
558	That's kind of a silly thing anyway.	反正这有点傻
559	So, that's not the right answer.	所以,这不是正确的答案。
560	But then, remember what I said.	记得我说过的话
561	We said some animals live in the wild and some animals	我们说有些动物住在野外有些动物
562	live with people.	与众生住.
563	So, there are two groups of animals, right?	所以,有两组动物,对不对?
564	Some animals live in the	有些动物住在...
565	wild.	疯狂。
566	Some animals live with people as pets.	有些动物与人同为宠物.
567	So, D is our right answer.	所以,D是我们的正确答案。
568	Some animals live	有些动物活着
569	with people.	与人们。
570	Okay, let's move on to our last item here.	好吧,让我们继续我们最后的项目在这里。
571	This is a little wrap-up or review.	这是一个小总结或评论。
572	How do pet dogs help people?	宠物狗怎么帮人?
573	So, as we saw in the reading passage, we saw many different	因此,正如我们在阅读段落中看到的,我们看到许多不同的
574	examples of how dogs help people.	狗如何帮助人们的例子。
575	Here, we can see this picture here.	在这里,我们可以看到这张照片。
576	This is a dog helping	这是一条狗帮忙
577	a blind person.	一个盲人。
578	Dogs help blind people three main ways.	狗帮助盲人有三种主要方式.
579	They help blind people walk.	他们帮助盲人走路。
580	They	他们
581	help blind people walk to where they're going.	帮助盲人走到他们要去的地方.
582	That's one.	就是这样
583	Two, they help blind people cross	第二,他们帮助盲人跨越
584	the street because there's many cars, right?	街上,因为有很多车,对不对?
585	So, dogs help blind people cross the street.	因此,狗帮助盲人过马路.
586	They wait until it's safe and then they cross the street.	他们等到安全了再过街
587	Dogs help blind people get home	狗帮盲人回家
588	safely.	安全无虞.
589	Without dogs, blind people might get lost.	没有狗,盲人可能会迷路。
590	So, dogs help blind people get home	所以,狗帮助盲人回家
591	safely.	安全无虞.
592	Okay, so that's how dogs help blind people.	好吧,这就是狗如何帮助盲人。
593	Dogs help deaf people in other ways.	狗以其他方式帮助聋人.
594	We read about those ways.	我们读到了这些方法。
595	One way, dogs help deaf people hear things.	一种方式,狗帮助聋人听到一些东西.
596	So, if a deaf person	所以,如果一个聋子
597	cannot hear the doorbell, cannot hear the telephone, the dog can hear that and they	无法听到门铃,无法听到电话, 狗可以听到,他们
598	can help the person know about that.	可以帮助人知道这一点。
599	They, dogs, touch deaf people if they hear something.	他们,狗,碰聋人如果他们听到什么。
600	So, if dogs hear something like the doorbell or the telephone, they can touch the deaf	所以如果狗听到门铃或电话就能触摸聋子
601	person.	个人。
602	Hey, there's something happening, right?	嘿,有事发生,对不对?
603	Dogs can also be alarm clocks.	狗也可以是闹钟.
604	So,	这么说
605	dogs can also go and lick somebody or touch somebody.	狗也可以去舔别人或者摸别人
606	Hey, get up.	嘿,起来。
607	It's time to wake up.	时阿 wake多罗三藐三菩提.
608	So, dogs can also be alarm clocks.	因此,狗也可以是闹钟.
609	Okay, so this was lesson four.	好吧,这是第四课。
610	And in lesson four,	在第四课中
611	we were talking about how animals help people.	我们在谈论动物如何帮助人们
612	And of course, we saw very specifically how	当然,我们非常具体地看到
613	dogs.	狗们。
614	Dogs are very helpful animals, probably the most helpful pet.	狗是很有帮助的动物,可能是最有帮助的宠物.
615	But many pets can be	但很多宠物可以
616	helpful.	帮助。
617	We saw how dogs can help blind people.	我们看到狗可以帮助盲人
618	Dogs can help deaf people.	狗能助聋人.
619	But dogs can help	但是狗可以帮忙
620	everybody.	每个人。
621	All animals can help everybody.	所有动物都能帮助所有人
622	Pets can help us not to feel lonely, so we	宠物可以帮助我们不感到孤独,所以我们
623	don't, so we aren't lonely.	不要,所以我们不孤独。
624	We can also play with pets and we can learn a lot of important	我们也可以和宠物一起玩我们可以学到很多重要的东西
625	things from pets too, how to take care of pets, how to care for other things.	宠物也是如何照顾宠物如何照顾其他东西
626	So, pets	宠物们
627	are very useful and pets can really help us.	非常有用宠物可以帮我们
628	And of course, we help pets too.	当然,我们也帮助宠物。
629	So, that's	所以,这是
630	a good question.	问得好
631	Do you have a pet at home?	你家里有宠物吗?
632	Is it a helpful pet?	是个有帮助的宠物吗?
633	I hope that it is.	我希望是这样。
634	I	一、导言
635	hope that it helps you and it helps make your life better.	希望它能帮助你让你的生活更美好
636	Okay, well that wraps it up for	好了,好了,结束了
637	this lesson.	这个教训。
638	We'll see you again next time.	下次再见
639	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 639 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P6 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p06 5. 5. LevelA Lesson5 Your Senses (P6)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p06 5. 5. LevelA Lesson5 Your Senses (P6)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 34:33

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	We are on Unit 5.	我们在第五小队
0:13	We're talking about your senses.	我们在谈论你的感官
0:17	So in this unit, you will learn about the five senses using your body parts.	所以在这个单元中,你会学习使用身体部位的五种感官.
0:25	Well, first of all, we need to look at what are the five senses.	首先,我们需要看看什么是五感。
0:30	There are five.	有五门.
0:31	Do you know what they are?	你知道他们是什么吗?
0:33	Can you think about it?	你能考虑一下吗?

展开字幕全文（786 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We are on Unit 5.	我们在第五小队
5	We're talking about your senses.	我们在谈论你的感官
6	So in this unit, you will learn about the five senses using your body parts.	所以在这个单元中,你会学习使用身体部位的五种感官.
7	Well, first of all, we need to look at what are the five senses.	首先,我们需要看看什么是五感。
8	There are five.	有五门.
9	Do you know what they are?	你知道他们是什么吗?
10	Can you think about it?	你能考虑一下吗?
11	Here is a picture of a boy, right?	这是一张男孩的照片,对吧?
12	We can look at him.	我们可以看看他。
13	We can look at his body parts and figure out what are the five senses that he has and that	我们可以看看他的身体部分找出他的五种感觉
14	we all have.	我们都有
15	Well, first of all, what's the most important sense, right?	首先,什么是最重要的感觉,对不对?
16	It has to do with our eyes.	这和我们的眼睛有关
17	Our eyes.	我们的眼睛。
18	So with our eyes, we can see.	所以用我们的眼睛,我们可以看到。
19	We can see.	我们可以看到。
20	That's the first sense.	即是初觉.
21	We can see things.	我们可以看到一些东西。
22	What about between the eyes?	眼睛之间呢?
23	We've got this right here, right?	我们在这里,对不对?
24	We have a big one, right?	我们有一个大的,对不对?
25	Mine is a big one.	我的是一个很大的。
26	It's a nose, right?	这是一个鼻子,对不对?
27	So the nose here, what do we do with the nose?	那么,这里的鼻子, 我们怎么办的鼻子?
28	We smell.	我们闻到了
29	We smell, okay?	我们闻到了,好吗?
30	So eyes see, nose smell.	故眼见,鼻闻.
31	Under the nose, we have this, right?	鼻子底下,我们有这个,对不对?
32	A mouth.	一张嘴
33	But inside the mouth, we have our tongue.	但嘴里有舌头
34	Our tongue.	我们的舌头。
35	What do we use our tongue for?	我们用舌头干什么?
36	What do we use the tongue for?	我们用舌头干什么?
37	One of the senses is taste.	一种觉是味.
38	Taste.	尝曰.
39	So we taste things, right?	所以我们尝东西,对不对?
40	What does it taste like?	味道怎么样?
41	When we eat, what does the food taste like?	我们吃饭时,食物味道如何?
42	So we have three.	所以,我们有三个。
43	One, two, three.	一二三时.
44	How about number four?	四号呢?
45	Still on the head, right?	还在头上,对吧?
46	We have eyes, nose, tongue, and what are these things here, right?	我们有眼睛,鼻子,舌头, 这些东西在这里,对不对?
47	These big things on the side of your head.	头上的这些大东西
48	Those are ears, right?	那是耳朵,对吧?
49	What do we use ears for?	我们用耳朵干什么?
50	We use ears to hear.	我们用耳朵来听
51	To hear.	以闻之.
52	So we can hear when our mother's saying, hey, come here, right?	所以,我们可以听到当我们的母亲说,嘿,来到这里,对不对?
53	We gotta go, right?	我们得走了,对吧?
54	We use our ears to hear things.	我们用我们的耳朵听到事情。
55	So we have see, smell, taste, hear.	所以,我们已经看到,闻,味,听。
56	There's one more.	还有一个
57	Can you think of it?	你能想到吗?
58	Is it on the head?	是在头上吗?
59	Well, actually, it's all over our body.	嗯,其实,它遍布我们的身体。
60	Usually, we use our fingers, but we can use any part of our skin.	通常情况下,我们用手指,但可以使用皮肤的任何部分.
61	We can use any part of our skin to touch or to feel.	我们可以用皮肤的任何部分来触摸或感受.
62	So we can say touch or feel.	所以我们可以说触摸或感觉。
63	You can feel something.	你能感觉到什么
64	What does it feel like?	感觉怎么样?
65	Well, touch it, right?	摸摸看,对吧?
66	Touch it, and you can figure out what it feels like.	摸摸它,你可以找出它的感觉。
67	Usually, we use our fingers, right?	通常,我们用我们的手指,对不对?
68	Does it, what does it feel like?	感觉怎么样?
69	But we can use any part of our skin.	但我们可以使用我们皮肤的任何部分。
70	If you have a dog, you can push your cheek against the dog, right?	如果你有一只狗,你可以推你的颊对狗,对不对?
71	It feels soft, ah, nice doggy, right?	感觉很软啊乖狗狗对吧?
72	Or if you're going swimming, right?	或者,如果你要去游泳,对不对?
73	You want to know, is the water cold or hot?	你想知道,水冷还是热?
74	So you put your foot, your toes in the water.	所以把脚,脚趾放到水里
75	It's cold, right?	很冷,对吧?
76	So that's touch or feel.	这就是触摸或感觉。
77	So we have our five senses.	故有五觉.
78	See, smell, taste, hear, and touch, right?	看,闻,味,听,和触摸,对不对?
79	Touch or feel, and that's any part of your body.	触摸或感觉, 这是你身体的任何部分。
80	Your fingers, your cheek, your elbow, your toes,	手指、脸颊、肘部、脚趾
81	any part of your body, you can touch something.	身体的任何部分,你可以触摸的东西。
82	Those are the five senses.	此是五觉.
83	Now let's learn some vocabulary that has to do with these five senses.	现在让我们学习一些与这五种感官有关的词汇.
84	Our first word is this object here.	我们的第一句话就是这个物体
85	It's a strange object.	谓之奇物.
86	I've never seen that before, right?	我从来没有见过,对不对?
87	What is that?	这是什么?
88	Things that help you see.	让你看得见的东西
89	What is, oh, wait a minute.	什么,哦,等待一分钟。
90	I've got them on my head, right?	我头上有,对吧?
91	What are these things, okay?	这些是什么,好吗?
92	What do you call them?	你叫他们什么?
93	They're glasses, glasses.	他们是眼镜,眼镜。
94	Note that we use plural.	请注意,我们使用复数。
95	We say it's like plural.	我们说它就像复数。
96	It's one thing.	这是一件事。
97	Yes, it's one thing, but we use it as plural	是的,这是一件事, 但我们用它作为复数
98	because there are two lenses.	因为有两个镜头。
99	We say glasses, glasses.	我们说眼镜,眼镜。
100	Okay, so these are glasses.	好吧,这些是眼镜。
101	Okay, the next word.	好吧,下一个词。
102	Now this is something to do with one of the senses we talked about	这和我们讨论过的感官有关
103	when you use your tongue, right?	当你用你的舌头,对不对?
104	When you taste something.	尝一味时.
105	The taste of candy, or in this case, ice cream.	糖果的味道,或在这种情况下,冰淇淋。
106	Ice cream, candy, cake, things that have sugar.	冰淇淋,糖果,蛋糕,有糖的东西。
107	What does it taste like?	味道怎么样?
108	It tastes sweet.	尝起来很甜
109	Mm, that's good.	嗯,这是很好的。
110	Sugar, things that have sugar in them taste sweet.	糖里面有糖的味道很甜
111	Mm, that's very good, right?	嗯,这是非常好的,对不对?
112	Like ice cream, candy.	像冰淇淋,糖果一样
113	We really like those things, right?	我们真的喜欢那些东西,对吧?
114	Don't eat too much.	别吃太多
115	I know it's sweet.	我知道这是甜蜜的。
116	It tastes good, but don't eat too much	味道不错,但不要吃太多
117	because it's bad for your teeth.	因为这样对你的牙齿不好
118	Anyway, these things taste sweet.	总之,这些东西味道不错
119	What is the opposite of sweet?	甜点的反面是什么?
120	Pandero.	潘德罗.
121	Well, that would be, oh, look at this poor boy.	嗯,这将是,哦, 看看这个可怜的男孩。
122	Right?	对吧?
123	What is he doing?	他在干吗?
124	He's eating a lemon.	他在吃柠檬
125	The taste of lemons.	柠檬的味道。
126	Did you ever take a lemon and lick it?	你吃过柠檬舔过吗?
127	Ooh, right?	是吗?
128	What do we say?	怎么样?
129	It is very, not sweet, pandero.	这是非常,不是甜蜜的, 山德罗。
130	酸 so.
131	Sour, right?	酸,对不对?
132	Sour is the taste of lemons.	酸味是柠檬的味道.
133	It's the opposite of sweet, okay?	这是与甜蜜相反的,好吗?
134	Okay, now here we have another word.	好吧,现在我们有另一个词。
135	This has to do with this object here.	这和这个物体有关
136	It's something that grows on a bird's wing.	是以鸟翼上生长之物.
137	It grows on a bird's wing.	它生长在鸟的翅膀上.
138	So a bird can fly, right?	所以鸟会飞,对吧?
139	But the bird has to have many of these things on its wing,	但鸟的翅膀上必须有很多这些东西,
140	also all over its body, not just its wing.	也遍及整个身体不仅仅是它的翅膀
141	It looks like this.	看起来像这样
142	It's very soft.	甚为柔软.
143	If you take this and you brush it against your cheek, right?	如果你拿着这个用你的脸颊刷,对不对?
144	You can use your cheek to feel or to touch something.	你可以用脸颊来感受或摸东西.
145	Ah, it's very soft.	啊,它很软。
146	What is it?	这是什么?
147	It, of course, is a feather.	当然是羽毛
148	发ther.
149	Be careful with the F, th, feather.	要小心F,T,羽毛。
150	还有TH,TH,TH,羽毛。
151	So we say feather.	所以我们说羽毛。
152	It羽s.
153	It grows on a bird's wing.	它生长在鸟的翅膀上.
154	And it's very soft if we touch it.	如果我们碰它,它很柔软。
155	Very nice.	很不错
156	Now we have this here.	现在我们有了这个。
157	Now this is an interesting picture.	这张照片很有趣。
158	This boy is between his father and his mother, right?	这孩子在父亲和母亲之间对吧?
159	And his mother and his father are holding his hand.	而其父母牵手.
160	How does this boy feel?	这个男孩感觉如何?
161	He's out of harm's way.	已离恶道.
162	Harm is like danger, right?	伤害就像危险,对不对?
163	조심해요, right?	是吗?
164	Harm is something that can hurt you.	伤害会伤害你
165	So be careful.	所以小心点
166	You wanna stay away from harm.	你想远离伤害
167	You wanna stay away from danger.	你想远离危险
168	If you are out of the way of danger	如果你脱离了危险
169	or you're away from harm, what are you?	或者你远离伤害,你是什么?
170	Then you are safe.	那你就没事了
171	I'm safe, right?	我是安全的,对不对?
172	Nothing is going to harm him.	没有什么会伤害他的。
173	He's happy.	他高兴了
174	He's safe between his parents.	父母间安隐.
175	So he is safe.	这么说他很安全
176	Okay, before we talked about feather, right?	好吧,在我们谈论羽毛之前,对不对?
177	We said a feather is very soft.	我们说过羽毛很柔软
178	Well, here we have an object here	这里有个东西
179	and the word that we have to define it is stone.	而我们必须定义的词是石头。
180	So basically we're looking for another word	所以基本上我们要找另一个词
181	that means the same as stone.	意思和石头一样
182	Stone is very hard, right?	斯通很辛苦,对吧?
183	What is another word that we can use to talk about this?	我们能用什么词来谈这个?
184	Of course, it's very simple.	当然,这很简单。
185	It's rock, rock.	这是石头,石头。
186	R,r,r,r,摇滚,好吗?
187	So it's a rock.	故曰石头.
188	A rock is very hard.	石头很硬
189	Don't throw rocks	别扔石头
190	because if the rock hits you, ow, ooh, ooh,	因为如果岩石击中你,哦,哦,哦,
191	it hurts your head because it's very hard	它伤害你的头,因为它非常困难
192	and it's heavy, right?	它很重,对不对?
193	So be careful with rocks.	所以当心岩石。
194	Do not throw rocks, okay, at other people, right?	别扔石头,好吗?
195	You can throw rocks in the water, okay,	你可以把石头扔进水里
196	but don't throw rocks at other people.	但不要向别人扔石头。
197	That's very dangerous, okay?	这是非常危险的,好吗?
198	Rocks are hard, okay.	石头是硬的,好吧。
199	Our next word is this right here.	我们的下一个词就是这个
200	What is that, right?	那是什么,对不对?
201	We have two of them, right?	我们有两个,对不对?
202	I have two of them behind my glasses, right?	我眼镜后面有两个,对吧?
203	You see things with this, with this.	你用这个,用这个看事情
204	We're only talking about one now.	我们现在只谈一个
205	You see things with this.	你用这个看到的东西。
206	What is it?	这是什么?
207	It is an eye.	这是一只眼睛。
208	And of course we have two, so we have eyes.	当然,我们有两个, 所以我们有眼睛。
209	Everybody has two eyes.	每个人都有两个眼睛。
210	But if you want to talk about one,	但如果你想谈一个
211	you just say, I can see with one eye, right?	你只是说,我能用一只眼睛看,对不对?
212	Or cover one eye.	或盖一眼.
213	So eye is singular, eyes, plural.	所以眼睛是单数,眼睛,复数。
214	We all have two eyes.	我们都有两个眼睛。
215	Everybody has two eyes.	每个人都有两个眼睛。
216	And what do we use our eyes for?	我们用眼睛干什么?
217	We see things.	我们看到了一些东西。
218	That's one of our five senses we talked about before.	这是我们之前讨论过的五种感觉之一.
219	Another one of the five senses we talked about before	之前我们讨论过的五种感觉中的另一种
220	is to hear.	来听听
221	And do you remember what I said we use to hear with?	你还记得我说过我们用来听的吗?
222	Of course we have two,	当然,我们有两个,
223	but we're talking about just one here.	但我们只谈一个
224	What is this?	这是什么?
225	Do you remember?	你记得吗?
226	It's called an ear, ear.	谓耳,耳也.
227	So we have one ear, two ears.	因此,我们有一个耳朵,两个耳朵。
228	Again, we just say two ears.	再说一遍,我们只是说两个耳朵。
229	One ear, two ears, two ears, okay?	一个耳朵,两个耳朵,两个耳朵,好吗?
230	So of course you're listening to me right now.	你当然在听我说话
231	You're hearing me with your ears	你用耳朵听到我说话了
232	and you're watching me with your eyes, okay?	你看着我的眼睛,好吗?
233	So those are two of the senses we talked about.	这就是我们讨论过的两种感觉。
234	Okay, look at poor doggie.	好吧,看看可怜的小狗。
235	He looks so sad, right?	他看起来很伤心,对吧?
236	So pitiful, right?	真可怜,对吧?
237	He's covered with water.	被水盖着.
238	If he's covered with water	如果他被水覆盖
239	or you go outside in the rain, it rains a lot,	或者你到外面的雨, 它经常下雨,
240	you don't have an umbrella.	你没有雨伞
241	All the water falls on you.	所有的水都落在你头上。
242	You're covered with water like the poor doggie here.	你像可怜的狗一样被水淹没
243	What do you say?	你说什么?
244	The doggie is wet.	小狗湿了
245	And we can feel, right, if we're wet with our skin.	如果我们的皮肤湿了我们就能感觉到
246	That's one of our senses.	这是我们的感官之一。
247	We can, with our touch, with our skin,	我们可以用触摸和皮肤
248	we can feel, oh, we're very wet.	我们感觉很湿
249	Let's dry off, right?	让我们干掉,对不对?
250	So we're wet.	所以我们是湿的。
251	This is wet, covered with water.	这是湿的,被水覆盖。
252	Okay, don't do this.	好吧,不要这样做。
253	This is not good for her ears, right?	这对她耳朵不好,对吧?
254	What's going on?	这是怎么回事?
255	She's making a big noise.	她发出很大的声音。
256	To make a big noise, what do we call that?	为了制造大噪音,我们叫它什么?
257	We say it's loud.	我们说很吵
258	It's very loud, making a big noise.	声甚大,作大噪声.
259	If something makes a big noise, we say it's loud, right?	如果有事情闹大了,我们说很吵,对吧?
260	This woman is very loud	这个女人声音很大
261	and this poor woman is going to hurt her ear, right?	这个可怜的女人会伤害她的耳朵,对吧?
262	So be careful, don't do this.	所以,小心点,不要这样做。
263	It's just a picture, but it's showing loud.	这只是一张照片,但它显示的很大。
264	Something is very loud, makes a big noise.	有东西很吵,发出很大的声音
265	Okay.	摆
266	Okay, here we have to have a particular flavor.	好吧,这里我们得有一个特殊的味道。
267	So this woman, she looks like a cook, right?	所以这个女人,她看起来像一个厨师,对不对?
268	She is a cook and she is making, looks like soup.	她是一个厨师,她正在做,看起来像汤。
269	稱т flavor
270	She wants to know what is the flavor of the soup.	她想知道汤的味道是什么
271	So what is she doing?	那她现在在做什么?
272	She is tasting.	她在品尝。
273	This is one of the senses we talked about before, to taste.	这是我们之前讨论过的感官之一来品尝
274	She's using her tongue, all right?	她用她的舌头,好吗?
275	She's using her tongue to taste the soup	她用舌头来尝汤
276	because it's your tongue, not your mouth,	因为它是你的舌头,不是你的嘴,
277	but your tongue that we use to taste food.	但你的舌头我们用来品尝食物。
278	What does it taste like?	味道怎么样?
279	That is to have a particular flavor, it tastes.	这就是有特别的味道,它的味道。
280	Now we can taste something,	现在,我们可以尝到一些东西,
281	but an object can also have a taste, right?	但物体也可以有味道,对吧?
282	The strawberries taste sweet	草莓味道不错
283	and that has a particular flavor.	有一种特殊的味道。
284	Lemons taste sour.	柠檬味酸.
285	So we can use taste in two ways.	所以我们可以用两种方式来品尝。
286	We, people, can taste something,	我们,人们,可以尝到的东西,
287	but objects can have a taste.	但物体可以有一个味道。
288	What do they taste like?	味道怎么样?
289	Okay.	摆
290	Then we have to look at something.	那我们得看看什么
291	To look at something.	以观其物.
292	Wow, he's using, these are, by the way,	哇,他在用,这些,顺便说一句,
293	these are binoculars, that's a big word.	这些是望远镜,这是一个大词。
294	Binoculars, binoculars.	双筒望远镜,望远镜
295	Binoculars are really big, they're like glasses, right?	望远镜真的很大,就像眼镜,对吧?
296	But they're really strong.	但他们真的很强壮。
297	They let you see things.	他们让你看到一些东西。
298	Wow, it comes really close.	哇,它来真的近。
299	Whoa, right?	哇,对不对?
300	You look at some, whoa, it's really close	你看一些,哇,这真的很接近
301	and it was a lot bigger.	而且还大得多
302	So you can really see things	这样你才能看清一切
303	that are far away with binoculars.	远处有望远镜
304	What is he doing?	他在干吗?
305	He's looking at something.	他在看东西
306	Another word, another word for look is see.	另一个词,另一个字的外观是看到。
307	I can see.	我看得出来
308	That's one of our five senses.	这是我们五种感觉之一。
309	Now down here, we have the verb.	现在这里,我们有动词。
310	The verb changes in form,	动词在形式上的变化,
311	whether we use it present tense, past tense,	我们是否使用它现在的紧张,过去紧张,
312	or present participle, PP, right?	还是现在的聚会,PP,对不对?
313	So what are the different forms?	那么,什么是不同的形式?
314	We have see, saw, seen.	我们已经看到,看到,看到。
315	See, saw, seen.	见,见,见。
316	I see you.	我看见你了
317	I saw him this morning.	我今早看见他了
318	I have seen that movie.	我看过那部电影
319	See, saw, seen, okay?	看,看,看,好吗?
320	Okay, so that's see, to look at something.	好吧,这就是看,看的东西。
321	Okay, let's go on to our vocabulary exercise.	好吧,让我们继续我们的词汇练习。
322	Let's match those words.	让我们来匹配这些话。
323	How well do you remember those words?	你还记得这些话吗?
324	Let's match those words with their definition, okay?	把这些词和他们的定义相匹配,好吗?
325	What are our words?	我们说的话是什么?
326	Our words are glasses, glasses,	我们的话是眼镜,眼镜,
327	sweet, sweet, sour, sour,	甜的,甜的,酸的,酸的,
328	feathers, feathers.	羽毛羽毛羽毛羽毛
329	Note that it's plural, feathers,	注意它的复数,羽毛,
330	safe, safe, and rock, rock, right?	安全,安全,还有岩石,岩石,对不对?
331	Be careful with the rock, okay.	小心岩石,好吗?
332	Let's look at number one.	先观第一义.
333	Number one, they help you see.	第一,他们帮助你看到。
334	They help you see.	他们帮你看
335	What helps you see?	什么帮助你看到?
336	What on earth could help you see?	有什么能帮助你看到?
337	I don't, oh, it's these right here, right?	我不,哦,是这些在这里,对不对?
338	These help me see.	这些能帮我看清
339	You might wear them too.	你也会穿的
340	What are they?	他们是什么?
341	They are glasses, glasses.	他们是眼镜,眼镜。
342	Glasses help us see if you need them.	眼镜可以帮我们看看你是否需要眼镜
343	Okay, number two, the taste of candy.	好吧,第二个,糖果的味道。
344	What does candy taste like?	糖果味道怎么样?
345	What does it taste like?	味道怎么样?
346	The taste of candy, which one?	糖果的味道,哪个?
347	Is candy sour?	糖果酸吗?
348	No, candy is sweet, right?	不,糖果是甜的,对不对?
349	Candy is sweet.	糖果是甜蜜的。
350	It tastes good.	味道不错
351	We like to eat candy.	我们喜欢吃糖果
352	The taste of lemons is number three.	柠檬的味道是第三位.
353	Are lemons sweet?	柠檬甜吗?
354	No, lemons are not sweet, right?	不,柠檬不甜,对不对?
355	They're very sour, right?	他们很酸,对不对?
356	They are sour.	他们是酸的。
357	Lemons are sour.	柠檬酸.
358	So we say that lemons are sour.	所以我们说柠檬酸。
359	The taste of lemons, sour.	柠檬味,酸味.
360	The taste of candy, sweet, okay?	糖果的味道,甜,好吗?
361	These are kind of like opposites.	这些就像对面一样
362	Okay, number four, out of harm's way.	好吧,第四号,远离危险。
363	It's out of harm's way.	离诸恶道.
364	It's not in danger, not in danger, right?	它没有危险,没有危险,对不对?
365	The same, that means not in danger.	同样,这意味着没有危险。
366	This is the same meaning, not in danger.	此义相同,非危也.
367	If it's not in danger, it's out of harm's way.	若非危难,则出于祸也.
368	What is it?	这是什么?
369	Of course, it is safe, right?	当然,这是安全的,对不对?
370	It's safe, out of harm's way, not in danger.	其安全,出于祸道,不虞.
371	Okay, number five, another word for stone.	好吧,第五,另一个字的石头。
372	Another word for stone.	又一字为石.
373	It's sometimes small and hard.	有时小而难.
374	You can throw it, but be careful.	你可以扔,但小心点。
375	Only throw it in the water, okay?	只要扔进水里,好吗?
376	Or where there's no people or no buildings, right?	或者没有人或没有建筑,对不对?
377	What do we call this?	这叫什么?
378	Of course, we call this a rock.	当然,我们称之为石头。
379	It石.
380	Be careful with rocks.	小心石头
381	They're very hard.	他们很辛苦。
382	Okay, number six, these are on a bird's wing.	6号,这些是鸟翼上的
383	So a bird has many of these.	所以一只鸟有很多这些。
384	By the way, not just on the wing,	顺便说一句,不只是在机翼上
385	but the bird has them all over their body,	但鸟儿全身都有
386	on their tail, too, right?	他们的尾巴,也,对不对?
387	So on a bird's wing, it's very soft.	因此在鸟的翅膀上非常柔软.
388	If you touch it against your skin, it's very soft.	若与皮肤相触则极柔软.
389	The bird has many of them.	鸟有多种.
390	The bird has many feathers, feathers.	鸟有多种羽毛,羽毛.
391	So those are our words for this unit.	因此,这些是我们对这一单位的话。
392	Okay, so then let's take a break	好,那我们休息一下
393	and we'll take a look at the reading section.	我们来看看阅读部分。
394	Don't go away.	别走
395	Okay, you guys, welcome back.	好了,伙计们,欢迎回来。
396	We're going over the reading section	我们要翻阅阅读部分
397	for unit five or lesson five,	五单元或五课,
398	which is called Your Senses.	这被称为你的感知。
399	Remember, there are five senses.	记有五觉.
400	That's what we're talking about here.	即于此说.
401	The first sentence, the topic sentence,	第一句,主题句,
402	is we all, all of us have five different senses.	是我们所有人都有五种不同的感觉
403	Five different senses.	五种分别觉.
404	What are the senses?	是什么感觉?
405	They are seeing, hearing, smelling, feeling, and taste.	他们看到,听到,闻到,感受,品味
406	Five, right?	五,对不对?
407	So this is number one, number two,	这是第一,第二,
408	number three, number four, and number five, okay?	第三,第四,第五,好吗?
409	They are seeing, hearing, smelling, feeling, and taste.	他们看到,听到,闻到,感受,品味
410	Our senses help keep us safe.	我们的感官能保护我们的安全
411	They keep us safe.	他们保护我们的安全
412	They keep us away from harm, out of danger.	他们让我们远离伤害远离危险
413	We can see there's a car coming, right?	我们可以看到有车来了,对不对?
414	Don't cross the street.	别过马路.
415	We can hear, oh no, there's something happening.	我们可以听到,哦,不,有事发生。
416	We can run away.	我们可以逃跑。
417	Our senses keep us safe, out of danger.	我们的感官能保护我们的安全远离危险
418	Different body parts are used for each sense.	不同的身体部分用于每种感觉.
419	So each sense, each one, two, three, four, five,	所以,每个感觉,每个一,二,三,四,五,
420	different body parts are used for each of those.	其中每个部分都使用不同的身体部分。
421	One, two, three, four, five, different body parts.	一,二,三,四,五,不同身体部位.
422	Ear is a body part.	耳朵是身体的一部分。
423	Nose is a body part.	鼻子是身体的一部分。
424	Tongue, tongue is a body part.	舌头舌头是身体的一部分
425	Let me write that for you.	让我帮你写
426	Tongue.	舌头
427	Tongue is a body part.	舌头是身体的一部分。
428	Eye is a body part, and finger, or skin, is a body part.	眼是身体部位,而手指,或皮是身体部位.
429	These are the body parts that we use for each sense,	这些是身体的部分,我们用在每种意义上,
430	each of these five senses, okay?	这五种感觉都一样,好吗?
431	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
432	Let's read together.	共念经.
433	We all have five different senses.	皆有五种分别觉.
434	They are seeing, hearing, smelling, feeling, and taste.	他们看到,听到,闻到,感受,品味
435	Our senses help keep us safe.	我们的感官能保护我们的安全
436	Different body parts are used for each sense.	不同的身体部分用于每种感觉.
437	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
438	We're going to talk about the different body parts.	我们来谈谈身体的不同部分
439	We have two eyes, right?	我们有两只眼睛,对吧?
440	Well, I talked about that before.	嗯,我之前谈过这一点。
441	We have two eyes.	我们有两只眼睛。
442	We use, what do we use our eyes for?	我们用眼睛干什么?
443	We use our eyes to see.	我们用眼睛看
444	We use something to do something else.	我们用一些东西做别的事情。
445	We use our eyes to see, so we can see.	我们用我们的眼睛来看,所以我们可以看到。
446	Some people can't see well, like me.	有些人看不清,像我一样
447	I'm like, who are you?	我很喜欢, 你是谁?
448	Where?	哪里? 哪里来的?
449	I don't, ah, okay, now I can see you, hello.	我不,啊,好吧,现在我可以看到你,你好。
450	Okay, some people can't see well.	好吧有些人看不见
451	These people wear glasses, wear glasses.	这些人戴眼镜,戴眼镜.
452	By the way, we use this same verb for everything.	顺便说一句,我们用同样的动词来形容一切.
453	English is easy that way.	那样英文就容易了
454	I wear a hat, I wear glasses, I wear a shirt,	我戴帽子,戴眼镜,穿衬衫
455	I wear pants, I wear shoes.	我穿裤子,我穿鞋子。
456	All of it is wear.	所有东西都穿了
457	Put something on your body, you are wearing it.	穿上东西,你穿它。
458	We don't change that verb, okay?	我们不会改变动词,好吗?
459	So we wear glasses if we can't see well.	所以,我们戴眼镜如果我们看不到好。
460	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
461	We have two eyes.	我们有两只眼睛。
462	We use our eyes to see.	我们用眼睛看
463	Some people can't see well.	有些人看不见
464	These people wear glasses.	这些人戴眼镜。
465	These people wear glasses, okay?	这些人戴眼镜,好吗?
466	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
467	We talked about eyes, now let's talk about ears.	我们谈的是眼睛现在谈谈耳朵
468	Can you make your ears go like this, okay?	你能把耳朵弄成这样吗?
469	Okay, we have ears.	好吧,我们有耳朵。
470	We have two ears.	我们有两个耳朵。
471	We use our ears to hear.	我们用我们的耳朵听到。
472	We use our eyes to see.	我们用眼睛看
473	We use our ears to hear.	我们用我们的耳朵听到。
474	Some things we hear are loud.	我们听到的有些事很吵
475	Oh, it's too loud, right?	哦,太大声了,对不对?
476	Some things we hear are quiet or soft.	我们听到的有些东西是安静的或柔软的。
477	Huh, did you hear that, right?	你听到了吗?
478	Some things we hear are quiet.	我们听到的一些事情是安静的。
479	It's hard to hear.	难得闻者.
480	Okay, let's review here.	好吧,让我们来看看这里。
481	We have two ears.	我们有两个耳朵。
482	We use our ears to hear.	我们用我们的耳朵听到。
483	Some things we hear are loud.	我们听到的有些事很吵
484	Some things we hear are quiet.	我们听到的一些事情是安静的。
485	These are easy sentences, right?	这些句子很轻松,对吧?
486	They're very, the same pattern we can see again	他们非常,同样的模式我们可以看到再次
487	as the previous slide, or we can see them again here.	或者我们可以在这里再次看到它们。
488	Okay, then we talked about eyes.	好吧,然后我们谈论眼睛。
489	We talked about ears.	我们谈过耳朵的事
490	Now let's talk about nose.	现在谈谈鼻子
491	We have a nose.	我们有一个鼻子。
492	A means one.	一个意味着一个。
493	We have a nose, one nose.	我们有一个鼻子,一个鼻子。
494	We use our nose to smell.	我们用鼻子闻闻
495	Again, the same pattern.	同样的模式
496	Flowers smell good.	花开香.
497	Nice, ah, joyo, right?	不错啊 Joyo 对吧?
498	Wet dogs smell bad.	湿狗臭.
499	Wet dogs, wet socks, right?	湿狗,湿袜子,对不对?
500	Things like that, they smell bad.	像这样的事情,它们闻起来很臭。
501	Okay, so let's review here.	好吧,让我们来看看这里。
502	We have a nose.	我们有一个鼻子。
503	We use our nose to smell.	我们用鼻子闻闻
504	Flowers smell good.	花开香.
505	Wet dogs smell bad, okay?	湿狗闻起来很臭,好吗?
506	So again, we can see smell can be used two different ways.	因此,我们可以看到气味可以被两种不同的方式使用.
507	We smell something, right?	我们闻到什么了对吧?
508	But objects smell also.	但物体也会闻到
509	It's a different way.	其道不同.
510	We smell them, but the object smells by itself.	我们闻到它们但物体自己闻到
511	The flower isn't smelling.	花不闻声.
512	The flower isn't, mm, people, no.	花不是,嗯,人们,不。
513	We smell the flowers, right?	我们闻到鲜花,对不对?
514	The flower smells good to us.	这朵花对我们来说很香
515	So we use smell in two different ways.	所以我们用两种不同的气味。
516	Okay, we do the same thing with taste.	好吧,我们做同样的事情的味道。
517	We'll see that.	我们等着瞧吧
518	We have a mouth, a mouth, one mouth,	我们有一个嘴,一个嘴,一个嘴,
519	like we talked about before.	就像我们之前说过的那样
520	We have a mouth.	我们有一个嘴。
521	We use our mouth to taste, all right?	我们用嘴来品尝,好吗?
522	We use our mouth to taste.	我们用嘴来尝尝
523	Our tongue in our mouth, we use that to taste.	我们嘴里的舌头,我们用它来品尝。
524	Candy tastes sweet, tastes.	糖味甘甜,口味鲜美.
525	Candy tastes sweet.	糖果味道不错
526	We taste candy, right?	我们品尝糖果,对不对?
527	Lemons taste sour, mm, right?	柠檬味酸,毫米,对不对?
528	Lemons taste sour.	柠檬味酸.
529	Those are our opposites.	这是我们的对立面。
530	So again, just like smell, we taste something.	再说一遍,就像味道一样,我们尝到了一些东西。
531	Humans taste something, but things also taste.	人类有味道,但也有味道
532	But it doesn't mean that candy has a tongue.	但这并不表示糖果有舌头.
533	Candy isn't tasting things.	糖果不尝东西。
534	Candy tastes something to us.	糖果对我们来说是味道
535	Candy tastes sweet.	糖果味道不错
536	When we talk about the flavor or the smell of something,	当我们谈论味道或东西的味道,
537	we say it tastes or it smells, and that's what it does.	我们说它的味道或它的气味, 这就是它的作用。
538	But it's not doing the same thing we're doing.	但它不是做同样的事情我们在做什么。
539	We are tasting it or we are smelling it, right?	我们正在尝着呢还是我们闻着呢?
540	That's our action.	这是我们的行动。
541	But when an object tastes or smells,	但当一个物体的味道或气味,
542	that's just the sensation.	这只是感觉。
543	That's what we sense from that object, okay?	我们从那个物体那里感觉到的,好吗?
544	So again, smell and taste are similar in that way.	因此,同样,气味和口味也以这种方式相似.
545	People taste things, other things taste.	人们品尝事物,其他事物品尝.
546	What does it taste like?	味道怎么样?
547	Okay, so let's review.	好吧,让我们回顾一下。
548	We have a mouth.	我们有一个嘴。
549	We use our mouth to taste.	我们用嘴来尝尝
550	Candy tastes sweet, mm.	糖味甜美,毫米。
551	Lemons taste sour, ooh, okay?	柠檬味酸,哦,好吗?
552	Okay, finally we have two hands, right?	好吧,我们终于有两只手,对不对?
553	We have two hands, one, two.	我们有两只手,一,二。
554	We use our hands to feel, right?	我们用手来感受对吧?
555	Especially if it's a dark room and we can't see,	特别是如果这是个黑暗的房间我们看不到
556	we can use our hands to feel.	我们可以用手去感受
557	A rock feels hard.	石头感觉很硬
558	A feather feels soft.	羽毛感觉柔软。
559	So again, we can see feel is the same idea	所以,我们可以看到感觉是相同的想法
560	as smell and taste, right?	和味道一样,对不对?
561	We feel something.	我们有感觉
562	It feels something to us.	这对我们来说是一种感觉。
563	We can figure out what it feels like.	我们可以弄清楚是什么感觉。
564	What does it feel like?	感觉怎么样?
565	We have two hands.	我们有两只手。
566	So let's review.	因此,让我们回顾一下。
567	We have two hands.	我们有两只手。
568	We use our hands to feel.	我们用手去感受
569	A rock feels hard.	石头感觉很硬
570	A feather feels soft, right?	羽毛感觉很柔软,对吧?
571	So we use our hands to feel something.	所以我们用手来感受一些东西。
572	We use our nose to smell something.	我们用鼻子闻东西
573	We use our tongue to taste something.	我们用舌头来尝东西
574	But those things smell, taste, or feel in a way,	但那些东西闻起来,味道, 或感觉的方式,
575	and that tells us what it feels like, right?	这告诉我们是什么感觉,对不对?
576	Oh, look at this, very cute, right?	哦,看看这个,非常可爱,对不对?
577	小宝宝的脚,kiki,kiki,kiki,对不对?
578	He laughs.	师笑曰.
579	The baby's feet feel soft, right?	孩子的脚很软,对吧?
580	They feel soft.	他们感觉很软
581	A feather feels soft.	羽毛感觉柔软。
582	Baby's feet feel soft, right?	宝宝的脚很软,对吧?
583	And if you tickle him, if you tickle him, he laughs.	如果你抚摸他,如果你抚摸他, 他笑。
584	Tickle, tickle, hee, hee, hee, hee, right?	痒痒痒痒痒痒痒对吧?
585	Okay, so be careful doing that, too much, okay?	好吧,所以要小心这样做,太多,好吗?
586	So tickle.	这么痒。
587	So this is our reading passage.	这是我们的阅读段落。
588	Let's do the reading comprehension questions,	让我们做阅读理解问题,
589	see how much you can remember from the reading passage.	看你从阅读段落中能记得多少.
590	But the reading was pretty simple, wasn't it?	但读数很简单,不是吗?
591	We can do these questions very easily.	我们可以很容易地处理这些问题。
592	Let's look at number one.	先观第一义.
593	This story is about.	这个故事是有关。
594	So we're looking for the main idea.	所以我们在找主要的想法。
595	What is the main idea, the topic,	主要想法是什么,主题,
596	the subject of this reading passage?	这个读本的题目?
597	What is it?	这是什么?
598	Is it about A, our senses,	是关于A,我们的感官,
599	B, our ears,	B,我们的耳朵,
600	C, our noses,	C,我们的鼻子,
601	D, our eyes?	D,我们的眼睛?
602	If we look at B, C, and D,	如果我们看B,C,和D,
603	we can see that, yeah, we talked about our ears, we did,	我们可以看到,是的,我们谈论了我们的耳朵,我们做到了,
604	but that was only a small part, one detail.	但这只是一小部分,一个细节。
605	Our noses was only one detail, eyes only one detail.	我们的鼻子只有一个细节,眼睛只有一个细节。
606	The whole reading passage wasn't about just our ears,	整个阅读段落不只是关于我们的耳朵,
607	just our noses, or just our eyes.	只有我们的鼻子,或者我们的眼睛。
608	It was about all three and two more.	大约还有三两个
609	All of those five, it was about our ears, our noses,	这五个人都是关于我们的耳朵和鼻子的
610	our eyes, our hands, and our mouth, or our tongue.	我们的眼睛,我们的手,我们的嘴,或者我们的舌头。
611	So it was about all five, what?	所以,它是关于所有五个,什么?
612	All five of our senses.	五者一切众生觉.
613	So that is the right answer.	这就是正确的答案。
614	This story is about our senses.	这个故事是关于我们的感官.
615	Yes, they talked about ears, noses, eyes.	是的,他们谈论耳朵,鼻子,眼睛。
616	Yes, that's true, but not just about those things.	是的,这是真的,但不只是关于那些事情。
617	Those are details.	这些都是细节。
618	So the story is not about these things.	所以故事不是关于这些事情的。
619	These things are details.	这些都是细节。
620	This is the whole subject, the entire subject	这是整个主题,整个主题
621	that includes ears, noses, eyes, mouth, and hands, right?	包括耳朵、鼻子、眼睛、嘴和手,对吧?
622	Everything.	一切众生.
623	So A is the correct answer.	所以A是正确的答案。
624	Okay, let's move on to number two.	好吧,让我们继续第二。
625	We use our eyes.	我们用我们的眼睛。
626	So when we talked about our eyes,	所以,当我们谈论我们的眼睛,
627	we use our eyes to do what?	我们用眼睛做什么?
628	A, see, B, hear, C, taste, D, juggle.	A,看,B,听,C,品味,D,杂耍.
629	What's juggle?	什么是杂耍?
630	Juggle is when you have three things, and you,	游戏是当你有三件事而你,
631	I can't do it.	我办不到
632	If I do it, I'm gonna throw them all over the place.	如果我这样做,我会扔到各地。
633	But if I have three balls,	但是如果我有三个球,
634	and I throw them in the air, right?	我把它们扔在空中,对不对?
635	They go, ooh, like that.	他们去,哦,像这样。
636	You can see some people who can do it.	能见有能行者.
637	I can't do it.	我办不到
638	But you can see people who do it.	却能见人作么生.
639	That's juggling.	这是杂耍。
640	Do we talk about juggling in the reading comprehension?	我们是不是在谈论阅读理解方面的杂耍?
641	Not in the reading passage?	不是在阅读的段落?
642	No, we didn't talk about juggling.	不,我们没有谈论杂耍。
643	That was a surprise, right?	这是一个惊喜,对不对?
644	That was surprising.	这是令人惊讶的。
645	So, do we use our eyes to taste?	我们用眼睛来品尝吗?
646	No, we use our tongue to taste.	不我们用舌头来品尝
647	So that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
648	Do we use our eyes to hear?	我们用眼睛听到吗?
649	Hello, hello.	哈罗,哈罗。
650	If my eyes are closed, I can't hear, right?	如果我闭上眼睛,我听不到,对吧?
651	No, that's crazy, okay?	不,这是疯了,好吗?
652	We don't use our eyes to hear.	不以眼闻.
653	We use our ears to hear.	我们用我们的耳朵听到。
654	We use our tongue to taste.	我们用舌头来品尝
655	We use our eyes to do what?	我们用眼睛做什么?
656	We use our eyes to see.	我们用眼睛看
657	That's the correct answer, right?	这是正确的答案,对不对?
658	We use our eyes to see.	我们用眼睛看
659	We open our eyes, we can see.	我们睁开眼睛,我们可以看到。
660	Close your eyes, you can't see, okay?	闭上眼睛,你看不见,好吗?
661	Okay, so we use our eyes to see.	我们用眼睛看
662	Number three, rocks.	第三石头
663	Remember rocks?	记得石头吗?
664	I said, be careful.	我说,小心点。
665	Don't throw them at people.	别把它们扔到人身上
666	Why?	为什么?
667	Because rocks are what?	因为石头是什么?
668	A, soft.	A,柔软.
669	B, hard.	B, 用力一点.
670	C, sweet.	C,亲爱的。
671	D, good hats.	戴着好帽子
672	What?	你说什么?
673	You take a rock and you put it on your head.	你拿一块石头放在头上
674	Look, look at my hat.	你看,看我的帽子。。。
675	It's very good.	甚为精进.
676	That's a silly one, right?	这是一个愚蠢的,对不对?
677	Sometimes the answers are silly.	有时答案是愚蠢的。
678	They're trying to trick you or surprise you, right?	他们想骗你或给你惊喜对吧?
679	Like juggle or good hats, right?	像杂耍或好帽子,对不对?
680	That's not the right answer.	这不是正确的答案。
681	Rocks are sweet?	石头是甜的?
682	Mm, don't do that.	嗯,不要这样做。
683	Right, that's not, that's dirty.	对,那不是,那是肮脏的。
684	Rocks are dirty.	石头污秽.
685	Don't taste rocks, okay?	别吃石头,好吗?
686	They are not sweet, okay?	他们不甜,好吗?
687	So we shouldn't use that one.	所以我们不应该用那个。
688	Rocks are hard.	石头难.
689	Are rocks hard?	石头硬吗?
690	Yes, they're hard.	是的,他们很难。
691	That's why you have to be careful.	故须持戒.
692	Be careful with rocks.	小心石头
693	Don't throw them at people.	别把它们扔到人身上
694	They're very hard.	他们很辛苦。
695	They can hurt people.	能伤人.
696	So rocks are hard.	所以岩石很难
697	Hard is the opposite of soft.	硬与软相反.
698	Rocks are not soft, right?	岩石不是软的,对不对?
699	You throw a rock, boom, oh, nice, it's soft.	你扔石头,砰,哦,很好,它很柔软。
700	No, it go, ow, right?	不会吧?
701	And then people cry.	然后人们会哭
702	You don't want that.	你不希望这样。
703	Because rocks are hard, not soft, okay?	因为岩石是硬的,不是软的,好吗?
704	So B is our correct answer.	B是我们的正确答案
705	Rocks are hard.	石头难.
706	Be careful with rocks, okay.	小心石头,好吗?
707	Here we have our chart here, right?	这里有我们的图表,对不对?
708	And we can, it's the same boy that we saw before, right?	我们可以,这是同一个男孩我们以前见过,对不对?
709	So let's match up the different body parts.	因此,让我们匹配不同的身体部分。
710	These are all the different body parts	这些都是不同的身体部位
711	to what we use them to sense.	我们用它来感受
712	What are the senses, right?	什么感觉,对不对?
713	So our body parts, again, are eyes, nose,	所以,我们的身体部分,再次,是眼睛,鼻子,
714	ears, mouth, and hands.	耳,口,手。
715	Let's go over these.	让我们来看看这些。
716	How do we use five senses?	如何用五觉.
717	One, we use our eyes for what?	一,我们用眼睛干什么?
718	What do we use our eyes for?	我们用眼睛干什么?
719	We use our eyes to see.	我们用眼睛看
720	Two, we use our nose, right?	第二,我们用我们的鼻子,对不对?
721	There's a flower.	有花'.
722	We use our nose to what?	我们用鼻子干什么?
723	We use our nose to smell, to smell the smell.	我们用鼻子来闻闻闻闻味道
724	Sometimes smells are good,	有时闻起来很香
725	but sometimes smells are bad, right?	但有时闻起来很臭,对吧?
726	Like a wet dog or somebody's feet, ooh, right?	就像湿狗或别人的脚,是吗?
727	They smell bad.	他们闻起来很臭。
728	Three, we use our ears.	三,我们用我们的耳朵。
729	What do we use our ears for, right?	我们用耳朵干什么?
730	We want to listen to music.	我们想听音乐
731	We hear our mother calling our name.	我们听到我们的母亲叫我们的名字。
732	So we use our ears to hear, to hear something.	所以我们用我们的耳朵听到,听到一些东西。
733	We use our mouth.	我们用我们的嘴。
734	What do we use our mouth for?	我们用嘴干什么?
735	Every time we eat, right, we do what with the food?	每次我们吃,对吗,我们做什么的食物?
736	We use our mouth to taste the food.	我们用嘴来品尝食物
737	And it's really our tongue that we're using,	我们用的是舌头
738	not the whole mouth.	不是整个嘴。
739	We're using the tongue to taste.	我们用舌头来品尝
740	And we use our hands, right?	我们用我们的手,对不对?
741	We use our hands because we want to see what something, what?	我们用手是为了看什么什么?
742	What it feels like.	感觉如何?
743	We use our hands to feel.	我们用手去感受
744	But remember, not just your hands,	但记住,不只是你的手,
745	you can use your cheek, right?	你可以用你的脸颊,对不对?
746	You can use your toes.	你可以用脚趾头。
747	You can use your elbow.	能用肘头.
748	You can use any part of your body to touch something	你可以用身体的任何部分来摸东西
749	and see what does it feel like?	看看是什么感觉?
750	What does it feel like?	感觉怎么样?
751	So this is how we use our five senses.	这就是我们如何使用我们的五感。
752	And this is what unit five is all about.	这就是第五小队的目的
753	Remember, we have five senses	记住,我们有五种感觉
754	and we use different body parts	我们使用不同的身体部分
755	to do these different things.	做这些不同的事情。
756	Why do we do these things?	我们为什么要这么做?
757	Because our senses help keep us safe, right?	因为我们的感官帮助我们的安全,对不对?
758	We use our eyes to see if there's cars on the street.	我们用眼睛看看街上有没有车
759	Be careful, don't cross.	小心点别交叉
760	There's cars coming.	车来了
761	We can use our eyes.	我们可以用我们的眼睛。
762	We can use our nose to smell.	我们可以用鼻子闻闻
763	Ooh, this milk smells bad.	哦,这牛奶闻起来很臭。
764	Don't drink it.	别喝.
765	If you drink it, you'll be in danger, right?	如果你喝它,你会有危险,对不对?
766	You'll have a bad stomach ache.	你会胃痛
767	Maybe you have to go to the hospital.	也许你必须去医院。
768	So we use our nose to keep us safe.	所以我们用鼻子来保护我们的安全
769	We use our ears to keep us safe, right?	我们用耳朵来保护我们的安全,对吧?
770	There's a loud noise, boom, right?	声音很大,对吧?
771	Watch out, be careful.	小心,小心点
772	There's something happening.	有事发生.
773	We use our mouth to taste something.	我们用嘴来尝东西
774	Ooh, it tastes bad.	哦,这味道不好。
775	Don't eat it.	别吃它。
776	We use our hands to feel something.	我们用手来感受一些东西。
777	Whoa, that is hot.	哇,这是热的。
778	Be careful.	小心点
779	Don't touch it because it feels hot, okay?	别碰它,因为感觉很热,好吗?
780	So we use all of our five senses in order to keep us safe.	故用一切五种觉故.
781	So those are our senses,	这就是我们的感官
782	very interesting knowledge about our bodies	关于我们身体的有趣知识
783	and what we use our bodies for.	以及我们用身体来做什么
784	Well, I hope you've learned a lot in this lesson.	我希望你学到了很多
785	We'll see you guys next time.	下次见
786	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 795 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P7 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p07 6. 6. LevelA Lesson6 All Grown Up (P7)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p07 6. 6. LevelA Lesson6 All Grown Up (P7)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 36:39

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, students.	同学们好
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	My name's Brian Stewart.	我叫布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	We're on lesson six now, and we are talking about all grown up.	我们现在在上第六课,我们谈论的都是成年人。
0:18	So we're talking about how a person grows up.	所以我们在谈论一个人如何成长。
0:22	What are the different steps or stages in a person's life?	一个人生活中的不同步骤或阶段是什么?
0:27	In this unit, we will focus on how do people grow and change?	在这个单位里,我们将集中关注人如何成长和变化?
0:34	We'll find out that people grow and change from very many different stages or very many	我们会发现,人们从很多不同的阶段或很多不同的阶段成长和变化
0:41	different steps.	不同的步骤。
0:43	And the first step we're going to talk about, of course, when a person is very new, when	而第一步,我们将要谈论, 当然,当一个人是非常新的,什么时候

展开字幕全文（378 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, students.	同学们好
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	My name's Brian Stewart.	我叫布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're on lesson six now, and we are talking about all grown up.	我们现在在上第六课,我们谈论的都是成年人。
5	So we're talking about how a person grows up.	所以我们在谈论一个人如何成长。
6	What are the different steps or stages in a person's life?	一个人生活中的不同步骤或阶段是什么?
7	In this unit, we will focus on how do people grow and change?	在这个单位里,我们将集中关注人如何成长和变化?
8	We'll find out that people grow and change from very many different stages or very many	我们会发现,人们从很多不同的阶段或很多不同的阶段成长和变化
9	different steps.	不同的步骤。
10	And the first step we're going to talk about, of course, when a person is very new, when	而第一步,我们将要谈论, 当然,当一个人是非常新的,什么时候
11	a person is very young, they just came into the world, we say that they are what?	一个人非常年轻, 他们刚刚来到世界, 我们说他们是什么?
12	A very young child, zero to one-year-old, oh, very cute, right, sleeping, right, very	一个很小的孩子,0到1岁, 哦,很可爱,对,睡觉,对,非常
13	cute.	可爱
14	What do we call this person?	我们怎么称呼这个人?
15	We call this person a baby, baby, right, zero to one-year-old.	我们称此人为婴儿,宝贝,对,0到1岁.
16	Zero is interesting.	零是有趣的。
17	In American age, when a baby is born, the first day, we say they're like zero years	在美国,婴儿出生后,第一天,我们说他们就像零岁
18	old.	岁.
19	They're just one day old, two days old, okay?	他们只有一天,两天,好吗?
20	Then we go to months.	然后我们进入几个月。
21	The baby is three months old, six months old, up to a year.	婴儿3个月大,6个月大,可长达1年.
22	But before they have been in the world for one year, we say that they are a baby.	但在他们进入世界一年之前,我们说他们是一个婴儿。
23	And by the way, baby, how do we say many, babies?	顺便说一句,宝贝,我们该怎么说呢,宝贝?
24	We say babies, I-E-S.	我们说婴儿,I -E
25	So the Y changes to I-E, and then we put the S, babies, babies.	所以Y换成I -E 然后我们把S,婴儿,婴儿。
26	So one baby, many babies, right, okay.	所以一个孩子,很多孩子,对,好吧。
27	So that's the first stage in a person's life, the first step, the first step or the first	因此,这是一个人生命的第一个阶段,第一步,第一步或第一步
28	stage in a person's life.	在一个人的生活中。
29	And we're talking about steps or stages in people's lives.	我们谈论的是人们生活中的步骤或阶段。
30	The first step is baby.	第一步是婴儿。
31	What's the next one?	下一个是什么?
32	The next step is a child who is learning to walk.	下一步是一个正在学习走路的孩子。
33	A child who is learning to walk from one to three years old.	一个正在学习从一到三岁走路的孩子。
34	They are learning to walk.	他们正在学习走路。
35	They can't walk very well yet.	他们走不动
36	They're kind of going like this, right?	他们要这样下去,对吧?
37	They're learning to walk.	他们正在学习走路。
38	They're like this.	他们就是这样
39	And when they do this, we say they're kind of toddling, right?	而当他们这样做,我们说他们有点干涉,对不对?
40	They are a toddler.	他们是一个孩子。
41	Toddler is kind of the idea of, you know, a baby wobbling, right, like this.	托德勒是那种想法,你知道, 一个婴儿摇摆,正确的,像这样。
42	They're very careful.	他们非常小心
43	They don't walk very well.	他们走路不好
44	They're not like a mad robot, right?	他们不像一个疯狂的机器人,对不对?
45	Maybe I'm not doing that right.	也许我做错了
46	But you know, they're toddling, right?	但是,你知道,他们干预,对不对?
47	They're a toddler, a person who toddles, a person who doesn't walk very well yet.	他们是一个幼稚的人, 一个人谁去幼稚, 一个人不走得很好。
48	They're still learning.	他们还在学习
49	They're learning to walk.	他们正在学习走路。
50	One to three years old, we call those people a toddler because they're learning how to	一到三岁,我们称他们为幼儿,因为他们正在学习如何
51	walk.	走开
52	They haven't been able to walk well on their own yet.	他们还没有能够独自行走。
53	Before they walk, what do people do?	在他们走之前,人们做什么?
54	Before they walk, like babies, they will crawl.	在他们走之前,像婴儿一样,他们会爬行。
55	Crawl is like this on all arms and legs.	爬行在手臂和腿上都是这样
56	That's crawling.	这是爬行。
57	After crawling, people will walk.	爬过之后,人们会走路.
58	But when they're learning to walk, they are a toddler, okay.	但是当他们学会走路时, 他们是一个孩子,好吗?
59	A boy or girl between three and 12 years old, what do we call that person?	一个三到十二岁的男孩或女孩我们怎么称呼那个人?
60	We use that word actually on the previous slide when we talked about a toddler.	我们用这个词在上一张幻灯片上当我们谈论一个幼儿。
61	Of course, we talk about that person.	当然,我们谈的人。
62	That person is a child, a child between three and 12 years old.	这个人是一个孩子,一个三到十二岁的儿童。
63	Maybe some of you are three between, between three and 12 years old.	也许你们中有些人是三到十二岁
64	I don't think any of you are three years old.	你们谁都三岁了
65	You don't understand me.	你不明白我的话
66	Maybe if some of you are maybe 10 or 11 or even 12 years old, then you can be called	也许你们中有些人是10岁 11岁 12岁就可以叫你们
67	a child.	一个孩子。
68	By the way, in English, what is the plural of children?	顺便说一句,用英语来说,孩子的复数是什么?
69	If you have one child but many, do we say childs?	如果你有一个孩子,但很多, 我们是不是说孩子?
70	No, don't say childs.	不,不要说孩子。
71	Say children, children, many children.	说孩子,孩子,很多孩子。
72	At your school, there are many children.	在你的学校里有很多孩子
73	In your class, there are many children, okay.	班上有很多孩子
74	So one child, many children.	一个孩子很多孩子
75	Now, after a person, after 12 years old, right, they become 13, 14, 15, they become one of	现在,一个人,12岁后,他们 13,14,15,他们成为其中之一
76	these people or in this stage, a boy or girl between 13 and 19 years old, 13 and 19 years	13至19岁的男孩或女孩 13至19岁
77	old.	岁.
78	So what do we call them?	那我们怎么称呼他们?
79	Of course, I'm saying it teen because 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19, all of these words	当然,我是说这十几岁因为13,14,15,16,17,18,和19,所有这些词
80	end in teen, right.	以十几岁结束,对吗?
81	So we say that these people are called teens.	所以我们说这些人叫十几岁
82	Now, you might also call them teenagers, teenagers, teenagers.	现在,你也可以叫他们青少年,青少年,青少年。
83	That's another word for teens, okay, teenager or teenagers.	这是另一个词对于青少年,好吗,青少年或青少年。
84	Teen is the same word.	少年同语.
85	Okay.	摆
86	Now, after the teenage years, right, this is quite a lot after, a long time after, okay,	现在,在青少年时代之后,这是相当多之后,很长一段时间,好吗,
87	a man or a woman over 20 because after 19, then they are 20, 19, then 20, 20 years old,	20岁以上的男人或女人因为19岁后,他们就20、19、20岁了
88	that person is now what?	现在那个人是什么?
89	What do we call those people?	我们怎么称呼这些人?
90	We call those people an adult, adult.	我们称这些人为成年人,成年人.
91	Adults are no longer children, they are no longer teens, they are adults.	成人不再是儿童,不再是青少年,而是成年人。
92	They are independent, they are responsible for themselves.	他们独立,对自己负责。
93	They can make their own decisions.	他们可以自己做决定。
94	They don't depend on their parents anymore.	他们不再依赖父母了
95	They are independent, they are adults.	他们是独立的,他们是成年人。
96	A man or woman over 20 years old.	二十余岁男女.
97	Now, these are older adults, right, these are getting a little bit older than adults	现在,这些是年长的成年人, 对,这些比成年人老一点
98	and of course, you do have different stages in adults.	当然,你的成人阶段不同
99	You have young adult, middle-aged adult or senior citizen.	你有年轻的成年人,中年成年人或老年公民.
100	Let me write those down for you very quickly, just a little extra.	让我写下来很快,只是一点点额外的。
101	Young adult, you can say young adult, usually somebody who is in their 20s, young adult.	年轻的成年人,可以说是年轻的成年人, 通常是20多岁的人,年轻的成年人。
102	Then after somebody gets to be about 40 years old, then you could say middle-aged, middle-aged,	然后在某人40岁后, 你可以说中年,中年,
103	middle-aged, okay, let me see if, middle, D-D, that's a D-D, M-I-D-D-L-E, age, that's	中年,好吧,让我看看,中年,D -D, 这是一个D -D,M
104	an A, A-G-E-D, middle-aged and after middle-aged, maybe around 60, after 60 years old, we can	一个A,A,G,E,D,中年和中年之后,也许60岁左右,60岁之后,我们可以
105	say senior, senior citizen, okay.	说老人,老人,好吧。
106	But all of these people, all of them are adults, okay, so you also have different stages in	但所有这些人,他们都是成年人, 好吧,所以你也有不同的阶段
107	the adult stage.	成人舞台。
108	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
109	To get bigger and taller, so we've just talked about baby, toddler, child, teen and adult.	为了提高身高,我们只谈孩子,孩子,青少年和成年人。
110	This process, this change, what do we say, what's going on here?	这个过程,这个变化,我们怎么说,这是怎么回事?
111	To get bigger, what's the verb we use?	为了变得更大,我们使用的动词是什么?
112	We use, of course, the verb grow, to grow, somebody who gets bigger, right, they get	我们使用,当然,动词增长, 成长,有人谁变得更大,
113	bigger and they get taller as they go along.	越大越高
114	It's very interesting, the baby is so small, when you see babies, oh, wow, they're so small,	这很有趣,孩子是如此小, 当你看到孩子,哦,哇,他们是如此小,
115	their fingers and their toes are so small, but they get much bigger, right, they grow	他们的手指和脚趾都那么小, 但是他们变大了,对吗,他们长大了
116	into a full adult, so they grow bigger and they grow taller, they grow.	成年后,他们长大了,长大了,长大了。
117	What are the different forms of the verb grow?	动词生长的不同形式是什么?.
118	Of course, we have grow, grew, grown, right, grow, grew, grown, it's an irregular verb,	当然,我们生长,生长,生长, 正确的,生长,生长, 这是一个不规则的动词,
119	you have to remember the different forms for the different verb tenses, grow, grew, grown.	要记住不同的动词时态的不同形式,生长,生长,生长.
120	Okay, next we have, this is another verb, to rest, with your eyes closed, at night,	好吧,接下来,这是另一个动词, 休息,你的眼睛闭着,晚上,
121	this is what you should do.	这是你应该做的。
122	Don't play computer games, right, get in your bed and do this, what is this, right, what	别玩电脑游戏,对,上床做这个,这是什么?
123	are you doing, you need this, especially when you're growing, when you're young, you need	你这样做,你需要这个, 特别是当你长大, 当你年轻,你需要
124	a lot of this, what is this person doing?	这个人在做什么?
125	This person is sleeping, so she is sleeping, get sleep, go to bed, get some sleep or go	这个人正在睡觉,所以她正在睡觉,睡觉,去睡觉,去睡觉或去。
126	to sleep, right, sleep at night.	晚上睡觉
127	What are the different verb forms of to sleep?	不同的动词形式是什么?
128	We have sleep, slept, slept, so this is the same for past tense and present participle,	我们睡了,睡了,睡了, 所以这是同样的过去紧张和现在的聚会,
129	sleep, slept, slept, sleep, slept, slept, okay, that's another irregular verb, sleep,	睡觉,睡觉,睡觉,睡觉, 睡觉,好吧,这是另一个不规则的动词,睡觉,
130	slept, slept, to rest with your eyes closed, usually we do it at night, but sometimes we	睡觉,睡觉,休息与你的眼睛闭着, 通常我们晚上做,但有时我们
131	do it during the day for a short time.	白天做一个短暂的时间。
132	If you sleep during the day for a short time, that is take a nap, take a nap, that's a short	如果你白天睡了一小会,就是睡个午觉,睡个午觉
133	sleep during the day, take a nap, maybe you're tired, take a nap for 30 minutes or an hour,	白天睡觉,睡个午觉,也许你累了,睡个30分钟或1小时,
134	but at night you sleep at least 8 hours, usually people sleep for 8 hours, some people less,	但晚上你至少睡了8个小时通常人们睡了8个小时有些人睡得更少
135	some people more, right, but don't play video games all night, it's important to get some	有些人更多,没错,但不要玩电子游戏一整夜,这很重要
136	sleep, okay.	睡觉,好吗。
137	Now, to begin life, we're talking about a baby, of course the baby, there's a point	现在,开始生活, 我们谈论一个婴儿, 当然,婴儿,有一点
138	when the baby comes into the world, that is the time that the baby, we say is beginning	当婴儿来到世界, 这就是婴儿开始的时候,我们说
139	life, of course babies begin life in their mother's wounds, in their mother's bodies,	生命,当然,婴儿开始生命在母亲的伤口, 母亲的身体,
140	but the moment the baby comes out into the world, we have a special verb for that, what	但一旦婴儿来到世界我们有一个特殊的动词
141	do we say, we say, to be born, to be born, to begin life, when were you born, when were	我们是否说,我们说, 出生,出生,开始生命, 当你出生,什么时候出生。
142	you born, okay, that's a very common question, when were you born, you could say, well I	你出生,好吧,这是一个很常见的问题, 当你出生,你可以说,嗯,我
143	was born in 1980 something, or I was born in 1980, some of you might be born in 1980,	生于1980年或者我生于1980年有些可能是生于1980年
144	might have been born in 2000 something, right, maybe 2000 or 2001, when were you born, what	大概是2000年出生的也许是2000年或者2001年
145	year were you born, okay, what year did you come into the world, born, okay, now this	你出生的年份,好吧, 你来到世界的哪一年,出生, 好吧,现在这个
146	is a verb that we talked about before actually, to go by moving your feet, right, toddlers	是我们之前讨论过的动词通过移动你的脚,对,幼儿
147	are learning how to do this, toddlers, remember I talked about this, toddlers are learning	正在学习如何做到这一点, 幼儿,记住我谈到这一点, 幼儿正在学习
148	how to do this, what is it, it is of course to walk, to walk, right, to move by moving	如何做到这一点,这是什么, 它当然是走,走,右,移动
149	your feet, now of course walk, you could also say run, but run is to move faster, to go	你的脚,现在当然走,你也可以说跑, 但跑是移动更快,走
150	fast by moving your feet, to just go normally, normally people walk, they don't run, so to	快速移动你的脚, 只是去正常, 通常的人走, 他们不跑,所以
151	go by moving your feet, you walk, okay, if you go fast, that's run, okay, to say things,	移动你的脚,你走, 好吧,如果你去快, 这是运行,好吧,说些什么,
152	so you're with your friends, right, and you say things to your friends, they say some	所以,你与你的朋友,权利, 你对你的朋友说,他们说一些
153	things to you in return, so what are they doing, of course we say they are talking,	作为回报他们在做什么当然我们说他们在说话
154	to talk, talk, talk, talk, okay, talk, to talk with people, of course talk is a regular	谈,谈,谈,好,谈,与人,当然是常谈.
155	verb so we don't have to worry about the different forms, right, talk, talk, talk, okay, so these	动词让我们不必担心不同的形式, 对,说话,说话,好,所以这些
156	people are talking to say things to each other, let's talk, okay, or they are talking	人们在说话互相说话, 让我们说话,好吗,或者他们说话
157	to each other, okay, what's our next word, our next word is another verb, to, right,	我们的下一个词是什么,我们的下一个词是另一个动词,去,对,
158	to make, to make pictures with a pen or pencil, you probably do this a lot, even at school	做,用笔或铅笔拍照你可能经常这样做,甚至在学校
159	you do this, what are you doing, you're making pictures, right, maybe a house, people or	你这样做,你在做什么, 你在拍照,对,也许一个房子,人或
160	landscape with trees, maybe fish or animals, but what are you doing, you're making pictures,	有树木,也许鱼或动物, 但你在做什么,你在做图片,
161	you are drawing, to draw, to draw means to make pictures with a pen or pencil, now draw	您正在绘制, 绘制, 绘制工具, 用笔或铅笔拍照, 现在绘制
162	is not a regular verb, it's an irregular verb, so what are the different verb forms, what	不是普通动词,而是不规则动词,所以不同的动词形式是什么?
163	are the different forms of this verb, we have draw, drew, drawn, draw, drew, drawn, draw,	是这个动词的不同形式, 我们画,画,画,画,画,
164	drawn, so this verb, draw, drew, drawn, okay, so to draw is to make pictures with a pen	画,所以这个动词,画,画,好,画就是用笔画画
165	or a pencil, also you could, yeah, with those pens or pencils, that's drawing, if you use	或铅笔,你也可以, 对,用那些笔或铅笔, 这就是画,如果你使用
166	a paint brush, then you're not drawing, you're painting, okay, so that's different, okay,	油漆刷,然后你不是画, 你在画,好吧,所以这是不同的,好吧,
167	paint brush, that's painting, but pencil or pen, then you're drawing, okay, that's an	画笔,那是画笔, 但铅笔或笔, 然后你在画,好吧,这是一个
168	interesting point, okay, very nice to look at, oh, look at this, cute, cute, a little	有趣的点,好吧,非常好看, 哦,看看这个,可爱,可爱,一点点
169	cat is very, what, we say very cute, a cat is cute, of course, but not just a cat, there	猫非常,什么,我们说非常可爱, 猫是可爱的,当然,但不只是一只猫,在那里
170	are many things that are cute, like for example, we're talking about babies, babies are very	很多东西是可爱的, 例如,我们在谈论婴儿,婴儿非常
171	cute, right, when they're not crying, that's not cute, but usually babies, right, and they	可爱,对,当他们不哭, 这不可爱, 但通常婴儿,对,他们
172	make the little faces, that's very cute, right, so we say very cute, very nice to	做小脸,这是非常可爱的,对, 所以我们说非常可爱,非常好
173	look at, it's very nice to look at something that is cute, it's also very interesting,	看,看看可爱的东西,也很有趣
174	right, 재밌어요, right, but it's also very cute, 귀엽지요, 귀엽지, yeah, 귀엽지,	是的,是的,但是它也非常可爱,嗯,嗯,嗯,嗯,
175	귀엽지, yeah, right, oh, 귀여워요, right, that's very cute, okay, okay, let's	对,对,对,非常可爱,好,好
176	match the words to their definitions, okay, how well do you remember the words that we	把词和他们的定义相匹配, 好吧,你还记得我们
177	just studied, let's go over the vocabulary, what we need to do is take these words in	我们只是研究一下词汇我们需要做的就是把这些词收进去
178	this box and match them to the definitions, what are the words, the words we have many	这个框和定义匹配是什么词,我们有很多词
179	stages of a person's life, in fact, most of these words, most of these words are words	一个人生命的阶段,事实上,这些词中的大多数,这些词中的大多数都是词.
180	that have to do with a stage of a person's life, only one word is not concerned with	与一个人生命的某个阶段有关, 只有一个词与
181	a stage of a person's life, let's go over them, we have toddler, toddler, child, child,	一个人生活的一个阶段, 让我们去过他们, 我们有一个孩子,孩子,孩子,
182	adult, adult, baby, baby, teen, teen, those are all the words that have to do with a stage	成人,成人,婴儿,婴儿,少年,少年, 这些都是和舞台有关的词
183	of a person's life, the one word that is not a stage of a person's life is this one, grow,	一个人的生命, 一个不是一个人生命阶段的词就是这个,成长,
184	grow, okay, so let's put these words to match with their definitions, okay, 0 to 1 year	增长,好吧,让我们把这些词符合他们的定义,好吗,0到1年
185	old, of course, we're talking about a stage in a person's life, remember, when somebody	当然,我们是在谈论一个人生活中的一个舞台, 记住,当有人
186	is newly born, they're just born and before they are 1 year old, 1 year old, what do we	刚出生,他们刚出生在他们1岁,1岁之前,我们该怎么办?
187	call that person, we call that person a baby, a baby, okay, that's the first stage in a	给那个人打电话,我们称他为婴儿,一个婴儿, 好吧,这是第一阶段在一个
188	person's life, then we're moving on to the next stage, 1 to 3 years old, 1 to 3 years	人的生活,然后我们进入下一个阶段, 1到3岁, 1到3岁
189	old, so after 1 years old and before or until 3 years old, right, in that time, what is	所以在一岁之后 3岁之前对那时是什么
190	that person doing, that person is learning how to walk, so we call that person what,	那个人正在学习如何走路所以我们称他为...
191	we call that person a toddler, a toddler is from 1 to 3 years old, okay, number 3, now	我们称他为幼稚, 幼稚是1到3岁, 好吧,3号,现在
192	between 3 to 12 years old, this is a much longer time, right, a much longer time, that's	3到12岁,这是一个更长的时间, 对,一个更长的时间,这就是
193	like 9 years, right, or 8 years, for 3 to 12 years old, we call that person what, we	像9年,对,或者8年, 对于3到12岁,我们称那个人什么,我们
194	call that person a child, they are a child, they know how to walk, they know how to talk,	称他为孩子, 他们是孩子, 他们知道如何走路, 他们知道如何说话,
195	right, they are a child, up to 12 years old, next, the next stage after 12, they become	对,他们是一个孩子,12岁前, 下一个阶段,12年后的下一个阶段, 他们变成了
196	13, then 14, all the way to 19, what do we call that person, we call that person of course	13,然后14,一路到19,我们怎么称呼那个人,我们当然叫那个人
197	a teen or teenager as we said before, now after 19, they become 20 years old, so 20	就像我们之前说过的,现在19岁后,他们才20岁,所以20岁
198	years old plus, so 20 years old and after, what do we call that person, we say that that	加上20岁和20岁之后我们怎么称呼那个人
199	person is an adult and remember there's different stages of an adult, young adult, middle aged	一个人是成年人记住一个成年人年轻成年人中年老人不同阶段
200	adult and a senior citizen, right, okay, number 6 is not a stage, to get bigger and taller,	成年和老年公民, 对,好吧,6号不是一个舞台, 要变得更大和高,
201	to get, that means it's a verb, right, our verb in this chart of course is to grow, but	我们的动词当然是会增长的
202	grow means to get bigger and taller, that's the word that we looked at, that's the definition,	成长意味着变得更高, 这就是我们所研究的词,这就是定义,
203	so grow means to get bigger and taller, by the way, we're all growing, aren't we, we're	所以,成长意味着变得更大和高, 顺便说一句,我们都在成长,是不是,我们
204	all getting bigger and taller, even me, I'm an adult, but I'm getting bigger, right, okay,	越来越高了,甚至我, 我是一个成年人, 但我越来越大,好,
205	maybe I'm not getting any taller, but I might be getting a little bit bigger, okay, but	也许我没有越高, 但我可能会越大一点,好吗,但
206	usually we all grow, right, of course we all grow, especially before we're 20 years old,	通常我们都长大了,是的, 当然,我们都长大了, 特别是在我们20岁之前,
207	some people are still growing, okay, okay, well that wraps it up for the vocabulary section,	有些人还在成长,好,好,好, 结束了词汇部分,
208	let's take a short break, now we'll come back and take a look at the reading passage, so	让我们休息一下,现在我们回来看看读的段落,所以
209	don't go away.	别走开
210	Hello everybody, welcome back to the reading passage, we're on lesson 6,	大家好,欢迎回到读本,我们上课了
211	and in lesson 6 we're talking about all grown up, right, we're talking about the different	在第六课中,我们谈论的是所有长大了, 对,我们谈论的是不同的
212	stages of a person's life, and we can see 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 different stages that we're	我们可以看到,我们是一个不同的阶段。
213	talking about in a person's life, now the reading passage is pretty simple, the sentences	谈论一个人的生活, 现在的阅读段落相当简单,句子
214	are short and easy, but let's go over them together, first sentence, people grow and	短而容易, 但是让我们一起翻过他们, 第一句,人成长和
215	change, we have two verbs, they grow and as they grow they change, right, they change,	变化,我们有两个动词, 它们生长,随着它们生长, 它们改变,对,它们改变,
216	they get bigger, they get taller, right, so people are growing and they change when they	他们越大,越高越好所以人们在成长当他们改变
217	grow, we eat food, so we, of course, people, we eat food, we need food to get bigger and	生长,我们吃食物, 所以我们,当然,人,我们吃食物, 我们需要食物变得更大,
218	taller, right, we eat food, we sleep, we also need to sleep, it's very important, if	更高,对,我们吃食物,睡觉,我们也需要睡觉, 这是非常重要的,如果
219	we don't get enough sleep, we don't have good health, we need to have sleep in order to	我们没有足够的睡眠, 我们没有健康, 我们需要睡觉,以便
220	be healthy and to grow well, so we eat food and we sleep, these two things we need to	身体健康,成长良好, 所以我们吃食物和睡觉, 这两件事我们需要
221	do to grow taller, we grow taller, and we get older, get older, we get older, we become,	努力变高,变高,变老,变老
222	get is similar to become, we become older, but it's more common to say get, many people	变得相似,我们变老, 但更常见的说法是,很多人
223	use get, get is such a common word in English, we get older, we become older, same thing,	使用获取,获取是英语中常见的词, 我们变老,我们变老,同样的事情,
224	but it's easier to use get, so many people use get, we get older, let's review, people	但用起来比较容易,所以很多人用, 我们变老了,让我们回顾一下,人们
225	grow and change, we eat food, we sleep, we grow taller, we get older, so as the years	长而变之,食而食之,食而食之,食而食之,食而食之,食而食之,食而食之,食而食之,食而食而食之,食而食之,食而食而食之,食而食而食之,食而食而食之,食而食而食之,食而食而食而食之,食而食而食而食之,食而食而食而食而食而食而食之,食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食之,食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食,食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食之,食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食而食.
226	go by, we get older and older, 1 to, 1 year old, right, 3 years old, 3 to 12 years old,	越老越好一到一岁对三到十二岁
227	in the teens and over 20 years old, we get older, okay, so next, we're going to talk	在十几岁和二十多岁, 我们变老了,好吧,所以接下来,我们要谈谈
228	about the different stages of a person's life, 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th and then 5th,	关于一个人生命的不同阶段, 第一,第二,第三和第四,然后第五,
229	well 1st, 1st, our 1st stage of the life, 1st, we are all babies, babies, that's the	第一,第一,我们人生的第一个阶段第一,我们都是婴儿,婴儿,这就是
230	1st stage of our life, when we are born, we are babies, right, we are babies, when we	人生的第一阶段,当我们出生,我们是婴儿,对,我们是婴儿,当我们
231	are born, when are we babies, when we are born, as soon as we're born, as soon as we	出生,我们何时是婴儿,我们何时出生,我们何时出生,我们何时出生,我们何时出生
232	come into the world, we are babies, and we can see many babies here, right, they're very	来到这个世界,我们是婴儿, 我们可以看到很多婴儿在这里,对,他们非常
233	cute, okay, babies can't, can't, cannot, can't, can't walk or talk, these babies, they can't	可爱,宝贝不能,不能,不能,不能,不能走路或说话,这些宝贝,他们不能
234	walk, they can't talk, well, maybe they go, but we don't understand them, so we say they	走路,他们不能说话,也许他们走了, 但我们不明白他们,所以我们说他们
235	can't really talk, right, so they can't talk, they can't walk, right, they crawl, they don't	不能真正说话,对,所以他们不能说话,他们不能走路,对,他们爬,他们不。
236	walk, they cannot walk, they cannot talk, they can't, can't, but they can, they can	走,他们不能走,他们不能说话,他们不能,但是他们可以,他们可以。
237	eat and sleep, of course, that's all that babies do, right, they eat, they sleep, but	吃和睡觉,当然, 这是婴儿所做的,对,他们吃,他们睡觉,但
238	they also cry, right, really loud, right, so they do a few things, they eat, they sleep,	他们也哭了,对,非常大声,对, 所以他们做一些事情, 他们吃,他们睡觉,
239	they cry, they do some other things too, that kind of smell, but we won't talk about that,	他们哭,他们做一些其他的事情, 那种味道,但我们不会谈论,
240	okay, babies are very cute, right, we can see that babies are very cute, right, they're	宝宝很可爱,我们可以看到婴儿非常可爱,对,他们是
241	cute when they're not crying, they're very cute, okay, let's review here, first, first	可爱的,当他们不哭, 他们非常可爱,好吧,让我们在这里回顾,第一,第一
242	we are all babies, we are babies when we are born, babies can't walk or talk, but they	我们都是婴儿,我们是婴儿当我们出生,婴儿不能走路或说话,但他们
243	can eat and sleep, babies are very cute, aren't they, hello babies, okay, bye-bye babies,	可以吃可以睡, 婴儿很可爱, 是不是,你好婴儿,好吧,再见婴儿,
244	okay, now the next stage, the next stage, the next step, next we are toddlers, that's	好吧,现在下一阶段,下一阶段,下一步, 下一步,我们是幼儿,这就是
245	the next step, next we are toddlers, toddlers can walk and talk, okay, but they can walk	下一步,我们接下来是幼儿,幼儿可以走和说话,好吗,但他们可以走
246	a little bit, they can talk a little bit, but not great, and they're learning how to	一点点,他们可以说话一点点, 但并不伟大, 他们正在学习如何
247	walk, they're learning how to talk, okay, so toddlers can walk and talk because they	走路,他们正在学习如何说话,好吧, 所以孩子可以走路和说话,因为他们
248	are learning how to do that, they can walk and talk, but, however, but toddlers don't,	正在学习如何做到这一点, 他们可以走和说话, 但是,但,但幼儿不,
249	do not go to school, toddlers don't go to school, they're too young, they're still learning	不要上学,孩子不要上学,他们太年轻,还在学习
250	how to walk, they're still learning how to talk, so they don't go to school, they stay	如何走路,他们仍在学习如何说话,所以他们不去上学,他们留下来
251	at home, they are still too young, toddlers play all day long, what a great life, right,	在家里,他们仍然太年轻, 幼儿整天玩, 多伟大的生活,对吗,
252	they get to play all day long, that's what they do, great, okay, so let's review here,	他们可以整天玩, 这就是他们做的,很好, 好吧,让我们在这里回顾一下,
253	next, we are toddlers, toddlers can walk and talk, but toddlers don't go to school, they	接下来,我们是幼儿, 幼儿可以走路和说话, 但幼儿不上学,他们
254	are still too young, too young, toddlers play all day long, they play all day long, okay,	仍然太年轻,太年轻, 幼儿整天玩, 他们整天玩,好吗,
255	by the way, when we say too, it's negative, they're too young to go to school, they're	顺便说一句,当我们说,这是负面的, 他们太年轻上学,他们
256	young, yeah, but they're too young to go to school, so they don't go to school yet, okay,	年轻,是的,但他们太年轻上学,所以他们还没有上学,好吗,
257	what about the next stage, the next stage, then after toddlers, we are children, then	接下来的阶段,接下来的阶段, 之后的幼儿,我们是孩子,然后
258	we are children, then after toddlers, after we are toddlers, then we are children, children	我们都是孩子,然后是孩子,然后是孩子,然后是孩子
259	go to school, children go to school, these children are going to school, they have their	孩子们去上学,孩子们去上学孩子们去上学,他们有他们的
260	backpacks with their books and their lunch box with their lunch, children go to school,	背包和他们的书和他们的午餐盒和他们的午餐,孩子们上学,
261	we learn many things, we learn a lot of things at school as children, we learn many things	我们学到很多东西,我们在学校学到很多东西,我们从小学到很多东西
262	as children, when we are children, we learn how to ride a bike, we learn how to ride a	小时候,我们学会骑自行车,学会骑自行车
263	bike, maybe not at school, but from our mom or dad, they help us learn how to ride a bike,	自行车,也许不是在学校, 但是从我们的妈妈或爸爸, 他们帮助我们学习如何骑自行车,
264	at school, we learn how to draw and color, so you learn how to do something, we learn	在学校,我们学会绘画和色彩, 所以你学会做什么,我们学习
265	how to ride a bike, we learn how to draw a picture, we learn how to go to school, we	如何骑自行车, 我们学会如何画一幅画, 我们学会如何上学,我们
266	learn how to get on the bus, how to do something, okay, we learn how to walk, we learn how to	学会如何上巴士, 如何做一些事情, 好吧,我们学习如何走路,我们学习如何
267	talk, so we learn how to do many things, let's review, then we are children, children go	说说,所以我们学会做很多事情, 让我们回顾一下,然后我们是孩子,孩子去
268	to school, we learn many things as children, we learn how to ride a bike, we learn how	我们从小学到很多东西学会骑自行车
269	to draw and color, color of course is to color in the pictures, make it green or red or blue,	要画和颜色, 颜色当然是在图片中的颜色, 使它绿色或红色或蓝色,
270	okay, after children, next we are teens, 13, 14, 15, right, these girls are all teens,	好吧,孩子之后,接下来我们是十几岁,13,14,15, 对,这些女孩都是十几岁,
271	they are all teenagers, next we are teens, teens can be tall, yeah, some teenagers grow	他们都是青少年,然后我们是青少年, 青少年可以高,是的,一些青少年成长
272	to be very tall, right, some teenagers grow at different rates, some teenagers are still	高个子,对吗? 有些青少年成长速度不同,有些青少年仍然
273	short, some teenagers grow tall very quickly, teens can be tall, they can also be short,	短,一些青少年长得很快, 青少年可以高,他们也可以短,
274	but we are teens in high school, most students, all students are teens in high school, in	但我们是高中的十几岁, 大部分学生,所有学生都是高中的十几岁,
275	America, teenagers or high schoolers are usually 14 to 18, 14 years old to 18 years old, 14,	美国,青少年或高中生通常14至18岁,14至18岁,14岁.
276	15, 16, 17, 18, some students start at 14, some students start at 15, but there's 4 grades	15,16,17,18,有些学生从14开始,有些学生从15开始,但有4个年级
277	in American high school, freshman, sophomore, junior, senior, 9th grade, 10th grade, 11th	美国高中,大一,大二,大三,九年级,十年级,十一年级
278	grade, 12th grade, these are in the teen years, usually 15, 16, 17, 18, some students	年级,十二年级,这些是十几岁, 通常是15,16,17,18,一些学生
279	start at 14, it depends, so we are teens in high school and that's true, in high school	14岁开始,我们是高中的十几岁
280	all the students are teenagers, let's review, next we are teens, teens can be tall, we are	所有的学生都是青少年, 让我们回顾一下,接下来我们是青少年, 青少年可以高,我们是
281	teens in high school, okay, finally the last stage, then we become adults, okay, we become	高中的十几岁,好吧,最后的阶段, 然后我们成为成年人,好吧,我们成为
282	adults, then we become adults, now we are adults, your mom and dad are adults, your	成年人,然后我们变成成年人, 现在我们是成年人, 你的父母是成年人,你的
283	mom and dad are adults, right, one day, one day, not too long, seems like a long time,	父母是成年人,对吗,一天,一天,不太久, 似乎很长一段时间,
284	it's not too long, one day you will be an adult too, you will be an adult too, and then	不会太久的,总有一天你也会是成年人,你也会是成年人,然后
285	what happens when you are an adult, maybe you'll get married, maybe you'll have children,	你成年后会怎么样,也许你会结婚,也许你会有孩子,
286	they will be babies and they will grow up to be adults too, and the cycle will continue	他们将成为婴儿,他们也会长大成人, 循环会继续下去
287	and this is life, isn't it, so these are the stages of life, okay, let's review, then we	这就是生命,不是吗, 所以这些都是生命的阶段, 好吧,让我们回顾一下,然后我们
288	become adults, your mom and dad are adults, one day you will be an adult too, okay, I	成为成年人,你父母是成年人, 总有一天你也会是成年人,好吗,我
289	know it's a long time, seems like a long time, right, enjoy, have fun now, right, enjoy your	玩得开心,玩得开心
290	childhood, one day you'll be an adult and one day you will have children of your own,	童年时期,有一天你会成为一个成年人有一天你会有你自己的孩子,
291	kind of crazy to think about, right, but it will happen, okay, let's go over the reading	有点疯狂的思考,对,但它会发生, 好吧,让我们去阅读
292	comprehension questions, how well do you remember the reading, always we start with number one,	理解问题,你还记得读数有多好, 我们总是从第一开始,
293	this story is about, what is this story about, what is the main topic, what is the subject,	这个故事是关于什么的这个故事是关于什么的,什么是主要话题,什么是主题,
294	let's look at our choices, A, drawing pictures, B, growing up, C, eating food, D, walking,	让我们看看我们的选择,A,画画,B,长大,C,吃食物,D,走,
295	so if we take a look at these, A, drawing pictures, this story is about drawing pictures,	所以,如果我们看看这些,A,画画, 这个故事是关于画画,
296	well we talked about drawing pictures, right, part of the passage, the reading passage when	我们谈了画画,对, 部分的段落,阅读的段落,当
297	we talked about children, right, children go to school, they learn how to draw pictures	我们谈论儿童,对,儿童上学, 他们学会如何画画
298	and to color pictures, well that was one detail about the story, but the reading passage	和彩色图片, 好了,这是一个细节关于故事, 但阅读段落
299	wasn't just about drawing pictures, it was about many more things, drawing pictures is	不只是画画,还有很多东西,画画就是
300	only one detail, it's not the main subject, so A is not correct, okay, what about B, growing	只有一个细节,它不是主体, 所以A是不正确的,好吧,那B呢,成长
301	up, well if we think about that growing up, when a person grows up, they start as a baby,	一个人长大后他们从小开始
302	then they become a toddler, then a child, then a teen and then an adult and they're	然后他们变成一个孩子, 然后一个孩子, 然后一个青少年, 然后一个成年人,他们
303	all grown up, and that's what the reading passage was about, we talked about those different	都长大了, 阅读的段落就是这样, 我们谈论这些不同的
304	stages, that's all about growing up, so that is the correct answer, this story is about	阶段,这就是所有关于成长, 所以这是正确的答案,这个故事是关于
305	growing up, about the different stages of a person who grows up, let's look at C, just	从小到大一个长大的人的不同阶段让我们看看C
306	for practice, eating food, they did say something about eating food, but again that was a small	为了练习,吃东西,他们确实说吃东西,但还是一个小
307	detail, it's not the main subject, so that's not the answer, walking, yes, we talked about	细节,这不是主要问题, 所以这不是答案,走,是的,我们谈论
308	walking a little bit, toddlers are learning how to walk, right, of course children already	走路了一点,孩子在学走路,对吗,当然孩子们已经
309	know how to walk, we talked about it, but again that's just a small detail, right, so	知道怎么走路,我们谈过了, 但再次这只是一个小细节,对了,所以
310	D, C and A, those are just small details, they're not the main subject, the main subject	D,C,A,这些只是小细节,不是主体,主体
311	is B, growing up, because the whole passage was about the process of growing up, okay,	是B,长大了,因为整个段落是关于成长的过程,好吗,
312	so moving on to question 2, babies can, so we talked about the different stages, right,	接下来是问题2, 婴儿可以, 所以我们谈论不同的阶段,对不对,
313	babies, toddlers, children, teens and adults, and we talked a little bit about each stage,	婴儿、幼儿、儿童、青少年和成年人我们谈论了每个阶段
314	during the baby stage, do you remember what we said babies could do, let's look at the	在婴儿阶段,你还记得我们说过婴儿可以做什么,让我们来看看
315	answer choices, A, walk and talk, B, speak, C, swim, D, eat and sleep, so what can babies	回答选择,A,走和说话,B,说,C,游泳,D,吃和睡觉, 婴儿能做什么?
316	do, let's go over each one in turn, A, walk and talk, babies can walk, can babies walk,	做,让我们去每一个依次,A,走和说话, 婴儿可以走, 婴儿可以走,
317	no they can't, we talked about that, we said that babies can crawl, right, but they can't	不,他们不能,我们谈到,我们说婴儿可以爬,正确的,但他们不能
318	walk yet, they don't know how, they haven't learned how to walk, and also they haven't	走路,他们不知道怎么做, 他们还没有学会如何走路,
319	learned how to talk, sure they can say, like that, but we don't understand what they're	学会了如何说话,肯定他们可以这么说, 但我们不明白他们是什么
320	saying and it's not really talk, right, so that's not true, by the way, speak and talk	说,这不是真的说话,对, 所以这不是真的,顺便说一句,说话和说话
321	are the same things, right, so obviously if we said no here, we say no there too, because	都是一样的,对,所以很明显如果我们说不在这里, 我们也说不在那里,因为
322	speak and talk mean the same thing, can he talk, can he speak, same thing, okay, C, babies	说话和说话意味着同样的事情, 他能说话,他能说话, 一样的事情,好,C,宝贝
323	can swim, now maybe babies can swim, but think about the reading passage, was there anything	可以游泳,现在也许婴儿可以游泳, 但想想读经,有没有任何东西
324	in the reading passage that said that babies could swim, no, we didn't read anything about	在读到的段落中, 说婴儿会游泳, 不,我们没有读到什么
325	babies swimming, so that is not the correct answer, there was no mention of babies swimming,	婴儿游泳,所以这不是正确的答案, 没有提及婴儿游泳,
326	how about D, eat and sleep, yes, we saw that babies can eat and sleep, that's what they,	怎么样D,吃和睡觉, 是的,我们看到婴儿可以吃和睡觉, 这就是他们,
327	that's their main job, right, is to eat and sleep, of course they also cry and they also	这是他们的主要工作,对, 是吃和睡觉, 当然他们也哭了,他们也
328	do something else that smells bad, but the reading passage talked about babies can eat	做别的东西味道不好, 但阅读的段落谈论婴儿可以吃
329	and sleep, okay, number three, beep and beep, go to school, so we're looking for two stages	睡觉,好,三号,鸣叫和鸣叫, 去上学, 所以我们在找两个阶段
330	of a person's life, right, when do people go to school, when do we go to school, when	一个人的生活,对, 当人们去上学, 当我们去上学,当
331	we're babies, when we're adults, when we're teens, we need two phases or two steps, two	我们是婴儿, 当我们是成年人, 当我们是十几岁, 我们需要两个阶段或两个步骤,两个
332	stages to fill in these blanks, what are the choices, A, adults, babies, B, babies, toddlers,	这些空白,是什么选择,A,成人,婴儿,B,婴儿,幼儿,
333	C, teens, babies, and D, children, teens, so which two groups go to school, you probably	C,十几岁,婴儿,和D, 儿童,十几岁, 所以这两个群体去上学,你可能
334	know the answer, let's just go over each in turn, A, adults, do adults go to school, well	答案是,让我们逐个来一遍,A,成人, 成人去上学,好吧
335	sure adults go to school, they go to college, but they didn't really say that in the passage,	当然,成年人去学校, 他们去大学, 但是他们不是真的说在段落,
336	right, of course adults go to college, so that could be the answer, but think about	当然,成年人上大学, 所以这可能是答案,但想想
337	babies, do babies go to school, no, babies don't go to school, so that's not correct,	宝宝,孩子上学,不,孩子不上学, 所以这是不对的,
338	adults, yes, they go to school, we say they go to college or they go to university, even	成人,是的,他们上学, 我们说他们上大学或他们上大学,甚至
339	though it wasn't in the passage, but you could still say that, but babies don't, right,	虽然不是在通道里, 但你还是可以这么说, 但婴儿不会,对不,
340	babies don't go to school, so that's not the right answer, babies, babies, we can see right	婴儿不上学,所以这不是正确的答案,婴儿,婴儿,我们可以看到正确的
341	away that's not the right answer, toddlers also don't go to school, right, they play	这不是正确的答案,孩子也不上学,对吗,他们玩
342	all day, that's their job, right, they play all day, they don't go to school, babies and	他们整天都在玩耍,不上学,孩子
343	toddlers, neither babies nor toddlers go to school, right, neither one of them goes to	小孩,婴儿和小孩都上不了学,对吗,他们都不上学
344	school.	学校。
345	C, teens and babies, teens go to school, right, we saw in the passage, the reading	C,十几岁的孩子,十几岁的孩子去上学, 对,我们看到的通道,阅读
346	passage, it said teens go to high school, all teens or all high schoolers are teenagers,	说十几岁的人上高中所有十几岁或高中生都是青少年
347	that's true, but babies again do not go to school, right, so C is not correct, that leaves	没错,但是孩子又不上学了,对,所以C不正确
348	us with D, children and teens, children and teens go to school, is that true, yes, that's	我们和D, 儿童和青少年, 儿童和青少年去上学, 是,是的,这是
349	true, I know you've been waiting for that, right, so children and teens go to school,	是的,我知道你一直在等待着,没错, 所以孩子们和青少年去上学,
350	children, they go to elementary school, right, they start going to school in elementary school	孩子们,他们上小学,他们开始上小学
351	and they go to middle school also, teenagers go to high school and also middle school,	他们上中学, 青少年上高中, 中学,
352	okay, so the answer is D, children and teens go to school.	好吧,所以答案是D, 儿童和青少年上学。
353	Okay, so this unit, lesson six,	好吧,所以这个单位,第六课,
354	we were talking about lesson six, the lesson six title is How Do People Grow and Change	我们讨论的是第六课,第六课的标题是 "人如何成长和改变"
355	and we saw there are five different stages to a person's life and we talked about those	我们看到一个人的生活有五个不同的阶段我们谈论这些
356	especially in the reading passage, do you remember what we call the different stages,	特别是在阅读段落中你还记得我们所说的不同阶段吗?
357	what do we call this little guy here, we say that he is a baby or she, this young person	我们怎么称呼这个小家伙, 我们说他是婴儿还是她, 这个年轻人
358	here, what's the next stage after a baby, this person is just learning to walk, right,	在这里,什么是下一个阶段婴儿后,这个人只是学习走路,对不对,
359	we say it's a toddler, he or she is a toddler, after this person is no longer a toddler,	我们说这是一个小男孩, 他或她是一个小男孩, 之后这个人不再是小男孩,
360	they can walk, they can talk, they start to go to school, then we say the person is a	他们可以走路,可以说话, 他们开始上学, 然后我们说这个人是一个
361	child, the child starts to go to school, when a child gets over the age of twelve into thirteen	12岁到13岁的孩子开始上学
362	fourteen fifteen, what do we say about that person, now that they're growing tall, they're	1415,我们怎么看那个人, 他们长大了,他们是
363	growing very tall, right, in this stage, we say that they are a teen, a teen and after	在这个阶段,我们说,他们是十几岁,十几岁,之后
364	the teens are over, right, nineteen is the last year of the teens, now they're twenty	青少年已经结束了,对吗, 十九岁是青少年的最后一年, 现在他们二十岁了
365	years or older and they start, men start to grow hair on their face, right, have to shave	年长或年长,开始, 男人开始长头发在脸上,右,必须刮胡子
366	it off, right, women and men, they become very tall, they finished with school or they	女人和男人,他们变得很高, 完成学业或他们
367	go to college, they go to university, what do we say, we say that they are an adult and	上大学,他们上大学, 我们怎么说,我们说他们是成年人,
368	of course after college they get jobs, they get married and they have babies of their	当然,在大学毕业后,他们得到工作, 他们结婚,他们有孩子
369	own and then it starts again and this of course is the cycle of life, okay, so that's what	这当然是生命的循环,好吧,所以...
370	we're talking about in unit six, how do people grow and change, what are the different stages	我们在讲第六单元人如何成长和改变不同的阶段是什么
371	in a person's life and we all go through these, we all go through these different stages in	在一个人的生活中我们都经历这些我们经历这些不同的阶段
372	our life, so it's kind of interesting to think about, sometimes, you know, you're doing	我们的生活,所以它有点有趣思考,有时,你知道,你正在做
373	your day to day, you're playing computer games, you're studying for work, you're playing with	你每天在玩电脑游戏学习工作玩游戏
374	your friends, you know, think about this, but think about where did you come from, where	你的朋友,你知道,想想这一点, 但想想你来自哪里,
375	are you going, it's a very interesting subject to think about and this will help you express	你要去,这是一个非常有趣的主题思考,这将帮助你表达
376	these ideas of course in English and you know about these different stages.	当然这些想法用英语,你知道这些不同的阶段。
377	Well, that wraps	嗯,这包
378	it up for this lesson today, we'll see you guys next time, take care everybody.	今天上课,下次见,大家保重

该视频共有字幕 378 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P8 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p08 7. 7. LevelA Lesson7 How Old is that Tree (P8)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p08 7. 7. LevelA Lesson7 How Old is that Tree (P8)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 40:18

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hey, kids.	嘿,孩子们。
0:07	How are you doing?	你好吗?
0:08	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:11	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	We're on lesson seven now.	我们现在上七课了
0:15	And lesson seven, we're talking about trees, right?	第七课我们说的是树对吧?
0:18	Our question, or lesson title, is how old is that tree?	我们的问题,或课名, 那棵树多大了?
0:26	How old is that tree?	那棵树多大了?
0:28	In this lesson, we will focus on how can we tell?	在这个教训中,我们将侧重于如何分辨?
0:33	How can we tell?	我们怎么知道?

展开字幕全文（942 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey, kids.	嘿,孩子们。
2	How are you doing?	你好吗?
3	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
4	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
5	We're on lesson seven now.	我们现在上七课了
6	And lesson seven, we're talking about trees, right?	第七课我们说的是树对吧?
7	Our question, or lesson title, is how old is that tree?	我们的问题,或课名, 那棵树多大了?
8	How old is that tree?	那棵树多大了?
9	In this lesson, we will focus on how can we tell?	在这个教训中,我们将侧重于如何分辨?
10	How can we tell?	我们怎么知道?
11	How can we know the age of a tree?	我们怎么知道树的年代?
12	So, if we see a tree in the forest, we want to know how old is that tree?	所以,如果我们在森林里看到一棵树,我们想知道那棵树多大了?
13	Wow, it's really big.	哇,这真的很大。
14	How old is it?	几岁了?
15	Well, in this lesson, we'll find out.	嗯,在这个教训,我们会发现的。
16	Let's start with the vocabulary for this lesson.	让我们从这个课的词汇开始。
17	The first word has to do with this picture here.	第一句话和这张照片有关
18	What do we call this here?	这叫什么?
19	This is trees cut up, cut up for making something.	这是砍掉的树用来制造东西
20	We make a lot of things from trees.	我们用树做很多东西
21	We've talked about this in previous lessons.	我们在之前的课上谈过了
22	Probably we've studied together on a previous lesson.	也许我们一起学习过之前的课
23	We can see that trees are used for what?	我们可以看到树被用来做什么?
24	Trees are used to make wood.	树用作木.
25	We use wood to make other things like houses, furniture,	我们用木头做别的东西像房子,家具,
26	desk, chair, toys.	桌子、椅子、玩具都准备好了
27	You can have toys made out of wood.	你可以用木头做玩具
28	These things are wooden, right?	这些东西是木制的,对吧?
29	A wooden chair, a wooden desk, a wooden toy.	木椅,木桌,木玩具.
30	Things made out of wood, wood.	木头,木头做的
31	Okay, what's our next word?	好吧,我们的下一个词是什么?
32	The next word has to do with this here.	下一个词和这里有关
33	Of course, it's been cut.	当然,它已经被切断了。
34	This is a tree that has been cut.	这是棵被砍掉的树
35	But what is the main stem of a tree?	但树的主干是什么?
36	If you remember or if you studied about plants,	如果你记得或者研究植物
37	you know there are many different parts of a plant, right?	你知道植物有很多不同的部分对吧?
38	There are the roots.	有诸根.
39	There's the stem.	这是树干。
40	There's the branches, the leaves, right?	有树枝,树叶,对不对?
41	The flower in some plants.	某些植物中的花朵.
42	But on a tree, right, the stem, we have a special word for it.	但是在树上,对,树干, 我们有一个特殊的词来形容它。
43	Because a small plant, we don't say this word.	因为一个小植物,我们不说这个词。
44	But for a big tree, it's strong.	但为大树坚固.
45	浓 thick.
46	And we use it to make wood.	我们用它做木头
47	What is this part of the tree?	树的这个部分是什么?
48	We call it the trunk, trunk.	我们称之为后备箱,后备箱。
49	T -R, tr, tr, 树干, 树干.
50	We call it the trunk of a tree.	我们称之为树的树干。
51	We don't really say the stem of a tree.	我们不是真的说树干。
52	That sounds a little strange.	这听起来有点奇怪。
53	Instead, we say the trunk of a tree.	相反,我们说树的树干。
54	But if it's a small plant, yes, you can say the stem.	但是如果是一个小的植物, 是的,你可以说茎。
55	But a big plant like a tree, that's weird.	但是像树一样的大植物,这很奇怪.
56	We would say the trunk of a tree, not really the stem of a tree.	我们要说树的树干, 而不是树的干。
57	That sounds a little bit strange.	这听起来有点奇怪。
58	So it's better to say the trunk of a tree.	所以最好说树的树干
59	And it's the trunk where we get our wood from, most of our wood.	这是树干,我们从那里得到我们的木材, 大多数我们的木材。
60	You can get some wood from the branches, yes.	你可以从树枝那里得到一些木材,是的。
61	But mostly, it's the trunk where we get our wood.	但主要是在树干里找到木头
62	Okay, if you look at the trunk of a tree that's been cut, right, this way.	好吧,如果你看一棵树的后备箱已经切,对了,这边。
63	Not this way, but this way.	不是这边,而是这边
64	You can see these things here.	你可以看到这些东西在这里。
65	What are these?	这是什么?
66	There's round circles.	有圆圆.
67	These are a circle or many circles inside a tree trunk.	这些是树干内的一个圆圈或许多圆圈.
68	So we want to know about one.	所以我们想知道一个。
69	We're talking about singular, not plural.	我们说的是单数,不是复数。
70	One of these is called a ring, a ring.	其中一种叫环,环.
71	A ring basically is a circular shape, right?	戒指基本上是圆形的,对吧?
72	Many married people have a ring on their finger, right?	许多已婚者的手指上有戒指,对吧?
73	It's a round shape like a circle, right?	圆形像圆形,对吧?
74	And we call these rings, right?	我们称这些戒指,对不对?
75	Rings.	环曰.
76	Many, we say rings.	很多人,我们说戒指。
77	So R sound, R, ring.	所以R的声音,R,环。
78	和NG,ng,ng,环,环.
79	Okay, so we say ring.	好吧,我们说戒指。
80	A circle inside a tree trunk.	树干里有个圆圈
81	Wow, you can see many rings inside the tree.	哇,你可以看到许多环在树里面。
82	Now, we have another word that we can use.	现在,我们还有一个词可以使用。
83	Look at this tree.	看这棵树
84	This is a very, very big tree.	这是一个非常,非常大的树。
85	It's big.	'大.
86	We use a special word to say something that's very big.	我们用一个特别的词来说一些非常大的话.
87	This tree trunk, of course, this tree trunk is big.	这树干,当然,这树干很大。
88	But look at this tree.	但观此树.
89	Wow, it goes from here all the way over to there.	哇,它从这里一直到那里。
90	That's really big.	这真的很大。
91	And this is a person here, right?	这个人在这里,对不对?
92	So that's your scale, right?	这就是你的尺码,对吧?
93	It's very, very big.	它非常,非常大。
94	These trees probably are growing in Northern California	这些树可能生长在北加州
95	or Oregon, Washington.	或俄勒冈州,华盛顿州
96	The trees are really big in those states in America.	在美国那些州,树真的很大。
97	What do we say?	怎么样?
98	They're really big.	他们真的很大。
99	One word we can say, they're huge.	我们可以说一个字,它们很大。
100	They're huge.	他们是巨大的。
101	They're really, really big.	他们真的很,真的很大。
102	If you go to Northern California, Oregon or Washington State,	如果你去北加州俄勒冈州或华盛顿州
103	you can see these trees in the forest.	在森林里可以看到这些树。
104	You go, whoa, they're huge.	你去,哇,他们很大。
105	They're so amazing.	他们是如此惊人。
106	We say huge.	我们说巨大。
107	Huge is a good word to use.	巨大是一个好词使用。
108	It means very, very big.	这意味着非常,非常大。
109	Okay, now we have another word here that's interesting	好吧,现在我们有另一个词这里很有趣
110	because we want to say that this person is in the middle point of something.	因为我们想说的是,这个人处于某种事物的中间点。
111	They are right in the middle of something.	他们正忙着呢
112	You have an area or maybe a room,	你有一个区域或也许一个房间,
113	but you're right at the middle point of that room or that area.	但你就在那个房间或那个区域中间
114	Where are you?	你们在哪?
115	You are in the center.	你在中间
116	We say in, oops, in the center.	我们说,ops,在中心。
117	In the center.	在中间.
118	In the center of the room.	室中间.
119	In the center of the field, right?	在球场中央,对不对?
120	In the center of the paper.	在报中.
121	Something that is in the very middle of something.	某事在甚么处.
122	The exact middle of something.	确切的中间的东西。
123	They are in the center of it.	他们位于其中心。
124	In the center.	在中间.
125	So, here we have a lot of fruit.	所以,这里有很多水果。
126	A lot of fruit, right?	很多水果,对不对?
127	More than enough.	更无余故.
128	There's enough food to make us full, but there's more than enough.	食物充足,可以使我们饱满,但有的还不止.
129	We can't eat all of this food.	我们不能吃所有这些食物。
130	We can't eat it.	我们不能吃它。
131	So, we have plenty.	所以,我们有很多。
132	We have plenty of food.	我们有足够的食物。
133	We have plenty of fruit.	我们有很多水果。
134	We have plenty of wood.	我们有很多木头
135	We have plenty of air, right?	我们有足够的空气,对不对?
136	So, we have more than enough.	因此,我们有足够的资源。
137	We have plenty.	我们有很多
138	We have plenty of food.	我们有足够的食物。
139	Please come over.	请过来
140	Share our lunch.	分享我们的午餐。
141	I have plenty of food.	我有足够的食物。
142	I can share my lunch with you.	我可以和你们分享我的午餐
143	I have plenty.	我有很多东西
144	Okay, another word we have, to watch something.	好吧,另一个词,我们有看的东西。
145	If you're watching something, what are you doing?	如果你在看东西,你在做什么?
146	You're looking at it.	汝当观之.
147	So, this woman is looking at her shoe, right?	这个女人在看她的鞋,对吧?
148	She's trying to get her shoe.	她试图得到她的鞋。
149	Maybe she can't, but she's looking at it, right?	也许她不能, 但她看着它,对不对?
150	She's trying to grab it.	她试图抓住它。
151	Her shoe is under her bed.	她的鞋在床底下,我看见了
152	But we look at things.	但我们看的东西。
153	Look at and watch are very similar.	看和看非常相似。
154	You watch a television show.	你去看电视剧
155	You look at your television.	你看你的电视。
156	You watch a television show.	你去看电视剧
157	You watch your dog.	你看着你的狗。
158	You look at your dog, right?	你看你的狗,对不对?
159	So, when you watch something, you...	所以,当你看的东西,你...
160	By the way, when you watch something, you watch it for a long time.	顺便说一句,当你看东西的时候,你会看很长时间.
161	When you look at something, it can mean you look at it for a long time.	当看某物,可以指: 久视某物.
162	It can also mean you look at it to examine it.	也可以指你看它来检查它.
163	What's going on?	这是怎么回事?
164	What is it?	这是什么?
165	Okay?	好吗?
166	So, look at and watch are very similar.	所以,看和看非常相似。
167	You look at something.	你看东西。
168	You watch it.	你看着点
169	See is very quick.	看见的很快
170	Do you see it?	你看到了吗?
171	Yeah, I see it.	是的,我看见了。
172	It's over there.	在那边
173	Go get out.	滚出去
174	I see it, right?	我看见了,对吧?
175	That's very quick.	这太快了
176	But you look at it.	但汝观之.
177	Oh, oh, oh, okay.	哦,哦,哦,没关系。
178	I'm watching it, okay?	我在看,好吗?
179	So, you look at or watch something and then you see it very quick.	所以,你看或者看一些东西, 然后看到它非常快。
180	Well, I see it.	我看见了
181	It's right there, okay?	就在那儿,好吗?
182	Okay.	摆
183	So, those are the differences between look at, watch, and see.	所以,这些是看,看,看之间的区别.
184	Okay.	摆
185	To make a tree fall down.	令一树倒.
186	This was a huge tree.	这是一个巨大的树。
187	It fell down and then they cut it into pieces.	它掉下来,然后被切成碎片。
188	They're going to make wood out of it, right?	他们会用它做木头,对吧?
189	What do we say?	怎么样?
190	We cut down.	我们削减。
191	I just said it.	我只是说。
192	They cut the tree down.	他们把树砍了
193	They cut it down and they cut it into different pieces.	他们把它切下来然后切成不同的块
194	But when you cut down a tree, that means it falls down.	但是,当你砍掉一棵树,这意味着它倒下。
195	By the way, in America, when the workers go in the forest and they cut down a tree,	顺便说一句,在美国,当工人进入森林, 他们砍伐一棵树,
196	they yell something.	他们喊什么。
197	What do they yell?	他们喊什么?
198	They yell, timber, right?	他们喊,木材,对不对?
199	Timber.	木材。
200	It means the tree is falling down.	谓树倒地.
201	But timber also is another word for wood.	但木材也是木头的另一个词.
202	It's interesting, right?	这是有趣的,对不对?
203	So, it's like the workers are going out.	所以,这就像工人出去。
204	They cut down the tree.	他们砍倒了树。
205	Wood.	木头。
206	But they don't say wood.	但他们不说木材。
207	They say, timber.	他们说是木材
208	And that means, watch out, get out of the way, right?	这意味着,小心,让开,对不对?
209	So, that's very interesting.	所以,这是非常有趣的。
210	If you're in the forest in America and you hear somebody say, timber, look around, right?	如果你在美国森林里你听到有人说,木材,看看四周,对不对?
211	There might be a tree falling down.	可能有一棵树倒下。
212	Hopefully not.	希望不会
213	But probably not.	但也许不是。
214	But anyway, that's what they say.	但无论如何,这是他们说的。
215	When you cut down a tree, that's what happens.	砍倒一棵树时,事情就是这样.
216	You make a tree fall down.	你让一棵树倒下。
217	You make it fall down.	你让它掉下来。
218	Okay.	摆
219	Something round.	东西圆.
220	We talked about that.	我们谈过了
221	A ring is round.	一个戒指是圆的。
222	But a ring makes a shape.	但一环成形.
223	What is this shape called?	这个形状叫什么?
224	It's a circle.	圆通.
225	This is a circle.	这是一个圆。
226	We can also say it's a ring, like the ring on my finger.	我们还可以说是戒指就像我手指上的戒指
227	Or the ring in a tree.	或树上环.
228	It's a circle.	圆通.
229	It makes a circle.	其能成圆.
230	It's round.	圆融.
231	So, something that is round, it makes a circle.	所以,一个圆形的东西, 它是一个圆。
232	Makes a circle.	做一个圆圈。
233	That's the shape.	这就是形状。
234	The circle is the shape.	圆是形.
235	It is round.	这是圆的。
236	You could also say it has a round shape.	也可以说它有圆形的形状.
237	Also, a ring.	还有戒指
238	A ring is a round shape.	环是圆形的形状.
239	It is a circle.	这是一个圆。
240	A ring makes a circle.	环成圆.
241	Okay.	摆
242	Not inside.	别在里面
243	These people are not inside their house.	这些人不在他们家
244	They are what?	他们是什么?
245	The opposite of inside is outside.	与内相相反者为外.
246	That's very easy, right?	这很简单,对吧?
247	In, in, out.	进,进,出。
248	Opposite.	对面
249	Inside means inside a building.	内部意味着建筑物内部.
250	In a building.	在一栋楼里
251	Some place where you have a roof, a ceiling, and walls around you.	某个地方,你有一个屋顶,一个天花板, 和周围的墙壁。
252	You are inside.	你进去了
253	In a building.	在一栋楼里
254	But if you are out of a building, there's no ceiling.	但是,如果你离开一个建筑, 没有天花板。
255	Above you is sky.	上面是天空上面是天空
256	Around you, just air, right?	你周围,只是空气,对不对?
257	Then you are outside.	那你就在外面吗?
258	So, inside in a building.	所以,在楼里。
259	Outside out of a building.	出楼外.
260	Okay.	摆
261	So, inside, outside.	所以,内,外.
262	Next, to add up.	接下来,加起来。
263	To find the total.	为了找到总数。
264	So, this girl is using a very old device to do what?	这个女孩用很老的装置做什么?
265	She's doing what?	稦估
266	What is she doing?	她在干吗?
267	She is counting.	她在数数
268	To count.	为数.
269	One, two, three, four.	一二三四门.
270	That's one way to count.	这算一个
271	Another way is to add up to find the total.	另一种方法是加起来找到总数.
272	Let's say you have many pieces of candy.	假设你有很多糖果
273	You want to know how many pieces of candy do you have?	你想知道你有多少糖果吗?
274	You go one, two, three, four, fifteen, twenty, fifty.	你走一,二,三,四,十五,二十,五十。
275	I have fifty pieces of candy, right?	我有50块糖果对吧?
276	So, you are counting the pieces of candy.	所以,你在数糖果的碎片。
277	Don't eat fifty pieces of candy.	别吃五十块糖果
278	You will get a stomach ache, right?	你会胃痛,对不对?
279	Just eat one or two pieces of candy.	只要吃一两块糖果
280	But to add up, to find the total, you are counting something.	但总而言之,为了找到总数, 你正在计算一些东西。
281	One, two, three, four, and so on.	一,二,三,四等诸法.
282	To count.	为数.
283	Okay, the next word is kind of a funny picture, right?	好吧,下一个词是一种有趣的图片,对不对?
284	These guys are buddies.	这些人是朋友
285	But you can see there is a big difference between these two gentlemen here, right?	但你们可以看到这两位先生之间的差别很大,对吧?
286	This guy is huge.	这家伙是巨大的。
287	This guy is not huge.	这家伙并不大。
288	He is not thick.	他没有厚。
289	By the way, thick.	顺便说一句, 厚。
290	Thick also means, you know, like this, right?	厚度也意味着,你知道,像这样,对不对?
291	He is not fat.	他不胖他不胖他不胖他不胖他不胖他不胖
292	It doesn't necessarily mean fat.	这不一定意味着脂肪。
293	It just means that he has got a wide body, right?	他的身体很宽,对吧?
294	He has got a wide body.	他的身体很宽
295	He is thick.	他很浓厚。
296	He is not thick.	他没有厚。
297	When a person isn't thick, we say that they are thin.	当一个人不厚,我们说他们是薄的。
298	Thin.	细.
299	So, thick and thin are opposites.	因此,厚而薄是对立的.
300	Pandero, right?	潘德罗,对吧?
301	Pandero.	潘德罗.
302	This man is thick.	此人粗细.
303	This man is thin.	这个人很瘦
304	But we don't really say people are thick.	但我们没有说人很厚
305	We kind of say he is big, right?	我们说,他是大,对不对?
306	He is a big guy.	他是个大人物。
307	He is a thin guy.	他是个瘦子
308	You can say thin.	你可以说瘦。
309	Thin is used for people.	细为人用.
310	It is also used for trees, right?	它也用于树,对不对?
311	Or other things, right?	或者其他事情,对不对?
312	A book.	一本书。
313	A book can be thick or a book can be thin.	书可以厚,也可以薄.
314	A thick book, a thin book.	厚书,薄书.
315	A big person, a thin person, okay?	一个大人物,一个瘦子,好吗?
316	We don't really say he is a thick person.	我们不是真的说他是个厚厚的人。
317	We say he is a big person.	我们说他是个大人物
318	Okay, now it is time to do the exercises with the words.	好了,现在该用词来练习了
319	How well do you remember the words we just studied?	你还记得我们刚刚研究的词吗?
320	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
321	We need to take these words here and put them into sentences, in the blanks.	我们要把这些话放在句子里,放在空白处。
322	Let's see what our words are first.	先明言语.
323	Our words are wood, wood.	我们的话是木头,木头
324	Next, rings, rings.	下一个,戒指,戒指。
325	Center, right in the center, center.	中点,正中,中点
326	Trunk, right?	特伦克,对不对?
327	Trunk.	特伦克。
328	Huge, huge.	巨大的,巨大的。
329	And plenty, plenty.	还有很多很多
330	These are the words that we need to fit into these blanks.	这些都是我们需要融入这些空白的文字。
331	Number one, that elephant is what?	第一,那头大象是什么?
332	Now, we could say a couple of things.	我们可以说几句话
333	The象.
334	Think about an elephant.	以为象.
335	Is an elephant a small animal?	大象是小动物吗?
336	No, an elephant is really, really big, right?	不,大象真的很大,对不对?
337	So, probably our best word, we might say that the elephant is what?	所以,也许我们最好的话, 我们可以说大象是什么?
338	Our only word here to talk about really, really big is huge.	我们在这里谈论真正,真正的大字是巨大的。
339	That elephant is huge, really, really big.	那头大象很大,真的,真的很大。
340	If you walk up to an elephant, wow, it's really big.	如果你走到一只大象,哇,它真的很大。
341	It's huge.	这是巨大的。
342	Number two, my desk is made of, made of.	第二,我的办公桌是由, 由。
343	What is something here that we use to make things?	我们用来制造的东西是什么?
344	I gave you this example, right?	我给你这个例子,对不对?
345	I said we make desks.	我说我们做桌子。
346	We make chairs.	我们做椅子。
347	We can make toys out of it, right?	我们可以做玩具出来,对不对?
348	What is the material?	是什么材料? 说吧!
349	We say it is wood.	我们说这是木头。
350	My desk is made of wood.	我的桌子是木头做的
351	That's the only material here that we can use to make things.	这是这里唯一可以用来制造东西的材料.
352	We don't have stone.	我们没有石头。
353	We don't have concrete.	我们没有混凝土
354	We don't have other types of materials.	我们没有其他类型的材料。
355	The only material we have is wood.	我们只有木头
356	That's the only one.	这是唯一的一个。
357	My desk is made of wood.	我的桌子是木头做的
358	Three, the beep of that tree is very big.	三,那棵树的叫声很大.
359	So of that tree, it's a part of a tree.	所以那棵树是树的一部分
360	Which word means a part of a tree?	哪个字是树的一部分?
361	Of course, we're looking over here to trunk.	当然,我们在这里寻找后车厢。
362	The trunk of that tree is very big.	那棵树的树干很大
363	We saw the pictures, right?	我们看过照片,对吧?
364	The woman standing in front of two trees.	妇人立于两树前.
365	One tree was cut down.	一棵树被砍下来。
366	It was pretty big.	这是相当大的。
367	But the tree behind her that was still standing, wow, that trunk was really big.	但是她后面那棵树仍然站着, 哇,那树干真的很大。
368	The trunk of that tree was really big.	那棵树的树干真的很大
369	It's the main part of the tree.	It树主要部分.
370	We don't really say stem.	我们不是真的说干。
371	We say trunk.	我们说后备箱。
372	Okay, let's continue on number four.	好吧,让我们继续第四。
373	Number four starts.	第四开始。
374	Do you want some ice cream?	你要吃冰淇淋吗?
375	Of course, we want some ice cream.	当然,我们想要一些冰淇淋。
376	Of course.	当然
377	Do we even have to ask the question?	我们甚至必须问这个问题吗?
378	Do you know, I scream, you scream.	你知道吗,我尖叫,你尖叫。
379	We all scream for ice cream, right?	我们都为冰淇淋尖叫对吧?
380	So we all want ice cream, always.	所以我们都想要冰淇淋,永远。
381	That we shouldn't even ask that question.	我们甚至不应该问这个问题。
382	We want ice cream.	我们要冰淇淋。
383	Well, do you want some ice cream?	你想吃冰淇淋吗?
384	There is beep in the freezer.	冰箱里有蜂鸣声
385	What word goes here?	什么词?
386	There is plenty.	还有很多
387	There is plenty in the freezer.	冰箱里有很多东西
388	That means there's a lot of ice cream in the freezer.	这意味着冰箱里有很多冰淇淋.
389	There's plenty, more than enough.	有很多,已经够多了
390	Help yourself.	随便你
391	And remember, the freezer is the part of the refrigerator that keeps things very cold,	记住冷藏室是冰箱里冷藏着东西的部分
392	right?	对吧?
393	You want your ice cream to be cold.	你想让你的冰激凌凉。
394	Because if it's not cold, it's soup.	因为若不寒则汤.
395	Who wants that, right?	谁想这样?
396	You want cold, delicious ice cream.	你想吃冷,美味的冰淇淋吗?
397	We all want ice cream.	我们都想要冰淇淋。
398	Do you want some ice cream?	你要吃冰淇淋吗?
399	You bet.	当然
400	Of course, we want some ice cream.	当然,我们想要一些冰淇淋。
401	There is plenty in the freezer.	冰箱里有很多东西
402	There's plenty in the freezer.	冰柜里还有很多
403	Okay, number five.	好吧,第五号。
404	This is our class picture.	这是我们的班级照片。
405	I'm in the beep.	我在哔哔声。
406	Now, if you think about a picture, right?	现在,如果你想一张照片,对不对?
407	We have a picture like this.	我们有这样的照片
408	And a class picture means there's many people in the picture, right?	和班级图片意味着有很多人在图片中,对不对?
409	So I'm not a very good artist, right?	所以我不是一个很好的艺术家,对不对?
410	But you would have all of your friends and maybe your teacher in the back, right?	但你会有你所有的朋友和也许你的老师在后面,对不对?
411	But you've got all your friends, all your classmates here.	但你有你所有的朋友, 你的同学在这里。
412	These are people, okay?	他们是人,好吗?
413	I'm not a good artist, okay?	我不是一个好艺术家,好吗?
414	But I'm in the what?	但我什么情况?
415	You're talking about this person right here in the middle, in the middle.	你在说这个人就在中间中间
416	Right in the middle of the picture.	正恁么时.
417	I'm in the center.	我于中间.
418	I'm in the center of the picture.	我在画面的中心。
419	This is our class picture.	这是我们的班级照片。
420	I'm in the center.	我于中间.
421	I'm in the middle of the picture.	于中摄受.
422	Number six.	六号
423	These circles, so remember the circles, right?	这些圆圈,所以记得圆圈,对不对?
424	They are called what?	他们叫什么?
425	What are we looking at?	我们在看什么?
426	We're looking at rings.	我们在看戒指
427	These are called rings.	这些叫做戒指。
428	These circles, especially when you cut a tree and you look at the circles in the wood, those	这些圆圈,特别是当你砍一棵树看着木头里的圆圈,那些
429	are called rings.	被称为戒指。
430	Rings are a circular shape.	环是圆形的形状.
431	And there's many kinds of rings, too.	亦有无数种戒.
432	In the wood, the ring is just a ring in the tree.	在木里,环只是树上的环.
433	You can have a ring made of metal.	你可以有一个金属制成的戒指。
434	There's a famous movie, right?	有一部著名的电影,对吧?
435	Maybe you saw it about a very famous ring, right?	也许你看到它关于一个非常著名的戒指,对不对?
436	And a little creature that goes, my precious, right?	和小生物去,我的宝贝,对不对?
437	That movie is about a ring, too, right?	那部电影也是关于戒指的对吧?
438	Okay.	摆
439	So, circles are called rings.	因此,圆圈被称为环.
440	Okay.	摆
441	Well, that wraps up the vocabulary section of this lesson.	这概括了这个课的词汇部分。
442	Let's take a short break.	我们休息一下吧
443	We'll come back and we'll look at the reading passage.	归来看诵经.
444	So, don't go away.	所以,不要走开。
445	Okay, guys.	好了,伙计们。
446	Welcome back.	欢迎回来
447	Let's go over the reading section of this lesson together.	让我们一起看看这个课的阅读部分.
448	Remember, the title is How Old Is That Tree?	记住,标题是如何老是那棵树?
449	So, this reading passage will tell us how we can find the age of a tree.	所以,这段读物会告诉我们如何找到树的年龄。
450	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
451	Let's begin.	让我们开始。
452	The first sentence is, How old are you?	第一句是,你几岁了?
453	How old are you?	你几岁了?
454	We know the answer, right?	我们知道答案,对吧?
455	It's easy to ask someone their age.	问某甲年岁轻.
456	It's easy, right?	很简单吧?
457	I say, How old are you?	我说,你多大了?
458	And you say, I'm seven years old, right?	你说,我7岁,对不对?
459	But be careful.	但当心.
460	Don't ask a woman how old she is.	不问女人年多少.
461	She gets very angry, right?	她很生气对吧?
462	That's a secret.	这是一个秘密。
463	But for most other people, right, especially children, it's a good question.	但对于大多数其他人,对,尤其是孩子,这是一个很好的问题.
464	How old are you?	你几岁了?
465	I'm five and a half years old, right?	我五岁半了,对吧?
466	They're very happy to say how old they are.	其人甚喜说年多少.
467	So, it's easy to ask someone their age.	所以,很容易问一个人的年龄。
468	They can tell you.	他们可以告诉你
469	But how do you ask a tree?	但你怎么问一棵树?
470	How do you ask a tree?	如何问树.
471	Trees don't talk.	树不说话.
472	They can't say, I'm five years old.	他们不能说,我5岁。
473	They can't do that, right?	他们不能那么做,对吧?
474	If I say, Hey, tree, how old are you?	如果我说,嘿,树,你多大了?
475	Huh?	是吗?
476	Gamey.	游戏
477	I got a gamey in my ear.	我耳朵里有个游戏
478	Oh, ant.	哦,蚂蚁。
479	Okay.	摆
480	That's not good.	这可不好
481	The tree can't tell me how old it is.	树不能说岁.
482	Trees don't talk like people do, like us.	树不会像我们一样说话
483	But that's not a problem.	但这不是一个问题。
484	It's not a problem.	这没什么大不了的
485	Don't worry.	别担心
486	If trees don't talk, that, the fact that trees don't talk,	如果树不说话, 那,事实上,树不说话,
487	that is not a problem.	这不是一个问题。
488	It's not a problem.	这没什么大不了的
489	Don't worry.	别担心
490	We can find out by looking at their trunk, at their trunk of the tree.	我们可以通过查看他们的树干和他们的树干来发现。
491	So, we can see that, you know, it's easy to ask other people how old they are.	所以,我们可以看到,你知道, 这是很容易问别人他们多大了。
492	They'll tell us.	他们会告诉我们的
493	Trees can't talk, right?	树不能说话对吧?
494	But don't worry.	但不用担心。
495	It's not a problem.	这没什么大不了的
496	We can find out by looking at their trunk.	我们看看他们的后备箱就能发现
497	Okay.	摆
498	So, let's review here.	所以,让我们在这里回顾一下。
499	How old are you?	你几岁了?
500	It's easy to ask someone their age.	问某甲年岁轻.
501	But how do you ask a tree?	但你怎么问一棵树?
502	Trees don't talk like us, but that's not a problem.	树不像我们说话,但那不成问题
503	We can find out by looking at their trunk.	我们看看他们的后备箱就能发现
504	Of course, we have to kill the tree, but that's okay.	当然,我们必须杀死树,但没关系。
505	Okay.	摆
506	First, find a tree, find a tree that has been cut down.	首先,找棵树,找棵被砍掉的树.
507	Don't cut the tree yourself, right?	别自己砍树,对吗?
508	Find a tree that's been cut down by somebody else, right?	找棵被别人砍掉的树,对吗?
509	Find a tree that has been cut down.	找棵被砍掉的树
510	It's already been cut down, like this tree here, right?	它已经被砍下来了就像这棵树一样对吧?
511	You will see some circles.	你会看到一些圆圈。
512	You will see some circles in the tree, in the trunk of the tree.	你将看见树上有些圆圈,在树的后备箱里。
513	The circle in the center.	圆在中心.
514	In the center, that's right here.	在中心,就在这里。
515	Right in the middle.	正恁么时.
516	The circle in the center, you see, it's very small.	中央的圆形,你看,非常小.
517	It's hard to see that.	难得见此.
518	It's small.	其脉小.
519	It's very small.	极细小.
520	They.	他们。
521	What is they, right?	他们是什么,对不对?
522	We're talking about some circles.	我们在谈论一些圈子。
523	We say one circle is part of those some circles.	我们说一个圈子是那些圈子的一部分
524	But they, those circles, right?	但他们,那些圈子,对不对?
525	They, some circles, get bigger.	他们,有些圈子,变大。
526	Because we're talking about the circles in the tree trunk.	因为我们说的是树干里的圆圈
527	They get bigger as you go towards the outside of the tree.	当你走到树的外面时它们会变大
528	This is the outside of the tree.	此是树外.
529	So, they get bigger.	所以,它们变得更大。
530	They get bigger.	他们变大了
531	They get larger, bigger, towards.	它们变大,变大,朝向。
532	Towards, in the direction of.	向着方向前进
533	See the arrows that I'm drawing here, right?	看见我画的箭了吗?
534	They get bigger towards the outside of the tree.	它们在树外越大
535	So, as you go from the center towards the outside, the circles get bigger.	所以,当你从中央向外走时, 圆圈会变大。
536	Okay.	摆
537	So, let's review.	所以,让我们回顾一下。
538	First, find a tree that has been cut down.	首先找棵被砍掉的树
539	Has been cut down.	已经被削减。
540	You will see some circles.	你会看到一些圆圈。
541	The circle in the center is small.	中心圆形小.
542	They get bigger towards the outside of the tree.	它们在树外越大
543	So, they get bigger towards the outside of the tree.	因此,它们向着树的外面变大。
544	This says the direction.	这说明方向。
545	The direction from the center to the outside of the tree.	从中央到树外的方向.
546	Those circles get bigger.	那些圈子变大了
547	What's next?	接下来呢?
548	These circles are called rings.	这些圆圈被称为环.
549	This is a good picture, right?	这是一个很好的图片,对不对?
550	You can see the rings very easily.	你可以很容易地看到戒指。
551	These circles are called rings.	这些圆圈被称为环.
552	Are called.	被叫来。
553	So, circles are rings.	所以,圆圈是环。
554	Each ring, each individual ring, each ring is for one year of growing.	每个环,每个单个环,每个环的生长期为一年.
555	So, each ring that you can see here is one year.	所以,你可以看到的每一枚戒指都是一年。
556	It shows one year during the tree, as the tree was growing.	它显示在树上一年,因为树在生长。
557	Count all of the rings.	数一切戒.
558	We talked about count.	我们谈过伯爵的事
559	One, two, three, four.	一二三四门.
560	Count all of the rings.	数一切戒.
561	I think you have this picture in your book.	我想你的书里有这张照片
562	If you count the rings.	若数戒.
563	One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten.	一二三四五六七八九十门.
564	I counted before.	我数过
565	I got about 27.	我得到了大约27。
566	Sometimes it could be 28.	有时可能是28岁
567	Could be 26.	可能是26岁
568	Around there.	在那边
569	But it's about 27 rings.	但约27环.
570	So, count all of the rings.	所以,数下所有的戒指。
571	I counted.	我数过了
572	It's about 27.	约二十七.
573	Maybe you see 28.	也许你看到28。
574	Maybe you only see 26.	也许你只看到26。
575	It's a little hard sometimes.	时有小难.
576	But I counted 27.	但我数了27个
577	They.	他们。
578	Who are they?	他们是谁?
579	The rings.	环.
580	They.	他们。
581	Tell us how old the tree is.	告诉我们这棵树多大了
582	So, if you see 27 rings.	所以,如果你看到27环。
583	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
584	It means the tree is 27 years old.	谓树年二十七.
585	Tell us how old the tree is.	告诉我们这棵树多大了
586	How old is the tree?	树几岁.
587	27 rings.	27环.
588	The tree is 27 years old.	树年二十七.
589	In that case.	那样的话
590	Okay.	摆
591	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
592	These circles are called rings.	这些圆圈被称为环.
593	Each ring.	每个戒指
594	Each ring is for one year of growing.	每枚戒指生长一年.
595	Count.	计数.
596	Right.	对
597	Count all of the rings.	数一切戒.
598	One, two, three, four, five, six.	一二三四五六门.
599	They tell us how old the tree is.	他们告诉我们这棵树多大了
600	The rings tell us how old the tree is.	戒指告诉我们这棵树多大了
601	And when I counted.	当我数数的时候
602	I counted 27.	我数了27个
603	So, I think this tree is 27 years old.	我想这棵树已经27岁了
604	Okay.	摆
605	Next.	下一个
606	Now, this is interesting too.	现在,这也很有趣。
607	The rings aren't just the same.	戒虽不一.
608	Right.	对
609	They're different rings.	他们是不同的戒指。
610	Some rings are wide.	有些戒指很宽
611	Or you could say thick in this case.	或者说这案子很复杂
612	Some rings are wide.	有些戒指很宽
613	A wide ring.	一个宽的戒指。
614	A wide ring is a good year for the tree.	宽环为树之良年.
615	So, a wide ring is or shows.	因此,一个宽的戒指是或显示。
616	We could also put shows here.	我们也可以在这里表演
617	Shows.	展转.
618	If you see a wide ring.	若见广戒.
619	That means it was a good year for the tree.	那表示今年对树来说是个好一年
620	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
621	A good year.	不错的一年。
622	It means the tree got plenty of rain and sun that year.	表示当年这棵树有大量的雨和阳光.
623	So, it was a good year.	所以,这是一个很好的一年。
624	Because the tree got a lot of.	因为那棵树有很多
625	Plenty of rain.	到处都是雨
626	A lot of water came down.	下多水来.
627	A lot of sun came on the tree.	树上有很多太阳
628	So, these are things that the tree needs to grow big and strong.	因此,这些是树需要生长大而强壮的东西.
629	So, it was a good year.	所以,这是一个很好的一年。
630	It got plenty of rain.	雨水多着呢
631	It got plenty of sun.	它有充足的太阳。
632	So, the wood in the trunk grew much bigger.	因此,树干中的木材变得大得多。
633	With a lot of rain.	以大雨灌顶.
634	Plenty of rain.	到处都是雨
635	Plenty of sun.	有很多太阳。
636	The wood will grow much bigger than if it doesn't get a lot of rain.	木头会长得比不下雨大得多
637	Or if there's only a little bit of rain or a little bit of sun.	或少雨或少阳.
638	Right.	对
639	Then it doesn't grow that big.	那样就不会长这么大了
640	But if there's a lot of rain.	但若多雨时.
641	There's plenty of rain.	雨多时多.
642	Plenty of sun.	有很多太阳。
643	Then the trunk will grow much bigger.	然后树干会变大很多
644	Okay.	摆
645	So, let's review.	所以,让我们回顾一下。
646	Some rings are wide.	有些戒指很宽
647	A wide ring is a good year for the tree.	宽环为树之良年.
648	It means the tree got plenty of rain and sun that year.	表示当年这棵树有大量的雨和阳光.
649	The wood in the trunk grew much bigger.	树干里的木头变大了
650	So, like for example, this tree had many good years.	所以,比如说,这棵树有很多年。
651	It grew very big.	它变得非常大。
652	Okay.	摆
653	So, the wood in the trunk grew much bigger.	因此,树干中的木材变得大得多。
654	Okay.	摆
655	Some rings are wide.	有些戒指很宽
656	But some rings are thin.	不过有些戒指很薄
657	Right.	对
658	Some rings are thin.	有些戒指是薄的。
659	The tree didn't, did not, did not get much rain or sun in those years.	树没有,没有,没有, 没有得到多少雨或阳光在那些年。
660	Those years?	这些年?
661	The years where the rings are thin.	环之年薄.
662	Those years.	这些年了
663	Right.	对
664	So, each ring is one year.	所以,每个戒指是一年。
665	So, if a ring is thin, that means it's a year.	所以,如果一个戒指是薄的,这意味着一年。
666	That year, those years, they did not get, did not get much rain or sun.	当年,那些年,他们没有得到, 没有多少雨或阳光。
667	Some trees are huge.	有些树很大
668	Right.	对
669	We saw the picture of the huge tree.	我们看到那棵大树的照片。
670	Some trees are huge.	有些树很大
671	They're really, really big.	他们真的很,真的很大。
672	They have hundreds, hundreds of rings.	他们有几百个戒指
673	You're sitting counting.	你在数数
674	One, two, three, four, five.	一二三四五门.
675	An hour later, 150, 151, 160.	一个小时后,150,151,160。
676	Two hours later, 272, 273.	两小时后,272,273。
677	They have hundreds of rings.	他们有上百个戒指
678	Guess how old they are.	猜猜他们多大了
679	Well, of course, they are hundreds of years old.	当然,他们有上百年的历史。
680	Hundreds of years old.	数百岁.
681	And that's true.	亦复如是.
682	Some trees are very, very old.	有些树非常,非常古老.
683	200, 300, 400, 500 years old.	200,300,400,500岁.
684	Some trees have been around for a long, long, long time.	一些树木已经绕了很久,很长一段时间.
685	Okay.	摆
686	So, these trees are huge.	因此,这些树是巨大的。
687	They have hundreds of rings in their trunk.	他们的后备箱里有几百个戒指
688	Okay.	摆
689	Let's review here.	让我们在这里回顾一下。
690	Some rings are thin.	有些戒指是薄的。
691	The tree didn't get much rain or sun in those years.	这棵树在那些年里没有得到太多的雨和阳光.
692	Some trees are huge and have hundreds of rings.	有些树木巨大,有数百个戒指.
693	Guess how old they are.	猜猜他们多大了
694	Well, we know they're hundreds of years old.	我们知道他们已经几百岁了
695	Right.	对
696	Okay.	摆
697	Let's do our reading comprehension questions.	让我们来读理解问题。
698	How well do you remember the reading?	你还记得读数多少?
699	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
700	Again, number one.	复次第一义.
701	Question is always, this story is about.	问题总是这个故事
702	So, always we're asking about what is the main subject.	所以,我们总是问什么是主要话题。
703	The main topic of this reading passage.	本读段主要话题.
704	What are we talking about?	我们在说什么?
705	A, elephant trunks.	A,大象后备箱。
706	B, rings and necklaces.	B,戒指和项链。
707	C, old people.	C,老人们。
708	Or D, trees.	或D,树.
709	Let's go over each one.	各过一身.
710	First of all, A, elephant trunks.	首先,A,大象的树干。
711	What is an elephant trunk?	什么是大象树干?
712	Well, you know an elephant, right?	你知道大象吗?
713	The elephant has a really long nose.	大象的鼻子真长
714	That's one of the unique features of an elephant.	这是大象的独特特征之一.
715	They have the long nose and they can reach around.	他们的鼻子很长可以伸到周围
716	Hello.	哈罗
717	Right.	对
718	A big elephant with the long nose.	长鼻大象.
719	That nose is called a trunk.	那鼻子叫后备箱
720	Are we talking about elephant noses in this reading passage?	我们是在说大象的鼻子吗?
721	No, we didn't say anything about elephants.	不,我们没说大象的事
722	So, that is not the answer.	所以,这不是答案。
723	No.	没有
724	B, rings and necklaces.	B,戒指和项链。
725	See, here they're using that other word.	你看,这里他们用另一个词。
726	Remember, I showed you my ring.	记住,我给你看了我的戒指。
727	If I can get off my finger.	若能解脱指.
728	Ring and necklaces.	戒指和项链
729	This, they're using another meaning for ring.	这,他们用另一个意义戒指。
730	This is a ring.	这是一个戒指。
731	Sure.	当然
732	It's a metal ring.	这是一个金属环。
733	It's jewelry.	这是珠宝
734	Jewelry.	珠宝
735	Whoops.	呜呼.
736	Let me do that again.	让我再来一次
737	J -E -W (英语).
738	Jewelry.	珠宝
739	J -E -W -E
740	Jewelry.	珠宝
741	Rings and necklaces made of gold, silver, or other materials.	戒指和项链由金,银,或其他材料制成.
742	That's jewelry, rings and necklaces.	那是珠宝、戒指和项链
743	But we're not talking about this type of ring.	但我们不是说这种戒指
744	We're not talking about jewelry.	我们不是在说珠宝
745	No, we're not talking about that in this reading passage.	不,我们不是在读这段话
746	We're not talking about jewelry.	我们不是在说珠宝
747	C, old people.	C,老人们。
748	Are we talking about old people in this passage?	我们是在说老人吗?
749	I don't remember anything about old people.	我不记得有老人的事了
750	Right.	对
751	We didn't say anything about old people.	我们什么也没说
752	We talked about how old trees are.	我们谈论了树木的老化。
753	That's our subject.	这是我们的主题。
754	We're talking about trees.	我们在谈论树木。
755	So our subject for this story is trees.	所以这个故事的主题是树木。
756	How old is the tree?	树几岁.
757	And not only can we find out how old the tree is,	我们不仅能查出这棵树多大了
758	we can also see what the life of the tree was like.	我们还可以看到树的生命是什么样子。
759	Some good years or some bad years.	有些是好几年还是坏几年
760	We can look at the rings in the tree.	我们可以看看树上的戒指
761	Not only can we see how old the tree is,	我们不仅能看到这棵树有多老
762	we can also find out about the life of the tree.	我们还可以知道树的生命。
763	So we're talking about trees.	故说树木.
764	Okay, that's our main subject.	好吧,这是我们的主要话题。
765	That's our main topic.	这是我们的主要话题。
766	So D is the answer.	故答为D.
767	Okay, question number two.	好,第二题
768	Rings tell us.	戒指告诉我们。
769	What do rings tell us about the tree?	铃声告诉我们树是什么?
770	A, how old the tree is.	A,树龄多长.
771	B, how much something costs.	B,多少东西成本。
772	C, the future.	C,未来。
773	D, funny stories.	D, 有趣的故事。。
774	Okay, well, if we take a look here,	好吧,如果我们看看这里,
775	rings tell us A, how old the tree is.	戒指告诉我们,A, 树多大了。
776	That's our answer, isn't it?	这是我们的答案,不是吗?
777	It's how old the tree is.	树年几岁.
778	We saw when we cut the tree, we count the rings.	我们在砍树时看到,我们数着戒指
779	So rings tell us how old a tree is	戒指告诉我们一棵树多大了
780	because we count the rings.	因为我们数着戒指
781	We count the rings.	我们数着戒指
782	And that tells us how old a tree is.	这告诉我们一棵树多大了
783	Let's just look at the other answers for practice.	让我们看看其他的答案练习。
784	B, how much something costs.	B,多少东西成本。
785	So the rings in a tree.	故环于树.
786	Oh, this tree must cost something.	这棵树一定花了不少钱
787	No, that doesn't tell us anything.	不,那没有告诉我们任何东西。
788	That's not how we figure out how much a tree costs	我们不是这么想一棵树要多少钱的
789	or how much wood costs.	或者木头成本多少
790	That doesn't have anything to do with it, right?	这和这件事无关,对吧?
791	So that's not true.	所以这不是真的
792	C, the future.	C,未来。
793	Did the reading passage say anything	读本上有没有说
794	about us being able to look at the rings of a tree	关于我们能看一棵树的环
795	and saying, oh, in the future,	并说,哦,在未来,
796	you will get married and have five children.	你会结婚,并有五个孩子。
797	Did it say anything about that?	上面有提到吗?
798	No, that's crazy, right?	不,这是疯了,对不对?
799	It did not say anything about predicting the future	它没有说预言未来
800	by looking at the rings of a tree.	看着树环
801	D, funny stories.	D, 有趣的故事。。
802	So the rings in a tree.	故环于树.
803	If we listen to the tree, right?	如果我们听树,对不对?
804	It's telling us funny stories.	它告诉我们有趣的故事。
805	No, that's crazy.	不,这是疯了。
806	The reading passage didn't say anything about that.	读经未说此经.
807	And besides, that's very silly, isn't it?	而且,这很傻,不是吗?
808	So the reading passage told us that rings tell us	所以,阅读段落告诉我们戒指告诉我们
809	A, how old a tree is.	A,一棵树有多老.
810	By the way, that's one thing the reading passage told us.	顺便说一句这是读本告诉我们的一件事
811	They told us how old the tree is.	他们告诉我们这棵树多大了
812	There was another thing.	还有一件事
813	The rings also tell us what?	戒指也告诉我们什么?
814	The rings also tell us if it was a good year	戒指也告诉我们,如果这是一个好年份
815	or a bad year for the tree, right?	或对树不好的一年,对不对?
816	Thick rings mean the tree got lots of rain and sun.	厚的戒指意味着这棵树有很多雨和阳光
817	A thin ring means the tree got a little rain and a little sun.	薄环指树有小雨有少阳.
818	So rings tell us two things.	所以戒指告诉我们两件事
819	One, how old the tree is, yes.	一,树几岁,是也.
820	But it also tells us if the year was a good year	但也告诉我们今年是不是好一年
821	or a bad year for the tree.	或为树坏年.
822	Okay, so that brings us to question three.	好吧,那我们来谈谈第三个问题。
823	And I just talked about question three	我刚谈到第三题
824	when we talked about question two.	我们讨论第二题的时候
825	Number three is a wide ring.	第三为广戒.
826	A wide ring means the tree what?	阔环指树什么?
827	We have four possible answers.	我们有四个可能的答案。
828	A,B,C,和D三个词.
829	A, got too much rain and sun that year.	A,当年雨和阳光太多了。
830	B, didn't get enough rain and sun that year.	B,当年的雨和阳光都不够.
831	C, got plenty of dirt and air that year.	C,当年的泥土和空气很多.
832	D, got plenty of rain and sun that year.	D,当年有大量的雨和阳光。
833	Be careful.	小心点
834	There's kind of like a little bit of a trick in these answers.	这些答案有点像小把戏.
835	And of course, we can see pretty quickly what the answer is, right?	当然,我们可以很快看到答案是什么,对不对?
836	I just said when I was talking about question number two	我只是在说第二题的时候
837	that a wide ring means the tree got plenty, plenty of rain and sun that year.	宽的戒指意味着那棵树在当年有大量的雨和阳光
838	So D is the answer, right?	D就是答案对吧?
839	We just talked about that.	我们刚刚谈过了
840	But you might get confused with A, where it says got too much rain and sun that year.	但你可能和A搞混了上面说当年雨和阳光太多了
841	So we have to be careful about the difference between plenty and too much.	因此,我们必须注意富足和过多之间的区别。
842	When we look at these, when you say I got plenty of something	当我们看着这些,当你说我有很多东西
843	or I have plenty of something, it means you have enough.	或者我有很多东西, 这意味着你有足够的。
844	Maybe more than enough.	也许足够了
845	But you're going to use it all.	但你会用光它。
846	It's a positive.	阳气.
847	It's a positive word.	阳字.
848	I have plenty of food.	我有足够的食物。
849	I can share with you.	我可以和你们分享
850	But if you say I have too much, too much is negative.	但是如果你说我有太多, 太多是负面的。
851	That means I don't want it.	这意味着我不想要它。
852	If I say, oh, I have too much food, I'm going to be sick, right?	如果我说,哦,我有太多的食物, 我会生病,对不对?
853	Because I ate too much food.	因为我吃太多食物了
854	I ate more than I needed to eat.	我吃得比吃得还要多
855	I have too much.	我有太多钱了
856	Too much is negative.	太多是负面的。
857	Plenty is positive.	有很多是积极的。
858	A tree can't have too much rain.	一树不能雨过.
859	Well, I guess it could have too much rain.	嗯,我想它可能有太多的雨。
860	Too much rain means the tree washes away in a flood.	雨太多意味着树木在洪水中被冲走.
861	That could be dangerous, right?	那会很危险,对吧?
862	But a wide ring means the tree got plenty.	但是一个宽的戒指意味着这棵树有很多.
863	And that's positive.	且道正觉.
864	Not too much rain and sun, right?	不是太多的雨和太阳,对不对?
865	Too much rain and sun, maybe the tree will die because it gets too much water.	太多的雨和太阳, 也许这棵树会死因为它得到太多的水。
866	It's underwater.	水下'.
867	Too much sun, all the water goes away and it burns up, right?	太多的太阳,所有的水都消失了,它燃烧起来,对不对?
868	So that could be negative.	所以,这可能是负面的。
869	When we say too much, we mean it's negative.	当我们说太多,我们的意思是它是负面的。
870	So be careful with that.	所以小心点
871	Whenever you say too, my coffee is too hot.	每当你说,我的咖啡太热了。
872	I can't drink it.	不能饮.
873	It's too hot.	太热了
874	But if you say my coffee is hot, we really don't say it's plenty hot.	但如果你说我的咖啡是热的, 我们真的不说它很热。
875	We just say it's hot enough, right?	我们只是说它足够热,对不对?
876	But if you say you have plenty of something, that's positive.	但是如果你说你有很多东西,那是积极的。
877	If you say I have plenty of food, that's good.	如果你说我有很多食物那就好
878	I have plenty of food.	我有足够的食物。
879	I don't worry.	别担心
880	But if you say I have too much food, maybe that's a problem.	但如果你说我有太多的食物, 也许这是一个问题。
881	I can't eat it all.	我无法全吃
882	It's going to go to waste, OK?	它会去浪费,好吗?
883	So too much is negative.	太多是负面的。
884	Plenty is positive.	有很多是积极的。
885	Be careful.	小心点
886	We're talking about D is the answer here because a wide ring means that the tree got plenty	我们所说的D就是答案因为一个宽的戒指意味着那棵树有很多
887	of rain and sun.	雨和阳光
888	Let's just look at B.	让我们看看B。
889	Didn't get enough.	不够
890	Get enough.	够了
891	Did not get enough.	不够
892	That's not true, right?	这不是真的,对不对?
893	Because a wide ring means it got plenty.	因为一个宽的戒指意味着它有很多。
894	C, got plenty of dirt and air.	C,有很多的脏和空气。
895	The reading passage didn't talk about dirt and air.	诵经不说土气.
896	It talked about sun and rain.	它谈论太阳和雨。
897	And that's what we've got here, rain and sun.	这就是我们这里,雨和太阳。
898	So D is our correct answer because it's using plenty, which is a positive word.	所以D是我们的正确答案,因为它用了很多,这是一个积极的词。
899	And we're talking about rain and sun.	而论雨阳.
900	So be careful, especially between plenty and too much.	所以要小心,特别是多到太多
901	OK, that was a long explanation.	好吧,这是一个很长的解释。
902	OK, let's move on to the next part, the summary.	好吧,让我们继续接下来的部分,总结。
903	How can we tell the age of a tree?	如何分辨树龄?
904	That is the title of our lesson.	这是我们课程的标题。
905	How can we tell the age of a tree?	如何分辨树龄?
906	We know each ring is for one year of growing.	我们知道每枚戒指都生长了一年
907	So it's easy.	故为方便.
908	We saw in the reading passage that if a tree has been cut this way, not this way because	我们在读本中看到,如果一棵树被这样砍掉,而不是这样。
909	you can't tell, right?	你看不出来吧?
910	It's got to be cut across the tree.	得切过树.
911	If it's cut across the tree, you can count the rings.	如果被砍过树,可以数环.
912	And before, when I counted the rings here, I saw that there are 27 rings.	以前,当我数到这里的戒指时, 我看到有27个戒指。
913	Maybe you counted 28 or 26.	也许你数了28或26个
914	I don't know.	师曰.
915	I was trying to count here.	我试图计算在这里。
916	Maybe there's a little bit more.	也许还有一点。
917	Now that the picture is a bit bigger, I can see there's a lot more.	现在画面大了一点,我可以看到还有更多。
918	Maybe there's more than 27.	也许有超过27个
919	Maybe there's something like 33 or 34.	也许有类似33或34的东西。
920	But anyway, if we count these rings, we can see each ring is for one year of growth.	但是,如果我们数下这些戒指, 我们可以看到每个戒指都生长了一年。
921	So this tree is about 30 years old.	故此树约三十岁.
922	About 30 years old.	约三十岁.
923	Maybe a little bit less.	也许少一点。
924	Maybe a little bit more.	也许更多一点。
925	But this tree is about 30 years old.	但此树约三十岁.
926	And the rings, remember, they don't just tell us how old the tree is.	还有戒指,记住,它们不只是告诉我们树多大了
927	The rings also tell us if it was a good year or a bad year for the tree.	戒指还告诉我们,对树来说是好年还是坏年.
928	So that's a very interesting fact that we can find out by trees.	这是一个非常有趣的事实,我们可以在树边找到。
929	Because when we go in the forest, we can see trees are all around us.	因为当我们进入森林时,可以看到树就在我们周围.
930	And sometimes we want to know, well, how old is this forest?	有时候我们想知道这个森林多大?
931	How old are these trees?	这些树多大了?
932	You'll be surprised.	你会惊讶的
933	Some trees are much, much older than any human being.	有些树比人类长得多
934	But some trees are very young.	但有些树很年轻
935	You can find out if you count the rings of a tree.	你只要数一下树上的戒指就可以知道
936	OK.	摆
937	Well, that about wraps it up for this lesson.	嗯,这是结束它为这个教训。
938	I hope you've learned a lot.	我希望你学到了很多
939	It's a very interesting subject, isn't it?	这是一个非常有趣的话题,不是吗?
940	Well, we'll see you guys maybe next time.	好吧,我们会看到你们也许下次。
941	Take care of you guys.	照顾好你们
942	Bye.	再见。

该视频共有字幕 950 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P9 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p09 8. 8. LevelA Lesson8 Save the Forests (P9)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p09 8. 8. LevelA Lesson8 Save the Forests (P9)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 33:25

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everyone.	產
0:08	How are you today?	你今天怎么样?
0:09	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:13	We're on Lesson	我们在上课
0:14	8.	8. 国家
0:15	In Lesson 8, what are we going to talk about?	在第八课,我们要谈什么?
0:18	Well, we're going to focus on two things.	嗯,我们要专注于两件事。
0:21	One, we're going to think about how we can use trees.	一,我们考虑如何利用树木.
0:26	How do we use trees, right?	我们如何使用树,对不对?
0:28	How	怎么样

展开字幕全文（902 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everyone.	產
2	How are you today?	你今天怎么样?
3	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
4	We're on Lesson	我们在上课
5	8.	8. 国家
6	In Lesson 8, what are we going to talk about?	在第八课,我们要谈什么?
7	Well, we're going to focus on two things.	嗯,我们要专注于两件事。
8	One, we're going to think about how we can use trees.	一,我们考虑如何利用树木.
9	How do we use trees, right?	我们如何使用树,对不对?
10	How	怎么样
11	do we use the wood in the trees?	我们用树上的木头吗?
12	That's the first thing.	这是第一件事。
13	And the second thing is how we	第二件事是我们如何
14	can save the forest.	能够拯救森林。
15	Can we do both?	我们能同时做吗?
16	Yes, we can.	是的,我们可以。
17	That's what we'll find out in this	这就是我们会发现的
18	lesson.	教训
19	So, how can we use trees and how can we save the forest?	那么,我们如何利用树木,如何拯救森林?
20	Come with me.	跟我来
21	Let's take	开始吧
22	a look, okay?	看,好吗?
23	First of all, we see this here, many living things live in the forest.	首先,我们在这里看到,许多生物生活在森林里。
24	So,	这么说
25	if we talk about a forest, we know that many living things are in the forest.	如果我们谈论一个森林, 我们知道很多活物在森林。
26	What things	什么东西
27	live in the forest?	住在森林里吗?
28	Let's see.	让我看看。
29	Here we have a picture here.	这里有张照片
30	Of course, we can see many,	当然,我们可以看到很多,
31	very, very big trees, right?	非常,非常大的树,对不对?
32	This is a forest with huge trees.	这是一个森林,有巨大的树木。
33	Trees live in the forest	树林里有树
34	and some trees are really, really big, aren't they?	有些树真的很大,不是吗?
35	Of course, you see a person here.	当然,你在这里看到一个人。
36	They're	他们是
37	very small.	很小,我还不知道
38	See how small that person is?	看那个人有多小?
39	The person doesn't live in the forest.	此人不住林间.
40	They're	他们是
41	just hiking through, right?	只是徒步通过,对不对?
42	But the trees live in the forest.	但树住林中.
43	Big trees, small trees,	大树,小树,
44	all different kinds of trees live in the forest.	种种种树住林中.
45	What else lives in the forest?	还有什么住在森林里?
46	We can see,	我们可以看到,
47	look at this little cute guy right here.	看看这个可爱的小家伙
48	It's like a little cute squirrel, right?	这就像一个可爱的小松鼠,对不对?
49	A squirrel	一个松鼠
50	lives in the forest.	生活在森林里。
51	They live in the trees and on the trees.	他们住在树和树上。
52	What else?	还有什么?
53	We can see birds.	我们可以看到鸟。
54	In this case, it's a bald eagle.	在这种情况下,就是秃鹰.
55	Birds make their nests in the trees.	鸟在树上筑巢.
56	So, birds make their	所以,鸟儿们
57	nests in the trees.	树上筑巢.
58	Birds live in the forest.	鸟栖林中.
59	What else?	还有什么?
60	We have, of course, trees give	我们当然有树
61	fruit, right?	水果,对不对?
62	We have some bananas.	我们有一些香蕉。
63	Are you hungry, right?	你饿了吧?
64	These bananas are ready to	这些香蕉已经准备好了
65	eat.	吃饭
66	The green ones, not ready, right?	绿色的,还没有准备好,对不对?
67	But a lot of different types of fruits grow in	但很多不同种类的水果生长在
68	the forest and live in the forest.	森林和生活在森林里。
69	They're part of the trees, really.	他们是树的一部分,真的。
70	What else?	还有什么?
71	We have	我们有
72	a very beautiful insect.	一个非常美丽的昆虫。
73	Do you know this insect's name?	你知道这只昆虫的名字吗?
74	That's right.	没错
75	It's a ladybug,	这是一个女士bug,
76	a ladybug.	一个女臭虫。
77	So, this insect is a ladybug, right?	这只昆虫是虫子对吧?
78	Very beautiful insect.	非常美丽的昆虫。
79	Many insects live in	很多昆虫都住在这
80	the forest.	树林
81	And what else lives in the forest?	还有什么住在森林里?
82	A lot of other types of animals.	许多其他种类的动物.
83	So, we have	所以,我们有
84	squirrels.	松鼠(原变种).
85	In some forests, there are monkeys, especially in warmer forests down south, right?	在一些森林中,有猴子,特别是在南方的温暖森林中,对不对?
86	Where it's very warm, there are many monkeys that live in the trees.	在非常温暖的地方,有许多猴子生活在树上.
87	There's a lot of different	有很多不一样的
88	types of animals that live in forests.	生活在森林中的动物类型。
89	Many different types of animals.	许多不同种类的动物.
90	Let's take a look	我们看看
91	closely at our word list for this unit.	接近我们这个单位的单子
92	What kind of vocabulary will we learn?	我们要学什么样的词汇?
93	First of	第一个
94	all, we have here a picture, a place with trees and animals.	所有,我们这里有张照片,一个有树木和动物的地方。
95	A place with trees and	一个有树的地方,
96	animals.	动物
97	I was just talking about this place.	我只是在谈论这个地方。
98	Do you remember what the name of this place	你还记得这里的名字吗?
99	is?	是吗?
100	It starts with an F. Of course, it is a forest.	以F开头. 当然,它是一个森林。
101	When you say forest, remember with	当你说森林时,记住
102	the F. Your teeth are on your bottom lip.	F 你的牙齿在嘴底
103	Forest.	林冲.
104	So, this is a forest.	所以,这是一个森林。
105	A place with	一个地方与
106	trees and animals.	树木和动物。
107	What's next?	接下来呢?
108	Next, we have a safe place to be.	接下来,我们有一个安全的地方。
109	Remember this cute guy	记住这个可爱的家伙
110	right here?	在这里?
111	He's looking out from his home.	师从家望出.
112	Well, he, of course, lives in the forest,	当然他住在森林里
113	or she, we're not sure.	或者她我们不确定
114	But they live in the forest, this type of animal.	但是它们生活在森林里,这种动物。
115	And many types	还有很多种类
116	of animals will make what inside a tree?	动物在树上造什么?
117	They will make a shelter.	他们会做一个避难所。
118	Shelter.	避难所。
119	And shelter	还有住所
120	is the same word, or it's the same meaning, really, for many animals.	是同一个词, 或它是相同的意义, 真的, 对于许多动物。
121	It's their home,	这是他们的家
122	isn't it?	是吗?
123	So, this animal will find shelter in a tree.	这只动物会在树上找到栖身之所
124	They'll make it their home.	他们会把这里变成自己的家
125	So,	这么说
126	shelter is like a home for many types of animals in the forest.	栖身之所就像森林中许多种类动物的家一样.
127	Okay, what else?	好吧,还有什么?
128	We have, what's	我们有,什么是
129	this boy doing, right?	这个男孩在做什么,对不对?
130	He's holding on to a tree and he's going up into the tree.	执持一树而上树.
131	Here,	在这里,
132	it says to go up like a monkey, right?	上面写着像猴子一样爬上去,对吧?
133	So, if you think about monkeys, we saw the picture	所以,如果你想到猴子,我们看到了照片
134	before of the monkey.	在猴子出现之前
135	What do monkeys do really well, right?	猴子干得不错吧?
136	They can go up in the tree very	他们可以爬到树上
137	quickly.	快点
138	What is the verb that we use to describe this action?	我们用来描述这一行动的动词是什么?
139	What is this boy doing?	这孩子在干什么?
140	He is climbing.	他在爬山,他正在爬山他正在爬山 He is climbing.
141	Of course, climb is just the root form.	当然,攀爬只是根状.
142	Climb.	爬上来。
143	To climb.	以攀缘.
144	He is climbing	他正在攀登,他正在攀登他正在攀登
145	the tree.	树。
146	Whoops.	呜呼.
147	He is climbing the tree.	他在爬树
148	The boy is climbing the tree.	男孩在爬树。
149	Can you climb	你能爬吗?
150	a tree?	树?
151	But be careful, right?	但小心点,对吧?
152	Make sure your mother or your father is watching you when	确定你母亲或你父亲在看着你
153	you climb the tree.	你爬上树。
154	It can be dangerous.	可能很危险
155	So, be careful.	所以,小心点。
156	But he is climbing the tree.	但是他在爬树
157	Okay.	摆
158	The next, we saw this picture before, right?	接下来,我们见过这张照片,对不对?
159	Here is a bird.	这是一只鸟。
160	Now, a home built by a bird.	现在,一个由鸟建造的家。
161	Before we talked about shelter, right?	在我们讨论住所之前对吧?
162	And we saw the squirrel, the cute animal looking	我们看见松鼠,可爱的动物
163	out from the shelter.	离开避难所。
164	This is a type of shelter, but it is a special word for birds.	这是一种栖息地,但它是一个特殊的鸟类词。
165	Only birds	只有鸟
166	make this, right?	做这个,对不对?
167	What do we use for this word?	这个词用什么?
168	We call it a nest.	我们称之为巢穴。
169	A nest.	一个巢.
170	So, when	所以,当
171	we talk about a nest, you should think, ah, it is a bird, right?	我们谈论一个巢, 你应该认为, 啊,这是一只鸟,对不对?
172	A bird makes a nest.	鸟作巢.
173	And a nest is the home for the bird.	和巢是鸟的家。
174	It is their shelter.	这是他们的避难所。
175	It is also their home.	这也是他们的家。
176	For	对于
177	birds, we say, it is a nest.	鸟儿,我们说,这是一个巢。
178	Okay?	好吗?
179	Interesting.	有意思,这很有趣
180	Okay.	摆
181	Now, we have another type of home, right?	现在,我们有另一种类型的家,对不对?
182	We have talked about shelter.	我们讨论过住所问题。
183	We have talked about nest.	我们谈论过巢穴
184	Now, this is another type of home	现在,这是另一种类型的家
185	and this is an interesting looking animal here, right?	这里的动物很有趣,对吧?
186	It kind of looks like a dog,	看起来像条狗
187	but it is not really a dog.	但它不是真的一条狗。
188	It is a different type of animal.	它是一种不同的动物类型。
189	And this animal will live	这个动物会活着
190	in a home in the ground.	在一个房子在地下。
191	So, many animals will dig in the ground and they will make	所以,许多动物会挖在地上,他们会做
192	their shelter or their home.	他们的住所或家。
193	There is a special word for this.	有个特别的词
194	What is it?	这是什么?
195	We say, it is a	我们说,这是一个
196	cave.	洞穴洞穴洞穴洞穴洞穴洞穴
197	Okay?	好吗?
198	Now, sometimes animals will make a small cave or maybe there is a big cave	有时候动物会造个小洞也可能是大洞
199	that they do not make, but they will live in there.	他们不造化,但他们将居住在其中。
200	What lives in caves?	洞穴里住着什么?
201	Well, wild	疯狂
202	dogs, perhaps hyenas.	狗,也许土狼。
203	A hyena is a type of dog.	是狗的一种类型.
204	A hyena is a type of wild dog in Africa.	是非洲野狗的一种.
205	This looks like a hyena.	这看起来像一个。
206	But also big animals like bears, right?	但也像熊一样大,对吧?
207	Be careful if you are in	进来要小心
208	the woods and you see a bear.	树林,你看到一只熊。
209	Bears are very big animals and they also live in caves.	熊是非常大的动物,也生活在洞穴中.
210	Okay?	好吗?
211	So, cave is another type of shelter.	因此,洞穴是另一种类型的避难所.
212	Okay?	好吗?
213	These are all shelters.	这些都是避难所。
214	A nest is a shelter	巢是避难所
215	and a cave is a shelter.	洞穴是避难所。
216	Okay.	摆
217	Another word that we have here is the plant part.	我们这里的另一个词是植物部分。
218	So, it	所以说
219	is a part of a plant.	是一个植物的一部分。
220	The part of a plant that holds the seeds.	持有种子的植物部分.
221	So, the seeds, of course,	所以,种子,当然,
222	are what the plant makes and the seeds will go into the ground and make a new plant, right?	是植物的产物和种子将进入地面并制造一个新的植物,对不对?
223	Seeds are how plants make more plants.	种子是植物如何使更多的植物.
224	What do we call the part of the plant that holds	我们怎么称呼这植物的
225	the seeds?	种子吗?
226	For many plants, it is called the fruit, right?	对于许多植物来说,它被称为水果,对不对?
227	So, bananas are a type of fruit.	因此,香蕉是一类水果.
228	Apples are a type of fruit.	苹果是一类水果.
229	Watermelon, subac, right?	西瓜,亚甲,对不对?
230	That is a type of fruit.	这是一类水果。
231	And if you	狦
232	look at each of these fruits, they all have seeds in them.	看看这些水果,它们都有种子
233	And if you take those seeds	如果你拿着那些种子
234	and you put them in the ground, a new plant will grow.	你把它们埋在地上, 一个新的植物会长出来。
235	Okay?	好吗?
236	So, we call that fruit.	所以,我们称之为水果。
237	Okay?	好吗?
238	Not all plants, but many plants have fruits and that is how they distribute their seeds.	并非所有的植物,但许多植物都有水果,这就是它们如何分配种子。
239	Okay.	摆
240	虫sect.
241	We have an insect here and, of course, another word for insect is bug.	我们这里有一只昆虫当然,另一个字是虫。
242	You may know this word from the movies, right?	你可能知道这个字从电影,对不对?
243	So, there is, in English, of course, there	所以,有,用英语,当然,有
244	is a lot of words that have two words that mean the same thing, right?	有很多字词有两个意思,对吧?
245	虫sect.
246	Insect	昆虫
247	is more formal.	比较正式。
248	It is a little bit more of a difficult word, isn't it?	这是一个有点困难的词,不是吗?
249	It is much easier	这样容易多了
250	to say bug.	说虫。
251	Bug, right?	虫子,对不对?
252	And that is what insects are.	这就是昆虫。
253	Insects are bugs and this is an example	昆虫是虫子,这是一个例子
254	of a bug, right?	虫子,对吧?
255	So, you can say bug or you can say insect.	所以,你可以说昆虫或者说昆虫。
256	Same thing.	同样的事情。
257	What is this?	这是什么?
258	We talked about this before.	我们之前谈过这个
259	Do you remember what I said at the beginning	你还记得我一开始说的话吗?
260	of this lecture?	这个讲座?
261	This is an animal with long arms, right?	这是长臂动物,对吧?
262	It has long arms, right?	手臂很长,对吧?
263	And	还有
264	a long tail.	长尾巴
265	So, a long tail.	长尾巴
266	Not just long arms, but also a long tail.	不仅手臂长,尾巴也长
267	And what type	什么样的类型
268	of animal is this?	这是动物吗?
269	Do you remember what I said at the beginning of this lecture?	你还记得我在演讲开始时说的话吗?
270	We	我们
271	said monkey.	说猴子。
272	So, say it with me.	所以,跟我说吧。
273	Monkey.	猴头.
274	Okay?	好吗?
275	So, this isn't a monkey.	所以,这不是猴子。
276	This is a	这个是
277	monkey.	猴头
278	And we learned about the monkey.	我们得知猴子的事了
279	We also, when we looked at the picture with climb,	我们也,当我们看照片攀登,
280	the boy is going up the tree like a monkey.	那孩子像猴子一样爬上树
281	Monkeys are very good at climbing, aren't	猴子很会攀爬,不是吗?
282	they?	他们?
283	So, you find monkeys in forests, but not cold forests.	所以,在森林里会发现猴子,但不是寒冷的森林。
284	Not up in Korea.	不是在韩国。
285	Well, maybe	也许
286	up in Korea.	在韩国
287	And in Japan, you find monkeys.	在日本,你会发现猴子。
288	But also, more commonly, in the south where	更常见的是,在南部
289	the forests are warmer.	森林比较温暖
290	There's many monkeys that live in the forests, in the warmer forests,	有很多猴子生活在森林里温暖的森林里
291	in the south.	南边
292	Okay?	好吗?
293	Okay, the next one.	好吧,下一个。
294	A place where people live.	人所居处.
295	We talked about this	我们谈过了
296	already in terms of animals, right?	就动物而言,对吧?
297	We've talked about shelter.	我们谈过避风港
298	We've talked about nests	我们讨论过巢穴
299	for birds.	为鸟。
300	We talked about caves for wild dogs or bears.	我们讨论过野狗或熊的洞穴.
301	But people, where do people	但人们,人们在哪里
302	live?	活着?
303	Of course, we live in a house, right?	当然,我们住的房子,对不对?
304	People build a house, right?	人们盖房子,对不对?
305	You could also	你也可以这样
306	say home, but home and house is where somebody lives.	说回家, 但家和房子是有人住的地方。
307	House though is, house means the building.	房子是,房子意味着建筑。
308	Home is like a place that you're emotionally connected to.	家就像一个你与情感相连的地方
309	This is my home.	这是我的家。
310	This is where	这里
311	I live.	我活着。
312	People can live in an apartment.	人们可以住在公寓里。
313	They can live in a tent.	他们可以住在帐篷里
314	They can live in a cave.	他们可以住在一个洞穴里。
315	Those are all homes, right?	这些都是家,对不对?
316	But a house is something that's built like this, right?	但房子是这样的,对不对?
317	It	这个
318	has doors.	有门。
319	It might have a chimney.	它可能有一个烟囱。
320	It has walls that were built by people.	它有人们建造的墙壁。
321	So, we've	所以,我们
322	seen a lot of different types of shelters because this is also a shelter.	因为这里也是收容所,
323	So, we've	所以,我们
324	seen nest, cave, house.	看见巢穴,洞穴,房子
325	These are all shelters.	这些都是避难所。
326	Okay.	摆
327	Next, we have something used to travel	接下来,我们有东西用来旅行
328	on water.	在水边。
329	Can you walk on water?	你能在水上走路吗?
330	No.	没有
331	You'll sink, right?	你会沉下去的,对吧?
332	Be careful, right?	小心点,对吧?
333	You jump in	你跳进去
334	the water, you will sink.	水,你会沉下去。
335	But if you want to travel over water, on top of the water	但是如果你想在水面上旅行在水面上
336	so you don't sink, what do you travel in?	那样你就不会下沉了,你跑到哪里去了?
337	What is this?	这是什么?
338	This, of course, is called a	这当然是所谓的
339	boat.	飞船。
340	A boat.	一条船
341	And some boats are very small like this.	有些小船就像这样
342	Some boats are very big.	有些船非常大。
343	They're	他们是
344	like hotels and they go across the water.	像酒店一样,他们走过水面。
345	Okay.	摆
346	So, something used to travel on water	所以,以前在水上旅行的东西
347	is a boat.	是条船
348	Okay.	摆
349	This young girl is doing something very good, right?	这个年轻姑娘做的很好,对吧?
350	She's helping	她在帮忙
351	her mom out.	她妈妈出去了
352	She is getting rid of some dirty stuff on the ground.	她正在清除一些肮脏的东西在地面上。
353	So, if you say something	所以,如果你说些什么
354	is not dirty, if it's not dirty, the opposite of dirty, what do we say?	不是脏的,如果不是脏的,与脏的相反,我们怎么说呢?
355	It is clean.	这是干净的。
356	So,	这么说
357	clean can be an adjective, right?	干净的可以是形容词,对不对?
358	We can use it as an adjective.	我们可以把它当作形容词
359	It is clean.	这是干净的。
360	We can use	我们可以用
361	it as an adjective.	作为形容词。
362	The floor is clean.	地清净.
363	We can also use it as a verb.	我们还可以把它作为动词.
364	Please clean the	请清理一下
365	floor.	地板
366	So, we can use it in two ways.	因此,我们可以有两种方式使用.
367	Okay.	摆
368	As an adjective, it is clean.	作为形容词,它是干净的。
369	The floor is	地板是
370	clean.	干净
371	Or if mom sees some dirt on the floor, she will say to her daughter, please clean	或者如果妈妈看到地板上的泥土, 她会告诉她的女儿,请清洁
372	the floor.	倒
373	And that's a verb.	而谓之动词.
374	Please clean up your room, right?	请清理你的房间,对不对?
375	Please clean up your	请清理你的
376	desk, for example.	例如,办公桌。
377	Okay.	摆
378	So, we can use it as an adjective or as a verb, very commonly.	因此,我们可以把它作为形容词或动词,非常常见.
379	Okay.	摆
380	The next one, an animal with feathers and wings.	下一个,有羽毛和翅膀的动物.
381	We already talked about this type	我们已经谈过了
382	of animal, right?	动物,对不对?
383	This type of animal, what type of shelter does it make in the trees?	这种动物,在树上能造出什么样的避难所?
384	It makes a nest.	能作窝.
385	What is it?	这是什么?
386	Of course, we know it's a bird.	当然我们知道那是只鸟
387	And there are many different	还有许多不同的
388	kinds of birds, right?	那种鸟,对不对?
389	Many different shapes, different sizes, different colors.	许多不同的形状,大小不同,颜色不同.
390	But we	但我们
391	all, if they have feathers and wings, we say it is a bird.	所有,如果他们有羽毛和翅膀, 我们说它是一只鸟。
392	Okay.	摆
393	So, we see a bird here.	所以,我们看到一只鸟在这里。
394	Okay.	摆
395	So, that wraps it up for our vocabulary.	所以我们的词汇就结束了。
396	Now, let's use that vocabulary we just learned	现在,让我们用我们刚刚学到的词汇
397	and put them next to their definitions.	然后把它们放在定义旁边。
398	What do they mean?	他们是什么意思?
399	How good is your memory?	你的记忆有多好?
400	Let's	让我们
401	test it.	测试一下
402	So, in this exercise, we have definitions here.	因此,在这项工作中,我们这里有定义。
403	We have the first three here.	这里有前三个
404	These	这些
405	are the definitions and these are the words we need to put in the blanks next to the definition.	这些都是定义,这些是我们需要放在定义旁边的空白字。
406	What are the words?	这是什么词?
407	Let's review very quickly.	让我们尽快审查一下
408	First, we have forest, forest.	首先,我们有森林,森林。
409	Okay.	摆
410	ưμ㼯A
411	one, nest, nest.	一,窝,窝。
412	Next one, climb, climb.	下一个,爬,爬。
413	The next one here, nest, nest.	下一个在这里,巢,巢。
414	Okay.	摆
415	So, we have	所以,我们有
416	shelter, shelter.	庇护,庇护。
417	This one here, cave, cave.	这个在这里,洞穴,洞穴。
418	And this one here, fruit, fruit.	这个,水果,水果。
419	That's a	这是
420	little difficult, isn't it?	有点难,不是吗?
421	Because we have the F and the R. Fruit, fruit.	因为我们有F和R水果,水果。
422	Okay.	摆
423	So, let's	所以,让我们
424	take a look at these words and match them with their definitions.	看一下这些单词,并与它们的定义相匹配.
425	Number one, a place	第一,一个地方
426	with trees and animals.	与树木和动物。
427	So, remember what we talked about at the beginning of this lesson.	所以,记住我们在这课的开头所讲的。
428	A place where there are many animals and there's lots of trees.	一个有很多动物和树木的地方。
429	Many things live in this place.	很多东西都住在这里
430	Which one fits?	哪一个合适?
431	Of course, we're looking at this one over here, forest.	当然,我们在看这个,森林。
432	It is a forest.	这是一个森林。
433	Okay.	摆
434	Number two, a safe place to be.	第二,一个安全的地方。
435	A safe place to be.	一个安全的地方
436	Remember, there are many types	记住,有很多种
437	of safe places to be.	安全处所。
438	Different animals and people have, call them different things, but	不同的动物和人称之为不同的事物,但
439	they're all, we can all say it's all one thing too.	他们都是,我们都可以说这是所有的事情。
440	Which one of these will work, right?	哪个能行,对吧?
441	We could say a cave is a safe place to be.	我们可以说一个洞穴是一个安全的地方。
442	Sure.	当然
443	We could say a nest is a safe place	我们可以说一个巢是一个安全的地方
444	to be, but these are both types of shelter, aren't they?	但这些是两种类型的庇护所,不是吗?
445	So, when we say a safe place	所以,当我们说一个安全的地方
446	to be and we mean all types of safe places to be, that is shelter.	我们是指各种安全的地方,即庇护所。
447	Okay.	摆
448	Because a cave	因为一个洞穴
449	is a type of shelter.	是一类避难所。
450	A nest is a type of shelter.	巢是一类避难所.
451	A house is a type of shelter.	房屋是一类避难所.
452	These	这些
453	are all types of shelter.	所有类型的避难所。
454	And shelter, very basically, just means a safe place to be.	而住所,基本上,只是意味着一个安全的地方。
455	If you're safe there, it is a shelter.	如果你在那里安全,这是一个避难所。
456	Okay.	摆
457	Number three, now it's more specific, right?	第三,现在更具体了,对吧?
458	Now we're looking at a more specific type of shelter.	现在,我们正在寻找一种更具体的避难所。
459	A bird's home, right?	鸟的家,对不对?
460	Not a wild	不是野兽
461	dog's home, not a person's shelter, right?	狗的家,不是一个人的避难所,对不对?
462	But a bird's home.	但鸟家.
463	Which word is associated	哪个单词关联
464	with bird?	和鸟?
465	Which word is a bird's shelter?	什么字是鸟栖?
466	It is, of course, nest.	当然是巢
467	So, a bird's home	所以,鸟的家
468	is a nest.	是一个巢。
469	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
470	Let's move on to the next three.	后三颂.
471	Number four, a home in the ground,	四号地上的房子
472	right?	对吧?
473	We're talking about in the ground.	于地中说.
474	Now, some animals will dig it or sometimes	有些动物有时会挖出来
475	it's just there.	它就在这里。
476	It's been there for a long time and an animal will move in there and	它已经在那里很久了动物会在那里移动
477	it's usually underground or in the ground.	它通常在地下或地下。
478	What type of shelter is it?	它是什么类型的避难所?
479	We call it a cave.	我们称之为洞穴
480	A cave.	一个洞穴。
481	A cave is a home in the ground.	洞穴是地中之宅.
482	Okay.	摆
483	Bears and wild dogs and other large animals	熊、野狗和其他大型动物
484	will live in a cave.	将生活在一个洞穴里。
485	A long, long time ago, human beings lived in caves.	久之,人居洞穴.
486	Okay.	摆
487	Okay, number	好吧,号码
488	five, to grow up like a monkey.	五,长大像猴子一样.
489	To go up.	欲往上进.
490	No, I'm sorry, not to grow up.	不,对不起,不长大。
491	To go up like	升起来像
492	a monkey.	一个猴子。
493	So, if you're looking at a tree and you want to go up the tree like a monkey,	所以,如果你看着一棵树, 你想上树像猴子一样,
494	what are you doing?	你在干吗?
495	Of course, we're looking for a verb.	当然,我们在找一个动词。
496	The verb here, of course, is climb.	这里的动词当然是攀爬.
497	To climb like a monkey.	像猴子一样爬上去
498	Okay.	摆
499	Monkeys climb trees very well.	猴子爬树很好
500	Maybe you climb trees very	或许你爬树很厉害
501	well.	不错
502	But again, be careful, right?	再说一遍,小心点,对吧?
503	Be careful if you climb something.	爬东西要小心
504	Be careful you don't	小心点,不要这样
505	fall off.	掉下来。
506	So, be very careful.	所以,小心点。
507	Number six, the plant part.	六号,植物部分。
508	So, it's the part of a plant	所以,这是植物的一部分
509	that holds the seeds.	种子就在这里
510	So, it's the part of the plant that holds the seeds inside.	因此,是植物中将种子藏在体内的部分.
511	And	还有
512	usually they're good to eat, right?	通常它们都很好吃,对吧?
513	Like a banana, an apple or watermelon.	如香蕉,苹果或西瓜.
514	Usually this	通常这样
515	part is very good to eat.	吃起来不错
516	It holds the seeds.	能持诸种子.
517	What is it?	这是什么?
518	Of course, we're looking at fruit	当然,我们在看水果
519	here.	在这里。
520	So, fruit is the part of the plant that holds the seeds.	因此,果实是植物中保存种子的部分.
521	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
522	Now, let's take	现在,我们走
523	a short break and we're going to take a look at the reading passage next.	短暂的休息然后我们再看看阅读的段落
524	So, don't go	所以,别走
525	away.	离开。
526	See you soon.	再见
527	Hey, kids.	嘿,孩子们。
528	Welcome back.	欢迎回来
529	Are you ready to use those words we just learned?	你准备好用我们刚刚学到的话了吗?
530	Let's use those words in the reading passage.	让我们用这些词在阅读段落。
531	You ready?	你准备好了吗?
532	Let's go.	我们走吧。
533	Okay.	摆
534	Here we have a	这儿有个
535	forest has many trees.	森林有许多树木。
536	So, a forest has many trees.	所以,一个森林有许多树木。
537	Of course, there are a lot of trees	当然,有很多树
538	in the forest, right?	在森林,对不对?
539	Here's a tree.	此是树.
540	There's a tree.	有树.
541	There's many namus,	有很多纳穆斯,
542	right?	对吧?
543	There's many trees in the forest.	林间多树.
544	Namu is tree, right?	纳穆是树,对不对?
545	So, you have many, many namu	所以,你有很多,很多纳穆
546	manayo, right?	马纳约,对不对?
547	Many, many trees are in the forest.	许多,许多树木在森林里。
548	Okay.	摆
549	They all grow close together.	他们都变得很亲密
550	Of course, if you have one tree joggy and another tree way over there, right?	当然,如果你有一棵树和另一棵树在那里,对不对?
551	That's	这是
552	not a forest, right?	不是森林对吧?
553	You have to have many trees close together.	须多树相近.
554	So, kachi isseyo, right?	卡奇是赛约对吧?
555	They're all very close together.	他们都非常亲密
556	Okay.	摆
557	So, you have many trees that are close together.	所以,你们有许多树木是紧密相连的。
558	Many things, many things live in a forest.	很多东西很多东西生活在森林里
559	Of course, things mean animals and plants	当然,事物意味着动物和植物
560	together, right?	一起对吧?
561	There are many different things that live in a forest, right?	有很多不同的东西生活在森林里,对不对?
562	There's	还有
563	one of our words there, a forest.	我们在那里的一句话,一个森林。
564	It is a good place, a forest.	这是一个好地方,一个森林。
565	When we say it, we're	当我们说,我们
566	talking about a forest.	谈论森林。
567	So, it, a forest, is a good place for animals.	因此,它,森林,是动物的好地方.
568	Sure, it's a	当然是
569	good place.	不错的地方。
570	There's lots of food.	饮食甚多.
571	Animals eat plants, right?	动物吃植物,对吧?
572	Animals can also find what?	动物也能找到什么?
573	Shelter in a forest.	森林里的避难所。
574	So, it's a good place for animals.	因此,这是动物的好地方.
575	There is plenty, like I said,	有很多,就像我说的,
576	there is plenty.	还有很多
577	Plenty is mana, right?	很多是玛娜,对不对?
578	A lot of things, many things, plenty.	很多东西,很多东西,很多。
579	There	那边
580	is plenty for them to eat.	他们吃饱了
581	Animals will eat the leaves.	动物会吃叶子。
582	They'll eat the fruit.	他们会吃水果。
583	Some animals	有些动物
584	will even eat the wood in the trees, right?	甚至会吃树上的木头,对不对?
585	So, there is a lot of food for animals to	所以,有很多食物给动物
586	eat in the forest.	在森林里吃饭。
587	Bugs, remember bugs?	虫子,还记得虫子吗?
588	Another word for bug is insect, right?	虫子的另一个词是虫子,对吧?
589	Insects or	昆虫或
590	bugs eat the plants.	虫食诸植物.
591	So, they will eat the plants.	所以,他们会吃植物。
592	They eat the leaves.	他们吃叶子。
593	Some of them	其中一些人
594	eat the wood of the trees.	食诸树木.
595	Monkeys, right?	猴子对吧?
596	Here we have another type of animal.	这里还有另一种动物
597	What	什麽?
598	do monkeys eat?	猴子吃吗?
599	Monkeys will eat the fruit from the trees.	猴子会从树上吃水果
600	We all know monkeys love bananas,	我们都知道猴子喜欢香蕉
601	right?	对吧?
602	Banana, no mo chohayo for a monkey, right?	香蕉,没有毛乔哈尤一个猴子,对不对?
603	So, monkeys will eat many different	猴子会吃很多不同的东西
604	kinds of fruit that grow in the forest.	在森林里生长的水果
605	Animals can find shelter.	动物可以找到避难所。
606	This is very important.	这很重要。
607	Forests and trees give shelter to animals, right?	森林和树木为动物提供栖身之所,对吗?
608	Animals will find shelter in the trees.	动物会在树上找到栖身之所
609	They will make a little shelter inside the tree.	他们将在树上作一个小隐蔽处。
610	They'll make nests on top of the tree.	他们会在树上筑巢
611	Of course, a cave can be anywhere, but sometimes there are caves in the forest.	当然,一个洞穴可以在任何地方出现,但有时森林中也有洞穴.
612	So, animals	所以,动物们
613	can find shelter in the forest too.	也可以在森林里找到住处
614	Birds, like I said, birds build nests.	鸟儿,如我所说,鸟儿筑巢.
615	They build	他们建设
616	nests on the top of the tree, right?	巢在树顶,对不对?
617	Very high up in the tree so other animals can't	在树上非常高所以其他动物不能
618	get to the birds, okay?	去找鸟儿,好吗?
619	So, birds will build nests in the trees.	因此,鸟儿会在树上筑巢.
620	Bears, right?	熊对吧?
621	We talked	我们谈过了
622	about bears before.	关于熊之前。
623	Bears are big and scary animals, right?	熊是大而可怕的动物,对不对?
624	Birds sleep inside the caves.	鸟眠洞内.
625	So, if there's a cave in the forest, maybe there's a bear in there.	所以,如果森林里有一个洞穴,也许里面有一只熊.
626	Be careful about	小心点
627	going into caves without an adult, okay?	进入洞穴没有成年人,好吗?
628	Be careful about that.	小心点
629	But, bears sleep inside	但是,熊在里面睡觉
630	the caves.	这些洞穴
631	Okay, what's next?	好吧,接下来是什么?
632	This is a problem.	这是一个问题。
633	But, but tells us, uh-oh, something's wrong,	但是,但告诉我们,呃 -哦,有些不对劲,
634	right?	对吧?
635	We heard many good things about the forest, but then we see but.	我们听到很多关于森林的好声音但后来我们看到了
636	But, uh-oh, there's	但是,呃,哦,这是
637	a problem.	一个问题。
638	But, the forests are disappearing.	但是,森林正在消失。
639	That's a little bit of a difficult word.	这话有点难听
640	Disappearing.	弃去.
641	Means going away.	意味着离开。
642	Look at this picture here.	看看这张照片。
643	This is just ground, dirt.	这只是地面,土。
644	There aren't any	没有
645	trees in the front of this picture.	这张照片前面的树
646	All those trees have been cut down.	这些树都被砍下来了
647	They're gone.	他们走了
648	So,	这么说
649	these trees are disappearing.	这些树正在消失
650	The forests are disappearing.	森林正在消失。
651	They're going away.	他们走了
652	This	这个
653	is a problem.	这是一个问题。
654	People cut down trees every day.	人们每天砍树
655	Every day, there are people cutting down	每天都有人砍下来
656	trees and taking trees away from the forest.	树木和从森林里夺走树木
657	Is this a good thing?	这是好事吗?
658	Well, of course, we	当然,我们
659	need trees, but it could be a bad thing.	需要树,但它可能是坏事。
660	We have to be careful about how many trees we	我们要小心我们有多少棵树
661	cut down, right?	切下来,对不对?
662	We use the trees.	我们用树。
663	We means people, right?	我们是指人对吧?
664	People, us.	人,我们。
665	People use the	人们使用
666	trees to make things.	树木造物。
667	We make many different things using the wood in the trees, right?	我们用树上的木头做很多不同的东西,对吧?
668	What do we make?	我们赚多少?
669	Well, we make houses.	我们造房子
670	Houses are made out of trees.	房屋由树木制成.
671	If we want to build	如果我们想建造
672	a house for our shelter, our home, then we need to use trees.	房子,我们的住所, 然后我们需要使用树木。
673	We need to use the wood	我们要用木头
674	in the trees.	在树上。
675	We need to use the wood from the trees.	我们要用树上的木头
676	What else?	还有什么?
677	We use trees to make	我们用树木来制造
678	boats, too.	船也一样
679	So, many boats are made from wood, right?	很多船都是用木头做的,对吧?
680	Actually, a lot of things are made	其实,很多事情都做了
681	from wood.	从木材。
682	We make houses.	我们造房子。
683	We make boats.	我们造船。
684	We make furniture, like a chair.	我们做家具,像椅子。
685	Lots of furniture	许多家具
686	is made from wood, also.	也是用木头做的
687	Paper.	纸
688	We make paper from wood.	我们用木头做纸
689	We use trees in a lot of different	我们在很多不同的地方用树
690	ways.	办法
691	So, we need trees, but we have to be careful to make sure not all the forests will	所以,我们需要树木,但我们必须小心以确保不是所有的森林会
692	disappear.	不见了。
693	So, cutting down trees is a problem.	所以,砍树是一个问题。
694	Yes, it is a problem.	是的,这是一个问题。
695	We have to be careful	我们必须小心
696	that not all the forests go away.	不是所有的森林都会消失
697	When we cut all the trees in an area like this, where	当我们在这样的区域砍掉所有的树时,
698	do the animals go?	动物会去吗?
699	Their home is gone.	他们的家不见了
700	They have nowhere to find food, nowhere to find	他们无处可寻,无处可寻
701	shelter.	住处。
702	So, the animals have no place to live.	故畜生无住.
703	They need the forest.	他们需要森林。
704	They, the animals,	他们,动物,
705	the animals, they need the forest.	动物需要森林
706	They need the forest.	他们需要森林。
707	It's their home.	这是他们的家。
708	It, the forest,	它,树林,
709	is their home.	是他们的家。
710	It is their home.	这是他们的家。
711	So, when the forest is disappearing, the animals don't	所以,当森林消失, 动物不会
712	have a home.	有个家
713	They don't have food.	他们没有食物。
714	Where can they go?	他们能去哪?
715	It's a problem to cut down the trees.	斩树为患.
716	Okay.	摆
717	Trees help us in many ways.	树在许多方面帮助我们。
718	There are many ways that trees help us.	有许多方法树木帮助我们。
719	They keep our	他们保留我们
720	air clean, right?	空气干净,对不对?
721	So, did you know that trees will take in air and they will give off clean	所以,你知道,树木会占据空气,它们会释放干净
722	air, right?	空气,对不对?
723	Trees keep our air clean.	树木保持我们的空气清洁。
724	If you go into the forest and you smell the air,	如果你进入森林,你闻到空气,
725	it's very fresh.	它非常新鲜。
726	It's very clean, right?	这是非常干净的,对不对?
727	So, trees clean the air.	故树清净空.
728	Trees are fun to climb,	爬树很有趣
729	too.	也一样。
730	Of course, we can climb, maybe not this tree, but smaller trees with branches.	当然,我们可以爬,也许不是这棵树,而是树枝较小。
731	We	我们
732	can climb up the trees.	可以爬上树。
733	It's fun and it's interesting.	趣而趣之.
734	Lots of kids like to climb up	很多孩子都喜欢爬上去
735	trees.	树
736	So, what would we do without trees?	那么,没有树我们该怎么办?
737	That's the important question.	这是重要的问题。
738	If there were	如果有的话
739	no trees, what would we do?	没有树,我们该怎么办?
740	We would have a hard time to build houses, a hard time to	我们会有一个困难的时间建造房子,一个困难的时间
741	build boats, a hard time to build furniture.	造船, 很难造家具。
742	Animals wouldn't have a home.	动物没有家
743	The animals	动物
744	would disappear, too.	也会消失
745	We couldn't see the animals.	我们看不到动物。
746	So, we need to be careful about how	所以,我们需要小心如何
747	we use trees and forests.	我们使用树木和森林。
748	Maybe we shouldn't cut all of them down.	也许我们不该把他们都砍下来
749	Maybe we should just	也许我们应该只是
750	cut one here, one there, and leave many other trees standing.	在这里切一棵,在那里切一棵, 并留下许多其他树站着。
751	So, we have to be careful	所以,我们必须小心
752	about how many trees we cut down.	我们砍了多少棵树
753	Okay.	摆
754	Let's talk about this story.	让我们来谈谈这个故事。
755	Now, we're going to	现在,我们要去
756	go over some reading comprehension questions, right?	翻阅一些理解问题,对不对?
757	And we're going to see how well you	我们要看看你有多好
758	understood the story.	了解这个故事
759	The first question, this story is about.	第一个问题是这个故事
760	What was that story about?	那个故事是什么?
761	We have four choices, A, B, C, and D. A is, this story is about climbing trees, or this	我们有四个选择,A,B,C,和D。 A是,这个故事是关于爬树,或者这个
762	story is about forests.	故事是关于森林的
763	C, this story is about building houses.	C,这个故事是关于建造房屋.
764	D, this story is about eating	D,这个故事是关于吃饭的
765	fruit.	果实。
766	Usually, when you see this sentence, this story is about, we're looking for a general	通常,当你看到这句话, 这个故事是有关, 我们正在寻找一个将军
767	answer.	答问.
768	What is the most general answer?	最概括的答案是什么?
769	Climbing trees, that's more, I'm sorry, specific.	爬树,这是更, 对不起,具体。
770	It's	这是
771	more of a specific, narrow answer.	更具体,狭义的答案。
772	Forests, that's wide, isn't it?	森林很宽,不是吗?
773	It's more of a general	更是一个将军
774	answer.	答问.
775	Building houses, that's a specific thing, specific.	盖房子,这是一件特殊的事情,具体的事情。
776	S,P,E,C,I,F,I,C。这是
777	a specific thing, that's a narrow, narrow focused thing.	具体的事情, 这是一个狭义的,狭隘的焦点的事情。
778	Eating fruit is also specific.	食果亦具特异性.
779	Our most general answer is forests here.	我们最普遍的答案是这里的森林。
780	Is it right?	是吗?
781	This story is about forests?	这个故事是关于森林的?
782	Yeah,	对
783	we were talking about forests.	我们在谈论森林。
784	We were talking about forests disappear.	我们谈论的森林消失。
785	We cut down the trees	我们砍掉树
786	in the forest, right?	在森林,对不对?
787	So that we can use them.	这样我们就可以使用它们。
788	But forests are good for many things.	但森林对很多事情都有好处.
789	Animals	动物
790	live there.	住在这里。
791	They find homes.	他们找到家了
792	They find food.	他们找到食物。
793	So we talked about the good things about forests.	所以我们谈了森林的好东西。
794	We also talked about a problem with forests, that people cut down too many trees, so the	我们还谈到一个森林问题, 人们砍伐过多的树木,所以
795	forests are disappearing.	森林正在消失。
796	So the answer is, of course, B, forests.	所以答案当然是B,森林。
797	These other answers,	这些其他的答案,
798	A, C, and D, they're too specific.	A,C,D,它们太具体了.
799	Yeah, we talked a little bit about climbing trees,	是啊,我们谈了一点爬树,
800	a little bit about building houses, a little bit about eating fruit, but that wasn't the	一点点关于建造房屋, 一点点关于吃水果, 但这不是
801	whole story.	整个故事。
802	The whole story was about forests, okay?	整个故事是关于森林的,好吗?
803	So usually you're looking for the more	所以通常你寻找的更多
804	general answer in this type of question.	此类问题的一般答案。
805	Okay, number two, people cut down.	好吧,第二,人们削减。
806	What do people	什么样的人
807	cut down every day?	每天都在砍吗?
808	We talked about this, right?	我们谈过了,对吧?
809	Do people cut down caves?	人们会砍下洞穴吗?
810	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
811	You can't cut down a cave, right?	你不能砍下一个洞,对不对?
812	A cave is a hole in the ground.	洞为地穴.
813	So it can't be A, right?	所以不可能是A 对吧?
814	That's silly.	这是愚蠢的。
815	B, do you cut down a nest?	B,你砍掉一个巢?
816	Do you go up in the tree and cut down a nest?	你上树砍巢吗?
817	No, we don't cut down nests.	不,我们不砍巢。
818	We don't cut down birds' homes.	我们不砍鸟的家。
819	That would be strange.	那会很奇怪
820	Do we cut down houses every day?	我们每天都要砍房子吗?
821	We don't cut down a house.	我们不砍房子。
822	You can destroy a house,	你可以摧毁一个房子,
823	but we don't cut down a house.	但我们不砍房子。
824	That's really strange.	这真的很奇怪。
825	What about a tree?	那树呢?
826	Yes, when people	是的,当人们
827	go into the forest and they cut down a tree, that's what they're doing.	进入森林,他们砍掉一棵树, 这就是他们在做什么。
828	They're cutting	他们砍了
829	it and it falls down.	它会掉下来
830	They cut down a tree.	他们砍掉一棵树
831	So people cut down trees every day, and that's	所以人们每天砍树,这就是
832	what we talked about in the story.	故事里讲到的
833	That's the problem.	这就是问题所在。
834	Too many trees are cut down.	太多的树木被砍伐。
835	The forests disappear.	森林消失了。
836	Okay, let's take a look at number three.	好吧,让我们看看第三个。
837	In a forest, trees beep.	在森林里,树鸣叫。
838	Okay, so we're looking for a part of a sentence that talks about trees.	好吧,所以我们在找一个句子的一部分谈论树木。
839	A, in a forest, trees	A,在森林里,树
840	are not important.	这不重要
841	Trees aren't important in a forest?	树在森林里不重要吗?
842	That doesn't sound right.	这听起来不正确。
843	If	若为
844	there were no trees, there would be no forest.	没有树没有森林
845	So, of course, trees are very important to	所以,当然,树木对
846	a forest, right?	一个森林,对不对?
847	So, that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
848	B, trees all grow close together.	B,树都长得很近
849	In a forest,	在一个森林里,
850	trees grow close together.	树种相近.
851	We talked about that, right?	我们谈过了,对吧?
852	If there's a tree over here and	如果这里有棵树
853	another tree over there, right?	还有一棵树,对吧?
854	That's not a forest.	这不是森林。
855	Many trees are together, right?	很多树在一起,对不对?
856	They're cut together, right?	他们被切在一起,对不对?
857	Many trees are close together.	许多树木相近.
858	That's what we're looking	这就是我们要找的
859	for.	为.
860	So, B is the right answer.	所以,B是正确的答案。
861	In a forest, trees all grow close together.	在森林里,树都长得很近
862	That's what	就这样
863	a forest is.	一个森林是。
864	Let's look at C and D for practice.	让我们看看C和D的练习。
865	C, in a forest, trees can build nests.	C,在森林中,树木可以筑巢.
866	Can	可以吗?
867	trees move?	树会动吗?
868	Can trees make things?	树能造物吗?
869	No.	没有
870	Trees don't think.	树不思议.
871	They can't make things.	他们不能制造东西。
872	So, that's	所以,这是
873	kind of silly, isn't it?	有点傻,不是吗?
874	D, trees are better than caves.	D,树木比洞穴更好.
875	Well, that's opinion.	这就是观点
876	Some people	有些人
877	might think trees are better than caves, but other people might think caves are better	可能认为树比洞穴好但其他人可能认为洞穴更好
878	than trees.	而不是树。
879	So, that's not a very good answer.	所以,这不是一个非常好的答案。
880	The best answer, of course, in a forest, trees	最好的答案,当然,在森林,树木
881	all grow close together.	一起成长
882	That's what makes a forest.	故能造树林.
883	Okay.	摆
884	So, we've come to the end.	所以,我们已经走到尽头了。
885	Save the forests, okay?	拯救森林,好吗?
886	So, how can we save the forests?	那么,我们如何拯救森林?
887	Of course, one idea, of course,	当然,一个想法,当然,
888	is don't cut down all the trees.	不要砍掉所有的树。
889	Just cut maybe this tree and that tree and leave many	砍掉这棵树和那棵树,留下很多
890	other trees standing.	其他树站着。
891	So, new trees can grow where the other trees are cut down, but don't	因此,新树可以生长在其他树木被砍伐的地方,但不要
892	get rid of all the trees.	去除一切树.
893	Many companies are doing that now, and that's the best way that	现在很多公司都在这么做这是最好的办法
894	we can still use the trees to build houses and boats and furniture, but we also leave	我们还可以利用树木建造房屋船和家具但我们也要离开
895	enough trees so animals have food and homes, and we can enjoy the trees on the weekends.	足够多的树所以动物有食物和家我们周末可以享受这些树
896	We can still go into the forests, okay?	我们仍然可以进入森林,好吗?
897	Well, that about wraps it up for today.	嗯,这是今天的结束。
898	I hope you've	我希望你已经
899	learned a lot, and I had fun meeting you guys and teaching you guys about forests.	学到了很多,我很高兴遇见你们并教你们森林。
900	We'll	我们会的
901	see you next time.	下次见
902	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 904 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P10 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p10 9. 9. LevelA Lesson9 The Seasons (P10)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p10 9. 9. LevelA Lesson9 The Seasons (P10)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 35:01

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:11	In this lesson, we're going to	在这个教训中,我们要
0:13	be talking about the seasons.	谈论季节。
0:15	And specifically, we're going to focus on what happens in each	具体地说,我们将集中关注发生在每一个
0:21	season.	季节。
0:23	So, how are the seasons different?	赛季有什么不同?
0:27	Different things happen in each season.	每个赛季都会发生不同的事情.
0:32	So,	这么说
0:32	how are the seasons different?	季节有什么不同吗?

展开字幕全文（971 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	In this lesson, we're going to	在这个教训中,我们要
4	be talking about the seasons.	谈论季节。
5	And specifically, we're going to focus on what happens in each	具体地说,我们将集中关注发生在每一个
6	season.	季节。
7	So, how are the seasons different?	赛季有什么不同?
8	Different things happen in each season.	每个赛季都会发生不同的事情.
9	So,	这么说
10	how are the seasons different?	季节有什么不同吗?
11	Let's find out.	让我们来看看。
12	Let's begin with the four seasons.	先结四季.
13	First	第一届
14	of all, we have this picture that represents one of the seasons.	总之,我们有这张照片代表一个季节。
15	What season do you think	你觉得是哪个季节
16	it is?	是吗?
17	Here we see two kids, a boy and a girl.	这里我们看到两个孩子一个男孩一个女孩
18	They're having fun in the water.	他们在水里玩得很开心
19	They're swimming	他们在游泳
20	around and they're playing.	他们在玩耍
21	It seems like it must be hot to enjoy swimming, right?	喜欢游泳一定很热吧?
22	When	何时
23	is it hot?	热吗?
24	What season?	什么季节?
25	If you guessed summer, that's true.	如果你猜到夏天,这是真的。
26	In the summer, kids go swimming.	夏天,孩子们去游泳。
27	I go swimming, too.	我也会去游泳的
28	It's a nice thing to do in the summer because it's hot.	夏时因热而好.
29	What else	还有什么
30	do we have?	有吗?
31	Oh, look at this boy here.	哦,看看这个男孩。
32	Now, he's wearing a little bit warmer clothes,	现在,他穿一点点温暖的衣服,
33	right?	对吧?
34	He's wearing long pants.	他穿长裤。
35	He's got a sweater and a scarf, right?	他有毛衣和围巾,对不对?
36	And he's walking	他走着
37	along.	跟着
38	And look at these.	看看这个。
39	These are leaves.	这些是叶子。
40	The leaves fell from the trees.	叶从树上落.
41	So, in which	所以,在其中,
42	season is it cool and leaves fall from the trees?	季节凉爽,树上落叶?
43	What season is that?	这是哪个季节?
44	Well, of course,	当然
45	you probably know that that is fall or you can also say autumn, okay?	你可能知道那是秋天或者你也可以说秋天,好吗?
46	So, it's fall or	所以,这是秋季或
47	autumn in this season.	这个季节的秋天
48	What other seasons are there?	还有哪些季节?
49	Well, let's take a look.	好吧,让我们来看看。
50	Look at	看着
51	this.	这个
52	Now, this is an interesting picture.	这张照片很有趣。
53	Here we have a woman here.	这里有个女人
54	She has a dog on	她有一条狗
55	a leash.	一条绳子
56	And what are these things here?	这些是什么?
57	These little white things falling from the sky.	这些白色的小东西从天而降。
58	They're snowflakes.	他们是雪花。
59	And what's this over here?	这是什么?
60	That looks like a snowman.	看起来像个雪人
61	So, it must be	所以,这一定是
62	very cold in this season.	这个季节很冷
63	What season is it very cold and there's snow?	什么季节很冷,还有雪?
64	Well, of course,	当然
65	we would say this is winter, right?	我们会说这是冬天,对不对?
66	Winter.	冬时.
67	Now, we've talked about three seasons.	现在我们谈了三个赛季
68	As	作为
69	you know, there are four seasons.	你知道,有四个季节。
70	What season is left?	还有什么季节?
71	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
72	There it is.	就是这样
73	Look	听着
74	at this.	这一点。
75	There's many flowers.	花开无数.
76	Flowers are just coming out and opening up.	花朵刚出来就开了
77	There are	还有
78	many insects.	许多昆虫。
79	Of course, they're very interesting insects, right?	当然,它们是非常有趣的昆虫,对不对?
80	They have mustaches.	他们有胡子
81	No, I'm	没有,我
82	just kidding.	开玩笑的
83	It's just a funny picture, right?	这只是一个有趣的图片,对不对?
84	But these are insects.	但这些是昆虫。
85	Many bugs are flying	许多虫子在飞翔
86	around and they're coming out.	周围,他们出来了。
87	What season is it when it's warmer, flowers come out and	当它更暖和,花朵出来
88	insects start flying around again?	昆虫又开始飞了?
89	Of course, in that season, we say it's spring.	当然,在这个季节,我们说这是春天。
90	Spring.	春来.
91	It's when life starts again after the cold winter.	是时寒冬后复起生.
92	Okay?	好吗?
93	So, that's a little preview	所以,这是一个小预览
94	of the seasons we will talk about in this lesson.	我们将在这一课中讨论的季节。
95	Let's now study some words.	现在研究一些词.
96	Our word	我们保证
97	list.	列表中选项。
98	Number one, a warm and rainy season.	第一,一个温暖和雨季。
99	So, it's a warm season.	所以,这是一个温暖的季节。
100	A lot of rain comes	大雨来了
101	down and as we can see, there's lots of insects come out.	下来,我们可以看到,有很多昆虫出来。
102	Flowers bloom.	花开花开.
103	What season is it?	什么季节?
104	We say it is spring.	我们说这是春天。
105	Spring.	春来.
106	Okay?	好吗?
107	So, in spring, life comes out and it also rains a	所以,在春天,生命出来了,它也下雨了
108	lot.	经常
109	Okay.	摆
110	Next one is a hot season.	下一个是热季
111	Kids go swimming.	孩子们去游泳了
112	They enjoy swimming.	他们喜欢游泳。
113	It's very	这是非常
114	hot so you can wear a bathing suit.	热得要穿泳衣
115	No problem.	没问题
116	We talked about that.	我们谈过了
117	What season is it?	什么季节?
118	It	这个
119	is summer.	这是夏天。
120	Summer is a hot season.	夏为热季.
121	Okay.	摆
122	Next one.	下一个
123	We talked about this.	我们谈过了
124	A dry and cool	干燥又凉爽
125	season.	季节。
126	It干.
127	It doesn't rain a lot.	雨无常.
128	Leaves fall from the trees.	叶落树下.
129	It's cool so you	这很酷,所以你
130	have to wear more clothes.	要多穿点衣服
131	This, of course, is fall.	当然,这是秋天。
132	You can also say autumn but a simpler	你也可以说秋天,但简单一点
133	word is fall.	词是秋天。
134	It's easier to say fall.	易说堕落.
135	In the fall.	秋时.
136	Okay.	摆
137	Next one.	下一个
138	We talked about	我们谈过了
139	this one.	这个
140	A cold season.	一个寒冷的季节。
141	There are snowflakes falling down.	有雪峰坠落.
142	We can make snowmen.	我们可以做雪人。
143	So, there's	所以,这是
144	a lot of snow.	一大堆积雪.
145	It's a cold season.	风寒四季.
146	What season is it?	什么季节?
147	Of course, it's winter.	当然,现在是冬天。
148	Winter.	冬时.
149	It	这个
150	is cold in winter.	冬天很凉
151	Let's learn some more words about seasons.	让我们多学一些关于季节的词汇.
152	Let's take a look at this.	让我们来看看这个。
153	This is an interesting picture here.	这张照片很有趣
154	When we talk about the seasons, remember I said	当我们谈论季节,记得我说的
155	there are four seasons.	有四个季节。
156	And this picture shows all four seasons.	这张照片显示了所有四个季节。
157	Usually, we start	通常我们开始
158	with spring.	带着春天
159	Spring, summer, fall, winter.	春夏秋冬.
160	And then it starts again.	然后又开始.
161	It's like a circle,	这就像一个圆,
162	right?	对吧?
163	We start with spring because that's when life comes back out.	我们从春天开始因为生命从此复活
164	In the winter, everything	在冬天,一切
165	seems dead.	似乎已经死了。
166	But in spring, it comes back out.	但于春季复出.
167	And the time of the year with special weather,	一年中天气特殊的时候
168	there are four of them.	有四个
169	And I used that word already.	我已经用了这个词。
170	Of course, we're talking about season.	当然,我们是在谈论季节。
171	There are four seasons.	时有四季.
172	Spring, summer, fall, and winter.	春夏秋冬.
173	They are all called seasons.	他们都叫季节。
174	And	还有
175	there are four of them.	有四个
176	Okay.	摆
177	Let's take a look at this word.	试观此语.
178	Here we have lots of vegetables	这里有很多蔬菜
179	here.	在这里。
180	Clean and new is our definition.	干净和新的是我们的定义。
181	What word are we looking for?	我们要说什么?
182	Of course, we're	当然,我们是
183	looking for fresh because especially when you think about food, you want your food to	寻找新鲜的,因为特别当你想到食物, 你希望你的食物
184	be fresh.	新鲜的。
185	So, tomatoes are bright red.	所以,番茄是亮红色的。
186	They're round and they're strong, right?	他们是圆的,他们是强壮的,对不对?
187	If they're	如果他们是
188	not fresh, they're old and they don't taste so good, right?	不是新鲜的,它们老了味道不好,对吧?
189	But you want fresh food, right?	但你想要新鲜的食物,对不对?
190	So clean, it's clean and it's new, not old.	如此清净清净而无旧.
191	It is fresh.	这是新鲜的。
192	Let's take a look at another	让我们看看另一个
193	word.	词
194	Look at this.	看看这个。
195	Here are two birds, right?	这里有两只鸟,对吧?
196	Here is a small bird and here is a what?	这是一只小鸟,这是什么?
197	Not	没有
198	small.	小一点。
199	Of course, we're looking for big.	当然,我们在找大。
200	Here's a big bird, right?	这是一只大鸟,对吧?
201	Big bird.	大鸟.
202	Okay.	摆
203	So, sometimes	所以,有时
204	you can see very big birds.	你可以看到非常大的鸟。
205	Sometimes there are small birds.	时有小鸟.
206	But of course, there are	但当然有
207	many things that are big, many things that are small.	很多东西是大, 很多东西是小。
208	Something that is not small, the	不小的东西,
209	opposite, pandero, is big.	反面, 山鸡, 是大。
210	Not small, pandero, small, big.	不小不小不小不小不小不大不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不小不
211	Okay.	摆
212	Very warm.	非常温暖。
213	If something	如果有什么问题
214	is very warm.	非常温暖。
215	Remember, when I talked about summer, I said it is what?	记得,当我谈到夏天, 我说这是什么?
216	It is hot.	这是热。
217	It is	没错
218	hot in summer.	夏天热。
219	So, very warm.	所以,非常温暖。
220	Warm is kind of a little warm, but hot is very warm, right?	热是有点温暖, 但热是非常温暖,对不对?
221	So you go from cold.	所以,你从冷。
222	Let's do a little chart here.	让我们做一个小图表在这里。
223	Cold is really, right?	冷是真的,对不对?
224	Freezing, lots	冰冻,很多
225	of snow.	一团雪
226	But next is cool, right?	但下一个是很酷,对不对?
227	Cool is not as strong as cold.	凉凉不如寒凉.
228	It's a little warmer.	稍温.
229	And then after cool, we come to warm.	然后凉爽后,我们来取暖。
230	Okay.	摆
231	So, warm, not cool anymore.	所以,温暖,不酷了。
232	And then after	后来
233	warm, a little stronger is hot.	温暖一点,更强一点就是热。
234	So, we can have a little chart here.	因此,我们可以有一个小图表在这里。
235	Cold, cool, warm,	冷,凉,暖,
236	hot.	热。
237	And of course, they go in degrees.	当然,他们有学位
238	Okay.	摆
239	So, hot is very warm.	所以,热是非常温暖的。
240	Now, we have to move	现在,我们得走了
241	through the air like a bird.	穿过空气像一只鸟。
242	Can you move through the air like a bird?	你能像鸟一样在空中移动吗?
243	I'm sorry, you	对不起,你
244	can't.	没办法
245	Unless your big brother or sister throws you, right?	除非你的哥哥或妹妹扔你,对不对?
246	Then you do what?	那你怎么办?
247	You fly.	你飞。
248	But	不过
249	your big brother or sister shouldn't throw you unless you're going to land in a swimming	你的哥哥或妹妹不应该扔你除非你要去游泳降落
250	pool.	游泳池游泳池游泳池
251	Okay.	摆
252	Flying can be dangerous because landing... Well, flying isn't dangerous.	因为着陆... 飞行并不危险
253	Landing	着陆
254	is dangerous, right?	很危险吧?
255	Okay.	摆
256	So, to move through the air like a bird means to fly.	因此,像鸟一样在空气中移动意味着飞行.
257	And that's	这是
258	very interesting.	非常有趣,你觉得呢?
259	Okay.	摆
260	So, fly.	所以,飞。
261	But fly is a special verb in English.	但fly是英语中的一种特殊动词.
262	It changes form	它会改变形式
263	depending on how you use it, especially in the past tense.	取决于你如何使用它, 特别是在过去的紧张。
264	What are the three changes?	这三个变化是什么?
265	We say, fly, flew, flown.	我们说,飞,飞,飞。
266	So, remember, fly, flew, flown.	所以,记住,飞行,飞行,飞行。
267	Fly, flew, flown.	飞,飞,飞。
268	Those are the	这些是
269	three different verb tenses for the verb fly.	三个不同的动词时态用于动词蝇.
270	Okay.	摆
271	Now, we have a word here, for water	现在,我们有一个词在这里,水
272	to fall from clouds.	从云中坠落.
273	So, when sometimes, right, you go outside and you feel wet, what's going	所以,有时,对了,你出去感觉湿了,发生了什么事
274	on?	继续?
275	There's water falling from the sky, from the clouds in the sky.	有水从天而降,云从天而降.
276	It falls down.	坠落.
277	What	什麽?
278	do we say it's doing?	我们说它正在做吗?
279	We say, it is raining.	我们说,下雨了。
280	Now, rain can be a noun, right?	现在,雨可以是名词,对不对?
281	It is rain.	这是雨。
282	So, we say, it is rain.	所以,我们说,这是雨。
283	We can say, there is a lot of rain or there's just a little	我们可以说,有很多雨,或者只有一点点
284	rain.	雨声
285	That's a noun.	这是一个名词。
286	We can also use it as a verb.	我们还可以把它作为动词.
287	It is, well, it is raining.	这是,嗯,这是下雨。
288	It is	没错
289	raining today or it will rain tomorrow.	今天下雨,否则明天会下雨
290	It rained yesterday.	昨日雨过.
291	So, noun or verb with rain.	因此,名词或动词带有雨.
292	It is rain, a lot of rain, a little rain.	这是雨,很多雨, 一点点雨。
293	Noun.	名词.
294	Verb, it is raining.	韦伯,下雨了
295	It will rain.	会下雨的
296	It	这个
297	rained this morning.	今早下过雨
298	Okay.	摆
299	Moving on, being alive a short time.	继续,活着很短的时间。
300	Okay.	摆
301	So, we have, actually,	所以,我们,实际上,
302	it's kind of like a contrast here.	这有点像一个对比。
303	Here we have an old man, right?	我们这里有一个老人,对不对?
304	He's been alive for	他还活着
305	a long time.	好久不见
306	Then we have a boy here, right?	然后我们有一个男孩在这里,对不对?
307	And the word we want is the word to put next	我们想要的就是下一个词
308	to the boy because the boy has been alive only a short time.	对男孩来说,因为男孩只活了很短的时间。
309	So, what do we say about	那么,我们怎么说
310	the boy?	那个男孩?
311	If the old man is old, we say the boy is young, right?	如果老家伙是老的, 我们说男孩是年轻的,对不对?
312	So, that would be the	所以,这将是
313	opposite of old, young and old opposites.	与老,幼,老对面相对.
314	Okay.	摆
315	To get ready.	准备好
316	Looks like this woman,	看起来这个女人,
317	she wants to make a meal, right?	她想吃顿饭,对吧?
318	She has a lot of food.	她有很多食物。
319	She's going to get ready.	她会准备好的
320	What	什麽?
321	is she going to do?	她会吗?
322	She's going to prepare, prepare a meal.	她准备吃顿饭
323	Probably your mother or maybe	也许是你母亲,也许
324	your father prepares a meal every day.	你父亲每天准备一顿饭
325	Sometimes, prepares three meals a day.	有时,每天准备三餐.
326	But at least,	不过至少
327	it's prepared once a day.	每天准备一次
328	That's dinner, right?	那是晚餐,对吧?
329	Dinner is prepared every day to get ready.	每天准备吃晚饭
330	But prepare isn't just food.	但准备不仅仅是食物
331	You prepare, too.	你也准备好了
332	Prepare is like 준비하다, right?	准备就像...
333	준비하다,
334	I think so.	我想是这样。
335	When you get ready for school, you prepare.	等你准备好上学,你就做好准备.
336	You put your books in your bag.	你把书放进包里
337	You put on your school clothes.	你穿上你的学校衣服。
338	You're preparing to go to school.	你准备去上学了
339	So, when we get ready for	所以,当我们准备好
340	something, we are preparing.	东西,我们正在准备。
341	We prepare for something.	我们准备做点什么
342	We prepare for dinner or you can	我们准备晚餐,或者你可以
343	prepare something.	准备点什么
344	You prepare dinner.	你准备晚餐
345	You prepare your bag.	你准备你的包。
346	You prepare your notes.	你准备你的笔记。
347	Okay.	摆
348	Let's take a look at the exercise.	让我们来看看锻炼。
349	Now, it's time to review the words we just learned.	现在,是时候回顾一下我们刚刚学到的话了。
350	Match some of those words with their definitions.	将其中一些词与其定义相匹配。
351	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
352	Let's review the words	让我们回顾一下这些话
353	first.	先说
354	The words that we have here are summer.	我们这里的文字是夏天。
355	It's one of the seasons, summer.	是季中之一,夏时.
356	Next one	下一个
357	is another season, winter.	是另一个季节,冬天。
358	Next is fall, another season, and spring.	接下来是秋天,另一个季节和春天。
359	So, these are all the	所以,这些都是
360	different four seasons, summer, winter, fall, spring.	不同的四季,夏,冬,秋,春.
361	Then we have this word here, season.	然后我们在这里有这个词,季。
362	Season, okay?	季节,好吗?
363	So, season includes all of these words, right?	所以,季节包括所有这些词,对不对?
364	And this one is an adjective,	这个是一个形容词,
365	fresh, fresh, fresh, okay?	新鲜,新鲜,新鲜,好吗?
366	So, those are our words.	所以,这些都是我们的话。
367	Let's match these words to their definitions.	把这些词和它们的定义相匹配.
368	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
369	Let's start with number one.	先标第一义.
370	Number one, a warm and rainy season.	第一,一个温暖和雨季。
371	So, we're	所以,我们
372	looking for one of these four words.	寻此四句之一.
373	Remember, I said these are the types of seasons, right?	记住,我说这些是季节的类型,对不对?
374	So, we're looking for a type of season, one that is warm and rainy.	因此,我们正在寻找一种季节, 一个温暖和雨。
375	In which season is	在哪个季节
376	it warm and rainy?	温暖多雨?
377	Of course, we learned that was spring, right?	当然,我们知道那是春天,对不对?
378	It's spring.	是春节.
379	Number two,	二号
380	a hot season.	一个热的季节。
381	So, we're looking for one of these seasons here when it is hot.	所以,我们在这里寻找一个这些季节当它是热的。
382	When is	什么时候
383	it hot?	热吗?
384	What season is that?	这是哪个季节?
385	Of course, we're looking for summer.	当然,我们在找夏天。
386	In the summertime, you	夏天的时候,你
387	go swimming because it's hot.	去游泳,因为它是热的。
388	Number three, clean and new.	第三清净而新.
389	So, we're not talking about	所以,我们不是在谈论
390	one of the seasons here.	其中一个季节在这里。
391	We're looking for an adjective, something that means clean and	我们正在寻找一个形容词, 一些意味着干净和
392	new.	新来的
393	What word is that?	什么词?
394	Of course, that's over here, fresh, fresh.	当然,这是在这里,新鲜,新鲜。
395	If it's clean and	如果它是干净的
396	new, we say that it's fresh.	新的,我们说它是新鲜的。
397	Let's move on to number four.	更转第四.
398	Number four, a time of the	四号,时间
399	year.	年数。
400	So, it's a certain time of the year with special weather, with special weather.	因此,是一年中带有特殊天气,特殊天气的一定时间.
401	Well, this is more general, isn't it?	这更普通,不是吗?
402	There are several times of the year.	每年有好几次。
403	There are four	有四个
404	times of the year that have special weather, four different times.	在一年中,有特殊天气的, 四个不同的时间。
405	What do we call these	我们怎么称呼这些
406	times?	时间?
407	We call them all seasons, don't we?	我们叫他们所有的季节,不是吗?
408	So, that's a season, right?	所以,这是一个季节,对不对?
409	These are the	这些是
410	individual specific seasons, but this word means all of them, right?	个别的季节, 但这个词意味着所有,对不对?
411	So, a time of the	所以,一个时代
412	year with special weather would be a season.	有特殊天气的一年将是一个季节。
413	Number five, a cold season.	第五,一个寒冷的季节。
414	So, now we're	所以,现在我们
415	looking again at one of these specific seasons when it is cold, a cold season.	重新审视这些特定的季节当它是寒冷,一个寒冷的季节。
416	Which one	哪一个
417	is it?	是吗?
418	Of course, we're looking at winter.	当然,我们正在看冬天。
419	In the winter, it is cold.	冬则寒.
420	Finally, we have	我们终于有了
421	another season or last season that we're talking about, a cool and dry season.	另一个季节,或者说上一个季节, 一个酷酷的旱季。
422	It's cool, but	这很酷,但
423	it's also dry.	也是干燥的。
424	And another hint, leaves fall from the trees.	还有一个提示,树上的叶子掉下来了
425	What season is it?	什么季节?
426	It is fall,	这是秋天,
427	fall.	坠落。
428	Okay, so that rounds up our words right there.	好吧,这样我们的话就在这里。
429	Okay, so we're going to take a break	好,我们休息一下
430	from these words and we're going to take a look at the reading passage when we come back.	从这些词我们回来后再看读经
431	So, don't go away.	所以,不要走开。
432	See you soon.	再见
433	Welcome back, everyone.	欢迎大家回来
434	Let's now take a look at the reading	让我们看看读数
435	passage for this unit where we're talking about the seasons.	给这支队伍的通道我们在这里谈论季节。
436	Okay, are you ready?	好了,你准备好了吗?
437	It's	这是
438	a pretty easy passage.	一个相当容易的通道。
439	We have some very simple short sentences to begin with, so no problem.	我们有一些非常简单的短句开头,所以没有问题。
440	The weather changes.	天气变化.
441	That's true, right?	这是真的,对不对?
442	The weather does change.	天气确实变了。
443	It changes.	它改变了。
444	There are	还有
445	four main seasons where the weather changes.	天气变化的四大季节
446	Everything changes, doesn't it?	一切都改变了,不是吗?
447	It changes	变了
448	from one thing to another.	从一件事到另一件事。
449	What are the seasons?	季节是什么?
450	What are the changes, right?	有什么变化,对不对?
451	Sometimes, sometimes.	有时候,有时。
452	Not always, because there's a change.	并不总是,因为有变化。
453	So, sometimes it is hot, right?	所以,有时是热的,对不对?
454	Sometimes it's	有时候
455	hot, but sometimes it's cold.	热,但有时是冷的。
456	So, that shows changes, right?	所以,这显示了变化,对不对?
457	Sometimes it's hot, sometimes	有时很热有时很热
458	it's cold.	凉了
459	It rains and it snows.	雨则雪.
460	Not always, but sometimes.	并不总是,但有时。
461	Sometimes it rains, sometimes	有时下雨,有时下雨
462	it snows.	它会下雪。
463	These are all changes.	这些都是改变。
464	Okay, do you know why?	好吧,你知道为什么吗?
465	When they say, do you know why?	当他们说,你知道为什么吗?
466	Why?	为什么?
467	Why does it rain?	为什么下雨?
468	Why does it snow?	为什么下雪?
469	Why is it cold?	为什么冷?
470	Why is it hot?	为什么这么热?
471	Why does it change?	为什么会改变?
472	Why?	为什么?
473	Because there are four seasons, right?	因为有四个赛季,对吧?
474	And that's shown in this picture here, right?	这照片上也显示过对吧?
475	That's why the weather changes.	故曰天气变化.
476	There are four different seasons.	时有四季不同.
477	So, this sentence	所以,这句话
478	answers the question, why?	为什么?
479	Why does the weather change?	为什么天气会变?
480	Why does it rain?	为什么下雨?
481	Why does it snow?	为什么下雪?
482	Why is it cold?	为什么冷?
483	Why is it hot?	为什么这么热?
484	Because there are four different seasons.	因为有四个不同的季节。
485	That's why.	故说.
486	What	什麽?
487	are the seasons?	是季节吗?
488	What are they?	他们是什么?
489	They are summer, fall, winter, and spring.	他们是夏,秋,冬,春天。
490	The four	这四个
491	different seasons.	不同的季节
492	Spring, summer, fall, and winter.	春夏秋冬.
493	I almost said autumn.	我几乎说秋天。
494	You can also	你也可以这样
495	say autumn, but fall.	说秋,但秋。
496	So, spring, summer, fall, and winter are the four different seasons.	故春,夏,秋,冬为四季之别.
497	Okay, moving on.	好吧,继续前进。
498	Summer, this picture looks like it's in the summer.	夏,此图似在夏.
499	She's enjoying the	她喜欢
500	swimming pool.	游泳馆.
501	Summer is the warmest season.	夏天是最温暖的季节
502	You can also say it's the hottest season,	你也可以说这是最热的季节
503	right?	对吧?
504	We did that graph before.	我们以前做过那个图表。
505	Cold, cool, warm, hot.	冷,凉,热,热。
506	You can also say it's the warmest	你也可以说是最温暖的
507	season.	季节。
508	We can also say it's the hottest season.	我们还可以说是最热的季节.
509	Summer is the warmest season.	夏天是最温暖的季节
510	People swim	人们游泳
511	to stay cool.	保持冷静。
512	You want to stay cool.	你想保持冷静。
513	It's too hot outside.	外面太热了
514	You want to stay cool.	你想保持冷静。
515	We	我们
516	go to the beach.	去海滩。
517	Let's go to the beach.	我们去海滩吧
518	The beach is where the ocean is.	沙滩是海洋所在.
519	Water, right?	水,对不对?
520	You can play in the water.	你可以在水里玩游戏。
521	We go to the beach.	我们去海滩
522	Many plants grow in the summer.	许多植物在夏季生长.
523	That's something	好样的
524	new.	新来的
525	Okay, we didn't talk about that before.	好吧,我们没有谈论过这一点。
526	Of course, summer is hot.	当然,夏天很热。
527	Lots of plants.	许多植物
528	They like the heat from the sun, so they will grow in the summertime.	他们喜欢来自太阳的热量,所以会在夏季生长.
529	Many plants grow during	许多植物生长于
530	the summer.	那个夏天
531	Young animals grow big and strong.	幼畜长大强壮.
532	Usually, young animals are born in the spring	通常,幼畜生于春季
533	during the summer.	夏天的时候
534	They grow.	他们长大了。
535	They grow up, right?	他们长大了,对不对?
536	Just like you.	就像你一样
537	You're growing up now,	你现在长大了
538	but it takes you many years to grow big and strong.	但你要花很多年才能变大变强
539	Animals grow quickly.	动物生长迅速.
540	They can grow	他们可以成长
541	big and strong in just one season.	在一个赛季里大而有力
542	Okay.	摆
543	Fall comes after summer.	秋来夏后.
544	So, after summer, then	那么,夏天过后,
545	fall comes.	秋天来了。
546	Very beautiful, right?	很漂亮,对吧?
547	Fall is a very beautiful season.	秋天是一个非常美丽的季节。
548	The leaves turn red,	叶子变红了
549	yellow, and orange, right?	黄色和橙色,对不对?
550	Fall is cooler than summer.	秋季比夏季凉爽.
551	It, when it says it, we're talking	它,当它说, 我们正在谈论它
552	about fall.	关于坠落。
553	Fall comes after summer.	秋来夏后.
554	It is cooler than summer.	比夏天还酷
555	So, it's very hot.	所以,这是非常热的。
556	Fall	坠落
557	comes along, and it becomes cooler.	来了,它变得凉爽。
558	And as I said, it's very beautiful.	正如我所说,它非常美丽。
559	Leaves turn red,	叶子变红,
560	yellow, and orange.	黄色,和橙色。
561	Look at this picture.	看这张照片。
562	We can see many yellow and orange leaves in	我们可以看到很多黄色和橙色的叶子
563	the trees.	树。
564	Very beautiful, right?	很漂亮,对吧?
565	When the leaves turn these different colors, after	当叶子转动这些不同的颜色,
566	a little while, they will fall off the trees.	不久,他们就会从树上掉下来。
567	They.	他们。
568	So, they refers to leaves.	因此,它们指的是叶子.
569	The leaves	叶子
570	fall off the trees, and the leaves fall on the ground.	从树上掉落,叶落地上.
571	And that's why that picture, we	这就是为什么那张照片,我们
572	saw the boy, he was kicking up the leaves.	看到那个男孩,他在踢树叶。
573	There are many leaves on the ground in the	地上有很多树叶
574	fall.	坠落。
575	And you can play in them, right?	你可以玩他们,对不对?
576	You can throw them up.	你可以把它们扔了
577	Okay.	摆
578	So, leaves turn red,	所以,叶子变红,
579	yellow, and orange.	黄色,和橙色。
580	The leaves, they.	叶子,它们。
581	Remember, they, because leaves is plural, not it, they.	记住,它们,因为叶子是复数的,而不是它,它们。
582	Because there's many leaves, they fall off the trees.	因为叶子很多,从树上掉下来.
583	Okay.	摆
584	Some animals move their homes.	有些动物会搬家
585	Well, think about that.	考虑一下
586	What animals move when it becomes	变成什么动物会动
587	fall?	坠落?
588	In the fall, look in the sky.	秋天时,望天.
589	You will see many birds flying.	你会看到许多鸟儿飞翔
590	Where are they going?	他们要去哪?
591	They're going south.	他们往南去了
592	Why?	为什么?
593	Because it's warmer there.	因为那里比较暖和
594	So, some animals move their homes.	所以,有些动物会搬家
595	Some animals go south, where it's warmer, because it's becoming cooler.	一些动物往南走,那里比较暖和,因为那里越来越凉爽.
596	So, some animals	所以,一些动物
597	move their homes.	移动他们的家园。
598	They go south in the fall.	秋天他们南下
599	Other animals, other animals.	其他动物其他动物
600	So, this means	所以,这意味着
601	not these animals, not those, right?	不是这些动物,不是那些,对不对?
602	Not those.	不是那个
603	Other animals that don't move.	其他不动的动物.
604	Other animals	其他动物
605	grow thick fur.	长出厚厚的皮毛
606	So, some animals move south, like birds, but a bear.	所以,有些动物向南移动, 像鸟,但一只熊。
607	Can a bear start going	熊能开始前进吗?
608	south?	南边?
609	It has to go a really far and long distance.	它必须走很长很长的距离。
610	Bears don't move south.	熊不南迁.
611	Dogs, wolves	狗,狼们
612	don't move south, right?	不要南移,对不对?
613	Rabbits don't move south.	兔不南迁.
614	What these animals do is grow thick	这些动物会变厚
615	fur.	毛发。
616	Fur is the hair on an animal.	毛是动物身上的毛
617	We have hair on our heads.	我们头上有头发
618	We don't say fur, but an	我们不是说皮毛,而是说
619	animal has fur all over its body, and the fur becomes thicker.	动物全身都是毛皮皮毛会变厚
620	It becomes thick because	它变得厚,因为
621	it's like a nice coat, right?	这就像一件漂亮的外套,对不对?
622	So, it's very interesting.	所以,这是非常有趣的。
623	If you have a dog as a pet, look	如果你养狗当宠物,你看
624	at your dog.	在你的狗那边。
625	Your dog's fur will get thicker in the fall because it's preparing for the	你的狗皮在秋天会变厚因为它正在准备
626	cold winter.	寒冷的冬季。
627	In the spring, the hair will fall out all over your clothes and couch and	在春天,头发会掉到你的衣服和沙发上
628	floor, but they're getting rid of the hair.	地板,但他们正在清除头发。
629	Other animals grow thick fur.	其他动物长出厚厚的毛皮.
630	They, now this	他们,现在这个
631	they refers to other animals.	他们指的是其他动物。
632	They prepare for the cold winter.	他们准备过寒冬
633	I said that.	我说了
634	They're	他们是
635	growing thick fur, more hair, because they're preparing to prepare for Junbihae, right?	长出厚厚的皮毛,更多的头发, 因为他们正在准备为君比海做准备,对不对?
636	They're preparing for cold winter.	他们准备过寒冬
637	So, it's interesting.	所以,这是有趣的。
638	Animals will do that.	动物会这样做。
639	Look at this.	看看这个。
640	This is very interesting, right?	这是非常有趣的,对不对?
641	It snows in winter.	冬季下雪.
642	So, the winter has come.	故曰冬来.
643	Are the animals prepared?	动物们准备好了吗?
644	Well, snow will fall down, right?	雪会降下来的,对吧?
645	It snows in the winter.	冬时下雪.
646	Some plants die.	有些植物会死
647	The smaller plants like weeds and flowers, things like that, they die.	像杂草和鲜花这样的较小的植物,类似的东西,它们会死亡.
648	Trees	树
649	don't die.	别死
650	So, it's only some plants, not all plants.	所以,它只是一些植物,而不是所有的植物.
651	Some plants die, and it's hard	有些植物会死,很困难
652	for animals to find food, because animals usually eat leaves.	供动物寻找食物,因为动物通常吃叶子.
653	All the leaves are gone.	一切叶不见.
654	They fell on the ground.	他们倒在地上。
655	The snow covered them.	雪盖着他们。
656	Some plants die.	有些植物会死
657	The plants that animals	动物的植物
658	eat, they're dead.	吃,他们死了。
659	They're gone.	他们走了
660	So, animals, it's hard, himduro, for the animals to find	所以,动物们,很难找到动物们
661	food.	饭食.
662	Look at this.	看看这个。
663	It is hard.	这是很难的。
664	It is hard, himduro.	很难,希杜罗。
665	Say, it is hard.	说,这是很难的。
666	Don't say, they	不要说,他们
667	很难,Andeo,对不对?
668	It is hard.	这是很难的。
669	Don't ever say, I am hard to do something.	永远不要说,我很难做点什么。
670	It is	没错
671	hard for me to do something.	我很难做点什么。
672	In this case, it is hard for animals to find food.	在这种情况下,动物很难找到食物.
673	Some	有点
674	animals sleep all winter.	动物们整个冬天都在睡觉
675	Well, that's a good idea, right?	好主意,对吧?
676	No food, go to sleep.	没有食物,去睡觉。
677	Wake up	醒来
678	in the spring, there's food.	在春季,有食物。
679	That's what bears do.	熊就是这样做的。
680	That's what's going on here.	即是现前.
681	Some animals	有些动物
682	like bears, they sleep all winter long.	像熊一样,他们整个冬天都在睡觉。
683	有个叫Jigeum Heduro的词,对不起,有点
684	difficult word, about that.	很难形容
685	Do you know what that word is?	你知道这个词是什么吗?
686	What are bears doing?	熊们在做什么?
687	It's a	这是一个
688	special word.	特别的词
689	It's called hibernate.	名为冬眠.
690	Three sounds.	三声.
691	Hi -bur
692	Hibernate.	休伯纳特。
693	That means	就是说
694	they sleep all winter.	他们整个冬天都在睡觉
695	That's hibernate.	这是冬眠。
696	Some bears hibernate.	有些熊会冬眠
697	They sleep all winter.	他们整个冬天都在睡觉
698	Bears	熊队
699	are smart, right?	很聪明吧?
700	They will sleep when there's no food.	没有食物他们就会睡觉
701	Then spring, right?	然后是春天,对吧?
702	Of course, this	当然,这个
703	sentence is not a complete sentence.	句子不是完整的句子。
704	Maybe it should be, then spring comes again, right?	也许它应该是, 然后春天又来了,对不对?
705	But that's the idea, right?	但这就是想法,对不对?
706	Then spring comes again.	然后春天又来了。
707	Plants grow, there's food, animals	植物生长,食物,动物
708	can wake up and they can survive.	可以醒来,他们可以生存。
709	They can start eating again, okay?	他们可以重新开始吃饭,好吗?
710	Because a bear doesn't	因为熊不会
711	want to sleep all his life, right?	想睡一辈子,对吧?
712	Just during the winter.	就在冬天的时候
713	Now, in the spring, new things	现在,在春天,新的东西
714	grow, right?	成长,对不对?
715	Spring comes again.	春又来.
716	Then spring comes again.	然后春天又来了。
717	In spring, new things grow.	在春天,新的东西会增长。
718	These	这些
719	plants are new, right?	植物是新的,对不对?
720	These are the plants that will die in the winter.	这些植物会在冬天死去。
721	But in the spring,	但在春天,
722	spring is a time when life begins again.	春天是生命重新开始的时刻。
723	So, little plants are growing up from the ground.	因此,小植物从地面生长.
724	The snow is gone.	雪已灭.
725	It's warmer, right?	比较暖和,对吧?
726	New things grow.	新的东西会增长。
727	The weather is warm and lots	天气暖和,天气多变
728	of rain comes down.	降下一阵雨
729	Plants need rain to grow.	植物需要雨水生长.
730	So, it's a very good thing.	因此,这是一件非常好的事情。
731	The weather is	天气是这样的
732	warm and rainy.	温暖多雨
733	Many baby animals are born.	许多婴儿动物诞生.
734	I said that before, right?	我之前说过,对吧?
735	Many animals are	许多动物
736	born in the spring.	生于春节.
737	So that they have all spring, they have summer and they have fall	这样他们就有了整个春天,夏天和秋天
738	to get big and strong before the winter comes.	在冬天来临前变得强大和强大
739	So, many baby animals are born in the spring.	因此,许多婴儿动物诞生于春季.
740	Birds, remember the birds?	鸟儿们,还记得鸟儿们吗?
741	They flew south.	他们飞向南方。
742	But now it's warm again.	但现在又暖和了
743	So, the birds will	所以,鸟儿会
744	come back.	回来
745	So, look in the sky in the spring.	故曰,春时望天.
746	You can see the birds coming back from the	你可以看到鸟儿从那里回来
747	southern warm areas, right?	南方温暖地区,对不对?
748	The birds are coming back home.	诸鸟归家.
749	Birds fly back to their	鸟儿飞回他们的身边
750	homes.	家,我们家。
751	Everything is fresh.	一切都是新鲜的。
752	Everything is new.	一切如来.
753	Everything is clean, right?	一切都是干净的,对不对?
754	The snow	积雪
755	is gone.	不见了
756	It雨.
757	It washes all the snow away.	能洗净一切雪.
758	Everything looks clean and everything	一切看起来都是干净的
759	is new.	这是新的。
760	There are new plants, new animals.	有新植物,新动物.
761	Everything is fresh.	一切都是新鲜的。
762	Even the air is fresh.	乃至空中清净.
763	Spring is a fresh season.	春为新季.
764	It's a young season, right?	这是一个年轻的季节,对不对?
765	Okay, now let's go over the reading	好吧,现在让我们来看看阅读
766	comprehension questions.	理解问题
767	How well do you remember the reading passage?	你还记得那段读物吗?
768	We have the first two	我们有前两个
769	questions right here.	这里的问题。
770	Number one, this story is about, we're talking about the whole story.	第一,这个故事是关于整个故事。
771	What's the main topic that covers everything that we talked about?	主要话题是什么,涵盖了我们谈论的一切?
772	A, swimming.	A,游泳。 (英语).
773	Sure, we	当然,我们
774	talked about swimming, but that was just a little bit, right?	谈论游泳,但这只是一点点,对不对?
775	It was only a small part	只是一个小部分
776	of what we talked about.	我们谈论的。
777	It wasn't everything that we talked about.	我们谈论的不是一切
778	So, A is not right.	所以,A是不对的。
779	What about B?	B怎么办?
780	This story is about the seasons.	这个故事是关于季节的.
781	That sounds about right, right?	听起来不错吧?
782	Because we	因为我们
783	talked about the different seasons.	谈论不同的季节。
784	We talked about summer, fall, winter, and then we went	我们谈论夏天,秋天,冬天, 然后我们去了
785	back to spring, right?	回到春天,对不对?
786	So, yes, this story is about the seasons.	所以,是的,这个故事是关于季节的。
787	Actually, it should	实际上,它应该
788	be S here, and we just circle that.	在这里,我们只是圆圈。
789	So, this story is about the seasons, okay?	这个故事是关于季节的,好吗?
790	This story	这个故事
791	is about cold weather.	是关于寒冷的天气。
792	Yes, we talked about cold weather, but we talked about all four	是的,我们谈论了寒冷的天气, 但我们谈论了所有四个
793	seasons.	季节。
794	We talked about cold weather when we talked about winter, but we also talked	我们谈论寒冷的天气当我们谈论冬天, 但我们也谈论
795	about summer.	关于夏天。
796	We talked about fall.	我们谈过秋天的事
797	We talked about spring.	我们谈过春天的事
798	So, it's not just about cold	所以,这不仅仅是关于冷
799	weather.	天气风
800	It's about the seasons.	论诸季.
801	D, hot weather.	D,热天气.
802	It's the same idea as cold weather.	与寒天气同观.
803	Only hot	只有热
804	weather was only in the part about summer.	天气只在关于夏天的部分。
805	That's it, right?	就这样,对吧?
806	So, this passage was all	所以,这段话都是
807	about the seasons, right?	关于季节,对不对?
808	This passage talked about all the seasons.	此经讲诸季.
809	We talked about summer,	我们谈过夏天的事
810	fall, winter, and spring.	秋,冬,春也.
811	We talked about all four seasons.	我们谈了四个赛季
812	Not just one season, but	不止一个赛季
813	all four seasons.	所有四个赛季。
814	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
815	Young animals grow big and strong in the what?	幼畜长大强壮于什么?
816	I've	我见过
817	mentioned that two times, right?	提到两次,对不对?
818	I said many animals are born in the spring, right?	我说很多动物生于春天,对不对?
819	They're	他们是
820	little babies.	小宝宝
821	They have to grow big and strong.	他们必须壮大壮大。
822	What season is after spring, right?	春天之后是什么季节,对吧?
823	So, what	所以,怎样?
824	season would be after spring?	春天过后?
825	Well, that would be summer.	那会是夏天
826	Young animals grow big and strong	幼畜长大壮壮
827	in the summer, okay?	在夏天,好吗?
828	So, this is our answer here.	这就是我们的答案
829	Not in the winter, right?	不是冬天,对不对?
830	Animals can't	动物不能
831	grow big and strong because they're looking for food.	长大壮壮因为他们在找食物
832	Food is hard to find.	食物难觅.
833	Some animals	有些动物
834	go to sleep.	睡觉吧
835	Some animals go south.	有些动物往南走
836	So, they should already be big and strong when winter	所以,冬天的时候应该已经很强大了
837	comes.	来了
838	Not winter.	不为冬.
839	Fall, yeah, but really summer is the season after they were born,	秋季,是的,但真正的夏天是他们出生后的季节,
840	right?	对吧?
841	That's in the reading passage.	即诵经中.
842	It said that they grow big and strong in the summer.	上面说他们在夏天会变大变强
843	And in the afternoon, well, that's kind of silly, right?	下午,这有点傻,对吧?
844	That's not a season, okay?	这不是一个季节,好吗?
845	There	那边
846	are many afternoons in the summer, and there are also mornings.	夏天有很多下午,还有早晨
847	And the animals are growing	动物在生长
848	big and strong in the morning, in the afternoon, and at night during the summer.	大而强于晨,午,夏之夜也.
849	So, afternoon	所以,在下午的时候
850	is not the correct answer.	这不是正确的答案。
851	Summer is the best answer.	夏为最妙答.
852	Let's move on to number three.	更转三世.
853	In	内
854	the fall.	坠落。
855	So, we're looking at the season of fall.	因此,我们正在看秋天的季节。
856	What happens in fall, or what is	秋天会发生什么,或者是什么
857	true in fall?	秋天真的吗?
858	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
859	A类.
860	In the fall, it is cold and snowy.	秋时寒雪y.
861	Is it snowy in	下雪了吗?
862	the fall?	秋天吗?
863	No.	没有
864	We have to wait until winter.	我们必须等到冬天
865	Then, it's cold and snowy.	然则寒热积雪.
866	So, this would	所以,这个
867	be winter, not fall.	是冬天,而不是秋天。
868	Whoops, winter, not fall.	呜呼,冬,不坠.
869	So, that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
870	What about B?	B怎么办?
871	In the	在那个
872	fall, it is hard for animals to find food.	秋天,动物很难找到食物。
873	Again, that's winter, not fall.	再说一遍,那是冬天,不是秋天
874	So, that's	所以,这是
875	not the right answer.	不正确的答案。
876	In the fall, we go to the beach.	在秋季,我们去海滩。
877	Do we go to the beach in the fall?	我们秋天要去海滩吗?
878	No, because it's cooler.	不,因为它的凉爽。
879	We go to the beach when it's hot.	热的时候我们去海滩
880	We go to the beach in the summer,	我们夏天去海滩
881	not in the fall.	不是在秋天的时候。
882	So, that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
883	In the fall, leaves turn red, yellow, and orange.	秋天,叶变红,黄,橘.
884	Yes, that is correct.	是的,这是正确的。
885	Leaves turn red, yellow, and orange.	叶变红,黄,橘.
886	That is our answer there, right?	这是我们的答案,对不对?
887	Because we saw that picture, and we saw that in the reading, that it's very beautiful in	因为我们看到那张照片, 我们在阅读中看到, 它非常美丽在
888	the fall, because the leaves are turning colors.	因为叶子在变色
889	They turn red, they turn yellow, and	它们变红,变黄
890	orange in the fall, in the fall.	秋天橙色,秋天兰色.
891	Okay, let's review.	好吧,让我们回顾一下。
892	Here we have this picture that we	在这里,我们有这张照片,我们
893	saw before, right?	以前见过,对吧?
894	We have these different pictures of the trees.	我们有这些不同的树的照片。
895	Now, the tree changes	现在,树变了
896	in the different seasons, but it's not just the tree.	在不同的季节, 但它不只是树。
897	We also talked about how the seasons	我们还谈了赛季的情况
898	change, or the weather changes in each season, right?	变化,或者每个季节的天气变化,对不对?
899	Sometimes it's cold.	有时寒.
900	Sometimes it's	有时候
901	hot.	热。
902	Sometimes it rains.	有时下雨
903	Sometimes it snows.	有时下雪.
904	And, of course, we can see that also the trees	当然,我们也能看到这些树
905	change with the different seasons.	随不同季节而变化。
906	Let's start off here.	从这里开始吧
907	This, of course, is spring.	这当然是春天
908	Spring.	春来.
909	In the spring, things are new and fresh, right?	在春天,事情是新鲜的,对不对?
910	They're clean, clean and new.	他们是干净的,干净的和新的。
911	They are fresh.	是新鲜的
912	New life comes out of the ground.	新生从地出.
913	The trees come back to life.	树木复生.
914	In the summertime, right?	在夏天,对不对?
915	This would be the summer.	这将是夏天。
916	In the summer, it's very hot, hot, right?	在夏天,它非常热,热,对不对?
917	Many fruits grow in	许多水果生长在
918	the summer.	那个夏天
919	Animals grow big and strong in the summer.	夏季动物生长大而强壮.
920	It's very hot.	非常热.
921	You want to go	你想走吗
922	swimming.	游泳吗?
923	你去哪儿了? 说吧 You go where?
924	Go to the beach.	去海滩
925	You can also go to a swimming pool.	也可以去游泳馆.
926	What is this	这是什么
927	over here?	在这里?
928	What season?	什么季节?
929	Yes, that's right.	没错
930	It's fall.	堕地.
931	What happens in fall?	秋天会怎样?
932	Look at the	看这个
933	tree.	树。
934	What's happening?	发生什么事了?
935	The leaves turn color.	叶转色.
936	They turn red, yellow, and orange.	变红、变黄、变橙色
937	And the	还有
938	leaves fall on the ground, as you can see here.	叶落于地,如此所见.
939	It's cooler in the fall, and usually	秋天更凉爽通常
940	it's dry.	是干燥的。
941	It doesn't rain so much.	降雨量不尽.
942	Of course, it does rain in the fall.	当然,秋季会下雨
943	Yes, it does, but	没错,但是
944	not as much as in the spring, right?	不像春天那样多,对吧?
945	What season is this?	这是哪个季节?
946	At the end of the year, of	年终时
947	course, this is winter.	当然,这是冬天。
948	And what is the weather like in the winter?	冬天天气怎么样?
949	What's the weather like?	天气怎么样?
950	It's cold, right?	很冷,对吧?
951	A lot of snow comes down.	下雪时多.
952	A lot of snow, it's cold, and that is the	很多雪,很冷,这就是...
953	winter time.	冬时.
954	And of course, remember, very important point, this all goes in a circle.	当然,记住,非常重要的一点, 这一切都是一个圈。
955	So it starts again.	所以它又开始了。
956	After winter, it comes back to spring, because we don't want it to	冬天过后,又回到春天,因为我们不希望它
957	be winter all the time, right?	一直都是冬天,对吧?
958	We want spring to come back, and we're very happy when spring	我们要春天回来,春天的时候我们很开心
959	comes back.	回来。
960	So this is the cycle of the seasons, and there are four main seasons in the year.	因此,这是赛季的周期,一年中主要有四个赛季.
961	And we can enjoy the weather in each season.	我们可以享受每个季节的天气。
962	And we always know, don't worry, if it's too	我们总是知道,不要担心,如果太
963	cold, don't worry.	冷,不用担心。
964	In a few months, it'll be warm again.	数月后,又温.
965	If it's too hot, don't worry.	若太热者,勿忧.
966	In a few months, it'll get cool again.	数月后,会再度凉爽.
967	So we can enjoy the changes in the weather.	这样我们可以享受天气的变化。
968	Well,	那个
969	I hope you're enjoying the season right now, and we'll see you guys next time.	希望你们现在玩得开心下次见
970	Take care,	小心点
971	everybody.	每个人。

该视频共有字幕 972 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P11 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p11 10. 10. LevelA Lesson10 Bad Weather (P11)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p11 10. 10. LevelA Lesson10 Bad Weather (P11)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 35:19

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:11	Are you ready to learn about bad	你准备好学坏东西了吗?
0:13	weather?	天气吗?
0:14	That's what we're going to talk about in this lesson.	今课所论.
0:17	Lesson 10.	第十课
0:19	We're going to	我们要去
0:19	talk about the weather, but specifically we're going to talk about bad weather, right?	谈谈天气,但具体来说,我们要谈坏天气,对不对?
0:27	So	这么说
0:27	what kinds of bad weather are there?	什么样的恶劣天气?

展开字幕全文（917 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	Are you ready to learn about bad	你准备好学坏东西了吗?
4	weather?	天气吗?
5	That's what we're going to talk about in this lesson.	今课所论.
6	Lesson 10.	第十课
7	We're going to	我们要去
8	talk about the weather, but specifically we're going to talk about bad weather, right?	谈谈天气,但具体来说,我们要谈坏天气,对不对?
9	So	这么说
10	what kinds of bad weather are there?	什么样的恶劣天气?
11	In this lesson, we'll focus on, think about different	在这个课中,我们会集中精力,思考不同的
12	kinds of weather, but bad weather.	那种天气,但恶劣的天气。
13	When we think about the weather, what are some problems	当我们想到天气,有什么问题
14	that can be caused?	有可能是这样的吗?
15	Okay, well first of all, we're talking about bad weather.	好吧,首先,我们说的是坏天气。
16	The weather	天气
17	can be scary, right?	可能很吓人吧?
18	Very scary.	非常吓人。
19	It's frightening.	这太可怕了
20	We are afraid of some types of bad weather.	我们害怕某种恶劣天气。
21	Look at these two guys.	看看这两个家伙。
22	Whoa, right?	哇,对不对?
23	They're very scared.	他们非常害怕。
24	Why?	为什么?
25	Because there is a tornado	因为有龙卷风
26	nearby.	附近附近吗?
27	T-o-r-n-a-d-o.	腾讯网.
28	Tornado.	龙卷风
29	Tornado is when the wind moves in a circle really fast	龙卷风是当风在圆圈中移动得非常快
30	and it's really strong.	它真的很强壮。
31	These two guys, right?	这两个家伙,对不对?
32	They're being blown away and their hats are	他们被吹走,他们的帽子是
33	coming off their heads, right?	掉头了,对吧?
34	It's very dangerous, right?	这是非常危险的,对不对?
35	So that's a tornado.	那是龙卷风
36	Very strong winds.	非常强风。
37	What else can be scary about the weather?	天气还能有什么可怕的?
38	Of course, we can see this type of weather,	当然,我们可以看到这种天气,
39	right?	对吧?
40	When it storms, when there's a lot of clouds in the sky, it gets really dark,	当它暴风雨, 当天空中有很多云, 它变得非常黑暗,
41	you hear a strong noise, right?	你听到强烈的噪音,对不对?
42	And the noise is thunder.	而声为雷.
43	即乌fth,雷.
44	That's the noise, right?	这就是噪音,对不对?
45	And then of course you have these bright lights here and that	当然,你还有这些明亮的灯光
46	of course is lightning.	当然是闪电
47	Lightning.	闪电.
48	Just two words, two sounds.	就两个字,两个声音。
49	Lightning.	闪电.
50	So	这么说
51	thunder and lightning is what we hear in a storm, right?	在暴风雨中我们听到的就是雷电,对吧?
52	And be careful because that's	小心点,因为
53	a lot of electricity coming from the sky.	大量的电力来自天空。
54	It's very dangerous.	这很危险
55	If you're outside and	如果你在外边
56	the sky gets dark and you hear thunder and you see lightning, don't hold a metal thing	天空变黑,你听到雷声,看到闪电,不要拿着金属的东西
57	in your hand above your head.	手放在头上
58	No, that's very dangerous.	不,这很危险
59	Don't hide under a tree.	不藏树下.
60	Don't	别
61	go near a swimming pool or other types of water.	靠近游泳池或其他类型的水。
62	出 water水.
63	Go inside.	进去吧
64	You	你们
65	have to be careful of lightning.	必须小心闪电。
66	So this can be scary weather, too.	所以这也可能是可怕的天气。
67	What else do we have?	还有什么?
68	Oh my gosh!	天呐!
69	Their faces are gone!	他们的脸不见了!
70	No, I'm just kidding.	不,我只是在开玩笑。
71	That's just	就是这样
72	the graphic, okay?	图片,好吗?
73	Of course, this looks like a mom and she's carrying her child.	当然,这看起来像一个妈妈她怀着她的孩子。
74	But look	不过你看
75	at this down here.	在这里。
76	That's what we're looking at.	即是观心.
77	All of this water is everywhere.	这些水到处都是
78	It shouldn't	不应该
79	be there, right?	在那里,对不对?
80	So if there's too much water in an area, we say it is a flood.	因此,如果一个地区有太多的水, 我们说这是一个洪水。
81	A flood.	一场洪水
82	And we'll take a look at that word later.	我们稍后再看这个词。
83	So this is a flood, okay?	所以这是洪水,好吗?
84	So these are different	所以,这些是不同的
85	types of weather that can be bad and scary.	那种天气会很可怕
86	We have a final graphic here.	我们这里有一个最后的图形。
87	My writing is	我写的是
88	on it.	交给我
89	But yeah, it's in about the right place.	但是,是的,这是在大约正确的地方。
90	We have thunder.	我们有雷声。
91	We have lightning.	我们有闪电。
92	And here	还有这里
93	is a tornado, right?	是龙卷风吧?
94	And here is a house that got picked up and it's flying away with	这里有个房子被捡起来飞走了
95	the tornado.	龙卷风
96	You know what this picture makes me think about?	你知道这张照片让我怎么想吗?
97	A very good story.	一个非常好的故事。
98	If you	如果你们
99	get this, this is very good.	听着,这是非常好的。
100	The Wizard of Oz.	绿野仙踪
101	Do you know this story?	你知道这个故事吗?
102	Many children	许多儿童
103	know this story.	知道这个故事。
104	It's a good story.	说妙法门.
105	If you don't know it, find it at your bookstore.	如果你不知道, 在你的书店找到它。
106	Ask your mom or your dad about this book.	问你妈妈或你爸爸关于这本书。
107	Or you can go on the computer and you can	或者你可以上电脑你可以
108	find this story.	找到这个故事。
109	It's a very good children's story, okay?	这是一个非常好的儿童故事,好吗?
110	The Wizard of Oz.	绿野仙踪
111	It's a little	有点
112	girl.	姑娘们
113	She's in a house.	她在一间房子里
114	A tornado comes, picks up her house, and she flies away to a very	龙卷风来了,捡起她的房子, 她飞走了一个非常
115	strange land, okay?	奇怪的地方,好吗?
116	So it's a very good book.	故此书甚妙.
117	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
118	And let's look at the	让我们看看
119	words for this lesson.	这个课的词
120	Let's learn the words for this lesson.	学此经言.
121	The first word.	初句义.
122	What do we	我们该怎么办?
123	see here?	看到了吗?
124	This is an interesting picture, isn't it?	这是一个有趣的图片,不是吗?
125	We have little pieces of wood standing	我们有小块木头
126	up, right?	起来,对不对?
127	And we have somebody's going to push it, right?	我们有人要推动它,对不对?
128	And that's going to hit that	那会打到那个
129	and they're all going to fall over.	他们都会掉下去的
130	So we're going to make something happen.	所以,我们要让事情发生。
131	To make something	做点什么
132	happen, we're going to cause one to hit the other and the other and the other.	发生,我们会造成一个打对方和对方。
133	And I just	我刚刚
134	used the word there, right?	用这个词,对不对?
135	To cause.	为因缘故.
136	Cause.	因为...
137	So if you cause something, that means you	所以,如果你造成什么, 这意味着你
138	made it happen.	让它发生。
139	If you cause all of these to fall down, right?	如果你把这些都弄下来,对吧?
140	You made it happen.	是你促成的
141	To	改为
142	cause something to happen.	让事情发生
143	The tornado caused the car to fly away, okay?	龙卷风让车子飞走了,好吗?
144	So we're going	所以我们要去
145	to make something happen.	做点什么
146	So something makes another thing happen.	所以有些事情又发生了
147	To cause.	为因缘故.
148	Okay, next	好,下一个
149	word.	词
150	This is a type of weather, right?	这是一种天气,对不对?
151	This little girl, right?	这个小女孩,对不对?
152	She's in her coat.	她穿着她的外套。
153	She's	琌
154	in her knit hat.	在她的毛线帽。
155	And look, it's very strong, the wind.	看,它非常强壮,风。
156	Weather with fast moving air.	天气与快速移动的空气。
157	The	那个
158	air is moving past her very quickly.	空气很快从她身上流过
159	In this case, what is the weather?	在这种情况下,是什么天气?
160	We say the weather	我们说天气
161	is windy.	风很大
162	Windy.	风曰.
163	It's very windy.	风甚甚.
164	So the wind is strong.	故风气强.
165	风y.
166	Okay.	摆
167	The next one.	下一个
168	Strong dangerous weather.	强烈的危险天气。
169	Of course, we talked about tornado,	当然,我们谈过龙卷风,
170	but we're looking for not just tornado, but any type of weather.	但是我们不是在寻找龙卷风而是任何种类的天气
171	Any type of weather that	任何种类的天气
172	is dangerous or strong.	危险或强壮。
173	We could say storm.	我们可以说风暴。
174	It is a storm.	这是一个风暴。
175	So a tornado is a type of storm,	龙卷风是一种风暴
176	but there are other types of weather.	但还有其他种类的天气。
177	For example, it rains a lot and there's lightning	比如说,它经常下雨,有闪电
178	and thunder.	和雷声。
179	That's a storm.	这是暴风雨。
180	If it snows a lot, too much snow, your parents can't drive	如果下了很多雪,太多的雪, 你的父母不能开车
181	their car.	他们的车。
182	Nobody can move.	没有人能移动。
183	Everybody stays inside.	每个人都待在里面。
184	That's a storm.	这是暴风雨。
185	A snow storm.	一场雪暴.
186	So some	所以有点
187	storms are very big and cause a lot of water, rain or snow to fall down very quickly.	风暴非常大,导致大量水,雨或雪迅速降下.
188	And	还有
189	we call those storms.	我们称之为风暴。
190	Okay, I taught you this word before.	好吧,我教过你这个字。
191	Do you remember seeing this picture	你还记得看到这张照片吗?
192	before?	以前吗?
193	This is dangerous bright light from storms.	这是来自风暴的危险亮光。
194	Dangerous bright light from storms.	暴风雨发出的危险亮光
195	We say it's lightning.	我们说是闪电
196	Just two sounds.	只是两个声音。
197	Lightning.	闪电.
198	It's lightning.	这是闪电。
199	And of course,	当然
200	with lightning, I also said something else.	用闪电,我也说了些别的
201	With lightning, you also hear thunder.	有了闪电,你也会听到雷声
202	So	这么说
203	thunder.	雷电.
204	And then after or actually before thunder, you see the lightning.	然后在雷电之后或之前,你可以看到闪电。
205	You see the	你看见了
206	flash and then a little bit later, you hear the thunder.	闪光,然后稍稍后,你听到雷声。
207	So thunder and lightning.	故曰雷电.
208	Very	非常喜欢
209	common thing in a storm to experience.	在暴风雨中常见的事
210	Okay, so lightning.	好吧,雷电。
211	The next word, oh my gosh.	下一个词,天啊。
212	Look	听着
213	what happened.	发生了什么事。
214	It's terrible, right?	这是可怕的,对不对?
215	There was a strong wind.	时有强风.
216	Maybe a very big storm.	也许是一场大风暴
217	Very strong winds.	非常强风。
218	And it pushed this tree over onto this house.	它把这棵树推到这房子上
219	That's terrible.	这太可怕了
220	These	这些
221	poor people who live there, right?	住在那的穷人,对吧?
222	To make into nothing.	以成虚空.
223	What did this tree do?	这棵树做了什么?
224	It made	它创造了
225	the house into nothing.	房子一无所有
226	Well, maybe they can save it.	好吧,也许他们可以保存它。
227	But you could say destroy.	但你可以说是毁灭
228	The tree	树
229	destroyed the house.	摧毁了房子。
230	Sometimes in a flood, there's a lot of water.	有时在洪水中,水量很大.
231	The water will come	水会来
232	and it might bury your car under the water and you can't use your car anymore.	它可能会把你的车埋在水下不能再用你的车了
233	Your car	你的车
234	is destroyed.	被摧毁。
235	Okay?	好吗?
236	So storms are very dangerous.	所以风暴是非常危险的。
237	They cause a lot of damage.	它们造成了很大的破坏。
238	Storms destroy	风暴摧毁
239	homes, cars, many things that are destroyed in a storm.	房屋,汽车,许多在暴风雨中被毁的东西.
240	Okay, the next word.	好吧,下一个词。
241	We saw this	我们看到了这个
242	picture before, right?	以前的照片,对不对?
243	The people with no face.	无相者.
244	Okay, let's take a look of course.	好吧,让我们看看当然。
245	But	不过
246	we're looking at the water again.	我们又在看水
247	A lot of water that goes onto land.	很多水会流到陆地上
248	So usually the	所以通常,
249	water is in the river or it's in a lake.	水在河里或者在湖里
250	But if there's a lot of water comes from the sky	但是如果有很多水来自天空
251	in rain or in snow, then maybe that water will come onto the land and cover everywhere.	在雨中或雪中,然后也许水会来到陆地上,覆盖到各地。
252	And of course we say, that is a flood.	当然,我们说,这是一个洪水。
253	Now, by the way, flood can be used as a noun.	现在,顺便说一句,洪水可以用作名词.
254	For	对于
255	example, there is a flood.	举例来说,这里有洪水。
256	There is a flood.	发生了洪水。
257	That's a noun.	这是一个名词。
258	There is a flood.	发生了洪水。
259	But flood	但是洪水会淹没
260	can also be used as a verb.	也可以用作动词.
261	The river flooded the lake.	河水淹没湖水.
262	The	那个
263	river flooded over.	河流被淹没了
264	Okay?	好吗?
265	Or you could also say, the town flooded.	或者你也可以说小镇被淹了
266	That means the town	意思是镇子
267	was covered in water.	被水覆盖着
268	So we can use flood as a noun.	这样我们就可以用洪水作为名词.
269	There is a flood or a verb.	这里有洪水或动词
270	The	那个
271	river flooded over.	河流被淹没了
272	The river got too big and it flooded the surrounding area.	河流变得过大,淹没了周边地区.
273	So we	所以我们
274	can use flood as a noun or as a verb.	可使用洪水作为名词或动词.
275	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
276	To begin, these boys are running	开始,这些男孩跑
277	in a race, right?	在比赛中,对不对?
278	At the start of the race, right?	比赛开始时,对不对?
279	At the start of the race, they begin.	比赛开始时,他们就开始了.
280	To begin means to start.	开始意味着开始。
281	Okay, to start.	好吧,开始吧。
282	Okay, here we have another word.	好,我们还有话要说
283	This is an interesting	这很有趣
284	picture.	图片。
285	All these pieces of wood seem to have fallen down.	这些木头好像都掉下来了
286	Maybe they made something	也许他们做了一些东西
287	like a tower before, but they fell down.	像塔前,但他们倒下了。
288	So to make something fall down, this is a kind	所以,为了让东西掉下来,这是一种
289	of a special word.	一个特别的词
290	It's a little bit of a difficult word.	略说难语.
291	It is to topple.	它要翻转。
292	To topple.	至顶上.
293	Pronunciation.	发音.
294	Topple.	托普尔。
295	To topple.	至顶上.
296	If something falls over, especially something	如果有东西掉下来,特别是什么
297	that's very large, very big and tall, it will fall over.	很大,很大,很高,会掉下来的
298	It will topple.	它会倾覆。
299	So imagine if you	所以想象一下,如果你
300	cut down a tree, the tree falls over.	砍倒一棵树,树倒了.
301	We say the tree topples over.	我们说树的顶部。
302	Buildings might	建筑物可能
303	topple over.	托普尔结束。
304	Okay, so to topple means something very tall falls over.	好吧,所以顶部意味着非常高的东西掉下来。
305	Whoa, he looks kind	哇,他看起来不错
306	of interesting.	有趣的是,这让我觉得...
307	Does he look like me?	他长得像我吗?
308	Maybe.	也许
309	Okay, he's a weatherman, right?	好吧,他是一个气象员,对不对?
310	Now, news	现在,新闻
311	that tells us the weather.	这告诉我们天气。
312	News that tells us the weather.	消息告诉我们天气。
313	You want to know about today.	你想知道今天的事吗?
314	Tomorrow.	明天见
315	Will it be sunny?	会是阳光吗?
316	Will it be windy?	会风吗?
317	Is there a storm coming?	暴风雨来了吗?
318	So you want news	所以你想要新闻
319	that tells us the weather.	这告诉我们天气。
320	What do you want to look at?	你想看什麽?
321	You want to look at the weather	你想看看天气吗?
322	report.	报告。
323	This is the news that tells you about the weather.	这是告诉你天气的消息。
324	Okay.	摆
325	Here we have an object	这里有个物体
326	here.	在这里。
327	It's a very colorful object.	这是一个非常多彩的物体。
328	They're not all like this.	他们不是都这样
329	Maybe, I'm sure you have	也许,我敢肯定,你
330	one of these at home.	一个在家里。
331	It's a tool.	这是一个工具。
332	A tool is something we use, right?	我们用的工具,对吧?
333	A tool we hold,	我们掌握的工具
334	we hold in our hand to keep the rain off.	我们握着手让雨停掉
335	It's raining outside.	外风雨.
336	You don't want to get	你不会想得到的
337	wet, so you use one of these to keep the rain off.	湿了,所以你用这个来挡雨
338	You want to stay dry.	你想保持干燥吗?
339	Okay, so let's	好吧,那么我们
340	see.	看到没?
341	You don't want to get wet.	你不会想湿的
342	You want to stay dry.	你想保持干燥吗?
343	You want to keep the rain off.	欲令雨开.
344	What	什麽?
345	is it?	是吗?
346	Umbrella in Korean.	韩国语的伞
347	Umbrella in English.	伞用英语。
348	Okay, so I'm sure you have an umbrella.	好吧,我相信你有伞。
349	I'm	и琌
350	not sure if my Korean is that good, but do you have an umbrella at home?	不知我的韩文是不是那么好但你家里有伞吗?
351	I'm sure you	我敢肯定,你已经
352	do.	说吧
353	Okay, so umbrella.	好,雨伞
354	Okay, now in the summertime, it's really hot, isn't it?	好吧,现在在夏天, 它真的很热,不是吗?
355	It's really hot.	这真的很热。
356	If you're in the park and you're out in the sun, the sun is hitting you.	如果你在公园里,你在阳光下,太阳会打到你。
357	Oh, it's so hot	好热啊
358	and you sweat.	而你会出汗
359	Right?	对吧?
360	I'm very hot.	我非常热。
361	So, it's too hot in the sun, but you don't	所以,太阳太热了,但你不
362	want to go inside a building.	想进楼去
363	You want to enjoy the park.	你想享受公园。
364	So, maybe you go under a tree	所以,也许你去树下
365	or maybe there's an umbrella, a big umbrella, so you want to go to an outside place with	也许有伞,大伞,所以你想去外面的地方
366	no sun.	没有太阳。
367	Like these ducks are smart, right?	像这些鸭子是聪明的,对不对?
368	They're not in the sunlight.	他们不在阳光下
369	They went in	他们进去了
370	the dark area under the tree, a place with no sun.	树下的黑暗区域一个没有太阳的地方
371	What is this dark area?	这是什么黑暗区域?
372	It's a little	有点
373	cooler there, right?	凉爽点,对吧?
374	We say it's the shade.	我们说这是阴凉。
375	So, if you're outside, you're in a park or	所以,如果你在外面, 你在一个公园或
376	you're playing soccer and the sun is too strong, maybe you want to go in the shade.	太阳太强了,也许你想躲在阴间
377	Go in the	进去
378	shade.	阴荫.
379	In the shade.	于阴中.
380	Because the shade is cooler than in the sun.	因为阴凉比太阳凉爽.
381	You don't have the	你没有
382	sun hitting you directly.	太阳直接击中你。
383	So, it's a little cooler in the shade.	於是,阴间稍凉.
384	It's a little cooler	有点凉爽
385	in the shade.	在阴影中。
386	Okay.	摆
387	The next word, to move air.	下字,以动气.
388	Now, we talked about windy, right?	现在,我们谈论风,对不对?
389	This	这个
390	picture looks like it's windy, but windy is an adjective.	照片看起来像风, 但风是一个形容词。
391	It is windy, right?	这是风,对不对?
392	It is windy	风大
393	outside.	外边
394	That's an adjective, but we're looking for a verb here, to move air.	这是一个形容词, 但我们在这里寻找一个动词, 移动空气。
395	Why is it windy?	为甚么风.
396	What is the action?	行动是什么?
397	What's happening?	发生什么事了?
398	Well, we're looking for the verb blow.	我们在找动词
399	When the	当
400	wind blows, right, then the air moves.	风吹,右,然后空气移动。
401	We can blow, right?	我们可以爆炸,对不对?
402	You can put your hand in	你可以把手放进去
403	front of your mouth.	在你嘴的前面。
404	You can feel the air moving.	你能感觉到空气在移动
405	I am blowing, right?	我吹,对不对?
406	Blow, blew, blown.	吹,吹,吹。
407	This is an irregular verb.	这是一个不规则的动词。
408	So, it changes according to how we use it.	因此,它根据我们如何使用它而变化。
409	When we use it	当我们使用它时
410	in now, to blow, that means right now.	现在,吹,这意味着现在。
411	Blew, past tense.	闪亮,过去紧张。
412	Blown,过去participle。
413	Have blown,	已经吹了,
414	right?	对吧?
415	Blow, blew, blown.	吹,吹,吹。
416	So, in English, I'm sorry, some words you	所以,在英语,我很抱歉, 一些字你
417	have to know the different forms when you use them in different time periods.	在不同的时间段使用时,必须知道不同的形式。
418	
419	so blow.	如此的打击。
420	Okay, now we've learned all the words.	好吧,现在我们已经学会了所有的话。
421	Let's practice.	让我们练习。
422	How well do you remember those	你还记得那些
423	words, right?	说话,对不对?
424	So, we're going to do our exercise, our word exercise.	因此,我们要做我们的练习,我们的文字练习.
425	We're going to match the	我们要匹配
426	words with their definitions.	词语及其定义。
427	Okay, so how well do you remember these words?	好吧,你还记得这些话吗?
428	Let's review	让我们回顾一下
429	the words first, though.	先说这些话
430	The first word is cause, cause.	第一个词是原因,原因。
431	Second word, storm, storm.	第二话暴风雨暴风雨
432	ưμ㼯A
433	word, lightning, lightning.	闪电闪电
434	Okay, two sounds there, lightning.	好吧,两个声音在那里,闪电。
435	Windy, wuh, wuh sound, windy.	风,呜,呜的声音,风。
436	Next word, flood, flood.	下句,洪水,洪水.
437	也许Chokkum hedeuro,对,可以说,因为我们有F和我们有
438	L. 所以,fuh, fuh and luh, luh. 所以,fuh, fuh and luh, luh. 所以,fuh, fuh and luh, luh. 所以,fuh, fuh and luh, luh.
439	Flood, put them together, flood.	洪水,把它们放在一起,洪水。
440	Next one, destroy, destroy.	下一个,毁灭,毁灭。
441	Okay, so let's put these words with their correct definitions.	好吧,让我们把这些词与正确的定义。
442	Number one, strong, dangerous	第一,强壮,危险
443	weather.	天气风
444	Weather that is strong and dangerous.	天气既强又危险
445	Remember, when I explained this, I talked	记住,当我解释这个,我说话
446	about it might rain a lot or it might snow a lot.	说不定会下雨或者下雪
447	A lot of rain, a lot of snow.	多雨多积雪.
448	What	什麽?
449	word is it?	是吗?
450	We say that it is a storm, a storm.	我们说这是一场风暴,一场风暴。
451	And you can say rain storm or snow storm.	也可以说是暴雨或暴雪.
452	It's just strong, dangerous weather.	它只是强壮,危险的天气。
453	A lot of rain comes down, a lot of snow comes down,	下了很多雨,下了很多雪
454	the wind is very strong, sometimes there's a tornado, right?	风很强,有时候还有龙卷风,对吧?
455	Okay, number two, dangerous	好,二号,危险
456	bright light from storms.	风暴的明亮光芒
457	So, it's not just a light, it's electricity, right?	所以,它不只是一个光, 它是电,对不对?
458	You don't	你没有
459	want to get hit by lightning, it's very dangerous.	想被闪电击中很危险
460	So, dangerous bright light from storms, I	暴风雨发出的危险亮光,我
461	just said it, it's lightning, lightning.	刚刚说,这是闪电,闪电。
462	Okay, number three, to make into nothing, to make	好吧,第三,做成无,做
463	into nothing.	变成什么都没有。
464	So, if you have something and another thing comes along and makes that something	所以,如果你有东西和另一个东西来做的东西
465	into nothing, it's no good anymore.	什么都没有,它已经不是好事了。
466	You can't use it.	岂能用之.
467	What is the verb?	动词是什么?
468	It is destroy, to	这是毁灭,以
469	destroy.	摧毁。
470	Okay, let's move on to number four, weather with fast moving air.	好吧,让我们继续到第四, 天气与快速移动的空气。
471	So, weather	所以,天气状况
472	with fast moving air.	与快速移动的空气。
473	If you're outside and the air is moving very fast by you, what do	如果你在外面,空气飞得很快,怎么办?
474	we say?	我们说?
475	It is windy, it's windy outside, fast moving air.	有风,有风外面,快速移动的空气。
476	And that, of course, is windy.	当然,这是风。
477	Number five, to make happen.	五号,实现。
478	So, if you make something happen, right?	所以,如果你让事情发生,对不对?
479	You start the action	你开始行动
480	and something happens from that.	事情发生了。
481	What did you do?	你做了什麽?
482	You caused it to happen, to cause	是你导致的,是导致的
483	something to happen, to cause an event to happen, to cause, to make to happen.	事情会发生, 引起一个事件发生, 引起,促成。
484	Number	数目
485	six, a lot of water, right?	6,很多水,对不对?
486	All over the place, right?	到处都是,对不对?
487	And it's not supposed to be there,	它不应该在那里,
488	it's not normally there.	它通常不在那里。
489	This happens in Korea every summer, doesn't it?	韩国每年夏天都这样不是吗?
490	It rains a lot and	经常下雨
491	unfortunately in some cities and some towns and in the countryside, there's water covering	不幸的是,在一些城市和一些城镇和在农村,有水覆盖
492	the land.	这片土地
493	What do we say?	怎么样?
494	We say it is a flood, it's a flood.	我们说这是洪水,这是洪水。
495	And remember, flood can be a	记住,洪水可以是
496	noun or a verb.	名词或动词.
497	Okay, so we've come to the end of the vocabulary section.	好了,我们到了词汇部分的结尾。
498	Let's take	开始吧
499	a short break now.	暂时休息
500	We'll come back and take a look at the reading passage.	复来观读经.
501	So, come back	所以,回来吧
502	soon.	马上
503	Okay, welcome back everybody.	好了欢迎大家回来
504	Let's go over the reading passage for this unit	我们来看看这个单位的读物
505	together.	一起来
506	Of course, we're talking about bad weather.	当然,我们说的是恶劣的天气。
507	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
508	The weather can	天气会
509	be scary, scary, right?	吓人,吓人,对不对?
510	I'm afraid, I'm frightened, right?	我害怕,我害怕,对不对?
511	I'm scared.	我吓坏了。
512	The weather, unfortunately,	不幸的是,天气
513	can be scary.	可能会吓人
514	Maybe you have experienced scary weather before.	也许你以前经历过可怕的天气
515	The sky is dark, lightning,	天黑了,闪电
516	loud thunder, lots of rain.	响亮的雷声大量的雨声
517	It can be scary, can't it?	可能很可怕,不是吗?
518	So, the weather can be scary.	所以,天气会很可怕。
519	What	什麽?
520	kinds of weather are scary?	那种天气是可怕的吗?
521	Well, floods can destroy homes.	洪水会摧毁家园
522	That is scary.	这是可怕的。
523	Imagine there's	想象一下还有
524	all the water on the ground and your home has lots of water in it.	地面上所有的水和你的家里面有很多水。
525	That's not good,	这样不好
526	right?	对吧?
527	That can be kind of scary.	可能有点吓人
528	I hope that never happens, but in some places, it does	我希望这不会发生, 但在某些地方,它确实
529	happen.	发生。
530	Floods can destroy homes.	洪水可以摧毁家园.
531	Storms can topple trees.	暴风雨可以倒灌树木.
532	Remember, we learned that word	记住,我们学到了这个词
533	topple to fall over.	顶部倒下。
534	A storm with the wind can push trees over.	有风的暴风可以把树推过.
535	They can make trees fall	他们可以让树木倒下
536	down.	下来
537	Trees can fall down on houses or buildings or maybe people.	树木会倒在房屋或建筑物上,或可能倒在人身上。
538	So, you have to be careful.	所以,你必须小心。
539	Storms can topple trees.	暴风雨可以倒灌树木.
540	Lightning, right?	闪电,对不对?
541	That electricity from the sky.	天空的电
542	Lightning can	闪电罐
543	start fires, right?	点火,对不对?
544	That's a lot of energy.	即发广大力.
545	It's a lot of electricity.	电量大.
546	If it hits a tree,	如果撞到树上
547	the tree might start a fire or a fire might start in the tree because of the lightning.	树可能起火也可能因为闪电而起火
548	Snow can cause accidents.	雪会引发意外
549	We talked about cause, right?	我们谈过原因,对吧?
550	Cause means to make happen.	原因意味着实现
551	Well, think about that.	考虑一下
552	If a lot of snow comes down, I talked about that, right?	如果下了很多雪, 我谈论了这一点,对不对?
553	People can't	人们不能
554	drive their car because it's too slippery, right?	开他们的车太滑了吧?
555	So, snow can cause accidents.	因此,雪会引发事故.
556	So, be	所以,是,这是
557	careful.	小心点
558	Also, when you're walking, right?	还有,当你走,对不对?
559	You're going to slip in the snow.	你会在雪中滑倒。
560	Be careful.	小心点
561	Okay.	摆
562	Snow can cause accidents.	雪会引发意外
563	Bad weather can happen anywhere, right?	坏天气会发生在任何地方,对不对?
564	It can happen	有可能发生
565	anywhere.	随处可见.
566	It can happen in Korea.	可以在韩国发生.
567	It can happen in Australia.	可以在澳大利亚发生.
568	It can happen in England	在英国可以发生
569	or America.	或者美国
570	Bad weather is everywhere.	坏天气无处不在.
571	It can happen anywhere.	它可能发生在任何地方。
572	Anywhere, bad weather	任何地方,恶劣的天气
573	can happen.	可能发生。
574	It can change pretty fast, too.	变化也很快
575	Are you scared?	你害怕吗?
576	I don't want to scare you.	我不想吓你
577	I'm sorry, right?	对不起,对不对?
578	I hope you aren't scared.	我希望你不会害怕
579	But are you scared?	但你害怕吗?
580	You don't need to be.	你不需要这样
581	하지.
582	Be happy.	欢喜踊跃.
583	Don't worry.	别担心
584	You don't need to be scared, right?	你不需要害怕,对不对?
585	Because it's	因为它是
586	easy to be safe.	很容易变得安全。
587	I told you already some advice for different types of weather, right?	我已经告诉你一些建议对于不同类型的天气,对不对?
588	I said	我说
589	if there's lightning, go inside a building, right?	如果有闪电, 进入一个建筑,对不对?
590	We can try to avoid bad weather.	我们可以尽量避免恶劣天气。
591	We	我们
592	can get out of bad weather.	可以摆脱恶劣天气。
593	So, what else can you do?	那你还能做什么?
594	You can watch the weather report.	你可以看天气报告。
595	So, look at the weather report on the news.	看看新闻上的天气报告
596	You can know if bad weather is coming and	你可以知道如果坏天气来临
597	you can prepare, right?	你可以准备,对不对?
598	준비해요.
599	You can prepare for bad weather.	你可以为恶劣天气做好准备。
600	So, watch the weather	所以,看着天气
601	report.	报告。
602	Stay inside when there is lightning.	当有闪电时留在里面
603	I already said that, right?	我已经说过了,对吧?
604	It's a good idea.	妙觉.
605	Stay inside.	呆在里面,别走
606	回家去回家来 Go home.
607	Go inside your school.	进入你的学校。
608	Go inside a bank or a post office or in the	进入银行或邮局或
609	subway.	地铁.
610	Wait until the lightning goes away, right?	等到闪电消失,对不对?
611	Wear warm clothes when it's cold.	寒时穿暖衣.
612	Of	员额
613	course, we know that.	当然,我们知道这一点。
614	Don't go outside and play when it's cold out.	寒冷时别外出玩.
615	You will get a cold.	你会感冒的。
616	Achoo!	阿乔!
617	Right?	对吧?
618	You don't want to get a cold.	你不想感冒吗?
619	Wear warm clothes.	着暖衣.
620	Stay warm.	保持温暖。
621	Use an umbrella	使用伞
622	when it rains.	当它下雨。
623	So, if it's raining, of course, you can use an umbrella.	所以,如果下雨, 当然, 你可以使用伞。
624	But be careful if	但当心,如果
625	there's lightning and there's no tall buildings around, right?	有闪电周围没有高大的建筑,对不对?
626	Okay.	摆
627	So, use an umbrella when	所以,使用伞当
628	it rains.	下着雨
629	Some storms are very windy.	有些风暴非常风化.
630	There's a lot of wind in some storms, right?	暴风雨里有很多风,对吧?
631	Some	有点
632	storms, there's no wind.	风暴,没有风。
633	It just rains a lot or just snows straight down, right?	它只是下雨很多或者只是雪直下,对不对?
634	But many	不过很多
635	times when the storm comes, the wind is very, very strong, right?	当风暴来袭时,风力非常非常强,对吧?
636	Some storms are windy.	有些风暴是狂风。
637	This is a new word.	这是一个新的词。
638	We didn't look at this before.	我们以前没看过这个
639	Hurricane.	飓风。
640	Before, I taught you tornado.	以前我教你龙卷风
641	Tornado, like I said, is when the wind goes in a circle very fast.	龙卷风,就像我说的,是当风进入一个圆圈时,它非常快。
642	But tornadoes are small	但龙卷风很小
643	in area.	在区域。
644	Hurricanes are similar to tornadoes.	飓风与龙卷风类似.
645	But hurricanes are huge.	但飓风是巨大的。
646	They're big.	他们很大。
647	Very	非常喜欢
648	large area.	大面积。
649	The wind goes around in a huge circle.	风绕大圆.
650	And hurricanes usually happen over	飓风通常发生在
651	water, ocean.	水,大海。水,大海。
652	Tornado is over land.	龙卷风在陆地上空
653	A small storm over land.	陆地上空的小风暴.
654	Hurricane is a huge storm.	飓风是一场巨大的风暴.
655	Many, many kilometers wide.	许多,很多公里宽。
656	And it happens over water.	并发生于水上.
657	Sometimes they come on to the	有时候,他们来到
658	land and it can be very dangerous.	陆地和它可能非常危险。
659	Hurricanes are giant.	飓风是巨大的。
660	Like I said, they're big.	就像我说的,它们很大。
661	They're	他们是
662	very big, windy storms.	非常大,风暴。
663	The wind blows so hard, it can pick things up, right?	风吹得这么厉害,它能捡起东西,对吧?
664	Just like	碞钩
665	a tornado, a hurricane can pick something up, like a cow.	龙卷风,飓风可以捡到一些东西,像牛一样.
666	Isn't that crazy?	是不是疯了?
667	Imagine	想象一下
668	a flying cow.	一个飞牛。
669	There goes a cow.	有一头牛
670	You've never seen a cow fly, right?	你从来没见过牛飞对吧?
671	I hope you never see	我希望你永远看不到
672	a cow fly.	一只牛飞。
673	You shouldn't be near a hurricane.	你不应该接近飓风。
674	But imagine a flying cow, right?	但想象一只飞牛,对不对?
675	There goes	就是这样
676	a cow, right?	奶牛对吧?
677	Okay, that's crazy.	好吧,这是疯了。
678	It sounds funny, doesn't it?	这听起来很有趣,不是吗?
679	We're making a joke.	我们在开玩笑
680	It	这个
681	sounds funny.	听起来很有趣。
682	Ha, ha.	哈,哈,哈,哈,哈,哈,哈。
683	We can laugh about it.	我们可以笑它。
684	But hurricanes can be very scary.	但飓风可能非常可怕。
685	They can	他们可以
686	be very dangerous, okay?	非常危险,好吗?
687	So be careful.	所以小心点
688	Not just cows.	不仅仅是牛
689	Cars and sometimes pieces of houses	汽车,有时还有房屋
690	can also be picked up and blown away.	也可以被捡起来炸掉
691	If there's a hurricane coming, usually people leave the	如果有飓风来袭,人们通常离开
692	area.	区域。
693	Again, watch the weather report.	再看天气报告
694	So don't be scared.	所以别害怕
695	Just be prepared.	准备一下
696	Know how	要知道怎样
697	to be prepared for bad weather.	准备应付恶劣天气
698	That's important.	这很重要
699	Okay, hot weather can be bad too.	好吧,炎热的天气也可能是坏的。
700	Okay, so	好吧,这样吧
701	not a storm, just really hot weather.	不是暴风雨,只是天气很热
702	You also have to be careful.	你也要小心一点
703	But again, if you	再说一遍,如果你
704	prepare well, no problem.	准备好没问题
705	People can get sick from too much heat.	人从太热得病.
706	In the summertime, if	在夏天,如果
707	you're playing with your friends and there's a lot of sun and it's a hot day, be careful.	你在和朋友玩太阳多而天气炎热小心
708	Drink lots of water, right?	喝了很多水,对吧?
709	You don't want to get sick.	岂不欲得病.
710	Drink a lot of water in the summer.	夏饮多水.
711	If you drink a lot of water, you won't get sick.	若多饮水不病.
712	Also, if you get too hot, you should	而且,如果你变得太热, 你应该
713	cool down.	冷静下来。
714	Where can you cool down?	你在哪里能冷静下来?
715	We talked about this before, right?	我们以前谈过,对吧?
716	Instead of being	而不是成为
717	in the sun, you don't have to go inside a building if there's no building around.	在阳光下,如果周围没有建筑物,你不必进入建筑物内部.
718	But	不过
719	if there's a tree, a small covering, or if you have an umbrella, you can go in the shade.	若有树,有小盖,或有伞,可去荫.
720	Go in the shade out of the sun.	入阴阳外.
721	Go out of the sun in the shade.	阴中出阳.
722	Go swimming.	去游泳,我们去游泳。
723	That's	这是
724	really good in the summer, right?	夏天很不错吧?
725	Go swimming.	去游泳,我们去游泳。
726	Go to a swimming pool in your neighborhood.	去你邻居的游泳池
727	That's a great thing to do in the summertime.	夏时此妙法.
728	Stay safe, but don't forget to have fun.	保持安全,但不要忘记有乐趣。
729	So,	这么说
730	we can stay safe, but we can also have fun.	我们可以保持安全, 但我们也可以有乐趣。
731	Even if it's hot outside, right, we can stay	就算外面很热,我们也可以留下来
732	safe.	平安无事.
733	Drink water, cool down, go in the shade, get into a swimming pool.	喝水,冷却下来,走在荫下,进入游泳池.
734	These are things	这些东西
735	we can do to stay safe, but we can also have fun in hot weather.	我们可以保持安全, 但我们也可以在炎热的天气中玩乐。
736	So, don't worry about	所以,不用担心
737	that.	那个
738	Okay, let's go over the reading comprehension questions.	好吧,让我们来看看阅读理解问题。
739	How well did you understand the	你有多明白吗?
740	story?	故事吗?
741	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
742	Question number one.	问曰.
743	This story is about...	这个故事是关于...
744	So again, we see	所以,我们再次看到
745	this question, what is the general topic that this story is about, right?	这个问题这个故事的主题是什么?
746	We talked	我们谈过了
747	about many things a little bit here and there, but we also talked about all those little	关于很多事情一点点在这里和那里, 但我们也谈论了所有这些小
748	things fit into a large area.	东西适合大面积。
749	That is what the story is about.	这就是故事的内容。
750	Let's look at the answers.	让我们来看看答案。
751	This story is about umbrellas.	这个故事是关于雨伞的.
752	Only umbrellas?	只有雨伞?
753	We talked about umbrellas in just one sentence.	我们只谈了一句话的雨伞
754	It's just a little bit that we talked about umbrellas.	只是略说雨伞.
755	We talked about many other things	我们谈了很多其他的事
756	besides umbrellas.	除了伞
757	So, the story isn't about umbrellas, right?	故事不是关于雨伞的,对吧?
758	That's not the main thing.	这不是主要的事。
759	This story is about the weather report, the weather report on the news.	这个故事是关于天气报道,新闻上的天气报道.
760	We talked about	我们谈过了
761	the weather report, but again, that was just one sentence, not the whole story.	天气报告,但再次, 这只是一句话,不是整个故事。
762	So, that's	所以,这是
763	not correct.	不对
764	This story is about wind.	这个故事是关于风。
765	Did we talk about wind?	我们讨论过风吗?
766	Yes, we did, but we also	是的,我们做到了,但我们也
767	talked about hot weather, right?	谈论热天气,对不对?
768	We also talked a little bit about flooding, right?	我们还谈了一点洪水,对不对?
769	So, we	所以,我们
770	talked just a little bit about the wind.	略说风声.
771	The whole story is not about the wind.	整个故事不是关于风。
772	What does	怎么样?
773	that leave us?	离开我们?
774	That leaves us with D, bad weather.	我们只剩下D了天气不好
775	Hey, bad weather, that's everything	嘿,坏天气,就是这样
776	in the story, right?	在故事里,对不对?
777	That's wind, high winds.	这是风,高风。
778	That's lightning.	这是闪电。
779	That's hurricanes.	这是飓风。
780	That's	这是
781	hot weather.	天气很热
782	All of those things can be bad weather.	所有这些事情都可能是坏天气。
783	So, D is our correct answer.	所以,D是我们的正确答案。
784	Bad	糟糕的
785	weather covers everything that we talked about.	天气覆盖了我们谈论的一切。
786	So, this story is about bad weather.	所以,这个故事是关于坏天气的。
787	
788	now let's take a look at question number two.	现在让我们看看第二个问题。
789	You don't need to beep.	你不需要鸣叫。
790	What is beep?	什么是哔声?
791	Well,	那个
792	let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
793	We have A, B, C, and D. A, you don't need to stay inside when there	我们有A,B,C,和D,A,你不需要呆在里面当那里
794	is lightning.	是闪电。
795	Does that sound right?	听起来对吗?
796	Oh, remember, I've already talked about that several times.	哦,记住,我已经谈论过几次了。
797	You don't do not need to stay inside when there's lightning.	当有闪电时你不需要呆在里面
798	That means it's okay to	意思是没关系
799	stay outside.	待在外面,别出去
800	No, that's dangerous.	不,这是危险的。
801	Don't do that.	别这样
802	That's not a good idea.	这不是一个好主意。
803	Okay, what	好吧,怎么样
804	about B?	关于B?
805	You don't need to watch the weather report.	你不用看天气报告
806	No, the reading passage said if you	不,阅读段落说,如果你
807	want to be prepared for bad weather, you should watch the weather report.	要做好恶劣天气的准备你应该看天气报告
808	So, that's not a	所以,这不是一个
809	good answer either.	回答也不错
810	What about C?	C怎么办?
811	You don't need to be scared of bad weather.	你不必害怕恶劣的天气
812	Let's think	让我们想想
813	about that.	关于那个。
814	We talked about that.	我们谈过了
815	There are many types of bad weather, right?	坏天气有很多种,对吧?
816	There's	还有
817	lightning, tornadoes, hurricane.	闪电龙卷风飓风
818	Do you need to be scared?	你需要害怕吗?
819	No, the reading passage says	不,阅读段落说
820	you don't need to be scared because you can prepare for bad weather.	你不需要害怕因为你可以准备坏天气
821	So, this is correct.	所以,这是正确的。
822	You don't need to be scared.	你没必要害怕
823	걱정하지 마세요, right?	对不对?
824	걱정하지.
825	Be happy.	欢喜踊跃.
826	What is	这是什么
827	this?	这个?
828	좋아요.
829	You don't need to be scared.	你没必要害怕
830	Be happy.	欢喜踊跃.
831	Don't worry, right?	别担心,对不对?
832	So, you don't	所以,你没有
833	need to be scared of bad weather.	需要害怕恶劣的天气。
834	Don't worry, okay?	别担心,好吗?
835	Let's look at D. You don't need to stay	让我们看看D。你不需要留下来
836	safe.	平安无事.
837	No, you always need to be safe.	不,你总是需要安全。
838	You do need to stay safe.	你确实需要保持安全。
839	Always, not just bad	总是,不光是坏
840	weather but anything, sports, right?	天气,但任何东西,运动,对不对?
841	Whatever you do, stay safe.	无论你做什么, 保持安全。
842	But you don't need to be	但你不需要这样
843	scared.	吓坏了
844	Prepare yourself, okay?	准备好,好吗?
845	So, that's what we're talking about here.	所以,这就是我们在这里谈论的。
846	So, number	所以,数字
847	2, you don't need to be scared of bad weather.	2,你不需要害怕恶劣的天气.
848	Let's move on to number 3.	继续往3号
849	Lightning can.	闪电可以。
850	What can lightning do?	闪电能做什么?
851	That's what we're looking for here.	这就是我们要找的。
852	What can lightning do?	闪电能做什么?
853	Can lightning	能闪电
854	start floods?	开始洪水?
855	No, that sounds silly.	不,这听起来很傻。
856	Lightning can't start floods.	闪电不能引发洪水.
857	Can lightning start fires?	闪电会起火吗?
858	Yes, that is the answer, isn't it?	是的,这就是答案,不是吗?
859	In the reading passage, we read the sentence that	在阅读段落中,我们读到一句:
860	lightning can start fires.	闪电会引发火灾
861	And I explained how.	我解释过了
862	I said, if lightning hits a tree, that	我说,如果闪电击中树,
863	tree could start to be on fire, right?	树会着火的对吧?
864	Because electricity, the lightning is electricity.	因为电,闪电就是电.
865	A lot of electricity, a lot of energy, a lot of heat.	电量大,能量大,热量大.
866	And that heat can cause the tree	热能引起树
867	to burn.	燃烧。
868	It can start a fire.	它可以引发火灾。
869	Many forest fires are started by lightning.	许多森林火灾是由闪电引起的.
870	Okay, let's	好吧,让我们
871	look at C and D. Lightning can pick up cows.	看C和D 闪电可以接牛
872	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
873	No, hurricanes can pick up cows.	不,飓风可以养牛
874	That would be really, again, it's funny but it is a little scary when you see a flying	这真的,再次, 它很有趣,但它有点吓人当你看到飞行
875	cow.
876	But anyway, it's kind of funny.	但无论如何,这有点好笑。
877	Lightning can cause hurricanes.	闪电可以引起飓风.
878	Nope, hurricanes are	不,飓风是
879	not caused by lightning.	不是闪电造成的
880	Okay, so the right answer is lightning can start fires.	好吧,所以正确的答案是闪电可以引发火灾。
881	And that's	这是
882	what we saw in the reading passage.	我们在读本上看到的
883	Okay, let's review here.	好吧,让我们来看看这里。
884	Bad weather storm, right?	坏天气暴风雨,对不对?
885	Here we have this funny news weather reporter again, right?	我们又来了个有趣的新闻记者,对吧?
886	He's a very happy looking guy.	他看起来很快乐
887	Okay, so he's talking about the weather patterns for this country here.	他说的是这个国家的天气规律
888	And of course, we have	当然,我们有
889	storms, right?	暴风雨,对不对?
890	What else do we have?	还有什么?
891	We have lightning.	我们有闪电。
892	Lightning, of course, is a lot	闪电,当然是很多
893	of electricity from the sky.	天空的电力
894	What happens with lightning?	闪电会怎样?
895	Thunder.	雷电.
896	We hear thunder and	我们听到雷声
897	we see, wow, flash of light.	我们看到了,哇,闪光。
898	That's the lightning.	这就是闪电。
899	Okay, what else?	好吧,还有什么?
900	Windy, bad weather.	风,恶天气.
901	It can	这可以
902	be very strong wind and we say it's windy outside.	我们说外面风很大
903	Okay, and finally, we also have floods.	最后,我们还有洪水
904	If there's a lot of rain that comes down, it could flood.	如果降下大量雨水,它可能会被淹没.
905	In many places, it does flood	在许多地方,它有洪水
906	and that can be dangerous.	这可能很危险。
907	Okay, well that wraps it up for our unit here.	好了,好了,结束它我们的单位在这里。
908	We're talking	我们在说话
909	about bad weather.	关于坏天气。
910	We've learned a lot about bad weather.	我们学到了很多坏天气
911	Remember, bad weather can be	记住,天气可能不好
912	scary but don't worry, be prepared.	吓人,但别担心,准备好吧
913	There's many things you can do in case of bad weather	万一天气不好,你可以做很多事
914	so that you will stay safe and that's what you want to do.	这样你才能保持安全这就是你想做的
915	So, stay safe for next time.	所以,保持安全,下一次。
916	We'll see you later.	晚点见
917	Bye-bye.	再见

该视频共有字幕 924 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P12 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p12 11. 11. LevelA Lesson11 Dirt is Good! (P12)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p12 11. 11. LevelA Lesson11 Dirt is Good! (P12)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 31:28

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everyone.	產
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:11	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	Are you guys	你们是
0:13	ready to start studying?	准备好开始学习了吗?
0:15	Let's begin.	让我们开始。
0:16	We're on Lesson 11 now.	我们上11课了
0:19	The lesson name is Dirt	课名是泥土
0:22	is Good.	不错
0:23	Dirt is good.	粪便好.

展开字幕全文（846 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everyone.	產
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	Are you guys	你们是
5	ready to start studying?	准备好开始学习了吗?
6	Let's begin.	让我们开始。
7	We're on Lesson 11 now.	我们上11课了
8	The lesson name is Dirt	课名是泥土
9	is Good.	不错
10	Dirt is good.	粪便好.
11	In this unit we are going to focus on, let's think about, let's	在这个单位,我们要集中精力, 让我们思考,让我们
12	think about the importance of soil.	想想土壤的重要性
13	土壤(英语:Soil).
14	What's soil?	何为土.
15	Soil is the same as dirt.	土壤与泥一样.
16	So let's look at this idea a little closely, okay?	让我们仔细看看这个想法,好吗?
17	Here we have the question, what is dirt?	我们有问题,什么是脏?
18	What is dirt?	什么是脏?
19	And before we saw the word soil.	及见土字前.
20	Dirt and soil, same thing, okay?	泥土,一样的东西,好吗?
21	Dirt, this	脏,这个
22	is dirt and this is soil up here.	这是泥土,这是土壤在这里。
23	Now you think dirt is good?	现在你觉得泥土是好的?
24	If you're outside and	如果你在外边
25	you're playing in the dirt, you get dirt on your hands, on your clothes, on your face.	你玩在脏, 你得到脏你的手,你的衣服,你的脸。
26	You come home and your mother doesn't like it.	你回家,你的母亲不喜欢它。
27	Right?	对吧?
28	And she might say,	她可能会说,
29	ah!	摆!
30	There's dirt everywhere.	处处有垢.
31	It's dirty.	脏腑之气.
32	But dirt is good.	但泥土是不错的。
33	Why?	为什么?
34	Because as you can see,	因为如你所见,
35	many plants grow from the dirt.	许多植物是从泥土中生长出来的.
36	So that's what we're going to talk about in this unit.	所以,这就是我们要谈在这个单位。
37	Okay?	好吗?
38	We're going to talk about how dirt, how soil is good.	我们来谈谈土土如何,土如何是好.
39	Okay?	好吗?
40	Let's learn the vocabulary	我们学学词汇
41	for this lesson.	为这个教训。
42	The first word, the first word that we're going to go over here is to	第一个字,第一个字我们要到这里是
43	become something else.	变成别的东西。
44	This is a nice picture, right?	这照片不错吧?
45	It's the picture of the same thing.	亦复如是所摄.
46	It's changing.	变化中.
47	It's changing from this little piece here.	它正在从这个小作品变化。
48	You can see the butterfly is coming	你可以看到蝴蝶来了
49	out.	出来。
50	So the caterpillar used to be here, but the caterpillar changes, becomes something	所以,毛虫曾经在这里, 但毛虫改变,成为某种东西
51	else.	别的
52	What does it do?	这有什么用?
53	It turns into, it turns into a butterfly.	它变成蝴蝶
54	To turn into means to change	变成变革的手段
55	from one thing to another.	从一件事到另一件事。
56	The caterpillar, caterpillar, you know, the caterpillar, the	毛虫,毛虫,你知道的,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫,毛虫.
57	little green insect that crawls around, looks like a worm.	小绿色的昆虫爬来爬去,看起来像虫子。
58	The caterpillar turns into a butterfly,	毛虫变成蝴蝶
59	a beautiful butterfly.	一个美丽的蝴蝶。
60	And that's what turn into means, to change.	这就是变成改变的手段
61	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
62	Number	数目
63	two, these are very pretty rocks, aren't they?	二,这些石头很漂亮,不是吗?
64	Very nice looking rocks.	很漂亮的石头。
65	What are they?	他们是什么?
66	They	他们
67	are a special type of rocks, an important part of rocks.	是一种特殊类型的岩石岩石的重要组成部分
68	They are minerals.	它们是矿物。
69	Now these	现在这些
70	are large, you know, they're kind of big, right?	很大,你知道, 他们是那种大,对不对?
71	But when plants grow in dirt, right?	但当植物生长在泥土中,对不对?
72	The plants take the minerals up from the dirt and the minerals are in the plants.	植物从泥土中取出矿物,矿物在植物中.
73	When we eat	我们吃饭的时候
74	the plants, we eat some minerals.	植物,我们吃一些矿物。
75	Very small, very small pieces of minerals, but they're good	矿物质非常小,但是很好
76	for our bodies.	我们的身体。
77	We need those things.	我们需要那些东西。
78	We need minerals and we need vitamins.	我们需要矿物质和维生素。
79	So minerals are	所以矿物是
80	an important part of rocks.	岩石的重要部分。
81	They're also good for us, but don't eat these.	他们对我们也有好处,但不要吃这些。
82	You'll break your teeth,	你会打碎你的牙齿,
83	right?	对吧?
84	Just eat the plants.	只要吃这些植物。
85	You can't see the minerals in the plants, but they're good for you.	植物中的矿物质是看不见的,但是它们对你有好处.
86	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
87	Oh, it's too bad.	哦,这太糟糕了。
88	It's sad.	悲'.
89	Here's a fish.	这是一条鱼。
90	The fish is out of water.	鱼出水.
91	The fish cannot	鱼不能
92	live out of water, so it's not alive.	从水中活出来,所以它不是活着。
93	What's another word that means not alive?	又何谓无生.
94	The word,	这个字
95	of course, is dead.	当然,是死了。
96	Dead.	已经死了
97	The fish is dead, so something that is not alive is dead.	鱼是死的,所以没有生命的东西是死的。
98	
99	the next word, number four.	下一个词,第四号。
100	Here we have a picture of a lot of dirt, but there's also some plants	我们这里有一张很多泥土的照片但也有植物
101	here, right?	在这里,对不对?
102	And we have this definition to break down.	我们有这个定义要打破。
103	To break down.	以破灭.
104	If you imagine that this is	如果你认为这是
105	a lot of plants, or maybe we could put some old fruit, like some old apples or some old oranges,	或者我们可以放些老水果比如苹果或橘子
106	on top of there.	在那顶上。
107	And after a while, it begins to smell, right?	过了一段时间,它开始闻起来,对不对?
108	Because what is it doing?	因为它在做什么?
109	It is	没错
110	rotting.	腐烂
111	To rot.	以堕.
112	This is a verb.	这是一个动词。
113	To rot means to break down.	腐烂意味着崩溃。
114	And usually things get, oh, they get	通常事情得到,哦,他们得到
115	smelly, right?	很臭,对吧?
116	And they break down over time and they go back into the dirt.	它们随时间而分解回到泥土里
117	They go back into the	他们回去了
118	soil.	土质。
119	To rot.	以堕.
120	To break down.	以破灭.
121	Okay, the next word.	好吧,下一个词。
122	Look at these guys.	看看这些家伙。
123	They're having fun, right?	他们玩得很开心吧?
124	They	他们
125	were hiking all day.	整天在徒步旅行。
126	Now they are at the highest position in the mountains.	现在他们位于山中的最高位置.
127	Where are they?	他们在哪?
128	They	他们
129	are on the top.	在顶部。
130	On the top.	在顶上.
131	On the top, right?	在顶部,对不对?
132	They are on the top of the mountain.	他们在山顶上
133	So, top is the highest	所以,顶部是最高的
134	in position.	已经就位
135	It's the top thing.	顶上事.
136	The thing that is on top, right?	上面的东西,对不对?
137	To be on the top.	以为上座.
138	Top.	顶.
139	Okay, number six.	6号
140	The gas	气体
141	that we breathe, right?	我们呼吸,对不对?
142	If you breathe, you can feel the wind, right?	如果你呼吸,你可以感觉到风,对不对?
143	The wind is gas.	风为气.
144	What is that gas?	这是什么气体?
145	It's all	没事
146	around us.	我们周围。
147	We breathe it.	我们呼吸
148	We need it so that we don't die.	我们需要它以免我们死。
149	So that we stay alive.	这样我们才能活着
150	What is it?	这是什么?
151	It's called air.	名为气.
152	Air.	空气。空气。
153	Air is all	空气就够了
154	around us, right?	我们周围,对不对?
155	It's the gas that we breathe.	这是我们呼吸的气体。
156	Remember, we can't really see the gas.	记住,我们不能真正看到气体。
157	The gas is very light.	气极轻.
158	We can move	我们可以走了
159	around in it, right?	在它周围,对不对?
160	But we breathe it.	但是我们呼吸
161	That's the gas that we're breathing.	这就是我们呼吸的气体。
162	That's called air.	这就是所谓的空气。
163	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
164	Number seven.	七号
165	To	改为
166	keep in place.	保持原样。
167	Okay, this is an interesting picture.	好吧,这张照片很有趣。
168	Somebody has a strong grip on their money, right?	有人对自己的钱有很强的把握对吧?
169	Ton, okay?	托尼,好吗?
170	Because it's	因为它是
171	very important.	非常重要的一点
172	But what are they doing?	但他们在做什么?
173	If you have like Begwan or Obegwan in your hand, you don't want to lose it.	如果你手上有像Begwan或Obegwan一样的,你不想失去它.
174	You put it in	你放进去
175	your hand.	手给我
176	You close your fingers around it.	你闭上手指围绕它。
177	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
178	What is that verb?	那是什么动词?
179	Hold.	别动
180	You are holding your money.	你拿着你的钱。
181	Also, when	还有,什么时候
182	you go on the street, and you're walking on a busy street, hold your mother's hand.	你走在街上在繁忙的街上握住你母亲的手
183	Hold your father's hand.	牵着父亲的手.
184	Because you don't	因为你不知道
185	want to get in the street.	欲入道场.
186	It could be dangerous.	可能很危险
187	Hold your brother's hand or your sister's hand to take care of them.	握着哥哥的手或妹妹的手来照顾他们.
188	Okay, so you	好吧,你这样
189	hold.	别动
190	Now, this is an irregular verb.	现在,这是一个不规则的动词。
191	It changes.	它改变了。
192	So, we say hold, held, held, right?	所以,我们说,坚持,坚持,坚持,对不对?
193	Hold is a present tense.	Hold是现在的紧张状态
194	Held, past tense.	保持,过去紧张。
195	And	还有
196	held, pp, right?	保持,pp,对不对?
197	Hold, held, held.	坚持,坚持,坚持。
198	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
199	Next word.	下一个字。
200	I kind of talked about this before a little bit when I talked about air.	我在谈论空气之前就说过了
201	I said	我说
202	air is all around us, in all places.	空气在我们周围到处都是
203	Another word we could use, everywhere.	我们可以用另一个词到处都行
204	That's a big word, right?	这是一个大字,对不对?
205	Everywhere.	到处都是
206	That's a really big	痷
207	word.	词
208	If you look at the sand, right?	如果你看沙子,对不对?
209	There is sand.	这里有沙子
210	Sand is a type of dirt, by the way.	沙是泥土的一种类型,顺便说一句.
211	But, sand is not good dirt.	但是,沙子不是好泥土。
212	Things don't grow well in	事情发展不好
213	sand.	沙尘
214	But, in the desert, sand is everywhere, right?	但是在沙漠里沙子到处都是对吧
215	Right now, air is everywhere, right?	现在,空气到处都是,对不对?
216	Okay, so everywhere, in all places, everywhere around	好吧,所以任何地方, 在任何地方,在周围
217	us.	我们
218	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
219	Number nine.	九号
220	At a lower place.	在一个更低的地方。
221	So, here we see a man.	所以,我们在这里看到一个人。
222	He's sitting by a tree.	He坐树边.
223	The tree is very tall, right?	这棵树很高,对吧?
224	The branches and the	分支和
225	leaves are on top.	叶在上.
226	There, they're on top.	那里,他们在上面。
227	Where is he?	他现在在哪?
228	He is below.	他现在在下面
229	He's below the branches and the leaves.	他在树枝和树叶下面
230	He is below.	他现在在下面
231	So, I could say, here is a pen, right?	所以,我可以说,这里是一个笔,对不对?
232	Here is my hand.	这是我的手。
233	The pen is below my hand.	笔在我手下.
234	Okay, so below, at a lower place.	好吧,所以下面,在一个低的地方。
235	Number ten.	十号.
236	Kind of slimy, right?	有点粘,对不对?
237	I said slimy.	我说粘糊糊的
238	Slimy is, you know, it's a little	Slimy是,你知道,这是一点点
239	wet and it's a little soft, right?	湿的,它有点软,对不对?
240	That's slimy.	这太黏了
241	Do you want to pick up that worm?	你想拿起那个虫子吗?
242	I'm sure the girls in the audience, they don't want to pick up that	我敢肯定,女孩在观众, 他们不想捡
243	虫 worm.
244	The boys are like, yeah, let's pick up the worm, right?	孩子们就像,是的, 让我们拿起蠕虫,对不对?
245	Okay, but it's a little slimy, right?	好吧,但有点粘,对不对?
246	And we can see this worm in the dirt, which is very wet.	我们可以看到这个虫子在泥土里, 它非常湿润。
247	It's also	还有
248	slimy.	粘涩.
249	But, when we see a mix of rotting stuff and soil.	但是,当我们看到腐烂的东西和土壤的混合。
250	So, imagine that there's like old fruit on the top, right?	想象一下顶部有老水果对吧?
251	It's just kind of rotting and breaking down.	它只是一种腐烂和破碎。
252	And it's a mix of that	这是混合的
253	stuff and soil.	东西和土壤。
254	There's a special word we use for it.	我们用一个特殊的词
255	It's a little hard to pronounce, but look at this word.	发音有点困难,但看看这个词.
256	It's humus.	这是胡说。
257	Two sounds.	二声闻.
258	Humus.	休谟.
259	所以,我们说humus。
260	That is the mix of rotting	这就是腐烂的混合
261	stuff and soil.	东西和土壤。
262	Good for growing plants, okay?	对种植植物有好处,好吗?
263	Now, here we have an interesting picture.	现在,我们有一个有趣的图片。
264	We have many green apples.	我们有很多绿色苹果。
265	They're a little sour, right?	他们有点酸,对不对?
266	Green apples are a little sour.	绿苹果有点酸.
267	And then we have one red apple.	然后我们有一个红苹果。
268	It's a little more sweet, right?	有点甜吧?
269	When we say not the same, there's many words that mean not the same.	当我们说不相同的时候,有许多字的意思是不一样的.
270	We're going to look at one word here is other, right?	我们要看一个词是另一个词,对吧?
271	These are all the green apples.	这些都是绿色的苹果。
272	The other apple is	另一个苹果是
273	red.	红色
274	I have many green apples, but the other apple is red.	我有很多绿色苹果,但另一个苹果是红色的.
275	So, something that is not the same as other, as what you have, that is the other, right?	所以,有些东西是不一样的, 与你拥有的, 这是另一个,对不对?
276	When you're saying something is different, not the same.	当你说的东西是不同的,不是相同的。
277	The other.	另一个
278	Okay.	摆
279	Having a special use.	拥有特殊用途.
280	Something that has a special use, what do we call that?	有特殊用途的东西,我们怎么称呼它?
281	We can say it's important, right?	我们可以说这很重要对吧?
282	Here we have a picture of a little	我们这里有一张小照片
283	girl and she's getting ready for bed.	女孩和她准备睡觉。
284	Maybe she's praying and she has a little teddy bear with her, right?	也许她在祷告她有一个小泰迪熊与她,对不对?
285	The teddy bear is very important to the girl.	泰迪熊对女孩很重要
286	What is important in your life?	你生活中有什么重要的东西?
287	Do you have a toy that is your favorite toy?	你有你最喜欢的玩具吗?
288	It's very important to you.	这对你很重要
289	Maybe you have a book that you like to read.	也许你有本你喜欢看的书
290	That book is important, but also think about your family.	那本书很重要但也要考虑你的家人
291	Your family members are very	你的家人都很爱
292	important.	这很重要
293	Your mom is important.	你妈妈很重要
294	Your dad is important.	你父亲很重要
295	Your brothers and sisters.	汝诸弟妹.
296	I know sometimes we fight, but they're important to you, too.	我知道我们有时会吵架但对你也很重要
297	These are things that have not just a special use, but a special value to you.	这些东西不仅有特殊用途,而且对你具有特殊价值.
298	They are important.	它们很重要。
299	Okay.	摆
300	So, we finished with the vocabulary.	所以,我们完成了词汇。
301	Now, let's use the vocabulary to put into these sentences here.	现在,让我们用词汇把这些句子放在这里。
302	How well do you remember?	你记得多少?
303	The vocabulary.	词汇
304	Let's look.	让我们看看。
305	Here we have turn into, top, dead, minerals, minerals, rot, and air.	在这里,我们变成,顶部,死亡, 矿物,矿物,腐烂,空气。
306	These are the words we need to choose to put into these sentences.	这些都是我们需要选择在这些句子。
307	The first two sentences are here.	初二句如来.
308	Let's look at number one.	先观第一义.
309	Number one says, the layer of the cake was chocolate.	第一,蛋糕的一层是巧克力
310	The peep layer, layer of a cake.	偷窥层蛋糕层
311	If you look at a cake, right?	如果你看一个蛋糕,对不对?
312	It has many layers.	它有很多层。
313	It has a bottom layer and it has a top layer, right?	它有一个底层,它有一个顶层,对不对?
314	Bottom layer is on the bottom.	下层在下层.
315	The top layer is on the top.	上层为上层.
316	So, top is really the only word that would fit in here, right?	所以,上面是真正唯一适合在这里,对不对?
317	Not the dead layer.	不是死层
318	Oh, that's a horrible cake, right?	哦,这是一个可怕的蛋糕,对不对?
319	Not the air.	不见空中.
320	Air cake.	空气蛋糕。空气蛋糕。
321	Can you eat air cake?	你能吃空气蛋糕吗?
322	It's nothing there.	什么都没有
323	It's just	这只是
324	air.	空气空气空气空气
325	Rot, that would be a disgusting cake.	烂透了,那蛋糕真恶心
326	Minerals turn into, no.	矿物变成,没有。
327	We're looking for the top layer because layers have different positions, right?	我们在找顶层,因为层的位置不同,对吧?
328	And remember, the position, the highest position is the top.	记住,位置,最高位置是顶级.
329	So, the top layer of the cake was chocolate.	所以,蛋糕的顶层是巧克力。
330	That sounds good.	这听起来不错。
331	Okay.	摆
332	Number two.	第二义.
333	I watch the snow, beep, water.	我看着雪,哔,水。
334	Well, we can figure that out.	嗯,我们可以解决的。
335	It's actually kind of easy if we look at these	其实我们看看这些很容易
336	words up here.	上面写着
337	Of course, we're looking for some kind of verb, right?	当然,我们在找某种动词,对不对?
338	But we're also thinking about snow.	但我们也在考虑雪
339	Think about snow.	想着雪.
340	It's a very cold day, right?	这是一个非常寒冷的一天,对不对?
341	And there's snow on the ground.	而地上积雪.
342	But the next day, it gets warm.	但第二天,它变得温暖。
343	The sun comes out.	太阳出.
344	And that snow, what happens to the snow?	那雪怎么办?
345	It changes into water.	变化为水.
346	So, when something changes, it turns into, right?	所以,当事物改变, 它变成,对不对?
347	I watch the snow turn into water.	我看着雪变成水
348	On a very warm day,	在非常温暖的一天,
349	after the winter, at the end of winter, you can see the snow turn into water.	冬季过后,冬季末,可以看到雪变水.
350	Okay.	摆
351	Let's	让我们
352	move on.	继续前进
353	Number three.	三号
354	Fruit.	果实。
355	Are you hungry?	你饿了吗?
356	We're talking about chocolate cake.	我们在谈论巧克力蛋糕
357	Now, we're	现在,我们
358	talking about fruit.	谈论水果。
359	Okay.	摆
360	Now, fruit.	现在,水果。
361	Fruit will beep if you leave it in a warm place.	水果会鸣如果你把它留在温暖的地方。
362	Remember I was talking about fruit before.	记得我之前在说水果吗?
363	If you have old apples or old oranges and	如果你有老苹果或老橘子
364	you put it outside and it's sunny, it's warm, it breaks down, it gets smelly, what happens?	你把它放在外面阳光灿烂温暖破碎臭气熏天发生了什么?
365	It fruit will rot.	果实会腐烂.
366	Fruit will rot if you leave it in a warm place.	如果放在温暖的地方,水果就会腐烂.
367	So, if you have your lunch,	所以,如果你有你的午餐,
368	you go to school, you have an apple, don't put your lunch in a warm place, right?	你上学,你有一个苹果, 不要把你的午餐在一个温暖的地方,对不对?
369	That's	这是
370	not good for your food.	对你的食物不好
371	It will rot.	会腐烂的
372	Keep your food in a cool place.	把食物放在凉爽的地方
373	It won't rot.	不会腐烂的
374	Okay.	摆
375	Number four.	四号.
376	I hit the mosquito.	我撞到蚊子了我撞到蚊子了
377	I hate mosquitoes.	我讨厌蚊子
378	So, I hit the mosquito, but it wasn't what?	所以,我打蚊子,但这不是什么?
379	If you hit them, sometimes that happens.	如果你打他们,有时会发生。
380	You hit the mosquito, but it flies away.	你撞到了蚊子,却飞走了
381	Oh, my	天呐
382	gosh.	天呐
383	It's a very strong mosquito, right?	蚊子很强,对吧?
384	I hit the mosquito, but it wasn't dead.	我撞到了蚊子,但没死
385	It	这个
386	wasn't dead.	没有死。
387	So, you hit it, but it didn't die.	所以,你打它,但它没有死。
388	It flew away.	它飞走了。
389	Oh, really strong.	哦,真的很强壮。
390	Right?	对吧?
391	Okay.	摆
392	So, I hit the mosquito, but it wasn't dead.	所以,我打蚊子,但它没有死。
393	Okay.	摆
394	The next two sentences, number	下两句,数字
395	five and number six.	5号和6号
396	Mountain beep is clean and good to breathe.	山鸣清净善能呼吸.
397	Think about that.	考虑一下
398	If	若为
399	you go to the mountains, right?	你去山上,对不对?
400	You go up into the mountains and you, oh, wow.	你上山,你,哦,哇。
401	It smells	闻起来
402	very fresh.	非常新鲜
403	It's really good for your lungs, right?	这对你的肺真的很好,对吧?
404	What are we talking about?	我们在说什么?
405	We're talking	我们在说话
406	about the gas that we breathe.	关于我们呼吸的气体
407	Mountain air is clean and good to breathe, right?	山上空气干净,呼吸良好,对吧?
408	There's	还有
409	not many cars up there.	上面没有多少车
410	There's not a lot of factories.	工厂不多.
411	The air is clean and we can	空气是干净的,我们可以
412	breathe it very easily.	呼吸非常轻松。
413	It's fresh.	新鲜的
414	Mountain air is clean.	山气清净.
415	Okay.	摆
416	Number six, the last one.	六号,最后一个。
417	There are many important beep in soil.	土壤里有许多重要的蜂鸣声。
418	There's one word left here, right?	这里还剩一个词,对吧?
419	And remember we	记住我们
420	talked about this.	说了这个
421	There are many important what in soil.	土壤里有很多重要的东西
422	Sometimes they're very small.	有时候它们很小
423	We can't see them, but the plants will bring them up into the plant as they get their food	我们看不到它们,但植物会把它们带到植物里来, 当它们得到食物的时候
424	from the soil.	从土.
425	And then we eat the plants.	然后我们吃植物。
426	We get those in our bodies and they are very	我们得到那些在我们的身体,他们非常
427	good for our bodies.	对我们的身体有好处。
428	Our bodies need these things.	我们的身体需要这些东西。
429	What are they?	他们是什么?
430	They are of course	当然
431	minerals.	矿物。
432	Minerals.	矿物。
433	So, did you get all the words?	所以,你得到了所有的字吗?
434	Did you remember well?	你还记得吗?
435	I hope you did.	我希望你会的
436	Okay.	摆
437	Well, now we're going to take a short break and move on to the reading.	好了,现在我们要休息一会儿,然后开始阅读。
438	So, don't	所以,别
439	go away.	走开。
440	Okay.	摆
441	Welcome back everybody.	欢迎大家回来
442	We've learned a lot of vocabulary this lesson.	我们学到了很多词汇这个教训。
443	So,	这么说
444	let's take a look at the reading passage and remember the vocabulary we just learned.	让我们看看阅读的段落记住我们刚刚学到的词汇
445	Are	对
446	you ready?	你准备好了吗?
447	Let's begin.	让我们开始。
448	The first sentence is, dirt is below us.	第一句是脏在我们的下面
449	We talked about dirt.	我们谈了土。
450	Dirt and soil are similar, right?	泥土和土壤相似,对吧?
451	They're almost the same thing.	它们几乎是一样的
452	Where can we find dirt?	我们在哪里能找到泥土?
453	Well, it's below us.	它在我们下面
454	It's under us.	它在我们下面。
455	It's below us on the ground.	在地上我们下面
456	So, dirt is below us.	泥土在我们下面
457	It	这个
458	is everywhere under our feet.	我们脚下到处都是
459	Everywhere.	到处都是
460	Even if you're in the city, it's under the	即便在城内,亦在
461	street.	街道。
462	It's under your apartment building.	在你的公寓楼下
463	Dirt is everywhere below us.	我们下面到处都是泥土
464	Okay.	摆
465	Below things.	在下面的东西。
466	Now, when we talk about dirt, right?	现在,当我们谈论污垢,对不对?
467	Soil is the top layer of dirt.	土壤是泥土的顶层.
468	So, layer, right?	所以,层,对不对?
469	Would just be like this.	就会是这样
470	This is the layer.	这是一层。
471	There are many layers.	有很多层。
472	Just like the chocolate	就像巧克力一样
473	cake we talked about before.	我们之前谈过的蛋糕
474	There are different layers of the cake.	蛋糕有不同的层.
475	Soil is the top layer	土壤是顶层
476	of dirt.	尘土
477	The very top.	顶部
478	Okay.	摆
479	Dirt is very deep.	泥 is甚深.
480	At the top is soil.	顶是土.
481	Soil is good because	土壤是好的,因为
482	plants and trees, plants and trees, they both grow in soil.	它们都生长在土壤中。
483	Soil is good for plants and	土壤对植物有利
484	trees.	树
485	It, it, what's it?	它,它,这是什么?
486	It, soil, right?	它,土壤,对不对?
487	Plants and trees grow in soil.	植物和树木生长在土壤中.
488	It helps them	这帮了他们
489	grow strong.	变强.
490	So, soil helps them.	所以,土壤可以帮助他们。
491	Them are plants and trees.	它们是植物和树木.
492	Plants and trees refer to	植物和树木
493	them.	他们。
494	Them refer to plants and trees.	他们指的是植物和树木.
495	So, soil helps plants and trees grow strong.	因此,土壤有助于植物和树木生长壮大.
496	And	还有
497	that's good.	这是很好的。
498	That's why soil is important.	故土为重.
499	Soil has minerals, water, and air.	土壤有矿物、水和空气。
500	Soil has	土壤已经
501	those three things in it.	里面有三样东西
502	And these, these, well, minerals, water, and air, those three	这些矿物质水和空气这三个
503	things, right?	事情,对不对?
504	Those are food for plants.	这些是植物的食物。
505	If you are a plant, you're not a plant.	如果你是植物,你不是植物。
506	But	不过
507	if you are a plant, your food is minerals, water, and air.	如果你是植物,你的食物是矿物、水和空气。
508	I'm glad I'm not a plant.	我很高兴我不是植物
509	Okay.	摆
510	But that's what plants eat.	但植物就是吃这个的
511	Okay.	摆
512	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
513	Do you know where dead things go?	你知道什么是死亡的东西去?
514	I don't want to know.	不欲知见.
515	But it's important to know.	但须知.
516	Okay.	摆
517	Do you know, do you know, Ariel,	你知道,你知道,爱丽儿,
518	where, where they go?	他们去哪儿了?
519	Dead things, dead things like dead birds, dead plants, dead things	死了的东西,死了的东西像死了的鸟,死了的植物,死了的东西
520	that are living that die, where do they go?	活着的人死了他们去哪儿了?
521	What happens to them?	他们怎么了?
522	Well, dead plants and	死了的植物还有...
523	animals turn into soil.	动物变成土壤。
524	That's interesting.	这很有趣。
525	So, dead plants and animals turn into soil.	因此,枯萎的动植物会变成土壤.
526	They rot and change.	他们腐烂和改变。
527	Change, of course, is the same thing as turn	当然,改变和转弯是一回事
528	into.	进入。
529	They change into soil.	它们变成土壤。
530	They turn into soil.	它们变成土壤。
531	So, they rot.	所以,他们腐烂。
532	They break down to very	他们破解到非常
533	small pieces and you don't recognize them anymore.	一小块你就认不出它们了
534	And they turn into soil.	而化为土.
535	They become	他们变成
536	soil.	土质。
537	Bugs and other animals help this happen.	虫子和其他动物帮助了这件事的发生.
538	For example, worms.	譬如诸虫.
539	Worms help.	蠕虫助之.
540	They eat the	他们吃
541	dead things or they come through the earth and they eat those things and they also, they	死的东西,或者他们从地球来吃那些东西,他们也,他们
542	go to the bathroom, right?	去厕所,对不对?
543	And they leave the humus behind, right?	他们把胡言乱语抛在后面,对吧?
544	They leave that soil	他们离开土壤
545	behind.	后面后面那个
546	They work to make humus.	他们努力制造恶作剧
547	They, that means bugs, right?	他们是指虫子对吧?
548	Bugs and other animals.	虫类和其他动物。
549	They work to make humus.	他们努力制造恶作剧
550	Humus is what is left after something dead rots and changes	休谟是死后留下的东西腐烂和改变
551	into soil.	进入土壤。
552	It changes into humus, very wet, slimy dirt and that's humus.	它会变成厚湿的泥土,这是厚湿的。
553	But it's very	但这是非常的
554	good for helping plants grow.	帮助植物生长
555	Many creatures live in soil.	许多生物生活在土壤中.
556	So, there are many creatures.	所以,有许多生物。
557	A worm is a creature.	蠕虫是一种生物。
558	There are beetles.	有甲壳虫。
559	There's ants.	有蚂蚁.
560	There's all sorts of insects and some	有各种各样的昆虫和一些
561	mammals too.	哺乳动物也一样。
562	They live in the soil.	众生于土.
563	That's where their home is.	那是他们的家
564	They live in the soil.	众生于土.
565	They make their home in the soil.	他们把家建在土壤里
566	Earthworms, like we see here, right?	蚯蚓,就像我们在这里看到的,对不对?
567	Dig in the soil.	掘于土中.
568	They dig and they make big pieces smaller.	他们挖,他们做的大块小。
569	So, they of course, earthworms.	当然是蚯蚓
570	Earthworms	蚯蚓
571	make like a big piece of soil.	像一块大块的土壤。
572	They make it smaller because they eat it.	它们会因为吃而变小.
573	They make holes	他们做洞
574	in it and it breaks down.	在其中,它就会崩溃。
575	It becomes smaller.	变小了
576	This, what's this?	这是什么?
577	Making big pieces smaller.	让大块块变小。
578	This means like a process or something that happens.	这意味着一个过程或发生的事情。
579	The thing that they do.	他们做的事
580	This, right?	这个,对吧?
581	What do earthworms do?	蚯蚓会做什么?
582	They make big things smaller.	他们把大事情变小了
583	This makes space, makes room for	这让空间,让空间
584	air and water because earthworms are digging into the soil.	空气和水因为蚯蚓正在挖入土壤
585	They're making holes and now	他们现在在挖洞
586	there's air and when it rains, water can also go into the ground.	有空气当下雨时水也可以进入地面
587	That's good for soil because	这对土壤有好处因为
588	plants need air and water along with the minerals in the soil.	植物需要空气和水以及土壤中的矿物。
589	So, that's a very good mixture.	所以,这是一个非常好的混合物。
590	It is important.	这很重要。
591	It's important.	这很重要
592	To whom?	对谁?
593	To everybody.	为大家干杯
594	It's important to save soil.	须救土.
595	In other words, we shouldn't throw it away.	换句话说,我们不应该把它扔掉。
596	We should try to keep it.	我们应该试着保持它。
597	We should try to	我们应该试着
598	preserve it.	留着吧
599	It's important to save soil, right?	拯救土壤很重要,对吧?
600	Water and wind can take it away.	水风能夺.
601	If	若为
602	there's a lot of rain, right?	雨量很大,对吧?
603	If there's a lot of rain or a river comes through, it can	如果雨水多,或者河水流过,它可以
604	push all the soil away.	推开一切土.
605	It's gone and the farmers can't grow their plants.	它已经消失,农民无法种植他们的植物.
606	Wind, if	风,如果
607	it's very windy, right?	风很大,对吧?
608	The wind can pick up the soil and blow it away.	风能取土吹散.
609	We need to have	我们需要
610	soil.	土质。
611	So, soil is very important.	所以,土壤是非常重要的。
612	Why?	为什么?
613	Without soil, plants can't grow.	没有土壤,植物就无法生长.
614	Plants can't grow	植物无法生长
615	without soil.	没有土壤。
616	No soil, plants can't grow.	没有土壤,植物无法生长.
617	It's like sand in the desert.	犹如沙漠沙.
618	Plants can't	植物不会
619	grow in the desert.	生长在沙漠中。
620	They need soil, not sand.	他们需要土壤,而不是沙子。
621	So, without soil, plants can't grow.	因此,没有土壤,植物就无法生长.
622	Roots,	根头
623	the roots of the plants, they hold the soil down.	植物的根部它们把土壤压低
624	Hold the soil down.	坚固净土.
625	So, when you have	所以,当你有
626	a lot of different plants, you see the plants here, these roots, right?	很多不同的植物, 你看到这里的植物, 这些根,对不对?
627	They're holding	他们坚持着
628	the soil there.	那边的土壤。
629	So, the wind doesn't blow it away.	故曰:风不吹也.
630	Water doesn't wash it away because	水不会洗掉,因为
631	there's plants there.	那边有植物
632	Trees and soil need each other.	树木与土壤互相需要.
633	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
634	That means	就是说
635	that with the tree, the tree needs the soil to grow, right?	和树,树需要土壤生长,对不对?
636	But the tree, the tree roots	但树,树根
637	hold the soil down so it doesn't blow away.	将土壤压低,以免被吹走.
638	So, it helps both, right?	这对双方都有帮助对吧?
639	Trees need soil	树木需要土壤
640	to grow.	成长。
641	Soil needs trees so it doesn't wash away or blow away.	土壤需要树木,以免它被冲走或吹走。
642	So, they both need each	所以,他们都需要
643	other.	其他费用。
644	Trees and soil need each other.	树木与土壤互相需要.
645	Okay?	好吗?
646	So, that's very interesting to look at.	所以,这是非常有趣的。
647	It's	这是
648	a very important relationship between plants and soil.	植物和土壤之间非常重要的关系
649	Okay, that's a very interesting	好吧,这很有趣
650	story about soil.	关于土壤的故事。
651	Now, let's do the reading comprehension questions.	现在,让我们做阅读理解问题。
652	Number one, this	第一,这个
653	story is about.	故事是有关。
654	What is this story about?	这是关于什么的故事?
655	Remember, we're looking for the word that	记住,我们在找一个词
656	has to do with the entire story, not one detail of the story, but what is the whole story	和整个故事有关,不是故事的一个细节,而是整个故事是什么
657	about?	关于?
658	Okay?	好吗?
659	So, air, we talked about air, but that was a little part of the story.	所以,空气,我们谈论空气, 但这是故事的一部分。
660	It	这个
661	wasn't the whole story.	不是整个故事。
662	So, that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
663	What about soil?	土壤怎么样?
664	Soil, yeah, we talked about	土壤,是的,我们谈论
665	soil.	土质。
666	We talked about where soil is.	我们谈过土壤在哪里
667	We talked about what makes it up, what is in soil.	我们谈论了它是什么组成, 是什么在土壤。
668	And	还有
669	we talked about why soil is important.	我们讨论过为什么土壤很重要
670	Okay?	好吗?
671	So, we talked all about soil.	所以,我们谈论了所有的土壤。
672	So, that is	所以,这是
673	the correct answer.	正确的答案。
674	Looking at C and D, C says minerals.	看C和D,C说矿物。
675	Again, that was a small point	再说一遍,那是个小问题
676	of the reading passage.	阅读段落。
677	And water was another small point.	水是另一个小点。
678	These are all small points, right?	这些都是小点,对不对?
679	And air, this is the major, the big topic.	和空气,这是主要, 大话题。
680	That's what we talked about.	这就是我们谈论的。
681	So, the correct	所以,对了
682	answer is B.	答案为B。
683	Number two, oh, we also have it up here.	第二,哦,我们还有它在这里。
684	Good.	不错
685	Okay.	摆
686	Number two, dead plants	二号,死植物
687	and animals.	和动物。
688	If you look at a dead plant or a dead animal, that doesn't look good.	如果你看一个枯萎的植物或者一个枯萎的动物,那看起来不妙.
689	But	不过
690	if you look at them, right, what happens to them?	如果你看看他们,对吗? 他们怎么了?
691	That's what we're looking for.	这就是我们要找的。
692	A, never	A,从不
693	change.	变化。
694	So, if you see a dead fish, it never changes.	所以,如果你看到一条死鱼, 它永远不会改变。
695	It's always the same.	常无异故.
696	Thankfully	谢谢
697	not.	没有
698	Okay?	好吗?
699	Because if it never changed, if you go to the beach, you would see hundreds,	因为如果它永远不会改变, 如果你去海滩, 你会看到数百,
700	thousands, millions of dead fish on the beach.	数以千计的死鱼在海滩上
701	It would smell, right?	它会闻到,对不对?
702	So, that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
703	They do change.	他们确实改变了。
704	B, rot and turn into soil.	乙,腐而化为土.
705	That's the right answer, isn't it?	这是正确的答案,不是吗?
706	B, they	B,他们
707	rot and turn into soil.	腐烂变成土壤
708	So, dead plants and animals rot.	因此,枯萎的动植物腐烂.
709	They break down.	他们崩溃了。
710	We talked about	我们谈过了
711	that in the passage.	在段落中。
712	They break down.	他们崩溃了。
713	They become smaller.	变小了
714	And what happens to them?	他们怎么了?
715	They turn into soil.	它们变成土壤。
716	Let's look at C. Dead plants and animals dig in the soil.	让我们看看C 死亡的植物和动物在土壤中挖掘。
717	No, they're	不,他们是
718	dead.	已经死了。
719	They don't do anything.	他们什么都不做。
720	They don't dig into the soil.	他们不挖进入土壤。
721	D, they have minerals, water	D,他们有矿物,水
722	and air.	还有空气
723	Dead plants have minerals, water and air.	枯木植物有矿物,水和空气.
724	Well, maybe they do, but that's not	也许他们知道,但这不是
725	the right answer that we're looking for.	我们要找的正确答案
726	The reading passage was talking about how they	阅读的段落谈到他们是如何
727	rot and they turn into soil.	腐烂就会变成土壤
728	That was the point in the reading passage.	这就是阅读段落的要点。
729	So, D doesn't	所以,D不会
730	apply here.	此处应用。
731	Okay?	好吗?
732	So, dead plants and animals rot and turn into soil.	因此,枯死的动植物腐烂,变成土壤.
733	That is the correct	没错
734	answer.	答问.
735	Okay, moving on to number three.	好吧,继续往第三。
736	Earthworms.	蚯蚓.
737	You remember earthworms are a type of bug,	你记得蚯蚓是一种虫子
738	right?	对吧?
739	Earthworms are a type of small animal.	蚯蚓是一类小动物.
740	Earthworms dig in the soil.	蚯蚓从土中掘出.
741	Earthworms dig	蚯蚓挖掘
742	in the soil, not dead animals and plants, right?	在土壤中,不是死动物和植物,对不对?
743	Earthworms dig into the soil.	蚯蚓钻入土中.
744	When	何时
745	they dig in the soil, what is the important thing that they're doing?	他们在土里挖,他们在做什么?
746	We talked about	我们谈过了
747	this, right?	这个,对吧?
748	They dig into big pieces of dirt or earth and what do they do?	他们挖出大块的土或土他们做什么?
749	They make those	他们做的这些
750	big pieces smaller.	大块小。
751	So, which one are we looking for?	那么,我们要找哪个?
752	And so, and they make small pieces bigger.	所以,它们把小块做大。
753	They make small pieces bigger?	他们做的小块更大?
754	No, that's the opposite, pandero, right?	不,这是相反的, 山德罗,对不对?
755	That's not correct.	这不对
756	They make space for air and water.	它们为空气和水创造了空间。
757	Ah, that's also what they're doing because when they	啊,这也是他们在做什么因为当他们
758	make holes into the big pieces, air and water can go into those holes.	制造洞进入大块, 空气和水可以进入这些洞。
759	So, B is the correct	所以,B是对的
760	answer.	答问.
761	Seems like we had B, B, B so far, right?	似乎我们有B,B,B 到目前为止,对不对?
762	Okay.	摆
763	Roots.	诸根.
764	They make roots.	作诸根.
765	Earthworms	蚯蚓
766	don't make roots.	不生诸根.
767	That's not right.	这不对
768	And D, dead plants.	还有D,死植物。
769	Earthworms make dead plants and	蚯蚓使植物死亡
770	animals?	动物?
771	No.	没有
772	The killer earthworms, it's a very scary movie, right?	杀手蚯蚓,这是一个非常可怕的电影,对不对?
773	So, earthworms	所以,蚯蚓
774	don't kill animals and plants, right?	不杀动物和植物,对不对?
775	They don't do that.	他们不这样做。
776	What they do is they make space	他们做的是创造空间
777	for air and water.	为空气和水。
778	That is the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
779	So, earthworms dig in the soil and make space	因此,蚯蚓在土壤中挖掘,创造空间
780	for air and water.	为空气和水。
781	That's what earthworms do.	蚯蚓之所为.
782	Okay.	摆
783	So, we come to the end here and	所以,我们到此结束
784	we see again that dirt is good.	我们再次看到泥土是好的。
785	We can see our picture of the dirt that we saw before.	我们可以看到我们之前看到的泥土。
786	Remember, this part is the soil here.	记住,这部分是这里的土壤。
787	What other things can we say about dirt?	我们还能说点什么?
788	Well,	那个
789	we see that soil has minerals, water and air.	我们发现土壤有矿物、水和空气。
790	These things, minerals, water and air, those	这些东西,矿物,水和空气,那些
791	three things are in soil.	三事在净土.
792	Plants need those things, right, to grow strong.	植物需要这些东西,对吗, 生长强壮。
793	Okay.	摆
794	Many	许多
795	creatures live in the soil.	众生住土.
796	A lot of different creatures live in the soil.	许多不同的生物生活在土壤中.
797	We saw worms as	我们看见虫子
798	the main creature that lives in the soil.	生活在土壤中的主要生物人类的生物
799	And worms help make soil.	而虫能助造土.
800	There's also a lot	还有很多
801	of other bugs that live in the soil.	生活在土壤中的其他虫类。
802	So, if you want, go in your backyard or in the park	所以,如果你想, 去你的后院或公园
803	and look in the soil.	并在土壤中寻找。
804	You might see little bugs rolling around.	你可能会看到小虫子在滚滚
805	But be careful, right?	但小心点,对吧?
806	Because your mom will get angry if you get dirt everywhere.	因为你妈妈会生气如果你得到污垢到处。
807	She'll say, hooky, hooky,	她会说,钩子,钩子,
808	hooky, hooky, right?	钩,钩,对不对?
809	So, be careful.	所以,小心点。
810	Don't get too dirty, okay?	别太脏,好吗?
811	Okay.	摆
812	And finally, it	终于
813	is important to save soil.	这对于拯救土壤很重要。
814	Soil is so important for us because, think about it, if there's	土壤对我们很重要因为,想想看,如果有的话
815	no soil, without soil, plants can't grow.	没有土壤没有土壤植物就无法生长
816	We have no food.	我们没有食物。
817	All our food is gone.	我们的食物都不见了
818	So,	这么说
819	soil is very important.	土壤非常重要,因为土壤很重要。
820	It's important to save the soil.	修净土之重.
821	And plants and soil need each	植物和土壤都需要
822	other.	其他费用。
823	So, we have to protect the plants.	所以,我们必须保护植物。
824	We can't cut down all the plants or step on	我们不能砍掉所有的植物,也不能踩下去
825	all the plants.	所有的植物。
826	So, the plants die.	因此,植物会死亡.
827	We need to protect soil.	我们需要保护土壤。
828	How?	怎么会?
829	We need to protect the	我们需要保护
830	plants.	植物。植物。
831	So, it's important to save soil and it's important to protect the plants.	因此,保存土壤很重要,保护植物也很重要.
832	Use	使用
833	what we need but keep what we don't need.	我们需要的,但保持我们不需要的。
834	Okay.	摆
835	Well, that about wraps it up.	嗯,这是结束它。
836	It's very	这是非常
837	interesting.	有趣,你喜欢我
838	We're talking about dirt.	我们谈论的是污垢。
839	It seems like dirt.	似乎是脏的
840	Is that an interesting subject?	这话题很有趣吗?
841	Well, it is.	没错
842	We learned a lot of interesting things about dirt in this lesson.	我们从这个课中学到了很多关于泥土的有趣的东西.
843	And I hope	我希望他能这样
844	you've learned a lot of good words and some interesting ideas.	你学到了很多好词和一些有趣的想法。
845	We'll see you next time.	下次见
846	Take care, everybody.	大家小心点

该视频共有字幕 850 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P13 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p13 12. 12. LevelA Lesson12 Soil Homes (P13)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p13 12. 12. LevelA Lesson12 Soil Homes (P13)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 33:22

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everyone.	產
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:11	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	Are you ready	你准备好了吗?
0:13	to get started?	要开始吗?
0:14	We're on lesson 12 now.	我们上12课了
0:17	Soil homes?	土壤家园?
0:22	A home made of dirt?	一个土制的家?
0:24	Do	执行
0:24	you live in a home made of dirt?	你住在一个土制的家里?

展开字幕全文（836 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everyone.	產
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	Are you ready	你准备好了吗?
5	to get started?	要开始吗?
6	We're on lesson 12 now.	我们上12课了
7	Soil homes?	土壤家园?
8	A home made of dirt?	一个土制的家?
9	Do	执行
10	you live in a home made of dirt?	你住在一个土制的家里?
11	Well, yes, you probably do.	嗯,是的,你也许知道。
12	In this lesson, we'll focus	这个课,我们集中精神
13	on let's think about how we make brick homes.	想想我们怎么造砖屋
14	How do we make brick homes?	我们怎么造砖屋?
15	If we think about	如果我们想到
16	that, this is a home, right?	这是家,对吧?
17	A place where something lives is, of course, a home.	一个有东西住的地方,当然,是一个家。
18	Many	许多
19	homes are made from bricks and bricks are made from soil or dirt.	住宅用砖砌成,砖砌用土或土砌成.
20	We live in dirt homes.	我们住在土屋里
21	Is it dirty?	脏吗?
22	No.	没有
23	It's clean because of the way we make bricks.	由於造砖之道,故名清净.
24	That's what we're talking	这就是我们所说的
25	about.	有关。
26	How different homes are made from bricks and, of course, we're going to look at not	如何用砖头制造不同的房屋当然,我们要看看不是
27	just this word but many other words for this lesson.	只是这个词,但很多其它词对于这个教训。
28	Let's go for number two.	举二.
29	The second	第二个
30	word, to cook in an oven.	在烤箱里做饭
31	This, of course, in the background, that's an oven, right?	当然,在背景里,那是烤箱,对吧?
32	You put food.	你放东西了
33	Usually, you put food in an oven.	通常,你把食物放在烤箱里。
34	Lots of heat and you get a nice loaf	热很多,你得到一个漂亮的面包
35	of bread or cake that comes out.	面包或蛋糕出来。
36	And, of course, this means to bake.	当然,这意味着烘焙。
37	When you put food in the	当你把食物在
38	oven, lots of heat goes on it and you bake it.	烤箱,热量很大,你烤它。
39	So, you bake a cake, bake a loaf of bread,	所以,你烤蛋糕,烤面包,
40	something like that.	类似的东西。
41	So, to bake.	所以,烤饭。
42	Here, of course, is what we were talking about before,	在这里,当然,这是我们刚才谈论,
43	right?	对吧?
44	We just used this word.	我们只是用这个词
45	It's actually, they say a space for cooking at a high heat.	事实上,他们说在高温下可以做饭
46	A space is on the inside.	一个空间在内部。
47	Of course, this is a device or appliance that you find in	当然,这是你发现的设备或工具
48	your kitchen.	你的厨房。
49	Appliance.	应用.
50	There are many appliances in your kitchen.	你的厨房里有很多电器
51	One appliance, of course,	当然,一个电器
52	is this thing which we just talked about.	我们刚刚讨论过的事
53	That's an oven, an oven.	这是一个烤箱,一个烤箱。
54	By the way, just	对了
55	for your information, this part is the oven.	告诉你,这是烤箱
56	This part, don't say oven, this part is stove.	这部分,不要说烤箱,这部分是炉子。
57	The top is the stove, the middle part is the oven.	顶部为炉子,中间部分为炉子.
58	Okay?	好吗?
59	Next one, wow, big house, right?	下一个,哇,大房子,对不对?
60	Looks like a castle, right?	看起来像一个城堡,对不对?
61	Very strong and lasting.	非常强大和持久。
62	Lasting means it will be there for	持久意味着它会在那里
63	a long time, right?	很久了,对吧?
64	Lasting for a long time.	延寿久远.
65	Like this house, this castle, house, just	就像这个房子,这个城堡,房子,只是
66	one house, very rich person or big building, this has been there for a long, long time,	一个房子,非常富有的人或大建筑, 这是已经在那里很长时间,
67	right?	对吧?
68	So, what do we say?	怎么样?
69	It's sturdy.	坚固坚固.
70	It's a sturdy building.	坚固建筑.
71	It's very strong and it will last for a long time.	它非常强大,并且会持续很长一段时间.
72	It will be there for a long time.	它会在那里很长一段时间。
73	It's	这是
74	already been here for hundreds of years.	已经在这里几百年了
75	That's a long time.	那是很长一段时间。
76	This building is very sturdy.	这座建筑非常坚固.
77	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
78	This, of course, here is, what do we call this?	这,当然,这里是, 我们叫它什么?
79	A couple of birds are	几只小鸟
80	sitting on it.	坐着吧
81	I hope they're not angry.	我希望他们不会生气
82	They don't look angry.	他们看起来不生气。
83	They're just birds,	他们只是鸟类,
84	right?	对吧?
85	Okay.	摆
86	So, a couple of birds on top of this one.	所以,有几只鸟在这个上面。
87	What holds a roof up?	怎么会有屋顶?
88	Of course,	当然
89	this is a wall.	这是一堵墙。
90	These birds are sitting on a wall.	这些鸟儿坐在墙上
91	A wall holds a roof up, right?	墙上有个屋顶,对吧?
92	If	若为
93	you have a roof over your head, what holds it up?	你头上有一个屋顶,是什么支撑它?
94	The walls.	墙壁
95	The walls have to be sturdy.	墙壁必须坚固.
96	If the walls are not sturdy, the roof falls on top of you, right?	如果墙壁不坚固,屋顶就落在你身上,对吧?
97	So, walls.	所以,墙壁。
98	Walls should	墙应该
99	be sturdy.	坚固。
100	What's this here?	这是什么?
101	This looks interesting.	这看起来很有趣。
102	It's a box.	是个盒子
103	That's not a box.	这不是一个盒子。
104	It's a block.	这是一个街区。
105	A block used to build things and we put these things on top of each other.	用来制造东西的街区我们把这些东西放在对方的上面。
106	We call this,	我们称之为,
107	of course, is a brick.	当然是砖头
108	We said it before when I talked about a brick wall, right?	我们之前说过,当我谈论砖墙,对不对?
109	Bricks	砖头
110	are the little blocks that you use to build a brick wall.	是用来建造砖墙的小块
111	Remember the wall we just saw?	记得刚才看到的墙吗?
112	The birds were sitting on it?	鸟儿坐在上面?
113	It was red.	这是红色的。
114	There are many bricks in that wall.	墙上有很多砖头
115	Now, when	现在,当
116	you take bricks and you put them on top of one another or you take books and you put	你拿砖头,把它们放在上面或你拿书,你放
117	on top of each other, right?	在对方之上,对不对?
118	You take one book and you put it on top of that book and	你拿一本书放在书上
119	on top of each other.	在对方之上。
120	You keep putting more and more and more and more books.	你总是把越来越多的书。
121	What are	这是什么
122	you doing?	你在干吗?
123	This is a special verb.	这是一个特殊的动词。
124	It's to stack.	这是堆叠。
125	It means to keep putting on top of	意思是继续把
126	each other, right?	彼此,对不对?
127	You have one book, put another book, another book, another book,	你有一本书,另一本书,另一本书,
128	another book, or one brick, another brick, another brick.	又一本书,或者一砖一砖,另一砖一砖.
129	You're stacking the bricks	你在堆砖头
130	or books on top of each other or whatever it is.	或书在对方之上或它是什么。
131	Can you stack apples?	你能堆苹果吗?
132	If you're really	如果你真的这样
133	good, you can stack apples but not too high.	好,你可以堆苹果,但不会太高。
134	They'll fall over.	他们会掉下去的
135	Books are easier to stack.	书籍更容易堆叠.
136	Bricks are easier to stack.	砖块更容易堆叠.
137	Okay.	摆
138	A straight line.	一条直线。
139	So, here we see that we have many straight	所以,这里我们看到,我们有很多直
140	lines, right?	线条,对不对?
141	Going this way.	这边走
142	This is a straight line, a straight line, a straight line.	此为直线,直线,直线.
143	You	你们
144	could also go like this, a straight line, a straight line.	也可以像这样,一条直线,一条直线。
145	What do we call these?	我们怎么称呼这些?
146	We	我们
147	call these rows.	调用这些行。
148	So, if you go to a movie theater, right?	所以,如果你去电影院,对不对?
149	You can see many seats and	你可以看见很多座位和
150	your ticket has the number and the row on your ticket so you know where to go.	你的车票上有号码和排数所以你知道去哪里
151	It says	上面写着
152	H行,你走A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,H
153	Then you go over to the	然后,你过去
154	number.	数字。
155	So, look to find out what row you are in and then you can find your seat.	所以,看看是什么排你,然后你可以找到你的座位。
156	So,	这么说
157	一排连排 A rain.
158	Especially when we talk about seats, we talk about rows in a big theater or stadium,	特别是当我们谈论座位的时候我们谈论在大剧院或体育场排队
159	for example.	举个例子
160	Okay.	摆
161	Let's move on to number nine.	更续九号.
162	Whoa!	哗!
163	What's that?	这是什么?
164	That's a really weird	这真奇怪
165	subak, right?	苏巴克对吧
166	What the heck?	什么鬼东西?
167	That's just a funny picture.	这只是一个有趣的图片。
168	It doesn't really look like	看起来不像
169	that, right?	是吗?
170	Having four straight sides.	拥有四条直线.
171	Four straight sides.	直四边.
172	Of course, it would be square.	当然,这是正方形的。
173	Is a subak square?	是沙克广场吗?
174	Subak, watermelon.	苏巴克西瓜
175	Watermelon.	西瓜(原变种).
176	Is a watermelon square?	是西瓜广场吗?
177	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
178	Watermelons don't look like that.	西瓜不是那样的
179	That's just a funny picture.	这只是一个有趣的图片。
180	Watermelons are round, right?	西瓜是圆的,对不对?
181	They're round or not exactly round like a ball.	他们是否像球一样圆
182	You could also say oval.	你也可以说Oval。
183	Oval is like	奥瓦尔就像
184	a watermelon.	一个西瓜。
185	Some watermelons are exactly round like a ball.	有些西瓜就像球一样圆
186	That's true.	没错
187	They are round.	它们是圆的。
188	Perfectly round.	完美的圆。
189	But usually, watermelons are longer on the ends, right?	但通常西瓜的尾端更长,对吧?
190	And not so	而不是那样
191	long on the top and bottom.	长在上下.
192	So, we say they're oval.	所以,我们说他们是Oval。
193	So, many different shapes.	所以,许多不同的形状。
194	Square would	广场会
195	be like a box, right?	像一个盒子,对不对?
196	If you have a box.	若有宝箱.
197	That is a square box.	这是一个方形盒子。
198	Am I a good artist?	我是一个好艺术家吗?
199	Yeah,	对
200	kind of, I guess.	有点吧
201	Okay.	摆
202	That would be a box.	那会是一个盒子。
203	It's a square box.	方圆箱.
204	Okay.	摆
205	That would be square.	那会很平坦的
206	Okay.	摆
207	Number 10.	10号
208	Uh-oh.	额,哦。
209	What's wrong with this guy?	这家伙怎么了?
210	Someone who builds, but he's not building	一个人谁建设,但他不是建设
211	very well.	不错
212	Look.	听着
213	What's going on there?	这是怎么回事?
214	You need another brick over here.	这儿还需要一块砖头
215	Pobble.	宝宝.
216	Okay.	摆
217	And look.	还有看
218	He didn't fill up that position there.	他没有填补那个位置。
219	He needs more experience.	他需要更多的经验。
220	Don't hire him.	别雇他
221	Okay.	摆
222	Anyway.	总之
223	Someone who builds.	有人谁建设。
224	This is interesting.	这很有趣。
225	This is easy, right?	这很容易,对不对?
226	Someone who builds.	有人谁建设。
227	This is	这是
228	your verb.	你的动词。
229	To build.	以建业.
230	But we want to say a person who does this.	但我们想说一个人谁这样做。
231	So, it's very easy.	所以,这很简单。
232	Just take the	拿着
233	动词 B -U -I -L -D 加上 E -R E
234	That's our word.	这是我们的话。
235	Builder.	建设者.
236	And you can do this	你可以这么做
237	with many verbs in English.	有许多英语动词。
238	Yay.	赞
239	Right.	对
240	Someone who drives.	开车的人
241	To drive.	开车
242	If you go to school,	如果你去上学,
243	right, sometimes you ride in a school bus or you just take the city bus.	有时候你坐校车或者坐城市公交车
244	The person who drives	开车的人
245	the bus is a driver.	公交车是司机
246	Driver.	司机
247	Okay.	摆
248	So, many verbs in English, you just add E-R. Not all of them,	所以,很多英语动词,你只是添加E-R。
249	but many of them.	但他们中许多人。
250	It's a common way to use the verb to talk about a person who does that thing.	用动词来谈论一个人做那个事是一种常见的方法.
251	Okay.	摆
252	So, a builder.	所以,一个建筑师。
253	But we have to be careful with this guy.	但是我们必须小心对待这家伙。
254	He's not a good builder, right?	他不是一个好建筑师,对不对?
255	He's making some strange problems here.	他在这里制造了一些奇怪的问题。
256	Okay.	摆
257	Anyway, let's move on.	无论如何,让我们继续前进。
258	Number 11.	11号
259	Now, here we	现在,在这里
260	have a, by the way, this is an exception, right?	顺便说一句这是例外对吧?
261	What is he doing?	他在干吗?
262	He's cooking.	他在做饭
263	To cook.	为作饭.
264	But don't say cooker.	但别说炊具.
265	Don't do that.	别这样
266	That's an exception.	这是例外。
267	We say he's a cook.	我们说他是厨师
268	Don't say cooker,	不要说厨师,
269	right?	对吧?
270	That's an exception.	这是例外。
271	I'm sorry.	对不起
272	English has many exceptions.	英语有许多例外.
273	But don't say cooker.	但别说炊具.
274	He's a cook.	他是一个厨师。
275	What is he doing?	他在干吗?
276	He's mixing together with a big iron piece.	他和一块大铁块混在一起
277	Or sometimes	有时候
278	your mom, if she's making soup, she'll take a wooden spoon and she'll mix together.	你妈妈,如果她做汤, 她会拿一个木勺她会混合在一起。
279	What is	这是什么
280	doing?	干吗?
281	She is stirring.	她在动静
282	To stir the pot, right?	要搅拌锅,对不对?
283	To stir things is to mix it together.	搅拌东西就是混合在一起
284	Okay.	摆
285	Let's	让我们
286	take a look.	看看这个。
287	Number 12.	12号
288	Glue.	粘胶。
289	This is not really glue, but it's like glue.	这不是胶水,而是胶水
290	It's similar to glue.	与胶相似.
291	Glue made from sand and water.	用沙子和水做的胶
292	Sand and water makes glue?	沙子和水能制成胶水?
293	Well, it can if you get the right mix.	好吧,它可以如果你得到正确的组合。
294	Maybe you've seen this before when you see construction workers.	可能你以前见过这个当看到建筑工人的时候
295	They are working.	他们正在工作。
296	They're	他们是
297	called workers, right?	叫工人,对吧?
298	When you see construction workers making a new sidewalk, they have this	当你看到建筑工人做一个新的人行道, 他们有这个
299	material.	物质。
300	It's just sand and water.	犹是沙和水.
301	And it's not glue, but it acts like glue.	它不是胶水,而是像胶水
302	It behaves like glue.	其行为如胶.
303	It sticks things together.	它把东西粘在一起。
304	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
305	We call it cement.	我们称之为水泥。
306	Cement is a common building	水泥是普通建筑
307	material.	物质。
308	Most buildings are made from cement.	大多数建筑都是用水泥制造的.
309	Probably, if you are in an apartment building	也许,如果你在公寓楼
310	right now, your apartment building was made from cement, sand and water, dirt.	现在,你的公寓楼是用水泥,沙子和水,土做的
311	That's what we're	这就是我们
312	talking about, right?	谈论,对不对?
313	Many homes were made from dirt, are made of dirt.	许多房屋是用泥土建造的,是用泥土建造的。
314	Okay.	摆
315	Let's go on	继续吧
316	to the exercises.	参加演习
317	Now, we've learned a lot of words, right?	现在,我们学到了很多的话,对不对?
318	How well do you remember those words?	你还记得这些话吗?
319	Let's use those words and match them to their definitions.	让我们用这些词来配合它们的定义.
320	Now, we have the definitions	现在,我们有了定义
321	of each word, and we have to match them to the words in the box.	每一个字,我们必须匹配它们在盒子中的字。
322	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
323	Our words are	我们的话
324	home, home, oven, oven, wall.	家,家,烤炉,烤炉,墙。
325	That's easy, right?	很简单,对吧?
326	Wall.	墙
327	Bake, bake, and sturdy, sturdy, and brick,	烤肉烤肉坚固坚固砖块
328	brick.	砖头。
329	Okay.	摆
330	Let's see if we can match these words to their proper definitions.	让我们看看这些词是否能符合它们的适当定义.
331	Number one,	第一个
332	a space for cooking at a high heat.	在高温下做饭的空间
333	Remember, I talked about that.	记住,我说过了
334	That's an appliance in your	这是你家的电器
335	kitchen.	厨房
336	It's a device in your kitchen.	这是你厨房里的装置
337	On the top is the stove, and in the middle is the oven.	顶上是炉子,中间是炉子.
338	Yeah, you remember that, right?	是啊,你还记得,对不对?
339	We talked about that quite a bit.	我们聊了很多
340	Number two, what holds a roof	第二,什么是屋顶
341	up?	起来?
342	Something that holds a roof up.	某种能支撑屋顶的东西
343	Remember, they have to be strong, because if they aren't strong,	记住,他们必须坚强, 因为如果他们不坚强,
344	the roof will fall on your head, right?	屋顶会掉到你头上,对吧?
345	So, what are those things?	这些是什么?
346	What holds a roof up?	怎么会有屋顶?
347	Well,	那个
348	of course, it's a wall.	当然,这是一堵墙。
349	A wall holds a roof up.	一堵墙顶着屋顶
350	Of course, you need more than one wall.	当然,你需要不止一面墙。
351	You have	你有过
352	walls that hold a roof up, usually four walls, but you could have three walls.	墙顶上坚挺的,一般是四面墙,但你可以有三面墙.
353	Two walls,	两面墙
354	that's possible, one on each side, right?	有可能,两边各一个,对吧?
355	But one wall, that's dangerous, right?	但一堵墙很危险,对吧?
356	You need at least	起码你需要
357	two walls.	两面墙
358	Okay.	摆
359	Wall holds a roof up.	墙壁撑起屋顶
360	Three, a block.	三,一个街区。
361	It's a block, usually about this big,	这是一个街区,通常关于这么大,
362	right?	对吧?
363	Used to build things, right?	曾经建造的东西,对不对?
364	And we put them on top of each other.	我们把它们放在对方的上面。
365	We stack them on top	我们把它们堆在上面
366	of each other, and we can build walls, and we can build homes.	彼此之间,我们可以建造围墙,我们可以建造家园。
367	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
368	We call it a	我们称之为
369	brick.	砖头。
370	A brick is used to build things, and a brick is a block.	砖头用来建东西,砖头是块.
371	Okay, number four, to cook in an oven.	好,四号,在烤炉里做饭
372	When you cook something in an oven, we talked about this, right?	当你在烤箱里煮东西的时候, 我们谈过了,对不对?
373	You put a cake in the oven,	你把蛋糕放进烤箱
374	a lot of heat comes onto the cake, and what are you doing?	蛋糕上有很多热量,你在做什么?
375	You are baking that cake.	你正在烤蛋糕。
376	To bake	烤饭
377	a cake, to bake a chicken, you bake chicken, the same thing.	蛋糕,烤鸡,你烤鸡,一样的东西。
378	Okay, you bake something, you cook it	好吧,你烤的东西,你煮它
379	in an oven.	在一个烤箱里。
380	Okay, number five, a place where something lives.	好吧,第五,一个地方的东西生活。
381	Where do you live?	你住哪里? 住在这里?
382	We all have a different place where we live, so we all have different what?	我们都住的地方不同,所以我们都有不同的什么?
383	Home.	归家.
384	We all have a	我们都有一个
385	different home.	不一样的家。
386	When I'm tired at night, I go to my home, right?	我晚上累了,就回家,对吧?
387	Maybe right now, you are studying	也许现在,你正在学习
388	在你的家中。 \fn微软雅黑In your home.
389	It's a place where you live.	尔时世尊住处.
390	It's a home.	谓家曰.
391	Number six, strong and lasting for a long	第六,强壮和长久
392	time.	时间。
393	Strong and lasting for a long time.	坚固恒久.
394	We said that that is sturdy.	我们说过,这是稳健的。
395	Sturdy, something that's	斯图迪,这是
396	strong and lasts for a long time.	强而久之.
397	Okay, well, that wraps up our vocabulary section.	好了,好了,结束了我们的词汇部分。
398	We're going to take a	我们要拿一个
399	short break now.	暂时休息
400	We're going to come back and look at the reading, so don't go away.	复来观读,故不离.
401	Okay, welcome back	好,欢迎回来
402	everybody.	每个人。
403	We're going to go over the reading passage for lesson 12, and we're going to look	我们要翻阅12课的读物
404	at the vocabulary.	在词汇。
405	We're going to use the vocabulary that we just learned.	我们要使用我们刚刚学到的词汇.
406	So, try to remember the	所以,试着记住
407	vocabulary we learned, and let's go over the reading together.	我们学的词汇, 让我们一起来阅读。
408	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
409	Let's get started.	让我们开始吧。
410	Is your home made of dirt?	你的家是泥土做的吗?
411	Yes, we talked about that, right?	是的,我们谈过了,对不对?
412	Your home,	你们的家
413	where you live, it's made of dirt, right?	你住的地方是泥土做的,对吧?
414	It's not dirty, right?	这不是脏的,对不对?
415	It's clean, right?	这是干净的,对不对?
416	Because cement and	因为水泥和
417	bricks, you know, they're not that dirty, and you put something on the inside, so it's not dirty.	砖块,你知道,它们不是那么脏, 你放的东西在内部,所以它不是脏。
418	So, is your home made of dirt?	你的家是泥土做的吗?
419	Some homes are.	有些家是这样的。
420	Some homes are made of dirt, cement or brick,	有些房屋是用泥土、水泥或砖砌成的,
421	but they aren't dirty.	但他们不脏。
422	So, if we look at these three sentences, they're kind of connected, right?	所以,如果我们看这三句话, 它们有点关联,对不对?
423	Is your home made of dirt?	你的家是泥土做的吗?
424	Yes, some homes are, but even though they're made of dirt, they aren't dirty.	是的,有些家庭是, 但即使它们是由泥土做的, 它们并不脏。
425	Don't worry, right?	别担心,对不对?
426	Even though they are made of dirt, they are not dirty, okay?	虽然它们是由泥土制成,但并不脏,好吗?
427	Soil can make sturdy	土壤可以结实
428	homes.	家,我们家。
429	Soil can make sturdy homes.	土壤可以造就坚固的家园.
430	We talked about soil before, you know, in a different lesson,	我们之前讨论过土壤, 你知道,在另一个教训,
431	but soil by itself, you know, it doesn't, it's not very strong, right?	但土壤本身,你知道, 它不,它不是很强,对不对?
432	So, we need soil to make	所以我们需要土壤来制造
433	bricks, right?	砖头,对不对?
434	Soil is used to make bricks.	土壤用于制作砖块.
435	Bricks are used to build these houses.	砖头用来建造这些房屋.
436	So, we use soil	所以,我们用土壤
437	to make bricks, and they make sturdy homes.	用来制造砖块和坚固的房屋。
438	Brick is very strong, isn't it?	Brick很强壮不是吗?
439	If we have a good builder,	如果我们有好建筑师
440	they will make a sturdy house, right?	他们会做一个坚固的房子,对不对?
441	We don't want the builder we saw before.	我们不希望我们之前看到的建筑师。
442	We want a good builder,	我们要一个好建筑师,
443	right?	对吧?
444	Okay.	摆
445	Bricks were used thousands of years ago, a long time ago, very long time ago,	砖块在几千年前被使用很久以前很久以前
446	thousands of years.	数千年。
447	Bricks are very, very old.	砖头非常,非常老。
448	We have been using bricks as human beings for a long,	我们用砖头做人很久了
449	long time.	好久不见
450	Ancient cities, a long time ago, the people used bricks to make their houses.	古城,久之,民以砖作屋.
451	We still	我们仍然
452	do.	说吧
453	We still use bricks.	我们还用砖头
454	It's a good material.	材质精良.
455	They are still used today.	它们今天仍在使用。
456	So, bricks are so good,	所以,砖头是那么好,
457	they have been used for thousands of years.	它们已经使用几千年了。
458	Bricks are made from clay.	砖块由粘土制成.
459	Clay is a kind of soil,	克莱是一种土壤,
460	right?	对吧?
461	So, here again, we see the soil.	所以,在这里,我们再次看到土壤。
462	Soil has many different kinds.	土壤有多种不同的种类.
463	Clay is one kind of soil,	克莱是一种土壤,
464	and we use clay to make bricks, right?	我们用粘土做砖,对吗?
465	They, when we see they and they, that refers to bricks,	他们,当我们看见他们和他们, 那是指砖块,
466	okay?	好吗?
467	So, bricks are still used today.	因此,今天仍然使用砖块.
468	Bricks are made from clay.	砖块由粘土制成.
469	Clay is a kind of soil.	克莱是一种土壤。
470	It.	这个
471	So, what are we talking about?	那么,我们在说什么?
472	It means bricks, or does it mean soil?	是指砖块,还是指土壤?
473	In this case,	在这种情况下,
474	it means soil, okay?	这意味着土壤,好吗?
475	Soil can be brown, red, or yellow.	土壤可以是棕色,红色,也可以是黄色.
476	If you go look at where the clay is,	如果你去看看粘土在哪里,
477	the clay is kind of like a mud.	粘土有点像泥土
478	It's a kind of soil.	谓之土.
479	It's very thick, right?	很厚,对吧?
480	It's sticky,	它粘着,
481	and it can be many different colors.	它可以是许多不同的颜色。
482	It can be brown, it can be red, or it can be yellow.	可褐色,可红色,或黄色.
483	Lots	许多
484	of different colors for clay.	不同颜色的黏土。
485	So, how do you make bricks?	你怎么做砖头的?
486	How do you take clay and make a brick?	如何取粘土作砖.
487	How do you do it?	如何是道. 师曰.
488	The clay, we're going to see how it's done.	粘土,我们要看看它是如何做的。
489	The clay is stirred,	粘土在燃烧,
490	right?	对吧?
491	Stirred with sand and water.	以沙和水捣烂.
492	Oh, okay.	哦,还好。
493	So, this clay, this type of sticky soil,	所以,这种粘土, 这种粘土,
494	is stirred, mixed with sand and water.	被冲动,被沙子和水混合
495	So, you mix it up, and then you make the shape of the brick.	所以,你把它混为一谈, 然后做砖的形状。
496	Then, after that, you bake it in a big oven, right?	然后,在那之后, 你烤在一个大烤箱,对不对?
497	You put it in a very big oven, because	你把它放在一个非常大的烤箱,因为
498	you're not baking a cake.	你不会烤蛋糕的
499	You're not baking chicken.	你不是烤鸡。
500	You're baking bricks.	你们在烤砖头
501	So, you need a	所以,你需要一个
502	really big oven.	真正的大烤炉。
503	You can make many bricks at one time.	一次可以做许多砖块.
504	It's baked in a big oven.	在大烤箱里烤过.
505	The bricks are	砖头是
506	hard and usually red.	硬度一般为红色.
507	When you put the brick in, it might be different colors.	当你把砖头放进去, 它可能是不同的颜色。
508	It might be brown.	也许是棕色的
509	It might be yellow.	可能是黄色的
510	But, after it's baked, it's usually red, right?	但烤好后,一般是红色的,对吗?
511	Now, bricks are different	现在,砖头不一样
512	colors.	颜色
513	Some are dark red.	有些是深红色的
514	Some are light red.	有些是浅红色的。
515	Some can still be brown and maybe yellow.	有些仍然可能是棕色的,或许是黄色的.
516	It depends on what kind of clay they use.	这取决于他们用哪种粘土。
517	But, usually, most commonly, bricks are red.	但是,通常,最常见的是砖块是红色的.
518	Usually,	通常,
519	usually red.	通常是红色的。
520	Not always, but usually.	并不总是,但通常。
521	They are all the same, the bricks.	砖头都一样
522	What does that mean,	这是什么意思,
523	they are all the same?	他们都一样吗?
524	What they mean is that they are all the same shape, right?	他们的意思是他们都是相同的形状,对不对?
525	They're all	他们都是
526	the same size.	大小一样
527	So, the same shape, the same size.	所以,形状相同,大小相同.
528	They have to be, because think about it.	他们必须这样因为考虑一下
529	If you	如果你们
530	have a small brick and a big brick, you can't build a wall.	有小砖头和大砖头,不能建墙.
531	Your wall will have lots of holes	你的墙上有很多洞
532	in it.	进去吧
533	So, they need to be all the same.	所以,他们需要都是一样的。
534	The same size and the same shape.	大小无异而形同.
535	Then, you can build a	然后,你可以建立一个
536	strong, sturdy wall.	坚固坚固的墙壁
537	They need to be flat and square.	他们需要平坦而平坦.
538	So, they're all the same.	所以,他们都是一样的。
539	They need to	他们需要
540	be flat.	扁平一点
541	They need to be square.	他们需要正方形。
542	They need to be flat.	他们需要平坦。
543	They can't be round, right?	他们不能是圆的,对不对?
544	That would be	这将是
545	crazy.	疯了。
546	You can't put round bricks on top of each other.	不得各置圆砖.
547	They all have to be flat and they have to	他们必须平坦,必须
548	be square, okay?	方块,好吗?
549	And then, you can build them.	然后,你可以建造它们。
550	Then, you can use them to build, okay?	然后,你可以用它们来建造,好吗?
551	Flat bricks stack	平面砖堆叠
552	better, right?	更好,对不对?
553	We talked about that.	我们谈过了
554	You can stack books.	你可以堆书
555	You can stack bricks.	可以堆砖.
556	But, if you have	不过,如果你有
557	something round like an apple, can you stack them?	像苹果一样的圆形,你能堆起来吗?
558	They'll fall over very easily.	他们很容易摔倒
559	So, flat bricks	所以,平面砖
560	stack better.	堆叠更好。
561	You can put them on top of each other more easily.	你可以把它们放在彼此之上更容易。
562	Builders stack them in rows.	建造者把它们堆成一排
563	So, you have one row, then the next row, then the next row.	所以,你有一排,然后是下一排,然后是下一排。
564	You make different rows of bricks.	你做不同的一排砖。
565	Before,	之前,我们...
566	the builder we saw, he was skipping a row, right?	我们见到的建筑工他跳过一排,对不对?
567	He was putting a brick on, it was at an angle.	他把砖头放在一个角度上
568	Don't do that.	别这样
569	Builders have to make the rows complete and then they put another row and another	建造者必须完成排成一排然后再排一排
570	row.	排队
571	So, they stack them in rows.	所以,他们把它们堆成一排。
572	Each row makes the wall higher.	每行使墙高.
573	But, yeah, sure.	但当然
574	You have the bottom	你有底线
575	row, right?	排队,对不对?
576	That's only that high.	只有这么高
577	Then, you add another row, then it gets higher.	然后,你再加一行, 然后它会变得更高。
578	And each row that	每一行都这样
579	you stack makes the wall higher and higher.	墙越高越好
580	It gets higher and higher.	渐渐增高.
581	Cement holds the bricks	水泥挡住砖头
582	together.	一起来
583	So, if we were looking at that picture, remember, here are our bricks, right?	所以,如果我们看那张照片,记住, 这是我们的砖头,对不对?
584	And I'm not	我没有
585	a good artist, but this is kind of what they look like, right?	是个好艺术家,但这是他们的样子,对吧?
586	But, you have white space or something	但是,你有白色的空间什么的
587	white.	白色的白色的白色的白色的
588	You have something white in here, right?	这里有白色的东西,对吧?
589	And between the bricks, that's that white stuff.	在砖块之间,那是白色的东西。
590	That is cement.	这是水泥。
591	Cement holds the bricks together.	水泥把砖块放在一起
592	Cement is like the glue that holds these bricks	水泥就像粘着这些砖块的胶水
593	together, right?	一起对吧?
594	Builders will put cement between the rows and the different bricks in the row and	建材者会把水泥放在各行之间和各行不同的砖块之间
595	that will hold those bricks together.	那会把砖块粘在一起
596	These strong walls can last thousands of years.	这些坚固的城墙可以持续数千年.
597	Thousands of	数以千计
598	years, right?	几年,对不对?
599	So, because when you do that, you put the cement there, that wall becomes very strong.	所以,因为当你这样做,你把水泥放在那里, 那堵墙变得非常坚固。
600	You can't push it over, right?	你不能把它推过来,对不对?
601	It's really, really strong.	真的很强壮
602	And they last, sorry about that, put it	他们最后,对不起,说吧
603	through there, thousands of years for a very long time.	数千年的时间里
604	There are some cities that people find,	有一些城市人们发现,
605	you know, they're digging in the ground and they hit the bricks and they find these walls.	你知道,他们挖在地上他们打砖,他们找到这些墙。
606	And those	还有那些
607	walls were from thousands of years ago, right?	墙壁是几千年前的对吧?
608	Also, some cities, people can find like in ancient	而且,有些城市,人们可以找到像在古代
609	cities like in Rome or in some places in the Middle East, you can find really, really old buildings	像罗马或者中东一些地方的城市你可以找到真正,真正的老建筑
610	and they've been there for thousands of years made of brick.	他们在那里已经几千年了
611	So, brick is really strong.	所以,砖块真的很坚固。
612	It makes strong	变强了
613	walls.	墙壁
614	Okay, let's talk about this story.	好吧,让我们谈谈这个故事。
615	Let's do our reading comprehension story.	让我们来做我们的阅读理解故事。
616	The first	第一个
617	question is always, this story is about.	问题总是这个故事
618	What is this story about?	这是关于什么的故事?
619	Remember, we're looking for a	记住,我们在找一个
620	word that has to do with the whole story, not part of the story, but the whole story.	和整个故事有关,不是故事的一部分,而是整个故事。
621	So, this story	这个故事
622	is about what?	谈什么?
623	Soil?	土壤吗?
624	Well, we talked about soil, but just a little bit about soil.	好吧,我们谈论土壤, 但只是一点点关于土壤。
625	The whole story	整个故事
626	wasn't about soil.	和土壤无关
627	We just heard that soil is used to make bricks, right?	我们刚听说土壤是用来做砖的,对吧?
628	So, the story is not about	所以,故事不是关于
629	soil.	土质。
630	Is the story about cement?	水泥的故事吗?
631	Well, we talked a little bit about cement.	我们聊了一点水泥
632	We said cement is used to	我们说用水泥
633	make brick walls, but that was just a little part of what we read about.	做砖墙,但这只是我们读到的一小部分。
634	It's not the whole subject,	这不是整个主题,
635	right?	对吧?
636	So, cement is not right.	因此,水泥是不对的。
637	What about C, soil homes?	那C,土壤家园呢?
638	Hey, we talked about that, right?	嘿,我们谈过了,对不对?
639	The first part of the passage, we said, is your home made of dirt or soil?	第一部分,我们说, 你的家是土还是土?
640	Yes, it is.	没错
641	And then	礛
642	the passage explained how your home is made of soil.	这段话解释了你家是怎样由土壤组成的
643	So, the whole passage was talking about	所以,整个段落是在谈论
644	soil homes, the fact that you live in a soil home, and how is that soil home made.	土屋住在土屋里的事实土屋是如何建造的
645	So, yeah,	所以,对,
646	C is our answer.	C是我们的答案。
647	D, ovens?	D,烤箱吗?
648	No.	没有
649	We talked about ovens just a little bit.	我们聊了一下烤箱
650	Ovens are used to make	用来制造
651	bricks.	砖头。
652	That was just a little part of the reading passage.	这仅仅是阅读段落的一小部分。
653	So, it's not D. Our correct answer is C.	所以,这不是D。我们的正确答案是C。
654	This story is about soil homes.	这个故事是关于土壤家园的.
655	Okay, let's move on to number two.	好吧,让我们继续第二。
656	Number two says, clay.	第二说,粘土。
657	Remember, clay is a type of soil.	记住,粘土是一类土壤.
658	It's a wet, sticky soil.	是湿粘土.
659	It is stirred,	它燃烧着,
660	stirred, mixed with sand and water, then.	被沙子和水搅拌
661	So, this sentence is talking about two	所以,这句话说的是两个
662	parts of a process, how something is done.	过程的一部分,如何做一些事情。
663	First, we do this.	首先,我们这样做。
664	Then, we do this.	然后,我们这样做。
665	So, the reading	所以,阅读
666	passage said, first, we stir clay.	首先,我们搅拌粘土。
667	Clay is stirred or mixed with sand and water.	Clay被搅动或与沙子和水混合。
668	Then, what happens?	然后怎么办?
669	Then, it's stacked in rows.	然后,堆成一排。
670	No, because it's not hard, right?	不,因为不难,对不对?
671	If we just mix clay, sand, and water,	如果我们只是混合粘土、沙子和水
672	it's still wet and squishy, right?	它还是湿的, 湿的,对不对?
673	It's not hard.	不难.
674	If you stack it, it'll fall down.	叠之则陷.
675	So,	这么说
676	that's not right.	这不对
677	It's cooled in a fridge.	冷却在冰箱里。
678	So, we take that mixture and we put it in a	所以,我们把混合物我们把它放在
679	fridge, means refrigerator, refrigerator.	冰箱,意思是冰箱,冰箱,冰箱。
680	So, we make it cool?	所以,我们使它凉爽?
681	No, it doesn't make cool.	不,这不酷。
682	We need the opposite, actually.	我们需要相反的,实际上。
683	We don't cool them down.	我们不冷却他们。
684	We heat them.	我们给他们加热。
685	C, made into soil.	C,变成土壤。
686	That doesn't make sense because clay is soil.	这不合理,因为粘土是土壤。
687	So, clay is stirred with sand and	泥土被沙子冲动
688	water and then made into soil?	水,然后变成土壤。
689	No, it's already soil.	不,已经是土壤了。
690	That doesn't make sense.	这不合理。
691	It must be D.	这一定是D
692	D says, baked in a big oven.	D说,烤在一个大烤箱里。
693	Yeah, that's what it is.	是啊,就是这样。
694	D is right because baked, hot, we put heat on it	D是对的,因为烤的,热的,我们加热它
695	and we put them in a big oven.	我们把它们放在一个大烤箱里。
696	A big oven puts a lot of heat on them, right?	一个大烤箱给它们加热,对吧?
697	So, we're using heat.	所以,我们用热。
698	We're not using coolness, not like B.	我们不使用凉爽, 不像B。
699	It's the opposite of B, right?	和B相反对吧?
700	So, clay is stirred with	所以,粘土被搅动
701	sand and water, then baked in a big oven.	沙子和水,然后在大烤箱里烘烤.
702	So, we bake bricks, right?	所以,我们烤砖,对不对?
703	Don't eat them.	不要吃他们。
704	No, we just	不,我们只是
705	use heat to make them strong, dry, and hard.	用热使其坚固,干燥,坚硬.
706	And now, they're a strong block for building with.	现在,他们是一个强大的街区与建筑。
707	Okay, let's move on to number three.	好吧,让我们继续到第三。
708	When we have the bricks, right?	当我们有砖头,对不对?
709	We have the bricks.	我们有砖头。
710	We take them out of the oven, but they're all separate.	我们把它们从烤箱里取出来但是它们都是分开的
711	They're not together.	他们不在一起。
712	They don't stick	他们不坚持
713	together.	一起来
714	So, how are bricks held together?	那么,砖块怎么在一起?
715	How do we hold these bricks together?	我们怎么把这些砖块放在一起?
716	What do we use	我们用什么?
717	to hold bricks together?	把砖块放在一起?
718	Do we use clay?	我们用粘土吗?
719	No, we don't use clay.	不,我们不使用粘土。
720	We use clay to make the bricks,	我们用粘土做砖头
721	not to hold them together.	而不是让他们在一起。
722	B, we use soil.	B,我们用土壤。
723	Well, soil and clay are the same thing, right?	土壤和粘土是一回事对吧?
724	They are the same thing, right?	他们是一样的,对不对?
725	They equal each other.	二者平等无相.
726	That's not right.	这不对
727	We use cement.	我们用水泥
728	Ah, yes,	对
729	we do use cement.	我们使用水泥。
730	We use cement to hold bricks together.	我们用水泥把砖块放在一起
731	That's the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
732	D,脏.
733	Well, dirt, soil, clay, they're all kind of the same thing, right?	泥土、土壤、粘土都是一样的对吧?
734	They're all not correct.	他们都不对劲
735	So, dirt is equal to soil and clay, right?	所以,泥土等于土壤和粘土,对吧?
736	But cement is sand and water that's mixed together,	但水泥是混合在一起的沙子和水
737	right?	对吧?
738	And we use that to hold bricks together.	我们用它来支撑砖块。
739	So, bricks are held together with cement.	因此,砖块与水泥一起保存.
740	Bricks	砖头
741	are held together with cement.	与水泥并存。
742	Okay.	摆
743	So, we've come to soil homes and we can see an example	所以,我们来到了土壤的家园我们可以看到一个例子
744	of our brick wall.	我们的砖墙。
745	Let's review for this lesson by looking at this brick wall.	让我们通过看砖墙来回顾一下这个教训.
746	And we can see the	我们可以看到
747	brick wall here.	砖墙在这里。
748	We can also see the cement in between the bricks that's holding the bricks	我们还可以看到水泥在砖块之间
749	together.	一起来
750	Let's take a look here.	我们来看看
751	Here we have bricks are used to build houses, right?	这里有砖头用来建房子,对吧?
752	These	这些
753	are the individual bricks.	是单个砖块。
754	We can see them there.	我们可以在那里看到他们。
755	We can also see bricks were used thousands of	我们还可以看到砖块被用在上千块
756	years ago.	数年前.
757	So, bricks have been used for a long, long, long time, okay?	砖头已经用很久了,好吗?
758	Thousands of years.	数千年.
759	That's	这是
760	many, many, many more times than you have been alive, right?	比你活着多很多次,对吧?
761	It's very, very old.	它非常,非常古老。
762	Bricks were	砖头是
763	used thousands of years ago.	几千年前用过
764	How do you make bricks?	你怎么做砖?
765	We talked about that in the reading passage,	我们在读本上说过
766	right?	对吧?
767	We take three things.	我们拿三件事。
768	We take clay, we take water, and we take sand, and we mix those things	我们拿粘土,我们拿水, 我们拿沙子,我们混合这些东西
769	together.	一起来
770	And then we put them in an oven, put a lot of heat on it, and then we get a block.	然后我们把它们放进烤箱, 给它加热,然后我们得到一个街区。
771	And	还有
772	that's the brick, right?	这是砖头,对不对?
773	We get those bricks out of the oven.	我们把砖块从烤箱里弄出来
774	So, we use soil, dirt, and a special	所以,我们使用土壤,泥土, 和一个特殊的
775	kind of clay, which is a wet, sticky soil or wet, sticky dirt, right?	一种粘土,是一种湿润,粘土或湿润,粘土,对不对?
776	It's a special kind of soil.	特类之土.
777	And we use that to help make bricks by baking it in an oven with some other ingredients.	我们用它来做砖块, 用其他的原料在烤箱里烘烤。
778	Flat bricks, of course, when we make the bricks, we make them flat, right?	平面砖,当然,当我们做砖, 我们做平面,对不对?
779	You make them flat here.	你让他们在这里平坦。
780	You make them square or, actually, this really isn't a square, right?	你让他们平坦,或者,实际上, 这真的不是一个平坦,对不对?
781	It's a rectangle.	长方形.
782	But you can also, rectangle, sorry, you can also see some, this is almost square here,	但你也可以,矩形,对不起,你也可以看到一些, 这里几乎是正方形的,
783	but, you know, sometimes they're flat and long.	但是,你知道,有时,他们是平坦和长的。
784	That would be a rectangle.	那会是一个矩形。
785	And flat bricks, of	和砖块,
786	course, they, you have to have them flat, right?	当然,他们, 你必须让他们平坦,对不对?
787	Whether there's a square or the rectangle, doesn't	无论有方形还是矩形
788	matter.	物质。
789	They must be flat because they stack better.	他们一定是平的,因为他们堆得更好。
790	If they're round, they don't stack.	若圆者不堆.
791	You	你们
792	need a lot of cement and it's not very strong, right?	需要很多水泥而且它不是很坚固,对不对?
793	But look, it's kind of interesting.	但你看,这有点有趣。
794	Sometimes they lay them flat on the side.	有时它们会把它们平放在一边.
795	Sometimes they put them like this, right?	有时他们会这样放,对吧?
796	And they put them	他们把它们
797	up and down, right?	上下对吗?
798	But either way works as long as they're flat on the sides.	但无论哪种方法,只要两侧平坦即可.
799	That's the important	这很重要
800	part because flat bricks stack better.	部分是因为平面砖堆叠得更好。
801	They stack, you can put them on top of each other	堆叠起来,你们可以把它们放在上面
802	better.	好多了,你还好吧?
803	It's more easy or easier.	更简或更简.
804	It's easier.	更简.
805	Okay, so very interesting.	好极了,真有趣,你觉得呢?
806	We're talking about	我们在谈论
807	soil homes.	土质房屋。
808	And it's kind of funny to think that your home is made of soil.	觉得你的家是土造的,这很有趣
809	Your home is made of	你的家就是由这样的
810	dirt.	尘垢.
811	But when we make bricks or we make cement, then it's not, it's not dirty.	但是当我们做砖块或者水泥的时候,它不是,它不是脏的.
812	It's actually	其实是
813	clean, right?	干净,对不对?
814	And of course, this can be clean surface in your home.	当然,这在你的家里是干净的表面。
815	Some people, of course,	当然有些人
816	will cover it with wallpaper and plaster and things like that to make it nice on the inside.	会用壁纸和石膏来遮住它这样可以让它在内部好起来
817	But sometimes it looks good just like that, right?	但有时看起来很好,对不对?
818	A lot of people like brick walls.	很多人喜欢砖墙.
819	It looks good.	看起来不错
820	It looks artistic, right?	看起来很艺术,对吧?
821	Okay, so that about wraps it up for this lesson.	好吧,这样就可以结束这个课了。
822	I hope you've learned	我希望你已经学会了
823	a lot.	经常
824	And yeah, take a look at your house.	对,看看你家
825	Think about what it was made of.	考虑一下它是什么做的。
826	You know, not all homes	你知道吗,不是所有的家
827	are made of soil.	由土壤制成,
828	Some homes are made of wood.	有些住宅是木制的.
829	But take a look at your house.	不过看看你的房子
830	Is your house a soil	你的房子是一片土壤吗?
831	home or not?	在家还是不在家?
832	It's an interesting question.	这是一个有趣的问题。
833	Anyway, hope you've learned a lot.	总之,希望你学到了很多
834	As usual, we'll see you	跟往常一样,再见
835	guys next time.	下次见
836	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 843 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P14 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p14 13. 13. LevelA Lesson13 Energy (P14)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p14 13. 13. LevelA Lesson13 Energy (P14)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 30:33

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	How are you doing?	你好吗?
0:08	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:12	I'm Brian	我是布莱恩
0:13	Stewart.	斯图尔特。
0:13	We are on Lesson 13 right now.	我们现在在上13课
0:17	In Lesson 13, we're talking about energy, right?	在第十三课,我们说的是能量,对吧?
0:21	Do you have a lot of energy?	你精力充沛吗?
0:23	Do you have energy to study?	你有精力学习吗?
0:25	I hope so, because in this unit,	我希望如此因为在这个单位

展开字幕全文（655 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	How are you doing?	你好吗?
3	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
4	I'm Brian	我是布莱恩
5	Stewart.	斯图尔特。
6	We are on Lesson 13 right now.	我们现在在上13课
7	In Lesson 13, we're talking about energy, right?	在第十三课,我们说的是能量,对吧?
8	Do you have a lot of energy?	你精力充沛吗?
9	Do you have energy to study?	你有精力学习吗?
10	I hope so, because in this unit,	我希望如此因为在这个单位
11	we're going to focus on two things.	我们要专注于两件事
12	So, we need lots of energy.	因此,我们需要大量的能量。
13	Number one, think about	第一,考虑一下
14	different kinds of energy.	各种各样的能量。
15	There's lots of different kinds of energy.	众生种种能量.
16	Number two, what	二号,什么?
17	does energy do?	能量有用吗?
18	What does energy do?	能量会做什么?
19	Okay?	好吗?
20	So, we're going to think about, one, what	所以,我们将考虑,一,什么
21	are the kinds of energy?	是那种能量吗?
22	And two, what does energy do?	第二,能量会做什么?
23	What does it do?	这有什么用?
24	That's what we're	这就是我们
25	going to look at in this lesson.	将观此经中.
26	First of all, let's talk about what kinds of energy	首先,我们谈谈什么是能量
27	are there in our lives.	我们的生活中都存在
28	That's number one, right?	这是第一,对不对?
29	What kinds of energy?	什么样的能量?
30	In our lives,	在我们的生活中,
31	there's many kinds of energy, but we just want to look at a few kinds of energy that	有很多种能量但我们只想看看几种能量
32	are in our lives, my life, your life, everybody's life.	我们的生活,我的生活,你的生活,每个人的生活。
33	Okay?	好吗?
34	So, what kinds of energy are there?	什么样的能量?
35	Well, one type of energy is heat.	一种能源是热量
36	Heat, right?	热,对不对?
37	When something's warm, it's heat, right?	当有些东西是热的,对不对?
38	That's	这是
39	one type of energy.	一种类型的能量。
40	Another type of energy is light, right?	另一种能量是轻的,对吧?
41	I have a lot of light here.	我这里有很多光线。
42	A lot of light is coming down on me.	灯光照着我
43	If you go outside during the day, you get a lot of	如果你白天出去,你会得到很多
44	light from the sun.	光从太阳.
45	That light is energy.	光就是能量光线就是能量
46	What's one more very common type of energy	更常见的能量类型是什么?
47	in our lives?	在我们的生活中?
48	Can you hear me?	你能听到我吗?
49	Sound, right?	声音,对不对?
50	I'm making sound.	我在发声
51	You can hear me.	你能听见我说话
52	My sound	我的声音
53	is energy, right?	是能量,对不对?
54	So, these are three different common types of energy we experience in our	因此,这是三种不同的常见类型的能量,我们体验到
55	lives, okay?	活着,好吗?
56	So, heat makes us warm.	所以,热让我们温暖。
57	Light, we can see.	光明,我们可以看到。
58	Sound, we can hear each other	声音,我们能听到对方的声音
59	talking.	说话。
60	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
61	Let's talk about the vocabulary for this unit.	让我们谈谈这个单位的词汇.
62	We're	我们是
63	going to learn a lot of words, and we'll need those words for the reading later on.	将学习很多词, 我们需要这些词阅读以后。
64	Our	我们
65	first word is a hole in a building that we look through.	第一字就是我们所看到的建筑物的洞
66	A hole?	一个洞?
67	Now, usually, it's not	现在,通常,它不是
68	a hole that somebody made because they were angry.	有人因为生气而打的洞
69	No, it's a hole that people make, that	不,这是人们制造的洞
70	the builder of the building makes.	大楼的建造者制造。
71	We call it a window, right?	我们称之为窗口,对不对?
72	It's not just a hole.	不只是个洞
73	And sometimes, we cover that window with glass, right?	有时候,我们用玻璃遮住窗户,对吧?
74	So, air can't come in and out.	因此,空气不能进出.
75	But	不过
76	we can look out, right?	我们可以看出来,对不对?
77	A hole in the building that we can look through because if there	楼里有个洞,我们可以看穿因为如果那里
78	are no windows, it's very boring.	没有窗户,很无聊
79	We don't feel good.	我们感觉不好
80	So, we want windows.	所以,我们想要窗户。
81	We can look	我们可以看看
82	through and light, natural light from outside can come in.	通过和光,自然光从外部可以进来。
83	That's good.	这是很好的。
84	Cheongmun, right?	春门,对吧?
85	In Korean, you say cheongmun.	在韩语中,你说"千金"
86	That would be window, a window.	那会是窗户,一个窗户。
87	Number two, on a bright	二号,亮点
88	sunny day, you see this a lot, don't you?	阳光灿烂的一天,你看到了很多,不是吗?
89	This is a place where light doesn't go, right?	这里的光线不会消失对吧?
90	Light goes here and here and here and here and here and here, right?	这里和这里,这里和这里,这里和这里,对不对?
91	But light does not	但光线不会
92	go here or here.	这里还是这儿
93	So, a place where light doesn't go is a shadow.	所以,光不走的地方就是阴影
94	And on a sunny day, your shadow	在阳光灿烂的一天你的影子
95	is always with you, right?	总是和你在一起,对不对?
96	You can always see your shadow and you can see other people's	你总能看到你的影子也能看见别人的影子
97	shadow too.	阴也.
98	You can see the shadow of buildings.	可见建筑之阴.
99	You can see the shadow of cars.	能见车影.
100	Sometimes,	有时
101	you see the shadow of an airplane.	你看到飞机的影子了
102	Whoa, right?	哇,对不对?
103	And that's very interesting.	这很有趣
104	An airplane up	飞机升起
105	in the sky can make a shadow on the ground.	在天空中可以让地面上出现阴影
106	Okay, so that's shadow.	好吧,这就是影子。
107	Number three, to trap	三号,去陷阱
108	and hold.	拿着
109	Wow, he looks like a good yagoo player, right?	哇,他看起来像一个好雅虎球员,对不对?
110	He's a good baseball player	他是个好棒球手
111	and he's going to... See the ball right here?	他会... 看到球了吗?
112	He's getting ready.	他准备好了
113	It's going to go on his	它会去他的
114	glove.	手套。手套。
115	What is he going to do?	他会怎么做?
116	He's going to catch.	他会抓住的
117	Catch the ball.	抓住球抓住球
118	To trap something.	来抓点什么
119	Because something's moving, you stop it.	因为有东西在动你就停止它
120	That means to trap it.	也就是说要困住它
121	And then you hold it, right?	然后你拿着,对不对?
122	That means to catch something, okay?	那意味着要抓住什么,好吗?
123	So, he's going to catch.	所以,他会赶上。
124	Now, let's take a look.	现在,让我们来看看。
125	Catch,	接着
126	caught, caught.	抓住了,抓住了,抓住了,抓住了,抓住了,抓住了
127	Because catch is an irregular verb.	因为捕捉是一种不规则的动词.
128	It's not a regular verb.	非常动词.
129	So, catch,	所以,抓住,
130	caught, caught.	抓住了,抓住了,抓住了,抓住了,抓住了,抓住了
131	Okay, that is the verb to use to trap and hold something.	好吧,这就是用来陷阱和持有东西的动词。
132	Okay, the next word,	好吧,下一个词,
133	number four, to keep from going.	四号,别走
134	Stop, right?	停下来,对不对?
135	If you see the policeman, if you're going to walk	如果你见到警察,如果你走
136	across the street, be careful.	对面,小心点
137	The policeman might say, stop.	警察可能说,停止。
138	It's a red light.	'红光.
139	Don't go.	别走
140	Stop, wait, okay?	停,等等,好吗?
141	That means to keep from going.	即是远离去.
142	Stop, stop.	停下来,停下来。
143	Opposite of go, of course.	对面当然是去。
144	
145	so be careful when you're on the street.	你上街的时候小心点
146	Pay attention.	专心点
147	You need to know when you should	你需要知道什么时候该
148	stop and when you should go.	你该什么时候走?
149	Number five, energy that warms things.	第五,能温暖事物的能量。
150	These two girls are sitting in	这两个女孩坐在里面
151	front of a fire.	火的正面火的正面火的正面
152	We talked about three types of energy before, right?	我们之前谈过三种能量,对吧?
153	Remember, one type of energy	记住,一种能量
154	that warms things, that makes you warm.	温暖的东西, 让你温暖。
155	In front of a fire or a fireplace, you feel heat.	在火或壁炉前,你感到热。
156	You feel	你觉得
157	heat.	热。
158	Ah, it keeps you warm.	啊,它让你温暖。
159	Maybe outside, it's cold.	也许在外面,它很冷。
160	It's winter.	时冬.
161	You want to stay inside next	你想在下一个
162	to a fire to feel heat.	到火中感受热。
163	Ah, joy.	啊,快乐。
164	Number six, to use heat.	六号,用热.
165	We use heat not just to warm our bodies,	我们使用热不只是温暖我们的身体,
166	but we also use heat with food.	但我们也用热与食物。
167	We change food, right?	我们换食物,对吧?
168	If you have, for example, a steak, right?	如果你有牛排,对吧?
169	The steak is not brown when your mother buys it at the store.	你妈妈在店里买牛排时牛排不是棕色的
170	It's pink.	这是粉红色的。
171	红s.
172	Do you only eat	你只吃东西
173	it?	是吗?
174	Well, that's raw meat.	嗯,这是生肉。
175	You don't want to eat that.	你不想吃那个。
176	You want to change it.	你想改变它。
177	You want to change	你想改变
178	it so it's brown, warm, and it's juicy, right?	所以它是棕色的,温暖的, 而且它多汁,对不对?
179	That's what you do with heat, then, is you cook.	这就是你做的热,然后,你做饭。
180	You cook	你做饭
181	the food that's changing the food.	改变食物的食物。
182	Use heat to change the food.	用热以换食.
183	That is to cook.	这是烹饪。
184	Are you a cook?	你是厨师吗?
185	Or do you let your mom cook all the time?	还是让你妈妈做饭?
186	Probably let your mom, but help her out.	也许让你妈妈去,但帮助她。
187	See if you can help	看能不能帮忙
188	her to cook.	她做饭。
189	Okay, number seven, this man seems like he's trying to hear something.	7号这个人好像在听什么
190	Something we hear, right?	我们听到的东西,对不对?
191	It's another type of energy we talked about in the beginning.	这是我们一开始讨论过的另一种能源。
192	We talked about three kinds of energy,	我们谈论三种能量,
193	right?	对吧?
194	This is one type.	这是一种类型。
195	This, of course, is sound.	这当然是声音。
196	Sound is something we hear.	声音是我们听到的
197	There are many different	有很多不同的东西
198	kinds of sounds, right?	那种声音,对不对?
199	There's loud sounds.	有声闻声.
200	There's soft sounds, right?	有柔软的声音,对不对?
201	There's long sounds and short sounds.	有长声有短声.
202	There's all different kinds of sounds.	声闻种种不同.
203	Good sounds and bad sounds, right?	好声音和坏声音,对不对?
204	But they're all sounds.	但他们都是声音。
205	Here we have	我们到了
206	to pass a thing to someone else.	传递一件事给别人。
207	This woman here is giving the little girl a basket.	这个女人给小女孩一个篮子。
208	I just used the	我刚刚用过
209	word, right?	字,对不对?
210	She's giving to give.	她给的。
211	Give, and give is an irregular verb, so we say give, gave, given.	给,给是一个不规则的动词, 所以我们说给,给,给。
212	One more time,	再来一次
213	give, gave, given.	给,给,给。
214	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
215	So, that's a very easy verb.	所以,这是一个非常简单的动词。
216	You give something.	你给的东西。
217	You do this all the time, don't you?	你总是这样,不是吗?
218	You give something to somebody else.	你给别人的东西。
219	Very common thing to do.	常作诸事.
220	Number nine, what makes things happen?	9号,是什么让事情发生的?
221	What makes things happen?	什么使事情发生?
222	That's a good question.	问曰.
223	Work makes things happen.	工作让事情发生
224	I'm sorry, but around the house, you need to work.	对不起,但是在房子周围你得工作
225	If you want your clothes	如果你想要衣服的话
226	to be clean, well, your mom has to work.	要干净,嗯, 你妈妈得工作。
227	She washes your clothes, but you have to pick up the clothes off your floor.	她帮你洗衣服但你得把地板上的衣服拿起来
228	Put your clothes away.	把衣服收起来
229	If you want things to happen in your room, you have to work, right?	如果你想让事情发生在你的房间, 你必须工作,对不对?
230	And that's good.	且道不错.
231	It's good to work	干得不错
232	because it helps you get things done.	因为这能帮你把事情办好
233	It makes things happen.	能令一切众生.
234	Okay, then we have number ten, to be straight on your feet.	好吧,那么我们有10号, 直你的脚。
235	Not like this, right?	不是这样的,对吧?
236	That's lean, right?	这是瘦的,对不对?
237	If I do that, that's called to lean, right?	如果我这样做,那就叫瘦,对不对?
238	I'm like this, right?	我像这样,对不对?
239	Some people like to lean	有些人喜欢倾斜
240	against the wall.	在墙上。
241	Don't lean against the wall, especially not an elevator wall, right?	不要靠墙,特别是电梯墙,对不对?
242	You should stand up, right?	你应该站起来,对不对?
243	Stand, stand.	站起来,站起来
244	Stand straight on your feet.	站直脚.
245	Sometimes if you're like this, your teacher or your mom might say, stand up, right?	有时候如果你是这样, 你的老师或你妈妈可能会说,站起来,对不对?
246	Don't lean, okay?	不要倾斜,好吗?
247	Stand, stand, stood, stood.	站起来,站起来,站起来,站起来
248	Okay, that's a regular verb.	好吧,这是一个普通的动词。
249	One more time.	再来一次
250	Stand, stood, stood.	站起来,站起来,站起来。
251	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
252	Number eleven.	十一号
253	What is that?	这是什么?
254	That looks like ice cream.	这看起来像冰淇淋。
255	No, it's not ice cream.	不,这不是冰淇淋。
256	Okay, it kind of looks like ice cream.	好吧,它看起来像冰淇淋。
257	Very bright ice cream, maybe orange flavor, but that's not ice cream.	非常亮的冰激凌, 也许是橙色的味道, 但这不是冰激凌。
258	That is a huge ball of light and heat.	这是一个巨大的光和热球。
259	It doesn't normally look like this.	通常看起来不是这样的
260	In fact, don't look at it because it's not good for your eyes, but if you had a special camera, maybe a telescope, scientists can take pictures of it	事实上,不要看它,因为它对你的眼睛不好, 但是如果你有一个特殊的相机, 也许望远镜,科学家可以拍照
261	and it looks like this.	看起来像这样
262	It's huge.	这是巨大的。
263	This is so big, we can't imagine how big this thing is.	这太大了我们无法想象这玩意有多大
264	What is it?	这是什么?
265	Of course, I'm talking about the sun.	当然,我说的是太阳。
266	The sun is a big ball of light and heat, huge ball of light and heat in the sky.	太阳是光和热的大球,天空中光和热的巨大球.
267	And it's far away, really far away.	很远,真的很远
268	So, it looks small to us, but it's really, really big.	所以,它看起来很小,但真的很大。
269	But even though it's so far away, it's so big, we can still feel the light and we can feel the heat from the sun.	然虽远而大,仍能感光,感太阳之热.
270	Without the sun, we couldn't live.	没有太阳,我们就无法生存。
271	So, it's a very important thing to us.	所以,这对我们很重要。
272	It's the sun.	阳明之气.
273	Okay, the next word.	好吧,下一个词。
274	Wow!	哗!
275	This guy is really driving.	这家伙真的在开车
276	How is he driving?	他开车怎么样?
277	He's moving quickly.	他动作很快
278	His wheels aren't even on the ground.	他的车轮甚至没有在地面上。
279	That's how fast he's going.	即速速进.
280	He's going so fast, his wheels are off the ground.	他走得太快了他的车轮都离地了
281	He just jumped.	他刚刚跳了下来。
282	You have to be moving fast to do that.	你必须迅速行动才能做到这一点。
283	Don't drive fast, it's dangerous.	别开快车,很危险
284	You don't drive anyway, but don't drive fast, it's a little dangerous.	反正你也不开车,但别开快,这有点危险
285	But if you walk fast, walk quickly, you can walk, you can run, but be careful when you do so.	但是,如果你走得快,走得快,你可以走,可以跑,但这样做的时候要小心.
286	Okay, so that's it for the words.	好吧,所以这就是它的话。
287	Now, let's put those words into sentences.	现在,让我们把这些话放在句子上。
288	We have six words here and we have six sentences, three now, three later.	我们这里有六个字,我们有六个句子,现在三个,以后三个.
289	Let's take a look at the words.	举文殊师利.
290	Shadow, shadow, heat, heat, catch, catch, window, window.	影,影,热,热,捕,捉,窗,窗.
291	Next is cook, cook, and stop, stop.	接下来是做饭,做饭,停下来,停下来。
292	Those are our six words.	这是我们的六个词。
293	Let's see where they go in these sentences.	让我们看看他们在这些句子中去哪里.
294	Number one, the light made a funny beep with my hand.	第一,灯光用我的手发出奇怪的哔声。
295	So, if you have light, right, the light can't go through your hand.	所以,如果你有光,正确的, 光不能通过你的手。
296	So, what do you have underneath?	那么,你下面有什么?
297	A place where the light can't go.	光明不能去之处.
298	Do you remember what word that is?	你还记得这个词吗?
299	Of course, we're talking about shadow, shadow.	当然,我们说的是影子,影子。
300	Number two, look out the beep, it's snowing.	二号,注意哔声,下雪了
301	If you don't know it's snowing, you're probably inside a house, right?	如果你不知道在下雪你可能就在房子里对吧?
302	So, somebody says, hey, look out the what?	所以,有人说,嘿, 当心什么?
303	The hole in the wall?	墙上的洞?
304	Well, it's not just a hole, right?	嗯,它不只是一个洞,对不对?
305	It's a nice hole.	这个洞不错
306	It's got glass that covers it, but you look out it to see what the weather is like outside.	它有玻璃覆盖它, 但你看出来,看看外面的天气是什么样子。
307	So, look out the what?	所以,当心什么?
308	The window.	窗户
309	Look out the window, it's snowing.	看窗外,下雪了.
310	Look out the window, it's sunny.	看窗外,阳光灿烂
311	Look out the window, it's raining.	视窗外,雨下'.
312	We look out the window to see what the weather is like.	我们从窗外看天气
313	Okay, number three, how long do you beep spaghetti for?	好吧,第三,你多久哔意大利面?
314	Spaghetti is a food, right?	面条是一种食物,对不对?
315	You can't eat it from the package, crunch, crunch, crunch, right?	你不能从包里吃, 挤,挤,挤,挤,对不对?
316	That's not good, right?	这样不好,对吧?
317	You want it to be soft.	你希望它柔软。
318	So, what do you have to do?	那么,你必须做什么?
319	You have to change spaghetti.	你得换意大利面
320	You have to change spaghetti by using heat.	你得用热量换意大利面
321	When you change food by using heat, what are you doing?	当你用热来改变食物,你在做什么?
322	You are cooking.	你在做饭。
323	How long do you cook spaghetti for?	你多久做意大利面条?
324	As you know, spaghetti, when you buy it from the store, is very hard and tough, right?	如你所知,意大利面,当你从店里买的时候, 是非常艰难的,对不对?
325	You can wave it around like this.	你可以像这样挥动它
326	It's dry, but to cook it, you put it in water.	水是干燥的,但是要煮,你放进水里.
327	How long do you cook spaghetti for?	你多久做意大利面条?
328	Do you know?	你知道吗?
329	Cook spaghetti until you can take a noodle and you throw it on the wall.	煮意大利面,直到你拿面条,你扔在墙上。
330	And if it sticks there, it doesn't fall, then it's ready.	如果它坚持在那里, 它不会掉下来, 然后它已经准备好了。
331	But if it falls, it's not ready.	但是如果掉下来,它还没有准备好。
332	Don't tell your mom I said that, okay?	不要告诉你妈妈我说过,好吗?
333	She'll be angry if you take the spaghetti and throw it on the wall.	如果你把意大利面扔到墙上她会生气的
334	So, be careful, okay?	所以,小心点,好吗?
335	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
336	Number four, butterflies are hard to what, right?	第四,蝴蝶很难什么,对不对?
337	You see a butterfly.	你看见蝴蝶了
338	Butterflies fly kind of strangely, don't they?	蝴蝶飞有点奇怪,不是吗?
339	They don't just fly straight.	他们不只是直飞。
340	They go over here and over there.	他们在这里和那里。
341	They're always changing.	他们总是在改变。
342	And if you try to get it, right, it's very difficult because they're always going like this, right?	如果你尝试得到它,对不对, 这是非常困难的,因为他们总是这样,对不对?
343	So, butterflies are hard to what?	蝴蝶很难接受什么?
344	They're hard to catch.	他们很难抓住。
345	Butterflies are hard to catch.	蝴蝶难捉.
346	If you want to catch a butterfly, you go a little bit crazy, don't you?	如果你想抓蝴蝶,你会有点疯狂,不是吗?
347	Okay, you got to wait until they land and then you can get them.	好吧,你必须等到他们降落然后你可以得到他们。
348	But when they're flying, they're very hard to catch.	但当它们飞行时,它们很难捕捉到.
349	Number five, there is a red light.	第五,有红灯.
350	So, if you're walking on the street, you want to cross the street, be careful.	所以,如果你在街上走,你想过街,要小心.
351	There's a red light, right?	有一个红灯,对不对?
352	If you're driving a car, you need to, right, put on the brake, stop the car, okay?	如果你开车,你需要,正确的, 设置刹车,停车,好吗?
353	So, stop the car.	所以,停车。
354	There's a red light.	有红灯.
355	Stop the car or stop walking, whichever one you do.	停车或停止走路无论你做什么
356	You don't drive, you will stop walking.	你不开车,你会停止走路。
357	But your mom or dad will stop the car because there's a red light.	但你爸妈会停车因为有红灯
358	Six, the oven needs more beep to bake the cake.	6,烤箱需要更多的蜂鸣来烤蛋糕.
359	Oven, what is an oven?	奥文,什么是烤箱?
360	An oven uses energy to cook food, right?	烤箱用能量做饭,对吧?
361	An oven is a place where you put food and it makes your food hot, right?	烤箱是放食物的地方让你的食物热,对不对?
362	So, the oven needs more what to bake the cake?	所以,烤箱需要更多的烤蛋糕吗?
363	Of course, the oven needs more heat.	当然,烤箱需要更多的热量。
364	This is the type of energy that an oven uses to make food, in this case, to bake a cake.	这就是烤箱用来制作食物的能量类型,在这种情况下,用来烤蛋糕.
365	Okay, well, that wraps it up for the vocabulary section.	好了,好了,它包它为词汇一节。
366	Let's take a short break now.	现在休息一下
367	We'll come back and look at the reading.	复来观读.
368	Don't go away.	别走
369	Okay, welcome back.	好的欢迎回来
370	We've learned a lot of words.	我们学到了很多话
371	Are you ready to see those words in a reading passage?	你准备好看这些话了吗?
372	Let's take a look at the reading passage about energy and remember the words that we just learned.	让我们看看关于能量的阅读段落,记住我们刚刚学到的文字.
373	Okay, you ready?	好了,你准备好了吗?
374	Let's start.	让我们开始。
375	Do you like to run and jump?	你喜欢跑步跳伞吗?
376	Of course, who doesn't?	当然,谁没有?
377	Everybody likes to run and jump, right?	每个人都喜欢跑步跳跃,对吧?
378	That's fun.	这很有趣。
379	When you move, though, you use energy.	但是,当你移动的时候,你使用能量。
380	Now, I think you have more energy than I do.	现在,我觉得你比我更有精力。
381	So, you probably run and jump more than I do because if you run and jump, you use energy.	所以,你可能跑和跳的比我多因为如果你跑和跳,你使用能量。
382	You need to have energy to run and jump.	你需要有能量运行和跳跃。
383	If you move faster, you use more energy.	如果你移动得更快,你就会使用更多的能量.
384	Well, that makes sense, right?	这很合理,对吧?
385	If you run, you use energy.	如果你运行,你使用能量。
386	But if you run faster, you use more energy.	但是,如果你跑得更快, 你使用更多的能量。
387	The faster you go, the more energy you need.	越快,你需要更多的能量。
388	Energy does work, right?	能量有用对吧?
389	If we want to do work, we need energy.	如果我们想工作,我们需要精力。
390	And energy works in many ways.	能量在许多方面起作用。
391	This is an interesting picture, right?	这是一个有趣的图片,对不对?
392	In this case, of course, we don't do that.	在这种情况下,当然,我们不这样做。
393	But if this was a light, we use energy.	但是,如果这是一个光, 我们使用能量。
394	We use electricity as a type of energy.	我们用电作为能源
395	We use it to do work to make light, right?	我们用它做工作使光,对不对?
396	So, energy does work.	所以,能量是起作用的。
397	There are different kinds of energy.	有不同种类的能量.
398	We talked about that before.	我们之前谈过了
399	Remember, we said there were three kinds of energy in our everyday lives that we commonly use.	记住,我们说,我们日常生活中有三种能量是我们常用的。
400	There are different kinds of energy.	有不同种类的能量.
401	So, we're going to look at different kinds.	所以,我们要看不同的种类。
402	The first type of energy is heat.	第一种能源是热.
403	Heat energy, what does it do?	热能,它做什么?
404	It makes things warm.	使物温.
405	We saw the picture of the two girls in front of the fire.	见火前二女相.
406	That's where they're getting heat.	即发热之处.
407	They're becoming warm in front of the fire.	火前变暖.
408	So, heat energy makes things warm.	因此,热能使事情变得温暖.
409	Earth, that's where we live.	地球,这就是我们住的地方。
410	That's our planet.	那是我们的星球
411	Earth gets heat from the sun, this big ball of fire in the sky, right?	地球从太阳中发热, 天空中这个大火球,对不对?
412	Earth gets heat from the sun.	地球从太阳得到热量.
413	The sun warms you too, right?	太阳也暖和你,对吧?
414	And it's true.	亦复如是.
415	If you are cold, then just stand in the sun, right?	如果你是冷的,那么只是站在太阳,对不对?
416	If it's a cold day, maybe it's February or March, right?	如果天气寒冷,也许就是二月或三月,对吧?
417	Becoming spring.	即将到来
418	It's after winter.	冬过后.
419	You're cold a little bit still.	你还是有点冷
420	Oh, there's some sun.	哦,有一些太阳。
421	Go stand in the sun.	向阳而立.
422	You'll get warm, okay?	你会得到温暖,好吗?
423	So, if you are cold, then just stand in the sun.	所以,如果你是冷的, 那么只是站在太阳。
424	Hopefully, there's not a lot of clouds in the sky, right?	希望天上没有太多的云,对吧?
425	Hopefully, the sun is shining and you can stand in the sun.	希望阳光灿烂,你可以站在阳光下
426	It doesn't mean fly in space and stand on the sun.	不谓在太空中飞行,站在太阳上.
427	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
428	You'll die.	你会死的
429	But, stand in the sunlight, okay?	但是,站在阳光下,好吗?
430	On the ground.	卧地上.
431	So, if you're cold, then just stand in the sun.	所以,如果你是冷的, 那么只是站在太阳。
432	You will get warm.	你会得到温暖。
433	Heat comes from fire too.	热从火也.
434	Here's our picture again.	又来了
435	Heat comes from fire.	热气来自火.
436	Not just the sun, right?	不只是太阳,对不对?
437	Heat comes from the sun, yes, but it also comes from fire.	热来自太阳,是的,但它也来自火。
438	We use fire.	我们用火。
439	We can use fire, right?	我们可以用火,对不对?
440	We use fire.	我们用火。
441	Why?	为什么?
442	To warm our homes.	温暖我们的家园。
443	We use fire as a tool.	我们用火作为工具
444	What do we use it for?	我们用它干什么?
445	We use it to warm.	我们用它来取暖。
446	Warm what?	热什么?
447	Our homes, okay?	我们的家,好吗?
448	So, that's a very easy sentence to break up into.	所以,这是一个非常容易的句子分手。
449	We use fire to warm our homes.	我们用火来温暖我们的家园。
450	We also, so that's one way we use fire.	我们也这样,这就是我们使用火的一种方法。
451	Here's a second way.	这里有另一种方式。
452	When you see also, you say, oh, another way, another way, a second way.	当你看到的时候,你会说,哦,另一种方式,另一种方式,另一种方式。
453	We also use heat to cook our food.	我们还用热量做饭
454	So, there's two ways, two things we use heat for.	所以,有两种方法,两种方法,我们用热。
455	One, to warm our homes.	一,温暖我们的家园。
456	Two, to cook our food.	二,煮我们的食物。
457	So, two ways that we use heat.	因此,我们使用两种方法。
458	Light energy.	光电.
459	This is another type of energy, right?	这是另一种能量,对不对?
460	We said we're going to look at many different kinds of energy.	我们说过,我们将看到许多不同的能量。
461	Heat was number one.	热量第一.
462	Two is light, light energy.	二是轻,轻能.
463	Light energy lets us see, of course.	当然,光能让我们看到。
464	If there's no light, you can't see me.	若无光则不能见我.
465	I can't see you.	我看不见你。
466	Can I see you right now?	我现在能见你吗?
467	Think about that.	考虑一下
468	Okay, okay.	好,好,好,我们走
469	Light energy lets us see.	光能让我们看到。
470	The sun, again, gives light, right?	太阳又照亮了对吧?
471	The sun is really important.	太阳真的很重要。
472	It gives us heat energy.	它给了我们热能。
473	It gives us light energy.	它给我们轻度能量。
474	So, very important for us.	所以,对我们非常重要。
475	Light bulbs and candles give light, too.	灯泡和蜡烛也照亮了
476	Of course, at night time or inside a building, we can't see the sun.	当然,在夜间或建筑物内部,我们看不到太阳.
477	So, we use light bulbs or sometimes candles and then that gives us light so we can see.	因此,我们使用灯泡,有时使用蜡烛, 这样我们就能看到灯光。
478	Interesting.	有意思,这很有趣
479	Some bugs, insects, even give off light.	有些虫子,昆虫,甚至会发光.
480	Insects give off light?	昆虫发光?
481	Can you imagine that?	你能想象吗?
482	What kind of insects or bugs give off light?	什么样的昆虫或虫子会发光?
483	Have you ever caught a lightning bug, right?	你抓到过闪电虫吗?
484	A lightning bug is a type of bug you'll see at night and their light kind of flashes on and off.	闪电虫是一种在夜间你会看到的虫类,它们轻轻地闪烁着闪光.
485	If you're at night and in the springtime or when it's a warm evening, sometimes you can see the lightning bugs flying around.	如果在夜间和春节或当是温暖的夜晚时,有时可以看到闪电虫飞来飞去.
486	They're pretty cool, right?	它们很酷吧?
487	Have you ever caught one?	你抓到过吗?
488	Sometimes, some kids in some places where there are many lightning bugs, they'll catch many lightning bugs and put them in a glass jar and then you can see in the glass jar, you can see all the little bugs.	有时候,有些孩子在一些有众多闪电虫的地方,他们会捕捉到许多闪电虫,然后把它们放进玻璃罐里,然后在玻璃罐里可以看到,你可以看到所有的小虫.
489	You can see their lights going off at night.	你可以看到他们的灯在晚上熄灭。
490	It's really cool, right?	这真的很酷,对不对?
491	So, have you ever caught a lightning bug?	你抓到过闪电虫吗?
492	Light goes through windows.	灯光穿过窗户
493	So, we talked about windows before.	所以,我们讨论过窗户。
494	Remember, windows are those holes that people make in the walls or in buildings, put glass over them because we can see through the glass, we can see through the window because light goes through windows.	记住,窗户是人们在墙上或建筑中制造的洞, 将玻璃放在上面,因为我们可以看到玻璃, 我们可以看到窗户,因为灯光穿过窗户。
495	However, many things stop light, right?	然而,很多事情停止光,对不对?
496	Glass doesn't stop light.	玻璃不会停止光线。
497	Light goes through glass.	光通过玻璃。
498	Light goes through windows.	灯光穿过窗户
499	But, many other things stop light like your body.	但是,许多其他事情停止光,喜欢你的身体。
500	Your body stops light.	你的身体停止光线。
501	Buildings stop light.	建筑物停止光线。
502	Cars stop light.	车停灯.
503	And what happens if it stops the light?	如果灯停了怎么办?
504	Well, then we make these things here.	好吧,然后我们做这些东西在这里。
505	These things are shadows.	这些东西是阴影
506	So, many things stop light.	所以,很多事情都停止光线。
507	These things, right?	这些东西,对不对?
508	The many things make shadows because light doesn't go through them.	众多的事物会因为光不穿过而产生阴影.
509	So, we get a nice interesting shadow because light doesn't go through their bodies.	所以,我们得到一个有趣的影子因为光不会穿过他们的身体。
510	Okay, we talked about heat.	好吧,我们谈论热。
511	We talked about light.	我们谈论过光。
512	Third type of energy, the third kind of energy, number three is sound.	第三类能量,第三类能量,第三类是声音.
513	Sound is energy you can hear.	声音就是能听到的能量
514	Right now, you can hear my voice.	现在,你可以听到我的声音。
515	I'm making energy with my voice, right?	我在用我的声音创造能量,对吧?
516	You can make sound too and remember, there are many kinds of sounds, right?	你也可以发出声音,记住, 有很多种声音,对不对?
517	Right now, I'm making sound with my voice, but you can make different sounds, right?	现在,我用我的声音发出声音, 但你可以发出不同的声音,对不对?
518	You don't have to always talk.	你不必总是说话。
519	You can sing, la la la la la la, right?	你会唱歌,啦啦啦啦啦,对不对?
520	That's making a sound.	即发声.
521	You can talk.	你可以说话。
522	That's what I'm doing now.	今依此义.
523	You can even shout, hey, right?	你甚至可以喊,嘿,对不对?
524	But, be careful.	但小心点
525	Don't shout too loud.	别大喊大叫
526	Your parents might get angry, okay?	你父母可能会生气,好吗?
527	You can shout outside, but be careful shouting.	你可以在外面大喊,但要小心大叫。
528	A louder sound means more energy.	大声的声音意味着更多的能量。
529	So, it's like before, the faster you run, the more energy you need.	所以,这就像以前,你运行的越快,你需要的能量就越多。
530	Again, the louder, E-R, louder sound, more energy.	再说一遍,声音越响,E -R,声音越响,能量就越大
531	Run faster, more energy.	跑得更快,精力更多。
532	Same idea, right?	同样的想法,对不对?
533	Same idea.	同样的想法。
534	A louder sound means you make more energy.	大声的声音意味着你创造更多的能量。
535	How much energy do you have?	你有多少精力吗?
536	How much of a sound can you make, right?	你能发出多少声音,对吧?
537	Be careful, right?	小心点,对吧?
538	After this lesson, go outside and yell.	此课之后,出门大吼.
539	See how big of a sound or how loud of a sound you can make.	见一音大小或能作大声.
540	How much energy do you have?	你有多少精力吗?
541	If you have a lot of energy, you can make a really big shout.	如果你有很强的精力,你可以大喊大叫。
542	But, if you don't have much energy, your shout won't be that loud.	但是,如果你没有太多的精力, 你的喊声不会那么大声。
543	So, how much energy do you have?	那么,你有多少能量吗?
544	Okay.	摆
545	Let's talk about this story with some reading comprehension questions.	让我们来谈谈这个故事与一些阅读理解问题。
546	Number one, this story is about, what is this story about?	第一这个故事是关于什么的?
547	We're talking about all the things in the story.	说此经中一切法.
548	Not just one thing, but all the things.	不仅仅是一件事,而是所有的事情。
549	What word describes all the things in this story?	什么词能形容这个故事中的一切?
550	We have work, light, heat, and energy.	我们有工作、光、热和能量。
551	Very quickly, work.	动作很快,工作
552	A is work.	A是工作工作就是工作 A is work.
553	We only talked about work.	我们只谈工作
554	Very small part of the reading passage.	阅读段落中很小一部分.
555	Not that big at all.	一点也不大
556	So, it's not about work.	所以,这不是关于工作。
557	We're not talking about work in this passage.	我们不是在谈论这个段落的工作。
558	Light.	轻.
559	Light was one of the three kinds of energy.	光是三种能量之一.
560	Yes, sure.	当然
561	We talked a lot about light, but we also talked about heat and sound.	我们经常谈论光线,但我们也谈到热和声音。
562	So, it can't be just light, right?	所以,它不能只是轻,对不对?
563	That's not the whole passage, right?	这不是整个段落,对不对?
564	That was just part of the passage.	那只是一段话
565	Same thing for heat.	热也一样
566	That was just part of the passage.	那只是一段话
567	The whole passage.	整个通道
568	What is light?	什么是光线?
569	What is heat?	什么是热?
570	What is sound?	什么声音?
571	All of those things are energy.	所有这些东西都是能量。
572	So, that's what this story is about.	所以,这就是这个故事的内容。
573	It's all about energy and different kinds of energy.	具足一切众生及种种众生.
574	Sure, we talked about light.	当然,我们谈光。
575	Yes, we talked about heat, but we also talked about sound because all three things are energy.	是的,我们谈到热量,但我们也谈到声音, 因为三件事都是能量。
576	We talked about all different kinds of energy.	我们谈论了各种各样的能量。
577	So, that's the big word that helps all of them.	所以,这个大字帮了他们所有人。
578	So, this story is about energy.	这个故事是关于能量的。
579	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
580	Heat.	热.
581	When we're talking about heat type of energy, how is heat made?	当我们谈论热的能量类型时,热是如何制造的?
582	由 beep和 beep制成.
583	So, when we talked about heat, we saw that there are two ways that we can get heat, right?	所以,当我们谈论热,我们看到有两种方法我们可以得到热,对不对?
584	So, heat is made by sound and the earth.	故热由声和土而成.
585	Sound makes heat.	声音会发热
586	That doesn't sound right.	这听起来不正确。
587	That's not correct.	这不对
588	The earth does make heat, but it wasn't in the reading passage, right?	地球确实能发热,但是它不是在读经中,对吧?
589	We didn't hear about that.	我们没听说
590	Heat is made by water and the ground.	热由水和地面制成.
591	Water makes heat?	水能发热?
592	No, water doesn't make heat.	不,水不会发热
593	That's not right.	这不对
594	Heat is made by light and the home.	热由光和家制造.
595	Well, heat is made by light, right?	嗯,热是光做的,对不对?
596	If you hear the sunlight or the light in this building, that's making heat.	如果你听到阳光或光在这个建筑, 这是制造热。
597	But home, a home makes heat?	但是,家,一个家会热?
598	No, the home doesn't make heat.	不,家不发热。
599	Well, heat is made by fire, right?	热是火做的对吧?
600	In front of a fireplace.	在壁炉前.
601	Yeah, that's true.	没错
602	And the sun.	及阳明.
603	Yeah, that big ball of flame in the sky, right?	是啊,大球在天空的火焰,对不对?
604	So, D is the right answer, is it not?	所以,D是正确的答案,不是吗?
605	Heat is made by fire and the sun.	热由火与太阳所制.
606	Okay, that is the correct answer there.	好吧,这是正确的答案。
607	Okay, let's move on to number three.	好吧,让我们继续到第三。
608	You use beep to move faster, ER.	你用哔声移动更快,ER。
609	We talked about that in two different examples, right?	我们用两个不同的例子来讨论这个问题,对吧?
610	To move faster or to make a louder sound, what do you use?	要动作更快或发出响亮的声音,你用什么?
611	What do you use?	你们用什么?
612	You use more energy?	你用更多的能量吗?
613	That's right, right?	没错,对吧?
614	We talked about that.	我们谈过了
615	ER, the faster you move, the more energy you need.	ER,移动越快,你需要的能量就越多.
616	The louder the sound, the more energy is needed.	声音越响,需要的能量就越多.
617	B, more sound to move faster?	B, 更响的动作更快?
618	No, that's not right.	不这不对
619	Less sound, less and less.	少声少声.
620	They are not right.	他们不对。
621	So, our correct answer here is A.	我们的正确答案是A。
622	You use more energy to move faster.	你用更多的能量移动更快。
623	That is the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
624	Okay, well now let's wrap up this lesson.	好吧,现在让我们结束这个教训。
625	In this lesson, we are talking about different kinds of energy.	在这个教训中,我们谈论的是不同的能量。
626	And we can see the three different kinds of energy that we talked about in this unit.	我们可以看到我们在这个单元里谈到的三种不同的能量。
627	These are the kinds of energy that we use most commonly in our lives.	这些是我们生活中最常用的能量种类。
628	The first one, this is the source of a type of energy.	第一个,这是某种能量的来源。
629	This, of course, is the sun, right?	当然,这是太阳,对不对?
630	It gives us one kind of energy.	它给了我们一种能量。
631	What kind of energy does the sun give us?	太阳给我们什么能量?
632	It makes us warm.	它让我们温暖。
633	It is heat in big red letters because it's hot, right?	红色大字母是热的,因为很热,对吧?
634	So, it's heat.	故曰热.
635	That's the type of energy that the sun gives us.	这就是太阳给我们的能量
636	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
637	Down here, what is this?	这里,这是什么?
638	Down here, of course, we are looking at something that lets us to see, right?	在下面,当然,我们正在看的东西让我们看到,对不对?
639	Light bulbs and also the sun gives us this.	灯泡和太阳给我们这个
640	Of course, we are talking about light.	当然,我们是在谈论光明。
641	Light is a type of energy that helps us to see things.	光是一种能帮助我们看到事物的能量。
642	Finally, over here, another one of our senses besides our eyes is our ear.	最后,在这里,我们的另一种感官除了我们的眼睛是我们的耳朵。
643	And we use our ears.	我们用我们的耳朵。
644	This man looks like he is trying to hear something.	这个人看起来像是想听到什么
645	What do we hear?	我们听到什么?
646	We hear sound.	我们听到声音。
647	Sound is also a type of energy.	声音也是能量的一种类型.
648	So, the three types of energy that we looked at in this unit, heat, light, sound, okay?	那么,我们在这个单位里看到的三种能量, 热,光,声音,好吗?
649	These are very common types of energy.	这些是非常常见的能量类型.
650	Well, I hope you've learned a lot about these types of energy and that you've learned some good words to use when describing these types of energy.	嗯,我希望你学到了很多关于这些类型的能量的知识在描述这些类型的能量时,你学到了一些很好的词语。
651	And like I said before, after this lesson, if you have time, go outside.	就像我之前说过的上完这课如果你有空就出去
652	See how much energy you have.	看看你有多厉害
653	The more energy you have, the louder you can shout, okay?	能量越大,你就能大声喊,好吗?
654	Well, take care, everybody.	好了,保重,每个人。
655	We'll see you next time.	下次见

该视频共有字幕 656 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P15 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p15 14. 14. LevelA Lesson14 Electricity (P15)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p15 14. 14. LevelA Lesson14 Electricity (P15)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 41:00

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello kids.	孩子们
0:07	Welcome back.	欢迎回来
0:08	We're on unit 7 in our book.	书里有七号
0:11	Unit 7 is talking about energy.	7号机组谈能量.
0:15	And we are on lesson 14.	我们在上14课。
0:18	It's our last lesson of the book.	这是我们最后的教训
0:21	But we can learn about electricity	但是我们可以学电
0:24	for our last lesson.	我们最后的课。
0:25	That is the subject of lesson 14.	这是教训14的主题。
0:29	Electricity.	电力。

展开字幕全文（998 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello kids.	孩子们
2	Welcome back.	欢迎回来
3	We're on unit 7 in our book.	书里有七号
4	Unit 7 is talking about energy.	7号机组谈能量.
5	And we are on lesson 14.	我们在上14课。
6	It's our last lesson of the book.	这是我们最后的教训
7	But we can learn about electricity	但是我们可以学电
8	for our last lesson.	我们最后的课。
9	That is the subject of lesson 14.	这是教训14的主题。
10	Electricity.	电力。
11	Wow!	哗!
12	That's a long	好长
13	word, isn't it?	词,不是吗?
14	If we listen to the word, we can hear 5 sounds.	若听此语能闻五声.
15	E-lec-tri-ci-ty.	爱丽丝特丽丝蒂
16	When	何时
17	you see a long word in English, break it down to the different sounds.	你可以看到一个英文的长词, 细分为不同的声音。
18	Slowly look at each	慢慢看每个
19	different sound and then put it together quickly.	不同的声音,然后把它迅速组合起来。
20	And then you can pronounce the word.	然后你可以发音这个词。
21	Let's	让我们
22	look at electricity.	看电.
23	E-lec-tri-ci-ty.	爱丽丝特丽丝蒂
24	So we have 5 sounds.	所以,我们有5个声音。
25	E-lec-tri-ci-ty.	爱丽丝特丽丝蒂
26	Let's put	说吧
27	those together quickly.	很快地他们在一起。
28	Electricity.	电力。
29	Let's practice together.	一起练习吧
30	Can you do it?	你能做到吗?
31	E-lec-tri-ci-ty.	爱丽丝特丽丝蒂
32	Ok.	还好
33	Very good.	很不错。
34	Ok.	还好
35	So that is the focus of our lesson.	这就是我们教训的重点。
36	That is our topic.	这是我们的主题。
37	What will we focus on?	我们的重点是什么?
38	We'll focus on two things.	专注二事.
39	One, where does electricity come from?	第一,电是从哪里来的?
40	Where do we get electricity?	哪里有电?
41	Where does it come from?	从何处来.
42	Second topic, and where does it	第二个话题,它在哪里
43	go?	去吗?
44	Where does electricity go?	电到哪里去了?
45	We will take a look at these two topics in our lesson today.	我们将在今天的教训中审视这两个主题。
46	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
47	Let's begin.	让我们开始。
48	As we can see, electricity is all around us.	正如我们所看到的, 电力在我们周围。
49	We can see many	我们可以看到很多
50	things that use electricity.	用电的东西。
51	All of these things use electricity.	这些都是用电的
52	Now, maybe these are	现在,也许这些
53	all things your mother uses, right?	你妈妈用的东西,对吧?
54	Your mother uses these things to clean the house and make	你妈妈用这些东西打扫房子
55	it nice for you.	对你真好
56	You probably use cell phones, smart phones, computers, music players, right?	你可能使用手机,智能手机,计算机,音乐播放器,对不对?
57	So you use electricity for many fun things that you get music, or play games, or talk	所以,你用电做很多有趣的事情你得到音乐, 游戏,或谈话
58	to your friends.	给你的朋友。
59	All of these devices use electricity, and we need electricity for these	所有这些装置都使用电力,我们需要电力用于这些
60	devices.	设备。
61	So, let's begin with our first word.	所以,让我们从第一个字开始。
62	Electricity is a type of energy, isn't it?	电力是一种能量,不是吗?
63	Electricity is a type of energy, but what is the word from the unit, from our lesson,	电是能量的一种类型, 但从单位,从我们的教训,
64	that is the same as energy?	和能量一样吗?
65	What is that word?	那是什么词?
66	We can see that that word is power, power.	我们可以看到,这个词是权力,权力。
67	Now, be careful when pronouncing P, puh.	现在,当发表P,puh。
68	When you pronounce P, your lips are together, and	当你发音P时你的嘴唇是在一起的
69	你背后有权力的声音,puh,puh,power,好吗?
70	So, it's a powerful word, isn't	所以,这是一个强大的词,不是
71	it?	是吗?
72	Power.	权.
73	So, power is the same as energy.	因此,动力和能量是相同的.
74	Power and energy are the same thing, okay?	动力和能量是一样的,好吗?
75	So, that's our first word.	所以,这是我们的第一个词。
76	Let's move on to the second word.	更转二句.
77	Okay, let's look at our second	好吧,让我们看看我们的第二个
78	word.	词
79	Our second word is about this device here.	第二个词是关于这个装置
80	We can see it's a device that uses	我们可以看到它是一个设备使用
81	electricity.	电力。
82	So, let's look at this here.	所以,让我们看看这个。
83	A device.	一个装置
84	A device is a machine or a tool	设备是机器或工具
85	that you use to do something.	用来做一些事情。
86	In this case, it's a device, a machine that turns, turns,	在这种情况下,它是一个装置,一个机器转动,转动,
87	turns, changes, okay?	转身,换衣服,好吗?
88	So, when you say it turns A into B, it changes A into B.	因此,当你说它变成A变成B时,它就会改变A变成B.
89	
90	in this case, it's turning sunlight into electricity.	在这种情况下,它正在把阳光变成电力。
91	So, this device turns sunlight into electricity.	因此,这个装置将阳光转化为电力.
92	Isn't that great?	是不是很棒吗?
93	Imagine we have sunlight coming down, right, and it's being turned	想象一下,我们有阳光下来,正确的,它正在转向
94	into electricity.	进入电力。
95	So, what are these things?	这些是什么?
96	What are they?	他们是什么?
97	Well, if we look at our word	好吧,如果我们看我们的承诺
98	list, we can see that they are solar panel.	列表中,我们可以看到它们是太阳能电池板。
99	Solar panels, many, but one is solar panel.	许多太阳能电池板,但有一个是太阳能电池板。
100	This is a little difficult of a word, right?	这话有点难说,对吧?
101	Think about it this way.	这么想吧
102	Solar means from	太阳表示从
103	the sun.	太阳。
104	Solar is associated with the sun.	太阳与太阳有关.
105	Solar.	太阳。
106	Panel.	小组。
107	A panel is a flat device here	这里的面板是平面装置
108	like this.	像这样
109	This is one panel.	这是一块板子。
110	There are many panels.	有许多面板。
111	So, solar panel, and remember the	所以,太阳能电池板,记住
112	P pronunciation, panel, panel, lips together.	P发音,面板,面板,唇合在一起.
113	So, we have solar panel.	我们有太阳能电池板
114	You guys practice	你们练习
115	solar panel.	太阳能电池板。
116	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
117	Solar panel.	太阳能电池板
118	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
119	This is one device, of course,	当然,这是一个装置,
120	to make electricity.	用来制造电力。
121	Let's move on to our third word.	复说三昧言.
122	Our third word, our clue is a	我们的第三个词,我们的线索是
123	building.	大楼。
124	Well, this is a strange looking building, right?	这是一座奇怪的建筑,对吧?
125	But it's a building where	但它是一个建筑在那里
126	electricity is made.	电是制造的。
127	A building where electricity is made.	电厂大楼
128	What kind of building can that be?	这算什么建筑?
129	Remember our word that we learned in the first time?	记得我们第一次学到的话吗?
130	It was power, right?	这是权力,对不对?
131	So, we put these	所以,我们把这些
132	two words together.	两个词在一起。
133	Power, and we have plant.	电力,我们有植物。
134	Plant.	植物学.
135	Now, you may know plant.	现在,你可能知道植物。
136	Are we talking	我们在说话吗?
137	about a bush or a flower?	关于灌木或花?
138	No.	没有
139	Another meaning of plant is like a factory where something	工厂的另一个含义是像工厂里的东西
140	is made, especially energy.	是制造的,特别是能量。
141	Energy plant or power plant.	能源厂或发电厂.
142	So, here this building, which	在这里,这栋大楼,
143	looks very strange, it's a very interesting looking building, is a power plant.	看上去很怪异,它是一个非常有趣的外观建筑, 是一个发电厂。
144	We make	我们做
145	electricity at this building, okay?	这栋楼有电,好吗?
146	So, this is a building where electricity is made.	所以,这是一栋电厂大楼。
147	This	这个
148	is a little difficult of a word.	这话有点难说
149	Let's practice.	让我们练习。
150	Power plant.	电厂.
151	Remember, we have two P's here.	记住,我们有两个P在这里。
152	P.
153	Power plant.	电厂.
154	You guys try it.	你们试试看
155	Power plant.	电厂.
156	Okay, good.	好吧,不错。
157	Let's move on	继续前进吧
158	then to our fourth word.	然后到我们的第四个字。
159	Here, our clue is a giant fan.	在这里,我们的线索是一个巨大的粉丝。
160	A giant fan.	一个巨大的粉丝。
161	These are huge,	这些是巨大的,
162	aren't they?	不是吗?
163	They're really, really big fans.	他们是真正的,真正的大粉丝。
164	Not in your house, right?	不是在你家里,对不对?
165	You don't have these	你没有这些
166	in your house to make you cool.	在你的房子让你冷静。
167	These are outside.	这些是外面。
168	It's interesting.	这很有趣。
169	Let's look at this.	让我们看看这个。
170	Be careful.	小心点
171	This is giant fan.	这是巨大的粉丝。
172	Fuh.	额
173	We have the F sound.	我们有F的声音。
174	小心点,F和,OOS,
175	F对P 我们学P之前,puh。
176	Puh is the sound for that, but be careful with	普是那个声音,但小心点
177	F. With F, we put our teeth on our bottom lip like this.	F. 我们把牙齿放在嘴底
178	Fuh.	额
179	So, we have fan.	我们有粉丝
180	范 Fan.
181	Let the air flow through your teeth.	让空气流过你的牙齿
182	范 Fan.
183	Okay?	好吗?
184	So, P, there's no air going through.	所以,P,没有空气通过。
185	Your lips are closed tight.	你的嘴唇很紧
186	P.
187	And then you release it powerfully.	然后,你释放它的力量。
188	Okay?	好吗?
189	So, a giant	所以,一个巨人
190	fan.	风扇。
191	What is a giant fan?	巨型粉丝是什么?
192	This is also where we use, we can get electricity.	这也是我们使用的地方, 我们可以得到电力。
193	Where does	何处
194	it come from?	它来自?
195	We can make electricity with a turbine.	我们可以用涡轮机发电。
196	A turbine.	涡轮机
197	These are turbines.	这些是涡轮机。
198	Also, be careful here.	还有,小心点
199	If we just said, if there's no E, E, then it's turbine, right?	如果我们只是说, 如果没有E,E, 那么它是涡轮,对不对?
200	But E, turbine.	但E,涡轮.
201	It makes the I a longer sound.	它让我的声音更长。
202	Turbine.	涡轮
203	Let's practice.	让我们练习。
204	Turbine.	涡轮
205	Okay?	好吗?
206	So, these are turbines.	这些是涡轮机。
207	They generate, they make electricity.	他们发电,制造电力。
208	They turn wind energy	他们转动风能
209	into electricity.	进入电力。
210	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
211	Now, we've talked about where electricity comes	现在,我们讨论过电源的流向
212	from.	从.
213	How can we get electricity?	我们怎么能有电?
214	That we've, we've found out how we can make electricity,	我们已经,我们已经发现我们如何可以制造电力,
215	but how can we use electricity?	但我们怎么用电?
216	Where can we get the electricity from?	电从哪里来?
217	We can get electricity	我们可以用电
218	from this.	从这个。
219	You can see this in your house, right?	在你家里可以看到这个,对吧?
220	How many do you have in your house?	你家里有多少个?
221	Wait, you can count them later.	等等,待会再数
222	Let's study, okay?	让我们学习,好吗?
223	You can count how many you have in your	你可以数你有多少在你的
224	house later.	晚点再说
225	But what is this?	但这是什么?
226	What is this?	这是什么?
227	We can describe it as a spot, a spot, a place,	我们可以形容它是一个点,一个点,一个地方,
228	right?	对吧?
229	A spot where you can get electricity.	一个能通电的地方
230	So, you want electricity for your computer,	所以,你想要电你的计算机,
231	for your smartphone.	为你的智能手机。
232	Where can you get it if your battery is dead?	如果你的电池没电了,你从哪里得到的?
233	You can get it from	你可以从那里得到
234	here.	在这里。
235	This is an outlet.	这是一个出口。
236	Look, this is like two words, out, out, going out, and let, outlet.	你看,这就像两个字,出,出,出,出,放。
237	Think of it this way.	这么想
238	It lets the electricity out of this place.	它让电出这个地方。
239	So, you can get it and	所以,你可以得到它和
240	you can use it.	你可以用它来。
241	It's an outlet.	是个出口
242	So, this is where you can get your electricity.	所以,这是你可以得到你的电力。
243	Okay?	好吗?
244	So, that's very useful.	所以,这是非常有用的。
245	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
246	Now, behind the outlet, right, we have these things,	现在,在出口后面,我们有这些东西,
247	okay?	好吗?
248	We're talking about the metal part here, right?	我们说的是金属的部分,对不对?
249	This is a long, thin piece of metal,	这是一个长而薄的金属片,
250	metal.	金属
251	That's this part here.	这是这里的部分。
252	Not this part.	不是这个
253	This part is plastic, but inside the plastic	这部分是塑料,但是在塑料内部
254	is metal.	是金属
255	What is this called?	这叫什么?
256	This is called a wire, wire.	这叫电线,电线
257	Again, remember, 이 없으면	再说一遍,记住,
258	we're, okay?	我们,好吗?
259	But 이 있어요, wire.	但是电线
260	Stretch the I sound, makes it long.	伸展我的声音,让它很长。
261	Wire.	线网.
262	So, practice.	所以,练习。
263	Wire, okay?	电线,好吗?
264	Wire.	线网.
265	Why are we concerned about wire?	我们为什么要担心电线?
266	Electricity moves through the wire,	电流通过电线
267	goes to your outlet, and that's important.	这很重要
268	So, there are wires inside your house, okay?	所以,有线在你的房子,好吗?
269	Okay.	摆
270	Some, the wires are inside your house, but you also have wires on the outside of	有些,电线在你家里,但你外面也有电线
271	your computer.	你的电脑
272	This is a special word for these kinds of wires.	这是一个特殊的词这些类型的线。
273	This is a short wire	这是短线
274	for moving electricity.	移动电力。
275	Electricity travels through a wire, but on your computer or on	电力通过电线运行, 但通过你的计算机或
276	your battery pack for your cell phone, you have small wires.	你手机的电池包,有小电线
277	We have a special word for	我们有一个特别的词
278	that.	那个
279	What is that word?	那是什么词?
280	That word is cord, cord.	这个词是绳子,绳子。
281	A cord is a small wire with two ends.	一根绳子是两端的小线.
282	You put one end in the outlet, the other end goes into your device, into your computer	你把一端放在出口,另一端进入你的设备,进入你的电脑
283	or smartphone.	或者智能电话
284	That short wire, we call a cord, a cord.	那个短线我们叫绳子绳子
285	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
286	A cord	绳子
287	on number eight.	八号
288	At the end of the cord, this is the cord here.	在绳子的尽头这是绳子
289	This is the cord part here.	这是绳子的部分。
290	What is this part?	这是什么?
291	What is that?	这是什么?
292	This is the part of a cord that goes into an outlet, right?	这是一条绳子的一部分进入一个出口,对不对?
293	You have to connect your cord to your outlet to get the electricity out.	你得把绳子连接到出口才能通电
294	What do we call	我们怎么称呼
295	this part?	这部分?
296	We call this part a plug, plug.	我们把这部分叫做插头插头
297	Let's practice that.	我们来练习一下
298	We have a blend, P and	我们有一个混合,P和
299	L, PL, plug, plug.	L,PL,插头,插头。
300	You guys, plug.	你们,插头。
301	Very good.	很不错。
302	Okay, plug.	好了,插头。
303	So, we use this plug, we put it	所以,我们用这个插头,我们把它
304	into the outlet and then we can get our electricity.	进入出口,然后我们可以得到我们的电力。
305	Okay, great.	好吧,伟大的。
306	Let's move on here.	让我们继续前进。
307	What's this boy doing, right?	这个男孩在做什么,对不对?
308	He's very happy.	他非常快乐。
309	He is using a device we use for many things.	他在使用一个我们用来做很多事情的装置
310	Maybe right now, you're watching me on this device.	也许现在,你在监视我
311	What is this device?	这是什么装置?
312	Of course, you	当然是你
313	know this.	知道这一点。
314	This is very easy, right?	这很简单吧?
315	It is a computer, computer, computer, right?	这是电脑,电脑,电脑,对不对?
316	Computer.	电脑
317	Of course, you know that.	当然,你知道的。
318	That's an easy one.	这很容易
319	So, this boy is using a computer.	这个男孩在用电脑
320	We don't	我们没有
321	see the cord, but of course, it's probably a cord that the electricity is coming into.	看电线,当然,它可能是电线进入。
322	And these are, this is one example of many devices we use with electricity.	这些是,这是我们用电的许多设备的一个例子。
323	We need electricity	我们需要电力
324	to use these devices.	使用这些设备。
325	So, this is a computer.	这是一台电脑。
326	Now, let's take a look at word number 10,	现在,让我们来看看字号10,
327	okay?	好吗?
328	Sometimes, we want to make electricity go from one place to another.	有时,我们想让电力从一个地方到另一个地方。
329	So, what verb	那么,什么动词
330	can we use to describe that motion, going from one place to another?	我们能描述一下从一个地方到另一个地方的运动吗?
331	To move something,	为了移动一些东西
332	to move something to somewhere else.	把东西移到别的地方
333	I'm in Korea.	我在韩国
334	I want to send a present to my friend	我想送礼物给我的朋友
335	in America.	在美国。
336	I will do what with that present?	我拿礼物做什么?
337	I will go to the post office and I will send	我会去邮局,我会发送
338	the present to my friend.	送给我的朋友的礼物
339	When we talk about electricity, we need to send electricity from	当我们谈论电力, 我们需要发送电力
340	the power plant to the outlet in your house, okay?	电厂到你家去,好吗?
341	So, this is a verb.	因此,这是一个动词。
342	Be careful.	小心点
343	Some	有点
344	verbs in English are not regular.	英语中的动词不常见.
345	They change form when you use them in different situations.	当你在不同情况下使用它们时,它们会改变形式。
346	For example, send.	例如,发送。
347	That's now.	即是现在.
348	지금.
349	I am sending.	我发送。
350	I will send.	我会发送。
351	Also, future.	还有未来
352	Sent	发送
353	is past, 과거, right?	都过去了,对吧?
354	Sent and sent.	发送和发送。
355	So, I sent my present, I sent a present to my	所以,我送了我的礼物,我送了礼物给我
356	friend in America.	在美国的朋友。
357	That's 과거, okay?	这是QQ,好吗?
358	Past tense, okay?	过去紧张,好吗?
359	Send, sent, sent.	发送,发送,发送。
360	Practice that.	练习一下
361	You guys, send, sent, sent.	你们,发送,发送,发送。
362	Okay, very good.	好吧,很不错。
363	Okay, let's move on then.	好吧,我们继续吧。
364	Wow, look at these	哇,看看这些
365	birds.	鸟儿
366	Where are they going, right?	他们要去哪里,对不对?
367	They are going, of course, it must be getting cold	他们去,当然, 它一定是越来越冷
368	and they're going south, right?	他们要去南方,对不对?
369	Well, what are they doing?	他们在做什么?
370	They are moving from one place	他们从一个地方搬来
371	to another.	到另一个。
372	So, if you move from one place to another, what are you doing?	所以,如果你从一个地方搬到另一个地方,你在做什么?
373	It's a verb.	动词.
374	Travel, travel.	旅行,旅行。 (笑声)
375	So, I want to go to America.	所以,我想去美国。
376	I will travel to America.	我会去美国
377	Travel to somewhere.	去某个地方
378	Move from one place to another place.	从一个地方搬到另一个地方。
379	I will travel to America.	我会去美国
380	I will travel to another	我会去另一个地方
381	country.	国家。
382	So, these birds are traveling south, okay?	所以,这些鸟正在南行,好吗?
383	Let's take a look at the next one.	复次观下.
384	Our	我们
385	last word here is kind of a scary word, right?	最后一句话有点吓人对吧?
386	That's be careful of this, right?	小心点,对吧?
387	Be careful	小心点
388	of this sign.	这个标志。
389	If you see that sign on a bottle, stay away from that bottle, right?	如果你看到瓶子上的标志, 远离瓶子,对不对?
390	This, what	这个,什么
391	can we say about this?	我们可以说这个吗?
392	It's causing death, death.	导致死亡,死亡.
393	Somebody dies, right?	有人死了对吧?
394	It's very dangerous.	这很危险
395	What word are we looking at here?	我们在这看什么?
396	We are looking at deadly.	我们正在寻找致命。
397	Deadly is a description word, right?	致命是一个描述词,对不对?
398	An adjective.	形容词.
399	It describes something.	它描述了一些东西。
400	We can look at this and say, oh, be careful.	我们可以看看这个,然后说,哦,小心点。
401	It's	这是
402	deadly.	致命的。
403	It can cause death.	能令众生死.
404	Why are we looking at this word deadly in our topic about electricity?	我们为什么要在电力话题中看到这个致命的词呢?
405	Because you have to be careful.	因为你必须小心。
406	Electricity can be deadly.	电是致命的。
407	It can be very dangerous.	可能很危险
408	So,	这么说
409	although electricity is very useful, we use it for many things, you also have to be careful.	虽然电是非常有用的,我们用它做很多事情,你也要小心.
410	Electricity can also be dangerous.	电力也可能是危险的。
411	It can be deadly.	可能会致命的
412	Okay.	摆
413	So, here we are at our exercise	所以,我们在这里我们的练习
414	one.	一个
415	Let's review the words that we've learned.	复问所学说法.
416	Let's put those words into sentences, okay?	让我们把这些话放在句子里,好吗?
417	Let's see what we have here.	看看这里有什么
418	These are our words in the word bank.	这是我们在字库里说的话。
419	We have turbine, outlet,	我们有涡轮机,出口,
420	send, power plant, wires, and travel.	发送、电厂、电线和旅行
421	We need to use some of these words in these blanks.	我们需要在这些空白处使用其中一些词语。
422	Let's look at the sentences.	让我们看看句子。
423	Number one, I'm going to beep my mom a letter, okay?	第一,我要给我妈打个电话,好吗?
424	So, I'm	所以,我是一个
425	going to, what do we need here?	我们要做什么?
426	This tells us right here, by the way, this is a clue.	这告诉我们,这里,顺便说一句, 这是一个线索。
427	I'm going to, right?	我会去,对不对?
428	That's future tense.	这是未来的紧张。
429	I'm going to, we need a verb here, right?	我要,我们需要一个动词在这里,对不对?
430	Is turbine a verb?	涡轮是动词吗?
431	No, it's a noun, right?	不,这是一个名词,对不对?
432	That's the big fan that we saw outside.	这是我们在外面看到的大粉丝。
433	Outlet,	出门
434	is that a verb?	这是动词吗?
435	No, that's a noun too.	不那也是名词
436	That's the device in your home where you plug something	这就是你家里的装置你插上什么
437	in, you get electricity from.	里面,你得到电从。
438	Send, is that a verb?	发送,这是动词吗?
439	Yes, it is a verb.	是的,这是一个动词。
440	Possible, right?	有可能对吧?
441	Let's keep looking.	我们继续找吧
442	Power plant, that's a noun.	发电厂,这是一个名词。
443	That's a building, right?	那是栋楼,对吧?
444	Wires, that's	电线,那是
445	a noun too.	名词也。
446	Those are the metal pieces of, pieces of metal where electricity goes through.	这些是金属碎片电流经过的金属碎片
447	Travel, travel is a verb.	旅行,旅行是一种动词.
448	So, we have two possibilities.	所以,我们有两个可能性。
449	We have send or we have travel.	我们有发送或我们有旅行。
450	If you're going to, you're not going to go to your mother.	欲去则不入母.
451	You're going to take a letter	你要写封信
452	and you're going to make the letter go to your mother.	你要把信交给你母亲
453	You're going to send your mother	你要送你妈妈去
454	a letter, okay?	一封信,好吗?
455	Send, because you're not going to your mom, right?	发送,因为你不去你妈妈,对不对?
456	You're staying here, but	你住在这里,但是
457	you're sending a letter to your mother.	你要给你妈妈寄封信
458	So, the proper word is send.	所以,正确的词是发送。
459	Let's look at number	让我们看看数字
460	two.	两个
461	Number two, plug your CD player into the.	第二,插入你的CD播放器。
462	When we have an article the, that means	当我们有篇文章,这意味着
463	we need one of these nouns that we talked about here.	我们需要一个我们在这里谈论的名词。
464	Which noun goes into the end of	该名词进入结尾
465	the sentence?	句子吗?
466	Plug your CD player into the turbine?	把你的CD播放器插进涡轮?
467	No, outlet, that's our word right	不,出去,这是我们说的对的
468	there.	这里
469	Not wires or power plant, but outlet is our word for this one.	不是电线或电厂, 但输出是我们的保证。
470	Because remember,	因为记住,
471	you plug your device into an outlet and then you get electricity from that.	把设备插进出口然后从那里得到电力
472	Remember the	记住
473	outlet that we talked about, you have many in your house.	你家里有很多人
474	Okay, let's look at number	好,我们看看号码
475	three.	三个。
476	Electricity travels.	电力出行.
477	Electricity moves, right?	电动,对不对?
478	Travels through what?	穿过什么?
479	We talked about	我们谈过了
480	that several times, right?	这几次,对不对?
481	What piece of metal, long piece of metal surrounded by plastic	什么金属片,长块金属周围的塑料
482	does electricity travel through?	电能通过吗?
483	We talked about that before.	我们之前谈过了
484	That's wires, isn't it?	那是电线,不是吗?
485	And notice we're using s. We're using plural because we're talking about wires generally.	注意我们使用S. 我们之所以使用复数,是因为我们泛指电线.
486	Many wires.	很多电线。
487	We're not talking about one wire.	我们不是在说一条线
488	We're talking about all wires, so we need	我们在谈论所有的线,所以我们需要
489	to use s, plural form.	用于使用 s, 复数形式。
490	Electricity generally travels through wires.	电力一般通过电线传递.
491	There are many wires,	有很多电线,
492	so we talk about it in the plural sense, wires.	所以我们在复数意义上谈论它,线。
493	Okay, let's move on to the next three exercises.	好吧,让我们继续接下来的三次练习。
494	We have questions four, five, and six.	我们有四个,五个,六个问题
495	Okay, so number four, I'm going to, and then again	好吧,所以第四,我要去,然后再次
496	we can see the to, so we know we need a verb.	我们可以看到到, 所以我们知道我们需要一个动词。
497	I'm going to.	我会的。
498	We need a verb for this blank.	我们需要一个动词对于这个空白。
499	We already used send, probably going to use travel.	我们已经使用发送, 可能要使用旅行。
500	Let's look at the sentence.	观此句.
501	I'm going	и璶ǐ
502	to travel to Hawaii for Christmas.	去夏威夷过圣诞节
503	That fits.	这很合适。
504	That's correct.	没错
505	Remember, when we use travel,	记住,当我们用旅行,
506	going to travel to somewhere, travel to a place.	去某处旅行去某处旅行
507	Where will you travel?	你们要去哪儿旅行?
508	Travel to Hawaii.	去夏威夷的旅行。
509	That's a good clue for using travel.	这是使用旅行的好线索.
510	And remember, put these words together.	记住,把这些话放在一起
511	Travel to place.	旅行地点。
512	Travel to Hawaii.	去夏威夷的旅行。
513	Travel to Jeju-do.	游济州道.
514	Travel to America.	去美国旅行
515	Okay, so remember these words	记住这些话
516	are together like this.	像这样在一起
517	Okay, so that's number four.	好吧,这是第四。
518	Let's move on to number five.	更转第五.
519	You can't	你不能这样
520	go inside the beep.	进入哔声。
521	It's very dangerous.	这很危险
522	Where would be very dangerous?	哪里很危险?
523	A turbine.	涡轮机
524	Can you	你能吗?
525	go inside a turbine?	在涡轮机里面?
526	You can't really go inside a turbine.	你不能真的进入一个涡轮机。
527	It's a big pole with a fan	这是一个大杆与风扇
528	on the top, a huge fan, right?	在顶部,一个巨大的扇子,对不对?
529	You can't go inside it.	你不能进去
530	But can you go inside a power plant?	但你能进发电厂吗?
531	Remember power plant is a building.	记住电厂是一座建筑.
532	You can go inside a building.	你可以进入一个建筑。
533	But you should not go	但你不应该去
534	inside a power plant, right?	在电厂里,对不对?
535	Because it's very dangerous.	因为它很危险
536	We make electricity in a power	我们用电力发电
537	plant.	植物。
538	Electricity can be deadly.	电是致命的。
539	Don't go inside the power plant.	别进电厂里去
540	It's dangerous.	这是危险的。
541	
542	let's move on to the last exercise, number six.	让我们继续最后的锻炼,第六。
543	Wind blows a beep to make electricity.	风吹蜂鸣发电.
544	Wind blows a what?	风吹什么?
545	We talked about that before.	我们之前谈过了
546	Remember the big fan that we saw the pictures	记得我们看到照片的粉丝吗?
547	of outside?	从外面?
548	There were many of them together.	他们有很多在一起。
549	What was that?	你说什么?
550	That's right.	没错
551	It was a turbine.	那是个涡轮机
552	Turbine.	涡轮
553	So, wind blows a turbine to make electricity.	因此,风吹涡轮来发电.
554	And this is of course one of	这当然是其中之一
555	the many ways that we get electricity, right?	我们用多种方式来获得电力,对吧?
556	From wind power, from solar power, right?	从风力,太阳能,对不对?
557	Solar panel or other ways.	太阳板或其他方法。
558	But this is wind blows a turbine to make electricity.	但这是风吹涡轮来制造电力。
559	It's	这是
560	one of the many ways that we can use to get electricity.	我们能用来获取电力的多种方法之一。
561	Hello kids.	孩子们
562	Welcome back.	欢迎回来
563	We're	我们是
564	going over the reading section for lesson fourteen.	翻阅阅读部分十四课。
565	Remember lesson fourteen is about	记住十四课是有关
566	electricity.	电力。
567	So, let's read a short essay about electricity.	所以,让我们读一篇关于电力的短文。
568	Here we have the first	这儿是第一个
569	sentence.	句号。
570	Electricity is made at power plants.	发电厂发电。
571	Remember we talked about the vocabulary.	记得我们讨论过词汇
572	This	这个
573	is our picture of a power plant.	是电厂的照片
574	So, electricity is made here.	所以,电是在这里制造的。
575	But of course, electricity is	但当然,电力是
576	made in many ways.	在很多方面。
577	Not just here.	不只是在这里。
578	That's our next sentence.	这是我们的下一句话。
579	It can be made in many ways.	能以种种法而为成.
580	We can make electricity.	我们可以发电。
581	There are many ways.	有许多方法。
582	Many ways?	很多方法吗?
583	Many different methods or different	许多不同的方法或不同的
584	ways to do something.	做点什么的方法
585	So, this is one way.	所以,这是一种方式。
586	What are some other ways?	还有别的路吗?
587	Let's read further.	更进一步看.
588	Moving water.	移动的水。
589	Water that is moving.	正在移动的水。
590	Not water that is still.	水还没到
591	Moving water.	移动的水。
592	Moving water	运水
593	can make electricity.	可以制造电力。
594	Actually, if you think about it, motion, right?	其实,如果你考虑一下,运动,对不对?
595	Something that is	东西,这是
596	moving.	移动。
597	That has energy.	这有能量。
598	We can take that motion and change it.	我们可以采取这个动议并改变它。
599	Turn it into electricity.	化为电.
600	Many different ways.	许多不同的方式。
601	Moving water is one way.	移动水是一条路。
602	Wind.	风.
603	If we think about wind, that's	如果我们想到风,那就是
604	also motion, right?	还有运动,对不对?
605	Wind is moving.	风在动.
606	It has energy.	它有能量。。。
607	We can take that energy, turn it into	我们可以把能量转化为
608	electricity.	电力。
609	So, wind can blow turbines.	因此,风能吹动涡轮.
610	Remember our word turbines.	记住我们的话
611	The big machines, devices	大机器,设备
612	in the desert that we saw in the picture that move around to make electricity.	在沙漠中,我们看到的图片移动到周围做电。
613	A third way,	第三个方法
614	heat.	热。
615	Heat.	热.
616	Is heat motion?	是热运动吗?
617	Well, if you think about it, heat makes things expand.	好吧,如果你考虑一下,热会让事情扩大。
618	You have	你有过
619	motion there.	在那里移动。
620	We can use heat can be turned into.	我们可以使用热能转换成。
621	Remember our word turn into from vocabulary	记住我们的字从词汇变成词汇
622	section.	节。
623	I talked about that.	我谈过了
624	Heat can be turned into electricity.	热能转化为电力.
625	And finally, we have	最后,我们得到了
626	number four way, the fourth way, solar panels.	四号路,四号路,太阳能板
627	Remember, solar has to do with the sun.	记住,太阳和太阳有关
628	Solar	太阳
629	panel.	(原始内容存档于2018-03-29). Gamera.
630	It's a device that takes the sun, the light and the heat.	其器则取阳明,阳明而热.
631	It turns sunlight into	它把阳光变成
632	electricity too.	电力也是。
633	So, in this passage here, in this short paragraph, I guess, there are	因此,在这个段落中,在这个简短的段落中,我想有
634	four ways, four ways that we can make electricity.	4种方法,4种方法我们可以制造电力。
635	The first way, moving water.	第一种方式,移动水。
636	The second way,	第二条路
637	wind.	风.
638	The motion of the wind can make the turbines go around.	风动可以让涡轮转动.
639	That's the second way.	此是第二义.
640	The third way is heat.	第三法为热.
641	Heat can be turned into electricity also.	热也可以变成电力。
642	And the fourth way,	而第四个方式,
643	solar panels.	太阳能电池板。
644	We're using sunlight to turn that energy into electricity.	我们利用阳光把能量变成电力。
645	So, in this	所以,在这个
646	passage, we can see four ways that we can make electricity.	通过,我们可以看到四种方式我们可以制造电力。
647	Okay, let's move on to the	好吧,让我们继续前进
648	next slide.	下一个幻灯片。
649	Now, those, the first slide showed us how we can make electricity, but how can	现在,这些,第一张幻灯片向我们展示了我们如何制造电力, 但怎样才能
650	we get the electricity for our use?	我们得到的电供我们使用?
651	Power plants send electricity to your home.	电厂给你家送电
652	So,	这么说
653	you don't go to the power plant to get your electricity.	你不能去电厂取电
654	Electricity is sent to you.	电传到你了
655	Okay?	好吗?
656	It comes to your house.	它来到你家
657	It travels to your house.	它会去你家
658	So, the electricity travels to your	所以,电通到你
659	house.	房子,这是...
660	Power plants are the, they are the subject.	电厂就是主题
661	They send electricity to your house.	他们给你家发电
662	The electricity travels through wires.	电通电通.
663	That's our word before, right?	这是我们之前说的话,对不对?
664	To move from one place	从一个地方搬出去
665	to another, it travels.	到另一个,它旅行。
666	How does it travel?	怎么样?
667	Through wires.	通过电线。
668	Remember, we talked about wires.	记住,我们谈过电线
669	The long, thin pieces of metal.	长而薄的金属片.
670	Imagine that.	试想一下
671	There must be a very long wire between your	你们之间一定有很长的电线
672	house and the power plant.	房子和电厂。
673	And then think about your neighborhood.	然后想想你的邻居
674	How many houses are	有多少间房子
675	there?	那边?
676	Many, many houses, many wires, all going to the power plant, right?	很多,很多房子,很多电线, 都去电厂,对不对?
677	So that the	这样,
678	power plant can send that electricity to your homes.	电厂可以把电力送到你们家
679	How do you get it in your home, right?	你怎么在你家里得到它,对不对?
680	You need some device to get that electricity outside of your house, out of your house.	你需要一些设备得到电出你的房子,出你的房子。
681	So, at home, there are outlets in the walls.	因此,在家中,墙上有插座.
682	Of course, this is an outlet.	当然,这是一个出口。
683	It lets the	它让
684	electricity out of your house, and then you can use it for your computer, your smartphone,	电出你的房子, 然后你可以使用它你的计算机,你的智能手机,
685	your music player, whatever you want to use with electricity.	你的音乐播放器,任何你想用电。
686	So, at home, there are outlets	所以,在家里,有渠道
687	in the walls.	在墙上。
688	They let the electricity out.	他们放电了
689	This is where we get electricity.	这就是我们获得电力的地方。
690	So, the	这么说
691	electricity that's made by those four different ways, it's made at the power plant.	由这四种不同方式制造的电力,由发电厂制造.
692	The power	权力
693	plant sends that electricity to your house, and this is where we can get the electricity	电厂把电送到你家这就是我们能得到电的地方
694	that we need.	我们需要的。
695	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
696	Your computer needs electricity.	你的电脑需要电
697	So, we think about, you	所以,我们想,你
698	know, what things do we need electricity for?	我们用电干什么?
699	One of the words we looked at was computer,	我们看到的其中一个词是电脑,
700	right?	对吧?
701	Of course, your computer needs electricity.	当然你的电脑需要电
702	If your computer doesn't have electricity,	如果你的电脑没有电
703	it's dead.	它已经死了。
704	You can't play a game.	你不能玩游戏。
705	You can't watch a movie.	你不能看电影。
706	You can't do your homework.	作么生会.
707	Maybe homework, of course, you should do your homework, but I know you want to watch a movie	做功课,当然,你应该做功课,但我知道你想看电影
708	or play a game, but you should also do homework on your computer, but you can't do that without	或玩游戏, 但你也应该做功课在你的计算机, 但你不能做到这一点,没有
709	electricity.	电力。
710	So, your computer needs electricity, just like you need food.	所以,你的计算机需要电, 就像你需要食物。
711	Your computer needs	你的电脑需要
712	electricity.	电力。
713	How does your computer get the electricity?	你的电脑怎么会有电?
714	Your computer has a cord.	你的电脑有电线
715	Remember	记住
716	this word?	这个词?
717	A cord is a short wire, right?	绳子是短线对吧?
718	With a plug on either end.	两端都有插头
719	One plug into your	插进你的嘴里
720	end.	结束。
721	Just plug the cord, it.	只要插上绳子,它。
722	It means cord.	意思是绳子
723	Just plug it into the outlet.	插进出口
724	You plug the	你插上这个
725	cord into the outlet.	电线进入出口
726	And notice that plug, plug is also the word for this thing here,	注意插头插头也是这个东西的词
727	right?	对吧?
728	Here, we can use it, plug it into, or it is a plug.	在这里,我们可以使用它,插入它, 或者它是一个塞。
729	We can use it both ways.	我们可以双管齐下
730	Now, your computer has power.	现在你的电脑有电了
731	It has power, great.	它有力量,伟大的。
732	That's very good.	不错
733	So, we can use the	所以,我们可以使用
734	plug, put it in the outlet, and it has power, right?	插头,把它放在出口, 它有动力,对不对?
735	Be careful, right?	小心点,对吧?
736	Don't touch that,	别碰那个
737	because that could be dangerous.	因为这可能很危险
738	As we can see, electricity can hurt you.	正如我们所见,电能伤害你。
739	Electricity	电力
740	can hurt you, so be careful.	可以伤害你所以小心点
741	조심해요, right?	是吗?
742	조심해요.
743	It can be very dangerous.	可能很危险
744	Of course, be very careful whenever using electric devices, especially around the outlets	当然,在使用电动设备时要非常小心,特别是在电路附近
745	in your house.	產
746	Be careful.	小心点
747	What is this here?	这是什么?
748	Wow, this is very dramatic, very impressive	哇,这是非常戏剧性的,非常令人印象深刻的
749	picture.	图片。
750	This, of course, is electricity.	当然,这是电。
751	It's a special kind of electricity.	一种特殊的电种.
752	We call	我们打电话
753	it lightning.	这是闪电。
754	Lightning is electricity that comes from the sky during a storm.	闪电是指暴风雨期间来自天空的电力.
755	Lightning	闪电
756	is made of electricity.	由电力制成
757	It can be deadly, very dangerous.	它可能是致命的,非常危险。
758	Of course, you do not want	当然,你不想
759	to be hit by lightning, but it's very, it's not common, not usual.	被闪电击中, 但这是非常, 它不是常见的,不是通常的。
760	Don't worry too much,	不要太担心了
761	but stay inside during a storm.	但是在暴风雨中呆在里面
762	Also, never swim when there is lightning.	而且,永远不要游泳当有闪电。
763	This is very	这是非常的
764	dangerous.	危险
765	If the lightning comes down, it hits the water.	如果闪电降下,它会击中水.
766	The water spreads the electricity	水能分散电源
767	very quickly.	很快的,你应该知道
768	If you're in the water, it can be dangerous for you, so never swim outside	如果你在水里,会很危险的, 所以永远不要在外面游泳
769	during a storm.	在暴风雨中
770	出 water水.
771	Also, stay inside, if you can, during a storm.	还有,如果可以的话,在暴风雨中留在里面
772	Don't	别
773	go outside during a lightning storm.	在闪电风暴中出去
774	So, lightning is made of electricity.	因此,闪电是用电制成的.
775	It can be deadly.	可能会致命的
776	Never swim when there is lightning.	闪电时别游泳
777	Okay.	摆
778	So, we've looked at this story, and we've	所以,我们看了这个故事,我们
779	seen how it is made.	看着它是如何形成的。
780	We've seen how we can use it, but we also have to be careful, because	我们已经看到如何使用它, 但我们也必须小心,因为
781	electricity can be dangerous.	电是危险的。
782	Okay.	摆
783	That was what the essay was about.	这就是论文的内容。
784	Now, let's do some	现在,让我们做一些
785	exercises for comprehension, for understanding.	为理解和理解而练习。
786	Take a look at number one, exercise number	看看第一,锻炼号
787	one.	一个
788	This story is about.	这个故事是有关。
789	We talked a little bit about what this story is about, right?	我们聊了一下这个故事的内容对吧?
790	Are we just talking about wires?	我们只是谈论电线?
791	Are we talking about outlets?	我们在谈论的渠道?
792	Are we talking about plugs?	我们说的是插头吗?
793	Are we talking about electricity?	我们说的是电吗?
794	When you think about a story, the story has a general	当你想到一个故事,故事有一个将军
795	topic, a larger topic, not a specific.	主题,一个更大的主题,而不是一个特定.
796	There are specific things that are mentioned in	有一些具体的东西在
797	the story, but those things are not what the whole general story is about.	故事,但那些东西不是整个一般故事是什么。
798	Sure, we talked	当然,我们谈过了
799	a little.	一点点。
800	We may have mentioned wires.	我们可能已经提到电线。
801	We talked about outlets.	我们谈了几处
802	We talked about plugs,	我们谈过插头的事
803	but the larger topic of the story is all about electricity, right?	但故事中更大的主题是电,对吧?
804	We talked about how electricity	我们谈了电的问题
805	is made, how we can use it, and the fact that it is dangerous.	我们如何利用它以及它很危险的事实
806	So, all of these things have	所以,所有这些事情,
807	to do with electricity.	与电力有关。
808	Even though we mentioned briefly these items, the story is not about	虽然我们简短地提到了这些项目,但故事并不涉及
809	those things.	那些东西。
810	Those were just small details in the story.	这些只是故事中的小细节。
811	The whole story is about electricity,	整个故事是关于电力,
812	and that is our answer, electricity, the topic of the story.	这是我们的答案,电力,故事的主题。
813	Okay, so number two, what can	好吧,第二个,什么可以
814	make electricity?	发电?
815	Now, this is a detail question.	现在,这是一个细节问题。
816	We want to look at a certain detail in the	我们想看看一些细节
817	story, and we saw four ways that we can make electricity.	故事,我们看到四种方法我们可以制造电力。
818	So, only one of those ways is	所以,只有一个方法
819	our answer here.	我们在这里的答案。
820	We have four choices.	我们有四个选择。
821	Only one choice will be one of the four things	四件事中只有一个选择
822	that we talked about.	我们谈过的
823	A, solar wind.	A,太阳风.
824	Solar wind?	太阳风?
825	Solar, of course, is from the sun, right?	当然太阳是太阳的,对吧?
826	Is there wind from the sun in outer space?	外太空有来自太阳的风吗?
827	There's no wind.	无风无风.
828	There's no air.	空无空.
829	There can't	没办法
830	be any wind, so that's not correct.	任何风,所以这是不对的。
831	Moving water.	移动的水。
832	Hey, we talked about that.	我们谈过了
833	That was	这是
834	one of the ways that we can get electricity.	是我们能用电的方法之一
835	In fact, I think that was the first one, right?	事实上,我认为那是第一个,对不对?
836	Because I was talking about motion, something moving.	因为我说的是运动,有些东西在动
837	So, moving water can make electricity.	因此,移动的水可以发电.
838	That's our answer.	这是我们的答案。
839	Hot ice?	热冰?
840	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
841	How can ice be hot, right?	冰怎么会是热的,对不对?
842	That's not an answer.	这不是一个答案。
843	They're just trying to trick you.	他们只是想骗你
844	Computers can make electricity?	电脑能发电?
845	No.	没有
846	Computers use electricity.	计算机使用电力.
847	So, what can make electricity?	那么,什么可以制造电力?
848	The only answer, of course, that's correct is moving water	当然,唯一的答案就是移动水
849	can make electricity.	可以制造电力。
850	That was the first one of the four ways we saw in the story about	这是我们在故事中看到的四种方式中的第一种
851	how we can make electricity.	我们如何制造电力。
852	Okay?	好吗?
853	So, our answer is moving water.	所以,我们的答案是移动水。
854	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
855	This	这个
856	is our last question for comprehension.	这是我们最后一个需要理解的问题。
857	We have power plants.	我们有发电厂。
858	Power plants, beep.	发电厂,哔声。
859	Okay.	摆
860	We have a long sentence.	我们有一长句。
861	We only have the subject.	我们只有这个话题
862	So, this question is asking probably	所以,这个问题可能是
863	what do power plants do, right?	发电厂是做什么的,对吧?
864	What do they do?	他们做什么的?
865	We have many choices here, A, B, C, and	我们有很多选择,A,B,C,和
866	D. Power plants send electricity to your homes.	D. 发电厂向你们家发电。
867	Power plants travel through wires.	发电厂通过电线运行.
868	Power plants	发电厂
869	make outlets, or power plants can be turned into electricity.	制造电源,或者发电厂可以变成电力。
870	Some of these are silly,	其中一些是愚蠢的,
871	aren't they?	不是吗?
872	The only correct answer, of course, is power plants send electricity to	唯一的正确答案当然是电厂向
873	your homes.	你们的家
874	I talked about that before.	我之前说过的
875	We looked at that, right?	我们看了,对不对?
876	We saw that electricity	我们看见电了
877	is made at power plants.	是在电厂制造的
878	How to get the electricity from the power plant to your home?	电厂的电怎么到家里?
879	Well, the	那个
880	power plant sends the electricity to your home.	电厂把电力送到你家里
881	So, A is the correct answer, right?	所以,A是正确的答案,对不对?
882	Send electricity to your home.	给家里发电
883	You send something from one place to another.	你从一个地方寄到另一个地方
884	These other ones	这些其他的
885	are kind of silly, but they are other choices.	有点傻,但他们是其他的选择。
886	Be careful, right?	小心点,对吧?
887	Power plants, it's a big	电厂,它是一个大
888	building.	大楼。
889	A power plant cannot travel through a wire, right?	电厂不能通过电线,对吧?
890	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
891	A small piece	小东西
892	of wire, you cannot put a building through a small piece of wire.	电线,你不能把一个建筑通过小的电线。
893	That's very silly.	这是非常愚蠢的。
894	Power plants make outlets?	电厂制造电源?
895	No.	没有
896	Power plants make electricity.	发电厂发电.
897	Another type of plant or	其他类型的植物或
898	factory makes outlets, but power plants make electricity.	工厂制造插座但发电厂制造电力
899	They don't make outlets.	他们不制造插座。
900	And	还有
901	the last one, power plants can be turned into electricity?	最后一个,电厂可以变成电力?
902	No.	没有
903	That's not one of the four	那不是四个
904	ways that we get electricity.	我们得到电力的方式。
905	A power plant is a building.	发电厂是一座建筑.
906	You can't change that building	你不能改变那栋楼
907	into electricity, right?	进入电,对不对?
908	You can change moving water, sunlight, heat into electricity, but	你可以把水、阳光、热量转换成电能
909	you cannot change a power plant into electricity, okay?	你不能把电厂变成电厂,好吗?
910	So, the only right choice, the only	所以,唯一的正确选择,唯一的
911	correct choice is A.	正确的选择是A。
912	Power plants send electricity to your homes, and that's what power plants	电厂给家里发电这就是电厂
913	do.	说吧
914	Okay, let's review a little bit here.	好吧,让我们再看看这里。
915	Let's take a look at this.	让我们来看看这个。
916	What is this picture	这张照片是什么
917	here from the reading?	从这里读?
918	What can we say about this picture?	这张照片我们能说什么?
919	What is this?	这是什么?
920	This, of course,	当然
921	is a power plant.	是一个发电厂。
922	As we saw before, this is a building, right?	正如我们以前看到的, 这是一座建筑,对不对?
923	These are many buildings	这些是许多建筑
924	actually together.	实际上在一起。
925	It's a very strange looking building, but if you see this type of building,	这是一个非常奇怪的建筑, 但是如果你看到这种类型的建筑,
926	you know right away, hey, they're making electricity here.	你知道,马上,嘿, 他们在这里发电。
927	This is a power plant, okay?	这是发电厂,好吗?
928	Let's take	开始吧
929	a look at another picture.	看另一张照片。
930	What is this?	这是什么?
931	From the reading, what is this that we talked about?	从阅读,这是什么我们谈论?
932	We can see the water here.	我们可以看到这里的水。
933	Is the water still?	水还在吗?
934	Is it not moving?	它不动了吗?
935	No.	没有
936	This water is moving.	此水在动.
937	We say that this is moving water, and this is a place also where they make electricity.	我们说这是在移动水, 这里也是他们发电的地方。
938	As the water goes through here, the motion, the energy of the water is turned into electricity.	随着水经过这里,运动,水的能量被转化为电力.
939	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
940	Okay, let's look at this picture.	好吧,让我们看看这张照片。
941	Do you remember this picture?	你还记得这张照片吗?
942	These	这些
943	are the big machines, the big fans out in, looks like the desert, right?	是大机器,大粉丝出来,看起来像沙漠,对不对?
944	But they're	但是他们
945	not fans in your house.	不是你们家的粉丝
946	What are these doing?	这些是什么?
947	Where do we get energy?	我们从哪里得到能量?
948	We're using these	我们用这些
949	devices.	设备。
950	We get energy from the winds, right?	我们从风中得到能量,对不对?
951	The winds will make these turn around, and	风会使这些转身,
952	then we get energy from them.	然后我们从他们那里得到能量。
953	So, winds.	所以,风。
954	What is another way that we get energy?	我们获得能量的另一种方式是什么?
955	Another	又一个
956	way that we get energy?	这样我们就能得到能量?
957	Look at this.	看看这个。
958	Look at the steam.	看这蒸汽。
959	It looks like it's very hot	看起来很热啊
960	here, right?	在这里,对不对?
961	So, this is another way that we get electricity.	所以,这是另一种方式我们得到电力。
962	We are getting electricity	我们有电了
963	from heat, okay?	从热,好吗?
964	So, heat is another way that we get electricity.	所以,热量是我们获得电力的另一个方式。
965	Okay.	摆
966	Okay, this is our	好吧,这是我们的
967	last way that we can get electricity.	最后的方法,我们可以得到电力。
968	What is this picture showing us?	这照片给我们看的是什么?
969	How do we get	我们怎么得到
970	electricity from these?	这些电?
971	What are these?	这是什么?
972	Remember, we can use sunlight.	记住我们可以用阳光
973	We can get sunlight and	我们可以得到阳光和
974	turn it into electricity.	把它变成电力。
975	So, what are these things here?	这些是什么?
976	Do you remember that word?	你还记得那个词吗?
977	Solar	太阳
978	panel.	(原始内容存档于2018-03-29). Gamera.
979	Solar, of course, has to do with the sun.	太阳当然和太阳有关
980	Panel is this device here.	面板就是这个设备
981	So, we have	所以,我们有
982	many solar panels.	许多太阳能电池板。
983	These solar panels take in sunlight and turns it into electricity.	这些太阳能电池板吸收阳光,然后变成电力.
984	So, these are the different ways that we can get electricity, and that electricity can	所以,这些是不同的方法我们可以得到电力, 而电力可以
985	be sent to a power plant, which then sends the electricity to your home, okay?	被送到电厂然后电源送到你家好吗?
986	So, let's	所以,让我们
987	wrap up here.	收尾在这里。
988	We've looked at many different ways that we can make electricity and that	我们研究了很多不同的方法我们可以发电和
989	we can get electricity.	我们可以得到电。
990	We also looked at ways that we can use electricity, and we also	我们还研究了使用电力的方法,我们也
991	saw that electricity can be dangerous.	电源可能很危险
992	So, be careful around electricity.	所以,当心周围的电。
993	Okay, well,	好吧,这样吧,
994	that wraps it up.	结束了。
995	I hope you've learned a lot about electricity in this lesson, in our	我希望你从这个课学到了很多关于电力的知识
996	last lesson in the book.	书中最后一课。
997	I will see you next time in the first lesson of the next book.	下次见下册第一课
998	Take care, everybody.	大家小心点

该视频共有字幕 1003 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P16 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p16 15. 15. LevelB Lesson1 Shsrks (P16)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p16 15. 15. LevelB Lesson1 Shsrks (P16)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 34:19

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:08	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:11	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	We're starting a new book.	我们要开始新书了
0:13	It's Level B, which means two things.	这是B级,意思是两件事。
0:18	One, we're going to be talking about different subjects	第一,我们要讨论不同的话题
0:21	in each unit.	每个单位。
0:23	We'll be talking about science, social studies, health, sports.	我们将谈论科学、社会研究、健康、体育。
0:29	That's fun.	这很有趣。
0:30	Math and fine arts.	数学与美术.

展开字幕全文（785 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're starting a new book.	我们要开始新书了
5	It's Level B, which means two things.	这是B级,意思是两件事。
6	One, we're going to be talking about different subjects	第一,我们要讨论不同的话题
7	in each unit.	每个单位。
8	We'll be talking about science, social studies, health, sports.	我们将谈论科学、社会研究、健康、体育。
9	That's fun.	这很有趣。
10	Math and fine arts.	数学与美术.
11	So we'll talk about these different subjects	我们来谈谈不同的话题
12	in each of the units.	每个单元。
13	The second thing is that the vocabulary	第二件事是词汇
14	might be a little more difficult than before.	也许比以前更难
15	But that's OK.	但没关系。
16	Don't worry.	别担心
17	I'll help you.	我来帮你
18	We'll go over it together.	我们一起研究
19	We'll practice the pronunciation.	修习发音.
20	And I hope that you understand what these words mean	我希望你明白这些话的意思
21	after each unit.	每个单元之后。
22	So let's work together and figure these things out.	所以,让我们一起工作并找出这些事情。
23	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
24	Let's begin with unit one.	我们从第一单元开始
25	Unit one, we're talking about the environment.	第一队,我们谈的是环境
26	So this has to do with science, right?	这和科学有关,对吧?
27	Natural science.	自然科学.
28	In unit one, we're going to be looking	在第一单元,我们要去寻找
29	at sharks for lesson one.	在鲨鱼的第一课。
30	Do you know about sharks?	你知道鲨鱼吗?
31	We're going to find out a lot about sharks in this lesson.	我们要在这个课上发现很多鲨鱼
32	We will focus on learn about the best hunter in the ocean.	我们将集中精力了解海洋中最好的猎人。
33	The best hunter in the ocean.	海洋中最好的猎人
34	What is that?	这是什么?
35	Of course, that is the shark.	当然,那是鲨鱼。
36	So what do you know about sharks, right?	你对鲨鱼了解多少?
37	What do you know about sharks?	你对鲨鱼了解多少?
38	Now, this is kind of a scary picture, right?	这照片很恐怖,对吧?
39	It's a cartoon about sharks.	这是一部关于鲨鱼的漫画.
40	And in the lesson, we're going to take a look at sharks	在教训中,我们要看看鲨鱼
41	and look at their teeth and see how they might be scary.	看看他们的牙齿看他们有多可怕
42	But you know what?	但你知道吗?
43	Really, sharks are not really that dangerous.	鲨鱼真的没那么危险
44	This is just a funny cartoon.	这只是一个有趣的漫画。
45	Do you know I'm a scuba diver?	你知道我是潜水员吗?
46	I like to scuba dive.	我喜欢潜水
47	And sharks are afraid of people.	鲨鱼害怕人
48	If I see a shark, he's swimming away.	如果我看见鲨鱼,他就会游泳
49	So that's very interesting.	这很有趣
50	But we'll look in this unit.	但是我们会找这个单位
51	We'll see other interesting facts about sharks.	我们会看到其他有趣的事实关于鲨鱼。
52	Let's begin with the vocabulary.	让我们从词汇开始。
53	Let's start.	让我们开始。
54	Number one, a living being.	第一,一个生活。
55	There are many living things in the world, right?	世界上有很多活物对吧?
56	You and I are living beings.	你和我都是活生生的
57	Dogs are living beings.	狗是众生.
58	Parrots, right?	鹦鹉对吧?
59	Cats, rabbits, lizards, right?	猫,兔子,蜥蜴,对不对?
60	We have a lot of different living beings.	我们有很多不同的生物
61	What do we call things that live?	我们称之为什么活物?
62	It's a word that starts with C. It's creature.	以C开头的词. 这是生物。
63	This is a little bit of a difficult word.	这话有点难听
64	Let's practice the pronunciation.	修习发音.
65	Creature, creature.	怪兽,怪兽
66	It's two syllables, two sounds.	音节为两个音节,两个音节.
67	Cree-chur, creature, OK?	克里彻,生物,好吗?
68	So creatures are all living things.	故众生皆是众生.
69	You and I are creatures.	你和我都是众生
70	Dogs are creatures.	狗是众生.
71	Parrots are creatures.	鹦鹉是众生.
72	Anything that lives and moves is a creature.	任何生命和动作都是生物
73	Plants aren't creatures.	植物不是动物。
74	Usually animals are creatures.	通常动物都是生物.
75	OK, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
76	The next one, here are a couple of creatures here, right?	下一个,这里是几个生物在这里,对不对?
77	One who finds and kills animals.	寻杀畜生者.
78	One means a creature, a living thing that finds, finds	一个是生物,一个有生命的东西找到,找到
79	and kills animals.	杀死动物。
80	What is it?	这是什么?
81	We call it a hunter.	我们称之为猎人。
82	Now here we see this is a spider.	现在我们看到这是一只蜘蛛。
83	A spider is a hunter because it finds, well insects find it	蜘蛛是猎人,因为它找到,昆虫找到它
84	and it kills those things.	它杀死那些东西。
85	But we are hunters too.	但我们也是猎人
86	Human beings are hunters.	人类是猎人.
87	We hunt, especially a long, long time ago human beings had	我们打猎,特别是很久以前人类
88	to hunt for their food.	猎杀他们的食物。
89	So there were many hunters in a long time ago.	所以很久以前有很多猎人
90	People were hunters.	人们是猎人。
91	OK, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
92	The next one is very surprising and wonderful.	下一个非常令人惊讶和美妙。
93	Wow, this little boy has a present.	哇,这个小男孩有礼物。
94	He's opening the present.	他打开了现在。
95	Wow, he's really surprised.	哇,他真的很惊讶。
96	And he thinks this thing is wonderful.	他觉得这东西很棒
97	What can we say?	我们能说什么?
98	It's amazing, amazing.	这是惊人的,惊人的。
99	If you find something or you see something	如果你发现什么或看到什么
100	or you learn new information that's really surprising	或者你学到了新的信息这真的令人惊讶
101	and really wonderful, that's amazing.	非常棒,这太棒了
102	OK, so something that's amazing,	好吧,所以这是惊人的,
103	surprising and wonderful.	令人惊讶和美妙。
104	Next one, what's happening here?	下一个,这里发生了什么?
105	We have a picture.	我们有照片
106	One side of the tree is very green, nice.	树的一侧非常绿色,很好看.
107	The other side of the tree is dead, right?	树的另一边死了,对吧?
108	To become different, right?	变得不一样,对不对?
109	Maybe it's becoming different.	也许它变得不同了。
110	Trees, of course, change with the seasons.	树,当然,随着季节的变化。
111	What do they do?	他们做什么的?
112	They change with the seasons.	它们随季节而变化.
113	So to become different, they change.	所以为了改变,它们会改变。
114	So maybe in the summertime, the tree looks green,	所以也许在夏天, 树看起来绿色,
115	has a lot of leaves.	叶子很多
116	But in the winter, all the leaves are gone.	但冬至时,叶尽不见.
117	The tree looks like it's dead.	树形似死.
118	The tree changes with the seasons.	树随季变.
119	OK, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
120	Number five, a small amount of liquid.	五号,少量液体。
121	This little bit of liquid right here, right?	这里有一点液体,对吧?
122	What is that?	这是什么?
123	That is a drop, a drop of liquid.	这是一滴,一滴液体。
124	Do you know, of course, when it rains, right?	你知道,当然, 当下雨,对不对?
125	It rains like this.	这样下雨
126	And we call those little pieces of water falling from the sky,	我们称那些从天而降的小块水,
127	we call them raindrops.	我们称之为雨滴。
128	Raindrops, because many little drops are falling from the sky.	降雨,因为许多小滴从天而降.
129	Many drops will get you very wet, right?	多少滴会弄湿你的对吧?
130	We call those raindrops.	我们称之为雨滴。
131	So a small amount of liquid is a drop, a drop of liquid,	所以少量的液体是一滴,一滴液体,
132	a drop of water.	一滴水来
133	Next one, this is a strange picture.	下一个,这是一张奇怪的照片。
134	What's that shark doing on land?	那鲨鱼在陆地上干什么?
135	That's very weird.	这是非常奇怪的。
136	OK, but anyway, we're looking at hard white parts in the mouth.	好吧,但无论如何,我们正在寻找硬白色部分的嘴。
137	You have them too.	你也有这些
138	A shark has them, right?	鲨鱼有,对吧?
139	A shark has many.	鲨鱼有很多
140	Look at the bottom.	观其底.
141	There's so many, right?	有这么多,对不对?
142	Sharks have rows, actually.	鲨鱼有排,实际上。
143	Some sharks have three rows of these things, OK?	有些鲨鱼有三排这些东西,好吗?
144	What are they?	他们是什么?
145	Of course, we're talking about teeth, teeth, OK?	当然,我们说的是牙齿,牙齿,好吗?
146	Be careful, right?	小心点,对吧?
147	Because teeth means many teeth.	因为牙齿意味着许多牙齿.
148	What if you say one?	如果你说一个呢?
149	If you say one, you say tooth, tooth.	如果你说一个,你说牙齿,牙齿。
150	So one tooth, many teeth, OK?	一颗牙,很多牙,好吗?
151	That's important to remember.	这很重要记住。
152	So if you go to bed at night, right?	所以如果你晚上睡觉,对不对?
153	You wake up, and your tooth falls out.	你醒来,你的牙齿掉了。
154	You have one tooth.	你有一颗牙齿。
155	Your tooth is gone, right?	你的牙齿不见了,对吧?
156	So children, you guys lose your teeth, right?	所以孩子们,你们都掉了牙齿,对吧?
157	But one tooth at a time, OK?	但一次一颗牙,好吗?
158	So that's teeth.	这就是牙齿
159	Next one is very small, very small.	下一个很小,非常小。
160	Look at this food.	看看这些食物。
161	I'm still hungry after looking at this or eating this.	看完这个或吃完这个我还是饿了
162	So small.	这么小。
163	Look, it's so tiny.	看,这太小了
164	Shrimp and potato and asparagus, it's very small.	虾和马铃薯和para,非常小.
165	What do we say?	怎么样?
166	We say it's tiny, tiny, really small.	我们说它很小,很小,真的很小。
167	The next one, what's this guy doing?	下一个,这家伙在干什么?
168	Maybe he jumped up, and suddenly you see him, right?	也许他跳起来,突然你看见他,对不对?
169	To come into view.	以入观境.
170	Somebody who comes into view suddenly appear, appear.	突然出现突然出现
171	So if you're walking along and you don't see your friend,	所以,如果你走走和你不见你的朋友,
172	suddenly your friend is there.	突然间你的朋友就在那儿
173	Whoa!	哗!
174	Your friend appeared in front of you.	你的朋友出现在你面前。
175	Your friend appeared in front of you, appeared.	你的朋友出现在你面前,出现。
176	Your friend appeared in front of you.	你的朋友出现在你面前。
177	The pronunciation, appear, appear, appear.	发音,出现,出现,出现.
178	So one more time, appear.	所以再出现一次
179	Your friend appeared in front of you.	你的朋友出现在你面前。
180	So to appear.	故现身.
181	The next one, number nine, what's this, right?	下一个,九号,这是什么,对不对?
182	That's the stuff in your body, right?	这就是你体内的东西,对不对?
183	If you go to the hospital, the doctor	如果你去医院,医生
184	{\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}会把你的红色液体放进体内
185	to find out if you're healthy or not.	来看看你是否健康
186	What do we call that liquid?	那液体叫什么来着?
187	We call it blood, OK?	我们称之为血,好吗?
188	Like a vampire, we'll say blood, OK?	像吸血鬼一样,我们会说血,好吗?
189	Sorry, but we say blood, B-L, bl, bl, blood, blood.	对不起,但我们说血,B -L,bl,bl,血,血。
190	So we say blood, and that's the liquid inside your body.	所以我们说血液, 这就是你体内的液体。
191	Do you know what blood does?	你知道什么是血吗?
192	It carries oxygen throughout your body.	它载着氧气贯穿你的身体。
193	It helps you live.	它能帮助你活下去
194	Blood is very important, OK?	血很重要,好吗?
195	Something that causes fear, what is this?	引起恐惧的东西,这是什么?
196	These kids were watching television,	这些孩子在看电视
197	suddenly the monster came out of the television.	怪兽突然从电视上出来.
198	It's causing fear.	引发恐惧.
199	Something that causes fear is what?	引起恐惧的东西是什么?
200	We say it's scary, very scary.	我们说这是可怕的,非常可怕的。
201	Something that causes fear, it's scary.	引起恐惧的东西,这是可怕的。
202	The movie is scary, right?	电影很恐怖,对吧?
203	OK, so scary.	好吓人
204	Next one, having much power.	下一个,拥有很多力量。
205	Something that has a lot of power.	某某有大威力.
206	This little girl, wow, she's really what?	这个小女孩,哇,她真的是什么?
207	She can climb that rock face, so she has a lot of power.	她能爬上那张石头的脸,所以她拥有很大的力量.
208	She is strong.	她很强壮
209	Having much power is strong.	拥有强大的力量。
210	Are you strong?	你坚强吗?
211	Can you do a lot of sports?	你能做很多运动吗?
212	If you play, you run outside, you will get strong.	如果你玩,你跑出去,你会变得强大。
213	So don't study all the time, don't play video games all the time,	所以不要一直学习, 不要玩电子游戏,
214	go outside and play sometimes and get strong, OK?	出去玩,有时变得强壮,好吗?
215	Get your power.	获取你的力量。
216	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
217	Oh, here we have the subject of our lesson.	哦,这里我们有我们的课的主题。
218	A large fish in the sea.	大鱼入海.
219	So a large fish in the sea with sharp teeth,	海里的一条大鱼长着尖牙
220	and you can see those teeth.	你可以看到那些牙齿。
221	Whoa, they're right there and right there, right?	哇,他们就在那里,就在那里,对不对?
222	We saw a picture of this guy before.	我们以前见过这个人的照片
223	He was on land for some reason.	他上岸是有原因的
224	He had a lot of teeth, right?	他有很多牙齿,对不对?
225	What is it?	这是什么?
226	It's a shark, a shark.	是鲨鱼,鲨鱼
227	A large fish in the sea with sharp teeth.	大鱼入海有尖齿.
228	That's a shark.	那是鲨鱼
229	Next one, 13, having little or no light.	下一个,13,有少或没有光。
230	OK, this street, there's a lot of lights here,	好吧,这条街, 这里有很多灯光,
231	but imagine if you go off on a smaller street	但是想象一下如果你在一条小街上走
232	and there's not a lot of lights, right?	灯光不多,对吧?
233	Or there's very little light, and it's hard to see, right?	或有甚少光,亦难见,对否?
234	I can't see very well.	我看不见
235	There's not enough light.	光线不足.
236	We say it's dark, it's dark.	我们说天黑地黑
237	At night, it's dark outside.	夜则外黑.
238	There's no sun, so it's dark outside.	阴无阳,故外阴也.
239	OK, what's this guy doing?	好吧,这家伙在干什么?
240	That looks kind of strange.	看起来有点奇怪
241	Maybe he's afraid of somebody else in the office, right?	也许他害怕办公室里其他人,对吧?
242	And he doesn't want to be seen.	亦不欲见.
243	To go somewhere where nobody can see you, right?	去一个没人看见你的地方,对吧?
244	I can't see this guy.	我看不见这家伙。
245	He's under the desk.	师在座下.
246	Maybe you play a game with your friends, right?	也许你和你的朋友玩个游戏,对吧?
247	Where you, what do you do?	你在哪里,你怎么办?
248	You hide.	你躲起来
249	The game that you play with your friends	你和朋友玩的游戏
250	is probably called hide and, hide and what?	可能叫藏起来,藏起来什么的?
251	Hide and seek, yes.	隐藏和寻找,是的。
252	Hide and seek.	藏而寻之.
253	So hide means to go somewhere where nobody can see you	藏起来就是去没人看见你的地方
254	and seek means to look for that person.	并寻找寻找他的手段。
255	So many children hide, one child seeks, OK?	这么多孩子躲起来,一个孩子在找,好吗?
256	And finds those people.	并找到这些人。
257	Maybe he finds those people.	也许他找到那些人了
258	But remember, hide is an irregular verb.	但记住,隐藏是一种不规则的动词.
259	We change it when we talk about the past tense, right?	当我们谈论过去时,我们改变它,对不对?
260	So we say hide, then we say hid, hid.	我们说藏起来然后说藏起来藏起来
261	And then we say hidden, hidden.	然后我们说隐藏,隐藏。
262	So hide, hid, hidden, OK?	藏起来,藏起来,好吗?
263	That's how the verb changes for the past tense.	这就是动词如何改变过去的紧张.
264	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
265	Whoa, do you do this?	哇,你这样做吗?
266	Can you do this?	你能做到吗?
267	This is very nice in the summer when it's really hot.	夏天很热的时候,这很好
268	I want to go do this, right?	我想这样做,对不对?
269	To move in the water like a fish.	于水中动如鱼.
270	Well, he's not really moving like a fish.	他不会像鱼一样动的
271	Did you see a fish do this?	你看到一条鱼这样做了吗?
272	I never saw a fish do that.	我从来没有见过鱼这样做。
273	But people, when you do this, right?	但人们,当你这样做,对不对?
274	You're moving through the water.	汝从水中行.
275	Fish also do that like this, right?	鱼也这样做,对不对?
276	What are they doing?	他们在干什么?
277	Swim.	游..
278	They are swimming.	他们在游泳。
279	Can you swim, OK?	你会游泳,好吗?
280	Remember, swim is an irregular verb.	记住,游泳是一种不规则的动词.
281	It changes in the past.	其变于过去.
282	So we say swim, swam, swum, OK?	所以我们说游泳,游泳,游泳,好吗?
283	One more time.	再来一次
284	Swim, swam, swum, OK?	游泳,游泳,游泳,好吗?
285	That's how the verb changes in the past tense, OK?	这就是动词如何改变过去紧张,好吗?
286	So maybe this summer, you will go swimming, OK?	所以,也许这个夏天, 你会去游泳,好吗?
287	I hope so.	我希望是这样。
288	It's cool.	这很酷。
289	It's great.	赞曰.
290	It will make you strong.	会让你坚强起来的
291	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
292	Number 16, not closed.	16号,没有关闭。
293	So the door is not closed.	故门不闭.
294	If it's not closed, it is, of course, open.	如果它没有关闭,它当然是开放的。
295	Open, closed, pandero, right?	开门,关门,放马过来,对吗?
296	They are opposites.	他们是对立的。
297	Closed and open are opposites, opposites.	封闭和开放是对立的,相反的.
298	I think in Korean, you say pandero, right?	用韩语来说,你是说山德罗,对吧?
299	Something that is opposite.	东西是相反的。
300	Closed and open.	闭而开之.
301	OK, that wraps it up for our words.	好吧,这结束了我们的话。
302	Let's review those words with some vocabulary exercises.	让我们用一些词汇练习来回顾这些词.
303	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
304	These are the words we're going to use.	这就是我们要使用的词。
305	Creatures, creatures, teeth, teeth, appear, appear,	生物生物牙齿牙齿出现出现
306	and change, change.	和改变,改变。
307	We're going to take these words, and we're	我们要拿这些话,我们
308	going to complete each sentence with one of these words.	每一句都会用这些词中的一个来完成
309	So we have four sentences.	所以我们有四句。
310	We need to complete these sentences	我们需要完成这些判决
311	with one of these words.	与其中之一的话。
312	Let's take a look at number one.	先观第一义.
313	Number one, many different beep live in the ocean.	第一,许多不同的哔声活在海里。
314	Many different what live in the ocean?	海洋里生活着许多不同的生物?
315	We have creatures, teeth, appear, change.	我们有生物,牙齿,出现,改变。
316	Many different teeth live in the ocean?	很多不同的牙齿生活在海洋里?
317	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
318	Before, we talked about living things, things that live.	之前,我们讨论过活物,活物.
319	All things that live, we say they are what?	所有活着的东西,我们说它们是什么?
320	Creatures, right?	生物,对不对?
321	Creatures.	众生.
322	And if you think about it, many different creatures	想想看,许多不同的生物
323	live in the ocean.	住在大海里住在海边
324	True, we're talking about sharks in this lesson,	没错,我们说的是鲨鱼
325	but there's many kinds of fish, right?	但有很多种类的鱼,对不对?
326	Big fish, little fish, red fish, black fish.	大鱼小鱼红鱼黑鱼
327	There are octopus, there are squid, squid, ojingo, right?	有章鱼,有鱿鱼,鱿鱼,奥金戈,对不对?
328	但你吃Ojingo,对不对?
329	So squid, there's whales.	所以鱿鱼,有鲸鱼。
330	So many different creatures live in the ocean.	所以许多不同的生物生活在海洋中.
331	It's really amazing.	这真的很惊人。
332	OK.	摆
333	Number two, sharks have big and scary what?	第二,鲨鱼有大而可怕的什么?
334	If you see a shark, most people think sharks,	如果你看到鲨鱼,大多数人认为鲨鱼,
335	they have a lot of, right?	他们有很多,对不对?
336	And they have big, and they could be scary.	而且他们有大, 他们可能吓人。
337	They are, of course, we're talking about teeth.	他们当然是在说牙齿
338	Sharks have big and scary teeth, right?	鲨鱼有大而可怕的牙齿,对不对?
339	When people look at sharks, one of the first things they see	当人们看到鲨鱼时他们首先看到的东西之一
340	is the teeth, right?	是牙齿,对吧?
341	OK, let's move on to number three.	好吧,让我们继续到第三。
342	I don't want to swim.	欲游不动.
343	Oh, a shark might what?	鲨鱼会怎样?
344	A shark might what?	鲨鱼可能是什么?
345	A shark might suddenly come up, right?	鲨鱼可能会突然出现对吧?
346	A shark might appear, right?	鲨鱼可能会出现对吧?
347	And that's interesting.	这很有趣。
348	I don't want to swim, a shark might appear.	我不想游泳,鲨鱼可能会出现
349	Yes, when you go to the beach, be careful.	是的,当你去海滩,小心。
350	If the lifeguard says don't swim,	如果救生员说不要游泳
351	because there's a shark, don't swim.	因为有鲨鱼,不要游泳。
352	But usually sharks, you don't really have to worry about them.	但通常鲨鱼,你不必担心它们。
353	Like I said before, they'll swim away from you.	就像我之前说过的,他们会从你身边游泳
354	A lot of people don't know that when they're swimming,	很多人不知道当他们游泳,
355	there's sharks in the water.	水里有鲨鱼
356	Most sharks don't attack people.	大多数鲨鱼不会攻击人.
357	But you still have to be careful.	但你还是要小心
358	Make sure you check with the lifeguard at the beach	检查一下海滩上的救生员
359	before you go swimming.	在你去游泳之前,你必须去。
360	Four, soon it will be winter.	四,很快就要过冬了.
361	Soon it will be winter.	很快会是冬天
362	That means it's not winter now, maybe it's fall.	意思是现在不是冬天,也许是秋天
363	It's still warm, but it will soon get cold.	虽然还很温暖,但很快就要冷了
364	The weather will do what?	天气会怎样?
365	It will go from kind of warm to cold.	它会从温暖到寒冷
366	It will change.	它会改变的
367	The weather will change, right?	天气会变的,对吧?
368	From fall to winter, it's really cold in the winter.	从秋季到冬季,冬季确实很冷.
369	And then it will change again when it becomes spring, right?	然后它会再次改变当它成为春天,对不对?
370	So the weather will change when the seasons change.	因此,天气会随着季节的变化而改变.
371	Okay, that wraps up our words.	好吧,这结束了我们的话。
372	So we've learned a lot of words in this unit so far.	因此,我们在这个单位中学到了很多话,到目前为止.
373	Now we're gonna take a short break, come back,	现在我们要休息一下,回来
374	and look at a reading passage using these words.	看看用这些词读的段落
375	Don't go away, we'll see you soon.	别走,我们会很快见到你的
376	Hello everybody, welcome back.	大家好欢迎回来
377	We're continuing our lesson on sharks, right?	我们继续上鲨鱼课,对吧?
378	So now we have a reading passage to go over together.	所以,现在我们有一个读的段落一起去。
379	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
380	First we have, many ocean creatures are hunters.	首先,许多海洋生物都是猎人。
381	They find and eat other fish.	他们找到和吃其他的鱼。
382	So these two sentences are very closely connected.	因此这两个句子是紧密相连的.
383	Many ocean creatures.	许多海洋生物。
384	Before we said, there are many creatures in the ocean.	在我们说之前,海洋里有很多生物。
385	Well, of course, many of those creatures find and hunt	当然,很多这些生物发现和狩猎
386	and kill and eat other creatures.	并杀死和吃掉其他生物。
387	So many creatures are hunters.	这么多生物都是猎人
388	Then this sentence defines what is a hunter, right?	然后这句话就定义了猎人,对吧?
389	Many ocean creatures are hunters.	许多海洋生物都是猎人.
390	They, hunters, find and eat other fish.	他们,猎人,寻找和吃其他的鱼。
391	That's what a hunter is.	猎人就是这样
392	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
393	But, however, none of them can hunt like a shark.	然而,它们都无法像鲨鱼一样捕猎.
394	So yes, many creatures are hunters,	对,很多生物都是猎人
395	but the best hunter is a shark, right?	但最好的猎手是鲨鱼,对吧?
396	None of them can hunt like a shark.	没有一个能像鲨鱼一样捕猎
397	That means the sharks are the best hunters in the water, okay?	这意味着鲨鱼是水中最好的猎人,好吗?
398	Because none of the other creatures can hunt like a shark.	因为其他生物都不会像鲨鱼一样猎杀.
399	Sharks are the best hunters in the water.	鲨鱼是水中最好的猎人
400	Why, why are sharks good hunters?	为什么鲨鱼是好猎人?
401	And we have some questions.	我们有一些问题。
402	Is it, is it because of their big strong teeth?	是不是因为他们的牙齿很大?
403	So is it because of their teeth?	是因为他们的牙齿吗?
404	They do have scary teeth,	他们确实有可怕的牙齿,
405	but their senses are even scarier.	但他们的感官更可怕
406	What does that mean, right?	这是什么意思,对不对?
407	They're saying that, sure, sharks are big,	他们说,当然,鲨鱼很大,
408	are really good hunters because they have big scary teeth.	是真正的好猎人因为他们有可怕的牙齿。
409	That's true, but there's another reason,	没错但还有另一个原因
410	more important reason that sharks are good hunters.	更重要的是鲨鱼是好猎人
411	It's because their senses are even scarier.	因为他们的感官更可怕
412	What are senses?	什么是感应?
413	Senses are your ability to know what's going on	感知是你们知道发生了什么的能力
414	around you.	环绕着你
415	Your senses are sight, your sense of sight.	你的感官是视觉,你的视觉感。
416	That's a sense.	谓有感.
417	Hearing is another sense.	听觉是另一种感觉。
418	Smell is another sense.	闻是别觉.
419	Taste is another sense.	尝是别觉.
420	And of course, feel, when you feel something.	当然,感觉,当你感觉到什么。
421	Those are the five senses.	此是五觉.
422	Sharks' senses are really, really good.	鲨鱼的感官真的很好
423	Some of the sharks' senses are really good,	一些鲨鱼的感官真的很好,
424	and that makes them even scarier	这让他们更加害怕
425	for other creatures in the ocean.	为了海洋中的其他生物
426	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
427	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
428	Now, we're gonna see one example	现在,我们要看到一个例子
429	of how scary a shark's senses,	如何可怕的鲨鱼的感官,
430	and one type of sense.	还有一种感觉
431	A tiny drop of blood.	一滴鲜血
432	So imagine a tiny drop of blood, boop,	想象一下一小滴血吧,宝贝
433	falls into the ocean.	坠入大海
434	So a tiny drop of blood falls into the ocean.	所以一小滴血会掉进海里
435	A few minutes later, a few minutes later,	几分钟后,几分钟后,
436	10 sharks appear, right?	10只鲨鱼出现对吧?
437	How did they know?	他们怎么知道的?
438	They have to have a really good sense.	他们必须有一个真正的好感。
439	Of what?	对什么?
440	Sharks have a very good sense of smell.	鲨鱼的嗅觉非常好
441	Ah, smell.	啊,闻起来。
442	That's one of the senses we talked about, right?	这是我们讨论过的感官之一对吧?
443	So they can smell a tiny drop of blood	让他们闻到一小滴血
444	that falls in the ocean.	坠入大海
445	Sharks can smell it.	鲨鱼会闻到的
446	And many sharks, 10 sharks,	许多鲨鱼,十只鲨鱼,
447	come because they smell the blood.	因为他们闻到血味
448	Wow, that's really scary, right?	哇,这真的很可怕,对不对?
449	Their noses are amazing.	他们的鼻子好厉害
450	It's not just scary, it's amazing.	不单是吓人,而且令人惊叹.
451	They can smell a tiny drop of blood from far away,	他们能闻到一滴血从遥远的地方,
452	and they come, that's really amazing.	他们来了,这是真的惊人的。
453	They know exactly where a smell is coming from.	他们知道从哪里来的味道。
454	So if you think about that, that's really amazing.	所以,如果你想到这一点, 这是真的惊人的。
455	A tiny drop of blood goes in the water.	一小滴血流进水中.
456	Sharks can smell it.	鲨鱼会闻到的
457	Their sense of smell is very amazing.	他们的嗅觉非常惊人.
458	Their sense of smell is really amazing.	他们的嗅觉真是惊人
459	So many sharks come.	这么多鲨鱼来了。
460	They know exactly where that drop of blood is,	他们知道血滴在哪里
461	where that smell is coming from.	从哪里来的味道。
462	That's very impressive, very amazing.	这是非常令人印象深刻的,非常惊人的。
463	If a shark smells a fish,	如果鲨鱼闻到鱼味
464	especially if the fish is bleeding,	特别是如果鱼在流血,
465	it knows which way to swim to find it.	它知道怎么游泳才能找到它
466	So it knows, oh, ah, it's that way, right?	所以,它知道,哦,啊, 这是这种方式,对不对?
467	The sharks, they don't just go like this, right?	那些鲨鱼,他们不会就这样走的,对吧?
468	They also go like this and down	他们也这样下去
469	because in the water,	因为水里,
470	they can go in many different directions.	他们可以走许多不同的方向。
471	But the shark knows where to go to find that fish.	但鲨鱼知道去哪里找那条鱼
472	Sharks can also see very well too.	鲨鱼也看得很清楚
473	Ah, that's the second sense, right?	啊,这是第二感,对不对?
474	First, we talked about smell.	首先,我们谈论了气味。
475	They can smell blood,	他们能闻到血味
476	but also they can see very well.	但他们也看得很清楚
477	Some parts of the ocean,	海洋的一些地方,
478	so some parts of the ocean don't get much light.	所以有些地方的海洋没有多少光线。
479	Get much light means there's not a lot of light here, right?	获得很多光意味着这里没有太多光,对不对?
480	Maybe in your bedroom, look around in your bedroom.	也许在你卧室里看看你卧室周围
481	Are there parts of your bedroom that are a little dark?	你的卧室有有点黑吗?
482	Those areas don't get much light, okay?	这些地区没有多少光线,好吗?
483	So some parts of the ocean don't get much light,	海洋的有些地方没有多少光线
484	especially deep under the water, there's not much light.	特别是水深处,光线不多
485	Sharks can find fish even in these dark places.	鲨鱼可以找到鱼即使在这些黑暗的地方。
486	Even in the dark places,	即使在黑暗的地方,
487	sharks can see where the fish are, okay?	鲨鱼可以看到鱼在哪里,好吗?
488	So that's interesting.	所以这很有趣。
489	Look at this picture.	看这张照片。
490	This is a very amazing picture.	这是一个非常惊人的照片。
491	Look at all these sharks.	看看这些鲨鱼
492	Actually, if I'm a diver here,	事实上如果我是潜水员
493	I would love to see this, you know,	我想看看这个,你知道的,
494	just sit there and look.	就坐在那里看着。
495	Wow, that would be amazing, right?	哇,那会是惊人的,对不对?
496	Okay.	摆
497	Still don't think sharks are the best hunters?	仍然不认为鲨鱼是最好的猎人?
498	This is a question for you.	这是一个问题给你。
499	This question is aimed directly at you.	这个问题直接针对你。
500	You still, we could put you, but we don't have to.	你仍然可以,我们可以让你, 但我们不必。
501	That's what we think.	这就是我们的想法。
502	You still don't think sharks are the best hunters?	你还不认为鲨鱼是最好的猎人吗?
503	You still don't think that way, right?	你还是不这么认为吧?
504	That's what the question is asking.	问如是.
505	Try hiding from a shark.	试着躲着鲨鱼
506	Well, it's kind of funny because, you know,	嗯,这有点好笑因为,你知道,
507	sharks will, you know,	鲨鱼会,你知道,
508	usually run away from you.	通常离你而去。
509	They're not gonna find you.	他们不会找到你的
510	But anyway, try hiding from a shark.	但无论如何,试着躲着鲨鱼。
511	It's not easy to hide.	隐隐不易.
512	If you're a fish and you're bleeding,	如果你是一条鱼,你在流血,
513	it's not easy to hide from a shark.	躲着鲨鱼不容易
514	It will find you easily.	它会很容易找到你。
515	Sharks know where you are.	鲨鱼知道你在哪
516	Sharks can feel things moving in the water.	鲨鱼可以感觉到水中的东西在移动.
517	So there's another sense.	故有别觉.
518	That's a third sense, right?	这是第三感,对不对?
519	They can smell blood.	能闻血气.
520	They can see in the dark.	他们可以在黑暗中看到。
521	They can also feel changes in the water.	它们也可以感觉到水中的变化.
522	It's amazing.	不可思议.
523	They can feel the water change	他们能感觉到水的变化
524	if something swims near them.	如果有东西游近他们。
525	Water is heavy, right?	水很重,对吧?
526	If you go like this in the water	如果你在水里这样走
527	and your arm is over here, you know,	你的手臂在这里,你知道,
528	you're not touching, but you can feel	你不感动,但你可以感觉
529	when you push the water,	当你推水,
530	your other arm feels that pressure.	你另一只手臂有压力
531	Sharks can feel that too, of course.	当然,鲨鱼也会有这种感觉。
532	So their sense of feel is very good as well.	所以他们的感觉也很好
533	So they can feel the water change	让他们感受到水的变化
534	if something swims near them.	如果有东西游近他们。
535	They know, they can feel that.	他们能感觉到
536	So we've talked about three senses,	所以,我们谈了三个感官,
537	smell, sight, and feeling.	气味、视觉和感觉
538	Okay.	摆
539	There's another interesting fact	还有一个有趣的事实
540	about sharks, about their sleep.	关于鲨鱼,关于他们的睡眠。
541	Did you know that some sharks sleep	你知道有些鲨鱼睡觉
542	with their eyes open?	睁着眼睛?
543	Can you do that?	你能做到吗?
544	Can you,	你能吗?
545	with your eyes open?	睁开眼睛?
546	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
547	But sharks swim with their eyes open.	但鲨鱼却睁着眼睛游泳.
548	Many scientists are studying sharks	许多科学家都在研究鲨鱼
549	because we want to protect these amazing animals.	因为我们想要保护这些神奇的动物
550	Sharks are really amazing.	鲨鱼真的很神奇。
551	We want to study them	我们要研究他们
552	and know how we can protect sharks.	并知道如何保护鲨鱼。
553	So some sharks sleep with their eyes open.	所以有些鲨鱼会睁着眼睛睡觉
554	It's true.	这是真的。
555	It really is true.	这是真的。
556	Some sharks will sleep on the bottom.	有些鲨鱼会睡在底部
557	They'll rest on the bottom of the ocean.	他们会在海底休息
558	I've seen them.	我见过他们。
559	I've come close to sharks that were swimming,	我靠近游泳的鲨鱼
560	that were staying on the bottom,	那些留在底部,
561	but don't touch them	但别碰他们
562	because they will be afraid of that	因为他们会害怕的
563	and they'll swim away.	他们会游泳离开。
564	Just get close to them and look at them.	只要接近他们,看看他们。
565	They're very amazing.	他们非常惊人。
566	But some sharks can't do that.	但有些鲨鱼不能这么做
567	Some sharks keep swimming	有些鲨鱼一直游泳
568	even though their brain is kind of like sleeping.	尽管他们的大脑有点像睡觉。
569	Maybe you do that.	也许你这样做。
570	Sometimes at school you're walking around	有时候在学校你走来走去
571	but you're sleeping, right?	但你睡着了,对不对?
572	That's what sharks do, okay?	鲨鱼就是这样做的,好吗?
573	Some sharks, not all sharks,	一些鲨鱼,不是所有的鲨鱼,
574	different types of sharks do different things.	不同种类的鲨鱼做不同的事情。
575	Okay.	摆
576	So, but some sharks sleep with their eyes open.	但是有些鲨鱼睁着眼睛睡觉
577	Their eyes are open while they're sleeping.	他们睡觉时眼睛睁着
578	So, how do we know if a shark is sleeping	我们怎么知道鲨鱼在睡觉
579	or looking for something to eat, right?	或者找点吃的,对吧?
580	How do we know if a shark is sleeping	我们怎么知道鲨鱼在睡觉
581	or just looking for something to eat?	还是找点吃的?
582	It says we don't here.	它说我们不在这里。
583	We don't know.	我们不知道。
584	We're not sure.	我们不确定。
585	And there's only one way to find out.	且道只见一法.
586	There's only one way to find out.	唯识一法.
587	That means we just have to be careful.	这意味着我们只需要小心。
588	What the author is saying here	作者在这里说的话
589	is that there's only one way to find out	只有一个办法能发现
590	and that's if the shark goes and bites something.	如果鲨鱼咬了东西
591	But to be honest with you, to be truthful with you,	但说实话说实话
592	sharks really are not always going to attack something.	鲨鱼真的不会总是攻击某些东西。
593	Sharks only eat very little part of their day.	鲨鱼一天吃的东西很少
594	They usually hunt at night too.	他们通常在夜间打猎。
595	Usually during the day, sharks are just swimming around.	通常白天,鲨鱼只是游来游去.
596	They're just looking around.	他们只是四处看看。
597	If they see an animal that is sick or bleeding,	如果他们看到一只生病或流血的动物
598	then they will attack it.	然后他们会攻击它。
599	But they're not going to attack an animal	但是他们不会攻击动物
600	that seems to have no problems.	这似乎没有问题。
601	And they're not going to attack you	他们不会攻击你的
602	if you're swimming underwater.	如果你在水下游泳的话
603	They might attack people on the surface of the water	它们可能攻击水面上的人
604	because they think those people are seals.	因为他们认为那些人是海豹
605	So, that's the dangerous part.	所以,这是危险的部分。
606	That's the dangerous place.	那里很危险
607	So, but when they say there's only one way to find out,	所以,但当他们说只有一种方法来发现,
608	that means there's only one way	这意味着只有一个办法
609	to see if the shark bites something or not.	看看鲨鱼是否咬了东西
610	So, it's kind of like a scary sentence.	所以,它有点像一个可怕的句子。
611	Okay, well that wraps up the reading.	好吧,这结束了读数。
612	Now let's take a look	现在让我们看看
613	at the reading comprehension questions.	在阅读理解问题。
614	Number one.	一号
615	As number one, this story is about.	第一,这个故事是有关。
616	So, we're asking what is the big subject	所以,我们问什么是大的主题
617	that this story is about?	这是关于这个故事?
618	It's pretty easy, right?	很简单,对吧?
619	We remember that this story, is it about sharks?	我们记得这个故事是关于鲨鱼的吗?
620	Yes, that's what we're talking about.	是的,这就是我们所说的。
621	This story is about sharks, right?	这个故事是关于鲨鱼的,对吧?
622	That's what we've talked about.	这就是我们说过的。
623	We've talked about the senses of the sharks.	我们谈过鲨鱼的感受
624	Sharks can smell well.	鲨鱼闻起来很香
625	They can see well.	他们看得很清楚。
626	They can feel well.	他们能感觉很好。
627	And we also saw that sharks have an interesting way to sleep.	我们还看到鲨鱼有一个有趣的睡眠方式。
628	They sleep with their eyes open.	其人以明目为眠.
629	All of these facts are about sharks.	所有这些事实都与鲨鱼有关。
630	So, that's our big subject in this lesson, sharks.	所以,这就是我们这个课的大课题,鲨鱼。
631	Sure, we talked about sharp teeth,	当然,我们谈过尖牙
632	but that was a small part of the reading passage.	但这是阅读段落的一小部分。
633	We talked about strong senses, the three strong senses,	我们谈论了强感, 三个强感,
634	but again, that was a small part.	再说一遍,那是一小部分。
635	And we talked about change,	我们谈论改变,
636	the changes in the water that sharks can sense,	鲨鱼能感觉到的水中的变化
637	but that was a really small part.	但这是很小的一部分。
638	That was a tiny part of the reading, right?	这是阅读的一小部分,对不对?
639	The whole reading was about sharks.	整个读数都是关于鲨鱼的。
640	So, this story is about sharks.	这个故事是关于鲨鱼的。
641	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
642	Some sharks sleep.	一些鲨鱼睡觉。
643	Remember that amazing thing we learned about sharks?	还记得我们学到的关于鲨鱼的惊人的东西吗?
644	It's very amazing that some sharks sleep	一些鲨鱼睡觉真是令人惊奇
645	with their eyes open.	他们睁开眼睛
646	That's A.	这是A。
647	Is that right?	是吗?
648	Did we learn about that?	我们得知了吗?
649	Yes, it's true.	是的,这是真的。
650	With their eyes open.	以眼开目.
651	Some sharks sleep with their eyes open.	一些鲨鱼睁着眼睛睡觉.
652	So, that's the right answer.	所以,这是正确的答案。
653	With their eyes open.	以眼开目.
654	B, on the bottom of the ocean.	B,位于海底.
655	It didn't say that.	它没有说。
656	The reading passage didn't say that.	诵经未说.
657	I said that.	我说了
658	Some sharks sleep on the bottom.	有些鲨鱼睡在底部
659	Some sharks keep swimming,	有些鲨鱼在游泳
660	but the reading passage didn't say that.	但读本没有这么说
661	So, we can't choose that.	所以,我们不能选择。
662	Some sharks sleep on sailboats.	一些鲨鱼睡在帆船上.
663	That's funny, right?	这很有趣,对不对?
664	That's like a sailboat's coming through	这就像帆船通过
665	and all these sharks go,	和所有这些鲨鱼去,
666	hey, can we sleep on your boat?	嘿,我们能睡在你的船上吗?
667	No, that's crazy, right?	不,这是疯了,对不对?
668	So, and besides, sharks can't sleep out of water.	所以,此外,鲨鱼不能睡在水里。
669	They'll die.	他们会死的
670	They can't breathe in air.	他们不能呼吸在空气中。
671	They have to breathe in water, right?	他们必须在水里呼吸,对吧?
672	So, that's wrong too.	所以,这也是错误的。
673	Yeah, number C is wrong and number B is wrong.	是的,C号错了,B号错了
674	Some sharks sleep all the time.	有些鲨鱼总是睡觉
675	No, they can't do that.	不,他们不能这样做。
676	I know sometimes you want to sleep all the time, right?	我知道你有时总想睡觉,对吧?
677	Wow, that'd be great, right?	哇,这将是伟大的,对不对?
678	No, but that's boring, right?	没有,但那很无聊,对不对?
679	We want to do things, right?	我们想做点什么,对吧?
680	And sharks can't sleep all the time.	鲨鱼不能整天睡觉
681	They have to eat.	他们必须吃。
682	They have to meet other sharks, right?	他们必须遇到其他鲨鱼,对吧?
683	They have to do many things to survive.	他们必须做很多事情才能生存.
684	They can't sleep all the time.	他们不能一直睡觉。
685	So, some sharks sleep with their eyes open.	所以,有些鲨鱼睁着眼睛睡觉。
686	That's what was in the passage.	这就是那段话
687	Okay.	摆
688	Sharks can feel the water what?	鲨鱼能感觉到水是什么?
689	If something swims near them.	如果有东西在他们附近游泳
690	Remember, something happens to make it different, right?	记住,有些事情发生使它不同,对不对?
691	What is that?	这是什么?
692	Sharks can feel the water drop if something swims near them.	如果有东西在鲨鱼附近游泳,鲨鱼就能感觉到水滴.
693	So, the water drops.	故曰水减.
694	They can't feel that because they're in water.	他们感觉不到,因为他们在水里。
695	If water drops, that's on the surface of the water, right?	如果水滴,那是在水面上,对不对?
696	So, they don't feel it drop.	所以,他们不觉得它下降。
697	Can feel the water change if something swims near them?	如果有东西在他们附近游泳,能感觉到水的变化吗?
698	Yeah, that's our answer.	是的,这就是我们的答案。
699	Can feel it change.	能觉其变化.
700	So, our answer is sharks can feel the water change	所以我们的答案是鲨鱼能感觉到水的变化
701	if something swims near them.	如果有东西游近他们。
702	They can feel the water moving, right?	他们能感觉到水在移动对吧?
703	So, they can feel that change.	所以,他们可以感觉到这种变化。
704	They can feel the water swim.	他们能感觉到水游泳
705	Can water swim?	会游泳吗?
706	No, that's crazy.	不,这是疯了。
707	Only creatures can swim.	只有生物才会游泳
708	Can feel the water blood?	能感觉到水中的血吗?
709	That doesn't make any sense at all, right?	这根本说不通,对吧?
710	There's no, water doesn't have blood, right?	没有,水没有血,对不对?
711	Water is just water.	水就是水水就是水水就是水
712	Okay, so sharks can feel the water change	好,鲨鱼可以感觉到水的变化
713	if something swims near them.	如果有东西游近他们。
714	That's the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
715	Okay, number four, sharks are very good at what?	第四,鲨鱼擅长什么?
716	What are sharks really good at?	鲨鱼到底擅长什么?
717	Are they good singers?	他们是好歌手吗?
718	Can sharks sing?	鲨鱼会唱歌吗?
719	Like I said before, I'm a scuba diver.	如前所说我是潜水员
720	I like to dive in the water.	我喜欢在水里潜水
721	I've never heard singing underwater, right?	我从没听过在水下唱歌,对吧?
722	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
723	So, sharks don't sing underwater.	鲨鱼不会在水下唱歌
724	They're not good singers.	他们不是好歌手。
725	Sharks are good sleepers.	鲨鱼是很好的睡眠者。
726	That's kind of weird	这有点奇怪
727	because the passage didn't say that they are good sleepers.	因为那段话没有说他们睡得很好
728	It just said that they could sleep with their eyes open,	上面说他们可以睁着眼睛睡觉
729	right?	对吧?
730	So, that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
731	This next one is funny.	下一张很好笑
732	The sharks are very good at doing puzzles.	鲨鱼擅长做谜题.
733	So, whenever I go diving, I have a lot of books with me,	所以,每当我去潜水, 我有很多书在我身边,
734	crossword puzzles, and I give them to the sharks, right?	填字谜,我把它们给鲨鱼,对不对?
735	And the sharks take them.	鲨鱼带走它们
736	No, that's crazy, right?	不,这是疯了,对不对?
737	That's very silly.	这是非常愚蠢的。
738	Sharks don't do puzzles.	鲨鱼不做谜题。
739	They're not intelligent like people are.	他们不像人那么聪明
740	So, that's very silly answer, right?	所以,这是非常愚蠢的答案,对不对?
741	Silly.	蠢货
742	Finally, we have D, hunters.	最后,我们有D,猎人。
743	Sharks are very good hunters.	鲨鱼是很好的猎人
744	Yes, they are.	是的,他们是。
745	That's the answer because we talked about that.	这就是答案,因为我们谈论了这一点。
746	Sharks are very good hunters	鲨鱼是很好的猎人
747	because they have really good senses.	因为他们有非常好的感官。
748	And what do hunters do?	猎人做什么?
749	Hunters find other animals and kill them, okay?	猎人找到其他动物并杀死他们,好吗?
750	So, sharks have to have very good senses	因此,鲨鱼必须有非常好的感官
751	to find other animals and sharp teeth to kill them.	找到其他动物和尖牙杀死它们。
752	So, sharks are very good hunters, okay?	所以,鲨鱼是非常好的猎人,好吗?
753	And we can, okay, and that's what we're talking about.	我们可以,好吧, 这就是我们所说的。
754	Sharks are great hunters, right?	鲨鱼是伟大的猎人,对不对?
755	As we can see, I'm a shark, the best hunter in the water.	正如我们所见我是鲨鱼水中最好的猎人
756	The best hunter in the water.	水中最胜猎人.
757	Why?	为什么?
758	We talked about that in the passage.	我们在段落中谈到过这一点。
759	Well, first of all, sharks have very scary teeth.	首先,鲨鱼的牙齿很恐怖
760	So, if the shark could talk,	所以,如果鲨鱼能说话,
761	he says, I have very scary teeth, right?	他说,我有非常可怕的牙齿,对不对?
762	And that's to kill the animals.	而即杀畜.
763	Remember, hunter finds and kills other creatures.	记住猎人找到并杀死其他生物
764	They have good teeth to be able to do that.	他们有很好的牙齿可以做到这一点。
765	They also have strong, scary senses, don't they?	他们也有强烈的恐怖感,不是吗?
766	For example, I have a very good sense of smell.	例如,我有非常好的嗅觉。
767	Sharks can smell very well.	鲨鱼闻起来很香
768	They can smell that tiny drop of blood in the water.	他们能闻到水中的血迹
769	They can smell that.	他们能闻到
770	Wow, amazing.	哇,厉害了。
771	Another one, I can see very well.	另一个,我看得很清楚。
772	They can see very well.	他们看得很清楚。
773	And their other sense that we talked about,	而他们另一种感觉我们谈论,
774	I can feel things moving in the water, okay?	我能感觉到事情在水中移动,好吗?
775	So, the three senses are smell, seeing, and feeling.	故三觉是闻,见,觉也.
776	Smelling, seeing, and feeling.	闻,见,觉也.
777	Those are the three senses	这是三层感官
778	that make a shark the best hunter in the water.	鲨鱼是水中最好的猎人
779	So, really amazing, huh?	所以,真的令人惊讶,是吧?
780	Did you learn some new things about sharks in this lesson?	你学过鲨鱼的新东西吗?
781	I hope so.	我希望是这样。
782	It's a very interesting subject.	这是一个非常有趣的主题。
783	Anyway, hope you've learned a lot as always.	不管怎样,希望你学到了很多东西
784	We'll see you next time.	下次见
785	Take care, everybody.	大家小心点

该视频共有字幕 787 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P17 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p17 16. 16. LevelB Lesson2 Pacific Ocean (P17)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p17 16. 16. LevelB Lesson2 Pacific Ocean (P17)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 40:14

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hey, kids.	嘿,孩子们。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	We're going over lesson two now.	我们现在要上第二课
0:13	Lesson two is about the Pacific Ocean.	第二课是关于太平洋的.
0:17	So we're talking about social studies, right?	我们谈论的是社会研究,对吧?
0:19	We're talking about where things are, and what they're like,	我们谈论的东西在哪里, 他们是什么样子,
0:23	and a little bit of the history of places.	和一点点的地方历史。
0:27	We will focus on learning about the biggest	我们将专注于学习最大的
0:31	ocean in the world, the biggest ocean in the world, right?	世界上最大的海洋,对不对?

展开字幕全文（945 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey, kids.	嘿,孩子们。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're going over lesson two now.	我们现在要上第二课
5	Lesson two is about the Pacific Ocean.	第二课是关于太平洋的.
6	So we're talking about social studies, right?	我们谈论的是社会研究,对吧?
7	We're talking about where things are, and what they're like,	我们谈论的东西在哪里, 他们是什么样子,
8	and a little bit of the history of places.	和一点点的地方历史。
9	We will focus on learning about the biggest	我们将专注于学习最大的
10	ocean in the world, the biggest ocean in the world, right?	世界上最大的海洋,对不对?
11	And that is the Pacific Ocean.	这是太平洋。
12	So when we get started, let's talk about where	所以,当我们开始, 让我们谈论在哪里
13	is the Pacific Ocean?	是太平洋吗?
14	Where is it, right?	它在哪里,对不对?
15	Of course, we all know the Pacific Ocean is here, right?	当然,我们都知道太平洋在这里,对不对?
16	This is the Pacific.	这是太平洋。
17	What?	你说什么?
18	It's not?	是吗?
19	No.	没有
20	Oh, yeah, you're right.	哦,是的,你说得对。
21	That's Africa, right?	那是非洲,对吧?
22	Africa is here.	非洲在这里。
23	And that's land, right?	这就是土地,对不对?
24	We're looking for ocean, not land.	我们在找海洋,不是陆地
25	Pacific Ocean isn't here, right?	太平洋不在这里,对吧?
26	It's over here, right?	它在这里,对不对?
27	This is the, what?	这是,什么?
28	It's not?	是吗?
29	Yeah, OK, you're right.	是啊,好吧,你说得对。
30	This is the Indian Ocean.	这是印度洋。
31	Indian, whoops, Indian Ocean, OK?	印度洋,哇,印度洋,好吗?
32	That's a large body of water, but it's not the Pacific Ocean,	那是一大块水但不是太平洋
33	right?	对吧?
34	It's the Indian Ocean.	属印度洋.
35	So, I'm sorry, the Pacific Ocean is over here, right?	所以,对不起,太平洋在这里,对不对?
36	What?	你说什么?
37	No, it's not?	不,不是吗?
38	OK, this is the Atlantic, Atlantic, oops, sea, ocean.	好吧,这是大西洋,大西洋,海洋,海洋。
39	This is the Atlantic Ocean.	这是大西洋。
40	The Atlantic Ocean is between the Americas and Europe and Africa.	大西洋位于美洲与欧洲和非洲之间.
41	So where can the Pacific Ocean be?	那么太平洋在哪里?
42	Where?	哪里? 哪里来的?
43	Ah, it's this big one here, right?	啊,这是这个大的,对不对?
44	This is the Pacific Ocean.	这是太平洋。
45	Wow, look at it.	哇,看看这个。
46	Like I said, it's the biggest ocean in the world.	我说过,这是世界上最大的海洋
47	It's the biggest ocean.	这是最大的海洋。
48	Look at how big that is.	看看这有多大
49	It's huge, right?	它很大,对不对?
50	The Pacific Ocean is between the Americas and Asia, Indonesia,	太平洋介于美洲和亚洲,印度尼西亚之间
51	and Australia down here.	和澳大利亚在这里。
52	It's huge.	这是巨大的。
53	That's the Pacific Ocean.	这是太平洋。
54	We got it right, OK?	我们得到了它的权利,好吗?
55	That's where the Pacific Ocean is.	太平洋就是在这里
56	It's really big.	它真的很大。 (笑声)
57	It's the biggest ocean in the world.	这是世界上最大的海洋
58	OK, let's learn some vocabulary about the Pacific Ocean.	好吧,让我们学习一些关于太平洋的词汇。
59	OK, first vocabulary.	好吧,第一个词汇。
60	To picture in your mind.	在你的脑海里画画
61	You have many pictures in your mind, right?	你脑子里有很多照片,对吧?
62	If you think about something, you can make different pictures.	如果你想到什么, 你可以制作不同的图片。
63	Some ideas come into your mind.	你脑子里有些想法
64	So you make pictures in your mind.	所以,你做图片在你的脑海里。
65	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
66	You are imagining.	你在想象着。
67	To imagine.	来想象一下
68	I-ma-gine.	我,玛,金。
69	Three sounds.	三声.
70	I-ma-gine.	我,玛,金。
71	And put them together quickly.	把它们拼凑起来
72	Imagine.	试想一下
73	好吧,想象一下。 OK, imagine.
74	That's what is to picture in your mind.	这就是你脑海里的画面
75	To imagine.	来想象一下
76	Excuse me, to imagine.	打扰一下,想一想。
77	OK, next word, number two.	好吧,下一个词,第二个。
78	Whoa, what's going on here?	哇,这是怎么回事?
79	This is the Earth, and there are people all around the Earth	这是地球,地球周围都有人
80	on the surface, right?	在表面上,对不对?
81	To be on all sides.	为四面.
82	So something is on all sides of something.	所以有些东西是四面八方的。
83	What do we say?	怎么样?
84	It is surrounding that thing.	它围绕着那个东西。
85	Surround.	围绕.
86	You can hear two sounds.	能闻二声.
87	Surround.	围绕.
88	Put them together.	把它们放在一起
89	Surround.	围绕.
90	OK, surround means to be on all sides.	好吧,包围意味着在所有方面。
91	To be on all sides of something.	以於一切处.
92	That is to surround.	这就是包围。
93	Number three.	三号
94	Oh, this is nice.	哦,这是很好的。
95	park园一日.
96	Very calm.	非常冷静
97	It's calm, not violent.	这是平静的,而不是暴力的。
98	There's no fast cars, people shooting at each other,	没有快车人们互相射击
99	nothing going on.	没什么
100	It's very nice, calm.	很不错冷静
101	What is it?	这是什么?
102	What do we say?	怎么样?
103	It is peaceful.	这是和平的。
104	Peaceful.	安静
105	We have actually, it's kind of, you know the word peace,	我们确实,它有点, 你知道和平这个词,
106	right?	对吧?
107	Peace means, hey, peace, dude, right?	和平意味着,嘿,和平,伙计,对不对?
108	Peace means no violence.	和平意味着没有暴力。
109	You know, everything's calm.	你知道,一切都平静。
110	Everybody's friendly.	每个人都很友善
111	Everybody's happy.	皆欢喜.
112	Peace.	安静
113	And it's full.	则气满.
114	It's full of peace.	满心安乐.
115	So peaceful.	如此平静。
116	Peaceful.	安静
117	It's peaceful in the park.	公园里很平静
118	I hope so, OK?	我希望是这样,好吗?
119	It's peaceful in the park.	公园里很平静
120	OK, moving on.	好吧,继续前进。
121	Our next word here.	我们的下一个词在这里。
122	This is a very old structure.	这是一个非常古老的结构。
123	There are many old ruins in the world.	世界上有许多古老的废墟.
124	We don't know who built them or why they were built.	我们不知道是谁建造的,也不知道为什么建造它们.
125	So it's a puzzle or a secret.	所以这是一个谜题或秘密。
126	We don't know.	我们不知道。
127	If something is a puzzle or a secret,	如果什么是谜题或秘密
128	we don't know the answer to it.	我们不知道答案
129	It is a mystery.	这是一个谜。
130	Mystery.	妙义.
131	How many sounds?	多少个声音?
132	Mystery.	妙义.
133	Three sounds.	三声.
134	My-ster-y.	我师弟.
135	Mystery.	妙义.
136	OK, put them together quickly.	好,快点把它们拼起来
137	Mystery.	妙义.
138	It's a mystery.	师曰如何是谜.
139	I don't know.	师曰.
140	It's a mystery.	师曰如何是谜.
141	So when you don't know, it's a mystery.	故不知时即是迷.
142	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
143	Number five.	五号
144	Nice picture, right?	照片不错吧?
145	Sailing on a boat.	乘船航行.
146	To move by boat using the wind.	用风乘船而行.
147	And I just said it, right?	我只是说,对不对?
148	Sailing on a boat.	乘船航行.
149	To sail.	以启航.
150	These people are sailing.	这些人在航行
151	They are going across the water, not with an engine, right?	他们要穿越水面不是用引擎对吧?
152	They're not using an engine.	他们不使用引擎。
153	They're using these big pieces of cloth.	他们在用这些大块的布
154	And the wind is blowing them across the water.	风吹过水面
155	So they are sailing.	他们正在航行
156	To sail means to go across the water	航行意味着穿越水面
157	with the power of the wind, not with an engine,	以风力,而不是发动机,
158	with the power of the wind.	以风之力.
159	That's really what sail means.	这才是航行的意义
160	However, motorboats, big boats with big engines,	然而,摩托艇, 大船与大发动机,
161	people still say they are sailing across the Pacific	人们仍然说他们正在航行横跨太平洋
162	Ocean, for example.	比如说海洋
163	Sometimes people still do that.	有时人们仍然这样做。
164	But really, the first meaning that	但实际上,第一个意思是
165	comes to mind when you think of sail	当你想到航行时
166	is to move across the water with wind power, OK?	以风力穿越水面好吗?
167	OK, so that's to sail.	好吧,这样就可以航行了。
168	Next one, see through.	下一个,看过去。
169	Now, this picture is a little, I have	现在,这张照片有点,我有
170	to explain it a little bit.	来解释一下
171	To see through means you can see through the air very easily.	透视手段你很容易透透空气
172	You can see through the air very easily.	你很容易从空气中看出来
173	Also, another thing that you can see through is a window.	另外,你可以看到的另一件事是窗户。
174	A window, you can see through the glass of a window,	窗户,从窗户的玻璃里可以看到
175	see through.	看过去。
176	But you can't see through the window	但你不能从窗户看到
177	if the window's not clear.	如果窗户不清晰。
178	If the window is dirty, you can't see through it	如果窗户脏了,你看不到它
179	because it's not clear.	因为它还不清楚。
180	If it's a cloudy day or there's a lot of smoke or dust	若云日或多烟尘.
181	in the air, then it's not clear.	在空中,然后它不清晰。
182	It's dirty.	脏腑之气.
183	You can't see through it.	无法透视.
184	But something that you can see through is clear.	但是,你可以看到的东西是清楚的。
185	You can see, wow, you can really see far.	你可以看到,哇, 你真的可以看到很远。
186	And you can see very well because it's clear.	你可以看得很清楚,因为它很清晰。
187	Whether it's glass, whether it's air, water can be clear.	无论是玻璃还是空气,水都可以清晰.
188	You can see very clearly through water.	你可以非常清楚地看到水。
189	So these things are clear, OK.	所以这些事情是清楚的,OK。
190	Number seven, this is an interesting picture.	第七,这张照片很有趣
191	It looks like they're at the North Pole	看起来他们在北极
192	or maybe the South Pole.	或者说南极
193	They're in a boat, and they're looking around.	其人乘舟而行, they望而行.
194	To look around and discover, especially	环顾四周发现,特别是
195	people who go someplace for the first time, right?	第一次去某个地方的人,对吧?
196	It's hard to discover new places in the world	世界上很难发现新的地方
197	these days because most places have already been discovered.	这些天,因为大部分地方已经发现。
198	What do we call that?	我们怎么称呼?
199	If you're going to explore something,	如果你要去探索一些东西,
200	you're discovering something.	你发现了一些东西。
201	Explore.	探索.
202	And then, of course, the person who does this	然后,当然,做这个的人
203	is an explorer, an explorer.	是一个探险家, 一个探险家。
204	100 years ago, there were many explorers.	100年前,有很多探险家
205	100, 150 years ago, there were many explorers	100,150年前,有很多探险家
206	who explored different parts of the world	探索世界不同地区
207	and discovered many new things.	发现了许多新东西
208	Next one, eight, not moving much.	下一位,八位,动不了多少.
209	If there's a leaf on the water and the leaf is not moving,	若水上有叶而叶不动.
210	it's just moving maybe a little bit, but not a lot, right?	它只是移动也许一点点, 但不是很多,对不对?
211	It's just staying still.	它只是保持静止。
212	What do we say?	怎么样?
213	It平.
214	Actually, we saw this word before, right?	其实,我们以前见过这个词,对不对?
215	When we saw the park.	当我们看到公园。
216	It's calm and not violent, peaceful.	它是平静的,而不是暴力的,和平的。
217	Well, another word for peaceful is calm.	和平的另一个词是平静
218	Now you have these two L and M. Calm, calm, right?	现在你有这两个L和M. 冷静,冷静,对不对?
219	It平.
220	The water is calm.	水清凉.
221	It doesn't move much.	动不甚动.
222	It moves a little bit maybe, but not much.	可能有点动,但不太动
223	Or it doesn't move at all.	或终不动.
224	It平.
225	No motion, no action.	不动不动.
226	It平.
227	Some people say calm is boring,	有人说冷静很无聊
228	but sometimes calm is peaceful and nice too.	但有时平静是和平和美好的。
229	So it depends what you want.	所以这取决于你想要什么。
230	Okay, next one, number nine.	好吧,下一个9号
231	Wow, that is not calm.	哇,这不是平静。
232	That's exciting, right?	这很刺激,对吧?
233	It's violent.	其为暴力.
234	It's got a lot of energy, right?	能量很大,对吧?
235	So, wow, this is really cool.	所以,哇,这真的很酷。
236	Very cool picture.	非常酷的图片。
237	A hill of water moving across the sea.	一山水渡海动.
238	Well, of course it doesn't usually look like this.	当然,它通常不是这样的。
239	This is when it breaks, right?	这是当它打破,对不对?
240	When it hits land.	当其落地.
241	But if we look over here,	但如果我们看看这里
242	we can see a better example of it right here.	我们在这里可以看到一个更好的例子。
243	What do we call this?	这叫什么?
244	And surfers, right?	还有冲浪手,对吧?
245	Let's go surfing now.	我们冲浪吧
246	Everybody's starting to, right?	大家都开始这样了吧?
247	Surfers will use these to go surfing on.	冲浪者会用这些冲浪。
248	Very cool.	慌
249	We of course call it a wave.	我们当然称之为波浪.
250	A wave.	一挥.
251	And waves move through the water like this, right?	和波移动在水这样,对不对?
252	These are waves.	这些是波浪。
253	It's like a hill, right?	这就像一座山,对不对?
254	Since it's a hill, it's like a small hill.	因为丘陵,如小丘.
255	Of course, this is where the wave breaks, right?	当然,这里是浪断,对不对?
256	And this is a wave, but it's breaking.	这是波浪,但它正在打破。
257	They don't usually go like this.	他们通常不会这样走
258	They only do this when they hit land or rocks	他们只在撞到陆地或岩石时才这么做
259	or something underwater that makes them do that.	或者水下的东西让他们这样做。
260	That's really unusual.	这真的很不寻常。
261	Very unique picture.	非常独特的画面。
262	Okay, next one, 10.	好吧,下一个,10。
263	A very big boat.	一条大船
264	This is a very big boat.	这艘船很大
265	Huge boat.	巨大的船。
266	It's using an engine,	它使用一个引擎,
267	so there's no sails on the boat, right?	所以船上没有帆,对不对?
268	This boat is moving by engine power, right?	这艘船是用发动机动的,对吧?
269	By gasoline.	汽油车
270	But what do we call this big boat?	但我们怎么称呼这艘大船?
271	We call it a ship, right?	我们称之为船,对不对?
272	A ship is a very big boat.	船是一艘非常大的船只。
273	Now, ships can have engines.	现在,船可以有引擎。
274	Ships can also have sails, right?	船也可以有帆,对吧?
275	A ship is just a really big boat.	一艘船只是一艘真正的大船
276	If you're in a small rowboat with your friend	如果你和你的朋友在一条小船上
277	going across the river, you're not in a ship.	走过河,你不在船上。
278	You're in a boat, right?	你在船上对吧?
279	But if you're on a really big boat, you know,	但如果你在一条大船上,你知道,
280	that has many rooms and can carry a lot of people	有很多房间,可以载很多人
281	or can carry a lot of things,	或携带许多物品,
282	then that is a ship.	那是一艘飞船。
283	Okay, next one, 11.	好吧,下一个,11。
284	Wow, she's happy.	哇,她很高兴。
285	She's got ton money, right?	她有钱,对吧?
286	She's got a lot of money, right?	她有很多钱,对吧?
287	So, to find pleasure in.	因此,寻找乐趣。
288	She's very happy.	她很开心
289	She's finding pleasure in money.	她找到快乐的金钱。
290	I hope she finds pleasure in other things besides money,	我希望她能找到快乐除了金钱之外
291	right, in her life, right?	对,在她的生活中,对不对?
292	We can find pleasure in our friends.	我们可以在朋友中找到快乐
293	We find pleasure in spending time with our family, right?	我们很高兴能和家人在一起,对吧?
294	So, what do we do when we're with our friends	所以,当我们和朋友在一起时,怎么办?
295	and we're having a good time	我们玩得很开心
296	or we're going camping with our family?	还是和家人去露营?
297	Everybody's having a good time.	众皆欢喜.
298	We say they're enjoying.	我们说他们很享受
299	They're enjoying themselves.	他们很享受自己
300	To enjoy themselves means to have fun together.	享受自己就意味着快乐在一起.
301	We're enjoying ourselves.	我们很享受
302	If you go watch a movie, you can enjoy the movie.	如果你去看电影,你可以享受这部电影.
303	It's a good movie.	一部好电影.
304	Let's go enjoy a movie together, okay?	我们一起去玩电影,好吗?
305	Enjoy.	请享用。
306	Next one, number 12.	下一个12号
307	Now, be careful with this one.	现在,小心这个。
308	We see these children.	我们看到这些孩子。
309	They're going across the street, okay?	他们去对面,好吗?
310	I just used the word there.	我只是用这个词在那里。
311	From one side to the other side.	从一面到一面.
312	If you're talking about from one side to the other side,	如果你说的是从一边到另一边
313	let's say you have a cliff here and there's a river.	假设这里有悬崖和河流
314	There's another cliff, okay?	还有另一个悬崖,好吗?
315	And you build a bridge.	还有你搭桥
316	This is a bridge, okay?	这是一座桥,好吗?
317	Da, and也!
318	Okay, I'm not a good artist.	好吧,我不是一个好艺术家。
319	But anyway, that's a bridge.	但无论如何,那是一座桥。
320	This bridge is going across, across, right?	这桥要穿过,穿过,对不对?
321	It goes from one side to the other,	从一边到另一边
322	from one side to the other side.	从一方至彼.
323	This is across.	这是交叉。
324	This line goes across the street.	这条线在街对面
325	Be careful.	小心点
326	Many students make a mistake.	许多学生犯了错误.
327	They say, these children will across the street.	他们说,这些孩子会在街对面。
328	Across is not a verb.	交叉不是动词
329	These children are not acrossing the street.	这些儿童不在街对面。
330	These children are crossing the street.	这些儿童正在过街。
331	To cross the street.	为过街.
332	So, if you are giving directions to somebody,	所以,如果你给某人指示,
333	you say, go to the intersection,	你说去十字路口
334	then cross the street.	然后穿过街道。
335	Cross is a verb.	十字是动词.
336	Don't say across the street because that's not a verb.	别在街对面说那不是动词
337	You can't tell somebody to across the street.	你不能告诉别人对面。
338	Across is a preposition, right?	对面是预设的对吧?
339	It means from one side to the other.	谓从一面至一面.
340	It's not a verb.	非动词.
341	Don't tell people to across the street.	别叫别人去街对面
342	Tell people to cross the street.	劝众过街.
343	You should cross the street here at the light.	你应该在灯光下过街
344	Don't cross the street in the middle of the block.	中间别过街.
345	That's dangerous.	这是危险的。
346	Cross the street here.	过街在这里。
347	Not here, here.	不在这里,在这里。
348	Cross the street here.	过街在这里。
349	So, be careful between across and cross.	所以,小心交叉和交叉之间。
350	Don't make a mistake.	别犯错
351	The bridge goes across the river.	大桥过江.
352	People cross the street, okay?	街对面的人,好吗?
353	Please remember that.	请记住这一点。
354	I hear many mistakes.	我听到很多错误。
355	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
356	Number 13.	13号
357	So, these kids are having fun, right?	所以,这些孩子玩得很开心,对不对?
358	They got their bikes.	他们有他们的自行车。
359	What are they doing?	他们在干什么?
360	Well, here we have a definition here.	这里有个定义
361	A trip in a vehicle, such as a car, bicycle, or train.	乘坐汽车,自行车,或火车等车辆旅行.
362	So, it's an interesting word here,	所以,这是一个有趣的词在这里,
363	and the word is to ride.	并说是骑。
364	Now, that's interesting.	现在,这是有趣的。
365	Ride can be a noun.	骑车可以是一个名词。
366	A ride.	搭车
367	For example, let's take a ride, right?	比如,我们搭个车,对吗?
368	Let's take a bike ride.	让我们骑自行车。
369	Let's take a ride in our car.	我们坐车去吧
370	Let's take a ride by train.	我们坐火车吧
371	That's a noun.	这是一个名词。
372	But ride can also be a verb, right?	但骑马也可以是一个动词,对不对?
373	Let's ride a bicycle.	让我们骑自行车。
374	To ride a bicycle, right?	骑自行车,对不对?
375	So, we're gonna ride a bicycle.	所以,我们要骑自行车。
376	Ride in a car.	乘车而行.
377	Ride on a train, okay?	乘火车,好吗?
378	But be careful.	但当心.
379	When you ride, you ride on a bicycle.	骑车时骑自行车.
380	Right?	对吧?
381	You don't ride in a bicycle.	你不骑自行车。
382	You can't ride inside the bicycle.	你不能骑在自行车里面。
383	That's very strange, right?	这是非常奇怪的,对不对?
384	You can't get inside your bicycle.	你不能进入你的自行车。
385	You can ride on top of your bicycle.	你可以骑上你的自行车。
386	Ride on a bicycle.	骑自行车
387	Ride on a train.	乘火车
388	But be careful.	但当心.
389	We say on a train, but we're not on top of the train.	我们在火车上说但我们不在火车上
390	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
391	That'd be really dangerous.	那会很危险的
392	We're inside the train, but we say ride on a train.	我们在火车里面,但我们说坐火车。
393	English is crazy sometimes.	英语有时候会发疯
394	I'm sorry.	对不起
395	What about car?	那车呢?
396	Yeah, we ride in a car.	是的,我们坐车。
397	We ride in a car, in a car.	我们坐车,坐车
398	In, whoops, in a car.	上车吧
399	So, be careful.	所以,小心点。
400	We ride on a bicycle, on a train, but we ride in a car.	我们骑自行车,坐火车,但我们坐车。
401	That makes sense.	这有道理。
402	Don't ride on a car, right?	别坐车,对吧?
403	That's dangerous, okay?	这是危险的,好吗?
404	So, you ride in a car.	所以,你骑车。
405	So, ride can be a noun.	所以,骑马可以是一个名词。
406	Take a ride.	搭便车.
407	Let's go on a bicycle ride.	让我们去骑自行车。
408	That's a noun or verb.	那是名词或动词
409	Ride on a bicycle.	骑自行车
410	Let's ride on a bicycle.	让我们骑自行车。
411	Let's ride in a car, okay?	我们坐车,好吗?
412	So, ride can mean different things,	所以,骑车可以指不同的东西,
413	depending how you use it.	取决于你如何使用它。
414	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
415	Ah, are you sleepy?	你困了吗?
416	I get sleepy when I look at this picture, right?	我一看这张照片就困了,对吧?
417	Because helping you to rest,	因为帮你休息
418	oh, very calm, very peaceful, nice wind, warm weather.	哦,非常平静,非常平静,风,温暖的天气。
419	There's a nice hammock on the beach, beautiful scenery.	沙滩上有一个漂亮的吊床,美丽的风景.
420	What is this place?	这是什么地方?
421	This is very relaxing, relaxing.	这是非常放松,放松。
422	How many sounds do you hear?	你听到多少声音?
423	Relaxing, three sounds.	放松,三个声音。
424	Re-lax-ing, re-lax-ing.	复泻,复泻.
425	Put them together quickly.	快把它们拼起来
426	Relaxing, relaxing, okay?	放松,放松,好吗?
427	So, relaxing, very calm, helping you to rest and go to sleep.	所以,放松, 非常冷静, 帮助你休息和睡觉。
428	You want to have a relaxing place when you sleep.	你想有一个放松的地方当你睡觉。
429	If there's construction outside your house,	如果有建筑在你的房子外面,
430	right, lots of trucks, people going,	是的,很多卡车,人们去,
431	yeah, yeah, yeah, like that.	是啊,是啊,是啊,像这样。
432	That's not relaxing, right?	这不是放松,对不对?
433	You want it to be quiet, dark, you know?	你想要它安静,黑暗,你知道吗?
434	Then you can relax and go to sleep.	然后你可以放松和去睡觉。
435	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
436	Underwater, right?	水底,对不对?
437	The lowest part of something.	最低级的东西。
438	Maybe you're at the, well, I don't want to say the word,	也许你在,嗯,我不想说这个词,
439	but the very lowest part, right?	但最低级的部分,对不对?
440	Let's say you have the ocean, right?	假设你有大海对吧?
441	Here's the ocean.	这里是大海。
442	Well, imagine it's very big.	好吧,想象它非常大。
443	And there's the water.	则有水.
444	We're talking about the lowest part of something,	我们谈论的是事物的最低部分,
445	the lowest part.	最底层的部分。
446	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
447	We call it the bottom.	我们称之为底部。
448	This is the bottom of the ocean,	这是海底,
449	or the bottom of the lake, okay?	或湖底,好吗?
450	下 bottom下 bottom.
451	So, two sounds, bottom, bottom, bottom, okay?	两个声音,底,底,底,底,好吗?
452	You can say bottom, you could do that.	你可以说屁股,你可以做到这一点。
453	But most people just say bottom, bottom, okay?	但大多数人只是说底,底,好吗?
454	So, the bottom of something is the lowest part of something.	所以,事物的底部是事物的最低部分.
455	The bottom, okay.	底部,好吗?
456	16, a person who studies a science.	16,一个研究科学的人.
457	A person who studies some kind of science.	一个研究某种科学的人
458	Of course, it's very easy.	当然,这很容易。
459	It's a person who studies science.	是个研究科学的人
460	We use this word and we make it a little bit different,	我们用这个词,我们使它有点不同,
461	scientist, scientist.	科学家,科学家。
462	People who study things, you can use IST very commonly.	研究事物的人,可以经常使用IST.
463	Scientist.	科学家.
464	First, let's concentrate on this word.	首先,我们集中研究这个词。
465	Scientist.	科学家.
466	How many sounds do you hear?	你听到多少声音?
467	Scientist, scientist, scientist, scientist, okay?	科学家,科学家,科学家,科学家,好吗?
468	So, that's the word.	所以,这是词。
469	And remember, IST is used for many things,	记住,IST用于很多事情,
470	especially when we're talking about science.	特别是当我们谈论科学的时候
471	People who study geology, what are they called?	研究地质学的人,叫什么来着?
472	They are called a geologist, IST.	他们被称为地质学家,IST。
473	People who study biology, biologist, wow, okay.	研究生物学的人,生物学家,哇,好吧。
474	What about people who study chemistry?	学化学的人呢?
475	Any idea?	知道吗?
476	Chemist, chemist, chemist, okay?	化学家,化学家,化学家,好吗?
477	So, geologist, biologist, chemist, okay?	所以,地质学家,生物学家,化学家,好吗?
478	These are people, usually you use IST	这些人,你通常使用IST
479	to talk about the people who study these sciences, okay?	谈谈研究这些科学的人,好吗?
480	Okay, let's review the words.	好吧,让我们回顾一下这些话。
481	Let's do some word vocabulary exercises.	让我们做一些词汇练习。
482	How well do you remember the words?	你还记得这些话吗?
483	Let's go over them.	让我们去过他们。
484	What we're doing is we're going to use these words.	我们要做的就是用这些话
485	We have four definitions, right?	我们有四个定义,对不对?
486	We want to write the word next to its meaning	我们想把这个词写在它的意义旁边
487	or its definition.	或定义。
488	These are our words.	这些是我们说的话。
489	First of all, we have imagine, imagine, imagine.	首先,我们想象,想象,想象。
490	That's the first word.	此第一义.
491	Sail is our second word, sail.	赛尔是我们的第二个词,航行。
492	Next, mystery, mystery, mystery, mystery.	接下来,神秘,神秘,神秘,神秘。
493	So, mystery, and then we have calm, calm.	所以,神秘,然后我们有平静,平静。
494	Okay, those are our four words.	好吧,那是我们的四个词。
495	We need to match them to our definitions.	我们需要将它们与我们的定义相匹配。
496	Number one, a puzzle or secret.	第一,一个谜题或秘密。
497	Something that you don't know, right?	一些你不知道的东西,对不对?
498	We talked about this, I don't know.	我们谈过了我不知道
499	It's a, what is it?	是,这是什么?
500	It's a mystery.	师曰如何是谜.
501	I hope that question was not a mystery to you.	我希望这个问题对你来说不是个谜
502	You should know the answer right away.	你应该马上知道答案
503	So, it's not a mystery to you	对你来说这不是个谜
504	because we studied that before.	因为我们以前研究过
505	Hopefully, none of these questions are a mystery to you.	希望这些问题对你来说都不是个谜
506	Okay, number two, not moving much.	好吧,第二,没有移动太多。
507	Something that doesn't move much, right?	有些东西动不了,对吧?
508	It kind of stays in the same place.	它会留在同一个地方
509	Maybe moves a little bit, but not much.	也许移动一点点,但不多。
510	Doesn't move much.	不动多少.
511	It is what?	这是什么?
512	Calm, calm.	冷静,冷静。
513	So, a leaf on the water or the wind in the air.	故曰:水上叶或风下.
514	It's not very windy, it's very calm, okay?	风不太大,很平静,好吗?
515	That's another way to use calm.	这是另一种使用平静的方法。
516	Next one, number three, to picture in your mind.	下一个,第三个,在你的脑海里画画。
517	So, you have many pictures in your mind	你脑子里有很多照片
518	and you're thinking of something.	你在想着什么
519	You're making pictures and you're thinking of new things	你在拍照片,在想新东西
520	or fantastical things like magic	或神奇的东西像魔法
521	or different places, adventure, right?	或不同的地方,冒险,对不对?
522	You're thinking about these things in your mind.	你在想这些事情
523	You are imagining, to imagine.	想象一下,你在想象着
524	To imagine is to picture in your mind.	想象就是在你的脑海里想象
525	Number four, to move by boat using wind.	第四,用风乘船移动.
526	We talked about this, right?	我们谈过了,对吧?
527	A boat that has a big piece of cloth	一条大块布的船
528	and the wind blows that cloth	风吹布
529	and you move across the water.	你穿过水面
530	What do we say?	怎么样?
531	We say that is to sail.	我们说这是航行。
532	To sail, to move by boat using the wind.	乘船乘风行走
533	Okay, well that wraps up our vocabulary section.	好吧,那就让我们的词汇部分结束。
534	Let's take a short break here.	我们休息一下
535	We'll come back and we'll look at a reading passage	我们回来再看读经
536	about the Pacific Ocean.	关于太平洋。
537	So, take a short break, we'll come right back.	休息一下,我们马上回来
538	Okay, welcome back everybody.	好了欢迎大家回来
539	Let's go over the reading passage.	翻阅诵经.
540	The reading passage is about the Pacific Ocean.	阅读段落是关于太平洋的.
541	Let's get started here.	让我们从这里开始。
542	Look at this word that starts it, imagine.	看看这个词开始它,想象。
543	Imagine, remember we talked about to picture in your mind.	想象一下,记得我们说过要想象你的想法。
544	So, picture in your mind.	所以,图片在你的脑海里。
545	You're not there, just picture in your mind.	你不在那里,只是你脑海里的照片。
546	Imagine yourself on a ship.	想象自己在船上的样子
547	So, in your mind, make a picture of yourself on a ship.	所以,在你的脑海里, 在船上拍张自己的照片。
548	You are sailing the biggest ocean in the world.	你在航行世界上最大的海洋。
549	So, you're sailing across the biggest ocean in the world.	所以,你航行跨越世界上最大的海洋。
550	Clear blue water surrounds you.	清澈的蓝色水围着你
551	Okay, so we have a couple of words here.	好吧,所以我们有一些话在这里。
552	Clear blue water, you can see through the water, right?	清澈的蓝色水,你可以看到水,对不对?
553	And it's all around you, on all sides, so it surrounds you.	它环绕着你, 环绕着你, 所以它环绕着你.
554	The waves are calm, the waves are calm.	海浪平静,海浪平静.
555	So, there's not big waves, the waves are very small	所以,没有大浪,浪非常小
556	and they don't move much, the waves are calm.	他们不动,波浪很平静
557	So, do you know where you are?	所以,你知道你在哪里吗?
558	So, this is all the picture that you imagine.	这就是你想象的全部。
559	You imagine all of this, right?	你想象这一切,对不对?
560	So, imagine yourself on a ship,	所以,想象自己在船上,
561	you're sailing the biggest ocean in the world,	你航行世界上最大的海洋,
562	clear blue water surrounds you, the waves are calm.	清澈的蓝色水环绕着你,波浪平静.
563	This is the picture you have in your mind,	这是你心里的画面
564	this is what you were imagining.	这就是你想象的
565	Then the question, do you know where you are?	那么问题,你知道你在哪里吗?
566	After you picture this in your mind,	在你想象出这个之后
567	do you know where you are?	你知道你在哪里吗?
568	You're in the Pacific Ocean, you're in the Pacific Ocean	你们在太平洋,你们在太平洋
569	because these things describe the Pacific Ocean.	因为这些东西描述了太平洋
570	It's the biggest ocean in the world.	这是世界上最大的海洋
571	It's usually calm and it's very clear blue water.	平面通常比较平静,而且非常清澈的蓝水.
572	So, the Pacific Ocean is the largest ocean in the world.	因此,太平洋是世界上最大的海洋.
573	Before we said it was the biggest ocean,	在我们说那是最大的海洋之前
574	you can also say it's the largest.	你也可以说这是最大的。
575	Same thing, docateo, right?	同样的事情,Docateo,对不对?
576	Largest, biggest.	最大,最大的一个。
577	It's, it's the Pacific Ocean.	是,是太平洋岛.
578	Okay, the Pacific Ocean is a place, it is where.	好吧,太平洋是一个地方,它是在那里。
579	So, it's a place, right?	所以,这是一个地方,对不对?
580	It's where half of all the water on earth is.	即是地上半水之所在.
581	That's interesting, I didn't know that before.	这很有趣我以前并不知道
582	If you think about the earth,	如果你想着大地
583	the earth is really, really big.	地球真的,真的很大。
584	Now, think about all the water on the earth,	现在,想想地球上所有的水,
585	that's a lot of water.	这是大量的水。
586	Half of that water is in the Pacific Ocean.	一半的水在太平洋。
587	That's really interesting.	这真的很有趣。
588	That's how big the Pacific Ocean is.	这就是太平洋的大小。
589	It's so big.	其大如来.
590	It's the largest, biggest ocean on earth.	这是地球上最大的海洋
591	It's so big that it takes a whole day	这么大,要花一整天
592	for a plane to fly across it.	飞过它。
593	Now, let's talk about this sentence.	现在,让我们谈谈这句话。
594	The Pacific is so big that it, it,	太平洋是如此之大,以至于它,它,
595	what does it refer back to?	这是什么意思?
596	Not the Pacific, right?	不是太平洋对吧?
597	If we say it takes, how long does it take?	如果我们说这需要多久?
598	That's what we mean.	这就是我们的意思。
599	How long, how long does it take?	多久,需要多长时间?
600	If we ask this, we're asking about time, right?	如果我们问这个, 我们问的时间,对不对?
601	How long does it take?	还要多久?
602	How long does your trip take?	你的旅程需要多长时间?
603	It refers to your trip, right?	它指的是你的旅行,对不对?
604	When you start from point A and you go to point B,	当你从A点开始到B点
605	how long does it, how long does your trip take?	你旅行需要多长时间?
606	That's what it means here.	这就是这里的意思。
607	It means like a trip or a journey,	意思是像旅行或旅程,
608	a thing when you travel from one place to another.	当你从一个地方旅行到另一个地方时,
609	The Pacific is so big that a trip takes	太平洋如此之大旅行需要时间
610	or a journey across it takes a whole day,	或穿越它需要一整天,
611	one entire day for a plane to fly across it.	一整日的飞机飞过它
612	It, of course, means the Pacific, the Pacific, okay?	当然,它的意思是太平洋,太平洋,好吗?
613	So the Pacific is so big that it, a trip across,	太平洋如此之大穿越了整个太平洋
614	it takes a whole day for a plane to fly across it.	飞机飞过它需要一整天
615	Wow, that's really far, right?	哇,这是真的很远,对不对?
616	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
617	A boat ride, so before we said a plane trip,	乘船,所以在我们说飞机前
618	but now what about a boat ride?	现在坐船怎么样?
619	Planes travel a lot faster than a boat, right?	飞机的飞行速度比船快很多,对吧?
620	Plane, boat, right?	飞机,船,对不对?
621	A boat ride from one side to the other	船从一边开到另一边
622	can take a few weeks, okay?	需要几个星期,好吗?
623	So if you're in a plane, it takes a whole day,	所以,如果你在飞机上, 它需要一整天,
624	but if you're in a boat, it takes a few weeks.	但是如果你在船上需要几周时间
625	That's a lot longer.	那会更长的。
626	Some people prefer taking a boat, though.	不过有些人更喜欢坐船
627	Though refers back to time.	虽然回溯过去
628	You think, well, a plane takes one day,	你认为,嗯,飞机需要一天,
629	a boat takes several weeks.	船需要几周时间
630	People who want to save time, they'll take the plane.	想节省时间的人,会乘飞机.
631	However, people, some people will wanna take a boat,	不过,有些人会想坐船
632	though, however, but, right?	不过,虽然,但是,对不对?
633	That's what though means.	虽有此义.
634	Even though it's faster to go by plane,	虽然乘飞机的速度更快
635	some people prefer to go by boat.	有些人更喜欢坐船
636	Why it takes several weeks?	为什么要花几个星期?
637	Well, it, it, that means the boat, the boat trip, right?	嗯,它,它,这意味着船,船旅行,对不对?
638	It, taking a boat, that's the boat trip,	它,坐船,这是船之旅,
639	it refers back to this.	它提到这一点。
640	It can be very relaxing, okay?	它可以非常放松,好吗?
641	So if you take a boat across the Pacific Ocean,	所以如果你搭船渡过太平洋
642	it takes longer, but it's more relaxing.	它需要更长的时间,但它更放松。
643	Maybe you have a vacation, you have time,	也许你有假期,你有时间
644	you want to relax.	你想放松点
645	You can go fishing on the boat as you go.	你可以去船上钓鱼
646	You can enjoy fresh ocean air.	你可以享受新鲜的海洋空气。
647	The air is very nice out on the ocean.	海洋上的空气非常不错
648	You can see many beautiful sunsets and sunrises, right?	你可以看到许多美丽的日落和日出,对不对?
649	It's all very relaxing.	这一切都非常放松。
650	Two things that they mention, though,	他们提到的两件事
651	you can go fishing and you can enjoy the fresh ocean air.	你可以去钓鱼你可以享受新鲜的海洋空气
652	Okay, now we come to our next passage here,	好吧,现在我们来到我们的下一个通道在这里,
653	our next part, Ferdinand Magellan.	我们的下一部分,斐迪南麦哲伦。
654	Ferdinand Magellan, do you know who he is?	费迪南麦哲伦,你知道他是谁吗?
655	Do you remember from history?	你还记得历史吗?
656	Ferdinand Magellan was the first European	费迪南·麦哲伦是第一个欧洲人
657	to sail all the way across,	远航横渡,
658	well, the first person to sail all across the earth,	嗯,第一个在地球上航行的人,
659	all around the world, right?	世界各地,对不对?
660	Ferdinand Magellan was the first	费迪南·麦哲伦是第一个
661	to sail across the Pacific.	驶过太平洋
662	Actually, well, his ship sailed all around the world.	实际上,他的船航行了世界各地。
663	He didn't actually sail, he died in the Philippines.	他实际上没有航行,在菲律宾去世.
664	But anyway, his crew sailed across around the world, okay?	但无论如何,他的船员航行在世界各地,好吗?
665	His ships did.	他的船是这么说的
666	Okay, but anyway, he was the first	好吧,但无论如何,他是第一个
667	to sail across the Pacific Ocean,	航行过太平洋,
668	the first European to sail across the Pacific Ocean.	第一个穿越太平洋的欧洲人
669	He also gave the ocean its name.	他还给海洋取了名字
670	So, Ferdinand, he gave the ocean its name.	费迪南,他给海洋取名
671	Ferdinand Magellan is the person	费迪南·麦哲伦就是那个人
672	who named this big ocean for the first time.	第一次给大海取名
673	Well, it's the name that we know it by.	嗯,这是我们知道的名字。
674	At first, he didn't know what to call it.	起初,他不知道该怎么称呼.
675	He didn't know what to call the ocean.	他不知道该怎么称呼海洋
676	Should an ocean have the same name as a person?	海洋应该与人同名吗?
677	What is this sentence about?	此句何为.
678	This sentence is talking about	这句子说的是
679	what Magellan was thinking, right?	麦哲伦在想什么?
680	When Magellan was sailing, he was,	麦哲伦出海时
681	you know, what should I call this ocean?	我该怎么称呼这海洋?
682	Should I call it after a person,	我应该叫它一个人,
683	maybe his lover, right, back home,	也许他的情人,对,回到家
684	maybe his queen, maybe his king?	也许他的王后,也许他的国王?
685	A lot of explorers named things after their kings or queens	很多探险家都以王后的名字命名
686	or the people who gave them money to explore.	或者是给他们钱去探索的人
687	So, he was thinking, well, should I name an ocean,	所以,他在想,嗯, 我应该命名一个海洋,
688	give it the same name as a person?	给它与一个人同名?
689	He wasn't sure.	他不太确定,他不会相信
690	That's what he was thinking, okay?	他就是这么想的好吗?
691	So, what did he do?	那么,他做了什麽?
692	He looked at the water.	他看着水。
693	Magellan looked at the water	麦哲伦看着水
694	and he saw the small, calm waves.	他看到了小而平静的海浪
695	He watched them for a long time.	他看着他们很久了
696	Wow, these waves are very calm.	哇,这些浪非常平静。
697	They're very small.	它们非常小。
698	It's very peaceful here.	这里很平静
699	Then, he got a great idea.	他有个好主意
700	While he was watching the waves, aha!	当他看浪的时候,啊哈!
701	That's a good idea.	妙觉.
702	What was it?	这是什么?
703	他把海洋命名为Mar Pacifico.
704	Mar Pacifico, right?	马·帕西诺对吧
705	That, in English, Pacifico means peaceful	在英语中,Pacifico的意思是和平
706	and mar means sea, right?	马尔的意思是海,对不对?
707	Ferdinand Magellan didn't speak English, right?	费迪南麦哲伦不会说英语吧?
708	He wasn't from England, right?	他不是英国人,对吧?
709	He spoke a different language.	他讲的是另一种语言。
710	但是,当他说Mar Pacifico用英语,
711	that meant peaceful sea.	那意味着和平的海洋。
712	Pacifico means peaceful, calm.	帕切诺意味着和平,平静.
713	So, that's why we call it the Pacific Ocean.	因此,我们称之为太平洋。
714	Pacific Ocean, sea is the same as ocean.	太平洋,海洋与海洋相同.
715	Although, really, sea sometimes is smaller.	虽然,真的,海有时是较小的。
716	Ocean usually is bigger.	海洋通常比较大.
717	But, the peaceful sea, that's the Pacific Ocean.	但是,和平的海洋,那是太平洋。
718	And, that's why he called it.	所以他才这么说的
719	That's what the idea that he had.	这就是他的想法。
720	Well, the waves are small, they're calm.	浪子很小很平静
721	It's very peaceful.	甚安隐.
722	So, I'm gonna call it the peaceful ocean.	所以,我要把它称为和平的海洋。
723	And, that was his idea.	这是他的主意
724	It's a good idea, right?	这是一个好主意,对不对?
725	Okay, the Pacific Ocean is not only peaceful,	好吧太平洋不仅是和平的
726	it's also a mystery.	这也是个谜
727	So, yes, it is peaceful, usually,	所以,是的,这是和平的,通常,
728	except when there's a big storm,	除非有暴风雨
729	then it's not peaceful.	那样就不会平静了
730	But, usually, it's peaceful.	但是,通常,它是和平的。
731	But, it's also a mystery.	但这也是个谜
732	Pacific Ocean is a mystery.	太平洋是个谜
733	It's too big and deep for us to explore every part.	它太大了,很深我们探索每一个部分。
734	Why is it a mystery?	为甚么却个谜.
735	Because we don't know everything about the Pacific.	因为我们不知道太平洋的一切
736	It's too big, it's too deep.	太阴之大,太阴之深也.
737	We haven't been able to explore,	我们无法探索
738	especially at the bottom of the Pacific Ocean, right?	尤其是太平洋底部,对吧?
739	Scientists think it, the ocean, has fish	科学家认为,海洋有鱼
740	we haven't even seen yet.	我们甚至还没有看到。
741	Some scientists think there are fish,	一些科学家认为有鱼,
742	maybe deep in the ocean.	也许在海洋深处。
743	We don't know anything about them.	我们对他们一无所知
744	We haven't seen them yet.	我们还没有看到他们。
745	Who knows what we might find at the bottom?	谁知道我们在底部能找到什么?
746	Who knows?	谁知道呢?
747	We don't know.	我们不知道。
748	By the way, just a little side topic.	顺便说一句,只是一个小话题。
749	Do you know the giant squid, kun ojingo?	你知道巨型乌贼吗,昆奥金戈?
750	Huge squid.	巨大的乌贼。
751	They've never really seen a giant squid swimming	他们从未见过巨型鱿鱼游泳
752	at the bottom of the Pacific Ocean.	位于太平洋海底.
753	They've only seen dead giant squid	他们只见过死乌贼
754	that kind of float up to the top and go to the beaches.	那种漂浮到顶端然后去海滩
755	So that's one of the fish or the creatures	所以那是鱼还是生物
756	that live in the Pacific Ocean	生活在太平洋的人们
757	that we don't know much about.	我们不太了解
758	There might be other strange creatures down there.	可能还有其他奇怪的生物在那里。
759	So that's very interesting.	这很有趣
760	Okay, let's go over reading comprehension.	好吧,让我们去阅读理解。
761	Number one.	一号
762	This story is about, what is this story about?	这个故事是关于什么的?
763	What is the topic of this story?	这个故事的主题是什么?
764	This story is about A, the Atlantic Ocean, right?	这个故事是关于A,大西洋,对不对?
765	No, I was making a joke	不,我在开玩笑
766	at the beginning of this lesson, right?	这课开始时,对不对?
767	It's not the Atlantic Ocean.	这不是大西洋
768	We're not talking about the Atlantic Ocean.	我们不是在谈论大西洋
769	That's in a different place, right?	那是在另一个地方,对不对?
770	B, we're talking about sharks.	B 我们在谈论鲨鱼
771	Nope, that was a different lesson, okay?	不,那是另一个教训,好吗?
772	This lesson is about the ocean.	这个教训是关于海洋的.
773	It's not about the creatures in the ocean, right?	这不是关于海洋中的生物,对不对?
774	So it's not about sharks.	所以这跟鲨鱼无关
775	This story is about sailing.	这个故事是关于航海的.
776	Did we talk about sailing?	我们讨论过航海吗?
777	A little bit.	一点点
778	We only said that boats that move across the ocean	我们只是说,船移动过海洋
779	with wind, those are sailing boats.	风,那些是帆船。
780	And imagine yourself sailing	想象一下你自己的航行
781	on the biggest ocean in the world.	在世界上最大的海洋上。
782	But that was a very, very small part of the passage.	但这是一段非常,非常小的部分。
783	This passage is not about sailing.	这条路不是航行
784	This passage is about the Pacific Ocean, right?	这个通道是关于太平洋的,对吧?
785	We talked a little bit about the fact	我们聊了一下事实
786	that it's the biggest ocean in the world.	这是世界上最大的海洋
787	We learned how it was named.	我们得知它是如何命名的。
788	We learned what scientists think about it, right?	我们学会了科学家对它的看法,对吧?
789	So we learned many things about the Pacific Ocean.	所以我们学到了很多关于太平洋的东西。
790	So the answer is, this story is about the Pacific Ocean.	答案是这个故事是关于太平洋的。
791	That's what the whole passage was about.	整个段落都是为了这个
792	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
793	在英语中,Mar Pacifico,Mar Pacifico的意思是什么?
794	What did Ferdinand Magellan name the ocean and why?	费迪南·麦哲伦给海洋取了什么名字?
795	What does it mean in English?	在英语中是什么意思?
796	Does it mean blue ocean?	是指蓝色海洋吗?
797	Nope, it doesn't.	不,它没有。
798	Ocean, right?	海洋,对不对?
799	Mar means ocean, but Pacifico does not mean blue.	Mar的意思是海洋,但Pacifico并不意味着蓝色.
800	It means something else.	它意味着别的东西。
801	Does it mean dangerous water, right?	这是否意味着危险的水,对不对?
802	No, it's the opposite of that, right?	不,这是相反的,对不对?
803	Pacifico does not mean dangerous, right?	帕西诺不意味着危险对吧?
804	That's not correct.	这不对
805	Pacifico means peaceful and mar means sea or ocean.	Pacifico的意思是和平,Mar的意思是海洋。
806	So sea is the right answer here, right?	所以大海才是正确答案对吧?
807	Peaceful sea.	平静的海洋。
808	In English, Mar Pacifico means peaceful sea,	在英语中,Mar Pacifico的意思是和平的海洋,
809	not whale's tail.	不是鲸鱼尾巴
810	That's kind of, where'd that come from, right?	那种,这是从哪里来的,对不对?
811	They're just trying to trick you, right?	他们只是想骗你,对吧?
812	Whale's tail.	鲸尾..
813	不,Mar Pacifico的意思是和平的海洋。
814	It's kind of switched around.	有点变了
815	Pacifico means peaceful, mar means sea, okay?	Pacifico的意思是和平,mar的意思是海洋,好吗?
816	So Mar Pacifico is peaceful sea.	因此,马·帕西科是和平的海洋.
817	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
818	The Pacific Ocean is so big that it takes,	太平洋如此之大需要它,
819	remember, a journey, you know, takes.	记住,一个旅程,你知道的,需要。
820	It takes.	这需要。
821	How long does it take?	还要多久?
822	It takes, A, a few weeks for a plane to fly across it.	飞机飞过它需要几周时间
823	That's impossible.	这是不可能的。
824	Planes can't fly for a few weeks.	飞机几周内不能飞
825	They run out of fuel, right?	他们没燃料了,对吧?
826	They'd fall down.	他们会倒下。
827	Well, maybe they could stop and get fuel, right?	好吧,也许他们可以停下来并获得燃料,对不对?
828	That's possible, but that's not where the passage in.	这是可能的,但那里不是通过。
829	Not a few weeks, a lot shorter than that.	没有几个星期,比这短得多。
830	It said it takes a few weeks for a boat to sail	上面说要几周才能开船
831	across it, but not a plane, so that's not right.	越过它,但不是飞机, 所以这是不对的。
832	It takes, B, a day for a boat to sail across it.	需要一天,B, 船要航行过它。
833	And you see what they did?	你看到他们做了什么了吗?
834	They switched the information.	他们调换了信息。
835	They switched it.	他们换了
836	So it takes a day for a plane to fly across it.	所以飞机需要一天时间才能飞过它.
837	So we can see that's not the right answer.	所以,我们可以看到这不是正确的答案。
838	A few weeks for a boat to sail across it.	几个星期后,船会航行过它。
839	Oh, wait, did we see that before?	等等,我们以前见过吗?
840	Yeah, that's what I changed A to, right?	是啊,这就是我改变A,对不对?
841	A few weeks for a boat to sail across it.	几个星期后,船会航行过它。
842	That's what I changed A to, so C is the right answer.	所以我改了A 所以C是正确的答案
843	It takes a few weeks for a boat to sail across it.	一艘小船需要几个星期才能航行过它.
844	That's the right answer.	答对了.
845	What's D?	何为D.
846	A few weeks to swim across it.	几个星期后游过它。
847	You swim across the Pacific Ocean?	你游过太平洋?
848	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
849	You will die.	你会死的
850	Don't do that.	别这样
851	Don't do it, okay?	不要这样做,好吗?
852	So don't do that.	故别.
853	죽었어요, right?	是吗?
854	You will die.	你会死的
855	I'm sorry, I don't mean anything bad by that,	对不起,我不是这个意思
856	but you will die, right?	但你会死对吧?
857	So don't try to swim across the Pacific Ocean.	所以不要试图游过太平洋.
858	Nobody has ever tried to swim across the Pacific Ocean.	没有人试图游过太平洋
859	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
860	Okay.	摆
861	I think somebody tried to swim across the Atlantic Ocean.	我想有人试图游过大西洋
862	I think they may have done it.	我认为他们可能做到了。
863	To swim?	游泳吗?
864	I'm not sure.	我不太确定说不定
865	I think there's been some tries.	我想有些尝试。
866	Okay, but anyway, the Pacific Ocean is too big.	好吧,但无论如何,太平洋太大了。
867	It's the biggest ocean.	这是最大的海洋。
868	So the right answer is C.	因此正确的答案是C.
869	The Pacific Ocean is so big,	太平洋这么大,
870	it takes a few weeks for a boat to sail across it.	船需要几周时间才能渡过它
871	Okay.	摆
872	Number four.	四号.
873	Who gave the Pacific Ocean its name?	谁给太平洋取名?
874	So who named the Pacific Ocean?	谁给太平洋取了名字?
875	We have different people here and one thing.	我们这里有不同的人还有一件事
876	Okay, let's take a look.	好吧,让我们来看看。
877	Scientists gave the Pacific Ocean its name.	科学家给太平洋取名.
878	In the passage,	在段落中,
879	do we see that scientists gave the Pacific Ocean its name?	我们是否看到科学家给太平洋取名?
880	No, the passage was talking about scientists	不,这段话说的是科学家
881	in the way that scientists don't know what fish	科学家不知道是什么鱼
882	are at the bottom of the ocean.	位于海底
883	It didn't say anything about scientists	它没有说任何关于科学家的
884	giving the ocean its name.	给海洋起名
885	So that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
886	(原始内容存档于2017-03-27). B, Mar Pacifico.
887	Actually, Mar Pacifico is not a person, right?	实际上,马·帕西科不是一个人,对吧?
888	It's a thing.	这是一件事。
889	It's a trick.	作是计已.
890	Mar Pacifico是太平洋的名字,对吧?
891	So Pacific Ocean means Mar Pacifico, right?	太平洋的意思是马·帕西诺,对吧?
892	So a name can't give its own name.	故名不能自说.
893	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
894	That's not right.	这不对
895	That's a trick.	伎俩.
896	C, a mystery.	C,一个谜
897	We don't know.	我们不知道。
898	No, we do know.	不,我们知道。
899	We do know who gave the Pacific Ocean its name.	我们知道是谁给太平洋取名的。
900	It's not a mystery.	这不是一个谜。
901	B, Ferdinand Magellan.	B,费迪南·麦哲伦.
902	That's the guy, right?	就是他对吧?
903	He was the first person to sail across the ocean,	他是第一个横渡海洋的人
904	the first European to sail across this ocean.	第一个穿越海洋的欧洲人
905	He was wondering, what should I call this ocean?	他想知道,我该怎么称呼这海洋?
906	Should I name it after a person?	我应该以一个人的名字命名吗?
907	But then he saw the calm waves, and he said it's very peaceful.	但是后来他看到了平静的波浪,他说这非常平静.
908	So I'm going to call it the Pacific Ocean.	所以我把它叫做太平洋。
909	Ferdinand Magellan gave the Pacific Ocean its name,	费迪南·麦哲伦给太平洋起名
910	which is kind of ironic, because he died in the Philippines,	这有点讽刺因为他死在菲律宾
911	which is on the Pacific Ocean.	这是在太平洋上。
912	Interesting.	有意思,这很有趣
913	Anyway, OK, so that wraps up our comprehension questions.	总之,好吧,这样就可以结束我们的理解问题了。
914	Let's review very quickly the Pacific Ocean.	让我们很快回顾一下太平洋
915	What do we know about the Pacific Ocean?	我们对太平洋了解多少?
916	Well, first thing we know, it is the largest ocean in the world.	首先,我们知道,这是世界上最大的海洋。
917	It's huge.	这是巨大的。
918	Half the water on Earth is in the Pacific Ocean.	地球上一半的水都在太平洋.
919	It's very, very big, right?	它非常,非常大,对不对?
920	It's a very big ocean.	这是一个非常大的海洋。
921	What else do we know?	我们还知道什么?
922	Ferdinand Magellan was the first to sail across the Pacific.	斐迪南·麦哲伦是第一个横渡太平洋的航海者.
923	He was the first explorer to sail across the Pacific.	他是第一位横渡太平洋的探险家.
924	Unfortunately, he didn't make it back home,	不幸的是,他没有回家
925	but he sailed across the Pacific.	但他航行过太平洋
926	OK, next one, it is a mystery.	好吧,下一个,这是一个谜。
927	Why is it a mystery?	为甚么却个谜.
928	Because it's so big and so deep that we	因为它是如此的庞大和如此深我们
929	don't know everything about it.	不识一切法.
930	Scientists are still studying it.	科学家还在研究
931	There's a lot of things for scientists	科学家们有很多事要做
932	to find out about the Pacific Ocean.	来了解太平洋
933	So it is still a mystery.	所以这还是个谜
934	OK, well, that's very interesting.	好吧,这很有趣。
935	Of course, if you ever get a chance,	当然如果你有机会的话
936	go to the Pacific Ocean.	前往太平洋。
937	Go to some of the islands.	去一些岛屿。
938	If you have time, take a boat.	有时间就坐船
939	Sail across part of the Pacific Ocean.	航行跨越太平洋的一部分.
940	It's very beautiful.	甚为美观.
941	There are many beautiful places along the Pacific Ocean	太平洋沿岸有很多美丽的地方
942	or by the Pacific Ocean that you can see.	或者你可以看到的太平洋边
943	OK, well, that wraps it up for this lesson.	好了,好了,结束了这个教训。
944	We'll see you next time, everybody.	下次见,各位
945	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 951 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P18 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p18 17. 17. LevelB Lesson3 Pollution (P18)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p18 17. 17. LevelB Lesson3 Pollution (P18)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 38:54

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	We're on Lesson 3 right now.	我们现在在第三课上。
0:14	We're talking about pollution.	我们在谈论污染
0:16	And of course, our unit is about environment.	当然,我们的单位是关于环境的。
0:20	So pollution is very important when we talk about the environment.	因此,当我们谈论环境时,污染非常重要。
0:26	In this lesson, we will focus on pollution is bad for the environment.	在这个教训中,我们将注重污染对环境有害。
0:32	It's bad because it affects our health.	因为它影响我们的健康
0:36	So the subject that we're going to be talking about in this lesson is about health.	所以这个课中我们要讨论的题目是健康。

展开字幕全文（865 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're on Lesson 3 right now.	我们现在在第三课上。
5	We're talking about pollution.	我们在谈论污染
6	And of course, our unit is about environment.	当然,我们的单位是关于环境的。
7	So pollution is very important when we talk about the environment.	因此,当我们谈论环境时,污染非常重要。
8	In this lesson, we will focus on pollution is bad for the environment.	在这个教训中,我们将注重污染对环境有害。
9	It's bad because it affects our health.	因为它影响我们的健康
10	So the subject that we're going to be talking about in this lesson is about health.	所以这个课中我们要讨论的题目是健康。
11	And not only our health, but the health of our planet, the Earth.	不仅我们的健康, 而且我们地球的健康,地球。
12	So let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
13	Let's look at the ideas here first.	让我们先看看这里的想法。
14	Kinds of pollution.	污染类型。
15	In this unit, we're going to be talking about two kinds of pollution.	在这个单位里,我们要谈论两种污染.
16	There are many kinds of pollution, but we'll look at two kinds here.	有很多种类的污染, 但是我们会在这里看到两种污染。
17	The first one, what kind of pollution do you think this is?	第一,你认为这是什么样的污染?
18	This is a factory, right?	这是工厂,对吧?
19	And it's putting pollution in the air.	它把污染空气。
20	So this is air pollution.	这就是空气污染。
21	Air pollution.	空气污染。
22	When something puts bad gases or gases that are not good for you in the air.	当有东西将不利于你的坏气体或气体放入空气中时.
23	Factories, cars, people smoking, right?	工厂,汽车,人们吸烟,对不对?
24	This is all types of air pollution.	这是所有类型的空气污染。
25	Another type of air pollution we'll talk about, what is this?	另一类空气污染是什么?
26	This, of course, is water.	这当然是水
27	And blech, that's horrible, right?	和blech,这是可怕的,对不对?
28	That black stuff coming out of this pipe into the water, that, of course,	从水管里流出来的黑东西当然
29	is water pollution.	这是水污染。
30	So water pollution is very bad.	因此水污染非常严重.
31	It hurts.	痛甚. 师曰.
32	We have to drink clean water.	得饮净水.
33	When we take a shower, we want clean water.	沐浴时要净水.
34	We want our water to be clean.	我们希望我们的水是干净的。
35	So we have to watch out for these two types of pollution, air pollution	所以我们要注意这两种污染,空气污染
36	and water pollution.	和水污染。
37	We'll look at those in this unit.	我们看看这个单位的
38	But first, let's build our vocabulary, right?	但首先,让我们建立我们的词汇,对不对?
39	Let's look at some vocabulary words to help us talk about these issues.	让我们看看一些词汇来帮助我们谈论这些问题.
40	The first word we're going to talk about, we've already seen it.	初说'言已见.
41	I just talked about it.	我只是说说而已
42	The bad things in our air and water, right?	我们的空气和水里的坏东西,对不对?
43	Air, beep.	空气,哔声。
44	Water, beep.	水,哔声。
45	Do you remember?	你记得吗?
46	Just a couple seconds ago, we were talking about pollution.	就在几秒钟前,我们谈论的是污染。
47	Pollution.	污染.
48	Now, this is a long word, right?	这是一个很长的词,对不对?
49	It has three sounds.	它有三个声音。
50	Po-lu-tion.	宝露.
51	Put them together.	把它们放在一起
52	Pollution.	污染.
53	So, you guys, pollution.	所以,你们这些家伙,污染。
54	These are the bad things in our air and water.	这些是我们空气和水中的坏东西。
55	Pollution is what we have to watch out for.	污染是我们必须注意的。
56	OK.	摆
57	Our second word, we have two apples here, right?	第二个词,我们有两个苹果在这里,对不对?
58	This apple is very nice.	这苹果很不错
59	It looks fresh.	看起来很新鲜
60	It looks good to eat.	它看起来很好吃。
61	This apple is rotten.	这苹果烂透了
62	Rotten, right?	烂透了对吧?
63	This apple is rotten.	这苹果烂透了
64	Whoops.	呜呼.
65	Oh, wow, look at that.	哦,哇,看看这个。
66	My pen advanced the word.	我的笔推进了这个词。
67	That's OK.	没关系。
68	So this apple is rotten.	所以这个苹果是烂的。
69	If you eat it, it's harmful.	食之则有害.
70	It causes harm, right?	它会造成伤害,对不对?
71	So time, air, causes harm to an apple or other fruit	所以时间,空气,对苹果或其他水果造成伤害
72	because they become rotten.	因为他们变得腐烂。
73	It's harmful.	其有害.
74	Now, there's two sounds here.	现在,这里有两个声音。
75	Harm-ful.	伤害性。
76	Harmful.	有害的。
77	Put them together.	把它们放在一起
78	Harmful.	有害的。
79	OK?	好吗?
80	So when it causes harm, it is harmful.	故当伤之,则害之.
81	Pollution is harmful.	污染是有害的。
82	We'll talk about that later.	我们稍后再谈
83	OK.	摆
84	Next one.	下一个
85	This is interesting.	这很有趣。
86	I have to think a little bit what's going on here.	我得想一想这里发生了什么
87	To stop.	以止观.
88	To stop from happening.	停止发生。
89	Well, what's he doing?	他在干吗?
90	He's stopping the water from falling in the sink, right?	他在阻止水从水槽里掉下来对吧?
91	He's catching it in his hands.	他正在手捉着它
92	So to stop from happening is to prevent.	所以阻止发生就是预防。
93	If you prevent something.	如果你阻止了某些东西。
94	Prevent.	预防
95	Two sounds.	二声闻.
96	Prevent.	预防
97	Put it together quickly.	速以总合.
98	Prevent.	预防
99	OK, so prevent.	好吧,所以预防。
100	To stop something from happening.	阻止事情发生
101	OK, number four.	好吧,第四号。
102	We saw this before in the very beginning of our lesson	我们以前在上课之初就见过这个
103	when we talked about air pollution, right?	当我们谈论空气污染,对不对?
104	But what type of building, what type of place is this?	但什么样的建筑, 什么样的地方是这里?
105	It's a place where things are made by machines.	这是机器制造的地方
106	So you have many machines.	所以,你有很多机器。
107	And things are made by machines, like cars, right?	事情是由机器做的, 像汽车,对不对?
108	Refrigerators.	冷冻机。
109	Television sets.	电视机。
110	Things are made by machines.	事情是由机器制造的。
111	It's a big building.	大楼s.
112	We call it a factory.	我们称之为工厂。
113	A factory is a place where things are made by machines.	工厂是机器制造的地方
114	Almost everything these days is made in factories.	这些天几乎都是工厂制造的
115	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
116	Oh, look at him.	哦,看着他。
117	He was having fun, right?	他玩得很开心,对吧?
118	He was digging in the dirt, right?	他在挖泥土,对吧?
119	Hook, hook, right?	钩,钩,对不对?
120	He's got lots of dirt on his hands, right?	他手上有很多泥土,对吧?
121	So not clean.	故不净.
122	His hands are not clean.	其手不净.
123	He should not go home and eat.	他不应该回家吃饭。
124	He's got to wash his hands first,	他必须先洗手
125	because his hands are dirty, right?	因为他的手很脏,对吧?
126	Mom will say, your hands are dirty.	妈妈会说,你的手很脏
127	Wash your hands, right?	洗手,对不对?
128	Hopefully he doesn't go like this.	希望他不会像这样走
129	Then his face is dirty, right?	那么他的脸是脏的,对不对?
130	So be careful when you go play outside.	你出去玩的时候小心点
131	Your hands get dirty.	你的手脏了。
132	Your clothes get dirty.	衣服脏了
133	Maybe your face gets dirty.	也许你的脸变脏了
134	Your hair gets dirty.	头发变脏了
135	What were you doing?	你们在干嘛?
136	OK, but it gets dirty when you play in the earth	好吧,但当你在地球玩的时候,它会弄脏
137	or in the dirt.	或于脏腑.
138	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
139	Where do we all live?	我们都住哪?
140	Do you know this picture?	你知道这张照片吗?
141	Have you seen this picture before?	你以前看过这张照片吗?
142	You've probably never actually seen this.	你可能从来没有见过这个。
143	You've just seen this picture, right?	你刚刚看过这张照片吧?
144	Because it would be very difficult to go outside.	因为到外面去很难
145	Only astronauts see this in real life.	只有宇航员才能在现实生活中看到这一点.
146	It's the planet we live on.	这是我们生活的星球。
147	What is this planet called?	这个星球叫什么?
148	We all live on this planet.	我们都生活在这个星球上。
149	It's called Earth.	名为地.
150	It's Earth.	谓地.
151	So we live on Earth.	所以我们住在地球上。
152	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
153	Ah, looks refreshing, doesn't it?	啊,看起来新鲜,不是吗?
154	Maybe it's hot.	可能很热
155	And you should drink lots of this on hot days.	你应该在炎热的日子喝很多这个
156	It's a clear liquid with no taste.	无味清净液体.
157	It doesn't taste like anything, but woo,	它没有味道什么,但呜,
158	it's very refreshing, isn't it, on a hot day.	天气很热,不是吗?
159	It's, of course, water.	当然是水
160	Water is necessary for us.	水对我们来说是必要的。
161	If we drink a lot of water, we are healthy.	如果我们喝了很多水,我们是健康的。
162	So water is important to us.	所以水对我们很重要
163	And the water has to be clean, not dirty.	而水须清净,非脏也.
164	OK, number eight.	好吧,8号。
165	To take in, to take in and give out air.	以摄入,摄入及出气.
166	Well, think about that.	考虑一下
167	What am I doing?	我在干吗?
168	I am breathing.	我还有呼吸
169	To breathe.	为了呼吸
170	This is maybe a little difficult to pronounce	这也许有点难说
171	because you have these consonant blends.	因为你有这些相容的混合物。
172	You have these sounds here.	这里有这些声音
173	首先是B -R, br, br.
174	下一部,T -H,T,T,Th,Th. (中文(简体) ).
175	So breathe, breathe.	深呼吸,深呼吸。
176	Calm down, relax, it's OK.	冷静,放松,没事的。
177	It's not hard.	不难.
178	Breathe, breathe, breathe.	深呼吸,深呼吸,深呼吸。
179	OK, when you make the T-H sound at the end, breathe.	好吧,当你做T -H的声音在结尾,呼吸。
180	Your tongue is between your teeth.	舌在齿间.
181	Breathe, th, and it's vibrating, right?	呼吸,TH, 它的震动,对不对?
182	You have a little vibration.	你有一点震动。
183	Breathe, breathe.	深呼吸,深呼吸。
184	OK, you can feel the vibration.	好吧,你可以感觉到震动。
185	Breathe, and then you can say it.	呼吸,然后你可以说出来。
186	Don't say breath, that's something else.	不要说呼吸,这是别的东西。
187	That's the noun, right?	这是名词,对不对?
188	Breath is the noun, breath.	呼吸是名词呼吸
189	No vibration, breath, that's the noun.	没有震动,呼吸,这是名词。
190	Take a breath, that's a noun.	深呼吸,那是名词
191	But verb, this is the verb, that's the action.	但动词,这是动词,这就是动作.
192	Breathe, breathe.	深呼吸,深呼吸。
193	So don't get confused, right?	所以不要弄糊涂,对不对?
194	Take a breath, breathe slowly, OK?	慢慢呼吸,好吗?
195	So that's the difference.	故曰差别.
196	OK, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
197	Number nine, to put different things together.	九号,把不同的东西放在一起
198	You have one thing here, you have another thing here,	你在这里有一件事, 你在这里有另一件事,
199	you're going to put them together.	你要把它们拼起来
200	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
201	That's very easy, mix.	这很简单,混合。
202	You will mix the two things together.	你要把这两件事结合起来
203	Sometimes we mix a solid with a liquid,	有时我们用液体搅拌固体
204	but you can also mix two liquids, two solids.	但也可以混合两种液体,两种固体。
205	You can mix gas.	你可以混合气体。
206	There's lots of things you can mix together.	有很多东西可以混合在一起。
207	So mix, to put two different, well, different things.	所以混合,把两个不同的,嗯,不同的东西。
208	Two, three, four, you put many things together,	二,三,四,你把很多事情放在一起,
209	you are mixing, to mix, OK.	你正在混合, 混合,OK。
210	Number 10, uh-oh, looks like trouble, right?	10号,呃,哦,看起来像是麻烦,对不对?
211	Here's a helicopter, right?	这是直升机,对吧?
212	This, of course, is a helicopter,	这当然是直升机
213	and it looks like it's doing something not good, right?	看起来它做一些不好的事,对吧?
214	Dirty air made when something is burning.	当有东西在燃烧时产生的肮脏空气
215	So at first, when I saw this picture, I thought,	一开始,当我看到这张照片,我想,
216	uh-oh, the helicopter's in trouble.	直升机有麻烦了
217	But no, it's not in trouble, it's the engine.	但是,它不是麻烦,它是发动机。
218	It's the engine making the smoke.	这是制造烟雾的引擎。
219	Cars do this, too.	车也这样做。
220	What do we call this?	这叫什么?
221	What do we call this smoke?	我们怎么称呼这烟?
222	That's kind of a himdoro word.	谓之希陀罗字.
223	That smoke is called exhaust.	那烟就叫排气
224	Right?	对吧?
225	But we can also call it smoke.	但我们也可以称之为烟雾。
226	I just said smoke, right?	我只是说抽烟,对不对?
227	Smoke from the engine is called exhaust,	引擎产生的烟是废气
228	and that's because what's burning?	这是因为什么是燃烧?
229	Well, the gasoline is burning inside the engine,	汽油在引擎内燃烧
230	and it's giving off smoke.	它会释放烟雾
231	But if you have a fire,	但是如果你有火灾,
232	if you go camping in the woods and you make a fire,	如果你去露营在树林里做一个火,
233	that's smoke that comes off the fire, not exhaust.	烟从火里冒出来,不是废气
234	Exhaust是从一个引擎。
235	Exhaust来自一个引擎.
236	Smoke comes from any fire, right?	烟来自任何火,对不对?
237	Also, we can call this smoke, too, OK?	我们还可以叫这烟,好吗?
238	Exhaust是烟的一种.
239	11.	11个
240	Is it smoke?	是烟吗?
241	No, it's tiny pieces of dirt.	不,这是小块土。
242	Nothing's burning, right?	没有什么燃烧,对不对?
243	This person just took some dirt,	这个人刚刚拿了一些污垢,
244	picked up some dirt, rubbed it,	捡起一些泥土,擦擦它,
245	clapped it on his hands, right?	塞在他的手上,对不对?
246	And why did they do that?	他们为什么要这么做?
247	To make their hands more, the things will stick.	要让他们的手更多, 事情会粘住。
248	Like if he's gonna grab a rope and pull it,	就像如果他要抓住绳子拉起来
249	he wants his dirt to help him grip that rope.	他要他的脏东西帮他抓住绳子
250	But the little tiny pieces of dirt,	但小块的泥土,
251	little tiny pieces of dirt, what do we call that?	小块土,我们怎么称呼它?
252	We call it dust, dust, OK?	我们称之为尘埃,尘埃,好吗?
253	Maybe a little bit difficult to pronounce.	可能很难发音
254	We have D-D-D and S-T-S-T, dust.	我们有D -D和S
255	Don't say d-s-d, no, don't say, don't do that.	不要说d -s -d,不,不要说,不要这样做。
256	It's one sound, dust, dust, OK?	一个声音,灰尘,灰尘,好吗?
257	Be careful with the ending sound.	当心末音.
258	Don't put uh at the end, don't do that.	不要把呃在结尾,不要这样做。
259	It's just dust, OK?	只是灰尘,好吗?
260	Tiny pieces of dirt in the air.	微细尘土入空中.
261	OK, number 12, having an illness.	好吧,12号,有病。
262	Oh, poor guy, he doesn't look good, right?	哦,可怜的家伙,他看起来不太好,对不对?
263	What is he?	他是谁?
264	He's sick, right?	他病了对吧?
265	If you are sick, you don't go to school, right?	如果你生病了,你不上学,对不对?
266	So you're sick, stay home sick.	所以,你生病了,留在家里生病。
267	He is at home sick.	他在家病着
268	He has an illness, like a cold.	他有病,就像感冒一样。
269	Achoo, achoo, or kamgi, right?	阿乔,阿乔,还是卡姆吉,对不对?
270	Oh, oh, oh, right?	哦,哦,哦,是吗?
271	He has an illness, he is sick, OK?	他有病,他有病,好吗?
272	To collect by hand, right?	用手来收集,对吧?
273	When you go to the store, what are you doing?	去店里的时候,你在做什么?
274	You are picking up something, pick up.	你正在拿东西,拿起。
275	You pick up things with your hand, you're picking them up.	你用手拿东西,你拿起来
276	So you can pick up stuff at the grocery store.	你可以去杂货店买东西
277	You can also pick up your clothes from your bedroom	你也可以去卧室拿衣服
278	and put them where your mother says to put them.	把它们放在你妈说的地方
279	She says, pick up the clothes in your room,	她说,拿起你房间的衣服,
280	pick up your toys, pick up your books,	拿起你的玩具, 拿起你的书,
281	pick things up, collect them by hand.	捡起东西,用手收集
282	OK, next one, number 14.	好吧,下一个,14号。
283	He's really cool, isn't he?	他真的很酷,不是吗?
284	OK, the act of controlling a car.	好吧,控制汽车的行为。
285	He's behind the car and he's controlling the car.	他在车后面控制着车
286	He's making the car go.	他把车开走了
287	So what is he doing?	那他现在在做什么?
288	He's driving to drive a car.	他开车去开车
289	To drive a car.	去开车
290	你想说,unjung hada,对不对?
291	Unjung, right?	吴中,对吧?
292	You're gonna drive a car, OK.	你会开车的,OK。
293	Next one, 15.	下一个,15。
294	You see this very commonly, right?	你看这很常见,对不对?
295	What you throw away.	你丢掉的东西
296	Does your mother or father ever say,	你父母有没有说过
297	hey, go take out the what?	嘿,去拿出来什么?
298	Take out the trash.	把垃圾拿出来
299	Trash.	废物
300	Trash is the stuff you throw away.	垃圾是你丢掉的东西
301	The empty bottles, the empty containers,	空瓶子,空容器,
302	paper that you've used, you don't want it anymore.	你用过的纸,你再也不想要了
303	You put it all away, that's the trash.	你全收起来,那是垃圾。
304	By the way, there's another word	顺便说一句,还有一个词
305	that means the same thing I'm going to teach you.	意思是我要教你同样的事情
306	It's also called garbage.	亦称垃圾.
307	粪b.
308	Same, tokuteyo.	同样,托库泰尤。
309	Trash, garbage, tokuteyo.	垃圾,垃圾,托库泰约。
310	Take out the garbage.	把垃圾拿出来
311	Take out the trash.	把垃圾拿出来
312	Same thing, OK.	同样的事情,OK。
313	Number 16, oh, that's too sad,	16号太可悲了
314	but this is nature.	但这是自然
315	This is what happens in nature.	自然界就是这样
316	Animals have to eat, right?	动物必须吃,对不对?
317	So these two, it looks like cheetahs,	所以,这两个, 它看起来像猎豹,
318	they caught a deer or a gazelle,	他们捉到一头鹿,一头瞪羚,
319	and they caused to die.	并使他们死亡。
320	They catch it and they kill it.	他们抓住并杀死它。
321	Kill it, they cause it to die.	杀了它,它们会害死它
322	So when a big cat, a hunter, right,	所以当一只大猫,一个猎人,正确的,
323	catches another animal and kills it,	捕捉另一只动物并杀死它,
324	of course it causes the animal to die, to kill.	当然,它会导致动物死亡,杀死。
325	It happens in nature.	它发生在自然界。
326	This is the natural world.	这是自然世界。
327	OK, let's review our words that we've learned.	好吧,让我们回顾一下我们学到的话。
328	Let's see how well we remember.	看看我们记得多少
329	Now we've got, wow, we've got a lot of words.	现在我们有很多话要说
330	We have eight words here.	我们这里有八个字。
331	These are the words we're going to use.	这就是我们要使用的词。
332	It says complete each sentence with a word from the box.	上面写着用盒子里的字来填满每一句
333	So we have eight sentences.	所以我们有八句。
334	We have to complete each sentence	我们要完成每一句
335	with one of these words.	与其中之一的话。
336	What are the words?	这是什么词?
337	Let's review.	让我们回顾一下。
338	Pollution, pollution, pollution.	污染,污染,污染.
339	Next here, prevent, prevent, prevent.	接下来是预防预防预防
340	Next one, breathe, breathe, OK.	下一个,呼吸,呼吸,OK。
341	Dirty, dirty.	脏,脏。
342	Then next one is harmful, harmful, OK.	那么下一个是有害的,有害的,OK。
343	Next one is factories, factories.	下一个是工厂,工厂。
344	Next one, water, water.	下一个,水,水。
345	And next one, earth, earth.	下一个是地球,地球
346	That's where we all live, right.	我们都住在这里,对吗?
347	How do we complete these sentences with these words?	我们如何用这些话完成这些句子?
348	Number one, fill the air with dust and smoke.	第一,以尘烟充气.
349	So what fills the air with dust and smoke?	那么,什么是充满空气的尘埃和烟雾?
350	What does that?	这算什么?
351	What of these things fills the air with dust and smoke?	这些东西怎么会充满尘埃和烟雾?
352	Think of a place where machines make things, right.	想想机器制造东西的地方吧
353	Factories is a place where machines make things	工厂是机器制造东西的地方
354	and they unfortunately,	他们不幸地说,
355	they also fill the air with dust and smoke	他们以尘埃和烟雾填满空气,
356	when the machines are working.	当机器工作。
357	So they fill the air with dust and smoke.	故以尘烟充气.
358	Number two, it is hard to beep if the air is not clean.	第二,如果空气不干净,就很难鸣叫。
359	So imagine the air is not clean.	故想象空气不净.
360	Maybe somebody's smoking nearby.	也许有人在附近抽烟
361	You're going, huh, huh, huh, right.	你会去,嗯,嗯,嗯,正确的。
362	It's hard, it's difficult to do what?	难,何为难?
363	What is that action?	这是什么动作?
364	Remember that word, breathe, breathe.	记住这个词,呼吸,呼吸。
365	Remember, this is a verb.	记住,这是一个动词。
366	The noun is breath, but we need a verb.	名词是呼吸,但我们需要一个动词。
367	It is hard to breathe if the air is not clean.	空气不干净就很难呼吸
368	If the air is dirty, somebody's smoking near you,	如果空气脏了有人在附近抽烟
369	or there's a lot of cars, you're near a highway,	或者有很多车你靠近高速公路
370	there's a lot of exhaust, it's hard to breathe.	排气量大,呼吸困难.
371	Okay, let's move on to number three.	好吧,让我们继续到第三。
372	Number three is let's keep the beep green and clean.	第三,让我们保持蜂鸣的绿色和清洁。
373	Green and clean, what are we talking about?	绿色和干净,我们在说什么?
374	Well, out of all these places,	那么,在这些地方,
375	what do we want to keep green and clean?	我们想要什么保持绿色和清洁?
376	Out of all these things, not places, all these things.	出所有这些东西,不是地方, 所有这些东西。
377	Where do we all live?	我们都住哪?
378	We all live on the earth.	皆住世间.
379	Let's keep the earth green and clean.	令净土常绿净.
380	Green, what does that mean?	格林,这是什么意思?
381	Well, think about it.	考虑一下吧
382	We want our earth to have lots of trees	我们希望我们的地球拥有许多树木
383	and lots of plants, right?	和很多植物,对不对?
384	Those are green.	这些是绿色的。
385	If we keep our water clean, right,	如果我们保持我们的水清洁,正确的,
386	if we don't pollute our water,	如果我们不污染我们的水,
387	there will be many trees and lots of grass, lots of plants.	将有许多树木和草,植物。
388	So it'll be green, green and clean.	故将绿绿净.
389	Let's keep the earth green and clean.	令净土常绿净.
390	Okay, number four, factories and cars make what?	好吧,第四,工厂和汽车制造什么?
391	Okay, we've talked about this before, right?	好吧,我们已经谈过了,对不对?
392	We've talked about it actually on the previous slide.	我们之前在幻灯片上谈过了
393	Number one, we've talked about factories, right?	第一,我们讨论过工厂,对吧?
394	But also cars, what do they make?	还有汽车,它们能制造什么?
395	They make the air and the water dirty.	使气和水脏.
396	So what do they make?	他们能赚多少?
397	What makes things dirty?	是什么让事情变得肮脏?
398	Well, pollution makes things dirty.	污染让事情变得肮脏
399	So factories and cars make pollution.	所以工厂和汽车制造污染.
400	It's something that they do.	这是他们做的事。
401	It's not something they're designed to do.	这不是他们设计要做的事。
402	It's just something they do as like a side effect	这只是他们做的像副作用
403	of using those things.	使用这些东西。
404	Factories aren't built to make pollution.	工厂不是用来制造污染的
405	It's just something that happens	只是发生了一些事情
406	with that other activity that they're doing.	他们正在做的其他活动。
407	Same thing with cars.	车也一样
408	We like cars, we like to drive,	我们喜欢汽车,我们喜欢开车,
409	but unfortunately they also cause pollution.	但不幸的是,它们也造成了污染。
410	Okay, let's move on to number five.	好吧,让我们继续到第五。
411	We need clean beep to drink.	我们需要干净的哔声来喝。
412	That gives us our answer right there.	这就给了我们答案。
413	Because what do we drink?	因为我们喝什么?
414	What do we drink?	我们喝什么?
415	One of these things, what is it that we drink?	其中一件事,我们喝什么?
416	And we talked about this before.	我们之前谈过这个
417	It should be clean when we drink it.	喝时应清净.
418	Of course, we're talking about water.	当然,我们说的是水。
419	We need clean water to drink.	我们需要干净的水来喝。
420	Our water that we drink, ah, it's very refreshing,	我们喝的水, 啊,它非常新鲜,
421	but it should be clean.	但它应该干净。
422	If it's a dirty water, that's harmful.	若是脏水,则有害.
423	So it should be clean.	故应清净.
424	Six, Jim, he's my friend, right?	六,吉姆,他是我的朋友,对不对?
425	Jim, Jim doesn't drive.	吉姆,吉姆不开车。
426	He wants to beep air pollution.	他想鸣叫空气污染。
427	So what does he want to do?	那他想怎样?
428	Air pollution is bad.	空气污染严重.
429	He wants to stop it, right?	他想阻止它,对不对?
430	He wants to stop it from happening.	他想阻止它发生
431	What word did we learn that means to stop from happening?	我们学到了什么词意味着停止发生?
432	Which of these words means to stop from happening	其中哪一个词意味着停止发生
433	or to stop happening?	还是停止发生?
434	That, of course, is to prevent.	这当然是为了防止。
435	He wants to prevent air pollution.	他想防止空气污染
436	So that's one way to help prevent air pollution.	所以这是帮助防止空气污染的方法之一。
437	Don't drive, right?	别开车,对吧?
438	You can walk or you can ride a bicycle, right?	你可以走路或骑自行车,对不对?
439	That's how you can prevent air pollution.	这就是防止空气污染的方法.
440	Okay, number seven, burning things.	好吧,第七,烧东西。
441	If you burn something, it could be gas,	如果你烧的东西, 它可能是气体,
442	it could be wood, it could be paper.	可能是木头,也可能是纸
443	Those things make our air what, right?	这些东西让我们的空气是什么,对不对?
444	Because remember, the smoke is coming off	因为记住,烟要熄灭了
445	and that smoke makes the air.	烟雾使空气。
446	What does it make the air?	气何为?
447	What of these words, what describes how the air is	这些话是怎样描述空气的
448	when there's a lot of smoke or pollution in the air?	当空气中有大量的烟雾或污染时?
449	The air is then dirty, right?	空气是脏的,对不对?
450	The air is dirty because we're burning things.	空气是脏的,因为我们烧的东西。
451	Burning things makes smoke.	烧物造烟.
452	It makes pollution.	造成污染。
453	It makes the air dirty.	能令气脏.
454	Eight, pollution is what to plants and animals?	八,污染对动植物有什么影响?
455	Pollution is bad, right?	污染是坏的,对不对?
456	What's another word for bad here?	这里有什么坏词?
457	It causes harm.	造成伤害。
458	It's bad because it causes damage	不好,因为它造成伤害
459	or it causes harm to something.	或对某物造成伤害。
460	Of course, we're looking for harmful, right?	当然,我们在找有害的,对不对?
461	Pollution causes harm.	污染会造成伤害。
462	It is harmful to plants and animals.	对动植物有害.
463	Of course, pollution is bad to plants and animals.	当然,污染对动植物来说是有害的.
464	We are animals, so it's bad for humans.	我们是动物,所以这对人类有害。
465	It's bad for all other animals.	对其它动物都不好
466	It's bad for plants.	对植物有害.
467	Pollution is harmful to plants and animals.	污染对动植物有害.
468	Okay, that wraps up our vocabulary review.	好了,这结束了我们的词汇审查。
469	We have a lot of good words now.	我们现在有很多好话要说
470	Let's use those words after a short break	休息一会再用这些话
471	and take a look at the reading section.	并看读部.
472	Let's take a short break.	我们休息一下吧
473	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
474	Welcome back to the reading passage.	欢迎回到读本
475	Now, we're going to go over the reading here.	现在,我们来看看这里的阅读。
476	Of course, our subject is pollution.	当然,我们的主题是污染。
477	Are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
478	Let's begin together.	我们一起开始吧
479	The reading passage starts with a question.	诵经始问.
480	Do you know what pollution is?	你知道什么是污染吗?
481	You should know by now, right?	你应该知道,现在,对不对?
482	But then it answers.	但后来它回答了。
483	Pollution makes the earth dirty.	污染使地脏.
484	So, that's the answer to the question.	所以,这就是问题的答案。
485	It's something that makes the earth dirty.	使净土之物.
486	What is pollution?	什么是污染?
487	It makes the earth dirty.	使大地脏腑.
488	It, now the next sentence starts with if.	现在下句开头是如果。
489	It, we're talking about pollution.	我们谈论的是污染
490	Pollution puts bad things into our air and water.	污染给我们的空气和水带来了坏事。
491	So, that also answers the question, what is pollution?	所以,这也回答了问题, 什么是污染?
492	Pollution makes our earth dirty	污染使我们的地球变得肮脏
493	and it puts bad things in our air and water.	它把坏东西放进我们的空气和水里
494	Harmful things, not good for us.	有害的东西,对我们不利。
495	Now, here we have many things that we do	现在我们有很多事情要做
496	make our earth dirty.	弄脏我们的地球。
497	Separate the sentence.	分别句.
498	Many things that we do.	我们做的很多事情
499	Things that we do.	我们做的事
500	For example, we make things.	例如,我们制造东西。
501	We drive cars, right?	我们开车,对不对?
502	We do a lot of things.	我们做很多事情。
503	Those things that we do, what they in turn	那些东西,我们做什么, 他们反过来
504	make our earth dirty, okay?	弄脏我们的地球,好吗?
505	So, we kind of have to separate this here.	所以,我们必须把这里分开。
506	Many things that we do.	我们做的很多事情
507	Many of the things that we do,	我们所做的很多事情
508	those things make our earth dirty.	那些东西让我们的地球变得肮脏
509	So, let's talk.	所以,让我们谈谈。
510	Let's talk about what they are	让我们谈谈他们是什么
511	and how to prevent pollution.	以及如何防止污染。
512	When they say let's talk about what they are,	当他们说让我们谈谈他们是什么,
513	we're talking about the things that we do, okay?	我们在谈论我们做的事情,好吗?
514	So, we're gonna see more examples of things that we do.	所以,我们将看到更多的例子我们所做的事情。
515	Let's talk about what those things are	让我们来谈谈那些东西是什么
516	and how we can prevent, stop pollution.	以及我们如何防止阻止污染
517	So, we're gonna look at two things, right?	所以,我们要看两件事,对不对?
518	Some of the things that we do that makes pollution	我们做的一些事情造成污染
519	and two, how we can stop pollution from happening.	第二,如何阻止污染发生。
520	Okay, that's what the next part is going to be about.	好吧,这就是接下来的部分会是什么。
521	Air pollution is when harmful things mix with the air, okay?	空气污染是有害物质与空气混合的时候,好吗?
522	So, air pollution, we're talking about air pollution first	所以,空气污染,我们首先谈论空气污染
523	is when harmful things mix with the air.	当有害的东西与空气混合。
524	So, remember we said mix means you take	所以,记住,我们说混合意味着你采取
525	many different things and you put them together.	许多不同的东西,你把它们组合在一起。
526	If you put smoke together with the air,	如果你把烟和空气合在一起
527	that makes air pollution.	造成空气污染
528	Dust and smoke from cars and factories are pollution.	汽车和工厂的尘埃和烟雾是污染.
529	So, these are the things we do.	这就是我们要做的。
530	We drive cars and we make things in factories.	我们开汽车,在工厂制造东西。
531	That's something we do.	这是我们要做的。
532	When we do that, we make dust and smoke.	当我们做到这一点,我们制造灰尘和烟雾。
533	That makes pollution.	这就造成污染。
534	That makes our environment dirty, right?	这使我们的环境变得肮脏,对不对?
535	So, air pollution is when harmful things mix with the air.	所以,空气污染是指有害物质与空气混合时。
536	Harmful things like dust and smoke from cars and factories	汽车和工厂的灰尘和烟雾等有害的东西
537	are pollution, are air pollution, okay?	是污染,是空气污染,好吗?
538	So, that kind of sums up those two sentences.	所以,这种总结了这两句话。
539	Air pollution, they.	他们有空气污染
540	They here refers to dust and smoke, right?	这里指的是灰尘和烟雾,对吧?
541	Dust and smoke.	尘和烟.
542	They make the air harmful to breathe.	它们使空气有害于呼吸.
543	So, if there's a lot of dust and smoke in the air,	所以,如果有很多尘埃和烟雾在空中,
544	those things make the air harmful to breathe.	那些东西使空气对呼吸有害
545	It's hard to breathe actually, right?	很难呼吸,对吧?
546	If there's a lot of dust in the air,	若空中尘数.
547	we cough and we sneeze.	我们咳嗽打喷嚏。
548	It's harmful to breathe.	呼吸有害.
549	Too much pollution makes living things sick, right?	太多的污染使生活的东西生病,对不对?
550	It makes us sick if there's too much dust or smoke in the air.	如果空气里有太多的灰尘或烟雾就会让我们生病
551	And especially too much pollution,	特别是污染过多,
552	we can become sick.	我们可以生病。
553	And many other living things can become sick too and die.	许多其他活物也会生病而死.
554	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
555	Clean air is good for plants too, right?	清洁空气对植物也有好处,对吧?
556	Not just for animals or creatures,	不仅仅是动物或生物,
557	but also for plants.	但也是为了植物
558	Of course, plants need clean air.	当然,植物需要干净的空气.
559	It, what's it?	它,这是什么?
560	Clean air.	清净之气.
561	It refers back to clean air.	指回向净空.
562	Clean air helps them.	清洁的空气帮助他们。
563	What's them?	他们是什么?
564	Plants, okay?	植物,好吗?
565	So, them is plants.	所以,它们是植物。
566	Clean air helps plants grow and stay green.	清洁空气有助于植物生长和保持绿色.
567	Of course, plants need clean air to grow and to stay green.	当然,植物需要清洁的空气来生长和保持绿色.
568	If they don't get clean air,	如果他们得不到干净的空气,
569	they die and they turn brown, right?	他们死后会变成棕色,对吧?
570	So, they wanna stay green, stay healthy.	所以,他们想保持绿色,保持健康。
571	So, the question is, how?	所以,问题是,如何?
572	Otoke, right?	奥托克,对不对?
573	How can we stop air pollution?	我们如何制止空气污染?
574	What can we do to help prevent air pollution?	我们能做些什么来帮助防止空气污染?
575	Well, we can walk and ride bicycles more.	嗯,我们可以步行和骑自行车更多。
576	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
577	If we walk and ride bicycles,	如果我们走路骑自行车,
578	because it means less driving, okay?	因为它意味着少开车,好吗?
579	If we walk or we ride a bicycle, we're not in a car.	如果我们走或骑自行车, 我们不是在汽车。
580	We're not in a taxi.	我们不是在出租车上。
581	We're not in a bus, right?	我们不是在公共汽车,对不对?
582	Those things cause air pollution.	这些东西造成空气污染。
583	But walking doesn't cause pollution.	但步行不会造成污染.
584	Riding a bike doesn't cause pollution.	骑自行车不会造成污染.
585	So, that's how we can stop air pollution.	所以,这就是我们可以阻止空气污染的方法。
586	Walking and riding bicycles more.	走和骑自行车更多。
587	Less driving.	少开车.
588	If we do that, we don't drive as much	如果我们这样做,我们不会开那么多
589	or we don't use the bus.	或者我们不用公交车
590	Maybe less buses means less pollution.	也许减少公共汽车意味着减少污染。
591	Less driving means less pollution, okay?	少开车意味着少污染,好吗?
592	That's one way we can do something	我们能做点什么
593	to help stop air pollution.	帮助阻止空气污染。
594	Okay, we talked about air pollution.	好吧,我们谈到空气污染。
595	That was one of the types of pollution.	这是污染类型之一。
596	Now, let's talk about water pollution, okay?	现在,让我们谈谈水污染,好吗?
597	Water is something we use every day.	我们每天都用水
598	Of course, you should drink lots of water every day.	当然,你应该每天喝很多水。
599	I hope you take a shower every day.	我希望你每天洗个澡
600	I should take a, no, I'm just kidding, okay?	我该开个玩笑,好吗?
601	But sure, we take a shower every day	当然,我们每天都在洗澡
602	or we go to the sauna.	或者我们去桑拿。
603	We need clean water for these things.	我们需要干净的水
604	You don't want to take a bath in dirty water.	岂不以脏水沐浴.
605	Blech,这太恶心了。
606	Yuck you all, right?	你们都讨厌,对吧?
607	Okay, okay.	好,好,好,我们走
608	So water is something we use every day.	所以水是我们每天使用的东西。
609	We need it to cook, we clean and to live, right?	我们需要它来烹饪, 我们清洁和生活,对不对?
610	Our mother uses clean water to cook.	我们的母亲用干净的水做饭。
611	I said we go to, we take a shower,	我说我们去洗澡
612	we go to the sauna, we clean things with clean water	我们去桑拿,我们用干净的水清理东西
613	and we live, we need water to drink.	我们活着我们需要水喝
614	But sometimes harmful things mix with our water, right?	但有时有害的东西混合我们的水,对不对?
615	Like this, blech, terrible, horrible.	像这样,blech,可怕的,可怕的。
616	This dirty, disgusting water is mixing	这肮脏恶心的水混合在一起
617	with the clean water in the river.	与河中净水.
618	It's making the whole river dirty, right?	它使整个河脏,对不对?
619	Water pollution is when the water is not clean.	水污染是水不净时.
620	So this water is not clean.	故此水不净.
621	So this is water pollution, okay?	所以这是水污染,好吗?
622	That's when harmful things mix with our water.	这时有害的东西混合我们的水。
623	We don't want that, okay?	我们不希望这样,好吗?
624	Okay, people put trash and other bad things	好吧,人们放垃圾和其他坏事
625	in the ocean, right?	在海里,对不对?
626	So that's true.	所以这是真的。
627	If people throw out their trash,	如果人们扔掉他们的垃圾,
628	sometimes people will take that trash	有时候人们会拿走那些垃圾
629	and throw it in the ocean.	扔进海里
630	That's horrible, that's terrible.	这太可怕了太可怕了
631	I read on the internet that there is plastic bottles	我在网上看到有塑料瓶
632	and plastic wrappers in the Pacific Ocean.	还有太平洋的塑料包裹
633	It makes the size of a state of Texas in America.	它使美国得克萨斯州的规模变得庞大.
634	It's huge in the Pacific Ocean.	分布于太平洋等海域,面积巨大.
635	All that trash is in the ocean, that's terrible.	那些垃圾都在海里太可怕了
636	It makes the water dirty.	能令水脏.
637	Other bad things, other bad things like chemicals	其他的坏事,其他的坏事像化学品
638	and things like that are making the ocean dirty.	和类似的东西让海洋脏。
639	Dirty water can kill plants, right?	脏水可以杀死植物,对吧?
640	It can kill plants.	它可以杀死植物.
641	The plants along this river might die	这条河沿岸的植物可能会死
642	because those plants need fresh, clean water to grow.	因为这些植物需要新鲜干净的水来生长。
643	Not just plants, it makes animals sick	不只是植物,它让动物生病
644	if they drink it or swim in it.	如果他们喝它或者在里面游泳。
645	And of course, it is dirty water, right?	当然,这是脏水,对不对?
646	Dirty water makes animals sick	脏水让动物生病
647	if they drink dirty water or swim in dirty water.	如果他们喝脏水或者在脏水中游泳,
648	We have many its, it, it, it, it.	我们有很多,它,它,它,它,它。
649	These its all refer back to dirty water, okay?	这些都是指脏水,好吗?
650	So dirty water can kill plants.	所以脏水可以杀死植物.
651	It makes animals sick if they drink it	喝它会让动物生病
652	or they swim in it, okay?	或者他们游泳,好吗?
653	That's all dirty water.	这都是脏水
654	That's what dirty water does.	脏水之所为也.
655	But however, we can help stop water pollution.	但是,我们可以帮助制止水污染。
656	Yes, we can do something to help stop water pollution.	是的,我们可以做一些帮助阻止水污染。
657	What can we do?	我们该怎么办?
658	Well, let's pick up the trash and keep our water clean.	好吧,让我们拿起垃圾保持我们的水清洁。
659	So if you see trash on the ground,	如果你看到垃圾在地上,
660	instead of letting it roll down	而不是让它滚下来
661	and get into a river or a stream and wash away,	并进入一条河或河中,而加以洗涤,
662	pick it up, put it in the right place.	捡起来放在合适的地方
663	Also, keep the water clean.	亦令净水.
664	Keep the water clean.	令水清净.
665	Don't put chemicals down your sink, right?	不要把化学物质放进你的水槽,对吗?
666	Be careful what you do with the water in your house.	慎以宅中水调之.
667	Okay, so those are things we can do	好吧,那么这些是我们能做的
668	to help stop water pollution.	帮助阻止水污染。
669	Okay, pollution is bad for the earth.	污染对地球有害
670	Of course, we know that.	当然,我们知道这一点。
671	Let's make sure.	让我们确定。
672	Make sure means let's check.	确保意味着让我们检查。
673	Let's be careful, right?	让我们小心,对不对?
674	Let's make sure our air and water are clean.	令诸众生清净空中水.
675	We have to make sure that our air and water are clean.	我们必须确保我们的空气和水是干净的。
676	If we do that, if we do that,	如果我们这样做,如果我们这样做,
677	if we make sure our air and water are clean,	如果我们确保我们的空气和水干净,
678	if we do that, the earth will be beautiful forever.	如果我们这样做,地球将永远美丽。
679	So the earth is a beautiful place, isn't it?	故地为美地,岂不?
680	We wanna keep it beautiful.	我们要保持它美丽。
681	So we need to make sure air and water is clean.	因此,我们需要确保空气和水是干净的。
682	Okay, that wraps up the reading passage.	好吧,这结束了阅读段落。
683	Let's talk about our reading comprehension questions, okay?	我们谈谈阅读理解问题好吗?
684	Question number one, what are we talking about?	第一问题,我们在说什么?
685	What is this story, this reading passage about?	这个故事是什么,这个读的段落?
686	What's it about?	是关于什么的?
687	What's the big subject?	什么是大主题?
688	Number one, it's about flowers.	第一篇论花.
689	I don't remember anything about flowers, do you?	我不记得有花了,是吗?
690	It's not about, I don't remember anything	不关我的事,我什么都不记得了
691	we were talking about flowers.	我们在谈论花
692	We didn't say flowers at all.	我们根本没说花
693	The A is not right.	A是不对的。
694	B, fish, did we talk about fish?	B,鱼,我们讨论过鱼吗?
695	Do you remember fish?	你还记得鱼吗?
696	I don't remember fish.	我不记得鱼了
697	There's no fish.	无鱼无鱼.
698	Okay, we didn't talk about fish.	好吧,我们没有谈论鱼。
699	Factories, okay, we did talk about factories,	工厂,好吧,我们确实谈过工厂,
700	but that was just a small detail	但这只是一个小细节
701	in the reading passage, right?	在阅读的段落,对不对?
702	That was just a small part of the story,	这只是故事的一小部分,
703	not the whole picture, right?	不是整个画面,对不对?
704	D, pollution, yeah, pollution.	D 污染对污染
705	That's what we were talking about, right?	这就是我们刚才说的,对不对?
706	D is the right answer.	D是正确的答案。
707	This story is about pollution	这个故事是关于污染的
708	because we talked about what causes pollution.	因为我们谈论了污染的原因。
709	We talked about how we can stop pollution.	我们谈论了如何阻止污染。
710	We talked about air pollution.	我们谈论了空气污染。
711	We talked about water pollution.	我们谈到了水污染。
712	So we talked all about pollution.	所以我们谈论了所有污染。
713	So pollution is the correct answer.	所以污染是正确答案。
714	Number two, pollution, beep,	第二,污染,蜂鸣,
715	we need a long part of the sentence, right?	我们需要一个很长的句子,对不对?
716	We only have the subject.	我们只有这个话题
717	What's the rest of the sentence?	余句何为.
718	What's true?	什么是真实的?
719	A, pollution makes the earth dirty.	甲,污染使土脏.
720	Is that true?	是吗?
721	You bet, pollution makes the earth dirty.	你敢打赌,污染使地球脏。
722	That's our answer.	这是我们的答案。
723	So pollution makes the earth dirty.	故污染使地脏.
724	Let's just look at B, C, and D for practice.	让我们看看B,C,D的练习。
725	Pollution is good for plants and animals.	污染对动植物有利.
726	What?	你说什么?
727	No, we said pollution can kill plants and animals.	不,我们说污染可以杀死动植物。
728	It's not good for plants and animals.	不利于动植物.
729	So that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
730	C, pollution is made by trees.	C,污染是由树木造成的.
731	No, pollution is made by factories,	不,污染是由工厂造成的,
732	by cars, by trash, by things that we do.	汽车,垃圾,我们做的事情。
733	Not by trees.	不在树边.
734	Trees don't make pollution.	树不污染.
735	If that were true, the earth would be really,	如果这是真的, 地球会是真的,
736	really dirty, right?	真的很脏,对吧?
737	All the trees would die.	所有树木都会死
738	So that's kind of a crazy answer.	所以,这是一个疯狂的答案。
739	D, pollution helps plants grow.	D,污染帮助植物生长.
740	Pollution is good for plants.	污染对植物有利.
741	No, we said pollution is bad for plants.	不,我们说污染对植物有害。
742	So that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
743	So again, our only correct answer is A,	再说一遍我们唯一的正确答案是A
744	pollution makes the earth dirty.	污染使地球变得肮脏。
745	Okay, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
746	Number three.	三号
747	Now we're missing the subject, right?	现在我们错过话题了对吧?
748	Number two, we have the subject.	第二,我们有话题。
749	We need the rest of the sentence.	我们需要剩下的句子。
750	Now we have the opposite situation.	现在我们的情况正好相反。
751	We are missing the subject.	我们错过了话题。
752	We have the rest of the sentence.	我们还有剩下的句子
753	So we need the subject.	所以我们需要这个话题。
754	The subject helps plants grow and stay green.	该学科帮助植物生长并保持绿色.
755	So what helps plants grow and stay green?	那么什么能帮助植物生长和保持绿色?
756	We know it's not pollution, right?	我们知道这不是污染,对不对?
757	We saw that in number two.	我们看到第二。
758	It's not pollution.	这不是污染。
759	We can see that right away.	我们能马上看到
760	What about A?	A怎么办?
761	Driving cars helps plants grow and stay green.	驾驶汽车可以帮助植物生长和保持绿色.
762	Driving cars makes pollution	驾驶汽车造成污染
763	and pollution does not help plants grow and stay green.	污染无助于植物生长和保持绿色。
764	So A is wrong too.	所以A也是错的
765	What about C?	C怎么办?
766	Clean air.	清净之气.
767	Clean air helps plants grow and stay green.	清洁空气有助于植物生长和保持绿色.
768	Yeah, sure, we talked about that.	是的,当然,我们谈过了。
769	Clean air is what helps plants grow and stay green.	清洁空气有助于植物生长和保持绿色.
770	Not only clean air, but also clean water.	不但清净之气,清净之水也.
771	So D, where it says dirty water,	所以D 上面写着脏水
772	no, not dirty water, clean water, okay?	不,不是脏水,干净的水,好吗?
773	So clean air helps plants grow and stay green.	所以清洁的空气可以帮助植物生长和保持绿色.
774	If it was clean water, that would also be true.	如是清净水亦复如是.
775	But D is dirty water, so that's not right.	但D是脏水,所以这是不对的。
776	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
777	Dirty water, we have the subject.	脏水,我们有话题。
778	What's the rest of the sentence?	余句何为.
779	Dirty water does what?	脏水做什么?
780	A, is good for lemonade.	A,对柠檬汁有好处.
781	What?	你说什么?
782	Okay, that's, where did that come from, right?	好吧,那是,这是从哪里来的,对不对?
783	Okay, but that's kind of funny.	好吧,但这有点好笑。
784	But if you think about it, if you make lemonade,	但如果你想起来,如果你做了柠檬水,
785	you're mixing water, lemon juice, sugar, and ice, right?	你在混合水,柠檬汁,糖和冰,对吧?
786	That's a really good drink.	这酒喝得真好
787	Should you use dirty water?	要用脏水吗?
788	It's gonna taste horrible, right?	它会尝到可怕的,对不对?
789	We don't want dirty water.	我们不要脏水。
790	That's not good for lemonade.	这对柠檬水不好
791	Clean water is good for lemonade.	清水对柠檬水有好处.
792	Okay, dirty water helps plants grow and stay green.	脏水能帮助植物生长保持绿色
793	Nope, we just saw that, that's not the right answer.	不,我们刚刚看到, 这不是正确的答案。
794	So let's get rid of that.	故释之.
795	C, dirty water makes animals sick.	C,脏水使动物生病.
796	Aha, we saw that, or we read that in the reading passage.	啊哈,我们看到了,或者我们在读本上读到的
797	Dirty water can make animals sick,	脏水会让动物生病
798	can also make plants die.	也可以使植物死亡。
799	So C is our right answer.	C是我们的正确答案
800	Dirty water makes animals sick, like us too.	脏水令动物生病,就像我们一样。
801	So let's not put dirty water in our lemonade,	所以,让我们不要把脏水在我们的柠檬水,
802	we'll get sick, right?	我们会生病的,对不对?
803	So dirty water makes animals sick.	故脏水令畜生生病.
804	So looking at D, dirty water is not harmful.	所以看D,脏水并不有害.
805	No, we saw that before.	不,我们以前见过。
806	Dirty water is harmful.	脏水是有害的。
807	So we have to change D.	所以我们得换D
808	D is not correct, okay?	D是不正确的,好吗?
809	So our right answer is dirty water makes animals sick.	所以我们的正确答案是脏水让动物生病。
810	That's number C.	这是C号
811	C is the correct answer.	C是正确的答案。
812	Okay, let's review what we've learned in this lesson,	好吧,让我们回顾一下我们学到了什么
813	especially from the reading passage.	特别是从阅读段落。
814	We have two questions here.	我们有两个问题
815	One, how can we stop air pollution?	一,如何制止空气污染?
816	How can we prevent air pollution?	我们如何防止空气污染?
817	Do you remember some of the things we talked about?	你还记得我们谈过的吗?
818	What causes air pollution?	是什么造成空气污染?
819	Driving cars, vehicles like buses, taxis.	驾车,公交车,出租车等车辆.
820	So what can we do?	我们能怎么办?
821	Well, let's see if Dr. Pollution can help us, okay?	好吧,让我们看看污染医生能否帮助我们,好吗?
822	Let's see.	让我看看。
823	Who is that guy?	那家伙是谁?
824	That's not Dr. Pollution.	那不是污染医生
825	I don't know who that guy is.	我不知道那人是谁
826	Okay, anyway.	好吧,无论如何。
827	We can walk and ride bicycles more.	我们可以步行和骑自行车更多。
828	That's how we can stop air pollution, okay?	这就是我们阻止空气污染的方法,好吗?
829	We can stop air pollution by walking,	我们可以通过步行来阻止空气污染
830	walking and riding bicycles	步行和骑自行车
831	because we don't use cars or taxis or buses, right?	因为我们不使用汽车,出租车或公共汽车,对不对?
832	Okay, thank you.	好的谢谢
833	I don't know who that guy is.	我不知道那人是谁
834	He's not very handsome, is he?	他不太帅吧?
835	Okay, okay, next one.	好吧,好吧,下一个。
836	How can we stop water pollution?	我们如何制止水污染?
837	Now I'm a bit scared.	现在我有点害怕了
838	I don't know who's gonna come up, okay?	我不知道谁会上来,好吗?
839	But think about it.	但想着.
840	How can we stop water pollution?	我们如何制止水污染?
841	What can we do?	我们该怎么办?
842	In the reading passage, we talked about trash	在阅读的段落中,我们谈到垃圾
843	and making the water dirty.	和使水脏。
844	That causes water pollution.	这造成水污染。
845	So are you ready?	你准备好了吗?
846	You wanna see who comes up?	你想看看谁来了?
847	Oh no, it's the same guy.	哦,不,是同一个家伙。
848	Oh my gosh, okay.	哦,我的上帝,还好。
849	Okay, let's pick up trash and keep our water clean.	好吧,让我们捡起垃圾并保持我们的水清洁。
850	That's what we need to do to stop water pollution, okay?	这就是我们需要做的阻止水污染,好吗?
851	And this guy is telling us that.	这家伙告诉我们。
852	Who is that guy?	那家伙是谁?
853	Do you know?	你知道吗?
854	Anyway, okay, so we have two questions here.	好吧,我们有两个问题
855	How can we stop air pollution?	我们如何制止空气污染?
856	We can walk, ride bicycles.	我们可以走路,骑自行车。
857	How can we stop water pollution?	我们如何制止水污染?
858	We can pick up trash, keep our water clean.	我们可以去捡垃圾清水
859	Okay, that was our lesson on pollution.	好吧,那是我们关于污染的教训。
860	I hope you've learned a lot of good words	我希望你学到了很多好词
861	and that you enjoyed the reading passage	而且你喜欢阅读的段落
862	and you picked up some interesting ideas	你发现了一些有趣的想法
863	and some good vocabulary from the reading passage.	和一些很好的词汇从阅读段落。
864	We'll see you again next time, everybody.	我们下次再见,各位
865	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 877 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P19 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p19 18. 18. LevelB Lesson4 We Have Struck Gold (P19)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p19 18. 18. LevelB Lesson4 We Have Struck Gold (P19)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 39:59

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:09	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	We're on unit two now.	我们现在在第二小队
0:12	We're talking about rocks.	我们在谈论石头
0:15	Rocks?	石头?
0:16	That's boring.	真无聊
0:17	Actually, rocks are interesting.	其实,岩石是有趣的。
0:20	We're going to find out some interesting things	我们会发现一些有趣的事情
0:22	about rocks in this lesson.	关于岩石在这个课程。

展开字幕全文（932 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're on unit two now.	我们现在在第二小队
5	We're talking about rocks.	我们在谈论石头
6	Rocks?	石头?
7	That's boring.	真无聊
8	Actually, rocks are interesting.	其实,岩石是有趣的。
9	We're going to find out some interesting things	我们会发现一些有趣的事情
10	about rocks in this lesson.	关于岩石在这个课程。
11	Lesson four, we're talking about we've struck gold.	第四课,我们说我们打金子
12	We've struck gold.	我们打到金子了
13	We hit gold.	我们打金子。
14	Well, that's what people will say if they find gold.	如果找到金子,人们会这么说
15	And gold is very precious, right?	金子非常珍贵,对吧?
16	It's precious.	其珍贵.
17	OK, so we've struck gold.	好吧,所以我们已经打金。
18	We've found gold.	我们找到黄金了
19	We're talking about science.	我们在谈论科学
20	That's our subject.	这是我们的主题。
21	Our subject is about science.	我们的课题是科学
22	And we're going to focus on some rocks are	我们要专注于一些岩石
23	very expensive or precious, right?	非常昂贵或珍贵,对不对?
24	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
25	OK, gold is a type of metal, really.	好吧,黄金是一种金属,真的。
26	They're saying it's a type of rock.	他们说是一类石头
27	It's a precious rock.	宝岩'.
28	If you look at these things, they're made of gold.	如果你看这些东西,它们就是金的。
29	It's very expensive, very precious, right?	它非常昂贵,非常珍贵,对不对?
30	People like to have gold.	人们喜欢有黄金。
31	Gold is very beautiful.	金色非常美丽。
32	So people will think it's a very precious rock.	所以人们会认为这是非常珍贵的岩石。
33	And it's worth a lot of money.	且值 a.
34	Worth,它值很多钱。
35	So gold is worth a lot of money.	所以黄金值很多钱
36	OK, gold is a precious rock.	好,金子是宝石
37	OK, let's take a look at our vocabulary.	好吧,让我们看看我们的词汇。
38	Number one, what is this?	第一,这是什么?
39	This is not gold, right?	这不是黄金,对不对?
40	What is this?	这是什么?
41	This is a very beautiful stone or rock.	这是一个非常美丽的石头或岩石。
42	It's a clear, hard, and expensive stone.	其石清,坚,贵也.
43	And you see this big one here, but you also	你在这里看到这个大, 但你也
44	see all of these other ones here.	看这里其他的
45	Wow, this is a really expensive thing, isn't it?	哇,这是非常昂贵的事情,不是吗?
46	Because it has many diamonds, diamond.	因为它有很多钻石,钻石。
47	Diamond is just two sounds, diamond.	钻石只是两个声音,钻石。
48	Don't say di-ah-mond, no, diamond, diamond, OK?	不要说钻石,钻石,好吗?
49	So diamonds are very expensive.	所以钻石非常昂贵。
50	They're very hard, too, really hard.	他们也很辛苦,真的很辛苦。
51	Do you know that diamonds can cut glass?	你知道钻石可以切玻璃吗?
52	That's how hard diamonds are.	如此金刚坚固.
53	Diamonds can cut glass.	钻石可以切玻璃.
54	So diamonds are very hard.	钻石很硬
55	Next one, two, something pretty you	下一个,两个,你漂亮的东西
56	wear on your neck or fingers.	戴在脖子或手指上。
57	Wow, look at all of these stones, all of these rocks.	哇,看看这些石头,所有这些石头。
58	They're very pretty.	他们很漂亮。
59	These, of course, are gemstones, gemstones.	当然,这些是宝石,宝石。
60	Let me write that here for you, gemstones.	让我写给你,宝石
61	Now, I don't have enough room.	现在,我没有足够的空间。
62	Gemstones, maybe I should write it over here.	宝石,也许我应该写在这里。
63	It's really one word, gemstones.	这真的是一个词,宝石。
64	And there's many types of gemstones.	而宝石种类繁多.
65	Here's our diamond.	这是我们的钻石。
66	Remember the diamond.	记住钻石。
67	Here's a ruby, right?	这是红宝石,对吧?
68	Here's a sapphire.	这是蓝宝石。
69	There's many types of gemstones, OK?	宝石有很多种类,好吗?
70	But when you take these gemstones and you make them,	但当你拿走这些宝石,你制造它们,
71	you put them on a ring, or you put them on a necklace,	你把它们放在戒指上或者放在项链上
72	or you put them in earrings.	或者你把它们放在耳环里
73	I don't wear earrings, but some guys do.	我不戴耳环,但有人戴
74	Earrings, you put earrings or necklace or ring.	耳环、项链、戒指
75	What do you call that that you can wear on your neck,	你叫什么,你可以穿在你的脖子上,
76	your fingers, your ears, right?	你的手指,耳朵,对不对?
77	What do you call that?	这叫什么?
78	You call it jewelry.	你管它叫珠宝
79	Now, this is 힘들어 to pronounce, right?	现在,这是... ... ......
80	발람 힘들어요, right?	对不对?
81	So jewelry, jewelry.	所以珠宝,珠宝。
82	It's kind of like jewelry.	有点像珠宝
83	If you think about it, it sounds like two sounds, jewelry.	如果你考虑一下,听起来像两个声音,珠宝。
84	But jewel, jewel, is really two sounds.	但是,珠宝,珠宝, 真的是两个声音。
85	Jewelry, jewelry.	珠宝珠宝
86	So jewel, jewel, jewelry, jewelry.	所以珠宝,珠宝,珠宝,珠宝。
87	It's a little 힘들어, right?	有点...
88	Jewelry, jewelry, OK?	珠宝,珠宝,好吗?
89	So that is the sound, or that's how you pronounce jewelry.	这就是声音,或者你是如何读出珠宝的。
90	And remember, this is not jewelry.	记住这不是珠宝
91	This is just gemstones.	这只是宝石。
92	But we use gemstones to make rings, earrings, necklace.	但我们用宝石做戒指耳环项链
93	That's jewelry, OK?	这是珠宝,好吗?
94	Three, to try to find something.	3,试图找到一些东西。
95	So you're looking through a magnifying glass, right?	所以你是透过放大镜看的对吧?
96	She's trying to find something.	她想找点什么
97	I don't know if you can see in the picture.	我不知道你能不能看出来
98	There's two ladybugs here.	这里有两个臭女人
99	She's trying to find those ladybugs, right?	她想找到那些臭女人对吧?
100	What is she doing?	她在干吗?
101	She is searching.	她在寻找
102	Search, to search, means to try to find something.	寻找寻找意味着找到东西
103	You could also say look for.	你也可以说寻找。
104	She is looking for.	她正在寻找。
105	Look for, search, look for, right?	寻找,寻找,寻找,对不对?
106	Search and look for, same thing.	搜索和寻找,同样的事情。
107	He is looking for his keys.	他在寻找他的钥匙。
108	He is searching for his keys.	他在寻找他的钥匙。
109	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
110	Oh, where is this?	哦,这是哪里?
111	This looks very dark and dirty and maybe cold.	这看起来非常黑暗和肮脏也许很冷。
112	It's not a nice place, right?	这不是一个好地方,对不对?
113	Maybe a little wet, too.	也许也有点湿
114	But this is really underground, far underground.	但是,这是真正的地下,很远的地下。
115	And when people are digging under the ground,	当人们在地下挖掘时,
116	what are they doing?	他们在干什么?
117	When they're digging under the ground,	当他们挖地下,
118	especially when they're looking for expensive rocks,	尤其是当他们在找昂贵的石头时
119	they are mining, mining, mining.	它们是采矿,采矿,采矿。
120	It comes from this place.	它来自这个地方。
121	This place is called a mine.	这个地方叫做地雷
122	This is a mine.	这是地雷
123	It's a place.	这是一个地方。
124	The action or activity is mining, mining.	行动或活动是采矿、采矿。
125	You know, when I was younger, I worked at a mine, right?	我年轻的时候在矿井工作对吧?
126	I worked in human resources in a mine.	我在矿井里做人力资源工作
127	But the mine looked like this.	但矿井看起来像这样
128	It was an open pit mine, right?	那是个开阔的矿井对吧?
129	It was not underground.	这不是地下。
130	It was a pit in the ground.	那是个地坑
131	And big trucks, huge trucks.	还有大卡车,大卡车
132	So mines can be underground like this.	所以矿井可以这样在地下.
133	Mines can also be just a hole in the ground, too.	地雷也可以只是地上的洞。
134	So there's different kinds of mines.	故有异类地雷.
135	OK, five.	好吧,五个。
136	To give money to buy things.	给钱买东西。
137	When you give money to buy something, what are you doing?	当你给钱买东西,你在做什么?
138	You are paying.	你在付钱。
139	You pay money for something.	你花钱买东西
140	Pay money for something.	付钱买东西
141	Something.	东西。
142	Could be toys.	这可能是玩具。
143	Could be games.	可能是游戏
144	Could be clothes.	也许是衣服
145	Food, right?	食物,对不对?
146	You pay money for something.	你花钱买东西
147	Be careful.	小心点
148	Pay is an irregular verb.	支付是一种不规则的动词.
149	We say pay, paid, paid.	我们说支付,支付,支付。
150	So past tense, we say paid.	所以过去紧张,我们说支付。
151	How much did you pay?	你付了多少钱?
152	I paid $10.	我付了10块
153	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
154	Whoa, very nice.	哇,很不错。
155	Very banja, banja, right?	非常的班贾,班贾,对不对?
156	When you say banja, banja, what can you say?	当你说班贾,班贾, 你能说什么?
157	Bright and full of light, it's shiny, right?	光线明亮光线闪亮对吧?
158	Shiny is like banja, banja.	光明像班贾,班贾。
159	Very shiny, right?	非常闪亮,对吧?
160	If you have gold or silver, it's shiny, OK?	如果你有金或银, 它的闪亮,好吗?
161	Very shiny.	非常闪亮。
162	Next one, seven.	下一个,七。
163	This is an interesting picture.	这是一个有趣的图片。
164	These books look very, very old, right?	这些书看起来非常,非常古老,对不对?
165	A long time ago, they didn't make many books.	很久以前,他们没有做很多书。
166	And a lot of books have been destroyed because they got old.	而很多书籍因为年久失修而被毁.
167	There's been fires, water, rain.	时有大火,水,雨.
168	You know, people throw them away.	你知道,人们扔掉它们。
169	So very old books are hard to find.	所以很旧的书很难找到
170	Some of the original books are hard to find.	一些原著很难找到.
171	What are they?	他们是什么?
172	What can we say about them?	我们能说些什么呢?
173	They are rare.	他们是罕见的。
174	Be careful pronunciation.	注意发音.
175	You have two r sounds, r.	你有两个声音,r。
176	Remember when you make r sound, your tongue is near the back	记住当你发出声音时你的舌头就在后面
177	of your throat, r, r.	你的喉咙,r,r。
178	It kind of forms a u in the back of your throat, r, r,	它在你的喉咙后面形成一个u,r,r,r,
179	from side to side, r, rare, rare.	从侧到侧,r,稀有,稀有。
180	OK, so one more time, rare.	好吧,那么再多一次,难得的。
181	So something that is hard to find is rare.	所以很难找到的东西是罕见的。
182	OK, next one, eight.	好吧,下一个,8。
183	Aw, it's cute, right?	很可爱吧?
184	Kipcho.	基普乔
185	The little kitten, right?	小猫咪,对吧?
186	Little cat.	小猫咪
187	The cat is not hard.	猫不难.
188	That means if you touch the cat, it's not a hard surface.	这意味着如果你碰猫, 它不是一个硬的表面。
189	It's not like touching a table or this screen.	这不像碰桌子或这个屏幕
190	It's not hard like that.	不难如是.
191	It's very what?	这是非常什么?
192	What's the opposite?	何谓相反.
193	Pandero of hard, soft, sure.	硬的,软的,当然。
194	If you put your hand on the kitten, it's very soft,	如果你把手放在小猫身上, 它非常柔软,
195	very nice, right?	很不错吧?
196	Very soft.	非常柔软。
197	OK, next one, number nine.	好吧,下一个,九号。
198	OK, looks like somebody has been very busy today.	看来今天有人很忙
199	They've paid a lot of money for many things.	他们为很多事情付出了很多代价.
200	To get something by paying money for it, what were they doing?	为了赚钱,他们在做什么?
201	They were buying.	他们在买东西
202	They were buying many things.	他们买了很多东西。
203	If you said shopping, that's OK too, shop, right?	如果你说购物, 那也没关系,商店,对不对?
204	When people shop, that's what she's been doing,	当人们购物时, 这就是她一直在做的,
205	but she was buying things.	但她买的东西。
206	She was shopping, OK?	她在购物,好吗?
207	Also, she was paying money for things.	而且她还花钱买东西
208	She was buying things.	她买东西。
209	Now remember, buy is irregular.	现在记住,买是不正常的。
210	It changes form for the past.	它改变的形式过去。
211	Buy, bought, bought.	买,买,买。
212	What did you buy?	你买了什么?
213	I bought shoes.	我买了鞋子。
214	I bought a jacket.	我买了件夹克
215	I bought, what did you buy?	我买了,你买了什么?
216	OK, I bought something.	好吧我买了点东西
217	OK, next one, number 10.	好,下一个10号
218	What's this guy crazy?	这家伙疯了吗?
219	What's he doing?	他在干吗?
220	Don't do that.	别这样
221	(原始内容存档于2018-10-22). Hajima, Joshime.
222	OK, he's gotta be careful, right?	好吧,他必须小心,对不对?
223	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
224	He's gonna electrocute himself.	他会电击自己。
225	That's really dangerous.	这真的很危险
226	Don't do that, right?	别那么做,对吧?
227	Very foolish.	甚为愚痴.
228	We could say crazy.	我们可以说疯狂。
229	You could also say stupid.	你也可以说愚蠢。
230	This boy is stupid.	这小子真蠢
231	I think in Korean you say pabo, right?	我想你在韩语中说巴伯,对吧?
232	Is that right, pabo?	是吗,宝贝?
233	Pabo would be like stupid.	帕博会像愚蠢的。
234	But crazy is michiso, right?	但疯狂的米奇索,对不对?
235	Michiso.	弥修索.
236	So he's crazy, OK?	所以他疯了,好吗?
237	Don't do that.	别这样
238	He's crazy if he does that.	他这样做是疯了。
239	That's really nuts.	这真是疯了。
240	You can all say nuts.	你们可以说是坚果
241	He is nuts.	他疯了
242	He's nuts.	他疯了
243	He's crazy.	他疯了
244	We do this to mean he's crazy.	我们这么做是说他疯了
245	OK, very foolish.	好吧,非常的愚蠢。
246	Don't do that.	别这样
247	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
248	Hey, these kids are having a good time.	这些孩子玩得很开心
249	They are not outside.	他们不在外面。
250	They're not outside.	他们不在外面。
251	They are inside, inside.	他们在里面在里面
252	So pandero, out, in.	所以便当,出来,进来。
253	Inside is the same.	里面一样
254	Outside is outside with trees and nature,	外面有树木和大自然
255	grass, dirt, sky above you.	草,土,天空在你们上面。
256	That's outside.	即于外边.
257	Inside is in a bus or in a building,	里面是公交车或者大楼
258	in a home, in an office, right?	在家中,在办公室,对不对?
259	You're inside.	你进去了
260	Not outside means you are inside.	外面不是说你在里面
261	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
262	What is she doing?	她在干吗?
263	Well, it's a very nice thing that she has.	嗯,这是一件非常好的事情,她有。
264	She's imagining what will happen.	她正在想象会发生什么
265	So she's thinking in her mind.	所以她脑子里在想
266	She has pictures in her mind	她脑子里有照片
267	about what will happen in the future,	关于将来会发生什么,
268	maybe tomorrow, next week, next year.	也许明天,下周,明年
269	She's imagining.	她想象中是这样
270	She is guessing.	她是在猜测。
271	She is guessing what will happen.	她猜会发生什么事
272	It's a guess.	师猜测.
273	I don't know, but I'm guessing.	我不知道,不过我猜
274	When you imagine what will happen, you can guess.	当你想象会发生什么, 你可以猜测。
275	You can also, especially when you say	你也可以,特别是当你说
276	imagine what will happen, it's like predict.	想象会发生什么,就像预测。
277	You can also say predict.	你也可以说预测。
278	You predict what will happen.	你预测会发生什么。
279	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
280	OK, what is this person doing?	好吧,这个人在做什么?
281	Looks like they're in their garden, right?	他们好像在花园里,对吧?
282	And they're growing plants.	他们正在种植植物
283	So when you garden, you make a hole in the ground	所以,当你花园, 你在地面上做一个洞
284	with a tool, right?	用工具,对不对?
285	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
286	It's a very simple word.	这是一个非常简单的词。
287	To dig, dig, dig in the ground.	为掘,掘,掘地.
288	Dig is an irregular verb, so it changes form.	Dig是一种不规则的动词,因此会改变形式.
289	Dig, dug, dug.	挖掘,挖掘,挖掘。
290	Not a person's name, right?	不是一个人的名字,对不对?
291	Be careful, because a person's name can be Doug, right?	小心,因为一个人的名字可以是道格,对不对?
292	Hi Doug, how are you?	嗨,道格,你好吗?
293	But it doesn't mean Doug as in past tense of dig, right?	但是这并不意味着道格像过去那样紧张的挖掘,对不对?
294	It's a different thing, OK?	事情不一样,好吗?
295	Dig, dug, dug.	挖掘,挖掘,挖掘。
296	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
297	This is underwater.	这是水下。
298	Some very pretty fish, beautiful fish.	一些非常漂亮的鱼,美丽的鱼。
299	But if you think about the surface of the water is here,	但是如果你想到水面在这里
300	and you go down and down and down and down and down,	你下下去,下下去,下来,下来,下来,下来,下来,下来,
301	you get really far down.	你走得真远
302	To be far down, where are you?	很远,你在哪里?
303	You are deep.	你是深处。
304	To be deep underwater, deep underground, right?	在水下深处,在地下深处,对吧?
305	You go down into something.	你下去的东西。
306	And to be far down in something, deep underwater,	在深水深处
307	deep underground.	地下深处
308	So to be very deep is to be far down.	所以,很深的就是很深。
309	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
310	This is a beautiful countryside, right?	这是一个美丽的乡村,对不对?
311	We have some water here.	这里有水
312	And the water is moving, right?	水在移动,对吧?
313	It's a natural flow of water coming through somewhere.	水自然流过某处.
314	You've got land on both sides.	你两边都有陆地
315	The water is moving.	水势动静.
316	What do we call this?	这叫什么?
317	We call it a river.	我们称之为河流。
318	It河.
319	Remember, rivers are wide, right?	记住,河很宽,对吧?
320	If it's really small and you could step across it	如果它真的很小你可以跨过它
321	or walk across it very easily, it's not a river.	或走过它非常容易, 它不是一个河流。
322	We would call it a stream, right?	我们称之为溪流,对不对?
323	A stream.	一个溪流。
324	Or you could call it a creek, right?	或者你可以称之为小溪,对不对?
325	Those are very small, but very wide.	它们很小,但很宽。
326	You have to swim across it, right?	你必须游过它,对不对?
327	That's a river, OK?	那是一条河,好吗?
328	That would be a river.	这将是一条河流。
329	OK, 16.	好吧,16岁。
330	Water surrounded by land.	水围绕国土.
331	So we have water here.	所以这里有水
332	And on all sides, on all sides, we	在四面八方我们
333	can't see the rest of the picture, but just imagine,	不能看到其他的图片, 但只是想象,
334	there's land all around it.	周围都是陆地
335	Wow, look at that.	哇,看看这个。
336	I drew that with my hand.	我用手画的
337	OK, all around there, there is land.	好了,到处都有陆地
338	So water surrounded by land is called a lake, a lake.	因此被陆地包围的水被称为湖,湖.
339	By the way, it's interesting.	顺便说一句,这很有趣。
340	What do you call land surrounded by water, right?	你说被水包围的土地是什么?
341	Think about the opposite, pandero.	考虑相反, 潘多。
342	What do you call it?	你叫什么来着?
343	You would call that an island, right?	你会叫这小岛,对吧?
344	That would be an island.	那将会是一个小岛。
345	So island is the opposite, pandero, of lake, OK?	所以,岛屿是相反的, 山德罗,湖,好吗?
346	So water surrounded by land is a lake.	因此陆地环绕的水是一个湖泊.
347	Land surrounded by water is island, OK?	被水包围的土地是岛屿,好吗?
348	Now we've taken a look at all of our words.	今观一切言语.
349	Let's do an exercise to remember those words.	让我们做一个练习记住这些话。
350	How well do you remember?	你记得多少?
351	What we're doing, this is interesting	我们在做什么,这是有趣的
352	because we're asking you guys riddles.	因为我们在问你们谜语
353	What is a riddle?	什么是谜语?
354	Here is a riddle right here, riddle.	这里有个谜语,谜语
355	Riddle is when we give you clues about something.	Riddle是我们给你一些线索的时候
356	We give you a clue or a hint, right?	我们给你一个线索或提示,对不对?
357	We describe something, but we don't say the name.	我们描述的东西, 但我们不说这个名字。
358	You have to guess the name.	你必须猜出名字。
359	You have to think of the name.	须想此名.
360	A riddle is like a puzzle, right?	谜语就像谜语,对吧?
361	We give you some hints or clues, and you think of the answer.	我们给你一些提示或线索你想想答案
362	The answers are here.	答案在这里。
363	Let's go over them.	让我们去过他们。
364	Diamond, diamond, search, search, shiny, shiny, pay,	钻石,钻石, 搜索,搜索,闪亮,闪亮,支付,
365	pay, jewelry, jewelry, mining, mining, rare, rare,	报酬珠宝珠宝采矿稀有稀有
366	and soft, soft.	和柔软,柔软。
367	Those are the answers to our riddles or our puzzles.	这些是对我们谜语或谜语的答案。
368	What's the first riddle?	什么是第一个谜语?
369	The first riddle is I, now when we say I,	第一个谜语是我,现在,当我们说,我,
370	it doesn't mean I, me, it means an object.	这并不意味着我,我,它意味着一个物体。
371	Imagine some object is talking, right?	想象一下有些东西在说话,对吧?
372	That's part of the clue or the hint.	这是线索或暗示的一部分。
373	So I go on your hand.	所以,我走在你的手上。
374	I go on your ear.	我将你耳边。
375	What am I?	我是谁?
376	What goes on your hand?	你的手上发生了什么?
377	A ring goes on your hand.	你手上拿着戒指
378	What goes on your ear?	你耳朵怎么了? 关你什么事?
379	An earring, OK?	耳环,好吗?
380	So the answer is not ring or earring.	因此答案不是环或耳环.
381	The answer is something that ring and earring	答案是戒指和耳环
382	are both types of.	两种类型。
383	A ring and an earring are types of what?	戒指和耳环是什么类型?
384	We talked about this before.	我们之前谈过这个
385	They are types of jewelry.	它们是首饰的类型。
386	So what am I?	那么,我是谁?
387	This is a common riddle question, right?	这是一个常见的谜题,对不对?
388	Hint one, hint two, and then question.	提示一,提示二,然后问.
389	What am I?	我是谁?
390	It's jewelry, OK?	这是珠宝,好吗?
391	So I go on your hand.	所以,我走在你的手上。
392	I go on your ear.	我将你耳边。
393	What am I?	我是谁?
394	That's a riddle, OK?	这是一个谜语,好吗?
395	And the answer to this riddle is jewelry	这个谜语的答案是珠宝
396	because ring and earring are types of jewelry, OK?	因为戒指和耳环是首饰,好吗?
397	Let's do number two.	贡举志二.
398	I can't find it.	我找不到这个
399	What should I do?	我该怎么办?
400	So you can't find something.	所以你找不到东西
401	What should I do?	我该怎么办?
402	Cry, oh, I can't find it.	哭吧我找不到这个
403	No, don't cry, right?	不,不要哭,对不对?
404	It's better to do something active.	做一些积极的事情比较好.
405	If you can't find something, chajayo, right?	如果你找不到什么,查杰欧,对吧?
406	是吗,Chajayo?
407	Yeah, chajayo.	对,查杰欧
408	OK, so what should you do?	好吧,那你该怎么办?
409	You should search for it.	你应该找找看
410	Chajayo is like find or search, right?	查杰约就像寻找或搜索,对不对?
411	So you should search, search for it, OK?	所以,你应该搜索,搜索它,好吗?
412	Don't cry, OK?	别哭,好吗?
413	Search.	寻曰.
414	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
415	Number three, we're digging for gold.	第三,我们挖黄金。
416	We're digging for gold.	我们在挖金子
417	What are we doing, OK?	我们在做什么,好吗?
418	So what's another word for digging for gold?	挖金子又该怎么说?
419	What's a word that explains digging for gold?	什么词能解释挖金?
420	When people dig in the ground looking for gold or jewelry,	当人们挖在地上寻找黄金或珠宝,
421	not jewelry, but gemstones, what are they doing?	不是珠宝,而是宝石, 他们在做什么?
422	What are they doing here?	他们在这里做什么?
423	If you chose mining, that's right.	如果你选择采矿,那是正确的。
424	That's the answer to the riddle.	这就是谜语的答案.
425	Digging in the ground for gold, you are mining.	在地上挖金子,你在开采
426	I told you before, I worked at a mine before.	我告诉过你我以前在矿井工作过
427	I worked at a gold mine.	我在金矿工作
428	That's very interesting, isn't it?	这很有趣,不是吗?
429	The company I worked for was looking for gold,	我工作的公司正在寻找黄金,
430	and they made shiny bars of gold.	他们做了闪亮的金条。
431	Very expensive.	非常昂贵。
432	OK, four.	好吧,四个。
433	A pillow and a feather, what are they?	枕头和羽毛是什么?
434	This is an interesting riddle.	这是一个有趣的谜语。
435	It's comparing two things.	比较两事.
436	A pillow, of course, is when you go to bed at night,	枕头当然是晚上睡觉的时候
437	on your bed, you have a nice cushion, right?	在床上,你有一个不错的衬垫,对不对?
438	And you put your head on it, and it's nice, right?	你把你的头在上面, 这是很好的,对不对?
439	It's very what?	这是非常什么?
440	A feather is also the same thing.	羽毛也是一样
441	If you touch your face with a feather,	如果你用羽毛摸你的脸
442	ah, it's nice and soft, right?	啊,这是很好的和柔软的,对不对?
443	That's the answer.	这就是答案。
444	A pillow and a feather, what are they?	枕头和羽毛是什么?
445	They are both.	他们都是
446	Both a pillow and a feather are both soft.	枕头和羽毛都软.
447	A pillow and a feather, what are they?	枕头和羽毛是什么?
448	That's another type of riddle.	这是另一种谜语。
449	OK, two more riddles.	好吧,两个谜语。
450	I give him money for food.	我给他钱买吃的
451	What do I do?	我该怎么办?
452	If you give somebody money for food,	如果你给别人钱买食物
453	or if you give somebody money for a game,	或者如果你给某人钱游戏,
454	or if you give somebody money for clothes, what are you doing?	或者如果你给别人钱买衣服你在干嘛?
455	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
456	You are paying.	你在付钱。
457	You pay.	你付钱
458	What do I do?	我该怎么办?
459	I pay.	我付钱
460	Six.	六门.
461	You can find me in a rock.	你可以在石头上找到我
462	Not me.	我没有
463	OK, again, riddles you have to imagine like an object	好吧,再次,谜语你必须想象像物体
464	or something is talking.	或东西在说话。
465	You can find me in a rock.	你可以在石头上找到我
466	What am I?	我是谁?
467	I'm in a rock.	我在石头上。
468	Well, what is in a rock here?	石头里有什么?
469	What is something that we find in a rock?	我们在石头上发现了什么?
470	Of course, we can find a diamond in a rock.	当然,我们可以在岩石中找到钻石。
471	A diamond can be found in rock, or rocks, right?	在岩石或岩石中可以找到钻石,对吧?
472	A diamond can be found in a rock.	钻石可以在岩石中找到.
473	So what am I?	那么,我是谁?
474	It's a diamond.	这是钻石
475	So that's interesting, isn't it?	这很有趣,不是吗?
476	It's fun to play riddles.	玩谜语很有趣
477	Think of clues or hints, and ask your friends riddles, right?	想想线索或暗示问问你的朋友的谜语,对不对?
478	You can use some of these words to make riddles	你可以用这些词来做谜语
479	to ask your friends.	问你的朋友。
480	See if they can guess what the answer to your riddle is.	看看他们能不能猜到你的谜语的答案是什么
481	OK, well, that wraps it up for the vocabulary section.	好了,好了,结束了,词汇部分。
482	Let's take a short break, and then we'll	让我们休息一下,然后我们
483	come back and look at the reading.	复来观读.
484	Don't go away.	别走
485	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
486	Welcome back to the lesson.	欢迎回来上课。
487	We're going over lesson four, the reading for lesson four.	我们要讲第四课读第四课
488	标题是,我们有Struk Gold。
489	We've Found Gold.	我们已经找到黄金。
490	Let's go over the reading.	先过诵经.
491	The reading starts in an interesting way.	阅读的开始方式很有趣。
492	It starts with a question.	始问曰.
493	Do you want to buy my rock?	你想买我的石头吗?
494	If you have a rock, and you ask your friend, hey,	如果你有石头, 你问你的朋友,嘿,
495	do you want to buy my rock?	你想买我的石头吗?
496	Your friend will say, what?	你朋友会说什么?
497	I don't want to buy your rock.	我不想买你的石头。
498	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
499	That's silly.	这是愚蠢的。
500	This may sound crazy, but it's not.	这听起来可能很疯狂,但不是。
501	Not always, right?	并不总是,对不对?
502	Because people will pay a lot of money for the right rock.	因为人们会为正确的岩石付出很多代价.
503	What makes these rocks so special?	是什么使这些岩石如此特殊?
504	OK, so we're starting off with a strange question.	好吧,所以我们开始一个奇怪的问题。
505	Do you want to buy my rock?	你想买我的石头吗?
506	Normally, people would say, that sounds crazy.	人们通常会说这听起来很疯狂
507	That question, this is crazy.	这个问题,这是疯狂的。
508	Buy a rock, what?	买块石头,什么?
509	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
510	But sometimes it's not.	但有时不是.
511	But it's not in this case.	但不是这个案子
512	I would say, but sometimes it's not.	我想说,但有时不是。
513	It says it's not here if you have one of these rocks, right?	上面说如果你有一块石头就不会在这里了对吧?
514	Because people will pay a lot of money.	因为人们会付很多钱。
515	They're worth a lot of money for the right rock.	它们值很多钱右岩石。
516	What's the right rock?	什么是正确的石头?
517	Well, a diamond would be the right rock.	钻石是合适的石头
518	A ruby would be the right rock.	红宝石是合适的石头。
519	A sapphire would be the right rock.	蓝宝石是合适的岩石
520	Some gemstones are very valuable.	一些宝石非常珍贵.
521	Gold is very valuable.	黄金非常宝贵。
522	So what is it that makes these rocks so special?	是什么使得这些岩石如此特殊?
523	Why are they so special?	为什么他们这么特别?
524	Let's find out from the reading.	从诵经而知.
525	Next one, rocks are everywhere.	下一个,石头到处都是。
526	So, of course, rocks are everywhere, right?	所以,当然,岩石是无处不在,对不对?
527	Now we're jumping back from the special rocks to all rocks.	现在我们从特殊岩石跳回所有岩石。
528	There are rocks everywhere.	到处都是石头
529	We're standing on a big rock that's floating in space.	我们站在漂浮在太空的大石头上
530	And there's also a lot of little rocks on Earth.	地球上也有许多小石头.
531	Rocks are everywhere.	石头无处不在.
532	Why would you pay for a rock?	你为什么要买石头?
533	So we're kind of getting back to the beginning of the passage.	因此,我们有点回到了开始通过。
534	It sounds crazy to pay money for a rock.	付钱买石头听起来很疯狂
535	Well, this mine has something inside.	这个矿井里面有东西
536	So the author is saying, let's look at one specific mine.	所以作者说,让我们来看看一个特定的矿井。
537	Let's go imagine we're going to a specific mine.	让我们去想象我们要去一个特定的矿井。
538	This mine has something inside.	这矿井里面有东西
539	What is it, right?	这是什么,对不对?
540	What is in this mine?	这矿井里有什么?
541	Can you guess what it is?	你猜怎么着?
542	OK, that's like a riddle.	好吧,这就像一个谜语。
543	Can you guess?	你能猜到吗?
544	We talked about riddles.	我们谈过谜语
545	That means you have to guess about something.	这意味着你必须猜到什么。
546	We're going to see some clues or hints.	我们会看到一些线索或暗示。
547	The clues are it's shiny and very pretty.	线索是它闪亮和非常漂亮。
548	That's a clue right there.	这是一条线索
549	It's shiny.	闪闪发亮.
550	It's very pretty.	这是非常漂亮的。
551	Oh, banja, banja, right?	哦,班贾,班贾,对不对?
552	It's very beautiful.	甚为美观.
553	That's one clue.	这是一条线索。
554	Another clue is here.	另一个线索在这里。
555	You might see it on a ring, on jewelry.	你可能在戒指上,珠宝上看到
556	You might see it on a ring.	你可能会在戒指上看到它。
557	And that's part of this one.	这也是这个的一部分。
558	People make jewelry with it.	人们用它做珠宝
559	So let's go back here a little bit.	因此,让我们回到这里一点点。
560	This mine has something inside.	这矿井里面有东西
561	Can you guess what it is?	你猜怎么着?
562	That's the riddle.	这就是谜语。
563	Then we see the clues.	然后我们看到线索
564	One, it's shiny.	一,它闪亮。
565	It's pretty.	这是漂亮的。
566	You might see it on a ring.	你可能会在戒指上看到它。
567	People make jewelry from it.	人们用它做珠宝
568	Those are clues.	这些是线索。
569	The answer is here.	答案在这里。
570	What is it?	这是什么?
571	It's a diamond.	这是钻石
572	Yay, we got the answer to the riddle.	耶,我们得到了谜语的答案。
573	What is it?	这是什么?
574	Or what is in this mine?	矿井里有什么?
575	It's a diamond.	这是钻石
576	It's a diamond mine, right?	这是一个钻石矿,对不对?
577	That mine is a mine for diamonds.	那矿是钻石矿
578	Diamonds are found in rocks, of course,	当然钻石是在岩石中发现的
579	because we have to dig into the rock to find diamonds.	因为我们得挖进石头才能找到钻石
580	Of course, most rocks don't have diamonds in them.	当然,大多数岩石里面没有钻石.
581	Finding one, finding one refers back to rocks.	找到一个,找到一个回到岩石。
582	Finding one rock with a diamond is rare.	用钻石找到一块石头是很罕见的
583	It's not common.	不常见.
584	And of course, that's true.	当然,这是真的。
585	If every rock had a diamond inside,	如果每个岩石里面都有钻石
586	then diamonds wouldn't be special.	这样钻石就不会特别了
587	Everybody would have a diamond.	每个人都有钻石。
588	And diamonds wouldn't be expensive.	钻石不会很贵的
589	But diamonds are rare.	但钻石是罕见的。
590	They're very hard to find because they're not common.	他们很难找到,因为他们并不常见.
591	They are rare.	他们是罕见的。
592	They're rare.	他们是罕见的。
593	So also, another problem is these rocks,	还有,另一个问题是这些岩石,
594	the rocks with diamonds in them, are deep under the ground.	里面有钻石的岩石深埋在地下
595	You really have to dig deep under the ground	你真的要挖到地底下来
596	to find rocks with diamonds in them.	找到有钻石的石头
597	In South Africa, people go kilometers down	在南非,人们走下几公里
598	into the ground to get diamonds from the diamond mines.	进入地面,从钻石矿中获取钻石。
599	So it's very deep underground.	故其地下甚深.
600	We have to dig and search for diamonds.	我们必须挖掘和寻找钻石。
601	This, what is this?	这是什么?
602	The action, this action.	行动行动
603	Dig and search for them.	挖掘和寻找他们。
604	This is called mining.	这叫做采矿。
605	So this refers back to the action,	这又回到了行动
606	the activity that we do.	我们的活动。
607	This, digging deep underground and looking,	这,挖深地下和寻找,
608	this is called mining.	这就是所谓的采矿。
609	This action is called mining.	这一行动被称为采矿。
610	OK.	摆
611	Mining, of course, can take a long time.	当然,采矿需要很长时间。
612	It takes a long time to mine because you have	我花了很长时间因为你有
613	to dig really far underground, right?	挖非常远的地下,对不对?
614	Before I told you I worked at a mine,	在告诉你我在矿井工作之前
615	that was like 20 years ago.	这就像20年前。
616	That mine is still in operation.	那矿井还在作业
617	They are still digging.	他们还在挖
618	Mining can take a long time.	采矿需要很长时间。
619	OK.	摆
620	Have you ever seen a black and yellow rock?	你见过黑黄石吗?
621	A rock that's black and yellow inside?	里面有黑色和黄色的石头?
622	What kind of rock is that?	那是什么石头?
623	Well, if you do, if you do see a black and yellow rock,	好吧,如果你这样做, 如果你确实看到一个黑色和黄色的岩石,
624	pick it up and keep it.	捡起来留着
625	Don't throw it away.	不舍弃.
626	Keep it.	留着
627	Why?	为什么?
628	You may have found some gold.	你可能发现了一些金子。
629	You may, maybe.	也许吧
630	Not for sure, maybe you found some gold.	不确定,也许你找到一些黄金。
631	But be careful because there's something called fool's gold.	但要小心,因为有些东西叫做傻瓜的黄金.
632	Fool's gold, there's other gems or metal that looks like gold,	傻瓜的黄金, 还有其他宝石或金属看起来像黄金,
633	but it's not gold.	但它不是黄金。
634	It字.
635	And people think, oh, it's gold, but it's not gold.	人们会想,哦,这是黄金,但它不是黄金。
636	I'm sorry.	对不起
637	So you have to be careful.	所以,你必须小心。
638	You may have found some gold.	你可能发现了一些金子。
639	Maybe you have to take it to a geologist or an expert	也许你必须把它交给地质学家或专家
640	and they'll look at it.	他们会看的
641	Oh, yes, it is gold.	哦,是的,这是黄金。
642	Hopefully.	希望是这样
643	Gold comes from rocks, too.	黄金也来自岩石.
644	You can see the gold on the outside, right?	你能看见外面的金子,对吧?
645	So this is one nugget, right?	所以,这是一个小金币,对不对?
646	If this is all gold, that's one nugget, right?	如果这一切都是黄金, 这是一个小金币,对不对?
647	That's all gold, no rock.	这都是黄金,没有石头。
648	OK, that's good.	好吧,这是很好的。
649	But you can see the gold on the outside of the rock.	但能见岩外金.
650	Gold is not as hard as most rocks.	黄金不像大多数岩石那么硬
651	And that's true.	亦复如是.
652	That's what's interesting about gold.	即是金刚趣.
653	Gold is not as hard as other rocks.	黄金不像其他岩石那么硬
654	Rock, gold is actually a little bit soft.	石头,金子其实有点软.
655	If you take a piece of metal, you can scratch gold.	如果拿一块金属,可以刮金.
656	And that's important, because people can shape gold	这很重要因为人们可以塑造黄金
657	into rings easily.	很容易变成戒指
658	If it's soft, people can make jewelry from gold much easily.	如果柔软,人们可以很容易地用金子做珠宝.
659	They can change the shape of the gold, OK?	他们可以改变金币的形状,好吗?
660	Gold, it's much softer.	黄金,它更柔软。
661	So gold is not as hard as most rocks.	所以金子不像大多数石头那么硬
662	It's much softer.	更柔软.
663	It's softer than most rocks.	比大多数石头都软.
664	So these two sentences kind of say the same thing.	故此两句似是说.
665	Gold is not as hard as most rocks.	黄金不像大多数岩石那么硬
666	It, gold, is much softer than most rocks.	它,黄金,比大多数岩石软得多。
667	These two sentences say the same thing, really.	这两个句子说同样的话,真的.
668	OK, mining is one way to find gold.	采矿是找到黄金的一种方法
669	One way to find gold is to mine,	找到金子的方法之一是我
670	to dig into the ground to find it.	挖进地里找到它
671	Sometimes you can find gold in rivers and lakes.	有时可以在河流和湖泊中找到黄金.
672	So this is one way.	所以这是一种方式。
673	This is a second way.	这是另一种方式。
674	You don't always have to mine, dig in the ground	你不必总是要我的,挖地上
675	to find gold.	寻找黄金。
676	Sometimes, like 100 years ago, 150 years ago,	有时,像100年前,150年前,
677	there were men who went in the American West,	有的人去了美国西部,
678	in other parts of the world, but in the American West,	在世界其他地方, 但在美国西部,
679	they would take these big pans,	他们会拿这些大锅,
680	and they would go in the streams,	他们将入诸河,
681	and they would take some dirt and sand,	他们将取些泥土和沙子,
682	and they would swish it around.	他们就会把它挥舞起来。
683	Gold is soft, but it's also heavy.	金刚柔软但亦重.
684	So it would fall to the bottom,	这样它就会掉到底部
685	and they would do this,	他们会这样做,
686	and they would get all the water and the sand,	他们会得到所有的水和沙子,
687	and in the bottom, they would find,	他们将在底部发现,
688	see this pan, they would find gold.	看到这个锅,他们会找到黄金。
689	And they were very, eh, we found gold!	他们非常,嗯,我们发现了黄金!
690	We struck gold, right?	我们打金子,对不对?
691	That's the name here.	这是这里的名字。
692	OK, so wait until the summer, though, OK?	好吧,所以等到夏天,虽然,好吗?
693	Because we're talking about the second one.	因为我们说的是第二个
694	Sometimes you can find gold in rivers and lakes.	有时可以在河流和湖泊中找到黄金.
695	Wait until the summer before you go looking for gold.	等到夏天再去找黄金
696	Why?	为什么?
697	Because there is less water then,	因为水少了
698	and because less water, it will be easier to find gold.	并且因为水量少了找到金子会更容易
699	So all of these sentences have to do with number two.	所以这些句子都和第二有关.
700	Sometimes you can find gold in rivers and lakes.	有时可以在河流和湖泊中找到黄金.
701	If you do that, wait until the summer.	如果你这样做,等待到夏天。
702	Why?	为什么?
703	The summer's hotter.	夏更热.
704	The water level goes down in the summer.	水位在夏季下降.
705	The water goes away, it evaporates.	水去则蒸.
706	So there's less water.	故水少阴.
707	So there's more sand, right?	所以还有更多的沙子,对不对?
708	You don't have to dig in the water or look underwater.	你不必在水里挖或看水下。
709	There's less water, it's easier to find gold.	水少而易觅金.
710	It will be easier to find your gold,	找到金子会比较容易
711	if there is gold there, OK?	如果那里有金子,好吗?
712	So that's something you can do	所以,这是你可以做的
713	if you're in the American West.	如果你在美国西部。
714	My dad, he's a geologist,	我爸爸是个地质学家
715	and when we were young, he took us to pan for gold.	我们年轻的时候他带我们去买金子
716	We did that when we were kids, and it was fun.	我们小时候就这么做了很有趣
717	Sometimes dad would put fool's gold in there,	有时候爸爸会把傻瓜的黄金放进去
718	so we find that.	所以我们找到了。
719	That was fun, OK.	这很有趣,OK。
720	Remember all this next time you see a rock.	记住,下次你看见石头的时候
721	You could be rich and not even know it, right?	你可能有钱,甚至不知道,对不对?
722	So if you see a rock, remember that.	所以,如果你看到石头,记住这一点。
723	Now be careful, though.	现在,小心,虽然。
724	Not all rocks will have diamonds	不是所有的石头都有钻石
725	or precious gemstones in them.	或珍贵的宝石
726	But maybe, sometimes, take a look at the rock.	但也许,有时,看看岩石。
727	You could be, could, doesn't mean you will be.	你可以,可以, 不意味着你会。
728	You could be, it's possible.	你可能,这是可能的。
729	You could be rich and not even know it.	你可以有钱,甚至不知道
730	So if you find a shiny rock,	如果你找到闪亮的岩石
731	if you're in the American West,	如果你在美国西部
732	in Colorado, in Arizona, Nevada,	科罗拉多州亚利桑那州内华达州
733	you find a rock in the stream, keep it.	在溪流里找到石头,留着它
734	Maybe it has gold in it.	也许里面有金子
735	Maybe, OK, but you won't know it, right?	也许,OK, 但你不会知道,对不对?
736	You have to break open the rock	你必须打开石头
737	or show it to an expert, and they say,	或把它昭示一个专家,他们说:
738	yeah, that is gold.	是啊,这是黄金。
739	So if you find a shiny, beautiful rock in the ground,	所以如果你在地上找到闪亮美丽的岩石
740	keep it, who knows?	谁知道呢?
741	You could be rich and you don't know it.	你可能很有钱,你不知道
742	That's what this sentence is saying.	此句所说.
743	OK, let's take a look at the comprehension questions.	好吧,让我们来看看理解的问题。
744	Number one is always about what is this story about?	第一是这个故事的内容?
745	What is the whole subject that we're talking about?	我们谈论的话题是什么?
746	OK, what is this story about?	好吧,这是什么故事?
747	Is this story about rare rocks?	这是关于稀有岩石的故事吗?
748	Well, we're talking about, what did we talk about?	我们谈的是什么?
749	We talked about diamonds.	我们谈论钻石。
750	We talked about gold.	我们谈论黄金。
751	What are they?	他们是什么?
752	They are rare rocks.	它们是稀有的岩石。
753	So that's the right answer.	所以,这是正确的答案。
754	This story is about rare rocks, diamonds and gold, OK?	这个故事是关于稀有的岩石,钻石和黄金,好吗?
755	B, cheap jewelry.	B,廉价珠宝。
756	No, we didn't talk about cheap jewelry.	不,我们没有谈论廉价珠宝。
757	Dirty rocks, that's kind of silly.	肮脏的石头,那是种愚蠢的。
758	All rocks are dirty.	所有岩石都是脏的。
759	D, soft rocks.	D,柔软的岩石。
760	Don't get confused.	别迷惑.
761	They talked about gold being soft,	他们说金子很柔软
762	but the whole passage wasn't about gold.	但整个通道不是关于黄金的
763	We also talked about diamonds,	我们还谈到钻石,
764	which are very, very hard, right?	非常,非常难,对不对?
765	So that's not the right answer.	所以,这不是正确的答案。
766	So of course, the right answer is rare rocks.	当然,正确的答案是罕见的岩石。
767	This story is about rare rocks.	这个故事是关于稀有岩石的.
768	As I said, not every rock has a diamond in it.	正如我所说,并不是每个岩石都有一个钻石。
769	Not every shiny, yellow metal you find is gold.	不是每一个闪亮,黄色的金属,你发现是黄金。
770	They are rare.	他们是罕见的。
771	So rare rocks.	如此罕见的岩石。
772	OK, number two, you can find beep and beep	好,二号,你可以找到蜂鸣和蜂鸣
773	inside the right rocks.	在右边的岩石里
774	What can you find inside the right rocks?	在对的岩石里能找到什么?
775	A, blood and oil.	A,血液和油类.
776	My God, you can find blood in rocks?	天啊你能在石头里找到血吗?
777	I hope not.	希望不会
778	Rocks don't bleed.	石头不流血.
779	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
780	You could find oil,	你会找到石油的
781	but the passage didn't say anything about oil.	但通道上没有说石油
782	We're not talking about oil here.	我们不是在谈论石油
783	B, you can find pollution and dirt inside the right rocks.	B,你可以在正确的岩石中找到污染和泥土.
784	That's very silly too, right?	这也很傻吧?
785	Because of course you're going to find dirt in rocks.	当然你会在岩石中找到泥土
786	Rocks are made of, you know,	石头是由,你知道,
787	dirt that's been pressed together.	被压在一起的泥土
788	Rocks are dirt.	岩为土.
789	But so, and pollution, that doesn't make sense.	但是,还有污染,这是没有道理的。
790	That's just a very silly answer.	这只是一个非常愚蠢的答案。
791	C, you can find jewelry and makeup inside rocks.	C,你可以在石头里面找到珠宝和化妆品.
792	Jewelry and makeup.	珠宝和化妆品。
793	Can you open up a rock?	你能打开一块石头吗?
794	Oh, there's some lipstick, right?	哦,有一些口红,对不对?
795	Oh, there's some powder for my face.	噢,我脸上有些粉末
796	No, that's crazy, right?	不,这是疯了,对不对?
797	You can't find makeup in a rock,	在石头上找不到化妆品
798	and you're not going to find jewelry,	你不会找到珠宝的
799	because remember, jewelry is something that people make.	因为记住珠宝是人们做的
800	You open up a rock and there's a ring or a necklace?	你打开一块石头有戒指还是项链?
801	No, that's crazy.	不,这是疯了。
802	So you won't find that either.	所以你也不会找到的
803	That's just very silly.	这太傻了
804	So that leaves us with D.	因此,我们留给D。
805	You can find diamonds and gold inside the right rocks.	你可以在正确的岩石中找到钻石和黄金。
806	Not all rocks, but just the right rocks.	并不是所有的岩石,但只有正确的岩石。
807	Is that true?	是吗?
808	Yes, that's what we're talking about.	是的,这就是我们所说的。
809	Diamonds and gold can be found in the right rocks.	钻石和黄金可以在正确的岩石中找到.
810	So D is the correct answer.	所以D是正确的答案。
811	Let's move on to number three.	更转三世.
812	Diamonds are beep and very pretty.	钻石是蜂鸣和非常漂亮的。
813	So we see two things about diamonds.	所以我们看到了两件关于钻石的事。
814	The one thing we can see, it's right there,	我们可以看到的一件事, 它就在那里,
815	but what's the other description about diamonds?	但钻石的另一种描述是什么?
816	What else is true about diamonds?	钻石还有什么呢?
817	Yes, diamonds are very pretty, but what else are they?	是的,钻石很漂亮,但还有什么?
818	Are they ugly?	他们丑吗?
819	No, because that contradicts.	不,因为那是矛盾的。
820	That's the opposite of very pretty.	这是非常漂亮的相反。
821	Diamonds are not ugly.	钻石并不丑陋。
822	Diamonds are shiny and very pretty.	钻石是闪亮和非常漂亮的。
823	Yeah, remember, shiny is like banja banja, right?	是啊,记住,闪亮就像班雅班雅,对不对?
824	Very shiny, bright.	非常闪亮,明亮。
825	And diamonds are shiny.	钻石很闪亮
826	They're bright.	它们很亮
827	Okay, let's just go C and D.	好吧,让我们只是去C和D。
828	Diamonds are purple.	钻石为紫色.
829	Purple?	紫色吗?
830	No, remember the picture?	不,还记得那张照片吗?
831	Diamonds are clear.	钻石是清楚的。
832	They have no color.	他们没有颜色。
833	Well, you could say they're white,	你可以说它们是白色的,
834	but they just reflect the light.	但它们只是反射光。
835	If you look at a diamond, you can see right through it.	如果你看钻石,你可以看穿它。
836	Diamonds are clear.	钻石是清楚的。
837	They don't really have a color.	他们没有真正的颜色。
838	So they're not purple, right?	所以不是紫色的对吧?
839	Diamonds are dirty.	钻石是肮脏的。
840	No, diamonds look very clean, right?	不,钻石看起来很干净,对不对?
841	So they're not dirty.	故不脏.
842	So of course we say diamonds are shiny and very pretty.	当然,我们说钻石是闪亮的,非常漂亮。
843	That's the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
844	Four, gold is beep than most rocks.	第四,黄金比大多数岩石都响
845	Let's take a look here.	我们来看看
846	Now, A is bigger.	现在,A是更大的。
847	Gold is bigger than most rocks.	黄金比大多数岩石还大.
848	What does that mean, right?	这是什么意思,对不对?
849	It depends on how much gold.	这要看金子多少
850	You can have a little bit of gold.	能持金刚小乘.
851	You can have a lot of gold.	汝能得金刚广大.
852	We don't know.	我们不知道。
853	And rocks are all sizes.	石头都是大小的
854	So it doesn't make sense to say gold is bigger	所以说金子更大是没有道理的
855	than most rocks.	比大多数岩石。
856	That doesn't make sense.	这不合理。
857	The next one is funny, right?	下一个是有趣的,对不对?
858	Gold is smarter than most rocks.	黄金比大多数石头都聪明
859	So rocks are smart than other rocks,	所以岩石比其他岩石聪明
860	smarter than other rocks.	比其他石头还聪明
861	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
862	Rocks can't be smart.	石头不能聪明.
863	Rocks aren't smart at all.	石头根本不聪明
864	Rocks don't think.	石头不思议.
865	How can gold be smart?	金子怎会聪明?
866	That doesn't make sense.	这不合理。
867	Gold is softer than most rocks.	黄金比大多数岩石柔软.
868	Okay, now we're getting into something	好吧,现在我们得到的东西
869	that we can say about rocks.	我们可以说岩石。
870	Some rocks are hard.	有些石头很硬
871	Some rocks are softer.	有些石头比较软.
872	And as I said before, as we saw in the reading,	正如我以前说过的我们在阅读中看到的
873	gold is softer than most rocks, right?	金子比大多数石头都软,对吧?
874	I made a point of saying that because gold is soft,	我说的是因为金子很柔软
875	people can make jewelry out of it.	人们可以用它做珠宝。
876	They can change the shape of gold more easily.	它们可以更容易地改变金的形状.
877	So yes, it's true.	所以,这是真的。
878	Gold is softer than most rocks.	黄金比大多数岩石柔软.
879	Not harder, that's the opposite.	不难,这是相反的。
880	So the right answer is gold is softer than most rocks, okay?	所以,正确的答案是黄金比大多数岩石柔软,好吗?
881	Okay, let's do a little bit of review about special rocks.	好吧,让我们做一些关于特殊岩石的回顾。
882	We're talking about, you know, there are many special rocks.	我们说的是,你知道, 有很多特殊的岩石。
883	We've talked about specifically two kinds.	我们专门谈了两种
884	One is diamonds.	一个是钻石。
885	The other one is gold.	另一个是黄金。
886	Gold is really more of a metal than a rock,	黄金比石头更像金属
887	but it can be found in rocks.	但它可以在岩石中找到。
888	And you can find gold nuggets, which are kind of rocks, okay?	你可以找到金块,这些是石头,好吗?
889	But these are gold bars.	但这些都是金条。
890	They're very beautiful, very shiny, right?	他们很漂亮,非常闪亮,对不对?
891	And very heavy.	而且非常沉重。
892	One thing this passage didn't say is gold is very heavy, okay?	有一件事,这个段落没有说是黄金是非常沉重的,好吗?
893	This bar would be really heavy.	这个酒吧会很重
894	Okay, let's take a look.	好吧,让我们来看看。
895	People make jewelry with them.	人们用它们做珠宝。
896	Yes, people make jewelry with diamonds and gold.	是的,人们用钻石和黄金做珠宝。
897	Jewelry, they can make earrings,	珠宝,他们可以做耳环,
898	you can make necklaces, rings,	你可以做项链,戒指,
899	all sorts of different kinds of jewelry.	各种各样的珠宝。
900	That's true.	没错
901	What else?	还有什么?
902	We find these things.	我们发现这些东西。
903	How do we find them?	我们怎么找到他们?
904	We find them by mining.	我们通过采矿找到他们。
905	People will dig into the ground to find diamonds	人们会挖到地里找钻石
906	and to find gold.	和寻找黄金。
907	One more thing.	还有一件事
908	They are rare and expensive.	它们是稀有和昂贵的。
909	They are rare and that makes them expensive.	它们是罕见的,因此价格昂贵。
910	If they were common, they wouldn't be expensive.	如果它们很常见,它们不会很昂贵.
911	They have to be rare.	它们必须稀有。
912	It's hard to find them.	很难找到他们。
913	And there's not much of them.	亦无甚处.
914	It's very hard to find these things.	很难找到这些东西
915	Diamonds are very deep underground.	钻石在地下很深
916	You have to dig hard to find diamonds.	你必须努力挖掘才能找到钻石.
917	And there's not that much gold in the world.	而世间无多金.
918	So they're rare and they are expensive.	所以它们很罕见,很昂贵。
919	Okay, so very interesting.	好极了,真有趣,你觉得呢?
920	Talking about precious rocks, right?	谈论贵重的石头,对不对?
921	And we're talking, of course,	我们谈的当然,
922	mostly we've talked about diamonds and gold.	大部分时候我们讨论过钻石和黄金
923	And we've learned some interesting things	我们学到了一些有趣的东西
924	about these types of rocks and metal.	这些类型的岩石和金属。
925	So next time you're looking around,	所以,下次你看看周围,
926	look at the rocks more closely.	更仔细的看岩石。
927	There's more types of things than diamonds and gold.	物类比钻石和黄金多.
928	And who knows, maybe you can find a gold nugget	谁知道呢,也许你可以找到金块
929	or a diamond if you go to the right places in the world.	或钻石如果你去正确的地方在世界上。
930	Anyway, that wraps up today's lesson.	总之,今天的课结束了
931	We'll see you guys later.	回头见
932	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 935 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P20 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p20 19. 19. LevelB Lesson5 Let's Use a Rock (P20)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p20 19. 19. LevelB Lesson5 Let's Use a Rock (P20)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 37:19

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	Let's learn more about rocks in this lesson.	让我们在这个课中更多地了解岩石.
0:14	We're on lesson five.	我们在上第五课
0:16	Let's use a rock.	用石头.
0:18	But be careful when you use rocks, OK?	但用石头的时候要小心,好吗?
0:21	Don't use rocks in the wrong way.	别用石头做错事
0:23	But let's see how we can use rocks.	但是让我们看看怎样才能使用石头.
0:26	We're going to focus on we use rocks in many ways, OK?	我们要多用石头,好吗?

展开字幕全文（780 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	Let's learn more about rocks in this lesson.	让我们在这个课中更多地了解岩石.
5	We're on lesson five.	我们在上第五课
6	Let's use a rock.	用石头.
7	But be careful when you use rocks, OK?	但用石头的时候要小心,好吗?
8	Don't use rocks in the wrong way.	别用石头做错事
9	But let's see how we can use rocks.	但是让我们看看怎样才能使用石头.
10	We're going to focus on we use rocks in many ways, OK?	我们要多用石头,好吗?
11	Let's take a look at this subject.	让我们来看看这个话题。
12	Of course, nowadays we don't really use rocks a lot.	当然,现在我们并不经常使用石头。
13	But people long ago, a long, long time ago, people long ago	但很久以前,很久以前,很久以前,人们
14	made tools with rocks because they didn't have metal.	制造有石头的工具因为他们没有金属
15	They couldn't go to the store and buy tools.	他们不能去商店买工具
16	They had to make tools with rocks.	他们用石头做工具
17	And you can see many different kinds of tools here, right?	你可以看到很多不同的工具,对不对?
18	We'll talk about these different kinds of tools	我们来谈谈这些不同的工具
19	that they made using rocks.	他们用石头做的。
20	So let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
21	Number one, the sharp end of an arrow.	第一,箭的尖端.
22	The sharp end of an arrow.	尖端的箭头。
23	What do we call that part right there?	我们怎么称呼那部分?
24	That is the arrow head.	这是箭头。
25	Of course, we know what a head is, right?	当然,我们知道什么是头,对不对?
26	The head in our body.	头在我们的身体。
27	But think about an arrow, right?	但想想箭,对不对?
28	This is the arrow.	这是箭
29	This is the end, right?	这是结束,对不对?
30	Like this is the end of my body, the front end, right?	就像我身体的末端,前端,对不对?
31	This is the end.	这是结束。
32	So this is the head.	这就是头
33	Arrow head.	箭头.
34	Remember, arrow, this is the arrow here, right?	记住,箭头,这是箭头,对不对?
35	This is the head.	这是头部。
36	So the sharp end.	故曰锐端.
37	It's very sharp end of an arrow is called arrow head.	箭的极尖端称为箭头.
38	Arrow, arrow, head.	箭,箭,头.
39	Put it together, arrow head.	收齐,箭头.
40	Arrow head.	箭头.
41	OK, let's move on.	好吧,让我们继续前进。
42	Number two, what type of tool was this?	第二,这是哪种工具?
43	A tool used for hitting nails.	用来打钉的工具.
44	Nails into walls, right?	钉入墙壁,对吗?
45	You use this, and of course, it's called a hammer.	你用这个,当然,它叫做锤子。
46	A hammer is used to hit nails into walls.	用锤子将钉子打入墙壁.
47	So if this is a hammer, this is my nail, right?	所以,如果这是锤子, 这是我的指甲,对不对?
48	I'm pounding it into the wall.	我要把它撞到墙上
49	Be careful using a hammer.	小心用锤子。
50	You don't want to hit your finger, right?	你不想打你的手指,对不对?
51	So the hammer is used for hitting nails into walls.	因此锤子被用来将钉子打入墙壁.
52	OK, number three, something that can help	好吧,第三,有帮助的东西
53	you to do what you want.	随你便
54	Something that helps you do what you want.	帮助你做你想做的事
55	This boy here wants to drink milk.	这个男孩想喝牛奶
56	So he or she, I'm not sure boy or girl,	所以,他或她, 我不确定男孩或女孩,
57	needs something to help them.	需要一些帮助
58	And this is the glass, right?	这是玻璃,对吧?
59	So the glass is what?	那玻璃是什麽?
60	What can we say the glass is?	我们可以说玻璃是什么?
61	Without the glass, trying to drink milk,	没有玻璃,试图喝牛奶,
62	you know, that's very sloppy, very messy.	你知道,这是非常草率,非常混乱。
63	So the glass is useful.	因此,玻璃是有用的。
64	Useful, OK?	有用,好吗?
65	A glass is useful.	一个杯子是有用的。
66	A tool is useful.	一个工具是有用的。
67	It can help us do what we want to do.	它可以帮助我们做我们想做的事。
68	It's useful.	有用处.
69	Number four, do you know him?	第四,你认识他吗?
70	Of course you know him.	你当然认识他
71	He is very what?	他什么来着?
72	He's very famous, right?	他很出名,对吧?
73	We know he's Tiger Woods, known by many people.	我们知道他是虎伍兹很多人都知道
74	Everybody knows Tiger Woods, right?	人人都认识虎伍兹对吧?
75	He is very famous, OK?	他很出名,好吗?
76	So if somebody is known by many people, that person is famous.	所以,如果一个人被很多人认识, 这个人是著名的。
77	Like sports stars, movie actors and actresses, singers, OK?	像体育明星,电影演员和女演员,歌手,好吗?
78	These people are famous.	这些人很出名
79	Number five, we were talking about tools, right?	五号,我们在谈论工具,对不对?
80	That's what we're talking about here, tool.	这就是我们要说的,工具。
81	These are different kinds of tools,	这些是不同类型的工具,
82	something that we use to build or to fix things.	我们用来修补的东西
83	We use all these different kinds of tools.	我们使用所有这些不同的工具。
84	We can see paintbrush.	我们可以看到漆刷。
85	Paintbrush helps us to fix things	画笔帮我们修东西
86	or to make things look nice.	或使事情看起来不错。
87	Here's our hammer, right?	这是我们的锤子,对不对?
88	Before we were talking about a hammer,	在谈论锤子之前,
89	there's a hammer right there, right?	这里有锤子,对吧?
90	These are pliers.	这些是钳子。
91	I'm not going to do all of them, just a few of them.	我不会做所有的,只是几个。
92	But pliers, right?	但钳子,对不对?
93	What's this here?	这是什么?
94	Cha, in Korean, right?	车,朝鲜语,对不对?
95	Cha, you say ruler, ruler.	车,你说统治者,统治者。
96	So there are many types of tools.	因此工具种类繁多.
97	These are all tools.	这些都是工具。
98	Tools have many different types, many different names,	工具有很多不同的类型, 很多不同的名称,
99	many different uses.	许多不同的用途。
100	All these tools are very useful for doing what we want to do.	所有这些工具对做我们想要做的事情非常有用。
101	Six, ooh, be careful.	六,哦,小心点。
102	That could be very what?	这可能是非常什么?
103	That could be very sharp, right?	这可能会很尖锐,对不对?
104	Able to cut easily.	很容易割伤
105	If you have a knife, a knife is another type of tool.	如果有刀,刀是另一种工具.
106	A knife is a tool.	刀是工具刀是工具刀是工具刀是工具刀是工具
107	Be careful with many tools, right?	注意很多工具,对吧?
108	Don't use them in the wrong way.	别用错路了
109	A knife is very sharp.	刀很锋利.
110	It's able to cut something easily.	它能轻易切掉一些东西.
111	So if you cut tomatoes or you cut meat,	所以,如果你切番茄或切肉,
112	your knife should be sharp.	你的刀应该很锋利
113	Be careful with a sharp knife.	慎用锐刀.
114	Seven, this is another tool.	七,这是另一个工具.
115	It's an interesting tool.	这是一个有趣的工具。
116	You use it with a hammer, tuk, tuk, tuk, tuk, tuk,	你用锤子,图克,图克,图克,图克,图克
117	and you move it along wood or you can move it along stone	沿着木头移动或者沿着石头移动
118	and you can make the wood into a certain shape	你可以把木头做成某种形状
119	or the stone into a certain shape.	或石头成某种形状。
120	What do we call this tool?	这个工具叫什么?
121	We call this tool a chisel.	我们把这个工具叫做凿子
122	Not chisel, don't say that.	不是 chi子别这么说
123	Chisel, okay?	齐塞尔,好吗?
124	我们有C -H,ch。
125	还有S -E
126	So it's two sounds, chisel, chisel, okay?	所以这是两个声音, chi, chi,好吗?
127	So that's what we call this tool used to shape,	这就是我们所谓的这个工具用来塑造,
128	to make a wood or stone into different shapes.	使木头或石头成不同的形状。
129	Okay, next, number eight.	好吧,下一个,8号。
130	Oh, be careful.	哦,小心点。
131	She doesn't have pants on.	她没有穿裤子。
132	Okay, sorry.	好吧,对不起。
133	Okay, this is a statue of a long time ago, right?	这是很久以前的雕像,对吧?
134	I just said what it is.	我只是说了是什么
135	It's a statue.	雕像'.
136	A statue is a rock.	雕像就是石头
137	This isn't a person.	这不是一个人。
138	It石.
139	It was made to look like a person.	它被造型像一个人。
140	Wow, that's amazing.	哇,这是惊人的。
141	The person who made this statue	造这个雕像的人
142	is a really, really good artist.	是一个真正,真正的好艺术家。
143	The person who made this statue used a chisel and a hammer	这个雕像的制作人用的是凿子和锤子
144	to shape this rock into a shape that looks like a person.	将这块岩石塑造成一个看起来像一个人的形状。
145	And we call that a statue, statue, statue, not achoo!	我们称这为雕像,雕像,雕像,而不是achoo!
146	Oh, bless you, not that.	哦,祝福你,不是那个。
147	Statue, statue, okay?	雕像,雕像,好吗?
148	So it's a statue.	故为像.
149	Okay, next one, number nine.	好吧,下一个9号
150	Ooh, what's going on here?	哦,这是怎么回事?
151	Can you see this little boy or this little girl, right?	你能看到这个小男孩或这个小女孩,对不对?
152	It's hard to, you know, you're looking,	很难,你知道,你看着,
153	oh, there he is, I found him.	哦,他来了,我找到他了。
154	To discover, to find somebody, to find something.	发现,寻找某人,找到一些东西。
155	Maybe this boy or girl is looking for something.	也许这个男孩或女孩正在寻找的东西。
156	Ah, yogitda, or jogitda, I found it, right?	啊,瑜伽达,还是乔吉达,我找到了,对不对?
157	You found it, jogitda, there it is, okay?	你找到它了,乔吉达,它在那里,好吗?
158	Or yogitda, here it is, I found it, okay?	或者瑜伽达,我找到了,好吗?
159	Be careful with find.	注意寻找
160	Find is an irregular verb.	查找是一个不规则的动词.
161	It changes form.	它改变了形式。
162	Find, found, found.	寻,寻,寻.
163	Can you find your books?	你能找到你的书吗?
164	Yes, I found my books, they are here.	是的,我找到了我的书,他们在这里。
165	Okay, next one, 10.	好吧,下一个,10。
166	To send something through the air, right?	送东西通过空气,对不对?
167	This boy, what did he do with the basketball, right?	这个男孩,他做了什么篮球,对不对?
168	What did he do?	他做了什麽?
169	He, well, he's going to throw.	他,好吧,他会扔。
170	He is throwing the basketball.	他扔篮球。
171	To throw is to send something through the air.	扔东西就是送东西穿透空气
172	So if you have a ball, you have a rock,	所以,如果你有一个球, 你有一个岩石,
173	don't throw rocks at people or animals.	不要向人或动物扔石头
174	You can throw rocks at trees or into ponds.	你可以把石头扔到树上或者扔到池塘里
175	But be careful, you can throw basketballs, right?	但小心点,你可以投篮球,对不对?
176	Sports, there's many sports, they throw the ball.	体育,有很多运动,他们扔球。
177	Throw, of course, changes form.	抛出,当然,改变的形式。
178	Throw, through, thrown, whew, okay?	扔,通过,扔,呼,好吗?
179	One more time, throw, throw the ball.	再来一次,扔,扔球
180	I threw the ball.	我丢球了
181	Have you thrown the ball?	你扔球了吗?
182	Okay, so throw, through, thrown.	好吧,所以扔,通过,扔。
183	Next one, 11.	下一个11号
184	Oh, I just said this word, right?	哦,我只是说这个词,对不对?
185	A small lake, a small lake.	一个小湖一个小湖
186	Small body of water, small area of water,	小水体,小水区,
187	not a puddle, not a puddle.	不是水坑不是水坑不是水坑是水坑
188	This is larger than a puddle.	这比水坑还大
189	A puddle is very small.	一个水坑很小
190	After it rains, you have maybe a little puddle of water here	下雨后,这里可能有一点水
191	but then the sun comes out and then the puddle goes away.	但日出后,水坑便消失
192	This doesn't go away, this stays here.	这事不会消失的,就留在这
193	We call it a pond.	我们称之为池塘。
194	But it's not a lake.	却不为湖.
195	A lake is bigger, right?	一个湖是更大的,对不对?
196	You can go swimming in a lake.	你可以去湖边游泳
197	Don't go swimming in the pond, it's too small.	别去池塘游泳,太小了
198	And this pond is a little dirty, right?	这个池塘有点脏,对吧?
199	You shouldn't go swimming in a pond, right?	你不该去池塘游泳,对吧?
200	You better to go swimming in a lake.	你最好去一个湖里游泳。
201	It's bigger, maybe cleaner, I hope so.	它更大,也许更干净,我希望如此。
202	But ponds are smaller.	但池塘面积较小.
203	Puddle, chail, chagal, right?	泡泡泡泡泡泡对吧?
204	It's the smallest.	这是最小的。
205	Puddle, then dalme, pond, then the biggest,	水坑,然后是堤坝,池塘,然后是最大的,
206	well, bigger is lake, then sea, then ocean, right?	那么,更大的是湖泊,然后是海洋,对不对?
207	So many different words to describe areas of water.	这么多不同的词来描述水的领域.
208	Okay, we're talking about a pond here, a pond.	好吧,我们说的是一个池塘在这里,一个池塘。
209	Okay, 12.	好吧,12点
210	Wow, look at these.	哇,看看这些。
211	These are nice rocks.	这些石头不错
212	What do we call these?	我们怎么称呼这些?
213	What's another word, another word	什么是另一个词,另一个词
214	that means the same thing as a rock?	意思和石头一样?
215	We can say a stone.	我们可以说石头。
216	Now, of course, rocks and stones have many different shapes.	现在,当然,岩石和石头有许多不同的形状.
217	This is just one shape.	这只是一个形状。
218	These stones, these rocks are very smooth and flat.	这些石头,这些岩石非常光滑和平坦.
219	I really like to find these rocks,	我真的很想找到这些石头,
220	especially when I'm near a pond	特别是我靠近池塘的时候
221	because you can throw the rock	因为你可以扔石头
222	and it jumps on the water, right?	它跳在水上,对不对?
223	We call that to skip, skip.	我们叫它跳过,跳过。
224	Can you skip stones, right?	你能跳过石头,对不对?
225	And we can say skipping stones, right?	我们可以说跳过石头,对不对?
226	They're skipping stones.	他们跳过石头。
227	These are good skipping stones.	这些都是很好的跳过石头。
228	You take them, you throw them on the water,	你把他们扔到水上
229	it hits, bounces, it skips.	它会击中,弹跳,跳过。
230	One, two, three, four, five.	一二三四五门.
231	Wow, that's great.	哇,这是伟大的。
232	If you can make a stone skip five times,	如果你能跳5次石头
233	that's a really good throw, right?	这是一个真正的好投,对不对?
234	That's a really good throw.	这是一个非常好的投球。
235	Usually maybe two or three times.	通常是两三次
236	Okay, let's continue.	好吧,让我们继续。
237	Three, what is this here?	三,这是什么?
238	This is a deep, a deep round dish.	这是一个深,深的圆盘。
239	There are many kinds of dishes, right?	菜有很多种,对吧?
240	Sometimes you have a dish for your coffee, right?	有时候你有盘子给你的咖啡,对不对?
241	That's just a small dish.	这只是个小菜
242	A bigger dish, you put your food on it,	一个更大的菜,你把你的食物在上面,
243	you eat off it, that's a plate.	你吃了它, 这是一个盘。
244	But if you have soup or stew, like ramen, right?	但是如果你有汤或炖肉, 像拉面,对不对?
245	You wanna put it inside this.	你想放进去吗?
246	Don't put ramen on a plate, right?	别把拉面放在盘子上,对吧?
247	It'll go everywhere.	它会去任何地方。
248	A plate is flat.	一个盘子是平的。
249	You wanna put ramen into this kind of dish,	你想把拉面放进这种菜里
250	which is called a bowl, a bowl, okay?	这叫做碗,碗,好吗?
251	So put your soup, your stew, your ramen into a bowl, okay.	把汤、炖肉、拉面放进碗里
252	We saw this before, a tool used to cut things, right?	我们以前见过这个用来切东西的工具对吧?
253	When we talked about sharp, we saw another example.	当我们谈论尖锐时,我们看到了另一个例子。
254	Of course, this is a knife.	当然,这是一把刀。
255	Be careful about the spelling.	注意拼写.
256	这不是Kuh -knife,un -day
257	It's knife, knife.	这是刀,刀。
258	The K is silent, shh, don't say the K.	K是安静的,嘘,不要说K。
259	It's just knife, but we spell it with a K, knife.	它只是刀, 但我们拼它用K,刀。
260	English is crazy, I'm sorry, okay.	英语是疯了,我很抱歉,好吧。
261	Okay, 15, oh, we saw the other part, right?	好吧,15,哦,我们看到另一部分,对不对?
262	When we talked about this, right?	当我们谈论这个,对不对?
263	We talked about this part already.	我们已经谈过了
264	This, I'm not a good artist, I'm sorry.	这个,我不是好艺术家,对不起
265	This is the arrow, right?	这是箭,对不对?
266	Arrow, a weapon for shooting arrows.	箭,是用来射箭的武器.
267	But now we're talking about this part, right?	但现在我们谈论的是这部分,对不对?
268	What do we call this?	这叫什么?
269	We call it a bow, bow, B, buh, buh,	我们称之为弓,弓,B,布,布,布,布,
270	and oh, oh, bow, bow.	哦,哦,鞠躬,鞠躬。
271	In fact, it's very common to say bow and arrows.	事实上,说弓箭是十分常见的.
272	That expression or that phrase is very,	这个表达或那个短语是非常,
273	oh, sorry, no S, just bow and,	哦,对不起,没有S,只是鞠躬和,
274	because you only use one bow, you don't use many,	因为你只用一个弓,你不用很多弓,
275	bow and arrows, but we say S	弓箭,但我们说S
276	because you have many arrows, right?	因为你有很多箭对吧?
277	You shoot them, so bow and arrows are bow and arrow, right?	你开枪,所以弓箭是弓箭,对吧?
278	So that's a very common expression	所以,这是一个非常常见的表达
279	because these two things go together.	因为这两件事是一起发生的
280	If you just have a bow, no arrow,	如果你有弓,没有箭
281	what are you gonna do, hit somebody, right?	你打算怎么做,打人,对不对?
282	No, you need the arrow to go with the bow, bow and arrow.	不,你需要箭与弓,弓和箭。
283	It's the whole set.	这是整个集。
284	Okay, number 16, smooth and even.	好吧,16号,平滑和均匀。
285	That's a nice picture, right?	照片不错吧?
286	We can say it's flat, and of course,	我们可以说它是平的,当然,
287	we can say about this computer monitor or TV screen,	我们可以说这个计算机显示器或电视屏幕,
288	many people will call them flat screens, right?	很多人会叫它们平面屏,对吧?
289	A flat screen because why?	为什么?
290	A long time ago, well, not a long time ago,	很久以前,嗯,不是很久以前,
291	maybe for you a long time ago, not so long for me,	也许很久以前,对你来说,对我来说,
292	televisions were very fat, right?	电视很胖,对吧?
293	But now with new technology,	但现在有了新技术
294	televisions aren't fat anymore, they're not deep,	电视已经不胖了也不深
295	they're flat, right, they're very skinny.	他们很平坦,很瘦
296	But instead of saying skinny television,	而不是说瘦电视,
297	we say flat television or flat screen.	我们说平面电视或平面屏幕。
298	It's a flat screen, okay?	这是一个平面屏幕,好吗?
299	So smooth and even, it's flat.	如此平滑而平,则平.
300	Okay, those are our words.	好吧,这是我们的话。
301	Let's take a look at the exercises for the words.	试观诸语之演练.
302	Here, we want to complete each sentence	在这里,我们要完成每一句
303	with a word from the box.	用一个字从盒子。
304	So we have many sentences,	所以我们有很多句子
305	we have to complete the sentence with a word from the box.	我们必须用盒子里的一句话来完成这句话。
306	复说 our言.
307	First, we have arrowhead, arrowhead.	首先我们有箭头箭头
308	Next one, useful, useful.	下一个,有用,有用。
309	Next is sharp, sharp.	下一个是锋利,锋利。
310	Next is tool, tool.	下一个是工具,工具。
311	Hammer, hammer.	锤子,锤子。
312	名ous,名 famous.
313	Statue, statue.	塑像,雕像。
314	还有 chi, chi.
315	Okay, let's see how these words fit into the sentences.	好吧,让我们看看这些词如何与句子。
316	Number one, a beep is a rock shaped like a person.	第一,鸣声是形状像一个人的石头.
317	Remember, we saw that rock,	记住,我们看到那块石头,
318	many people were looking at it.	很多人都在看着它。
319	It was very old, she didn't have pants on.	当时很老,她没穿裤子
320	I made a joke about that, right?	我开玩笑的,对吧?
321	What is it?	这是什么?
322	What kind of rock is shaped like a person	什么样的岩石形状像一个人
323	out of these words?	从这些话里?
324	Well, here we look around,	我们四处看看
325	we see the answer right there.	我们在这里看到答案。
326	A statue is a rock shaped like a person.	雕像是形状像一个人的石头.
327	And remember, it takes a very good artist	记住,这需要一位优秀的艺术家
328	to shape a rock like a person.	来塑造一个像一个人的岩石。
329	Number two, be careful, be careful, right?	第二,小心,小心,对不对?
330	Be careful, the knife is, ooh, what is it?	小心,刀子是,哦,这是什么?
331	The knife is this, it can cut your skin very easily.	刀子是这个,它可以很轻易地切开你的皮肤.
332	So be careful, the knife is what?	所以小心点,刀是什么?
333	The knife is sharp.	刀锋锐利.
334	By the way, it's interesting,	顺便说一句,这很有趣
335	the opposite, pandero of sharp would be what?	反之,尖锐的皮条客是什么?
336	We say it would be dull, okay?	我们说会很无聊好吗?
337	So a knife can be dull,	这样一把刀就会很无聊
338	that means it won't cut your skin very easily	也就是说它不会轻易割掉你的皮肤
339	or it won't cut tomatoes, it won't cut meat.	或者它不会切番茄, 它不会切肉。
340	If you're trying to cut meat with a knife,	如果你想用刀切肉的话
341	it doesn't cut, this knife is dull.	它不切,这把刀很无聊。
342	So you need to sharpen it.	所以,你需要磨炼它。
343	You can sharpen a knife, make it sharp.	可以磨刀,使锋利.
344	But be careful, the knife is sharp,	但小心点刀很尖
345	it can cut meat, but it can also cut your skin very easily.	它可以切肉,但也可以非常容易切皮.
346	Okay, number three, a stone knife is a, a stone knife?	好吧,第三,石头刀是石头刀?
347	That means a stone that you use as a knife.	意思是你用石头当刀子
348	So if you're using a rock or a stone as a knife,	所以如果你用石头或石头当刀子
349	what is it?	这是什么?
350	It's not a stone or rock anymore, it becomes what?	它不再是石头或石头, 它变成了什么?
351	What are you using it as?	你拿它当什么?
352	You're using it as a tool.	你用它作为工具。
353	A stone knife is a tool.	石头刀是工具.
354	So a knife made of stone or a rock	石头或石头做的刀子
355	that you use to cut something,	你用来切东西,
356	that is now not just a rock or a stone,	现在不只是一块石头,
357	it's now a tool, okay?	现在它是一个工具,好吗?
358	So a tool is something that you use to get something done.	所以工具是用来做一些事情的。
359	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
360	Four, you are beep if everyone knows you.	第四,如果大家都认识你,你就要鸣了
361	So everybody knows your name, right?	所以每个人都知道你的名字,对不对?
362	Everybody knows you, that means you are what?	大家都认识你,这意味着你是什么?
363	Okay, you are of course famous.	好吧,你当然是名人。
364	You are famous if everyone knows you.	如果每个人都认识你,你就成名了
365	Okay, number five.	好吧,第五号。
366	Number five starts off, watch out.	第五开始,小心
367	小心点,Joshim heo。
368	Before we saw, be careful, right?	在我们看到之前小心点对吧?
369	Be careful, watch out, they mean the same thing.	小心,小心,他们也是这么说的
370	But watch out with an exclamation mark	但当心有个感叹号
371	means it's more urgent.	意思是更紧急
372	Bali, watch out.	巴厘岛小心
373	巴厘岛,Joshimheo,对不对?
374	If you say, be careful with this knife,	如果你说,小心这把刀
375	that means later on, be careful.	那意味着以后要小心
376	But if you say, watch out,	但是如果你说,小心,
377	that means chig'em, watch out.	意思是叫他们小心
378	Right now, be careful, something's happening.	现在,小心,有事发生
379	Oh, something's falling, watch out.	哦,东西掉下来了,小心。
380	A car is moving, watch out, right?	一辆汽车在动小心,对吧?
381	So watch out is like, jo shim heo, but right now, okay?	所以,小心就像,Jo Shim heo, 但现在,好吗?
382	Okay, so watch out.	好吧,所以小心点。
383	That beep is sharp.	那个哔声很尖锐
384	What can be sharp here?	这里有什么尖锐的?
385	Well, there's a couple of things that can be sharp,	嗯,有几种事情可以是尖锐的,
386	but probably we're looking at maybe this one over here,	但也许我们在看这个
387	arrowhead, not aeriohead, arrowhead.	箭头,不是空头,箭头
388	That arrowhead, arrowhead is sharp.	那个箭头,箭头很锋利
389	Watch out, right?	小心,对不对?
390	Be careful if you're going to shoot the bow	射弓要小心点
391	because that arrowhead is sharp.	因为箭头很尖
392	Be careful.	小心点
393	Number six, rocks can be used for many things.	第六,石头可以用来做很多事情.
394	We can use rocks used for many things.	我们可以用石头做很多事情
395	If something can be used for many things,	如果能用到很多东西
396	we can use it for many different things that we want to do.	我们可以用它做我们想要做的很多不同的事情。
397	We can say it is useful.	我们可以说这是有用的。
398	Rocks are useful.	石头是有用的。
399	They can be used for many different things.	它们可用于许多不同的事物.
400	Okay, number seven, hit the nail with the what?	7号,用什么打钉子?
401	You want to hit the nail with the,	你想用钉子打...
402	what do you use with a nail?	你用钉子干什么?
403	Of course, you use a hammer with a nail.	当然,你用铁钉锤子
404	Hit the nail with the hammer.	以锤击钉.
405	Don't hit the thumb with the hammer.	别用锤子打拇指.
406	Hit the nail with the hammer, right?	用锤子敲钉子,对吗?
407	Be careful, be careful.	小心点,小心点
408	Watch out if you're using a hammer, right?	小心用锤子,对吧?
409	Don't hit your thumb, hit the nail.	别打拇指,打钉子
410	Hit the nail with the hammer.	以锤击钉.
411	Eight, a beep is a tool for shaping rocks.	八,鸣是塑造岩石的工具.
412	We talked about that, right?	我们谈过了,对吧?
413	You use a hammer and you tick, tick, tick, tick, tick.	你用锤子和滴答滴答滴答
414	This is the tool that we use to shape the rock, right?	这是我们用来塑造岩石的工具,对吧?
415	We use a hammer and we shape the rock that way.	我们用锤子来塑造岩石
416	What do we use with a hammer for shaping rocks?	我们用锤子造石头干什么?
417	We use a chisel.	我们用凿子。
418	We use a chisel to shape rocks.	我们用凿子塑造石头
419	Okay, well that wraps up the vocabulary section	好吧,那就把词汇部分结束
420	of the lecture.	讲课。
421	Let's take a short break.	我们休息一下吧
422	We'll come back and we'll look at a reading passage	我们回来再看读经
423	of how rocks are used.	如何使用岩石。
424	Don't go away.	别走
425	Hello and welcome back.	你好欢迎回来
426	Let's go over the reading passage for let's use a rock.	让我们翻阅阅读段落让我们用一块石头。
427	How are rocks used?	石头怎么用?
428	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
429	What do you do with the rocks you find?	你怎么处理你发现的石头?
430	So this is a question.	所以这是一个问题。
431	What do you do with the rocks you find?	你怎么处理你发现的石头?
432	When you're walking around outside,	当你走出去,
433	oh, there's a rock.	哦,有块石头。
434	There's another rock.	又有石头.
435	What do you do with them?	你拿他们做什么?
436	Well, maybe, probably.	嗯,也许,也许。
437	You probably throw them into a pond	你可能把它们扔进池塘里
438	or leave them on the ground.	或者把他们留在地上
439	So usually people do two things.	所以人们通常做两件事。
440	One, throw them into a pond.	一,扔进池塘.
441	Before I was talking about the rocks	在我谈论石头之前
442	that you use to skip, skipping stones.	你用来跳过,跳过石头。
443	If you find a skipping stone,	如果你发现一个跳石,
444	maybe you throw it into the pond, right?	也许你把它扔进池塘,对不对?
445	Boop, boop, boop.	嘘,嘘,嘘。
446	And it goes into the pond.	则入于池塘.
447	Or most people just, that's a rock.	或者大多数人只是, 这是一个石头。
448	It地上.
449	It's dirty, right?	这是肮脏的,对不对?
450	提加普塔(英语:Tigapta).
451	Not tigapta, that's hot.	不是提加普塔,这是热的。
452	But torowa, right?	但托罗瓦,对不对?
453	That's dirty, right?	这是肮脏的,对不对?
454	Torowayo.	托罗瓦约.
455	So that would be dirty.	这样会很脏的
456	Leave them on the ground.	把他们留在地上
457	Leave them there.	让他们在那里。
458	Don't pick them up, right?	别捡,对吗?
459	So either you throw them or you leave them on the ground.	要么扔到地上,要么丢到地上
460	Today, these days, rocks are not very useful to us.	今天,这些日子,岩石对我们没有多大用处。
461	We don't have much use for rocks, right?	我们没有太多的用途岩石,对不对?
462	We don't need rocks.	我们不需要石头。
463	Most people don't have rocks in their house, right?	大多数人家里没有石头,对吧?
464	But a long time ago, a long time ago,	但很久以前很久以前
465	they were very important.	他们是非常重要的。
466	A long time ago, people didn't have stores.	很久以前,人们没有商店。
467	You couldn't go and buy tools, right?	你不能去买工具,对不对?
468	A long time ago, the only things around were rocks, right?	很久以前周围只有石头对吧?
469	People long ago made tools with rocks, okay?	人们早就用石头做工具了,好吗?
470	So they used those rocks for tools.	所以他们用石头做工具
471	They didn't leave them on the ground.	他们没有把他们留在地面上。
472	We call tools made of rock stone tools, stone tools.	我们称之为石头工具石头工具
473	Of course, what it's interesting to notice,	当然,有趣的是,
474	this time period is called the Stone Age.	这个时期被称为石器时代.
475	The Stone Age, because human beings used stones.	石器时代,因为人类使用石器.
476	Today, we live in the Information Age, right?	今天,我们生活在信息时代,对吧?
477	Because we exchange information	因为我们交换情报
478	is our very important tool for us.	这是我们非常重要的工具。
479	But a long, long time ago, rocks were important to people.	但很久以前岩石对人们很重要
480	That's what they used for tools.	这是他们用来做工具的
481	That was the Stone Age, okay?	那是石器时代,好吗?
482	So lots of tools can be made using rocks.	因此可以使用岩石制造很多工具.
483	Did you know that?	你知道吗?
484	We don't use rocks anymore, so we forget about this, right?	我们不再使用石头了,所以我们忘了这个,对吧?
485	But lots of tools can be made using rocks.	但是许多工具可以使用岩石制作.
486	For example, hammers, bowls, and even knives.	例如锤子,碗,甚至刀.
487	Did you know that?	你知道吗?
488	Rocks can be used for many things.	石头可以用来做很多事情.
489	We can use them as hammers.	我们可以把它们当作锤子
490	We can shape them to make bowls out of them,	我们可以塑造它们,用它们做碗
491	to hold water and things like that.	拿着水之类的东西
492	We can even, with some sharp rocks like this one,	我们甚至可以用这种尖锐的石头
493	we can use it as a knife to cut things.	我们可以把它当作刀子切东西。
494	People made knives by hitting two rocks together	人家一起打两块石头做刀子
495	until one was flat and sharp.	直到一个平坦而尖锐。
496	So people did this.	所以人们这样做。
497	How did they do it?	他们怎么做到的?
498	由ING编译.
499	How do you do something?	你怎么做这些的?
500	If you answer the question, how do they do it?	如果你回答这个问题,他们怎么做到的?
501	You can use by plus verb ING.	可以通过加上动词ING来使用.
502	People made knives.	人们做刀。
503	How?	怎么会?
504	By hitting.	通过打击。
505	By hitting two rocks together, right?	通过打两块石头在一起,对不对?
506	One rock will break and one will become flat and sharp.	一块石头会断裂,一块会变得平坦而尖锐.
507	Like I said, this rock here, right?	就像我说的,这石头在这里,对不对?
508	If you hit two rocks together, maybe it will break	一起撞两块石头,也许会断
509	and you'll get a nice sharp edge on the rock	你会在岩石上得到一个很好的锋利的边缘
510	and you can cut with that, okay?	你可以用它切,好吗?
511	So that's how they made knives, okay?	所以他们就是这样做的刀,好吗?
512	Very, not very easy to live using rocks	很难用石头生活
513	and not very convenient, but that's what people did	也不太方便但人们就是这样
514	a long, long time ago in the Stone Age.	很久以前的石器时代
515	So hunters used rocks too.	所以猎人也用石头
516	Hunters, right?	猎人对吧?
517	Long time ago, you can't go to the store	很久以前,你不能去商店
518	and buy some ground beef, right?	并买一些地面牛肉,对不对?
519	And some tomatoes and whatever you wanted to eat.	还有番茄和你想吃的东西
520	People had to hunt.	人们不得不打猎。
521	So hunters used rocks too.	所以猎人也用石头
522	Long ago, people hunted with bows and arrows.	久之,人以弓箭猎之.
523	These arrows had a sharp rock at the tip.	这些箭头尖端有一个尖锐的岩石.
524	The tip is the end.	小费是结束。
525	So we're talking about hunters.	故论猎人.
526	A long time ago, people, of course,	很久以前,人们,当然,
527	were using bows and arrows.	曾经用弓箭
528	These arrows had a sharp rock at the tip of them, okay?	这些箭头尖端有一个尖锐的岩石,好吗?
529	The sharp rock looked like this.	尖锐的岩石看起来像这样。
530	Rocks were used as arrowheads.	石头被用作箭头.
531	This is an arrowhead.	这是一个箭头。
532	This is also an arrowhead, but it's broken, okay?	这个也是箭头,但是断了,好吗?
533	Without rocks, it would have been much harder	没有石头,就更难了
534	for people to hunt animals.	为了人们去猎杀动物
535	It would have been, okay?	那会是,好吗?
536	We use would have been	我们的用法是
537	because we're saying imaginary, without rocks.	因为我们说的是虚构的,没有石头。
538	If there were no rocks.	若无石头.
539	Yes, there were rocks.	是的,有石头。
540	But if, imagine.	但是,如果,想象。
541	If there were no rocks, it would have been.	如果没有石头,那会是。
542	So we use would have been to talk about a situation	所以我们用它来谈论一个情况
543	that wasn't true in the past.	过去那不是真的
544	Would have been.	本来是的
545	It would have been much harder	那会更难的
546	for people to hunt animals.	为了人们去猎杀动物
547	So we're just imagining in this statement.	所以,我们只是想象在这个陈述。
548	We are saying that with rocks, it's easy to hunt animals	我们说用石头猎杀动物很容易
549	or easier to hunt animals.	或更容易猎杀动物。
550	But if there were no rocks,	但如果没有石头
551	it would have been really, really hard.	本来会很辛苦的
552	That's what this sentence says.	此句所说.
553	So this sentence is about the fact	所以这句话是关于
554	that rocks were very useful.	石头很有用
555	Next, rocks are also used to create art, right?	接下来,岩石也用来创造艺术,对吧?
556	So we use them as tools.	所以我们用它们作为工具。
557	We use them to hunt.	我们用它们来打猎
558	But now we can see we can also use them to create art.	但是现在我们可以看到我们也可以利用它们来创造艺术.
559	Have you ever seen a stone statue before?	你以前见过石雕吗?
560	A stone statue like this one?	像这样的石雕?
561	Oh, he's not wearing pants either.	哦,他也没有穿裤子。
562	Oh, I'm sorry.	对不起
563	Okay.	摆
564	Okay, sorry.	好吧,对不起。
565	Okay, have you ever seen a stone statue before?	你见过石雕吗?
566	Have you ever seen one?	你见过吗?
567	Did you ever go to a museum	你去过博物馆吗?
568	and have you seen stone statues?	你们曾看见石像吗?
569	Probably in Cesado,	也许在塞萨多
570	you've seen the famous stone statues, right?	你见过著名的石雕吧?
571	So these are types of statues.	这些是一类雕像。
572	People shape them as art.	人们把它们塑造成艺术
573	Stone statues of famous people are all over the world.	著名人物的石像遍布世界各地.
574	Okay, all over the world.	好吧,全世界都这样
575	Of course, this is famous in Italy,	当然,这在意大利很出名
576	many in Greece,	许多人在希腊,
577	there are many statues on Cesado, like I said.	正如我所说,塞萨多岛上有许多雕像。
578	Do you call those Harubong, right?	你叫春邦吗?
579	Harubong on Cesado,	塞萨多的哈鲁邦
580	they're all over the world, everywhere.	它们遍布全世界,到处都是
581	Using a hammer and chisel,	用锤子和凿子
582	you can make a rock look like a person.	你可以让石头看起来像一个人。
583	Okay, so people who use rocks,	好吧,所以人们谁使用岩石,
584	hammers and chisels,	锤子和凿子,
585	and they shape rocks to look like things,	他们造石块,
586	they're really good artists.	他们真的很优秀的艺术家。
587	Okay, and you can make them look like people,	好吧,你可以让他们看起来像人,
588	like this one here, very amazing.	就像这个,非常惊人。
589	It looks exactly like a person.	它看起来像一个人。
590	But this is thousands of years old,	但这是几千年的历史,
591	very old, because rock is very strong.	非常古老因为岩石非常坚固
592	Okay, what else can we make with rocks?	好吧,我们还能用石头做什么?
593	What else?	还有什么?
594	We can make tools,	我们可以制造工具,
595	we can make arrowheads,	我们可以做箭头,
596	we can make statues.	我们可以做雕像。
597	What else?	还有什么?
598	What other things are there?	还有什么?
599	We can make stone walls,	我们可以做石墙,
600	we can make houses,	我们可以做房子,
601	we can make lots of other things, right?	我们可以做很多其他的事情,对不对?
602	So two examples are stone walls and houses.	所以有两个例子是石墙和房屋.
603	A house made from a rock, wow,	用石头造的房子,哇,
604	it's a really strong house, right?	这是一个非常强大的房子,对不对?
605	Try to think of some more on your own.	试着自己想想
606	So try to think of some other things	所以试着想想别的事
607	that people can use rocks for.	人们可以使用石头。
608	How can people use rocks as tools	人们怎么能把石头当作工具
609	or to make different things?	还是做不同的事情?
610	That's what the last sentence is asking you.	后句所问.
611	Try to think of some things,	试着想想一些事情
612	other things that are made from rocks.	其他由岩石制造的东西。
613	Okay, let's go over the comprehension questions.	好吧,让我们来看看理解问题。
614	This story is about what?	这个故事是关于什么的?
615	So the whole story,	所以整个故事
616	what were we talking about, right?	我们刚才在说什么,对吧?
617	What are we talking about in the entire story?	整个故事都讲什么?
618	Are we talking about rare rocks?	我们说的是稀有岩石吗?
619	Be careful, rare means unusual	小心点,难得就是不寻常
620	or not very common,	或不太常见,
621	like for example, gold or diamonds, right?	比如说黄金或者钻石,对吗?
622	We talked about that in another lesson,	我们在另一个课上谈到了这一点,
623	but those are rare rocks,	但这些是稀有的岩石,
624	not very common to find those rocks,	找到这些石头并不常见
625	very difficult to find those rocks.	很难找到这些石头
626	We're not talking about rare rocks	我们不是在谈论稀有的岩石
627	like gold or gems or diamonds in this lesson,	像黄金或宝石或钻石在这个课,
628	we're talking about all rocks,	我们谈论的都是石头,
629	so that's not right,	这样不对
630	not rare rocks, just rocks.	不是罕见的岩石,只是岩石。
631	B, the many uses of rocks.	B,岩石的多种用途.
632	Okay, well B is another way, right?	好吧,B是另一种方式,对不对?
633	Because we talked about people using rocks for tools,	因为我们谈论人们用石头做工具,
634	hunters using rocks for arrowheads,	猎人用石头做箭头
635	artists using rocks for statues,	艺术家用石头做雕像
636	and also other people using rocks	还有用石头的人
637	for stone walls and homes.	为石墙和家园。
638	So we can see many uses of rocks,	所以我们可以看到岩石的很多用途,
639	that's our right answer.	这是我们正确的答案。
640	This story is about the many uses of rocks.	这个故事是关于岩石的多种用途.
641	C, this story is about statues.	C,这个故事是关于雕像的.
642	Yeah, we talked about statues,	是啊,我们谈论雕像,
643	but that was just one part of the story,	但这只是故事的一部分,
644	not the whole story.	不是整个故事。
645	D, stone walls.	D,石墙.
646	That was a very, very small part of the story,	这是故事中很小的一部分
647	not the whole story.	不是整个故事。
648	Remember, the whole story is about the many uses of rocks,	记住,整个故事是关于岩石的多种用途,
649	stone walls, statues, tools, arrowheads,	石墙雕像工具箭头
650	many uses of rocks.	岩石的许多用途。
651	That was the whole passage.	这是整个段落。
652	Okay, number two,	好吧,第二个
653	you can make a statue with a beep and beep.	你可以做一个雕像用哔声和哔声。
654	So I've talked about this several times now, right?	所以我已经谈了好几次了,对吧?
655	I've used these two instruments to like pretend	我用这两个乐器来假装
656	I'm using these two tools to shape rock.	我用这两个工具来塑造岩石.
657	What are these two things, right?	这两件事是什么?
658	uk,uk也.
659	and the other thing that I use to shape the rock,	我用来塑造岩石的另一件事
660	what are they?	他们是什么?
661	What tools are they?	他们是什么工具?
662	Are they a bow and arrow?	他们是弓箭吗?
663	No, a bow and arrow is like this, right?	不,弓箭是这样的,对吧?
664	And you use to hunt animals, not a bow and arrow.	你用来猎杀动物而不是弓箭
665	B, a knife and an arrowhead, a knife and an arrowhead.	B,刀和箭头,刀和箭头.
666	No, how can you use a knife and an arrowhead together?	不,你怎么能用刀和箭头?
667	That's not right, that's incorrect.	这是不对的,这是不对的。
668	C, a tool and a rock.	C,一个工具和一块石头.
669	A tool, be careful because tool means all of these things.	一个工具,要小心因为工具意味着所有这些东西。
670	A tool is a hammer, it's a saw, it's a ruler,	工具是锤子是锯子是统治者
671	it's pliers, it's many things.	这是钳子,这是很多事情。
672	And then a rock, that doesn't make sense, right?	然后一块石头,这是不合理的,对不对?
673	Hammer and chisel, there's the answer right there.	锤子和凿子, 答案就在那里。
674	Hammer and chisel.	锤子和 chi子。
675	You can make a statue with a hammer and chisel.	你可以用锤子和凿子做雕像
676	Hammer and chisel are very commonly used together	锤子和凿子一起使用很常见
677	just like bow and arrow.	就像弓箭一样
678	Bow and arrow, hammer and chisel	弓箭锤子和凿子
679	because these tools go together, they are used together.	因为这些工具一起使用,它们一起使用。
680	But a hammer and a chisel are used to make a statue.	但锤子和凿子用来制作雕像.
681	So you can make a statue with a hammer and chisel.	这样你就可以用锤子和凿子做雕像.
682	That's the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
683	Okay, let's go on to number three.	好吧,让我们继续第三。
684	Knives, knives used to, oh, sorry, knives used to be.	刀,刀曾经,哦,对不起,刀曾经是。
685	Used to be means a long time ago.	以前是说很久以前的事
686	Not now, but before, right?	不是现在,而是以前,对不对?
687	A long time ago or before now.	很久以前或现在之前
688	Knives used to be made by hitting two rocks together	刀是用两块石头一起打的
689	until one was beep and sharp.	直到有人鸣叫和尖锐。
690	Now we talked about that.	现在我们谈论了这一点。
691	A long time ago, people used rocks,	很久以前人们用石头
692	they hit the rocks together until one rock	他们一起撞石头,直到一块石头
693	was what and sharp?	是什么和锐利?
694	Rough and sharp?	粗糙又锋利?
695	No, we didn't say rough.	不,我们没有说粗糙。
696	Smaller and sharp?	更小更锋利?
697	Well, when you hit a rock and it breaks,	当你撞到石头时它会断裂
698	it does become smaller,	它确实变小了,
699	but that's not what the passage said specifically.	但并不是这段话具体说的
700	The passage specifically said you hit two rocks together	那段子说你们一起撞了两块石头
701	until one becomes flats, that's C.	直到一个变成平房,这就是C。
702	C is the right answer and sharp, but not harmful.	C是正确和尖锐的答案,但并不有害。
703	Harmful, that doesn't fit in this sentence.	有害的,这不符合这个句子。
704	So the right answer is C.	因此正确的答案是C.
705	Knives used to be made by hitting two rocks together	刀是用两块石头一起打的
706	until one was flat and sharp.	直到一个平坦而尖锐。
707	That's the answer, okay?	这就是答案,好吗?
708	Flat and sharp.	平而锐.
709	Four, beep, were used as arrowheads.	四,哔哔声,被用作箭头.
710	What was used as arrowheads?	什么是用来作为箭头?
711	What were used as arrowheads?	什么是用作箭头?
712	So we have many different choices here.	所以我们有很多不同的选择。
713	A, we have sharp rocks.	A,我们有尖锐的岩石。
714	Sharp rocks, a rock that can cut easily.	尖锐的岩石,可以轻易切割的岩石.
715	A sharp rock, that sounds right, doesn't it?	一个尖锐的岩石,这听起来是正确的,不是吗?
716	It is a sharp rock.	它是一个尖锐的岩石。
717	Sharp rocks were used as arrowheads.	尖锐的岩石被用作箭头.
718	They had to be sharp to go inside the animal's skin,	它们必须很敏锐才能进入动物的皮肤
719	to cut the animal's skin.	切动物的皮肤。
720	Let's just look at B, expensive rocks.	让我们看看B, 昂贵的岩石。
721	No, you don't want to use expensive rocks on your arrowhead	不,你不想在箭头上用昂贵的石头
722	because poof, then it's gone and it's expensive.	因为poof, 然后它走了,它很贵。
723	You don't want to do that.	你不想这样做。
724	So that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
725	B, big rocks.	B,大石头。
726	No, imagine.	不,你想象一下,你觉得呢?
727	If you used a big rock,	如果你用大石头
728	your arrow is not going to go anywhere.	你的箭头哪儿也去不了
729	Smaller rocks were used.	使用了较小的岩石。
730	So not big rocks.	所以不是大石头。
731	That's funny.	这很有趣。
732	That's silly.	这是愚蠢的。
733	Soft rocks.	柔软的岩石。
734	It's like you shoot your arrow.	犹如射箭.
735	It bounces off the animal.	它从动物身上跳出来
736	It's too soft, right?	太软了,对吧?
737	So that's not correct either.	所以这也不正确。
738	The best answer, of course,	当然,最好的答案是
739	that we're looking for is sharp rocks.	我们要找的是尖石
740	Sharp rocks were used as arrowheads.	尖锐的岩石被用作箭头.
741	That's the best answer.	这是最好的答案。
742	Okay.	摆
743	Now we have many rocks here.	现在我们有很多石头
744	We have a lot of different rocks.	我们有很多不同的岩石。
745	What can we review?	我们可以审查什么?
746	What can we say about rocks?	石头怎么办?
747	Well, first of all,	嗯,首先,我们...
748	people long ago made tools with rocks.	人们早就用石头做工具了
749	Nowadays, these days, we don't use rocks that much.	现在,现在,我们不用那么多石头。
750	Maybe we use rocks to throw into ponds	也许我们用石头扔进池塘
751	or we just leave them.	或者我们离开他们。
752	Well, that's a rock.	那是块石头
753	Yeah, I'll just leave it there.	是啊,我就把它留在这。
754	But long time ago, people made tools with rocks.	但很久以前人们用石头制造工具
755	Rocks were very important.	石头很重要
756	And there's a lot of different tools	还有很多不同的工具
757	that people made with rocks.	人们用石头做的
758	What else can we say?	我们还能说什么?
759	Hunters used rocks.	猎人用石头
760	Those are some of the people who used rocks.	那些是用石头的人
761	Also, rocks are used to create art.	另外,岩石还被用来创造艺术.
762	So these are kind of three things we can say about rocks.	因此,这些是三种关于岩石的问题。
763	One, that people made tools with rocks.	第一,人们用石头制造工具。
764	Hunters made arrowheads from rocks.	猎人用石头做箭头
765	They used rocks to make arrowheads.	他们用石头做箭头.
766	And three, rocks are used to create art, statues.	第三,岩石用来创造艺术,雕像.
767	Artists would use a hammer and chisel to shape the rock	艺术家会用锤子和凿子塑造岩石
768	and usually make those rocks look like people.	通常使这些岩石看起来像人。
769	And that was art, really amazing art.	这是艺术,非常惊人的艺术。
770	Okay, well, that wraps up this lesson.	好了,好了,结束了这个教训。
771	I hope you've learned a lot of interesting things	我希望你学到了很多有趣的东西
772	about rocks.	关于岩石。
773	Next time you're taking a walk	下次你出去走走的时候
774	and you see a rock, maybe, of course,	你可以看到一块石头, 当然,
775	you're gonna leave it there.	你会把它放在那里。
776	Your mom will be angry if you bring it home.	如果你把它带回家,你妈妈会生气的
777	Leave it there, but think about all the things	留在那里,但想想所有的东西
778	that rocks were used for a long time ago.	岩石在很久以前就已经用过了
779	Okay, we'll see you next time.	好,下次见
780	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 782 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P21 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p21 20. 20. LevelB Lesson6 Mount Rushmore (P21)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p21 20. 20. LevelB Lesson6 Mount Rushmore (P21)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 39:54

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hey kids, how are you today?	嘿,孩子们,今天怎么样?
0:09	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:12	This is our last	这是我们最后一次
0:13	lesson about rocks and in this lesson we're going to talk about a really, really, really	关于岩石的教训在这个教训中,我们要谈论一个真正,真的,真的
0:20	big rock.	大石头。
0:22	What is it?	这是什么?
0:23	It's called Mount Rushmore.	名曰罗什摩尔山.
0:25	So in this lesson we will focus on learning	因此,在这个教训中,我们将专注于学习
0:29	about Mount Rushmore.	关于拉什莫尔山。
0:32	Well of course we have to ask what is Mount Rushmore, right?	当然我们要问拉什莫尔山是什么,对吗?

展开字幕全文（1042 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hey kids, how are you today?	嘿,孩子们,今天怎么样?
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	This is our last	这是我们最后一次
4	lesson about rocks and in this lesson we're going to talk about a really, really, really	关于岩石的教训在这个教训中,我们要谈论一个真正,真的,真的
5	big rock.	大石头。
6	What is it?	这是什么?
7	It's called Mount Rushmore.	名曰罗什摩尔山.
8	So in this lesson we will focus on learning	因此,在这个教训中,我们将专注于学习
9	about Mount Rushmore.	关于拉什莫尔山。
10	Well of course we have to ask what is Mount Rushmore, right?	当然我们要问拉什莫尔山是什么,对吗?
11	There	那边
12	is a little clue by the way.	顺便说一句是个小线索
13	Mount means mountain.	山谓山曰.
14	山 Mountain.
15	And as we can see, whoa, there it	正如我们所见,哇,它
16	is.	没错
17	This is a mountain.	此为山.
18	It's one big rock.	谓一大石.
19	That's amazing.	这是惊人的。
20	Look at how big it is.	观其大小.
21	Here	给
22	are a couple of people on motorcycles.	几个骑摩托车的人
23	Here's a road and look at how big this rock is.	这是条路看看这石头有多大
24	Now	现在
25	can you see something special about this mountain?	你看这山有什么特别的吗?
26	Sure.	当然
27	There are some faces in the mountain.	山上有些面孔.
28	How did they get there?	他们怎么到那儿的?
29	Well we'll figure that out when we look at the reading.	我们看看读数就知道了
30	Here	给
31	are some more pictures of Mount Rushmore.	更多拉什莫尔山的照片
32	This is a coin that's used in America.	这是美国使用的硬币.
33	It's	这是
34	a coin that shows famous people or places.	一种显示名人或地方的硬币。
35	Many coins in America will do that.	美国的许多硬币都会这样做.
36	They're	他们是
37	special coins.	特别的硬币
38	This coin here shows Mount Rushmore.	这里的硬币显示拉什莫尔山.
39	Look at the date, 1889.	看看日期,1889年。
40	This coin	这个硬币
41	is very old, but it celebrates the making of Mount Rushmore.	已经很老了,但是它庆祝拉什莫尔山的形成。
42	We can see the four faces	我们可以看到四个面孔
43	here.	在这里。
44	We'll talk about those four faces in the reading.	我们来谈谈这四个人
45	Next we can see another type	接下来我们可以看到另一种类型
46	of example of this.	举个例子
47	This is a stamp in America.	这是美国的邮票
48	A stamp, of course, you lick it.	邮票,当然,你舔它。
49	Of course	当然
50	in Korea you put glue on it and you put it on your envelope, pyeonji, and then you can	在韩国你用胶水粘上放在信封上,Pyeonji,然后你可以
51	mail it.	寄来
52	Well this is a stamp.	这是邮票
53	Like this, we can see that like these things, the coin	像这样,我们可以看到像这些东西,硬币
54	and the stamp, famous people, famous places, famous events are used as pictures on coins	邮票名人名人名人名人事件
55	and stamps.	还有邮票
56	And again, we saw the coin, now we see the stamp of Mount Rushmore.	我们再次看到硬币,现在我们看到拉什莫尔山的邮票。
57	And this	还有这个
58	is a special stamp that's made for a certain time.	是一种特殊邮票,为一段时间制作。
59	So Mount Rushmore is very important	所以拉什莫尔山很重要
60	in American history.	在美国历史上。
61	Finally, we can see this picture shows the park entrance.	最后,我们可以看到这张照片显示公园入口.
62	There's a	有一个
63	park in front of Mount Rushmore where many millions of people go there every year to	在拉什莫尔山前的公园里每年有数百万人去那里
64	look at Mount Rushmore.	看看拉什莫尔山
65	When I was a little boy, I went to this park.	当我还是个孩子的时候,我去了这个公园。
66	I can still remember	我还记得
67	standing there.	站着
68	It was a nice sunny day.	今天天气晴朗
69	I think it was spring, so it wasn't too hot,	我觉得是春天,所以不是太热,
70	not too cold, but it was a very beautiful day.	不算太冷,但今天天气非常美丽
71	My family and I, we looked up at Mount	我的家人和我,我们仰望着山
72	Rushmore and we looked at the shops in the park.	拉什莫尔和我们看公园的商店。
73	So it's a very important place in America.	所以在美国是一个非常重要的地方.
74	Let's learn some words that we need to know when we look at the reading passage about	让我们来学习一些字,我们需要知道当我们看读的段落
75	Mount Rushmore.	拉什莫尔山.
76	Who made it?	谁做的?
77	What's it all about?	这到底是怎么回事?
78	Let's start with the words of course.	先说诸法句.
79	Here we have having a high price.	我们的价钱很高
80	Look at this car.	看看这辆车
81	That car costs a lot of money.	那辆车要花很多钱
82	What	什麽?
83	can we say about the car?	我们能说说那辆车吗?
84	We can say that it is expensive.	我们可以说它很昂贵。
85	It is expensive.	这是昂贵的。
86	It takes	这需要
87	a lot of money.	很多钱
88	You need a lot of money to buy this car or to pay for this car.	买这辆车或买这辆车需要很多钱
89	Having	拥有
90	a high price.	一个高价。
91	Cars can be expensive.	车可贵.
92	Buildings can be expensive.	建筑物可能很昂贵。
93	Construction projects, if	建筑项目,如果
94	you're building something, that can be expensive too.	你正在建造一些东西, 那也可能是昂贵的。
95	Expensive means it needs a lot of money.	昂贵意味着它需要很多钱。
96	Number two.	第二义.
97	Be careful.	小心点
98	当然是TNT
99	What are these things?	这些是什么?
100	You can have one alone or	你可以独处或者
101	you can tie many together.	你可以把很多绑在一起。
102	In movies about the Old West, cowboys and Indians, sometimes	在关于老西部的电影中,牛仔和印第安人,有时
103	you see them being used in the movie.	你看电影里用到的
104	People will light them and throw them and they go	人们会点燃它们,扔出去
105	boom.	轰
106	A powerful bomb is called dynamite.	一个强大的炸弹叫做炸药。
107	D.
108	Three sounds.	三声.
109	D.
110	Put them all together.	把它们放在一起
111	D.
112	By the way, it's interesting.	顺便说一句,这很有趣。
113	Dynamite means	火药意味着
114	a bomb, but dynamite is also used by young kids to say something is cool or wonderful.	炸弹,但炸药也被年轻人用来说一些很酷或美妙的东西。
115	Hey man, that's dynamite.	嘿,伙计,那是炸药。
116	It means that's great.	意思是这很好
117	That's dynamite because boom, it's	那是炸药,因为爆炸
118	really good.	很不错。
119	Sometimes people will say that's dynamite.	有时人们会说那是炸药
120	That's really good, but dynamite	不错,但是炸药
121	also means that it's a bomb.	也意味着那是炸弹
122	The actual meaning.	实际意义.
123	Number three.	三号
124	Be careful Santa Claus.	小心圣诞老人。
125	Santa	圣诞老人
126	Claus is in a very, what kind of position?	圣诞老人处于什么样的地位?
127	Able to cause harm.	能害众生.
128	He's in a very dangerous	他现在很危险
129	position.	立场。
130	It's very dangerous to be sitting on the edge of a building.	坐在建筑物的边缘非常危险.
131	Don't do that.	别这样
132	That situation is very dangerous.	这种情况非常危险。
133	So, when you're talking about a situation that can	所以,当你谈论一个情况,可以
134	cause harm, that can hurt somebody, that is a dangerous situation.	造成伤害,那会伤害人, 这是一个危险的情况。
135	Or we can say that	或者我们可以这么说
136	it is dangerous.	这是危险的。
137	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
138	Number four.	四号.
139	Finish, right?	完成,对不对?
140	To come to the end of something.	以是果报.
141	All these people are running.	这些人都在跑
142	They look like they're in a marathon.	他们看起来像在马拉松。
143	They were in a race.	他们在比赛中。
144	They ran for a long time.	他们跑了很长时间。
145	Finally, they come to the ending point.	最后,他们来到了终点。
146	The end of something.	某事终.
147	Of course, the word we're looking for is the same as the word on the sign.	当然,我们要找的词和标语上的词一样.
148	Finish, right?	完成,对不对?
149	Finish, finish.	结束,结束。
150	When you finish something, you come to the end of it.	当你完成一些东西, 你来到它的结尾。
151	Whether it's running	是否运行
152	in a marathon or doing your homework, you finish your homework.	在马拉松或做功课, 你完成你的功课。
153	Or if you're in some	或者,如果你在一些
154	long project, you finish.	长的项目,你完成。
155	You come to a finish.	你来完成。
156	Five.	五门.
157	Wow, that's really cool.	哇,这真的很酷。
158	This guy's	这家伙的
159	at the beach.	在海滩上。
160	Did you ever build something like this?	你造过这样的东西吗?
161	This is, of course, we call this	当然,我们称之为
162	a sand castle.	一个沙城堡。
163	Now, can you build this sand castle?	你能建个沙城堡吗?
164	That's very difficult.	这很困难。
165	This man is	这个人
166	really good at creating art.	擅长创作艺术。
167	We can call him an artist.	我们可以叫他艺术家
168	So, he's an artist.	他是一个艺术家
169	Now, artists	现在,艺术家们
170	make many different things.	做很多不同的东西。
171	This man is making a sand castle.	这个人在造沙城堡
172	It looks like art.	它看起来像艺术。
173	It's very	这是非常
174	beautiful.	美丽
175	But, of course, artists also paint, right?	但是,当然,艺术家也画画,对不对?
176	They can also make music.	他们也可以制作音乐.
177	We call these	我们称之为
178	people who create things that we like and we enjoy, that are beautiful, we call them	那些创造我们喜欢和享受的东西的人, 那些美丽的,我们叫他们
179	artists.	艺术家。
180	Okay.	摆
181	Next one, five.	下一个,五个。
182	No, six, sorry.	不,六,对不起。
183	Six.	六门.
184	Where are your eyes, your nose, and your	你的眼睛,鼻子,还有...
185	mouth?	嘴吗?
186	Where are they?	他们在哪?
187	Of course, they're here.	当然,他们在这里。
188	What do we call this part of our body?	我们称之为我们身体的这一部分是什么?
189	This part of our body here, we call it our face.	我们身体的这一部分,我们称之为我们的脸。
190	Okay.	摆
191	She's having fun.	她很开心
192	She's hiding	她躲起来了
193	one of her eyes, right?	她的一只眼睛,对不对?
194	So, where your eyes, nose, and mouth are, that's a person's face.	所以,在你的眼睛,鼻子和嘴的地方,那是一个人的脸。
195	Remember when we looked at Mount Rushmore, we saw four faces.	记得当我们看着拉什莫尔山时,我们看到四个面孔.
196	So, of course, we need	所以,当然,我们需要
197	to know what a face is.	要知道什么是脸。
198	Seven.	七门.
199	Wow, that's really cool looking, isn't it?	哇,这看起来真的很酷,不是吗?
200	This, of course,	当然
201	is a volcano.	是一个火山。
202	A very high hill.	一个非常高的山
203	Now, it's interesting because these are hills, right?	现在,这是有趣的,因为这是丘陵,对不对?
204	These down here are hills.	这些是山丘
205	They're not very high.	他们不太高。
206	But, if you look at this, that's not	但是,如果你看看这个,这不是
207	a hill.	一个山。
208	That's really, really high.	这真的很,真的很高。
209	We call it a mountain.	我们称之为山。
210	That's a mountain.	即为山.
211	So, the	这么说
212	difference between a hill and a mountain.	山和山之间的区别
213	Hill versus mountain.	山对山.
214	Hills are small, as	山很小,因为
215	you can see.	你可以看见。
216	They're not that tall.	他们没有那么高。
217	But, a mountain, wow, look at that.	但是,一座山,哇,看看那个。
218	That's really	这是真的
219	steep and really high.	陡峭又高
220	That's a mountain.	即为山.
221	Some people argue and they say, that's a mountain.	有人争吵说那是座山
222	Another person says, that's not a mountain.	另一个人说,这不是一座山。
223	That's a hill, right?	那是个山,对吧?
224	It depends also where	这还取决于在哪里
225	people are from.	人们来自。
226	If somebody's from a place that's very flat, they might think, wow, that's	如果有人来自一个非常平坦的地方, 他们可能会认为,哇,那是
227	a mountain.	一个山。
228	But, people who live in the mountains say, that's not a mountain.	但是,住在山里的人说,那不是一座山.
229	That's a mountain	那是个山
230	over there.	那边
231	Okay?	好吗?
232	Very high.	甚处高.
233	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
234	Eight.	八个。
235	Now, these two people are doing something	现在,这两个人在做一些事情
236	interesting.	有趣,你喜欢我
237	What happened?	发生了什么事?
238	癬ㄓΤ翴 earthquake
239	An earthquake	一场地震
240	shook the earth and what did it do?	震动地球,它做了什么?
241	It made small openings in something.	它做了一些小的开口。
242	What do we call	我们怎么称呼
243	this here?	这里?
244	This, of course, is called a crack.	当然,这叫做裂缝。
245	C -R, cr, cr. \fn微软雅黑C -R, cr, cr.
246	The C is hard.	C是很难的。
247	Cr,cr,还有R,
248	r. Put them together.	r. 把它们放在一起.
249	Cr, cr, 裂缝.
250	Okay?	好吗?
251	A -C -K,裂缝。
252	Now, that's maybe difficult	现在,这也许很难
253	to pronounce.	要发音。
254	Crack, crack.	裂缝,裂缝。
255	So, when you see a small opening, especially in stone or even	所以,当你看到一个小的开口, 特别是用石头或甚至
256	metal, a little opening, looks like it might break soon.	金属,一个小开口, 看起来像它可能很快打破。
257	You see cracks.	你看到裂缝了
258	If you see cracks,	如果你看到裂缝,
259	be careful because that means that something might break.	小心点,因为那意味着东西可能会破碎。
260	Okay?	好吗?
261	Or something is not strong.	或有物不坚固.
262	It got weak somehow.	它变弱了
263	So, if you see a crack, be careful.	所以,如果你看到裂缝,要小心。
264	It's not strong anymore.	已不坚固.
265	Number	数目
266	nine.	九点
267	Wow, this is pretty cool.	哇,这很酷。
268	Do you have one of these?	你有这个吗?
269	This is a, it's like a puzzle	这就像一个谜题
270	board, right?	董事会,对不对?
271	There are many different what?	有许多不同的什么?
272	The outline of something.	提纲某甲.
273	Here we have an	这里有一个
274	outline.	大纲。
275	What is that?	这是什么?
276	And we have a different outline.	我们有一个不同的大纲。
277	These, of course, are different shapes.	这些当然是不同的形状。
278	This is a circle, a triangle, a square.	这是圆形,三角形,方形
279	Those are different shapes.	这些是不同的形状。
280	Okay?	好吗?
281	So, the outline	所以,大纲
282	of something is its shape.	东西的形状。
283	Next one, number ten.	下一个,十号
284	Looks like a junior is wearing daddy's	癬ㄓ帝
285	clothing, right?	衣服,对不对?
286	He's got clothes that are too big for him.	他的衣服太大了对他来说
287	He looks kind of cute.	他看起来挺可爱的
288	It	这个
289	looks kind of strange.	看起来有点奇怪
290	His feet are so big, right, for his face.	他的脚这么大,对,他的脸。
291	But, of course, those	但是,当然,那些
292	are his dad's shoes.	这是他爸爸的鞋子
293	His feet are probably very small inside that big shoe.	他的脚可能非常小在那个大鞋。
294	Big, another	大,又一个
295	word for big is large, large.	大词是大词,大词。
296	The boy's clothes are too large for him, too large for him,	男孩的衣服太宽了,太宽了
297	too big for him.	对他来说太大了
298	Okay?	好吗?
299	So, large.	所以,大块头。
300	Large is something that's very big or huge.	大的东西是非常大或巨大的。
301	Huge is	巨大的是
302	another word you can use.	另一个词你可以使用。
303	Huge has more emphasis, strength.	巨大有更大的重点,力量。
304	Huge, right?	巨大的,对不对?
305	Really, really big.	痷 痷
306	Not just big but huge.	不仅很大,而且很大。
307	Big and large and huge.	大而大而大而大为大.
308	Okay, next one, eleven.	好吧,下一个,11。
309	Wow, that's a lot	哇,这是很多
310	of money.	钱。
311	My gosh, that's a lot of money, right?	天啊,这是很多钱,对不对?
312	Here we have one, zero, zero, zero,	这里有1,0,0,0,
313	zero, zero, zero.	零,零,零,零。
314	What is that?	这是什么?
315	What number do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
316	We call it million.	我们称之为百万。
317	Remember	记住
318	in English, we put zero, zero, zero, then comma.	在英语中,我们放零,零,零,然后逗号。
319	Zero, zero, zero, then comma.	零,零,零,然后逗号。
320	Okay?	好吗?
321	So, three zeros, comma, three zeros, comma, and then one.	所以,三个零,逗号,三个零,逗号,然后一个。
322	We go, alright, one, ten, hundred,	我们走,好吧,一,一,一,一百,
323	thousand, ten thousand, one hundred thousand, then one million.	一千,一万,十万,然后一百万
324	Okay?	好吗?
325	So, one million, that's	所以,一百万,这是
326	a really big number.	一个非常大的数字。
327	One million.	一百万个.
328	I don't think there is a, I think this picture is	我不认为有, 我认为这张照片是
329	not real.	这不是真的
330	I don't think there's a real one million dollar bill.	我不认为有真正的一百万美元账单。
331	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
332	Can you	你能吗?
333	imagine going to a store?	想象去商店吗?
334	Yeah, I'd like some milk, please.	是的,我想一些牛奶,请。
335	Here, a million dollars.	在这里,一百万美元。
336	Do	执行
337	you have change?	你有零钱吗?
338	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
339	Okay, next one, twelve.	好吧,下一个,12。
340	Far above the ground, far above	远在地上,远在地上
341	the ground is high.	地势很高
342	These balloons, that looks really cool, by the way, right?	这些气球看起来很酷,对吗?
343	These balloons	这些气球
344	are high in the air, right?	空气很高,对吧?
345	They are far above the ground.	它们远在地面之上。
346	They are very high, like that	他们很高,就像那样
347	mountain we talked about before, right?	我们之前谈过的山对吧?
348	The mountain is really high.	山势真高.
349	The hills are lower	山丘比较低
350	than the mountain.	比山还高
351	So, something that's far above the ground is high.	因此,远高于地面的东西是高的.
352	Thirteen, not hard.	十三,不难.
353	So, in other words, it means that it's not difficult, right?	所以,换句话说,这意味着它并不难,对不对?
354	If somebody took a test,	如果有人做了测试,
355	they got an A+, that test was not hard.	他们得到了一个A+, 那测试并不难。
356	It was easy.	很简单
357	It was very easy.	很简单
358	That test was	那个测试是
359	easy.	轻点
360	I hope your tests are easy.	我希望你的测试很容易。
361	Of course, if you want your tests to be easy, study hard.	当然,如果你希望你的测试容易, 努力学习。
362	Then your tests will be easier, okay?	那你的测试会更容易,好吗?
363	Number fourteen.	十四号
364	Whoa, what kind of car is that?	哇,那是什么车?
365	That's really long.	这真的很长。
366	By the way, just Kunyang, Algo, Shipayo, we call that a limousine.	顺便说一下,只是昆阳,阿尔戈,希帕约, 我们称之为豪华轿车。
367	You	你们
368	could call it a limo for short.	可以说是豪华轿车
369	It's a limo.	这是豪华轿车。
370	It's a really long car.	这车真长
371	It looks like it's	看起来像是
372	been stretched, right?	被拉伸了对吧?
373	It's been stretched.	已经伸展了
374	Stretch.	伸展起来。
375	It's great in distance or time.	在距离或时间上都很棒
376	Great in distance or time.	距离或时间都很好
377	So, you're talking about great, big, or long in distance or time.	所以,你说的伟大,大, 或长的距离或时间。
378	I just told you long.	我刚跟你说了很久
379	It's long.	长曰.
380	It's great in distance or time.	在距离或时间上都很棒
381	To feel painful.	来感受痛苦
382	Oh no.	哦,没有。
383	To feel painful.	来感受痛苦
384	Poor guy.	可怜的家伙可怜的人可怜的人可怜的人可怜的人可怜的人可怜的人
385	Looks like he was playing soccer and boom, maybe somebody hit	他好像在踢足球,也许有人打了
386	him on the knee.	他膝盖上。
387	It feels painful.	感觉很痛苦
388	We say it hurts.	我们说它很疼。
389	So, if you're playing sports and	所以,如果你在运动,
390	something hits you or you get a bruise, by the way, we could call this a bruise.	有东西打到你或者你弄伤了顺便说一句我们可以称之为瘀伤
391	Bruise.	布鲁斯。
392	That's like a purple or blue, maybe red because you hit something on your leg or your arm	这就像紫色或蓝色,也许红色因为你撞到你的腿或手臂
393	and you have a strange color.	你有一个奇怪的颜色。
394	That's a bruise.	这是瘀伤。
395	A bruise hurts.	瘀伤会痛
396	You say it hurts.	你说很疼
397	It hurts.	痛甚. 师曰.
398	Do not say it's sick.	别说病了
399	Don't say it's sick.	别说病了
400	Don't say that.	别这么说
401	Don't say my arm is sick.	别说我的手臂病了
402	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
403	If you say my arm is sick, it's like achoo, achoo.	如果你说我的手臂病了, 它就像achoo,achoo。
404	Oh, poor arm.	哦,可怜的手臂。 (笑声)
405	Drink some	喝点吧
406	orange juice.	橙汁(原变种).
407	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
408	Your arm can't be sick.	臂无病.
409	Your whole body is sick.	你全身都恶心了
410	Sick is	变态
411	like kamgi.	就像坎吉一样
412	Cough.	咳嗽声。
413	Or you have a cold.	还是感冒了
414	You're sneezing.	你在打喷嚏。
415	Achoo.	亚邱.
416	Then you're sick.	则病矣.
417	But if	不过如果
418	your arm is injured or your arm has a bruise, then you say my arm hurts.	你的手臂受伤了或者手臂有瘀伤然后你说我的手疼
419	Don't say my arm	不要说我的手
420	is sick.	已经病了
421	That's Konglish.	即是金刚萨lish.
422	My arm is sick is Konglish.	我的手臂病了是刚利什语。
423	Do not say that.	别这么说
424	Say my arm hurts.	说我的手臂疼。
425	That's correct.	没错
426	My arm hurts.	我的手好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛
427	Sorry about that.	对不起
428	Is sick is wrong.	生病是错的。
429	It's hard for me to	我很难
430	write that because it's wrong.	写这个是因为那是错误的。
431	But many students say that.	但许多学生都这么说.
432	是金刚萨lish.
433	Don't say my arm	不要说我的手
434	is sick.	已经病了
435	Don't say that.	别这么说
436	Say my arm hurts.	说我的手臂疼。
437	I hope not, but that's what you say.	我希望不是,但你这么说。
438	To feel	感觉
439	painful to hurt.	痛苦的伤害。
440	Here we have hurt, hurt, hurt.	在这里,我们已经伤害,伤害,伤害。
441	Because hurt, here hurts is a verb.	因为伤害,这里是动词。
442	It hurts.	痛甚. 师曰.
443	It hurt yesterday.	昨日伤之.
444	It has hurt for a long time.	它已经伤害了很长时间。
445	So hurt, hurt, hurt.	故曰伤也.
446	It hurts	疼吗?
447	the verb doesn't change.	动词不变.
448	We don't use ed.	我们不使用ed。
449	Don't say my arm hurted yesterday.	别说我昨天手臂受伤了
450	No.	没有
451	и
452	arm hurt yesterday.	昨天手臂受伤了
453	My arm hurts now.	我的手臂现在疼了。
454	It hurt yesterday and it has hurt for a long time.	昨日痛而久之.
455	So that's hurt.	所以这是伤害。
456	Be careful with that word as you can see.	汝等见此字当心.
457	To stop living.	以止众生.
458	This is very	这是非常的
459	sad.	悲伤
460	To stop living.	以止众生.
461	There's a body inside the box.	箱内有一具尸体.
462	There used to be a person.	过去有一人.
463	That person	那个人
464	died.	已经死了
465	To die means to stop living.	死亡意味着停止生活。
466	That's very unfortunate.	这是非常不幸的。
467	It looks like a soldier	看起来像军人
468	lost his or her life in a battle.	在一场战斗中丧生。
469	So to die is to stop living.	所以死亡就是停止生活。
470	That wraps up our words.	我们的话到此结束。
471	Let's use the words to complete each sentence.	以诸句为结各句.
472	So we're going to complete a sentence with	所以我们要用
473	a word from the box.	一个字从盒子。
474	We have many sentences.	我们有很多句子
475	Parts of the sentence are missing.	部分句子缺失.
476	We need	我们需要
477	to complete the sentence with these words here.	用这些词来完成句子
478	Let's go over these words.	让我们再看看这些话
479	First we	首先我们
480	have expensive, expensive, expensive.	有昂贵,昂贵,昂贵。
481	Dynamite, dynamite.	炸药,炸药
482	Next one, armor, armor, armor.	下一个,盔甲,盔甲,盔甲。
483	Artist, artist.	艺术家,艺术家.
484	That's easy.	这很简单。
485	Face, face.	脸,脸。
486	Dangerous, dangerous.	危险危险
487	山,,山 mountain.
488	Finish, finish.	结束,结束。
489	And crack, crack.	还有裂缝,裂缝。
490	Those are our words.	这是我们的话。
491	Let's see how they fit into these sentences.	让我们看看他们如何融入这些句子。
492	Number one, I dropped my phone.	第一,我的电话掉了
493	I hope you don't drop your phone.	我希望你不要掉电话。
494	Now it has a what?	现在它有什么?
495	And that's too bad.	这太糟糕了。
496	Sometimes I see students, they're carrying their phone and the glass	有时我看到学生,他们拿着手机和玻璃
497	on the front has many what?	在前面有很多什么?
498	Well of course, many what?	当然,很多什么?
499	They have many cracks.	他们有很多裂缝。
500	Now it has	现在它已经
501	a crack.	一个裂缝。
502	Do you see that?	你看到了吗?
503	Sometimes your friends or you're on the subway or the bus, you see	有时候你的朋友或你在地铁或巴士上,你看
504	somebody with their phone and it looks like their phone, they dropped their phone and	有人用他们的手机, 它看起来像他们的手机, 他们掉了他们的手机,
505	there's a lot of cracks in the glass.	玻璃里有很多裂缝
506	That's too bad, right?	这太糟糕了,对不对?
507	Oh, that's terrible if that	哦,这是可怕的,如果
508	happens.	发生。
509	You drop your phone, now it has a crack or it has many cracks.	你放下你的手机,现在它有裂缝或者它有很多裂缝。
510	Usually it has	通常是这样
511	many cracks, not just one.	很多裂缝, 不只是一个。
512	Number two, I climbed up a very big what?	第二,我爬上一个非常大的什么?
513	What would you climb up?	你会爬上什么?
514	Now of course when you say climb, this means climb, right?	当然了,你说攀爬意味着攀爬,对吧?
515	If you walk up, you hike up.	如果你走起来,你走起来。
516	So you could also say, I hiked.	所以你也可以说,我走了。
517	Probably you guys hike.	可能你们走了。
518	I don't think too many of you will	我想你们不会太多人
519	climb with ropes and expensive gear, right?	用绳子和昂贵的装备爬上去对吧?
520	So I climbed up a very big what?	所以我爬上一个非常大的什么?
521	What do you	你怎么样
522	climb up?	爬上来?
523	What do you hike up?	你爬起来干什么?
524	You hike up a mountain.	你爬上山来
525	I hiked up a very big mountain	我爬了个大山
526	or I climbed up a very big mountain.	或者我爬上一个非常大的山。
527	We climb up, we hike up mountains.	我们爬上去,爬山
528	I hike, I don't	我走了,我没有
529	really climb.	真的爬起来。
530	It's kind of dangerous and you need special equipment to climb a mountain.	这是一种危险的,你需要特殊设备爬山。
531	Three, your eyes and your nose are on your what?	3,你的眼睛和鼻子都在你身上吗?
532	On your elbow?	在你的肘上吗?
533	No.	没有
534	On your knee?	膝盖上?
535	No.	没有
536	They're on your face.	它们在你脸上
537	Of course we know that.	我们当然知道
538	That's easy.	这很简单。
539	Your eyes and nose are on your	你的眼睛和鼻子在你的头上
540	face.	脸
541	Okay.	摆
542	Number four, it took 14 years.	第四花了14年时间
543	It took 14 years?	花了14年时间?
544	That was a long time.	那是很长一段时间。
545	It	这个
546	means I needed 14 years.	这意味着我需要14年。
547	Start, finish, 14 years in between.	开始,结束,14年之间。
548	It took 14 years to beep	它花了14年哔声
549	Mount Rushmore.	拉什莫尔山.
550	It took 14 years to do what to Mount Rushmore?	花了14年时间才对拉什莫尔山做什么?
551	Well, if you start something	好吧,如果你开始的东西
552	and then you finish something, right?	然后,你完成的东西,对不对?
553	You can say it took certain amount of time to	你可以说需要一定的时间
554	finish, to finish Mount Rushmore.	完成,完成拉什莫尔山。
555	It took 14 years to finish Mount Rushmore.	花了14年时间完成了拉什莫尔山.
556	That's	这是
557	Mount Rushmore.	拉什莫尔山.
558	It took 14 years to finish my homework.	我花了14年才完成作业
559	What?	你说什么?
560	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
561	What kind	什么样的
562	of homework did you have?	你做功课了吗?
563	Usually, hopefully it took you one hour to finish your homework.	通常,希望你花一个小时完成你的功课。
564	It took me five minutes to finish washing the dishes.	我花了五分钟才洗完碗
565	So it takes you a certain amount	所以这需要一定的金额
566	of time to finish, to complete doing something.	时间完成, 完成做一些事情。
567	Five, don't run across the street.	五,不要过街跑.
568	That's	这是
569	good advice.	不错的建议。
570	Don't run across the street.	别跑过马路
571	Why?	为什么?
572	Because there are cars, right?	因为有车,对不对?
573	If you	如果你们
574	do that, you could get hurt.	这样做,你会受到伤害。
575	It's a situation that can cause harm.	其情形可致祸.
576	It is what?	这是什么?
577	It's dangerous.	这是危险的。
578	Don't run across the street.	别跑过马路
579	Walk across the street and be careful.	走过马路,小心点
580	Look both ways and	看两边
581	cross where you're supposed to cross.	穿过你该穿过的地方。
582	Don't run across the street in the middle.	中间别过街跑.
583	Okay.	摆
584	Number six, beep makes a loud noise if you light it.	6号,如果点燃,哔声会发出响亮的声音.
585	What makes a loud noise if you use	你用什么来发出声音
586	fire to light something?	点燃什么?
587	Of course, we're talking about dynamite.	当然,我们在谈论炸药。
588	Dynamite makes a loud	火药发出响亮的声音
589	noise if you light it.	如果你点燃它,就会发出噪音。
590	It doesn't just make a loud noise.	不只是发出响亮的声音
591	It also makes a really powerful	也使一个真正的力量
592	explosion that's very dangerous, right?	爆炸很危险,对吧?
593	So it's not just a loud noise.	故非唯声闻.
594	Dynamite makes	火药制造
595	a loud explosion.	一场大爆炸
596	Boom!	轰!
597	Lots of force.	有大量的力量。
598	Very dangerous.	非常危险
599	Be careful.	小心点
600	Of course, you shouldn't	当然,你不应该
601	be around dynamite.	周围的炸药。
602	You'll probably never experience dynamite in your life unless you're	你一生中可能永远不会经历爆炸除非你是
603	a minor, okay?	一个未成年人,好吗?
604	But dynamite makes a loud explosion if you light it.	但是如果点燃炸药,炸药就会爆炸
605	Okay, that wraps up the vocabulary	好吧,这结束了词汇
606	section.	节。
607	Let's take a short break here.	我们休息一下
608	We'll come back and let's read about Mount Rushmore.	我们回来后再看拉什莫尔山
609	Who built it?	谁造的?
610	How long did it take?	花了多长时间?
611	How did they build it?	他们是怎么建造的?
612	We'll wait after the break	我们休息后再等
613	to find the answers to those questions.	找到这些问题的答案。
614	Okay, welcome back.	好的欢迎回来
615	Let's go over the reading together.	我们一起看书吧
616	Now, the reading, of course, is about Mount Rushmore, but the passage doesn't talk about	现在,阅读,当然,是关于拉什莫尔山, 但通道不谈
617	Mount Rushmore right away, right?	拉什莫尔山现在,对不对?
618	It talks about artists first, and then it goes into	它首先谈论艺术家,然后它进入
619	Mount Rushmore.	拉什莫尔山.
620	Let's see how that works.	让我们看看如何运作。
621	Some artists don't use paint.	有些艺术家不使用颜料.
622	Okay, so that's	好吧,所以这是
623	a very general statement, right?	一个非常笼统的声明,对不对?
624	We're not talking about Mount Rushmore yet.	我们还没说到拉什莫尔山
625	We're talking	我们在说话
626	about artists.	关于艺术家。
627	They use rocks to make art.	他们用石头来制作艺术.
628	Okay, so first of all, we're talking about	好吧,所以首先,我们谈论
629	some artists, and that's what they refers back to.	一些艺术家, 这就是他们提到回。
630	They is some artists.	他们是艺术家
631	Some artists	一些艺术家
632	don't use paint.	别用油漆
633	They use rocks to make art.	他们用石头来制作艺术.
634	So, they, those some artists, they don't use	所以,他们,一些艺术家, 他们不使用
635	paint.	颜料
636	They use rocks.	他们用石头。
637	They use rocks to make art?	他们用石头做艺术?
638	Well, they don't put rocks together.	他们不会把石头放在一起
639	They're doing something different.	他们正在做不同的事情。
640	They shape them into different things.	它们把它们塑造成不同的东西。
641	So, some artists	所以,一些艺术家
642	don't use paint to make art.	不要用油漆来制作艺术。
643	They use rocks, and they use rocks, how they shape them.	它们使用岩石,使用岩石,如何塑造它们。
644	Remember,	记住
645	we learned about hammer and chisel.	我们学过锤子和凿子
646	They use those tools to shape rocks into different	他们用这些工具把岩石塑造成不同的
647	things.	东西。
648	Some, some what?	有些,有些什么? 有点,有些什么?
649	Some artists?	一些艺术家?
650	No, some things.	不,有些东西。
651	Some things look like people.	有些东西看起来像人
652	Some look like animals.	有些看起来像动物
653	Some are big, and some are small.	有些是大的,有些是小的。
654	So, we can talk about these	所以,我们可以谈论这些
655	rocks that artists use, right?	艺术家用的石头,对吧?
656	Sometimes they make the rocks look like people.	有时会让岩石看起来像人
657	Sometimes	有时
658	they make them look like animals.	他们让他们看起来像动物。
659	Some of them are big, and some of them are small.	有的体型大,有的体型小.
660	In 1927, specific date, long time ago, almost 100 years ago, almost 100 years ago, an artist	1927年具体日期很久以前近百年前近百年前艺术家
661	shaped a very big rock.	形成一个非常大的岩石。
662	A very big rock.	一个非常大的岩石。
663	That's this rock down here.	这是这下面的石头。
664	How big was the rock?	石头有多大?
665	It was the size of a mountain, okay?	这是山的大小,好吗?
666	So, this section starts to talk about Mount Rushmore,	因此,这个部分开始谈论拉什莫尔山,
667	but not specifically yet.	但具体来说还没有
668	It's still very general, right?	还是很普通的对吧?
669	Talking about the date that	说到日期
670	Mount Rushmore was started, and also talking about the rock, the size of the rock.	拉什莫尔山开始兴起,同时也谈到岩石,岩石的大小.
671	The	那个
672	size of the rock was really, really, really big.	岩石的大小真的很,真的很大。
673	Like I said before, it was the size of	就像我以前说过的,这是大小
674	a mountain, right?	山,对不对?
675	A really big rock.	一个真正的大石头。
676	It's a huge rock.	巨石'.
677	In America, there is a large	在美国,有一个大
678	stone mountain.	石头山.
679	There is a large stone mountain in America.	美国有一座大石山.
680	That's this mountain down here.	这是这山下。
681	At the top are four faces.	顶上为四面.
682	You can see one, two, three, four faces.	可见一二三四面.
683	Who are those people?	这些人是谁?
684	Whose faces are they?	他们是谁的脸?
685	They are the faces of famous Americans.	他们是著名美国人的面孔。
686	We call this place Mount	我们叫这里叫山
687	Rushmore, okay?	拉什莫尔,好吗?
688	So, this place is called Mount Rushmore, and these are the faces that are	因此,这个地方叫做拉什莫尔山, 这些面孔是
689	carved into the mountain.	雕刻成山.
690	By the way, who are these people, right?	对了,这些人是谁?
691	Who are the faces?	是谁的面孔?
692	Well, we have, these are all presidents, right?	嗯,我们有,这些都是总统,对不对?
693	This is Washington, Washington, Washington,	这是华盛顿,华盛顿,华盛顿,
694	Washington.	华盛顿
695	Over here, we have, oh my gosh, what am I doing?	在这里,我们有, 哦,我的天哪,我在做什么?
696	Jefferson, we have Roosevelt,	杰斐逊我们有罗斯福
697	and who's this guy over here, kind of alone?	这人是谁一个人?
698	That is Lincoln, and it's interesting that	这是林肯,这是有趣的
699	he's alone, right?	他一个人,对吧?
700	He had a very difficult time as a president, and he was kind of unique	他当总统时很困难,很独特
701	among the presidents.	在总统中
702	It's interesting that he's alone, away from the other three, but	有趣的是,他独自一人,远离其他三个,但
703	these are all past presidents of America, very famous presidents.	这些都是美国历任总统,非常著名的总统
704	Not just famous people,	不仅仅是名人
705	right?	对吧?
706	Not just famous Americans, famous American presidents, okay?	不只是著名的美国人, 著名的美国总统,好吗?
707	Call the place Mount Rushmore.	唤作拉什莫尔山的地方.
708	Many people go there every year.	每年都有很多人去那里
709	Two million people go there every year.	每年有200万人去那里。
710	How big are the	这么大的
711	faces?	脸?
712	The faces are 18 meters high.	面高18米.
713	Wow, that's really high, isn't it?	哇,这真的很高,不是吗?
714	18 meters high,	18米高 18米高 18米高 18米高
715	very big.	相当大。
716	You can see them from far away.	你可以从远处看到他们。
717	So, if you're far away, you can still see	所以,如果你很远,你仍然可以看到
718	those faces.	那些脸
719	Wow, that's really amazing.	哇,这是真的惊人的。
720	Okay, who is the artist that made Mount Rushmore?	好吧,谁是艺术家谁做了拉什莫尔山?
721	His name was, whoa, that's a strange name, right?	他的名字是,哇, 这是一个奇怪的名字,对不对?
722	I think it's a Danish name, right?	我认为这是一个丹麦名字,对不对?
723	But how to pronounce that?	但怎样发音?
724	Gutson Borglum.	古特森·博格伦.
725	Gutson Borglum是怎样发音的
726	that name.	那个名字
727	Gutson Borglum是制作Rushmore山的艺术家对吧?
728	He made Mount	他创造了山
729	Rushmore.	拉什莫尔。
730	It wasn't easy to make Mount Rushmore.	造拉什莫尔山不易.
731	It took him 14 years to finish.	他花了14年才结束
732	That was one	就是这个
733	of our vocabulary questions, right?	我们的词汇问题,对不对?
734	It took him 14 years to finish it.	他花了14年时间完成它.
735	That's a big rock,	那是块大石头,
736	right?	对吧?
737	It's a very big piece of art.	这是一个非常大的艺术品。
738	In fact, he needed 400 workers to make the faces.	实际上,他需要400名工人来制作面孔.
739	400	400个
740	people helped him to make the faces.	人们帮助他做了面孔。
741	Wow.	珃
742	He also wanted to make the bodies.	他还想制造尸体。
743	He wanted	稱璶
744	to make the bodies, but it was too expensive.	用来制造尸体但太贵了
745	If you look back again at the picture, right?	如果你再回头看照片,对不对?
746	We just see the faces.	我们只是看到面孔。
747	There's no bodies.	无有尸身.
748	He wanted to make the bodies, but it was too	他本来想做尸体的,但也是
749	expensive.	贵
750	So, he couldn't do it.	所以,他不能做到这一点。
751	He just made the faces.	他刚做的脸。
752	Okay.	摆
753	Borglum的形状如何
754	a rock this big?	这么大的石头?
755	How did he shape such a big rock, right?	他是怎么塑造这么大的石头的?
756	These are people on the rock.	这些人在岩石上。
757	That's pretty crazy.	这是相当疯狂的。
758	How did he do that?	他怎么会这样?
759	Well, did he use a chisel?	他用过凿子吗?
760	That's a guess.	这是猜测。
761	Did he	难道他
762	use a chisel?	用凿子?
763	No.	没有
764	That would take too long.	那会花太长时间。
765	So, too long means it's too long.	所以,太长意味着它太长。
766	More time	更多时间
767	than they had.	比他们有。
768	It would have taken him too long to make these stone faces with a chisel.	要用凿子做这些石头面
769	So, what did he use?	那么,他用什么来着?
770	He used dynamite.	他用炸药
771	Ah.	摆
772	He used dynamite.	他用炸药
773	Dynamite, of course, is	当然,火药是
774	very dangerous, but it's very powerful, right?	非常危险,但它非常强大,对不对?
775	It can blast the rock.	它能炸开岩石。
776	Boom.
777	The rock will	石头会
778	be gone away.	滚开
779	Of course, they used dynamite.	当然,他们用炸药。
780	They also did probably use some chisels, but	他们可能也用过一些凿子,但是...
781	they used dynamite to move the big pieces of rock out of the way.	他们用炸药把大块石头挪开
782	Of course, this was	当然,这是
783	very dangerous.	非常危险
784	Dynamite is dangerous.	火药是危险的。
785	Some people were hurt.	有人受伤了
786	Luckily, no one died.	幸好没人死
787	Okay.	摆
788	So, you know, if something is dangerous, people have a chance to get hurt or there's a chance	所以,你知道,如果某事是危险的, 人们有机会受到伤害,或者有机会
789	that people might die.	人们可能会死
790	Okay.	摆
791	So, this is what happens in accidents, too, if you think about	所以,这也会发生在事故,如果你想
792	it.	这个
793	Sometimes in accidents, people are hurt.	有时在事故中,人们会受到伤害.
794	They are injured.	他们受伤了。
795	Sometimes, unfortunately,	有时候,不幸的是,
796	people die.	人会死
797	They are killed.	他们被杀了。
798	Thankfully, luckily, luckily, it's good luck that, yes, some people	谢天谢地,幸运的,幸运的, 这是幸运的,是的,一些人
799	were hurt because of the dynamite, but luckily, no one died.	但幸运的是,没有人死了。
800	That's good.	这是很好的。
801	If you want to see	如果你想看的话
802	Mount Rushmore, you should go soon.	拉什莫尔山,你应该马上去。
803	Why?	为什么?
804	There are cracks in the faces.	脸上有裂缝
805	So, in the faces,	所以,在脸上,
806	there are cracks that are beginning to appear in the faces.	有些裂缝开始出现在脸上
807	Why?	为什么?
808	Because of time and weather.	因为时间和天气
809	As you know, rocks in the mountain, they do change over a long time.	正如你们所知,山里的石头, 它们会改变很久。
810	Weather, cold weather	天气,寒冷的天气
811	will make them shrink a little bit.	让他们稍微收缩一下
812	Hot weather, they expand.	天气炎热,它们会扩张。
813	A rain, a water will get inside	下雨,水会进来
814	the rock, and the rock will start to crack.	岩石,岩石会开始裂开。
815	Okay.	摆
816	That's what's going on.	即是现前.
817	Soon, their	很快,他们
818	noses might fall off.	鼻子可能会掉下来
819	Oh, my gosh.	天呐
820	George Washington's nose will fall off.	乔治·华盛顿的鼻子会掉下来的
821	Okay.	摆
822	Maybe,	也许
823	might, it's not for sure, might fall off, but because of the cracks in the rock.	可能,它不是肯定的, 可能掉下来, 但因为岩石的裂缝。
824	Soon,	马上就
825	the noses of the sculptures might fall off.	雕塑的鼻子可能会掉下来
826	So, if you want to see these faces, you should	所以,如果你想看到这些脸, 你应该
827	go soon.	快点走
828	Okay.	摆
829	Let's talk about this story.	让我们来谈谈这个故事。
830	This story is about what?	这个故事是关于什么的?
831	This story is about	这个故事是关于
832	A, a mountain made into art.	A,一座山成为艺术。
833	B, an expensive bomb.	B,一个昂贵的炸弹。
834	C, a famous artist.	C),著名艺术家.
835	D, dynamite.	D,炸药。
836	Now,	现在,
837	we have a couple of good choices here.	我们这里有一些很好的选择。
838	Letter A, a mountain made into art.	字母A,一座山造为艺术.
839	When we're talking	我们说话的时候
840	about this story, this whole story, everything that we talked about was about Mount Rushmore.	关于这个故事,这个整个故事, 我们谈论的一切都是关于拉什莫尔山。
841	At the beginning, they were talking about some different types of artists who make art,	一开始,他们在谈论一些不同类型的艺术家谁制作艺术,
842	but that was kind of an introduction into the Mount Rushmore, or Mount Rushmore that	但这是对拉什莫尔山或拉什莫尔山的介绍
843	is a mountain made into art.	是一座成为艺术的山
844	So, everything that we talked about, you know, we talked	所以,我们谈论的一切,你知道,我们谈论
845	about who made it, how many people were needed to make it, how did they make it, they used	关于谁做的,需要多少人做, 他们是如何做的,他们用
846	dynamite, and also, it's important to go see it soon because the noses might fall off.	炸药,还有,它的重要性去看看它很快,因为鼻子可能会掉下来。
847	All of those things are about a mountain made into art, Mount Rushmore.	所有这些事情都是关于一座山变成艺术,拉什莫尔山。
848	So, this story is	这个故事是
849	about a mountain made into art, which is the same as saying this story is about Mount Rushmore.	这跟说这个故事有关
850	That's the same thing.	亦复如是.
851	We could say the same thing here, and they mean the same.	我们可以说同样的事情在这里, 他们的意思是一样的。
852	This story	这个故事
853	is about Mount Rushmore.	是关于拉什莫尔山。
854	What is Mount Rushmore?	拉什莫尔山是什么?
855	Mount Rushmore is a mountain made into art.	拉什莫尔山是一座成为艺术的山.
856	So, that's the right answer.	所以,这是正确的答案。
857	It's about an expensive bomb?	这是关于一个昂贵的炸弹?
858	No, that's kind of silly.	不,这是种愚蠢的。
859	We didn't talk about expensive bombs.	我们没有谈论昂贵的炸弹。
860	A famous artist?	著名艺术家?
861	That's a little tricky because you	这有点棘手因为你
862	say, well, isn't this story about the artist Borglum who made Mount Rushmore?	这个故事不是关于造拉什莫尔山的艺术家Borglum吗?
863	Sure, a little	当然,有一点
864	bit of the story was about Borglum, but most of the story was about Mount Rushmore.	故事有点是关于博格勒姆, 但大部分的故事是关于拉什莫尔山。
865	They	他们
866	Borglum在回答这个问题时提到, 谁造了Rushmore山?
867	So, that's not the	所以,这不是
868	correct answer.	答对了
869	And D, the story is about dynamite?	D,故事是关于炸药的?
870	No, there was a very short little	不,有一点很短
871	thing about dynamite that they said dynamite was used to make Mount Rushmore, but the whole	关于炸药,他们说炸药是用来制造拉什莫尔山, 但整个
872	passage is not about dynamite.	与爆炸无关
873	It's about a mountain made into art.	是关于一座造就艺术的山.
874	Okay, so that's	好吧,所以这是
875	the right answer.	答对了
876	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
877	Gutzon Borglum用炸药做什么?
878	What did	或
879	he use dynamite to do?	他用炸药?
880	Did he use it to crack the mountain?	他用它破山了吗?
881	He wanted to make cracks in	他想在其中制造裂缝
882	the mountain?	山吗?
883	No, he didn't want to make cracks in the mountain.	不,他不想在山上做裂缝。
884	B, he wanted to shape the	B, 他想塑造
885	mountain?	山吗?
886	What do artists do with rock?	艺术家用石头做什么?
887	They shape rock.	他们塑造岩石。
888	So, that's the right answer.	所以,这是正确的答案。
889	古松语Name
890	Borglum用炸药塑造山体.
891	He wanted to make the mountain into a shape,	他想把山变成形状
892	a certain shape, and hammer and chisel would have taken too long.	一定的形状锤子和凿子会花太久
893	So, he used dynamite.	他用了炸药
894	He used dynamite to shape the mountain.	他用炸药塑造山体.
895	He didn't use it to finish the mountain.	他没有用它来完成山。
896	If you	如果你们
897	think about that, to finish the mountain, dynamite is not a very exact tool, right?	想想看为了把山弄完炸药不是非常精确的工具对吧?
898	It blows up a lot of rock.	它炸了很多石头。
899	He probably used dynamite at the beginning and then used a	一开始他可能用炸药然后用
900	chisel later to make the fine details.	晚点再细说
901	So, I wouldn't say he used it to finish the mountain.	所以,我不会说他用它完成山。
902	He used dynamite to face the mountain?	他用炸药面对山?
903	They're just playing with words there.	他们只是在玩那些话
904	Face the mountain	面对山
905	is look at something.	是看的东西。
906	Turn your body towards the mountain.	转身向山.
907	So, I'm over here.	我在这里
908	I'm going	и璶ǐ
909	to use dynamite.	用炸药。
910	Boom!	轰!
911	Okay, now I'm facing the mountain.	好吧,现在我面对的山。
912	That's crazy and dangerous.	这是疯狂和危险的。
913	It's very silly.	这是非常愚蠢的。
914	So, we don't do that, right?	所以,我们不这样做,对不对?
915	Okay.	摆
916	So, Gutzon Borglum used dynamite to	因此,古松博格伦使用炸药
917	shape the mountain.	塑造山岳.
918	That is the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
919	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
920	It was too expensive to	这太贵了
921	do what?	怎样?
922	记得Gutzon Borglum想做什么吗?
923	Remember I switched back between the	记得我换回了
924	pictures?	图片?
925	Right now, we can see the faces.	现在,我们可以看到面孔。
926	但是 Gutzon Borglum 想做什么?
927	He
928	wanted to finish the mountain.	想要完成这山。
929	B,给Gutzon Borglum钱
930	C, use a chisel.	C,用凿子。
931	D,为
932	the faces.	脸
933	What did we talk about in that section?	我们在那节里谈了什么?
934	We talked about making bodies for	我们谈过要造尸体
935	the faces.	脸
936	D is the answer.	答案是D的答案。
937	It was too expensive to complete the art.	完成艺术太贵了
938	He made the faces, but	他做的脸,但
939	it was too expensive to make the bodies, right?	造尸体太贵了吧?
940	Not to finish the mountain, right?	不是要完成山,对不对?
941	Not to	不会
942	pay Gutzon Borglum, right?	付钱给古宋博格伦,对吧?
943	The passage did not say that.	通道没有这么说。
944	And, it was too expensive to	而且,这太贵了
945	use a chisel.	用凿子
946	The passage didn't say that.	那段话没说
947	The passage specifically said it was too expensive	那段子说太贵了
948	for Borglum to make bodies for the faces.	让博格伦为面孔做尸体
949	The passage said he wanted to make the bodies,	那段话说他想做尸体
950	but it was too expensive, so he could not.	但是太贵了所以他不能
951	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
952	Of course, it was too expensive	当然,太贵了
953	to make bodies for the faces.	给面孔做尸体
954	Okay, now number four.	好吧,现在第四。
955	Four, you can see the faces of Mount	四,你可以看到山的面孔
956	Rushmore.	拉什莫尔。
957	Remember, the faces of Mount Rushmore are really big.	记住,拉什莫尔山的面孔真的很大.
958	Eighteen meters high.	高18米.
959	Wow,	哗
960	that's really big.	这真的很大。
961	So, you can see the faces from anywhere.	所以,你可以从任何地方看到面孔。
962	Right?	对吧?
963	If you go outside your	如果你离开你
964	house right now, look towards America.	现在的房子,看看美国。
965	You can see the faces.	你可以看到面孔。
966	No, that's crazy.	不,这是疯了。
967	Not from	不是从
968	anywhere.	随处可见.
969	Anywhere.	随便
970	From Korea?	从韩国来的?
971	From India?	来自印度?
972	From Indonesia?	来自印度尼西亚?
973	No.	没有
974	That's too much, right?	这太多了,对不对?
975	That's too much.	太过.
976	Not from anywhere.	不从甚么处来.
977	From far away?	从远处?
978	That's what the passage said.	此经所说.
979	From far	从远处
980	away, right?	离开,对不对?
981	From maybe a few kilometers away, you can see the faces.	从几公里外你可以看到面孔
982	Well, that's far away.	嗯,这是很远的。
983	That's the answer.	这就是答案。
984	That's what the passage said.	此经所说.
985	On many cars, you can see the faces	在许多车上,你可以看到面孔
986	of Mount Rushmore.	拉什莫尔山。
987	On many cars, the passage didn't say anything about that.	在许多汽车上,通道没有说出任何有关这一点.
988	You can see	你看见了
989	the faces inside the mountain?	山里的脸?
990	No.	没有
991	The pictures we looked at were on the outside of the mountain.	我们看的照片在山外
992	They didn't carve the faces in a cave in the mountain.	他们没有在山上的洞穴里刻面孔.
993	Right?	对吧?
994	It's on the outside of the	在外边
995	mountain.	山顶
996	So, of course, the right answer is B.	所以,当然,正确的答案是B。
997	You can see the faces of Mount Rushmore	你可以看到拉什莫尔山的脸
998	from far away, because they're very high.	从远处,因为他们非常高。
999	Okay, let's take a look at the review here.	好吧,让我们来看看这里的审查。
1000	What can we say about Mount Rushmore?	关于拉什莫尔山我们能说什么?
1001	This is a big picture.	这是一个大局。
1002	This is a really cool picture	这张照片真酷
1003	of the mountain.	山顶
1004	We can see this is very interesting.	我们可以看到这是非常有趣的。
1005	We got the four faces here, right?	我们这里有四个人,对吧?
1006	Of course,	当然
1007	you can see it looks like he wanted to start making the body, but he didn't finish it.	你可以看到,它看起来像他想开始做身体, 但他没有完成它。
1008	Remember, it was too expensive.	记住,太贵了
1009	So, they are the faces of famous Americans, right?	所以,他们是著名美国人的脸,对不对?
1010	I talked	我说了
1011	about these.	关于这些。
1012	These are the pictures of faces of famous presidents, former presidents of	这些是著名总统的面孔照片,
1013	America, right?	美国对吧?
1014	Washington, Jefferson, Roosevelt, and Lincoln.	华盛顿杰斐逊罗斯福还有林肯
1015	Gutzon Borglum is the artist	古松·博格勒姆是艺术家
1016	that made Mount Rushmore.	它使拉什莫尔山。
1017	So, the artist who made this, his name is Gutzon Borglum.	因此,制作这个作品的艺术家,他的名字是古松·博格勒姆.
1018	The	那个
1019	faces are 18 meters high.	脸高18米。
1020	So, from here, from the chin to the top, 18 meters high on average.	因此,从这里,从下巴到顶部,平均高18米.
1021	Maybe not all of them are the same, but they're all about 18 meters high.	也许它们并非都一样,但它们都高约18米.
1022	It's really high.	这真的很高。
1023	And it took him 14 years to finish.	他花了14年的时间才结束
1024	This is a huge art project, isn't it?	这是一个巨大的艺术项目,不是吗?
1025	It took a long	花了很长时间
1026	time to make them.	时间来制造它们。
1027	It took him 14 years, even with 400 workers, to finish this art project.	他花了14年时间,即使有400名工人,也完成了这个艺术项目.
1028	And it's very famous, as we can see on the coins and on the stamps in America.	它非常有名,正如我们在美国的硬币和邮票上看到的.
1029	
1030	so that's kind of an interesting place.	这地方很有趣
1031	If you ever have a chance, if you're in America	如果你有机会,如果你在美国
1032	and you're near South Dakota, that's where it is, by the way, in the state of South Dakota,	而你就在南达科他州附近顺便说一句在南达科他州
1033	take a look.	看看这个。
1034	Go on over and take a look at Mount Rushmore.	转过身去看看拉什莫尔山
1035	It's very impressive.	令人印象深刻.
1036	And	还有
1037	remember, you got to go soon because the noses might fall off someday.	记住,你得马上走因为有一天鼻子可能会掉下来
1038	Okay?	好吗?
1039	So, make sure	所以,确保
1040	you get over there.	你去那边
1041	Take care, everybody.	大家小心点
1042	We'll see you next time.	下次见

该视频共有字幕 1044 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P22 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p22 21. 21. LevelB Lesson7 Let's Ride into Space (P22)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p22 21. 21. LevelB Lesson7 Let's Ride into Space (P22)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 44:28

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everyone.	大家好,你们好
0:07	How are you today?	你今天怎么样?
0:09	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:12	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:13	We're looking at lesson seven now, right?	我们现在在学习七课,对吧?
0:16	Let's ride into space.	让我们骑到太空。
0:18	So the next few lessons, we're going to be talking about space, whoo, right?	所以接下来的几堂课, 我们要谈论空间,哇,对不对?
0:24	Space, outer space, where aliens and different planets are, right?	太空,外太空,外星人和不同的行星在哪里,对吧?
0:28	Well, maybe aliens.	好吧,也许外星人。
0:30	In this lesson, we're going to focus on, let's	在这个教训中,我们要集中精力,让我们

展开字幕全文（950 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everyone.	大家好,你们好
2	How are you today?	你今天怎么样?
3	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
4	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
5	We're looking at lesson seven now, right?	我们现在在学习七课,对吧?
6	Let's ride into space.	让我们骑到太空。
7	So the next few lessons, we're going to be talking about space, whoo, right?	所以接下来的几堂课, 我们要谈论空间,哇,对不对?
8	Space, outer space, where aliens and different planets are, right?	太空,外太空,外星人和不同的行星在哪里,对吧?
9	Well, maybe aliens.	好吧,也许外星人。
10	In this lesson, we're going to focus on, let's	在这个教训中,我们要集中精力,让我们
11	learn about the first American woman to go into space.	了解第一个进入太空的美国女人
12	Who was the first American woman to go into space?	谁是第一个进入太空的美国女人?
13	We'll find out in this lesson.	我们会从这个教训中发现的
14	Let's start first, though, with what do astronauts do in space, OK?	先从太空宇航员做起,好吗?
15	So we're talking about the first woman astronaut.	所以我们在谈论第一位女宇航员.
16	But first of all, what is an astronaut, right?	但首先,什么是宇航员,对不对?
17	An astronaut is somebody who goes into space.	宇航员是进入太空的人
18	And what do they do in space?	他们在太空做什么?
19	Well, we can see a couple of pictures here.	我们可以在这里看到几张照片。
20	This astronaut here is next to a satellite, right?	这个宇航员就在卫星旁边,对吧?
21	So this astronaut is putting a satellite in space.	这名宇航员把卫星放进太空。
22	And that's what that astronaut is doing there.	这就是那个宇航员正在做的。
23	Let me see if I can, whew, whew.	让我看看能不能,哇,哇。
24	It's very technical, like putting a satellite in space, OK?	技术很强,比如在太空放置卫星,好吗?
25	So this astronaut is floating around, right?	所以这个宇航员漂浮在周围,对不对?
26	Kind of looks like a very high-tech teddy bear, right?	有点像一只高科技的泰迪熊对吧?
27	Give him a hug.	给他一个拥抱。
28	But this astronaut is floating in space, right?	但这位宇航员漂浮在太空中,对吧?
29	He or she is putting a satellite in space.	他(她)在太空放置卫星
30	What is this astronaut doing?	这宇航员在干什么?
31	This is another thing that astronauts do.	这是宇航员的另外一件事。
32	They explore.	他们探索。
33	They explore new worlds, right?	他们探索新世界,对不对?
34	That's really exciting, isn't it?	这真的令人兴奋,不是吗?
35	New worlds.	新世界报.
36	Imagine, there are many new worlds out there in space.	想象一下,太空中有很多新的世界。
37	And astronauts will go there, and they will look around.	宇航员会去那里,然后四处看看。
38	What's on that world?	那个世界是什么?
39	What's there?	这是什么?
40	Very exciting, very interesting science.	非常令人兴奋,非常有趣的科学。
41	So maybe you want to be an astronaut someday.	所以也许有一天你想成为宇航员。
42	If you are, then some of the jobs that you can do,	如果你是,那么一些你可以做的工作,
43	putting satellites into space, are really exciting,	将卫星送入太空令人兴奋
44	exploring new worlds.	探索新世界.
45	OK, let's begin with our vocabulary.	好吧,让我们开始我们的词汇。
46	Of course, we already talked about this one a little bit.	当然,我们已经讨论过这个了
47	Someone who flies through space, of course, we know that.	谁飞过太空,当然,我们知道。
48	We just talked about that.	我们刚刚谈过了
49	It's an astronaut.	这是一个宇航员。
50	Now, that's a little difficult to pronounce, maybe.	现在,这有点难发音,也许。
51	Let's break it down.	师便打.
52	Astronaut, astronaut.	宇航员,宇航员.
53	OK, so very quickly, astronaut, astronaut.	好吧,那么快,宇航员,宇航员。
54	That is a person who flies through space, right?	那是一个飞过太空的人,对吧?
55	They're like in an airplane, but they're not going through air.	他们就像在飞机上,但他们不会通过空气。
56	They're going through space, OK?	他们正在穿越太空,好吗?
57	That's the difference between an astronaut and a pilot.	这就是宇航员和飞行员的区别.
58	A pilot is someone who flies a plane through air,	飞行员是飞机在空中飞行的人
59	but an astronaut goes into space.	但宇航员进入太空
60	That's important to remember for later.	这很重要记住以后。
61	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
62	Number two, what's going on?	二号,发生什么事了?
63	There's many dogs, right?	有很多狗,对吧?
64	Do you like dogs, right?	你喜欢狗吗?
65	There are many dogs here, and they are practicing	这里有很多狗,他们在练习
66	and learning, what are they doing?	和学习,他们在做什么?
67	We can say they are training.	我们可以说他们在训练。
68	Training, to train.	训练,训练。
69	To train is to practice and learn something.	训练就是练习和学习
70	Now, that's interesting.	现在,这是有趣的。
71	What is the difference between teach, right?	老师有什么区别,对吧?
72	Right now, I am teaching you guys, right?	现在,我在教你们,对不对?
73	I am giving you knowledge, knowledge.	我给你们知识,知识。
74	So I'm giving you knowledge.	所以我给你知识。
75	I'm teaching you English.	我在教你英语
76	But can you teach a dog a language?	但你能教狗一种语言吗?
77	You can't give a dog knowledge.	不可授以狗识.
78	You have to train the dog.	你必须训练狗。
79	So train, right?	所以,火车,对不对?
80	Train means to do something, to teach somebody	火车就是做点什么教别人
81	how to do something, right?	如何做一些事情,对不对?
82	Like a skill, a skill.	像一个技能,一个技能。
83	When you learn a skill, that is training, OK?	当你学会了技能,这就是训练,好吗?
84	So many jobs require different skills.	如此众多的工作需要不同的技能.
85	When you learn how to do something, how to do, right?	当你学会怎么做,怎么做,对不对?
86	We can put how here.	我们可以把如何在这里。
87	How to do something, then you are training.	如何做一些事情, 然后你正在训练。
88	You are learning a skill.	你正在学习一种技能。
89	But when you're just learning knowledge, facts,	但当你只是学习知识,事实,
90	and things like language or math, things like that,	语言或数学之类的东西
91	that's teaching.	这是教学。
92	So the difference is, right, between training and teaching	所以区别在于训练与教学
93	is teaching is just giving somebody knowledge.	教书就是给别人知识
94	But training is teaching somebody how to do something.	但训练就是教别人怎么做
95	Of course, it's very common to say,	当然,这是非常常见的说,
96	I'm going to teach my dog some tricks.	我要教会我的狗一些技巧。
97	Yes, many people say that.	是的,很多人这么说。
98	But really specifically, you're training the dog	但具体来说你在训练狗
99	how to do something, OK?	如何做点什么,好吗?
100	So that's very important, especially	所以这很重要,尤其是
101	for people who are learning jobs.	给正在学习工作的人。
102	If they have to learn a skill for the job,	如果他们需要学习一种工作技能
103	they need training.	他们需要训练
104	OK, let's continue.	好吧,让我们继续。
105	Number three, we talked about this already, right?	第三,我们已经谈过了,对吧?
106	What was the first astronaut doing before?	第一个宇航员在干嘛?
107	The first astronaut was putting a machine	第一位宇航员在装一台机器
108	that goes around the Earth into space, right?	环绕地球进入太空,对吧?
109	We said, what was that?	我们说,那是什么?
110	That was a satellite.	那是个卫星
111	Satellite, that's a little difficult to pronounce, right?	卫星,这很难发音,对吧?
112	How many sounds?	多少个声音?
113	S-A-T-T-E-L-L-I-T-E.	斯-甲-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-戊-
114	Satellite, satellite, OK?	卫星,卫星,好吗?
115	So very quickly, satellite.	这么快,卫星。
116	A satellite is a machine that goes around the Earth.	卫星是环绕地球的机器。
117	It's a machine.	谓机曰.
118	What does it do?	这有什么用?
119	Well, most satellites allow us to communicate with each other.	大多数卫星都允许我们互相交流
120	Many TV stations use satellites to reach all over the world.	许多电视台利用卫星向全世界传播。
121	When you use your cell phone and you call somebody	用手机打给别人
122	in another country, you're probably using a satellite.	在另一个国家,你可能正在使用卫星。
123	Your signal goes all the way up, boink,	你的信号一路上升, 邦克,
124	and then down to the Earth again, OK?	然后又回到地球,好吗?
125	So satellites are very important for our modern life, OK?	因此,卫星对我们的现代生活非常重要,好吗?
126	So a machine that goes around the Earth is a satellite.	所以环绕地球的机器就是卫星。
127	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
128	Number four, something you read to find out news.	第四,你读的东西找出消息。
129	What is this?	这是什么?
130	Maybe, do you read this anymore, or do you	也许,你读这个了,还是你
131	just go on the internet?	上互联网?
132	That's a good question, right?	这是一个很好的问题,对不对?
133	But you can still find these, right, on the streets.	但你还是可以在街上找到这些
134	In the subway, you can see places where they sell these.	在地铁里,你可以看到他们卖这些东西的地方.
135	And what are they called, of course?	他们叫什么来着?
136	They're called a newspaper, newspaper.	他们被称为报纸,报纸。
137	Now, more and more people are getting	现在,越来越多的人得到
138	their news on the internet.	他们在网上的新闻。
139	That's true, but there's still something called a newspaper.	没错,但还是有报纸
140	It's something you read to find out the news.	这是你读的东西找出新闻。
141	And this is an interesting newspaper, big news.	这是一个有趣的报纸,大新闻。
142	And this guy's very happy or crazy, I don't know.	这家伙很快乐或疯狂我不知道
143	But anyway, it's a newspaper.	但无论如何,这是一份报纸。
144	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
145	Five, to read and learn.	五,读书学习.
146	Now, to read and learn, we talked	现在,读和学习,我们谈
147	about teaching and training, but this is the opposite side,	但这是相反的一面
148	right?	对吧?
149	This is to study.	这是用来学习的。
150	When you are being taught something,	当你被教的东西,
151	and afterwards you sit and you study, you read a book,	之后你坐着学习,读一本书,
152	you read and you learn, especially by yourself,	你读和学习, 特别是你自己,
153	many students study at home.	许多学生在家学习.
154	Homework is a way that you can study by yourself.	家庭作业是你自己学习的一种方式.
155	Of course, you also study in class with a teacher.	当然,你也跟老师一起上课
156	When you read and you learn something, you study.	当你读到东西,你学习。
157	Study something.	学习一些东西。
158	Number six, a spaceship with wings.	六号,飞船有翅膀
159	Wow, this is really cool, huh?	哇,这真的很酷,是吧?
160	That's a really cool spaceship.	这艘太空船真酷
161	That, of course, is called the space shuttle, space shuttle.	当然,这叫做航天飞机,航天飞机。
162	And it used to be used by NASA, but NASA doesn't	它曾经被NASA使用,但NASA没有
163	use space shuttles anymore.	继续使用航天飞机。
164	Too bad.	真遗憾
165	OK, but anyway, let's practice pronunciation.	好吧,但无论如何, 让我们练习发音。
166	Space, that's easy, space.	空间,这很简单,空间。
167	Then the next one, shuttle, shuttle.	然后是下一个,穿梭,穿梭。
168	So put them together, space shuttle,	所以把它们放在一起,航天飞机,
169	a spaceship with wings.	有翅膀的飞船
170	It can fly into space.	能飞入太空.
171	It can also land by itself.	它也可以自己着陆。
172	OK, next one, seven, a round body	好,下一个,七个,一个圆体
173	that travels around the sun.	绕着太阳走
174	And of course, they're not so close.	当然,他们不是那么接近。
175	That would be very dangerous.	这将是非常危险的。
176	But these are round bodies.	但这些是圆形的身体。
177	We know this one, right?	我们知道这个,对不对?
178	That's the one that we live on, right?	那是我们赖以生存的,对吧?
179	What is it called?	叫什么来着?
180	It is called a planet.	它被称为行星。
181	Of course, our planet is, of course, called the Earth,	当然我们的星球当然叫地球
182	right, the Earth.	对,地球
183	But there are many other planets, as you know,	但还有许多其他星球,你知道,
184	around our sun, right?	绕着太阳,对不对?
185	There's Mercury, Venus, then Earth, Mars.	有水星,金星,然后是地球,火星.
186	Then we have Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune.	然后是木星、土星、天王星和海王星
187	Some people say Pluto.	有人说冥王星.
188	Some people say no, Pluto's not a planet, OK?	有人说不,冥王星不是行星,好吗?
189	But it's a round body that travels around the sun.	然乃圆体绕日而行.
190	That is, all of them, you can say it is a planet.	也就是说,所有的人都可以说这是一个星球。
191	OK, next one, eight, traveling through the air.	好吧,下一个,8,穿梭在空中。
192	To travel through the air, of course,	当然,为了在空中旅行
193	whee, if you're on an airplane, you are on a flight, right?	如果你在飞机上,你就在飞机上,对吧?
194	There are many flights that you can take every day.	你可以每天搭很多班机
195	There's a flight to America.	有飞往美国的航班.
196	There's a flight to Australia.	有飞往澳大利亚的航班
197	There's a flight to China, right?	有飞往中国的航班,对吧?
198	So traveling through the air is to take flight.	所以在空中飞行就是飞行
199	Now, that may be a little hard to pronounce.	现在,这也许有点难宣布。
200	Let's practice, flight.	让我们练习,飞行。
201	It's one sound, one syllable, flight, flight.	一音一音,一音节,飞行,飞行.
202	但F -L,F -l,F -l,飞行,飞行。
203	So be careful with the F and the l, f-l, flight, OK?	所以,小心F和l,f -l,飞行,好吗?
204	Good, let's continue.	好,我们继续
205	Nine, very good, right?	9,非常好,对吧?
206	Very good.	很不错。
207	Your pronunciation so far, I hope, has been very good.	我希望你的读音一直很好
208	It has been wonderful, hasn't it?	这真是太棒了,不是吗?
209	Wonderful.	真不错
210	I hope your pronunciation has been wonderful.	我希望你的发音很棒
211	Very good, guys.	非常好,伙计们。
212	OK, let's continue.	好吧,让我们继续。
213	10, wow, this is very interesting, right?	10,哇,这是非常有趣的,对不对?
214	The area outside the Earth.	地外地区.
215	So, of course, we talked about the planet.	所以,当然,我们谈论了地球。
216	We saw our Earth.	我们看到了地球
217	But anywhere outside, right?	但任何地方外面,对不对?
218	Not on the Earth, outside the Earth, there's a lot of what?	不是在地上,在地外,有许多什么?
219	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
220	We call it space.	我们称之为空间。
221	A lot of space outside the Earth, right?	地球外面有很多空间,对吧?
222	We're just so very small in our universe, OK?	我们在宇宙中很小,好吗?
223	Space, how do we pronounce it?	太空,我们怎么发音?
224	S-p, right?	S -p,对不对?
225	Put it together, space, space, space, OK?	把它放在一起,空间,空间,空间,好吗?
226	So when we talk about being off the Earth or outside the	所以,当我们谈论离地球或外面
227	Earth, we're talking about space.	地球我们在谈论太空
228	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
229	Studying and learning about how everything works.	修习一切行法.
230	So you're studying and you're learning, how do things work?	所以你在学习和学习, 事情是如何工作的?
231	So what are you doing?	你们在干什么?
232	You're studying science.	你在学习科学
233	Science is the knowledge about how things work.	科学是事物如何运作的知识.
234	It's anything.	何谓也.
235	You look at anything.	你看任何东西。
236	Why is the sky blue?	为什么天空是蓝色的?
237	How does this television monitor work, right?	这电视怎么监控工作?
238	Why do I need to eat three times a day, right?	为什么我要一天吃三次,对吗?
239	Why?	为什么?
240	When we study all these things about the world around us,	当我们研究周围的世界时,
241	how everything works, that is science.	一切都如何运作,这就是科学。
242	And there are many different fields of science, right?	科学领域有很多不同,对吧?
243	Geology, about the Earth.	地质学,关于地球.
244	Chemistry, about chemicals.	化学,关于化学.
245	Biology, about life.	生物学,关于生命.
246	There's so many things we want to know about our world.	我们的世界有很多事情想知道
247	Then we study science to find the answers.	然后我们研究科学找出答案。
248	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
249	12.	12个
250	Here's a cute doggy, right?	这是一只可爱的小狗,对吧?
251	He looks hungry, right?	他看起来饿了,对不对?
252	Give me some food.	给我一些食物。
253	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
254	To be in want of something.	以无所求.
255	To be in want of something, you need it, right?	需要的东西,你需要它,对不对?
256	This doggy needs food, OK?	这只狗需要食物,好吗?
257	If you need knowledge, right?	如果你需要知识,对不对?
258	If you want to learn something, you need knowledge, right?	如果你想学东西, 你需要知识,对不对?
259	If you want to play, you need a toy or a game, right?	如果你想玩,你需要一个玩具或游戏,对不对?
260	To be in want.	以无所求.
261	If you want something, then you think that you need it.	如果你想要的东西, 那么你认为你需要它。
262	You don't always need it, though, right?	你并不总是需要它,虽然,对不对?
263	Just because you want it.	只是因为你想要它。
264	Need is also very important that you need something for life.	生活需要的东西也很重要
265	For example, if the dog doesn't get food, the dog will die.	例如,如果狗得不到食物,狗就会死去.
266	So the dog needs food.	因此狗需要食物。
267	It needs water.	它需要水。需要水吗?
268	It needs to play.	它需要发挥。
269	These are the things we need in life.	这些是我们生活中需要的东西。
270	So want is just a little bit, it's not that important.	所以,想要只是一点点, 它没有那么重要。
271	Yeah, we want things, but then need is more important.	是的,我们想要一些东西,但需要更重要。
272	Those are the things we need to live, OK?	这些都是我们需要生活的东西,好吗?
273	Next one.	下一个
274	13.	13个
275	To choose.	选择
276	To choose means to pick.	选择选择方法。
277	Pick and choose is the same meaning.	拣选同义.
278	To pick, to choose.	选,选也.
279	You have many sandwiches, different kind of sandwiches.	你有很多三明治不同种类的三明治
280	What sandwich do you want?	你想吃什么三明治吗?
281	I'll choose this one, a ham and cheese.	我会选这个,火腿和奶酪。
282	I'll pick this one.	我选这个
283	So you pick one thing out of many, OK, to pick something.	所以,你从很多事情中挑一个,OK, 选择一些东西。
284	Number 14.	14号
285	To get new ideas.	以获得新意.
286	We're back to these kids, right?	我们回到这些孩子,对不对?
287	Not science now.	现在不是科学了
288	It's not science.	这不是科学。
289	But to get new ideas is to learn.	但获得新想法就是学习.
290	When you study and you learn knowledge, right,	当你学习和学习知识,正确的,
291	you're getting new ideas.	你得到了新的想法。
292	You're learning knowledge.	你在学习知识。
293	You're getting new ideas in your head.	你脑子里有新的想法
294	So you are learning to learn.	所以你正在学习学习。
295	OK.	摆
296	Next one, number 15.	下一个,15号
297	Surrounding something.	围绕甚么处.
298	If you surround something, what do we say?	如果你围着什么,我们怎么说?
299	For that, we say it is around something.	为此,我们说它是在某方面。
300	So for example, all these people are around the Earth.	例如,所有这些人都在地球周围。
301	They are around the Earth.	他们环绕着地球
302	There are many satellites around the Earth.	地球周围有许多卫星.
303	They surround something.	他们包围了一些东西。
304	That's so many satellites right now around the Earth.	地球周围有这么多卫星
305	That's how we can use our cell phones.	这就是我们使用手机的方法。
306	So around, around, to surround something.	所以周围,周围, 包围的东西。
307	OK.	摆
308	And the last one, we have a photograph, right?	最后一张,我们有照片,对吧?
309	This is an old style photograph.	这是一张老式的照片
310	Looks like a Polaroid, right?	看起来像一个Polaroid,对不对?
311	We say it is a picture.	我们说这是一张照片。
312	Picture and photograph, same meaning.	图片和照片,同样的意义。
313	Take a photograph, take a picture.	拍张照,拍张照.
314	We say take, take a photograph.	我们说拍张照片
315	And you can just say take a photo.	你可以只说拍照。
316	You don't have to say photograph.	你不用说照片。
317	You can, but we can say just take a photo or take a picture.	你可以,但我们可以说只是拍照或拍照。
318	So can I take your picture?	我能帮你拍照吗?
319	Right, I got your picture, right?	好吧,我得到了你的照片,对不对?
320	Can I take your picture?	我能帮你拍照吗?
321	Can I take your photo?	我能帮你拍照吗?
322	Same thing.	同样的事情。
323	OK, that was a lot of vocabulary, wasn't it?	好吧,这是很多词汇,不是吗?
324	Wow, so many new words.	哇,这么多新词。
325	Let's see how well you remember those words	让我看看你还记得这些话
326	with this exercise here.	和这个练习在这里。
327	We're going to use the words from the box	我们要用盒子里的字
328	to answer each riddle.	回答每个谜题。
329	Remember a riddle.	记住一个谜语。
330	A riddle gives you clues or hints, right?	谜语会给你线索或暗示,对吧?
331	We look at the clue.	我们看看线索
332	This will be the clue.	这就是线索
333	Or we can also say it's a hint, right?	或者我们也可以说是暗示,对不对?
334	A clue or a hint is something that describes something,	线索或暗示就是描述某件事
335	but it doesn't tell you what it is.	但它并没有告诉你是什么。
336	It's a clue or a hint, some information	这是线索或暗示,一些信息
337	that helps you find the answer.	帮助你找到答案。
338	Information that helps you find the answer,	有助于你找到答案的信息
339	that's a clue or a hint, OK?	这是线索或暗示,好吗?
340	And sometimes we can find clues or hints in the questions, too.	有时我们也能找到问题中的线索或提示。
341	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
342	Anyway, these are our eight words, right?	总之,这是我们的八个词,对不对?
343	We need to find these words.	我们需要找到这些话。
344	These words are the answers to each riddle.	这些话是每个谜题的答案。
345	Let's go over the words very quickly.	我们快把话说清楚
346	Astronaut, astronaut.	宇航员,宇航员.
347	Training, training.	训练,训练.
348	Study, study.	学习,学习.
349	Space shuttle, space shuttle.	航天飞机,航天飞机。
350	Satellite, satellite.	卫星,卫星。
351	Planets, planets.	行星,行星.
352	Next, flight, flight, right?	接下来,飞行,飞行,对不对?
353	记住,f -l -ight,好吗?
354	Newspaper, newspaper.	报业报.
355	OK, good.	好吧,不错。
356	So those are our words.	这就是我们的话。
357	We need to use these words to answer these riddles.	我们需要用这些词来回答这些谜语。
358	So first one, I fly through space.	首先,我飞过太空。
359	That's our clue or the hint.	这是我们的线索或暗示。
360	I fly through space.	我飞过太空
361	Who am I?	我是谁?
362	Who means a person, right?	谁是指一个人,对不对?
363	A person.	一个人
364	So which word up here is a person	上面哪个字是人
365	who flies through space?	谁飞过太空?
366	Which one?	哪一个?
367	Well, if we look at these words, we only	好吧,如果我们看看这些词,我们只是
368	see one word that describes a person,	见一个词描述一个人,
369	and that's this word over here, astronaut.	就是这个词,宇航员
370	And what does an astronaut do?	宇航员是做什么的?
371	An astronaut flies through space, right?	一个宇航员飞过太空,对吧?
372	We talked about that.	我们谈过了
373	So of course, the answer here, I fly through space.	当然,答案是,我飞过太空。
374	Who am I?	我是谁?
375	An astronaut.	一个宇航员。
376	I am an astronaut.	我是宇航员
377	Remember to say an, an astronaut, because of a.	记得说一个,一个宇航员,因为一个。
378	I am an astronaut.	我是宇航员
379	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
380	Number two, I'm a machine.	第二,我是一个机器。
381	So now we're looking for some type of machine.	现在我们在找某种机器。
382	I'm a machine.	我是一个机器。
383	I take pictures in space.	我在空间里拍照
384	So a machine that's in space, and it goes around the Earth,	因此,一个机器在太空, 它绕地球,
385	right?	对吧?
386	What am I?	我是谁?
387	So what is a machine that takes pictures in space,	那么在太空拍照的机器是什么?
388	and it goes around the Earth as it takes pictures?	它环绕着地球拍照?
389	Which one is it?	哪一个?
390	Well, of course, we talked about that before.	嗯,当然,我们之前谈过了。
391	It would be this one over here, right?	应该是这个,对吧?
392	It would be a satellite.	这将是一颗卫星。
393	So I'm a machine.	所以我是一个机器。
394	A satellite is a machine.	卫星就是机器
395	I take pictures in space.	我在空间里拍照
396	Satellites take pictures in space.	卫星在太空里拍照
397	What am I?	我是谁?
398	I'm a satellite.	我是卫星
399	OK, good, number three.	好吧,好,第三个。
400	We, so we're talking about more than one.	我们,所以我们谈论的不止一个。
401	We're talking about plural, right?	我们说的是复数,对不对?
402	Not one, but plural.	没有一个,但复数。
403	Probably has an s on the end, OK, of the word.	可能有一个S在结尾,OK,这个词。
404	We are very large.	我们很大
405	We go around the sun, OK?	我们绕着太阳走好吗?
406	So think about that.	所以考虑一下
407	Very large things that go around the sun.	非常大的东西绕着太阳走
408	Which one could it be?	哪一个?
409	Well, do satellites go around the sun?	卫星绕太阳运转吗?
410	No, satellites go around the Earth, right?	不,卫星环绕地球,对不对?
411	They go around the sun, but they go around the Earth.	它们绕太阳运转,却绕地球运转.
412	The Earth goes around the sun.	地球绕太阳而行.
413	But the Earth, what is the Earth, right?	但地球,什么是地球,对不对?
414	The Earth is one of these things.	地球就是这些东西之一。
415	The Earth is a planet, isn't it?	地球是一个星球,不是吗?
416	And as I said before, there are many planets.	正如我以前说过的,有很多星球。
417	So planet is the word we're looking for.	地球就是我们要找的词
418	And there's our s, right?	这是我们的,对不对?
419	S, we, plural, OK?	S,我们,复数,好吗?
420	So what are we?	那么,我们是什么?
421	We are planets.	我们是行星。
422	That's the answer.	这就是答案。
423	OK, number four.	好吧,第四号。
424	Do you like to fly?	你喜欢飞吗?
425	Yes, I like to fly.	是的,我喜欢飞。
426	Oh, that's the hint.	哦,这是提示。
427	OK, wait a minute.	好吧,等待一分钟。
428	Do you like to fly?	你喜欢飞吗?
429	I'm in the act.	我在演戏
430	Oh, I'm the act of flying.	哦,我是飞行的行为。
431	I'm the act of flying.	我是飞行的行为。
432	So the act of flying, we talked about that, right?	所以,飞行的行为, 我们谈论了这一点,对不对?
433	What am I?	我是谁?
434	What is the act of flying among these words here?	飞到这些话里面有什么?
435	Among these words, which is the act of flying?	在这些话中,什么是飞行的行为?
436	Of course, we're looking for this word here, flight.	当然,我们在这里寻找这个词,飞行。
437	Flight is the act of flying.	飞行是飞行的行为。
438	What am I?	我是谁?
439	I am flight.	我是飞行者。
440	That's the answer to that riddle, number four.	这是谜语的答案,第四。
441	Let's move on.	让我们继续前进。
442	We have number five.	我们有5号
443	You are not ready yet.	你还没有准备好。
444	That's an interesting clue.	这是一个有趣的线索。
445	What is that about?	这是什么?
446	You have much to learn.	你还有很多东西要学
447	So what must you get?	那你要买什么?
448	OK, so you're not ready.	好吧,所以你还没有准备好。
449	Maybe you're not ready to do something, right?	也许你还没准备好做点什么,对吧?
450	Maybe you're not ready to perform some type of skill,	也许你还没有准备好做某种技能,
451	right?	对吧?
452	You're not ready yet.	你还没准备好
453	Because you have much to learn still.	因为你还有很多事要做
454	You still have a lot to learn.	你还有很多事要学
455	You still need to know some things	你还需要知道一些事情
456	and to practice doing some things.	并练习做一些事情。
457	What must you get?	你要买什么?
458	Well, if we take a look at this, you must get more training,	好吧,如果我们看看这个, 你必须得到更多的训练,
459	right?	对吧?
460	So if you're not ready to do something yet, for example,	如果你还没准备好做点什么比如说
461	you're not ready to go scuba diving.	你还没准备好去潜水
462	You're not ready to go hang gliding.	你还没有准备好去挂滑翔。
463	Cool, right?	酷,对不对?
464	You're not ready to go mountain climbing yet.	你还没准备好登山
465	You still need to learn more things about these things.	你还需要更多关于这些事情的知识。
466	So what must you get?	那你要买什么?
467	You must get more training.	你必须得到更多的训练。
468	When you get more training, then you can do those things.	当你得到更多的训练, 然后你可以做那些事情。
469	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
470	Number six, what's new?	六号,有什么新情况?
471	I don't know.	师曰.
472	What's new with you?	有什么新鲜事吗?
473	Oh, I'm sorry.	对不起
474	No, that's the part of the clue, right?	不,这是线索的一部分,对不对?
475	OK, what's new?	好吧,有什么新情况?
476	What's up?	这是怎么回事?
477	How are you doing, right?	你好吗?
478	OK, anyway, what's new?	好吧,反正,有什么新情况?
479	What happened?	发生了什么事?
480	Read me.	读我.
481	Ah, read me.	钮и弧
482	That's the clue.	这就是线索
483	Read me to find out what happened, OK?	读我看看发生了什么好吗?
484	So if you want to know what's new in the world, what	所以,如果你想知道什么是新的世界,什么
485	happened yesterday or even this morning, right?	昨天,甚至今天早上,对不对?
486	You have to read something to find out.	你得读些东西才能发现
487	What am I?	我是谁?
488	Of course, we know that, right?	当然,我们知道,对不对?
489	If you read something that has news in it, right, the story	如果你读到有新闻的东西,对,故事
490	about what happened, then we're looking for the newspaper.	然后我们去找报纸
491	We read the paper.	我们读了报纸。
492	It gives us the news.	它给我们带来了消息。
493	It is newspaper.	这是报纸。
494	What am I?	我是谁?
495	I am a newspaper.	我是报纸
496	OK, next one, number seven.	好吧,下一个,第七个。
497	I can take you to space.	我可以带你去太空
498	Wow, really?	哇,真的吗?
499	That's cool.	这很酷。
500	I have wings, OK?	我有翅膀,好吗?
501	What?	你说什么?
502	So we're looking for an object, right?	我们在找物品,对吧?
503	What am I?	我是谁?
504	Even though it says I, we're imagining that the object can	虽然它说,我,我们正在想象物体可以
505	talk.	说话
506	Many riddles do this, OK?	很多谜语都这样,好吗?
507	It's a common technique of riddles.	这是谜语的一种常见技术.
508	So what am I?	那么,我是谁?
509	I can take you to space, and I have wings.	我可以带你去太空我有翅膀
510	So what can take us to space?	那有什么能带我们去太空?
511	What has wings?	什么有翅膀吗?
512	Aha, over here, space shuttle, right?	啊哈,在这里,航天飞机,对不对?
513	The space shuttle can fly us into space.	航天飞机可以把我们飞到太空
514	The space shuttle has wings.	航天飞机有翅膀
515	So the answer is the space shuttle.	答案是航天飞机。
516	Space shuttle, OK?	航天飞机,好吗?
517	That is the answer.	这就是答案。
518	I am a space shuttle.	我是航天飞机
519	OK, eight.	好吧,八个。
520	Sally is very smart.	莎莉很聪明
521	Good for Sally, right?	对莎莉有好处吧?
522	What did she do in school?	她在学校做什么?
523	What did she do in school to get so smart?	她在学校里为了这么聪明做了什么?
524	How did she get so smart?	她怎么会这么聪明?
525	What did she do?	她做了什麽?
526	What should you do if you want to be smart, right?	你要是想聪明怎么办?
527	What should you do?	怎么办?
528	Here it is, study.	在这里,学习。
529	You should study.	你应该学习。
530	If you want to be smart, you should study, and you will be	如果你想聪明,你应该学习,你会
531	smart like Sally, OK?	像莎莉一样聪明好吗?
532	OK, well that wraps it up for the vocabulary	好,那就用词汇来结束
533	section of this lecture.	本讲座的部分内容。
534	Let's take a short break.	我们休息一下吧
535	We'll come back and take a look at the reading.	复来观读.
536	Don't go away.	别走
537	Welcome back after the break.	欢迎休息后回来
538	Are you ready to learn about America's first woman	你准备好了解美国的第一个女人了吗?
539	astronaut?	宇航员?
540	That's what the reading passage is about.	诵经即是.
541	But you know, it's also about something else.	但你知道,它也是关于别的东西。
542	It's about following your dream and working hard.	这是关于跟随你的梦想和努力工作。
543	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
544	As a child, Sally Ride wanted to be an astronaut.	童年时,莎莉·里德希望成为一名宇航员.
545	It was her dream to fly through space.	飞过太空是她的梦想
546	So we can see in these two sentences, they're talking	所以我们可以看到这两句,他们在说话
547	about a childhood dream of Sally Ride.	关于一个童年梦莎莉·里德。
548	This is Sally Ride here.	我是莎莉・里德
549	Now, as a child, she wanted to be an astronaut.	现在,作为一个孩子,她想成为一名宇航员。
550	What do you want to be when you grow up?	长大后想当甚么.
551	Many of you have different answers.	你们中许多人有不同的答案。
552	Some people might say doctor, or lawyer, or maybe	有些人会说医生或律师
553	even astronaut.	甚至宇航员。
554	Do any of you want to be an astronaut?	你们谁想当宇航员?
555	That is your dream.	这就是你的梦想。
556	It was her dream to fly through space.	飞过太空是她的梦想
557	Fly through space, that's what astronauts do.	飞过太空,这就是宇航员要做的.
558	Astronauts fly through space.	宇航员飞过太空
559	Do you dream that maybe one day you can fly through space?	你梦想有一天你会飞过太空吗?
560	Maybe your dream is to be an astronaut.	也许你的梦想是成为宇航员
561	Well, that's what we're talking about here.	嗯,这就是我们在这里谈论。
562	Sally Ride, her dream was to be an astronaut.	Sally Ride 她的梦想是成为宇航员
563	However, there was just one problem.	然而,只有一个问题。
564	There was a problem that maybe was hard for her	有个问题也许对她来说很困难
565	about her dream.	关于她的梦想。
566	She wanted to be an astronaut, but there was a problem.	她想成为一名宇航员,但有一个问题.
567	What was the problem?	有什么问题?
568	At that time, at that time, this is a long time ago.	当时,那时,这是很久以前的事。
569	You can see Sally Ride, her hairstyle	你可以看到莎莉的发型
570	is a bit old-fashioned.	有点老套
571	This is several decades ago, right?	这是几十年前,对不对?
572	But at that time, all the astronauts in America were men.	但当时美国所有的宇航员都是男性.
573	All of them were men, no women.	他们都是男人没有女人
574	So Sally Ride was like, okay, right?	所以萨莉·里德就像,好吗?
575	She was, how can I be an astronaut?	她是,我怎么能成为一个宇航员?
576	All the astronauts are men.	所有宇航员都是男人
577	I'm a woman, or I will be a woman.	我是一个女人,否则我会是一个女人。
578	Did she give up?	她放弃了吗?
579	No, she didn't give up, and that's good, right?	不,她没有放弃, 这是很好的,对不对?
580	So when Sally grew up, as she grew up, she studied science.	所以当莎莉长大,随着她的成长,她学习科学.
581	She didn't get rid of her dream.	她没有摆脱她的梦想。
582	She thought, okay, I'm a woman, so what?	她想,好吧,我是个女人,那又怎样?
583	I will still be an astronaut.	我还是个宇航员
584	So she studied science.	于是她学习科学.
585	Astronauts need to know a lot of science for their job.	宇航员的工作需要懂得很多科学.
586	So she studied science.	于是她学习科学.
587	She wanted to learn all about outer space.	她想学习所有关于外层空间的知识。
588	We talked about space before.	我们之前谈过太空
589	Space is the area outside the Earth.	空间是地球以外的区域.
590	We say outer space because really,	我们说外层空间是因为...
591	there's two kinds of space, right?	有两种空间,对不对?
592	There's space in this room, right?	房间里有空间,对吧?
593	Space in this room is room.	这个房间是房间
594	I can move around.	我可以四处移动。
595	There's a lot of space, but when I say outer space,	空间很多,但当我说外太空,
596	I mean outside the Earth, right?	我是说地球之外,对吧?
597	Away from the Earth, and different planets,	远离地球和不同的星球
598	different stars, different galaxies, right?	不同的恒星,不同的星系,对不对?
599	Very interesting stuff.	非常有趣的东西。
600	She wanted to learn all about outer space.	她想学习所有关于外层空间的知识。
601	That's the area of science that she studied, okay?	这是她研究的科学领域,好吗?
602	Before I said there are many different areas in science,	在我说科学有很多不同领域之前
603	she studied about outer space.	她研究过外太空
604	She studied the planets like Earth, okay?	她研究地球等行星,好吗?
605	Sally also learned about the stars.	莎莉也学习了星空.
606	So when she studied about outer space,	当她研究外太空时
607	she studied about the planets, you know,	她研究行星,你知道,
608	about Venus, about Mars, about Mercury.	关于金星关于火星关于水星
609	She also studied about the stars,	她还研究了星星
610	not just the sun, which is our star,	不光是太阳这是我们的星星
611	but many other stars in outer space.	但是在外太空还有许多恒星
612	She studied about those things.	她研究过这些东西
613	Then something wonderful happened.	之后发生了一件奇妙的事
614	Something wonderful happened.	发生了一件奇妙的事
615	Something great.	伟大的东西。
616	Nomu nomu joayo, right?	诺姆·诺姆·约阿约对吧
617	Sally read in the newspaper	Sally在报纸上读过
618	that new astronauts were needed.	需要新的宇航员
619	So the government needed new astronauts.	所以政府需要新的宇航员
620	They wanted to choose or to get new astronauts.	他们想要选择或得到新的宇航员。
621	So they put an article in the newspaper,	所以他们在报纸上刊登了一篇文章
622	and that's where Sally read in the newspaper	莎莉从报纸上读到的
623	about that need.	关于这个需求。
624	The government needs new astronauts.	政府需要新宇航员
625	They put an article in the newspaper.	他们在报纸上刊登了一篇文章。
626	Sally read the article in the newspaper.	莎莉读了报纸上的文章.
627	So what did she do?	那她怎么办?
628	She read the newspaper.	她读报纸。
629	Then she wrote a letter and was picked.	后来她写了一封信,被选中.
630	Was picked, right?	被选中了对吧?
631	She was picked.	她被选中了
632	Who picked her?	谁选的她?
633	NASA picked her, right?	太空总署选了她,对吧?
634	NASA.	美国宇航局.
635	NASA picked Sally.	美国宇航局选了莎莉
636	That's great, right?	这是伟大的,对不对?
637	But that's what it means.	但是,这就是它的意思。
638	Was picked.	被选中了
639	Who picked her?	谁选的她?
640	It doesn't say because that's passive, right?	它没有说,因为那是被动的,对不对?
641	This is the answer.	这是答案。
642	NASA选了她。
643	That's active voice.	这是活跃的声音。
644	NASA picked Sally.	美国宇航局选了莎莉
645	She was picked, okay?	她被选中了,好吗?
646	So NASA chose Sally to be a new astronaut.	于是NASA选择了莎莉为新宇航员.
647	Wonderful.	真不错
648	That's even more wonderful, right?	这更美妙,对不对?
649	It's not easy to be an astronaut, okay?	做宇航员不容易,好吗?
650	She was picked to be an astronaut,	她被选为宇航员
651	but remember, it's not easy.	但记住,这不容易。
652	It's not easy to be an astronaut.	做宇航员不容易
653	It's, of course, means it is.	当然,它的意思是它。
654	And it, when we're talking about some situation,	而且,当我们谈论一些情况时,
655	it's very common.	这是很常见的。
656	For example, it's not easy to study, right?	例如,学习不容易,对吧?
657	I'm sorry, it's true.	对不起,这是真的。
658	It's not easy to study.	学道不易.
659	It's not easy to climb a mountain, right?	爬山不容易,对吧?
660	It's not easy to be an astronaut.	做宇航员不容易
661	This is a very common expression.	这是一个非常常见的表达方式。
662	It is not easy to do something.	做一些事情不容易。
663	It means it's difficult, 힘들어, right?	意思是很难,对吧?
664	It's hard, okay.	这很难,好吧。
665	Sally knew it would be hard work.	莎莉知道会很辛苦的
666	Hard work, right?	辛苦了对吧?
667	You have to put a lot of effort into the work, right?	你要投入很多精力工作,对不对?
668	It's hard work to do something.	勤修诸行.
669	She had many weeks of training.	她受过很多周的训练。
670	Training because she needs skills.	训练是因为她需要技能
671	Astronauts need to know how to do many things.	宇航员需要知道如何做很多事情。
672	They need many skills.	他们需要很多技能。
673	They do a lot of training.	他们做很多训练。
674	During training, during the training,	在培训期间,在培训期间,
675	while the training was going on,	在训练期间,
676	during training, Sally learned about the space shuttle.	在训练期间,莎莉得知了航天飞机的情况.
677	So part of her training is to learn about the space shuttle,	所以她训练的一部分是学习航天飞机
678	how it works, what to do, okay?	如何工作,怎么办,好吗?
679	She also learned what to do, training,	她还学会了怎么做,训练,
680	during the flight into space.	在飞入太空时
681	So when she flew into space, she also learned what to do.	所以当她飞进太空时,她也学会了怎么做.
682	Look at this picture.	看这张照片。
683	Is she laying down?	她在躺下吗?
684	No.	没有
685	In outer space, there's no gravity.	在外太空,没有引力.
686	No gravity.	没有引力。
687	T, no gravity, V-I-T-Y.	T,没有引力,V -I
688	No gravity, that means, woo, I'd float away, right?	没有引力,这意味着,呜,我会浮走,对不对?
689	There's gravity keeping me down right now.	现在有重力让我无法承受
690	Otherwise, if there's no gravity,	否则,如果没有引力,
691	I would just float up into the air.	我会浮在空中。
692	That's what she's doing.	这就是她在做什么。
693	She's kind of floating.	她有点漂浮。
694	See, she's here like this,	你看,她在这里像这样,
695	and another person is kind of going like that, right?	而另一个人会像这样,对不对?
696	Looks like he's going up, but there's no gravity, right?	看起来他要上去了,但是没有引力,对吧?
697	So she's flying into space.	所以她飞进了太空
698	She learned what to do.	她学会了怎么做。
699	During the flight in space.	在太空飞行期间
700	Okay.	摆
701	At last.	终于
702	At last means finally.	终于要结束了
703	At the finish, whew, okay?	在结束,whew,好吗?
704	At the finish, at last.	在结束,终于。
705	Sally finished her training and was ready.	莎莉完成了训练,准备就绪.
706	So at last, finally, she finished her training,	最后她完成了训练
707	then she's ready.	然后她就准备好了。
708	She flew on the Space Shuttle Challenger.	她在挑战者号航天飞机上飞行
709	The Space Shuttle's name,	航天飞机的名字,
710	this is the name of the Space Shuttle.	这是航天飞机的名字
711	Every Space Shuttle had a different name.	每艘航天飞机都有不同的名字.
712	There were several, many Space Shuttles,	曾经有几架,许多航天飞机,
713	and the name of her Space Shuttle was the Challenger.	她的航天飞机的名字是挑战者号
714	Okay, that was her first Space Shuttle.	那是她第一架航天飞机
715	While in space, she helped put out satellites.	在太空时,她帮助发射卫星.
716	Remember that picture we saw way back	记得我们以前看到的那张照片吗?
717	at the beginning of this lesson	本课开始时
718	when I said, what do astronauts do?	当我说,宇航员做什么?
719	They put satellites into space.	他们把卫星送入太空
720	That's what she was doing.	这就是她在做什么。
721	Maybe that was her in the picture.	也许照片里就是她
722	We're not sure because she was wearing that suit, right?	我们不确定,因为她穿着那套衣服,对吧?
723	Okay.	摆
724	She helped put out satellites.	她帮助发射卫星。
725	These machines, these machines,	这些机器,这些机器,
726	these machines refers back to satellites.	这些机器指的是卫星
727	So satellites go around the Earth and take pictures.	所以卫星环绕地球拍照
728	Satellites go around the Earth and take pictures.	卫星环绕地球拍摄.
729	Okay.	摆
730	Sally became the first American woman to go into space.	莎莉成为第一个进入太空的美国女性.
731	She didn't give up her dream.	她没有放弃她的梦想。
732	She did not give up.	她没有放弃。
733	Remember at the beginning, she said there was a problem.	记得一开始她说有问题
734	All the astronauts in America were men.	美国所有的宇航员都是男人
735	She didn't give up.	她没有放弃。
736	She studied science.	她学习科学。
737	She trained hard.	她训练得非常厉害
738	So she became the first American woman	所以她成了第一个美国女人
739	to go into space, right?	进入太空,对不对?
740	Many people think she is special because of this.	很多人认为她很特别,
741	So many people think, oh, wow, she's special.	很多人认为她很特别
742	She's the first woman.	她是第一个女人。
743	Yay, great, really good.	耶,伟大的,真的很好。
744	But, but all Sally cares about is that her dream came true.	但莎莉只在乎她的梦想成真
745	She doesn't care about being special.	她不关心什么是特殊。
746	She doesn't think, oh, it's great.	她不觉得,哦,这是伟大的。
747	You know, the first woman in space.	你知道,第一个女人在太空。
748	She doesn't care about that.	她不在乎这一点。
749	What's more important to her,	对她更重要的是
750	what is more important is that her dream came true.	更重要的是她的梦想实现了
751	More important that her dream came true.	更重要的是,她的梦想实现了。
752	That's most important to Sally.	这对莎莉来说很重要
753	She's not worried about, oh, I'm a woman.	她不担心,哦, 我是个女人。
754	You know, there's another man.	你知道,还有一个男人。
755	She's not worried about that.	她不担心这一点。
756	She thinks most importantly, my dream came true.	她认为最重要的是我的梦想实现了
757	And she didn't let the circumstances stop her	她没有让情况阻止她
758	from making her dream come true.	让她的梦想成真
759	Make her dream, make your dream,	让她做梦让你做梦
760	make your dream come true.	让你的梦想成真
761	That's a good expression, right?	这是一个很好的表达,对不对?
762	Make your dream come true, came true.	让你的梦想成真成真
763	So when your dream is realized,	所以当你的梦想实现时
764	you actually, you get your dream.	实际上,你得到了你的梦想。
765	Your dream came true.	你的梦想成真了
766	Okay, that's the good expression.	好吧,这是很好的表达。
767	That's how to say it in English.	即以英语说法.
768	My dream came true.	我的梦想成真了
769	I hope your dreams come true.	我希望你的梦想成真
770	Okay, let's move on to the comprehension questions.	好吧,让我们继续理解的问题。
771	Okay, again, number one, this story is about.	好吧,再次,第一,这个故事是有关。
772	What is the whole story about?	整个故事是什么?
773	If you think about just one subject	如果你只考虑一个话题
774	that describes this entire story, what is it?	这描述了整个故事,是什么?
775	What are the choices?	有什么选择?
776	A, training.	A,训练.
777	B, a little girl.	B,一个小女孩。
778	C, science.	C,科学.
779	Or D, a female astronaut.	或称D,女宇航员.
780	Well, if we think about this story,	如果我们想这个故事,
781	what was this story about?	这是什么故事?
782	This story was about Sally Ride, wasn't it?	这个故事是关于莎莉·里德的不是吗
783	是关于Sally Ride的
784	为什么Sally Ride很重要?
785	Because she was the first American female astronaut.	因为她是第一位美国女宇航员.
786	What is that?	这是什么?
787	That looks like number D, right, letter D.	这看起来像D号,对,字母D。
788	Okay, so Sally Ride is a female astronaut.	好吧,所以莎莉·里德是一个女宇航员。
789	That's what the story is about, okay?	故事就是这样的,好吗?
790	Sure, we talked about training a little bit, right?	当然,我们讨论过训练,对吧?
791	Sally Ride had to train to become a female astronaut.	莎莉·里德不得不训练成为一名女宇航员.
792	Sure, she was a little girl at the beginning of the story,	当然,她是一个小女孩在故事的开头,
793	but the entire story was not about her childhood.	但整个故事不是关于她的童年
794	It was about her whole life.	这是关于她的一生。
795	C, science.	C,科学.
796	Yes, she studied science.	是的,她学习科学。
797	The story mentioned science,	故事提到科学,
798	but it was about Sally Ride who studied science	但是,这是关于莎莉·里德谁学习科学
799	in order to become a female astronaut.	为了成为一名女宇航员
800	So this whole story,	所以这个故事
801	all of these things are connected to D.	这些东西都和D有关
802	The whole story is about D, a female astronaut.	整个故事是关于D,一名女宇航员.
803	That's the answer.	这就是答案。
804	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
805	It was Sally's dream.	这是莎莉的梦想。
806	What was her dream?	她的梦是什么?
807	What did she dream?	她做梦了?
808	What did she want to do?	她想怎样?
809	A, fly airplanes.	A,飞行飞机。
810	Did Sally want to fly airplanes, become a pilot?	莎莉想坐飞机当飞行员吗?
811	No, she didn't want to fly airplanes, right?	不,她不想坐飞机,对吧?
812	She wanted to be something else.	她想成为别的东西。
813	She wanted to go more further away than pilots do, okay?	她想比飞行员走得远,好吗?
814	B, be a scientist.	B,做个科学家
815	Well, Sally did study science, that's true,	莎莉确实研究过科学
816	but her dream wasn't to become a scientist.	但她的梦想不是成为科学家
817	She studied science in order to use her knowledge	她学习科学是为了利用自己的知识
818	to be something else, but not a scientist.	成为别的东西,但不是科学家。
819	She didn't want to be a scientist.	她不想当科学家
820	C, fly through space.	C,飞过太空。
821	Sally, as the beginning of the story said,	莎莉,正如故事开头所说,
822	she wanted to be an astronaut	她想成为宇航员
823	because she wanted to fly through space.	因为她想飞过太空
824	So it was Sally's dream to fly through space.	所以这是莎莉的梦想飞过太空。
825	That's the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
826	That's true, right?	这是真的,对不对?
827	So that's what we got there.	这就是我们得到的。
828	Okay, to read the newspaper, well, fly through space.	好吧,看报纸,嗯,飞过太空。
829	That's the answer.	这就是答案。
830	It was Sally's dream to fly through space.	莎莉梦想飞过太空
831	D, it was Sally's dream to read the newspaper.	D,这是莎莉的梦想读报纸。
832	It was her dream to read the newspaper.	读报纸是她的梦想
833	That's kind of a silly dream, right?	这是一种愚蠢的梦,对不对?
834	I hope you don't have a dream that's so easy.	我希望你没有梦想这么容易。
835	Just pick up the newspaper and read it.	便取报阅之.
836	That's not a dream, just do it, right?	这不是梦,只是做它,对不对?
837	That's very silly, so obviously that's not correct.	这是非常愚蠢的, 所以很明显,这是不对的。
838	The right answer is C.	正确的答案是 C.
839	It was Sally's dream to fly through space.	莎莉梦想飞过太空
840	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
841	Sally, beep, for many weeks to be an astronaut.	莎莉哔声做宇航员好几个星期了
842	What did she do?	她做了什麽?
843	Did she study?	她学习过吗?
844	Did she train?	她训练过吗?
845	Did she fly?	她飞了吗?
846	Did she sleep?	她睡了吗?
847	Well, the story said that she had to learn	故事说她必须学习
848	how to do many things, right?	如何做很多事情,对不对?
849	And that means that she trained for many weeks	这意味着她训练了好几个星期
850	to be an astronaut.	成为宇航员。
851	Not studied, she studied for many years	没有学习,她学习多年
852	and she studied science for many years	她学习科学多年
853	to become an astronaut.	成为一名宇航员。
854	The story specifically said that she trained	故事特别说她训练
855	for many weeks to be an astronaut.	做个宇航员多星期
856	She flew for many weeks to be an astronaut?	她飞了好几个星期才成为宇航员?
857	No, that's not correct.	不,这是不对的。
858	She slept.	她睡着了。
859	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
860	Wouldn't that be nice though if you just sleep?	如果你只是睡觉,那会不是很好吗?
861	Oh, I'll just go to sleep for two weeks	哦,我就睡两周
862	and I'll wake up, I'm an astronaut.	我会醒来,我是一个宇航员。
863	We can't do that.	我们不能这样做。
864	I'm sorry, but it's not exciting.	对不起,但这并不令人兴奋。
865	It's better to train.	最好训练一下
866	That's more exciting.	这更令人兴奋。
867	Sleeping is boring, right?	睡觉很无聊吧?
868	Okay, so the correct answer,	好吧,所以正确的答案是,
869	Sally trained for many weeks to be an astronaut.	莎莉训练了好几个星期成为宇航员.
870	That is the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
871	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
872	Sally Ride was, beep, what was she?	莎莉・里德是,哔声,她是什么?
873	Okay, let's take a look.	好吧,让我们来看看。
874	Sally Ride was a great teacher,	莎莉·里德是个好老师
875	the only female astronaut.	唯一的女宇航员。
876	C, the first female pilot.	C,是首位女性飞行员.
877	D, the first American female astronaut.	D,是美国第一位女宇航员.
878	Okay, so which sentence is true	好吧,那句子是真实的
879	or the best sentence about Sally Ride?	还是关于莎莉·里德的最好句子?
880	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
881	She was a great teacher?	她是个好老师?
882	No, the article, the passage didn't mention anything	不,那篇文章,那段话没说
883	about Sally teaching anybody, so that's not right.	关于莎莉教别人, 所以这是不对的。
884	B, the only female astronaut.	B,唯一的女宇航员.
885	Be careful here.	小心点
886	It says the only.	它说唯一的。
887	Did the article say that there was	那篇文章说有
888	no other female astronauts ever?	没有其他女宇航员吗?
889	It didn't say that.	它没有说。
890	那篇文章是关于Sally Ride的
891	being the first female astronaut.	是第一位女宇航员
892	Maybe other females became astronauts after her.	也许其他女性在她之后成为宇航员.
893	That's possible, but the story didn't say it.	有可能,但故事没有说
894	So it's not about the only female astronaut, right?	所以这不是唯一的女宇航员,对不对?
895	It's about the first female astronaut, right?	是关于第一位女宇航员的对吧?
896	So only is not correct.	因此,只有这样是不正确的。
897	We can't use be.	我们不能用。
898	C, oh, here we have first,	我们先来
899	but this word is a problem, right?	但这个词是个问题,对吧?
900	The first female pilot.	首位女飞行员.
901	No, she's not a pilot.	不,她不是一个飞行员。
902	She didn't want to, it wasn't her dream to become a pilot,	她不想成为飞行员不是她的梦想
903	so that's not right because of this word here.	所以,这是不对的因为这个词在这里。
904	It's actually the first female astronaut,	其实是第一位女宇航员
905	and that's what we find down here.	这就是我们在这里发现的。
906	The first, we got first, and we have astronaut.	第一,我们得到了第一, 我们有宇航员。
907	And, of course, female.	当然还有女人
908	So the first female astronaut, that is what Sally Ride was.	第一个女宇航员,这就是莎莉·里德。
909	Okay, so the answer, of course, is D.	好吧,所以答案,当然,是D。
910	Sally Ride was the first American female astronaut.	莎莉·里德(英語:Sally Ride)是第一位美国女宇航员.
911	That is the answer to that question.	这就是这个问题的答案。
912	Okay, whew, good, okay?	好吧,哇,不错,好吗?
913	Let's come to our conclusion here.	让我们在这里得出结论。
914	This is a picture, again, of Sally Ride.	这是莎莉·里德的照片
915	This, she is the first American female astronaut.	她是第一位美国女宇航员
916	And what does she have to say?	她有什么要说的?
917	What are some things that she would say to us?	她会对我们说什么?
918	Well, first of all, she would say,	首先她会说
919	I wanted to be an astronaut.	我想成为一名宇航员。
920	So that was her dream when she was a child, okay?	那是她小时候的梦想,好吗?
921	She might also say, I studied all about science.	她也可能说,我研究了科学
922	So she had a dream.	所以她做了个梦
923	This is her dream.	这是她的梦想。
924	How did she make her dream come true?	她是怎么实现梦想的?
925	First, she studied all about outer space,	首先,她研究了所有关于外层空间的问题,
926	planets and other stars, right?	行星和其他恒星,对不对?
927	She wrote a letter to the newspaper	她写信给报社
928	and was picked for a new astronaut, right?	被选为新宇航员,对吧?
929	Remember the story in the newspaper?	还记得报纸上的故事吗?
930	She saw it, so she wrote a letter	她看见了所以写了一封信
931	and she was picked to be a new astronaut.	她被选为新宇航员
932	Great, wonderful news.	伟大的,美好的消息。
933	Finally, she can say, I finished training.	最后,她可以说,我完成了训练。
934	So she trained to be an astronaut	所以她训练成宇航员
935	and flew on the space shuttle Challenger, okay?	搭上航天飞机挑战者号,好吗?
936	So her dream came true.	她的梦想成真了
937	She became an astronaut and she flew on the space shuttle,	她成为一名宇航员乘太空梭飞行
938	which was named Challenger.	它被命名为挑战者。
939	Okay, very inspiring story.	好吧,非常鼓舞人心的故事。
940	I hope so.	我希望是这样。
941	We can learn many things about astronauts,	我们可以学到很多关于宇航员的事
942	but we can also learn, very important,	但我们也可以学到,非常重要的,
943	that your dreams can come true.	让你的梦想成真
944	If you work hard and you have some wonderful news,	如果你努力工作并有一些好消息,
945	then you can do what you want to do.	那样你就可以做你想做的事了
946	Your dream can come true.	你的梦想可以实现
947	And I hope your dreams do come true.	我希望你的梦想成真
948	Okay, well, that wraps it up for this lesson.	好了,好了,这是它结束这个教训。
949	We'll see you next time.	下次见
950	Take care, everybody.	大家小心点

该视频共有字幕 955 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P23 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p23 22. 22. LevelB Lesson8 Eclipse (P23)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p23 22. 22. LevelB Lesson8 Eclipse (P23)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 41:47

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	We're continuing	我们继续
0:13	our subject of space.	我们的太空主题。
0:15	But in this lesson, Lesson 8, we're talking about an eclipse,	但是在这个课中,第八课,我们说的是日食,
0:21	an eclipse.	日蚀
0:23	So, in this lesson, we will focus on, let's talk about eclipses, eclipses,	因此,在这个教训中,我们将集中精力, 让我们谈谈日食,日食,
0:31	and what people thought about them.	以及人们对他们的看法。
0:34	What did people think about eclipses a long time ago?	很久以前人们怎么看日食?

展开字幕全文（1129 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're continuing	我们继续
5	our subject of space.	我们的太空主题。
6	But in this lesson, Lesson 8, we're talking about an eclipse,	但是在这个课中,第八课,我们说的是日食,
7	an eclipse.	日蚀
8	So, in this lesson, we will focus on, let's talk about eclipses, eclipses,	因此,在这个教训中,我们将集中精力, 让我们谈谈日食,日食,
9	and what people thought about them.	以及人们对他们的看法。
10	What did people think about eclipses a long time ago?	很久以前人们怎么看日食?
11	But first, we have to think about what is an eclipse?	但首先,我们必须思考什么是日食?
12	We should know that.	我们应该知道这一点。
13	That's a little	有点
14	bit of a difficult word, isn't it?	有点难听,不是吗?
15	Eclipse, 조금,对不对?
16	It's a little bit of a difficult	有点困难
17	word.	词
18	Well, an eclipse is shown in these pictures here.	这里的图片显示的是日食
19	What is this?	这是什么?
20	This is a picture of the sun.	此是阴阳相.
21	So, this is the sun in the sky.	因此,这是天空中的太阳。
22	Don't look at the sun, right?	别看太阳,对吧?
23	Never look at the sun.	从不看太阳.
24	But this is what	但这就是
25	it looks like, right, if you take a picture of it.	看起来像,对,如果你拍照。
26	Now, during an eclipse, something is happening	现在,在日食期间, 发生了一些事情
27	to the sun.	到太阳。
28	What's happening?	发生什么事了?
29	Is something eating the sun?	吃太阳的东西吗?
30	No, that's what people thought a long	不,人们是这么认为的
31	time ago because it looks like something's eating it.	很久以前,因为它看起来像东西的吃它。
32	But what's really happening is that this	但真正发生的事是
33	circle here, this is the moon, the moon, right?	在这里,这是月亮,月亮,对不对?
34	So, think about this.	所以,想想这个。
35	The sun is really far away.	太阳真远
36	The moon is a lot closer.	月光远近.
37	If you're on earth, you're sitting at home, of course you're on earth,	如果你在人间,你坐在家里, 当然你是在人间,
38	right?	对吧?
39	But think this is the sun.	但认为这是太阳。
40	It's really far away.	它真的很远。
41	This is the moon, and the moon sometimes	这是月亮有时是月亮
42	will come like this, and it will cover the sun.	它会遮蔽太阳
43	Of course, the moon is very small, the sun is very big,	当然,月亮很小,太阳很大
44	but because the moon is much closer to you, it seems a lot bigger than the sun.	但是因为月亮离你更近似乎比太阳大很多
45	And in fact,	事实上,
46	it's very interesting.	这很有趣。
47	It's kind of a coincidence that on earth, if the moon moves directly between	如果月球在人间移动
48	you on earth and the sun, it's about the same size.	地球和太阳的大小差不多
49	That's really amazing to look at.	这真是惊人的看。
50	So, what	所以,怎样?
51	we have here is the moon is slowly covering the sun.	月亮正在慢慢覆盖太阳
52	But don't worry.	但不用担心。
53	After this, it will go away.	在这之后,它就会消失。
54	The sun will come back, right?	太阳会回来对吧?
55	So, don't worry.	所以,不用担心。
56	But this is what we call an eclipse.	但这就是所谓的日食。
57	Now, this here,	这个
58	the moon is perfectly covering the sun.	月亮完全覆盖太阳
59	That's called a full eclipse, a full eclipse.	这就是所谓的全食,全食。
60	But you have to be in the right spot on earth to see a full eclipse.	但你必须在地球上的正确位置看到全日食.
61	If you're, you know, a hundred	如果你是,你知道,一百个
62	or a thousand miles in another direction, maybe the moon doesn't fully cover the sun.	也许月亮不能完全覆盖太阳
63	Maybe it	也许吧
64	only covers here, and it just moves along, and the top part of the sun is not covered.	太阳的顶部没有被遮住
65	That would be	这将是
66	a partial, a partial eclipse.	a 部分,部分日食。
67	So, the moon only covers part of the sun as it passes between you	所以,月亮只覆盖部分太阳当它穿过你之间
68	and the sun.	和太阳。
69	That would be a partial eclipse or a full eclipse.	这将是部分日食或完全日食。
70	When we do the reading, we're going	读完书就走
71	to be thinking about the full eclipse.	来考虑日全食
72	And if you ever have a chance to see a full eclipse, that's	如果你有机会看到全日食,那就是
73	great.	伟大的。
74	Your teacher will tell you about it.	你老师会告诉你的
75	But remember, don't ever look at the sun, even during	但记住,永远不要看太阳, 即使在此期间
76	a full eclipse.	一场全日食
77	You should wear special glasses or look at the shadow of the sun on a piece of	你应该戴特别的眼镜或者看太阳的影子在一块
78	paper through a special device.	纸张通过特殊设备。
79	Or, you could use a camera.	或者,你可以使用一个相机。
80	But don't ever look at the sun during	但千万别看太阳
81	an eclipse.	日蚀
82	Okay, well, let's take a look at some of the words we need to know to understand the	好吧,让我们来看看一些我们想知道的词来理解
83	reading passage about eclipses and what people thought about eclipses.	阅读日食的段落人们对日食的看法
84	The first word here,	这里的第一个词,
85	well, we have a picture.	我们有照片
86	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
87	We have some eggs.	我们有一些鸡蛋。
88	Where did that egg go?	那个鸡蛋去哪了?
89	Who took	谁拿
90	my egg?	我的蛋吗?
91	I'm hungry.	我饿了。
92	No, I'm just kidding.	不,我只是在开玩笑。
93	There's an egg that's missing.	少了一个蛋
94	It went from sight.	它从眼前消失。
95	We can't	我们不能
96	see it anymore.	看见它了。
97	What happened?	发生了什么事?
98	It disappeared.	它不见了。
99	So, if something is there one moment, and then you look	所以,如果有什么东西存在一分钟,然后你看
100	again, and it's not there, it disappeared.	它又不见了,不见了
101	It disappeared.	它不见了。
102	Disappear.	弃去.
103	Now, be careful when you	现在,小心点,当你
104	say this.	说这个
105	Dis -a
106	所以,不 -a -ear。
107	Disappear.	弃去.
108	You can say that something disappears.	你可以说有些东西消失了
109	Don't say, was disappeared.	不要说, 消失了。
110	That's Conglish.	那是康格利什语。
111	Don't say that.	别这么说
112	Many students will say that.	许多学生会这么说.
113	Say, my watch disappeared.	我的表不见了
114	My wallet, I hope not, but my wallet disappeared.	我的钱包,我希望不是, 但我的钱包不见了。
115	Right?	对吧?
116	I had it on my	我穿着它
117	desk, then it's gone.	桌子,然后它不见了。
118	It disappeared.	它不见了。
119	Not, it was disappeared.	不,它不见了。
120	Just, it disappeared.	只是,它不见了。
121	So, it disappeared.	所以,它不见了。
122	That's how you say that.	这就是你说的。
123	It disappeared.	它不见了。
124	The egg disappeared.	蛋不见了
125	My glasses disappeared.	我的眼镜不见了。
126	So, that's the correct way to use disappear.	所以,这是正确的方法使用消失。
127	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
128	Two.	两个
129	Oh, my God.	须菩提.
130	Sorry.	对不起
131	I was	и琌
132	suddenly scared.	突然吓坏了。
133	What is that?	这是什么?
134	That's very scary.	这太可怕了
135	I'm afraid.	我担心。
136	A devil or bad spirit.	恶魔或坏魂
137	Another word	又一个字
138	for a devil or a bad spirit, we call it a demon.	对于恶魔或坏人, 我们称之为恶魔。
139	Demon.	恶魔
140	Two words.	两句.
141	Demon.	恶魔
142	But, don't worry.	但是,不用担心。
143	Demons aren't real.	魔不真实.
144	Okay?	好吗?
145	They're just imagination.	他们只是想象
146	We think of demons.	我们想的是恶魔
147	Right?	对吧?
148	This is a very scary	这太可怕了
149	looking demon.	看着恶魔。
150	Right?	对吧?
151	Looks like somebody is dressed up for Halloween.	看来有人穿了万圣节的衣服
152	Right?	对吧?
153	So, demons are from	所以,恶魔来自
154	like folk tales or imaginary tales that people tell.	就像民间故事或想象中的传说
155	Demon.	恶魔
156	Don't be scared.	别害怕
157	They're not real.	他们不是真的
158	Okay.	摆
159	Three.	三个
160	Oh, so romantic.	哦,这么浪漫。
161	Right?	对吧?
162	Here's a man.	这儿有个男人
163	He's proposing to his girlfriend.	他在向他的女朋友求婚
164	He's proposing	他提议
165	with what is this?	这是什么?
166	This is an engagement ring.	这是订婚戒指
167	Engagement ring.	订婚戒指。
168	That's kind of a long word for	说来话长
169	you.	你们
170	Sorry.	对不起
171	Ring.	环.
172	Engagement ring.	订婚戒指。
173	When a man wants a woman to marry him, he will give her a ring and	当一个男人想要一个女人嫁给他, 他会给她一个戒指,
174	he will say, will you marry me?	他会说,你会嫁给我吗?
175	And their love will go on with no end.	他们的爱会永无止境
176	And it's forever.	则永离.
177	We hope.	我们希望
178	Okay?	好吗?
179	That's the ideal situation.	这是理想的情况。
180	We hope that it goes on forever.	我们希望它永远继续下去。
181	Sometimes it doesn't, but that's	有时候不会,但是...
182	another story.	另一个故事。
183	Okay.	摆
184	So, but anyway, it's an interesting picture to illustrate forever.	所以,但无论如何,它是一个有趣的图片来永久地说明。
185	Hopefully, their love will be forever until they die.	希望他们的爱永远存在直到他们死去
186	They will be married.	他们将结婚。
187	They will live, love	他们会活下来的,亲爱的
188	each other, I hope, for the rest of their lives.	彼此,我希望, 在他们的余生。
189	For them, forever.	为了他们,永远。
190	Of course, when you talk about	当然,当你谈论
191	forever, you know, people, we don't live forever.	永远,你知道,人, 我们不是永远。
192	We die very quickly.	我们死得很快
193	But if we talk about things	但是,如果我们谈论的东西
194	like things that go on forever for a very long time, there's no change.	就像那些永远持续很长一段时间的东西一样,没有变化.
195	Right?	对吧?
196	They go on for	他们继续
197	millions and millions and millions of years.	百万亿年.
198	Right?	对吧?
199	We can say that's forever.	我们可以说,这是永远。
200	Okay.	摆
201	Number	数目
202	four.	四个
203	Now, what's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
204	To make the meaning clear.	以明其义.
205	So, this person is explaining	所以,这个人正在解释
206	something to this man over here.	给这位先生的东西
207	Explaining or telling him exactly what this paper is about.	解释或告诉他这篇论文到底是为了什么
208	Right?	对吧?
209	To make the meaning of something clear, you explain.	为了澄清事情的意义你来解释
210	Please explain this form to me.	请解释一下这个表格
211	Please explain this letter to me.	请给我解释一下这封信
212	Explain.	解释一下
213	So, be careful.	所以,小心点。
214	P-L·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·P·P·L·L·P·P·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·L·P·L·P·P·P·P·P·L·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·L·P·P·L·P·L·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·L·P·P·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·L·P·L·P·L·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·L·L·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P·P
215	Explain.	解释一下
216	It's two sounds.	二声闻.
217	Explain.	解释一下
218	Okay.	摆
219	Now, be careful.	现在,小心点。
220	Do not use about	不使用关于
221	with explain.	与解释。
222	Don't do that.	别这样
223	Don't ever do this.	永远不要这样做。
224	Please.	请
225	Explain about.	解释一下
226	Please explain	请解释
227	about the form.	关于表格。
228	No.	没有
229	Please explain the form.	请解释表格
230	Please explain the problem.	请解释一下这个问题。
231	Please explain	请解释
232	to me how to do something.	对我如何做一些事情。
233	But don't say explain to me about the problem.	但不要告诉我什么是问题。
234	No.	没有
235	Don't use about with	别用这个
236	explain.	解释一下。
237	You don't need to.	你不需要这样
238	Okay.	摆
239	And it's, most times, it's incorrect.	而大多数时候,这是不正确的。
240	Okay.	摆
241	So, number five.	故五号.
242	Get in the way or stop.	碍或止.
243	This person is playing soccer.	这个人在踢足球
244	They are what we call the goalie.	他们是我们所谓的守门员。
245	Right?	对吧?
246	The goalie or goalkeeper.	守门员或守门员
247	You can also call them the goalkeeper.	你可以叫他们守门员
248	He wants to stop the ball.	他想阻止这个球
249	So,	这么说
250	what is he doing?	他在干吗?
251	He is blocking.	他挡住了
252	To block.	挡住
253	Block.	块。
254	Right?	对吧?
255	Stop it.	别说了
256	Right?	对吧?
257	Stop the ball or catch the	停止球或接球
258	ball.	球。球吗?
259	So, the ball doesn't go into the goal.	因此,球没有进球.
260	Right?	对吧?
261	To get in the way or stop.	以碍或止.
262	To block.	挡住
263	Now, be careful because when you're walking on the street, you can block other people.	现在,小心点,因为当你在街上走的时候, 你可以阻止其他人。
264	Right?	对吧?
265	You get in the way.	你挡路了
266	So, always, you know, looking around, making sure you don't block other people,	所以,总是,你知道, 四处看看, 确保你不会阻拦其他人,
267	especially when you're going through a door or you're going onto the subway or, you know,	特别是当你穿过一个门或者你要去地铁或者,你知道,
268	people are coming in and out like in an elevator.	人们会像电梯一样进出
269	Right?	对吧?
270	So, we have to be careful we don't block	所以,我们必须小心,我们不阻拦
271	people from moving in and out of buses, subways, and elevators.	人们进出巴士、地铁和电梯
272	So, block isn't just for sports.	所以,街区不仅仅是体育。
273	It's also every day when we're walking around.	亦是天天行处.
274	Okay?	好吗?
275	Okay.	摆
276	Number five.	五号
277	Six.	六门.
278	Sorry.	对不起
279	Bad or	错误或
280	harmful.	有害
281	Again, another scary picture.	又来了,又一张恐怖的照片
282	Right?	对吧?
283	We have a witch and we have a bat, but there's no	我们有女巫和蝙蝠但是没有
284	Batman.	蝙蝠侠
285	I'm sorry.	对不起
286	What is this?	这是什么?
287	We say it's evil.	我们说这是邪恶的。
288	Bad or harmful.	坏或有害.
289	Something that is bad.	坏东西
290	Something that is harmful to many people.	伤害许多人的东西。
291	We can say one word we can use is evil.	我们可以说一个词我们可以使用邪恶。
292	Evil.	恶.
293	It's two	是两个
294	sounds.	声音
295	Evil.	恶.
296	You make the vibration.	你来震动
297	Evil.	恶.
298	Okay?	好吗?
299	That's how you pronounce it.	这就是你发音的方式。
300	Maybe a	也许一个
301	little difficult to pronounce.	很难发音
302	Evil.	恶.
303	Number seven.	七号
304	Oh, look at this.	哦,看看这个。
305	What are these people doing?	这些人在干什么?
306	They are recycling.	他们正在回收。
307	They are putting together all of the plastic.	他们把所有的塑料都组装在一起。
308	Right?	对吧?
309	What are they doing?	他们在干什么?
310	They are gathering all the plastic together.	他们正在收集所有的塑料。
311	To come together.	以合为一.
312	When you put all the plastic	当你把所有的塑料
313	together, you're gathering all the plastic.	你们一起收集所有的塑料
314	When you put all the cardboard or paper together,	当你把所有的纸板或纸放在一起
315	you're gathering it all together.	你们正在收集所有的东西。
316	So, to come together means to gather.	所以,走到一起就意味着聚集。
317	Also, people get	而且,人们得到
318	together.	一起来
319	We can say they are gathering.	我们可以说他们正在集会。
320	So, it's not just things that gather.	所以,不仅仅是事物聚集。
321	People also gather	人们也聚集在一起
322	with their bodies.	他们的身体。
323	Right?	对吧?
324	Their bodies get together.	他们的身体会融为一体
325	They are gathering.	他们正在聚集。
326	Maybe it's a concert,	也许这是一场音乐会,
327	a meeting, some type of event.	一个会议,某种活动。
328	People will gather together.	人们会聚集在一起的
329	Number eight.	八号
330	Ah, she's a musician.	啊,她是一个音乐家。
331	A musical instrument played by hitting it.	击打它时演奏的乐器.
332	So, what is this musical instrument?	这是什么乐器?
333	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
334	We call it a drum.	我们称之为鼓。
335	That's very easy.	这很简单。
336	It's a drum.	鼓声曰.
337	Now, we saw this before	我们以前见过这个
338	and I've just explained it.	我刚解释过了
339	We use this word at the beginning of the lesson.	我们用这个词在课程的开头。
340	Do you remember?	你记得吗?
341	When the moon is in the sky, lights up the sky.	月临天时,灯照天上.
342	Okay.	摆
343	No.	没有
344	Sorry.	对不起
345	That's an Italian song.	这是一首意大利歌。
346	Okay.	摆
347	I'm sorry.	对不起
348	When the moon is between the sun and the earth.	当月在日地之间.
349	So, when the moon is between the earth	当月亮在大地之间的时候,
350	and the sun, the moon comes between and it blocks the sun.	和太阳,月亮之间,它阻挡太阳。
351	That's a word we used before.	我们以前用过这个词
352	It blocks	挡住了
353	the sun.	太阳。
354	Of course, we call that an eclipse.	当然,我们称之为日食。
355	An eclipse is when the moon is between the sun	日蚀是月亮在太阳之间
356	and the earth.	与众生.
357	Okay.	摆
358	Ten.	十岁.
359	Scared.	吓坏了。
360	Somebody who's scared.	有人谁害怕。
361	Another word for scared, very easily,	另一个词表示害怕,非常容易,
362	is afraid.	恐惧。
363	Scared.	吓坏了。
364	Afraid.	恐惧。
365	I am afraid.	我很担心
366	I am scared.	我吓坏了。
367	Same thing.	同样的事情。
368	Before, when we saw the picture	之前,当我们看到照片时
369	of the demon, right there, I was scared.	那个恶魔,我很害怕
370	I was afraid.	我当时很害怕
371	But, just for a second.	但是就一会儿
372	Don't worry.	别担心
373	Demons aren't real.	魔不真实.
374	Okay.	摆
375	Eleven.	十一门.
376	When I saw this picture, I'm like, what is that father doing?	当我看到这张照片,我就像, 那父亲在做什么?
377	That's really, really foolish.	这真的很,真的很愚蠢。
378	Now, the word is silly.	现在,这个词是愚蠢的。
379	I could also say, you know, that's really	我也可以说,你知道,这是真的
380	stupid.	蠢货
381	My gosh.	天呐
382	This father, what is he doing?	这个父亲,他在做什么?
383	That's terrible.	这太可怕了
384	It's foolish.	愚谓愚痴.
385	It's silly.	这是愚蠢的。
386	It's	这是
387	really stupid.	实在是太蠢了
388	I mean, this boy or girl, I don't know which, it's very possible she or he will get	我的意思是,这个男孩或女孩, 我不知道是什么, 这是非常可能的她或他会得到
389	hurt.	伤害。
390	Right?	对吧?
391	So, it's very foolish.	所以,这是非常愚蠢的。
392	Very dumb thing to do.	非常蠢的事情做起来。
393	Another word is dumb.	另一个词是愚蠢的。
394	I think in Korean,	我想用韩语
395	that's B, not P. Dumb.	这是B,不是P. 哑巴。
396	I hope I'm not dumb.	希望我没傻
397	But, in Korean, you say pabo, right?	但是,在韩语中,你说pabo,对不对?
398	Pabo.	帕宝
399	Okay.	摆
400	Foolish,	蠢货
401	silly, stupid, or dumb.	愚蠢,愚蠢,或哑巴。
402	Okay.	摆
403	Oh, my gosh.	天呐
404	Whoa.	珃
405	He scared me for a minute.	他吓了我一跳
406	Okay.	摆
407	What's he doing?	他在干吗?
408	He looks like he is what?	他看起来像什么?
409	He wants something to eat.	他想吃点东西
410	He is hungry.	他饿了。
411	Although, he kind of looks	虽然,他有点像
412	more angry than he looks hungry, right?	比他看起来饿了还生气,对吧?
413	But, he's really, really hungry.	但他真的很饿
414	He's very fierce about his	他对他很凶猛
415	hunger.	饥饿。
416	Okay.	摆
417	So, he wants something to eat.	所以他想吃点东西
418	He is hungry.	他饿了。
419	Okay.	摆
420	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
421	What we're	我们是什么
422	looking at is to hit the hands together to make a noise.	看着就是一起打手来制造噪音.
423	So, we're looking at this action right	所以,我们看这个动作是正确的
424	here.	在这里。
425	Not this action.	不是这个动作
426	Not anything going on here.	什么都没有发生。
427	But, we're looking at this action right here,	但是,我们正在研究这个行动
428	to hit the hands together to make noise.	一起打手来制造噪音。
429	What am I doing?	我在干吗?
430	I am clapping.	我拍手的时候
431	He is clapping.	他在拍手声
432	So,	这么说
433	when you go to the theater, or if you see a play by other students, and wow, you want to show,	当你去剧院, 或者如果你看到由其他学生的戏剧, 哇,你想显示,
434	hey, good job, then you clap, right?	嘿,做得好,然后你拍手,对不对?
435	Good job.	干得不错
436	So, clap for the people.	所以,为人民鼓掌。
437	Oh, this is interesting.	哦,这很有趣。
438	Are you hungry?	你饿了吗?
439	Hopefully, not like that guy we saw before.	希望不要像我们以前见过的那个人
440	But, this makes me hungry.	但是,这让我饿了。
441	You know,	你知道吗,
442	I like apples.	我喜欢苹果。
443	Probably, you like apples too.	可能你也喜欢苹果吧
444	But, we can see something interesting here.	但是,我们可以在这里看到一些有趣的东西。
445	We can see many, many green apples, right?	我们可以看到许多,许多绿色的苹果,对不对?
446	There's one red apple.	有一个红苹果。
447	Almost all of something.	几乎所有的东西。
448	So, almost all the apples are green.	因此,几乎所有的苹果都是绿色的.
449	One apple is red.	一个苹果是红色的。
450	We can say, also, most.	我们可以说,大多数。
451	Most of the apples	大多数苹果
452	are green.	绿色的
453	But, not all.	但是,不是所有的东西。
454	Not all of the apples.	并不是所有的苹果。
455	Because, there's one apple that's red.	因为有一个苹果是红色的
456	And,	还有,
457	it doesn't matter if it was one or two.	不管它是一两个。
458	Maybe two apples are red.	也许两个苹果是红色的。
459	We can still say, most of the	我们还可以说,大部分
460	apples are green.	苹果是绿色的。
461	Because, there's still many, many more green apples than there are red.	因为,仍然有许多,比红色还要多的绿色苹果.
462	Even	连
463	if there's one, two, maybe this one's red, and this one's red.	如果有一个,两个,也许这个是红色的,这个是红色的。
464	Still, you still have many more	不过,你还有许多
465	green apples.	绿苹果.
466	So, most of the apples are green.	因此,大多数苹果都是绿色的.
467	Most.	多数
468	Okay.	摆
469	Fifteen.	十五载.
470	Oh, very beautiful town.	哦,非常美丽的小镇。
471	Looks like it's in Europe.	看起来它在欧洲。
472	And, I just said the word.	而且,我刚刚说了这个词。
473	A place larger than a village.	一个比村庄大的地方
474	A village	一个村庄
475	is tiny, right?	很小,对吧?
476	Just a few houses together.	只是几个房子在一起。
477	It's just a small place where people live.	这只是人们居住的小地方.
478	You know,	你知道吗,
479	a few houses together.	几个房子在一起。
480	Maybe, you know, 20 families or something like that.	也许,你知道,20个家庭之类的。
481	Not very big.	不大大。
482	A city is huge, like Seoul or Pusan, right?	一个城市是巨大的, 像首尔或釜山,对不对?
483	Very big.	相当大。
484	Many people live there.	许多人住在那里。
485	But, what's in between?	但是,什么在两者之间?
486	Not as big as Seoul.	没有汉城那么大
487	Not as small as a tiny village.	不如小村小.
488	But, in between.	但是,在中间。
489	Middle size.	中间大小.
490	In the middle.	中间.
491	We say it's a town.	我们说这是一个小镇。
492	So, a town is a place larger than a village, but smaller than a city.	因此,一个城镇是一个比村庄大,但比城市小的地方.
493	Okay.	摆
494	Sixteen.	十六岁.
495	Well, these kids are having fun, aren't they?	这些孩子玩得很开心吧?
496	To say something in a loud voice.	大声说话
497	These kids	这些孩子
498	like to, right?	喜欢,对不对?
499	What are they doing?	他们在干什么?
500	They are shouting.	他们在喊
501	To shout.	以大叫声.
502	To say something in a loud	大声说话
503	voice is to shout.	声音就是叫喊
504	Okay.	摆
505	That wraps up the words.	说完话了
506	Let's take a look at some exercises that we can	让我们看看一些我们可以做的练习
507	use to remember these words.	用来记住这些话。
508	Okay.	摆
509	How well do you remember the words?	你还记得这些话吗?
510	We have four words here.	这里有四个字
511	What we need to do is write the word next to its meaning.	我们需要做的是把这个词写在它的意义旁边。
512	So, we have the definitions here.	所以,我们这里有定义。
513	The	那个
514	meanings.	意义
515	And, these are the words that we have to write in these blanks to match them with their	这些是我们必须写在这些空白的字里以配合他们
516	meanings.	意义
517	The words are disappear, disappear, explain, explain, forever, forever, and evil, evil.	其词既消失,又消失,解释,解释,永远,永远,以及邪恶,邪恶.
518	Okay.	摆
519	Number one.	一号
520	To go from sight to suddenly you can't see it anymore.	突然间你看不到了
521	Right?	对吧?
522	You saw it now,	你现在看到了
523	but then you look back.	但你回头看
524	Oh, it's gone.	哦,它不见了。
525	It went from your sight.	它从你的视线。
526	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
527	It disappeared.	它不见了。
528	Okay.	摆
529	To disappear.	为了消失
530	Three.	三个
531	With no end.	以无尽故.
532	There's no end.	无尽无尽.
533	It seems to go on and on and	它似乎在继续,
534	on.	继续
535	There's no end.	无尽无尽.
536	I don't see any end.	不见有尽.
537	It is forever.	这是永远的。
538	Forever.	永远
539	Number three.	三号
540	To make the meaning	来达到目的
541	clear.	⊿拜肈
542	So, you want to make the meaning of something clear.	所以,你想让事物的意义清晰。
543	You're going to talk to another person or	你要跟别人谈谈,或者...
544	other people and you're going to make them understand the meaning of something you are	其他人,你会让他们理解你的意义
545	explaining.	解释。
546	Please explain this to them.	请向他们解释一下。
547	Not explain about.	不解释。
548	Explain this to them.	和他们解释一下
549	Just explain.	解释一下
550	Four.	四门.
551	Bad, wicked, or harmful.	坏,坏,或有害。
552	Something that is bad, wicked, or harmful.	坏、坏或有害的东西
553	Of course, we have left	当然,我们走了
554	evil.	邪恶
555	Something that is evil.	邪恶的东西。
556	It's bad, it's wicked, or it's harmful.	其恶,恶或有害.
557	Okay.	摆
558	Guess what?	你猜怎么着?
559	Hey,	顿
560	we have another exercise for you.	我们还有另一个练习给你。
561	So, in this exercise, we need to write a word from the box	因此,在这个练习中,我们需要从盒子里写一个字
562	under each clue.	在每一个线索下。
563	Clue.	克吕
564	These are the clues that we have that go with these words.	这些就是我们用这些话说的线索。
565	It's not really	其实不是
566	matching with the definitions because they don't define these words, but it's kind of like a hint	和定义相匹配因为他们没有定义这些词, 但有点像一个提示
567	or a clue that lets you know what the word is.	或者让你知道这个词是什么线索
568	Let's take a look.	让我们来看看。
569	The words are, again, we see	我们再次看到
570	disappear.	不见了。
571	Disappear.	弃去.
572	Well, it's a new one now.	嗯,这是一个新的了。
573	Gather.	集众曰.
574	Forever.	永远
575	Demon.	恶魔
576	And drum.	及鼓声.
577	Drum.	鼓声.
578	Okay.	摆
579	Number one.	一号
580	I'm bad and scary.	我坏和可怕的。
581	Right?	对吧?
582	Remember that picture I saw that	记住我看见的那张照片
583	I was very scared at the beginning, but then I realized they aren't real.	一开始我很害怕但后来我意识到它们不是真的
584	But what are they?	但他们是什么?
585	Of course, they are demons.	当然,他们是恶魔。
586	Demon.	恶魔
587	Two.	两个
588	Bring them all to one place.	把他们都带到一个地方
589	You bring something together to	你带东西到一起
590	one place.	一个地方。
591	And either it could be things like paper, plastic, or it could be people.	要么是纸,塑料,要么是人
592	People	人员
593	all come to one place.	都来到一个地方。
594	What's going on?	这是怎么回事?
595	They're gathering.	他们正在聚集。
596	To gather.	以集众.
597	Gather.	集众曰.
598	Bring all to one	把所有的都拿来
599	place.	地点。
600	Bring something or many people to one place.	把东西或很多人带到一个地方。
601	Three.	三个
602	It's gone, so we can't see it.	它不见了,所以我们看不到它。
603	Right?	对吧?
604	You saw it, then you're looking at it.	你看到了,然后你看着它。
605	It's gone.	不见了
606	Where'd it go?	它跑到哪里去了? 开什么玩笑?
607	It what?	什麽?
608	What did it do?	它做了什麽?
609	It	这个
610	disappeared.	不见了。
611	To disappear.	为了消失
612	It disappeared.	它不见了。
613	Four.	四门.
614	Goes on and on and on forever.	不断不断.
615	Okay?	好吗?
616	I just said the word.	我只是说这个词。
617	Goes on and on and never stops.	不停地不停地说着
618	What did I say?	我说了什么?
619	I said forever.	我说永远
620	Right?	对吧?
621	Goes on and on.	不断不断.
622	Never stops.	永不罢休.
623	It's forever.	永无间断.
624	Five.	五门.
625	You hit it to make music.	你打它做音乐。
626	You hit something	你撞到东西了
627	to make music.	制作音乐。
628	It's an instrument.	乐器.
629	Right?	对吧?
630	It is a drum.	这是一个鼓。
631	You hit a drum to make music.	你打鼓来制造音乐
632	It's a musical instrument.	是乐器.
633	It's a drum.	鼓声曰.
634	Okay.	摆
635	Well, that wraps it up for the vocabulary section.	词汇部分就是这样
636	Hopefully, you've learned some new words.	希望你们学到了一些新词
637	We're going to use these words	我们要用这些词
638	after the break to take a look at a reading passage about eclipses.	休息后看一看关于日食的阅读段落.
639	So, come back soon.	所以,快回来。
640	See you soon.	再见
641	Okay.	摆
642	Welcome back.	欢迎回来
643	Let's go over the reading passage together.	一起翻阅读经.
644	And the reading passage, of course, is talking about eclipses.	阅读的段落当然是在谈论日蚀。
645	So, it starts off with a question.	因此,它从一个问题开始。
646	Many reading passages start with questions asking you if you know about the subject of the reading	许多阅读段落都从问你是否知道阅读主题的问题开始
647	passage.	通过。
648	Like this one.	像这样
649	Do you know what an eclipse is?	你知道什么是日蚀吗?
650	So, first of all, we're looking at	所以,首先,我们正在寻找
651	the subject and the author is asking the reader a question.	作者正在问读者一个问题。
652	What do you know about this subject?	你对这个话题了解多少?
653	Of course, the author doesn't expect you to answer because you're reading it.	当然,作者不指望你回答,因为你正在读它.
654	Right?	对吧?
655	The author	提交人
656	isn't there.	没有。
657	It's just a question to get you to think about the subject.	这只是一个让你思考这个问题的问题。
658	Do you know what an	你知道吗?
659	eclipse is?	日蚀是?
660	And then, of course, after this question, when we're reading, we can expect to	然后,当然,在这个问题之后, 当我们读到,我们可以期望
661	see the answer right away.	见答即时.
662	An eclipse is, it's, an eclipse, it's when the moon blocks the sun.	日食是,它是,日食,是月球阻挡太阳的时候.
663	So,	这么说
664	an eclipse is when the moon blocks the sun.	日食是月亮阻挡太阳的时候
665	Very simple definition.	非常简单的定义。
666	Maybe, maybe, we're not sure,	也许,也许,我们不确定,
667	but maybe, probably, because eclipses happen quite often, maybe you've seen one before.	但也许,也许, 因为日食经常发生, 也许你以前见过。
668	The sky,	苍天
669	the earth, everything becomes dark.	地球,一切变得黑暗。
670	Right?	对吧?
671	The sky becomes dark.	天变黑了
672	The earth becomes dark.	大地变暗.
673	Everything	所有的东西
674	becomes dark because the moon is blocking the sun's light.	因为月亮挡住了太阳的光而变得阴暗
675	So, if you see a full eclipse,	所以,如果你看到全食,
676	remember I taught you about a full eclipse, everything becomes really dark and it could	记得我教你日全食, 一切都变得非常黑暗,它可能
677	be a little scary.	有点吓人
678	Right?	对吧?
679	Well, today we know a lot about eclipses and that's today.	嗯,今天我们知道很多关于日食的事,那就是今天。
680	Right?	对吧?
681	Today,	今天,我们...
682	we know many things about the earth, about the sun, the other planets.	我们了解地球、太阳、其他星球
683	We know about our moon.	我们知道我们的月亮。
684	Hey, people have even been to the moon.	嘿,人们甚至去过月球。
685	Right?	对吧?
686	And come back.	且归来.
687	So, we know a lot about these things	所以,我们知道很多关于这些事情
688	today.	今时.
689	Right?	对吧?
690	So, we know about eclipses today.	因此,我们今天知道日食。
691	We know most eclipses, most of them,	我们知道大多数日蚀, 大部分,
692	them refer back to eclipses, last for just a few minutes.	他们提到日食,仅持续几分钟。
693	We know that.	我们知道这一点。
694	We know the eclipse will	我们知道日食会来
695	only last for, how long will the eclipse be?	日食会持续多久?
696	It will only last for a few minutes, maybe two minutes,	只能持续几分钟也许两分钟
697	three minutes, not very long.	3分钟,不久。
698	We even know, so we know how long they will last, but we even know	我们甚至知道,所以我们知道他们会持续多久, 但我们甚至知道
699	when they will happen.	当他们发生。
700	We can predict because we know how fast the moon is traveling.	我们可以预测,因为我们知道月球的行驶速度有多快.
701	We know how	我们知道如何
702	fast the earth is moving.	快速的地球移动。
703	We know where the sun is.	我们知道太阳在哪里。
704	We know all these things today because scientists	我们今天知道所有这些事情因为科学家
705	have studied these things and they can tell us when eclipses will happen and they are very accurate.	研究过这些东西,它们可以告诉我们何时会发生日食,它们非常准确。
706	They know down to the day, to the hour, to the minute, when an eclipse will happen and where	他们知道一天,小时,分钟, 什么时候会发生日食,在哪里
707	on earth you have to be to see the full eclipse.	在地球上你必须看到全日食。
708	But, here we have a break.	但是,这里我们有一个休息。
709	See, all of this is	你看,这一切都是
710	talking about today, after the break here, but long ago, in the past.	谈论今天,在这里休息之后, 但很久以前,在过去。
711	People didn't know these	人们不知道这些
712	things.	东西。
713	They didn't know that they lasted for a few minutes.	他们不知道他们持续了几分钟。
714	They didn't know when eclipses would	他们不知道日蚀什么时候会
715	happen.	发生。
716	This is a long time ago.	这是很久以前的事了
717	And so, because they didn't know, they were afraid of eclipses.	所以,因为他们不知道, 他们害怕日食。
718	Imagine that.	试想一下
719	A long time ago, people didn't know much about the moon or the sun.	很久以前,人们对月亮和太阳了解不多.
720	They thought	他们以为
721	the sun went around the earth.	太阳绕着地球走
722	But, they didn't know.	但他们不知道
723	We can't really blame them.	我们不能怪他们
724	They didn't know.	他们不知道
725	But, when all of a sudden the moon and eclipse happened, everything got dark and they didn't	但是,当突然的月亮和日蚀发生时, 一切都变得黑暗,他们没有
726	know why.	知道为什么吗?
727	So, they were afraid.	所以,他们害怕。
728	They became scared.	他们变得害怕。
729	Many people thought they, they refers to	很多人认为他们,他们提到
730	eclipses, eclipses.	日蚀,日蚀。
731	Many people thought eclipses were evil, right?	很多人认为日蚀是邪恶的,对吧?
732	They were bad.	他们是坏的。
733	They could cause	可能会造成
734	harm, right?	伤害,对不对?
735	Without the sun, there would be no food.	没有太阳,就不会有食物。
736	That's evil, right?	这是邪恶的,对不对?
737	They thought the sun	他们认为太阳
738	disappeared.	不见了。
739	Oh, my gosh!	天呐!
740	We can't grow food.	不能种食.
741	Everybody is going to die.	每个人都会死。
742	That's very harmful.	这是非常有害的。
743	That's very dangerous.	这是非常危险的。
744	It's evil, right?	这是邪恶的,对不对?
745	Maybe some evil force is causing this.	也许是某种邪恶的力量造成的
746	Somebody is trying	有人在尝试
747	to hurt us.	伤害我们。
748	The sun gives us light, right?	太阳给我们光,对不对?
749	And makes plants grow.	使植物生长。
750	So, when the sun disappeared,	所以,当太阳消失,
751	people got scared.	人们很害怕。
752	The sun disappeared.	太阳消失了。
753	There's no light.	无有光明.
754	Plants can't grow.	植物不能生长.
755	Oh, my gosh!	天呐!
756	It's	这是
757	the end of the world, right?	世界末日,对不对?
758	That's what people thought.	人以为然.
759	They got very scared.	他们非常害怕。
760	So, people didn't know what was going on.	所以,人们不知道发生了什么。
761	All they knew was that they got scared and there was no	他们只知道他们害怕了没有
762	light.	轻
763	So, people have good imaginations, right?	所以,人们有良好的想象力,对不对?
764	So, with your imagination, you can make stories.	所以,用你的想象力,你可以编故事。
765	And many people made stories.	很多人编了故事
766	They made stories to explain why the sun was disappearing.	他们编故事来解释为什么太阳会消失.
767	Stories	故事
768	were told.	听说了
769	Were told.	听说了
770	Who told them?	谁告诉他们的?
771	Many people.	许多人
772	It doesn't say.	不说.
773	It just says stories were told.	它只是说故事被告诉。
774	Why?	为什么?
775	To explain.	为了解释
776	To explain what?	解释什么?
777	Why the sun was disappearing.	为什么太阳会消失
778	Okay?	好吗?
779	So, some people told stories.	所以,有些人讲故事。
780	Why did they tell stories?	他们为什么要讲故事?
781	To explain.	为了解释
782	To explain what?	解释什么?
783	Why the sun was disappearing, right?	为什么太阳会消失?
784	Because	因为
785	nobody knew.	没人知道
786	They had to tell stories.	他们不得不讲故事。
787	That's the only.	这是唯一的。
788	They couldn't find out for real.	他们无法真正发现
789	They just	他们只是
790	told stories.	讲的故事。
791	So, some.	所以,有一点。
792	Some people.	某些人,我说...
793	Some people telling the stories said a hungry demon in the sky	有些人讲故事说天上有饿鬼
794	was eating the sun.	是吃太阳。
795	Wow!	哗!
796	That must be a really big demon, right?	那一定是个大恶魔,对吧?
797	But they didn't know how big the sun	但他们不知道太阳有多大
798	was.	曾经是。
799	The sun didn't look very big.	太阳看起来并不大。
800	It was just small up in the sky.	只是天上有点小
801	Imagine if that was true.	想象一下,如果这是真的。
802	So, the author is asking, imagine if a demon was actually eating the sun.	所以,作者在问,想象一个恶魔是否真的在吃太阳.
803	Wow!	哗!
804	That's pretty crazy.	这是相当疯狂的。
805	That would be the end of the world.	这将是世界末日。
806	So, people said it's a demon that eats the sun.	于是,人们说,是妖魔吃了太阳.
807	How did they	他们怎么
808	explain when the sun came back?	解释太阳什么时候回来?
809	Maybe the demon bite?	也许是恶魔咬的?
810	I don't know.	师曰.
811	But that's what the story was.	但事情就是这样
812	Okay.	摆
813	Every town.	每个城镇。
814	Every town had a different story.	每个城镇都有一个不同的故事。
815	Of course, a long time ago, there were more towns.	当然,很早以前,还有更多的城镇.
816	There weren't that many big cities, right?	没有这么多大城市,对不对?
817	Most people lived on farms, in villages, and in towns.	大多数人居住在农场、村庄和城镇。
818	And in each town, in each area, the people had a different story to explain what was going on.	在每个城镇,每个地区,人们都有不同的故事来解释发生了什么。
819	Some towns thought an animal was blocking the sun, right?	一些城镇认为动物挡住了太阳,对吧?
820	So, some towns and some towns, they thought	所以,一些城镇和一些城镇, 他们认为
821	an animal.	动物
822	I don't know what kind of animal could be in the sky, but they thought it was some animal	我不知道在天空里会是什么动物,但他们认为是某种动物
823	up in the air was getting, was blocking the sun.	在空气中, 屏蔽太阳。
824	They're kind of close, right?	他们很接近,对吧?
825	It wasn't an animal.	这不是动物。
826	It was a moon.	那是个月亮
827	But, you know, they didn't know.	但是,你知道,他们不知道。
828	But anyway, they thought it was blocking the sun.	但不管怎样,他们认为它挡住了太阳.
829	So, what would they do?	那么,他们会怎么做?
830	They would even try to scare it.	他们甚至想吓唬它
831	Scare it?	害怕吗?
832	Scare the animal.	吓唬动物
833	To scare	吓唬人
834	the animal into leaving, right?	动物进入离开,对不对?
835	So, if it's an animal, you know, these are townspeople.	所以,如果它是动物, 你知道,这些是镇民。
836	Their	他们的
837	experiences with farm animals or wild animals, they know animals can be scared if you make a lot	他们知道只要赚很多钱动物就会害怕
838	of noise.	声音
839	So, what they would do, they would all gather, get together, to sing and shout at the	所以,他们会做什么, 他们都聚集, 聚在一起, 唱歌和高喊
840	eclipse.	日蚀。
841	Oops, let's get rid of that.	哦,让我们摆脱这个。
842	To sing and shout at the eclipse.	以唱而呼日蚀.
843	So, they would get together	所以,他们会在一起
844	to sing and shout, make a lot of noise, because they thought if we make a lot of noise, the animal	唱歌喊叫,制造很多噪音, 因为他们认为如果我们制造很多噪音, 动物
845	will get scared and get out of the way of the sun.	就会害怕,远离阳光
846	It's kind of funny, isn't it?	这很有趣,不是吗?
847	Okay, and they would	好吧,他们会
848	do these things.	做这些事情。
849	By the way, we're using would, would.	顺便说一句,我们使用会,会。
850	You notice that we're using would a lot,	你注意到我们用的会很多
851	because we're talking about what people did in the past.	因为我们是在谈论人们过去做了什么。
852	In this case, we could even use used to,	在这种情况下,我们甚至可以习惯,
853	because it's what they did in the past, but they don't do it now.	因为这是他们过去所做的,但他们现在不做。
854	They don't do this now,	他们现在不这样做,
855	because we know better, but a long time ago, they would do this.	因为我们更清楚, 但很久以前,他们会这样做。
856	Okay, they would or they used to	好吧,他们会或他们过去
857	sing and shout at the sun.	唱和喊太阳。
858	They banged drums.	他们敲了鼓。
859	Banged, banged is the same as hit, right?	敲打,敲打和打打一样,对吧?
860	They	他们
861	banged drums and clapped their hands, too.	敲击鼓声,并握住手。
862	So, they sang, they shouted, hey.	所以,他们唱歌, 他们喊,嘿。
863	They hit drums,	他们打鼓,
864	banged drums, and they clapped their hands.	敲击鼓声, 和他们拍手。
865	Maybe some people were not good at singing, like me.	也许有些人不擅长唱歌像我一样
866	I would probably just clap my hands.	我可能会只是拍手。
867	Maybe, though, if I sang, the animal really would be afraid.	也许,但是,如果我唱歌, 动物真的会害怕。
868	Okay, so, but basically, they thought that loud noises would make the animal go away.	好吧,所以,但基本上, 他们认为,响亮的噪音会让动物消失。
869	What were	刚才是什么
870	the loud noises?	大声的噪音?
871	We can see, gather together, singing, shouting, banging drums, and clapping their hands.	我们可以看到,聚集在一起,唱歌,喊叫,敲鼓,拍手.
872	These are all the loud noises that they made.	这些都是他们制造的噪音
873	They thought these loud noises would make the animal	他们以为这些响亮的噪音会让动物
874	go away, get out of there.	走开,离开那里。
875	Okay, shouting at the sun may seem silly to us now, right?	好吧,对太阳大喊大叫对我们来说可能很傻,对吧?
876	Nowadays,	现在,
877	of course, shouting at the sun is silly.	当然,对太阳大喊是愚蠢的。
878	If you go outside, you go, hey, sun, what are you doing?	如果你出去,你走,嘿,太阳,你在做什么?
879	People around you think you're crazy.	周围的人都觉得你疯了
880	You're silly.	你个傻子
881	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
882	The sun's not going to do	太阳不行
883	anything, or if there's an eclipse, and you shout, it was like, what are you shouting at the moon for?	如果有日蚀,你大喊大叫,你为什么对月亮大叫?
884	The moon can't hear you.	月不闻.
885	So, it seems silly to do that now, but long ago, people thought it was the	所以,现在这样做似乎很傻, 但很久以前,人们以为这是
886	only way to get the sun back.	只有这样才能把太阳找回来
887	So, they were afraid the sun disappeared.	因此,他们害怕太阳消失。
888	So, they shouted.	于是他们大喊大叫.
889	They didn't	他们没有
890	know.	知道吗?
891	They just did something, and the sun came back.	他们只是做了一些事情, 太阳回来了。
892	They thought it worked.	他们认为它有用。
893	So, every time that	所以,每次这样
894	they shouted, the sun came back.	他们喊着,太阳回来了。
895	So, they're going to keep shouting, right?	所以,他们会继续大喊大叫,对吧?
896	It's kind of funny.	这有点好笑。
897	They were afraid it might be dark forever.	他们怕天会永远黑
898	It might be dark forever.	它可能永远是黑暗的。
899	The sun's gone.	太阳已去.
900	Oh, my gosh,	天呐
901	what happens if it's dark forever?	如果天永远黑怎么办?
902	Let's shout at the animal or whatever it is that's blocking the	让我们对动物大喊大叫或它是什么阻碍
903	sun, and it will go away, okay?	太阳,它会消失,好吗?
904	So, it's kind of funny to think about what people thought a long	所以,它是一种有趣的思考什么人们认为很长
905	time ago because people didn't know about the world.	因为人们不知道这个世界
906	They didn't have a very good scientific	他们没有很好的科学
907	knowledge about what was going on, and by the way, this is a good picture to look at.	顺便说一句,这幅画很好看。
908	You see,	你知道吗?
909	these kids are looking at the solar eclipse or the eclipse, and they're wearing special glasses.	这些孩子在看日食或日食他们戴着特殊的眼镜
910	This is very important.	这很重要。
911	Again, I'll say it again.	复说'言.
912	Don't look at an eclipse without special	不要看日食没有特别的
913	equipment covering your eyes or protecting your eyes.	保护眼睛的设备
914	You must protect your eyes.	你必须保护你的眼睛。
915	Don't look at	别看
916	the sun with just your eyes or just normal glasses.	只有你的眼睛或普通的眼镜
917	Don't do that.	别这样
918	Use special glasses,	用特别的眼镜
919	or you can look at the sun or see the shadow that's made as the eclipse happens.	或者你可以看太阳或是看到日食时产生的阴影
920	That's the	就是这样
921	best way to look at an eclipse.	最好看看日蚀
922	They're very interesting, very amazing things, but we know	它们很有趣,非常神奇但我们知道
923	what they really are now, okay?	他们现在到底是什么,好吗?
924	Let's talk about the comprehension questions.	让我们谈谈理解问题。
925	Number one, this story	第一这个故事
926	is about what?	谈什么?
927	What was this entire story about?	这整个故事是关于什么的?
928	A. Demons.	A. 恶魔。
929	B. Banging drums.	B. 敲击鼓。
930	C. Eclipses.	C. 叶片。
931	D. Shadows.	D. 阴影。
932	Okay, this story is about demons.	这个故事是关于恶魔的
933	Okay, we heard about a demon that was one possible explanation	好吧,我们听说一个恶魔是一个可能的解释
934	people a long time ago had for the eclipse, that a demon was eating the sun, but that was just	很久以前人们都吃过日食恶魔在吃太阳但这只是
935	one little part of the story.	故事的一个小部分。
936	We weren't talking about demons.	我们不是在谈论恶魔
937	The whole story wasn't telling us	整个故事没有告诉我们
938	details about demons.	关于恶魔的细节。
939	B. Banging drums.	B. 敲击鼓。
940	Again, the story just mentioned banging drums as a way	再说一遍,刚才的故事提到敲击鼓
941	that people used to try to get their sun back, right?	人们曾经试图取回他们的太阳,对不对?
942	But it wasn't the whole story.	但不是整个故事
943	This story	这个故事
944	was not about drums and playing drums and how to bang drums.	与鼓声、鼓声和鼓声无关。
945	No, we didn't hear all those details.	不,我们没有听到这些细节。
946	We just heard the fact that drums were used for something else, right?	我们刚刚听说鼓被用在别的东西上,对吧?
947	This whole story was about	这整个故事是关于
948	eclipses.	日蚀。
949	Yes, that's the answer, right?	是的,这就是答案,对不对?
950	Because we're talking about, you know, eclipses, what they	因为我们在谈论,你知道, 日食,他们是什么
951	are, what people a long time ago thought they were, and what they did to get out of an eclipse,	即人们很久以前所想的, 以及他们为摆脱日食所做的一切,
952	or to make the eclipse stop.	或使日食停止。
953	So, the story is about eclipses, not about shadows, right?	所以,故事是关于日蚀,不是关于阴影,对不对?
954	We don't	我们没有
955	really talk about shadows at all in the story, just when the moon shadow is over the earth.	故事里讲的都是阴影, 就在月光的阴影笼罩着地球的时候。
956	But	不过
957	the passage really didn't mention that, okay?	那段话真的没说,好吗?
958	So, that's not the answer.	所以,这不是答案。
959	Of course, it's not	当然不是
960	the answer.	答案是: 答案吗?
961	The whole story was about eclipses.	整个故事是关于日蚀的.
962	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
963	During an eclipse.	日食期间.
964	This means	这意味着
965	during the time of an eclipse.	在日食期间。
966	Remember, eclipses last about two or three minutes, right?	记住,日食持续大约两三分钟,对吧?
967	So,	这么说
968	during that time, that's a little bit of time, something, other things can happen.	在那段时间里,这是一点点的时间, 东西,其他的事情可能会发生。
969	During an	期间
970	eclipse, A, the sun blocks the moon.	日蚀,A,太阳阻挡月亮。
971	B, all the shadows get bigger.	B,所有的阴影变大。
972	C, the moon blocks the sun.	C,月球挡住了太阳.
973	D, a demon eats the sun.	D,一个恶魔吃太阳。
974	D, no, I hope you didn't choose that, right?	D,不,我希望你没有选择,对不对?
975	Absolutely not.	绝对不是。
976	We don't live	我们活不下去
977	300, 400 years ago, right?	300,400年前,对不对?
978	We live today.	我们今天住。
979	We know demons don't exist.	我们知道恶魔不存在。
980	They're not real, and demons	他们不是真的,恶魔
981	don't eat the sun.	不食阴阳.
982	We know that, okay?	我们知道,好吗?
983	Basically, what we need to look at is, what happens during	基本上,我们需要看的是, 发生在
984	the eclipse?	日食吗?
985	What is causing the eclipse, right?	是什么导致日食,对不对?
986	Is it that the sun blocks the moon?	是太阳挡住了月亮吗?
987	That would mean	那就意味着
988	that, you know, let's, I need three objects here.	那,你知道,让我们, 我需要三个物体在这里。
989	Let's say, this is the earth, this is the sun,	这么说吧,这是大地,这是太阳,
990	and this is the moon.	这是月亮。
991	That means the sun comes and blocks the moon.	即谓日来阻月.
992	Think about that.	考虑一下
993	If that	如果是这样的话
994	happened, if the sun got between the earth and the moon, we would all die, okay?	发生了如果太阳从地球到月球我们都会死好吗?
995	The sun is too big.	阳气太盛.
996	The sun would cover the earth, and the moon would be inside the sun.	太阳会覆盖地球,月亮会位于太阳内部.
997	So, A, obviously, is incorrect.	显然,A是不正确的。
998	Thank goodness that never happens, because we would all burn to death, okay?	谢天谢地,永远不会发生, 因为我们都会被烧死,好吗?
999	B, all the shadows	B,所有的阴影
1000	get bigger.	变大
1001	No, but this one, the moon blocks the sun.	不,但这个月亮挡住了太阳
1002	Okay, now, this is the moon, this is the earth,	好了,现在,这是月亮,这是地球,
1003	and this is the sun.	这是太阳
1004	Yes, the moon comes between, because there's a lot of space, right?	是的,月亮在中间, 因为有很多空间,对不对?
1005	The moon	月亮( 月亮)
1006	goes around the earth.	绕着地球走
1007	The sun is actually way out here, right?	太阳真远,对吧?
1008	And the moon blocks the sun.	而月阻太阳.
1009	Okay, so	好吧,这样吧
1010	that's the right answer, C. During an eclipse, the moon blocks the sun, not the sun blocks the moon.	这是正确的答案,C. 在日食期间,月球阻挡太阳,而不是太阳阻挡月球.
1011	That's very dangerous.	这是非常危险的。
1012	Okay, three.	好吧,三个。
1013	Long ago, people beep when there was an eclipse.	很久以前,人们在日食时会鸣叫
1014	What did people do	人们做了什么
1015	during an eclipse a long time ago?	在很久以前的日食期间?
1016	Did they dance?	他们跳舞了吗?
1017	The passage didn't mention anything about dancing.	段落中没有提到任何关于舞蹈的内容.
1018	They were silent.	他们保持沉默。
1019	They all kept quiet.	他们都保持安静。
1020	The passage didn't say anything about keeping quiet, so that's	通道没有说保持安静,所以
1021	not the correct answer.	答案不对
1022	They slept.	他们睡着了。
1023	Oh, there's an eclipse.	哦,有日蚀。
1024	Time to go to bed.	该睡觉了
1025	No, the passage didn't say	不,通道没有说
1026	that, and D, sang and shouted.	和D, 唱歌和喊叫。
1027	That's what they did.	他们就是这么做的
1028	They wanted to make noise.	他们想制造噪音。
1029	So, long ago, people sang	很久以前人们唱歌
1030	and shouted when there was an eclipse, because they wanted to make a lot of noise to scare away	当日食降临时大喊大叫因为他们想发出很大的声音来吓走我
1031	that animal that was blocking the sun.	那个阻挡太阳的动物
1032	They thought the animal was blocking the sun.	他们以为动物挡住了太阳
1033	So, they	所以,他们
1034	sang and shouted.	唱着喊着
1035	They made a lot of loud noises.	他们制造了很多噪音。
1036	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
1037	There would be no what without	没有它就不会有什么
1038	the sun, and we have no, no, no, no.	我们没有,没有,没有,没有。
1039	So, what would be absence?	那么,什么是缺席?
1040	What would be gone if the sun wasn't	如果太阳没了会怎样?
1041	there?	那边?
1042	There would be no moon.	没有月亮
1043	There would be no food.	没有食物
1044	There would be no earth, or there would be no	没有地球,或者没有
1045	water水.
1046	Which is the correct answer?	哪个答案是正确的?
1047	A, there would be no moon without the sun.	A,没有太阳就没有月亮。
1048	That doesn't make	这不能说明
1049	sense.	感觉
1050	If the sun was gone, right, the moon would still be there, right?	如果太阳没了,对吗,月亮还在那里,对吧?
1051	So, that's not the right	所以,这是不对的
1052	answer.	答问.
1053	There would be no food without the sun.	没有阳光就没有食物
1054	Okay, that's what the passage specifically said.	好吧,这是段落具体说。
1055	The passage said that without the sun, plants can't grow.	该段说,没有太阳,植物就无法生长.
1056	And, as we know, if plants can't grow,	我们知道如果植物不能生长
1057	there's going to be no vegetables, no fruits.	没有蔬菜,没有水果
1058	Other animals that eat plants, they would die.	其他食用植物的动物都会死去
1059	So, when we eat those animals, there would be no food.	所以,当我们吃这些动物时,就没有食物了。
1060	There would be no food without the sun.	没有阳光就没有食物
1061	Not no earth, right?	不是没有地球,对不对?
1062	That's not right.	这不对
1063	That's not what the passage said.	此经文非此说.
1064	And, no water.	而且,没有水。
1065	They didn't	他们没有
1066	say that either.	也这么说
1067	The right answer is no food.	正确的答案是没有食物。
1068	There would be no food without the sun.	没有阳光就没有食物
1069	So,	这么说
1070	thankfully, eclipses only last for a few minutes.	幸好日食只持续几分钟。
1071	Okay, this is an eclipse again.	好吧,这又是日蚀。
1072	Looks like the	看起来像
1073	moon is either coming in or leaving the sun.	月亮不是进来就是离开太阳
1074	Eclipses are really amazing things to look at.	Eclips是真正令人惊叹的东西看。
1075	If you do get a chance, yeah, go see an eclipse.	如果你真的有机会, 是的,去看看日食。
1076	Very amazing.	非常不可思议
1077	But, again, be careful about how	但是,再次,小心如何
1078	you look at the eclipse.	你看着日蚀。
1079	Let's look at some interesting ideas about eclipses.	让我们来看看一些关于日食的有趣想法.
1080	An eclipse,	日蚀,
1081	as we know, is when the moon blocks the sun.	正如我们所知,是月亮阻挡太阳的时候。
1082	This is the moon.	这是月亮。
1083	It looks like a shadow, but we can't	看起来像阴影但我们不能
1084	really see the moon normally.	经常看到月亮
1085	But, when it gets between the sun, it's blocking the sun.	但是,当它到达太阳之间时,它会阻挡太阳.
1086	Then,	接下来
1087	we can see it.	我们可以看到它。
1088	Okay, what else?	好吧,还有什么?
1089	Many people thought that eclipses, they, meaning eclipses,	很多人认为日食,它们意味着日食,
1090	many people thought they were evil, that eclipses were evil.	许多人认为他们是邪恶的, 日食是邪恶的。
1091	They would cause harm to people.	它们会伤害人
1092	Every town had a different story.	每个城镇都有一个不同的故事。
1093	And, of course, this is a long time ago.	当然,这是很久以前的事了。
1094	We didn't have newspapers	我们没有报纸
1095	or telephones or television.	电话或电视。
1096	Right?	对吧?
1097	People had different stories in different towns about why	不同城镇的人有不同的故事关于为什么
1098	this was happening.	事情是这样的
1099	And, finally, the townspeople would gather to sing and shout at the eclipse.	最后,镇民们会聚在一起唱歌,对日食大喊大叫.
1100	That's what they would do a long time ago, because they didn't understand what was going on.	他们早就会这么做了因为他们不知道发生了什么
1101	They thought this was an animal blocking the sun.	他们觉得这是动物挡住太阳
1102	So, let's make loud noises.	所以,让我们发出响亮的声音。
1103	The animal will go	动物会离开
1104	away.	离开。
1105	Well, thankfully, we live in a time where we know a lot more about the earth, the moon,	谢天谢地,我们生活在一个我们对地球,月亮有更多的了解的时代,
1106	the sun.	太阳。
1107	We know a lot about other things, too, our own bodies, many things on earth that happen.	我们对其它事情也了解很多, 我们自己的身体, 地球上发生的很多事情。
1108	We know why.	我们知道原因
1109	We know a lot about why things occur.	我们知道很多事情发生的原因。
1110	We don't have to live in a time where people	我们不必生活在人们的时代
1111	believed in stories, made up stories, or demons or evil things like that.	相信故事编造故事或是恶魔或邪恶的东西
1112	We live in a time where	我们生活在一个
1113	we can explain most of those things and we can use our logic and reasoning to understand why	我们可以解释这些事情用我们的逻辑和推理来理解为什么
1114	things happen.	事情发生了。
1115	So, we won't be foolish running around shouting at the sun and clapping for	所以,我们不会是愚蠢的跑周围呼喊太阳和鼓掌
1116	imaginary animals to get out of the way.	想象中的动物可以让开
1117	That's kind of funny.	这有点好笑。
1118	So, it's good to be living in these	所以,这是很好的生活在这些
1119	times to know more about what we're doing.	更了解我们在做什么。
1120	Anyway, this is interesting.	无论如何,这是有趣的。
1121	I hope you learned a little	我希望你能学到一点
1122	bit about the world, too, as you studied this lesson.	在你学习这门课时, 也有些关于世界
1123	So, you know, next time there's an eclipse,	所以,你知道,下一次有日蚀,
1124	you don't have to go outside and shout and sing and clap and bang a drum.	你不必出去大喊大叫鼓掌敲鼓
1125	Just look at it.	直视之.
1126	Be	成为
1127	amazed at this amazing happening that's going on in nature.	对大自然中发生的惊人事件感到惊讶。
1128	Okay, well, we'll see you guys next time.	好吧,我们下次见
1129	Take care, everybody.	大家小心点

该视频共有字幕 1140 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P24 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p24 23. 23. LevelB Lesson9 How Much Do You Weigh (P24)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p24 23. 23. LevelB Lesson9 How Much Do You Weigh (P24)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 43:00

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:09	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	Are you ready to get started with Lesson 9?	你准备好从九课开始了吗?
0:13	Lesson 9 is How Much Do You Weigh?	第九课是多少你卫?
0:18	Be careful.	小心点
0:19	Don't ask adults this question, especially women.	不要问成年人这个问题,尤其是女人。
0:23	It's not a polite question.	这不是一个礼貌的问题。
0:25	But you can ask your friends who are younger.	但你可以问你的朋友谁年轻。
0:27	How much do you weigh?	你身重多少个?

展开字幕全文（899 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	Are you ready to get started with Lesson 9?	你准备好从九课开始了吗?
5	Lesson 9 is How Much Do You Weigh?	第九课是多少你卫?
6	Be careful.	小心点
7	Don't ask adults this question, especially women.	不要问成年人这个问题,尤其是女人。
8	It's not a polite question.	这不是一个礼貌的问题。
9	But you can ask your friends who are younger.	但你可以问你的朋友谁年轻。
10	How much do you weigh?	你身重多少个?
11	Τ
12	So in this lesson, we will focus on,	因此,在这个教训中,我们将集中精力,
13	you weigh different amounts on the other planets.	你在其他星球上重量不同
14	Seems like a bit of a difficult lesson, right?	似乎有点难受,对不对?
15	But we'll look at that in the reading.	但我们会在阅读中看到这一点。
16	So we need to study vocabulary first	所以我们要先研究词汇
17	to be able to study the reading.	能修习诵法.
18	You ready?	你准备好了吗?
19	Let's begin with the first word.	先说第一义.
20	Whoa, what's that?	哇,这是什么?
21	That's crazy, isn't it?	这太疯狂了,不是吗?
22	You see a pig here?	看到猪了吗?
23	A pig has wings?	猪有翅膀吗?
24	Can a pig fly?	猪会飞吗?
25	Oh, that's crazy.	这太疯狂了
26	If somebody asks you, can a pig, this is a pig, can a pig fly?	如果有人问你,猪可以吗? 这是猪,可以吗?
27	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
28	That's silly.	这是愚蠢的。
29	Not able to happen.	无法发生。
30	No way.	不会吧
31	It is impossible.	这是不可能的。
32	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
33	Can a pig fly?	猪会飞吗?
34	No way.	不会吧
35	That's the same meaning, it's impossible.	这同样的意义,是不可能的.
36	It is impossible.	这是不可能的。
37	It's impossible.	这是不可能的。
38	This is a long word.	说来话长
39	Let's practice the pronunciation.	修习发音.
40	Impossible.	这不可能
41	Put it together very quickly.	把它集中起来非常快。
42	Impossible.	这不可能
43	Okay?	好吗?
44	So impossible, no way.	这么不可能,没有办法。
45	It can never happen.	这不可能发生
46	Okay?	好吗?
47	Let's go to the next word.	下句颂曰.
48	Number two.	第二义.
49	Wow, these guys are having fun, aren't they?	哇,这些家伙玩得很开心,不是吗?
50	These look like they're astronauts, they're in training.	这些看起来像是宇航员,正在训练中.
51	They're upside down.	二者颠倒.
52	What's going on?	这是怎么回事?
53	The force that pulls everything down to the ground, right?	将一切推向地面的力量对吧?
54	Right now, I'm standing on the ground.	现在,我站在地面上。
55	Maybe you're sitting in your chair.	也许你坐在椅子上
56	There's a force that's pulling us towards the ground.	有一种力量把我们拉向地面.
57	What is that force?	这是什么力量?
58	That force is gravity.	这力量就是重力
59	Gravity.	牵引力.
60	In this picture, there is no gravity.	在这个画面中,没有引力。
61	So people are upside down.	故众生颠倒.
62	They don't weigh anything.	他们什么都不重
63	There's no force.	无有强力.
64	There's no gravity pulling them to the ground.	没有引力把他们拉到地上
65	So it's very interesting here.	所以这里很有趣
66	This is how astronauts can train.	这就是宇航员可以训练的方式.
67	If there's no gravity, that's the way it is away from the earth, off the earth.	若无重力,则此法离地,离地.
68	In outer space, there's no gravity because the earth makes that force.	在外太空,没有引力,因为地球产生这种力量.
69	The earth is so big, it has gravity.	地球是如此之大,它有重力。
70	Okay?	好吗?
71	That's an important thing to remember for the reading.	这对阅读来说很重要
72	Number three.	三号
73	Look at this.	看看这个。
74	What is this?	这是什么?
75	This is a feather, right?	这是羽毛对吧?
76	This is a feather, but that's not our word.	这是一个羽毛,但这不是我们的话。
77	I'll just write what this is here.	我会写下这里的是什么
78	This is a feather.	这是一个羽毛。
79	If you pick up a feather, wow, it's very easy to pick up, right?	如果你拿起羽毛,哇, 这是非常容易拿起,对不对?
80	You don't have to be strong to pick up a feather.	不须强力取羽.
81	You just pick it up.	你只是捡起来。
82	So it is easy to lift.	因此,它很容易起动。
83	It is light.	这是轻。
84	Light.	轻.
85	Now, what if we use light to compare two different things?	如果我们用光来比较两个不同的事物呢?
86	Let's say we have two friends.	假设我们有两个朋友
87	We have one friend.	我们有一个朋友。
88	Whoa.	珃
89	One friend, okay?	一个朋友,好吗?
90	Her name, this is Anne.	她的名字,这是安妮。
91	Her name is Anne.	她的名字是安妮。她的名字是安妮。
92	Then we have another friend and his name, okay?	我们还有另一个朋友和他的名字,好吗?
93	Wow.	珃
94	This guy is kind of big.	这家伙有点大。
95	He looks like a snowman, really.	他看起来像一个雪人,真的。
96	Okay?	好吗?
97	He's got big feet here.	他的脚很大
98	Okay?	好吗?
99	He's got another leg here and another big foot, okay?	他还有一条腿和一条大脚,好吗?
100	I'm not a great artist, but his name is Joe.	我不是一个伟大的艺术家, 但他的名字是乔。
101	Now, if we look at our friends, we can say that Anne, Anne is light.	现在,如果我们看看我们的朋友, 我们可以说安妮,安妮是轻。
102	Joe is not light.	乔不轻.
103	So let's compare them.	所以,让我们比较一下。
104	We can say Anne is lighter than Joe.	我们可以说安比乔轻
105	灯光,L -I -H -G
106	We add ER to the adjective to compare them.	我们在形容词中加入ER来比较它们.
107	We say Anne is lighter than Joe.	我们说安比乔轻
108	And that's how we compare the two people using the word.	这就是我们用这个词来比较两个人的方法。
109	Anne is lighter than Joe, okay?	安比乔轻,好吗?
110	So many adjectives you can use to compare two different things.	如此众多的形容词可以用来比较两个不同的事物.
111	And we'll see that in the reading.	我们从阅读中就会看到这一点。
112	Okay.	摆
113	Number four.	四号.
114	Okay, sorry about the picture.	好吧,对不起的照片。
115	It looks like Joe's sister, right?	它看起来像乔的妹妹,对不对?
116	Okay.	摆
117	So hard to lift.	太难抬了
118	What's the opposite of light?	光何为反.
119	Pandero light is heavy, heavy.	潘德罗轻重重.
120	So just as we did before with light, we said Anne is lighter than Joe.	所以就像我们以前用光, 我们说安妮比乔轻。
121	We could also say Joe is heavier, heavier.	我们还可以说乔更重更重
122	Now heavy, right?	现在很重,对吧?
123	Have, oops, sorry.	对不起
124	What am I doing?	我在干吗?
125	H -E -A
126	We have a Y.	我们有一个Y。
127	So how do we change that?	那么,我们如何改变?
128	We have to change the Y to an I and then add our ER.	我们必须把Y改为I 然后加入我们的ER。
129	I'm sorry, that's kind of messy.	对不起,那有点乱
130	Let me write it so it's a little bit clearer for you.	让我写给你听这样你就会更清楚了
131	H -E -A
132	So Joe is heavier than Anne and this would be the comparison for heavy, okay?	所以乔比安更重, 这将是比较重,好吗?
133	So light, lighter, heavy, heavier, okay?	所以轻,轻,重,重,好吗?
134	We need to know that for the reading.	我们需要知道这一点阅读。
135	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
136	Okay, what's going on here?	好吧,这是怎么回事?
137	To have a weight.	为有重.
138	If something has a weight and you want to know what is that weight.	如果你想知道什么是重量。
139	This person weighs 100 kilograms.	这个人有100公斤重
140	What is this person doing?	这个人在干什么?
141	They stand on a scale.	他们站在一个规模。
142	This is a scale and what do they do?	这是一个尺度他们做什么?
143	They weigh themselves.	他们自重。
144	This is a verb, to weigh.	这是一个动词,以称重。
145	If you weigh yourself, you want to know what is your weight.	若自重者,欲识其重.
146	You have a weight.	汝有轻重.
147	You want to know what is my weight or how much do I weigh?	你想知道我的体重是多少吗?
148	How much do I weigh?	我体重多少?
149	Stand on a scale.	站在一个尺度上。
150	The scale will tell you how much you weigh, okay?	秤会告诉你你有多重好吗?
151	So to have a weight, to weigh something, okay.	所以,有一个重量, 重量的东西,好吗。
152	The next word, wow, this is a really cool picture, isn't it?	下一个词,哇, 这是一个真的很酷的照片,不是吗?
153	Do you know what planet this is?	你知道这是什么星球吗?
154	This is a planet in our solar system.	这是我们太阳系的一颗行星。
155	It's the largest, okay, the largest.	这是最大的,好吧,最大的。
156	That's superlative, right?	这太夸张了对吧?
157	Planet in the solar system.	太阳系中的行星.
158	The most, the largest planet in our solar system is, of course, Jupiter, Jupiter, Jupiter.	我们太阳系中最大的行星当然是木星,木星,木星.
159	It's the largest planet in the solar system.	它是太阳系中最大的行星.
160	It is larger than any other planet, larger than any other planet.	它比其他任何星球都大比其他任何星球都大
161	It is the largest and its name is Jupiter, Jupiter.	它是最大的,它的名字是木星,木星。
162	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
163	Whoa, are you hungry?	哇,你饿了吗?
164	This looks delicious, right?	看起来很好吃,对吧?
165	I hope you're not hungry, okay.	我希望你不饿,好吗?
166	Twice the amount.	两倍的金额
167	So let's say a hamburger is usually only this big, right?	所以,让我们假设汉堡通常只是这么大,对不对?
168	Maybe it's only this big, but you make it twice the amount, two times, two times the amount.	可能只有这么大,但你把它翻了一倍,两倍,两倍。
169	Some people just do this two times, two times the amount.	有些人只做2次,2倍的金额。
170	Of course, twice the amount, you say it's double, right?	当然,两倍的金额, 你说这是一倍,对不对?
171	Sometimes if you go into a hamburger fast food restaurant, you can say,	有时候如果你去汉堡快餐店,你可以说,
172	can I have a double hamburger, right?	我能吃个双份汉堡吗?
173	It looks like this because this is a single hamburger	看起来像这样,因为这是个汉堡
174	and then we add the same on top and that makes it a double hamburger, a double.	然后我们在上面添加同样的, 这使它成为一个双汉堡,一个双。
175	So, you know, you could do many things that could be double, right?	所以,你知道,你可以做很多事情可能加倍,对不对?
176	Double meat on your sandwich, right?	三明治上有双份肉对吧?
177	Double cheese.	双乳酪。
178	Put two times the normal amount on your sandwich or whatever it is and then it's double.	把正常量的2倍放在三明治上或什么的然后是双倍的
179	It is twice the amount.	这是两倍的金额。
180	Also, to write twice, twice.	还有,写两篇,两篇
181	It's twice the amount.	这是两倍的金额。
182	It is double, times two.	这是双倍的,乘以2。
183	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
184	Whoa, what's going on here?	哇,这是怎么回事?
185	Wow, she looks very happy.	哇,她看起来很开心。
186	Why?	为什么?
187	Look at her jeans.	看看她的牛仔裤。
188	Her jeans are very wide here, but her jeans are a little skinnier, right?	她的牛仔裤很宽,但她的牛仔裤比较漂亮,对吧?
189	They're skinny here.	这儿很瘦
190	They're not so wide.	他们不是那么宽。
191	They're slim, slim or we could say skinny, skinny.	他们又瘦又瘦或者可以说瘦又瘦
192	Now, slim is a better word than skinny.	现在,瘦的比瘦的好
193	Skinny seems, oh, it's too thin, right?	瘦肉看起来太瘦了对吧?
194	Skinny is not always very polite, okay?	瘦子总是不礼貌,好吗?
195	Slim is a better word, more polite in this situation.	斯林语比较好听,在这种情况下更礼貌.
196	But what did she do?	但是她做了什麽?
197	How did she become slim?	她怎么会变瘦?
198	She had a plan to eat healthy food.	她有计划吃健康的食物
199	She planned to eat healthy food and she followed her plan.	她计划吃健康的食物,并遵循她的计划.
200	That was a diet.	那是节食
201	So, diet can be a noun or a verb, right?	因此,饮食可以是名词或动词,对不对?
202	For example, I am on a diet, right?	比如,我在减肥,对吧?
203	I am on a diet.	我在减肥。
204	That's a noun.	这是一个名词。
205	That means I am careful about what I eat, right?	那表示我对吃的东西很小心,对吧?
206	I'm being careful about what I'm eating because I want to lose weight, right?	我对吃的东西很小心因为我想减肥对吧?
207	Also, you can use it as a verb.	另外,也可以将其作为动词使用.
208	I will diet.	我会节食。
209	So, that's a verb.	所以,这是一个动词。
210	You can use it as a noun.	能用为名句.
211	You can use it as a verb.	可以作动词.
212	It means to plan your meals to eat carefully.	意思是精心安排你的饭吃
213	Maybe you want to lose weight or maybe you want to be healthier.	也许你想减肥或者你想更健康
214	No junk food.	没有垃圾食品。
215	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
216	Now, to not be able to find something.	现在,无法找到什么。
217	This is a very common item that people forget.	这是一个非常常见的项目人们忘记。
218	Where are they, right?	他们在哪里,对不对?
219	Where did they go?	他们去哪儿了?
220	To not be able to find something means that you lost it or you lose something, right?	找不到东西意味着你失去了它或者你失去了东西,对不对?
221	You lose it.	你输了
222	Where are your keys?	你的钥匙呢?
223	I don't know.	师曰.
224	Did you lose your keys?	钥匙丢了吗?
225	Sometimes you might lose your cell phone and you ask your friend,	有时你可能会失去你的手机你问你的朋友,
226	Can you call me?	你能给我打电话吗?
227	And then you, Oh, I hear it.	礛и钮
228	Where's my cell phone?	我的手机呢? 电话呢?
229	Then you find it, right?	然后你找到了,对不对?
230	But you lose, if you lose these things, you have to find them.	但你输了,如果你输了这些东西, 你必须找到它们。
231	So, lose.	所以,输。
232	Be careful because it's a regular verb, right?	要小心,因为它是一个普通的动词,对不对?
233	I said lost just a few seconds ago.	我说几分钟前就输了
234	It's lose, lost, lost.	其输,失,失也.
235	Okay, so past tense.	好吧,那么过去紧张。
236	I lost my keys.	我钥匙丢了
237	I lost my cell phone.	我手机丢了
238	Have you lost your books, right?	你弄丢书了吗?
239	Okay, so lose, lost, lost.	输了,输了,输了
240	Next word.	下一个字。
241	Wow, she's having fun, right?	哇,她玩得很开心,对吧?
242	She's jumping in the air.	她跳跃在空中。
243	That's the word.	即说'言.
244	To use your legs to go into the air.	用脚入空.
245	To jump up off the ground.	欲从地上跳起.
246	How high can you jump?	你能跳多高? 跳多高?
247	That's a good question.	问曰.
248	You can practice with your friends.	你可以和你的朋友一起练习
249	How high can you jump?	你能跳多高? 跳多高?
250	Okay, how high can you jump?	好吧,你能跳多高? 跳多高? 跳多高?
251	After this lesson, if you have some play time, go out with your friends.	上完这课后,如果你有时间玩玩,就和你的朋友出去玩.
252	See how high you can jump.	看你能跳多高跳多高跳多高
253	You can have a contest, but be careful, okay?	你可以参加比赛,但小心点,好吗?
254	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
255	Eleven.	十一门.
256	They're having fun too, right?	他们也很开心,对吧?
257	What are they doing?	他们在干什么?
258	To hold something and move it toward yourself.	拿着东西,然后朝自己移动。
259	So you hold something and you move it towards yourself.	所以,你持有的东西, 你移动它自己。
260	Like these people are doing.	就像这些人正在做的。
261	They've got that rope in there.	他们有绳子在那里。
262	What are they doing?	他们在干什么?
263	They are pulling.	他们拉。
264	To pull.	为了拉。
265	To pull is to hold it and move it towards yourself.	牵引就是握住它,然后向自己移动.
266	To pull something.	为了拉东西。
267	Now, you might ask, well, what's the opposite, right?	现在,你可能会问,嗯, 什么是相反的,对不对?
268	Sometimes you have something near you.	有时你身边有东西
269	You want it away from you.	你想从你身边消失
270	So you go like this.	所以你就像这样走
271	The opposite of pull is push.	与拉力相反的是推力.
272	So these two words are kind of used very commonly, right?	这两个词很常见,对吧?
273	To push, to pull.	以推,以牵.
274	Push, pull.	用力拉,用力拉。
275	Okay, these are pandero opposites, okay?	好吧,这些是山德罗对面,好吗?
276	Twelve.	十二个
277	Whoa, they're really having a lot of fun, right?	哇,他们真的很有趣,对不对?
278	This is a roller coaster.	这是一个过山车。
279	Whoa, that's a long word, isn't it?	哇,这是一个长词,不是吗?
280	Roller coaster.	滚轮车.
281	Roller coaster, kind of scary.	滚车,有点吓人
282	Have you ever been on a roller coaster?	你坐过过山车吗?
283	First, you go up and then from a higher place, you go to a lower place.	首先,你上去然后从一个更高的地方,你去一个较低的地方。
284	You go up and then you go down, right?	你上去然后下去,对不对?
285	You go up, then you go down.	你上楼,然后你下去。
286	These people are going down very fast.	这些人下山的速度很快。
287	It's very scary, right?	这是非常可怕的,对不对?
288	So go up, then you go down.	所以上去吧,然后你下来。
289	To go from a higher place to a lower place, to go down.	从高处到低处,去下.
290	Thirteen.	十三岁
291	This person has a job that is not easy.	这个人的工作不容易
292	His job is not easy, so we say it is hard.	他的工作并不容易,所以我们说很难。
293	He has a hard job.	他的工作很艰苦
294	Another word for hard, the same meaning is difficult, right?	另一个词是硬的, 同一个意思是困难的,对不对?
295	Himdero, right?	希德罗,对吧?
296	Difficult, hard.	难,难。
297	It's hard.	难曰.
298	It's difficult.	难曰.
299	It's very difficult.	这很困难
300	It's very hard.	甚难.
301	It's not easy.	岂不易哉.
302	Okay, number fourteen.	好吧,14号。
303	Kind of an interesting picture.	有点有趣
304	We have many little balls.	我们有很多小球。
305	They're all sad, but one ball is happy, right?	他们都伤心,但一个球是快乐的,对不对?
306	He's not the same as something else.	他和别的东西不一样
307	Not the same as the other things in the group.	和组里的其他东西不一样
308	Something that is what?	什么东西?
309	That is different.	这是不同的。
310	Different, different, different, okay?	不同,不同,不同,好吗?
311	This person or this little ball is not a person.	这个人或这个小球不是一个人。
312	This little ball is different from the other balls, right?	这个小球和其他球不一样,对吧?
313	So you see one thing that looks different from many other things.	所以,你可以看到一个东西,看起来与很多其他的东西不同。
314	It's unique.	这是独一无二的。
315	It's different, okay?	这是不同的,好吗?
316	Number fifteen.	十五号
317	I feel sorry for this guy, right?	我为这家伙感到难过,对不对?
318	Of course, they're just playing.	当然,他们只是玩。
319	To take something from one place to another.	从一个地方到另一个地方
320	So if you pick something up and you move it from one place to another place, what are you doing?	所以如果你拿起东西,把它从一个地方移到另一个地方,你在做什么?
321	It is to carry.	它要携带。
322	You are carrying the boxes.	你拿着箱子
323	You are carrying your books.	你拿着你的书。
324	What do you carry every day?	你每天带什么?
325	You probably carry your backpack, right?	你可能带着你的背包,对不对?
326	From your home to your school and then back again.	从家到学校,然后又回来
327	In your backpack, you carry books, maybe your lunch, pens, pencils, lots of things.	在你的背包里,你携带书籍,也许你的午餐,笔,铅笔,很多东西。
328	You carry many things in your backpack.	你背包里有很多东西
329	You carry many things in your pockets, okay?	你口袋里有很多东西,好吗?
330	To carry.	以载之.
331	Our last word here.	我们在这里的最后一句话。
332	These guys look like they're very happy with each other.	这些人看起来很快乐
333	They look very like they are what, right?	他们看起来很像他们是什么,对不对?
334	Someone you like very much.	一个你很喜欢的人
335	Someone that you like very much.	一个你非常喜欢的人
336	What do you call that person?	你叫什么来着?
337	You call that person a friend.	你说那个人是朋友
338	That person is my friend.	那个人是我的朋友
339	I like him or her very much.	我非常喜欢他和她
340	He or she is my friend.	他或她是我的朋友。
341	Okay, we've studied the words.	好吧,我们研究过这些词
342	Now it's time to look at the exercises to review the vocabulary we just learned.	现在该看看我们刚刚学到的词汇了。
343	Let's take a look here.	我们来看看
344	Here are our words.	这是我们的话。
345	There are eight words we need to look at.	有八个字我们需要看。
346	The object of the exercise is complete each sentence.	锻炼的目的为完成每一句.
347	So, we have sentences here.	我们这里有句子
348	We need to fill in the blanks with these words.	我们需要填上这些字的空白。
349	Our words are, let's go over them together.	我们的话是,让我们一起过一遍。
350	Impossible, impossible.	不可能绝对不可能
351	Next one.	下一个
352	Jupiter, Jupiter, okay?	木星,木星,好吗?
353	Next one.	下一个
354	Way, way.	不错
355	Next one.	下一个
356	Diet, diet.	饮食,饮食.
357	The next one.	下一个
358	Gravity, gravity.	重力,重力。重力,重力。
359	Next one is heavier, heavier.	下一个更重,更重。
360	Notice heavier, right, is in the comparison.	注意重,对,在比较。
361	You're saying it's heavier somewhere else, right?	你是说别的地方更重对吧?
362	It's heavier.	其重则重.
363	Not heavy, but heavier.	不重,但更重。
364	So, we need to pay attention to the sentence in which this is used.	因此,我们需要注意使用这句话的句子。
365	Next one.	下一个
366	Double, double.	双双.
367	And the last one.	及末一门.
368	Lighter, lighter.	轻点轻点
369	Notice also that lighter is in the comparative form.	还注意到打火机是比较式的。
370	Not light, but lighter.	不轻但轻.
371	So, we have to be careful about these two words.	因此,我们必须小心这两个字.
372	They're very similar.	他们非常相似。
373	We have to pay attention to what the sentence is saying.	我们必须注意这句话的意思。
374	Let's begin with number one.	先标第一.
375	We weigh less on the moon.	我们在月球上体重更轻
376	So, of course, the earth has a moon, right?	所以,当然,地球有一个月亮,对不对?
377	If we were there, we would weigh less.	如果我们在那里,我们就会减肥。
378	We are beep there.	我們在呼叫
379	So, if we weigh less, on earth, we weigh this much.	因此,如果我们减重,在地球上,我们那么重。
380	But on the moon, we weigh less.	但是在月球上我们的体重更低
381	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
382	It means that we are what?	这意味着我们是什么?
383	Heavier or lighter on the moon.	月球上较重或较轻.
384	It means we are lighter on the moon, right?	意思是我们在月球上更轻,对吧?
385	We weigh maybe 100 kilograms on the earth.	我们的体重大概是100公斤
386	Maybe we weigh, I don't know.	也许我们很重,我不知道。
387	Let's just say 60 kilograms on the moon.	以月上六十公斤为例.
388	We weigh less there.	我们在那里的重量更低。
389	There means on the moon, okay?	月亮上就意味着,好吗?
390	So, we are lighter on the moon, okay?	所以,我们在月球上比较轻,好吗?
391	Number two.	第二义.
392	I'm too heavy.	我太沉重了。
393	I need to go on a.	我需要继续前进。
394	So, if somebody's too heavy, they're a little dung-dung-hada, right?	所以,如果有人太重, 他们是一个小粪便哈达,对不对?
395	Or dung-dung-hada, either one, right?	或者粪便,或者一个,对不对?
396	They are what?	他们是什么?
397	They want to go on something.	他们想做点什么
398	Remember the word I taught you?	记得我教你的话吗?
399	You can use it as a noun or a verb, right?	你可以用它作为名词或动词,对不对?
400	If you want to lose weight, you want to change what you eat, you go on a diet.	若欲减肥,欲改饮食,则去饮食.
401	You go on a diet.	你去减肥。
402	That's the proper expression to use with diet.	即用饮食之正喻.
403	Go on a diet, right?	去减肥,对不对?
404	Don't say, I am diet.	不要说,我是减肥。
405	No, don't say that.	不别这么说
406	That's Conglish.	那是康格利什语。
407	That's incorrect.	这不正确。
408	Say, I am going to go on a diet or I am on a diet, okay?	我要减肥,还是减肥,好吗?
409	On a diet.	饮食上.
410	Okay, three.	好吧,三个。
411	How heavy is it?	何等为重.
412	So, you want to know how heavy is it or remember what I taught you before?	所以,你想知道它有多重或者记得我以前教你什么?
413	How much does it weigh, right?	它有多重,对不对?
414	Whoops.	呜呼.
415	How much does it weigh?	重多少钱?
416	How heavy is it is the same, same question.	其重何如,同问.
417	How much does it weigh?	重多少钱?
418	So, if you want to know how heavy something is or how light something is, you want to	所以,如果你想知道东西有多重或轻的东西,你想
419	know how much it weighs.	知道它有多重吗?
420	So, what do you do?	那么,你是做什么的? 做什麽的?
421	Of course, you say, let's weigh it.	当然,你说,让我们来权衡一下。
422	You could use the same word.	你也可以用同一个词
423	How much does it weigh?	重多少钱?
424	Let's weigh it.	举重曰.
425	How heavy is it?	何等为重.
426	Let's weigh it.	举重曰.
427	How light is it?	灯光如何?
428	Let's weigh it.	举重曰.
429	All those three questions mean the same thing.	这三个问题都一样
430	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
431	We weigh more on the sun.	我们更重的太阳。
432	If we were on the sun, of course, we would die.	如果我们在太阳上,当然,我们会死。
433	It's too hot, right?	太热了,对吧?
434	We'd disappear.	我们会消失的
435	But just imagine if we could be on the sun.	但想象一下如果我们能在太阳上。
436	The sun is really big.	太阳真的很大。
437	So, it has really a lot more gravity, much more force pulling you to the sun.	因此,它真的有更多的引力, 更多的力把你拉到太阳。
438	We weigh more on the sun.	我们更重的太阳。
439	We are what there?	我们是什么?
440	Okay, this is like the other question.	好吧,这是另一个问题。
441	Number one, we weigh less on the moon, right?	第一,我们在月球上体重较低,对吧?
442	So, we are lighter there.	因此,我们在那里更轻。
443	In this case, we weigh more on the sun.	在这种情况下,我们更重的太阳。
444	So, we are what?	所以,我们是什么?
445	Of course, we are heavier there.	当然,我们在那里更重。
446	There again refers to on the sun, right?	太阳上再次提到,对吧?
447	So, we are heavier on the sun than we are on earth because we weigh more there.	因此,我们比地球上更重的太阳,因为我们在那里的重量更大。
448	Okay, number five.	好吧,第五号。
449	The biggest planet is.	最大的星球是。
450	Remember, when we studied this word, it said the largest planet.	记住,当我们研究这个词的时候, 它说的是最大的星球。
451	But largest, biggest, they mean the same thing.	但最大的,最大的, 他们的意思是一样的。
452	Largest, biggest, same thing.	最大,最大,同样的事情。
453	So, the largest, the biggest, the largest planet, the biggest planet, same meaning, is what?	所以,最大的,最大的,最大的星球,最大的星球,同样的意义,是什么呢?
454	Well, of course, there's only one planet here and that planet is Jupiter.	当然,这里只有一个行星而那个行星就是木星
455	Jupiter.	木星木卫一
456	Six, beep, is what pulls us down.	6,哔声,这是让我们失望的原因。
457	I talked about that before when I was talking about the sun.	我在谈论太阳之前就说过了
458	The sun is huge.	太阳大.
459	It has a lot more what?	还有很多什么?
460	It's the force that pulls us down to the ground, right?	是那股力量把我们拉到地上,对吧?
461	Oh, there's too much gravity.	哦,有太多的引力。
462	Okay, I'm back.	好吧我回来了
463	Okay, we're not on the sun.	好吧,我们不是在太阳上。
464	We're on earth.	我们在人间.
465	Okay, so gravity is what pulls us down, right?	好吧,所以引力是把我们拉下来,对不对?
466	It's gravity.	这是重力。
467	Okay, number seven.	好吧,第七号。
468	Okay, like I said before, people can't live on the sun.	好吧,就像我之前说过的, 人们不能生活在太阳上。
469	Why not?	为什么不呢?
470	Because it's what?	因为是什么?
471	Like I said before, if we were on the sun, we'd burn up, right?	就像我之前说过的,如果我们在太阳上, 我们会燃烧起来,对不对?
472	We can't live on the sun.	不能住阴阳.
473	It is impossible.	这是不可能的。
474	No way can we live on the sun.	我们不可能在阳光下生活
475	It's too hot, right?	太热了,对吧?
476	Okay, eight.	好吧,八个。
477	We weigh, beep, on Jupiter.	我们在木星上举足轻重
478	So, we weigh what on Jupiter?	木星上有什么重量?
479	Now, this is hard to know because we didn't really cover that in the vocabulary section,	现在,这是很难知道的,因为我们没有真正覆盖在词汇部分,
480	right?	对吧?
481	But this is in the reading.	但是,这是在读。
482	But basically, think about this.	但基本上,想想这个。
483	Jupiter is a very big planet, right?	木星是一个非常大的星球,对不对?
484	It's huge, okay?	这是巨大的,好吗?
485	And we weigh more on Jupiter.	我们更重的木星。
486	In fact, we weigh double on Jupiter.	事实上,我们重一倍的木星。
487	If you looked at, you know, actually it's more than double.	如果你看,你知道, 实际上,它不止一倍。
488	We weigh more than.	我们的体重比这还重
489	And we'll find that out in the reading.	我们会在阅读中发现这一点。
490	We weigh more than double, more than two times.	我们重一倍以上,两次以上。
491	Why?	为什么?
492	Because as we said before, Jupiter is the biggest planet in our solar system.	因为我们以前说过木星是太阳系最大的行星
493	It has a lot more gravity.	它的引力要强得多
494	So, we would weigh more than double on Jupiter, okay?	所以我们在木星上重过一倍好吗?
495	So, those are the words.	所以,这些是这些话。
496	That's the vocabulary section.	这是词汇部分。
497	Let's take a break now.	现在休息一下吧
498	We'll come back and we'll look at the reading.	复来观读.
499	As you can see, the reading is going to be very interesting, okay?	如你所见阅读会很有趣好吗?
500	So, don't go away.	所以,不要走开。
501	Come back in a few seconds or minutes.	几秒钟或几分钟后回来
502	Hello, everybody, and welcome back.	大家好欢迎回来
503	We're going over the reading now for Lesson 9, How Much Do You Weigh?	我们现在在看第九课的读物,你有多威?
504	Right?	对吧?
505	That's one of the questions we looked at.	这是我们所研究的问题之一。
506	Now, of course, this is going to be an interesting reading.	现在,当然,这将是一个有趣的阅读。
507	We're going to be talking about diet.	即说饮食.
508	We're going to be talking about space travel, right?	我们将谈论太空旅行,对不对?
509	So, let's figure out some of these questions when we talk about how much do you weigh?	所以,让我们想出这些问题中的一些问题当我们谈论你体重多少?
510	So, the first line of this reading passage is a question.	因此,这段阅读段落的第一行是一个问题.
511	Do you know someone trying to lose weight?	你知道有人想减肥吗?
512	So, do you know someone?	你认识谁吗?
513	Is there a friend?	有朋友吗?
514	Is there a relative?	有亲戚吗?
515	Is there somebody that you know who is trying to do something?	你知道有人想做什么吗?
516	Who is trying to lose weight?	谁想减肥?
517	So, do you know somebody who is trying to lose weight?	你知道有人想减肥吗?
518	Okay?	好吗?
519	Maybe they are on a diet.	也许他们在减肥。
520	Remember, we talked about this before.	记住,我们以前谈过这个
521	Diet is when you are careful about what you eat, right?	饮食是当你小心你吃什么,对不对?
522	If you go on a diet, you're changing your eating habits.	如果你继续减肥,你会改变你的饮食习惯。
523	You're following some kind of plan for your diet.	你在遵守某种饮食计划
524	So, maybe they are on a diet if they're trying to lose weight.	所以,也许他们正在减肥。
525	Do they eat only fruits and vegetables?	他们只吃水果和蔬菜吗?
526	Okay?	好吗?
527	So, of course, if somebody changes their diet, they go on a diet, they say,	所以,当然,如果有人改变他们的饮食, 他们去的饮食,他们说,
528	I'm only going to eat fruit and vegetables, no candy, no junk food, nothing sweet.	我只吃水果蔬菜没有糖果没有垃圾食品没有甜食
529	That's 힘들어, right?	那是,对不对?
530	That's hard.	难曰.
531	It's difficult.	难曰.
532	But hey, well, there is an easier way to be lighter.	但是,嘿,嗯,有一个更容易的方法更轻。
533	All you have to do is go to the moon.	只须去月.
534	Okay, so these next two sentences say, well, there's an easier way to be lighter.	好吧,接下来的两句说, 嗯,有一个更轻松的方法。
535	There's an easier way.	有个更方便的方法
536	I'm going to tell you what that way is.	我要告诉你这是什么方式。
537	The way is, all you have to do, that's like, all you have to do, it's very easy.	其道是,所须之事,如是,所须之事,甚易.
538	You only have to do one thing, is to go to the moon.	你只需要做一件事, 就是去月亮。
539	Now, of course, you're saying, what?	现在,当然,你是说,什么?
540	That's not easy.	这可不容易
541	I don't have a spaceship.	我没有太空船
542	I don't have an astronaut's suit.	我没有宇航员的衣服
543	So, they're just being kind of like funny here.	所以,他们只是有点像有趣的在这里。
544	It's just imagination, right?	这只是想象,对不对?
545	They're just imagining.	他们只是想象。
546	We can't say that it's like they're really saying, oh, all you have to do is go to the	我们不能说,这是他们真的说, 哦,你要做的就是去
547	moon, right?	月亮对吧?
548	Because that's not easy.	因为那不容易
549	It's very hard to go to the moon.	极难登月.
550	But what they're saying, they're making a connection here.	但他们说的,他们正在这里建立联系。
551	They're saying that if you were on the moon, you would automatically be lighter.	他们说如果你在月球上你会自动变轻
552	You wouldn't have to go on a diet.	你不必减肥
553	It seems like you would lose weight very quickly.	看来你很快会减肥的
554	Why is that?	为什么?
555	Well, astronauts on the moon can jump very high.	月球上的宇航员可以跳得很高
556	Astronauts on the moon can jump very high.	月球上的宇航员可以跳得非常高.
557	Do you know why?	你知道为什么吗?
558	Do you know why they can?	你知道为什么他们可以吗?
559	Because, it doesn't say that, but they're saying because, right?	因为,它没有说, 但他们说,因为,对不对?
560	There is less gravity on the moon.	月球上的重力比较小
561	Gravity pulls us down.	引力把我们拉下来
562	It makes us heavy.	这让我们很重。
563	So, if we look at this section of the reading passage here, right?	所以,如果我们看看阅读段落的这一部分,对不对?
564	And they say, astronauts on the moon can jump very high.	他们说月球上的宇航员可以跳得很高
565	But they're asking you, do you know why?	但他们问你,你知道为什么吗?
566	Do you know why they can jump high?	你知道为什么他们能跳高吗?
567	Then they give the answer.	然后他们给出答案。
568	The answer is right here.	答案就在这里。
569	Because there is less gravity on the moon.	因为月球上的重力较少
570	They don't have to say because, but it's just assumed.	他们不必说,因为, 但这只是假设。
571	We just think that because is here.	我们只是认为,因为在这里。
572	It's the answer to the question, do you know why?	这是问题的答案你知道为什么吗?
573	There is less gravity on the moon.	月球上的重力比较小
574	Because there is less gravity on the moon.	因为月球上的重力较少
575	But it's better not to start the sentence with because.	但最好不要因为这个开始句子
576	This is better.	这样更好
577	There is less gravity on the moon.	月球上的重力比较小
578	And then it gives two sentences, right?	然后它给出两句,对不对?
579	About gravity.	关于重力。
580	Defining what is gravity.	定义什么是重力。
581	The first sentence says gravity pulls us down.	第一句说引力把我们拉下来.
582	That kind of defines what is gravity.	那种定义什么是引力。
583	Also, it makes us heavy.	而且,它让我们很重。
584	That's the second sentence that tells us about gravity.	这是第二句告诉我们引力。
585	Okay?	好吗?
586	So, that's the way that this is structured here.	所以,这就是这里的结构。
587	But basically, it's saying there is less gravity on the moon.	但基本上是说月球上的引力较少
588	So, we don't weigh so much.	所以,我们没有那么重。
589	We are lighter on the moon.	我们在月球上比较轻。
590	And that's why if we just go to the moon, wow, we lose weight very quickly.	这就是为什么如果我们只是去月亮,哇,我们减肥很快。
591	We don't have to go on a diet.	不须饮食.
592	Okay?	好吗?
593	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
594	There is little gravity on the moon.	月球上几乎没有重力
595	Little gravity on the moon.	月球上一点重力
596	Because the moon is smaller.	因为月亮较小.
597	It doesn't say that.	它没有说。
598	But we know that the moon is smaller than the earth.	但我们知道月亮比地球小
599	So, there's less gravity.	因此,引力较少.
600	If a planet is smaller, it has less gravity.	如果一个行星较小,它的引力就更少了.
601	If the planet's bigger, it has more gravity.	如果这个星球更大,它具有更多的重力.
602	Because there's more force.	因为还有更多的力量。
603	Okay?	好吗?
604	There is little gravity on the moon.	月球上几乎没有重力
605	On the moon, we all, all of us, it doesn't matter who it is, right?	在月球上,我们,我们所有人都, 这不重要是谁,对不对?
606	A little baby or a huge man.	一个小宝宝或一个大男人。
607	They all weigh.	他们都重。
608	They all weigh one-sixth of what we do on earth.	它们都比我们地球上的重六分之一
609	One-sixth, if you look at it in numbers, it's like this.	十六分之一,若以数观之,则如此.
610	One-sixth.	十六岁
611	Okay?	好吗?
612	So, if you have a whole, right?	所以,如果你有一个整体,对不对?
613	You have a whole.	你有一个整体。
614	That would be half.	这将是一半。
615	That would be quarters.	那将是宿营。
616	And then I guess one-sixth would be something like this.	然后我想六分之一会是这样的
617	Right?	对吧?
618	That's whole, a hundred percent.	这是整个,100%。
619	And then this is maybe one-sixth.	这大概是六分之一
620	It's a small portion of the whole.	这是整个小部分。
621	Okay?	好吗?
622	One-sixth of what we do on earth.	占我们地球上的六分之一
623	If you weigh 60 kilograms.	如果你重60公斤的话
624	So, this is an example.	所以,这是一个例子。
625	If you weigh 60 kilograms on earth, then you weigh only 10 kilograms on the moon.	如果在地球上重60公斤,那么在月球上只重10公斤.
626	Wow, that's crazy, right?	哇,这是疯了,对不对?
627	So, 60 kilograms, 60 kilograms on earth, right?	因此,60公斤,60公斤在地球上,对不对?
628	But if you were on the moon, you would only weigh 10, whoops, 10 kilograms.	但如果你在月球上,你只重10,呜呼,10公斤。
629	Wow, that's amazing, right?	哇,这是惊人的,对不对?
630	That's, it's like one-sixth of the whole.	即是如来六分之一.
631	Right?	对吧?
632	So, obviously, if you only weigh 10 kilograms on the moon, you can jump really high.	所以,很明显,如果你在月球上只有10公斤重, 你可以跳得非常高。
633	Because your muscles are made for 60 kilograms.	因为你的肌肉是60公斤的
634	But now you only have 10 kilograms?	但你现在只有10公斤了?
635	Wow, you can really jump high.	哇,你真的很会跳高。
636	There's less gravity on the moon.	月球上的引力较少.
637	Next one.	下一个
638	How much we weigh is different on each planet.	我们的体重在每个星球上都是不同的
639	Like I said before, if the planet is small, you have less gravity.	就像我以前说过的,如果地球很小,你的引力就更少了。
640	If the planet is bigger, you have more gravity.	如果这个星球更大,你更有重力。
641	For example, on some planets, we weigh more.	例如,在某些星球上,我们重量更大。
642	Jupiter is the biggest planet.	木星是最大的行星.
643	So, the bigger the planet, the more gravity.	因此,地球越大,重力就越大。
644	Jupiter is the biggest planet.	木星是最大的行星.
645	What do you think happens on Jupiter?	你觉得木星上会发生什么?
646	On Jupiter, we weigh more than double, more than double.	在木星上,我们重一倍以上,一倍以上.
647	So, that would be very difficult, right?	所以,这将是非常困难的,对不对?
648	Let's look at the example here.	让我们看看这里的例子。
649	If you weigh 60 kilograms here, here, of course, we're still talking about the earth.	如果你在这里重60公斤, 当然,我们仍在谈论地球。
650	Here, of course, here is the earth.	这里,当然,这里是地球。
651	We're all on the earth, right?	我们都在地球上,对不对?
652	So, here is the earth.	因此,这里是地球。
653	Then, you weigh 142 kilograms on Jupiter.	然后,你重142公斤在木星。
654	Wow.	珃
655	Can you imagine weighing 142 kilograms?	你能想象体重142公斤吗?
656	That would be really heavy, right?	那会很重,对吧?
657	We can't jump very high there.	我们不能跳得很高
658	Of course, there, it means on Jupiter, on Jupiter, right?	当然,它的意思是木星,木星,对不对?
659	On Jupiter, right here, okay?	木星,就在这里,好吗?
660	We can't jump very high there.	我们不能跳得很高
661	Just walking around would be hard to do.	四处走走很难
662	Of course, if you weigh 142, 142 kilograms, that's a lot of weight.	当然,如果你的体重是142,142公斤,那是很多重量。
663	It would be hard just walking around, right?	到处走走会很难,对吧?
664	Hard to lift your arm even, right?	连手臂都抬不起来,对吧?
665	Because you weigh so much.	因为你这么重。
666	Jupiter has so much gravity.	木星有这么多的引力。
667	It would be very hard even to stand up, to wake up in the morning, right?	即使站起来早上醒来也很难对吧?
668	To get out of bed.	为从床下.
669	No, I want to sleep.	不,我想睡觉。
670	It's too hard, right?	太难了,对吧?
671	But imagine, if somebody grew up on Jupiter and came to earth,	但如果有人在木星上长大来到地球
672	they would be like a super person, right?	他们会像一个超级人,对不对?
673	Superman or superwoman, okay?	超人还是超人,好吗?
674	But of course, there's nobody living on Jupiter, okay?	当然,没有人住在木星上,好吗?
675	Okay, anyway, next one.	好吧,反正,下一个。
676	So, think you weigh a lot on Jupiter.	所以,你认为你很多重在木星。
677	Sometimes people will say, think.	有时人们会说,思考。
678	It means, do you think?	意思是你觉得呢?
679	Do you think?	你觉得呢?
680	So, sometimes people will ask a question.	所以,有时人们会问一个问题。
681	They'll just say, think.	他们只会说,思考。
682	And what they mean is, do you think?	他们的意思是你觉得呢?
683	Do you think?	你觉得呢?
684	But sometimes native speakers won't say, do you?	但有时本地人不会说,是吗?
685	They'll just start with, think.	他们会从头开始思考
686	Think you weigh a lot on Jupiter?	你对木星很重吗?
687	Do you think you weigh a lot on Jupiter?	你觉得你对木星很重吗?
688	Well, you're even heavier on the sun.	你更重的太阳。
689	So, this question is asking, so, do you think that's heavy on Jupiter?	所以,这个问题是问, 所以,你认为这是重木星?
690	They're going to give you another example that's even more extreme, right?	他们会给你另一个更极端的例子,对吧?
691	So, whenever people ask you that type of question, think you weigh a lot?	所以,每当人们问你这种问题, 认为你体重很大?
692	Oh, you think you're smart?	你觉得你聪明吗?
693	Oh, you think you're so good?	哦,你觉得你这么好?
694	Well, my friend, and they will give you an example that's more extreme, okay?	好吧,我的朋友,他们会给你一个更极端的例子,好吗?
695	And that's what's going on here.	亦复如是.
696	Think you weigh a lot on Jupiter?	你对木星很重吗?
697	Well, you're even heavier on the sun.	你更重的太阳。
698	A 60-kilogram person weighs, oh my gosh, 1,624, say it after me, 1,624.	一个60公斤重的人,哦,我的天哪,1,624, 在我后面说,1,624。
699	Can you imagine that?	你能想象吗?
700	If you weighed 1,624 kilograms, right, you would fall down.	如果你重了1,624公斤,你会摔倒的
701	You wouldn't be able to get up.	你不会起床的
702	That's huge.	这是巨大的。
703	That's like having a truck or two trucks on your back.	这就像有卡车或两卡车在你的背上。
704	You can't do that, okay?	你不能这样做,好吗?
705	That's 27 times as much as on the earth.	即是人间二七倍.
706	Imagine carrying 27 of your friends on your back.	想象一下背着27个朋友
707	It's impossible, right?	这是不可能的,对不对?
708	You can't carry 27 of your friends who weigh the same as you.	你不能带着27个跟你一样重的朋友
709	You couldn't do that, right?	你不能这样做,对不对?
710	You would be on the ground.	你会在地面上。
711	You couldn't get up.	你起不来
712	Of course, that would be if you were on the sun.	当然,如果你在太阳上的话
713	But then, of course, we can't be on the sun anyway.	但是,当然,我们不能在太阳上反正。
714	We'd burn up, okay?	我们会烧焦的,好吗?
715	But it's just imagination.	但这只是想象。
716	Imagine if the sun was cool, and we could stand on it.	想象一下,如果太阳很酷, 我们可以站在上面。
717	It's so big that it has so much gravity.	其体积很大,有如此多的引力.
718	We'd weigh 27 times as much, and we would not be able to move around.	我们的体重是27倍,我们无法移动。
719	So the gravity on the sun is very, very strong.	所以太阳上的引力是非常非常强的.
720	Okay, let's go over the reading comprehension questions.	好吧,让我们来看看阅读理解问题。
721	Number one, this story is about.	第一,这个故事是有关。
722	Always, we ask, what is this story about?	我们总是问这个故事是关于什么的?
723	What is the whole idea, right?	整个想法是什么,对不对?
724	We talked about lots of different things.	我们谈论了很多不同的事情。
725	We talked about going on a diet.	我们说过要减肥
726	We talked about traveling to the moon.	我们谈过要去月球
727	We talked about going to Jupiter.	我们谈过要去木星
728	We talked about being on the sun.	我们说过要晒太阳的
729	But why did we talk about all of those things?	但为什么我们谈论所有这些事情?
730	Because we were talking about the weight of a person.	因为我们在谈论一个人的重量。
731	Let's take a look at something here.	让我们来看看这里的东西。
732	A is Jupiter.	一个是木星
733	Yeah, we talked about Jupiter.	是啊,我们谈论木星。
734	B, we talked about the moon.	B,我们谈过月球的事
735	C, we talked about gravity.	C,我们谈过重力
736	And D, did we talk about dieting?	D,我们讨论过节食吗?
737	So out of all those different things, we were kind of talking about how much people weigh in different places.	因此,在所有这些不同的事物中, 我们谈论了人们在不同地方的体重。
738	Why?	为什么?
739	Not because of where they were, but because of the gravity in those places, right?	不是因为他们在哪里而是因为这些地方的重力对吧?
740	So we would say this story is about gravity.	所以我们要说这个故事是关于引力的。
741	Because we said on Earth, we weigh this much.	因为我们在地球上说过,我们这么重。
742	On the moon, we weigh a sixth of that.	在月球上,我们重六分之一。
743	On Jupiter, we weigh more than double that.	在木星上,我们重一倍多
744	And on the sun, we weigh 27 times that.	在太阳上,我们重27倍。
745	So in each place, we're talking about gravity and how much we would weigh in each place, okay?	所以在每个地方,我们谈论的是重力以及我们在每个地方的重量,好吗?
746	So this whole story is about gravity.	因此,整个故事是关于引力的。
747	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
748	How much we weigh is beep on each planet, okay?	我们每颗行星的振铃重量有多少,好吗?
749	We talked about this quite a bit, right?	我们聊了很多,对吧?
750	We said smaller planet, you weigh less.	我们说小行星,你体重少
751	A bigger planet, you weigh more.	一个更大的星球,你更重。
752	So what is it?	这是什么?
753	Is it double?	是双倍吗?
754	How much we weigh is double on each planet?	我们每个星球的重量是两倍?
755	It's only for Jupiter, not each planet.	它只用于木星,而不是每个行星.
756	So A is not right.	所以A是不对的。
757	B is the same on each planet?	B在每颗星球上是一样的吗?
758	No, we talked about that.	不,我们谈过了。
759	Smaller planet, less.	更小的行星,更少。
760	Bigger planet, more.	更大的星球,更多。
761	So that is different?	那不一样?
762	Yes, it's different.	是的,这是不同的。
763	Because less and more, it depends on which planet you are on.	因为越来越少,它取决于你所在的星球。
764	How much we weigh is different on each planet.	我们的体重在每个星球上都是不同的
765	Not one-sixth.	不为六分之一.
766	That's only one case.	那只是个案子
767	One-sixth is only for the moon, not each planet.	六分之一只为月球,不是每个行星.
768	So how much we weigh is different on each planet?	我们的体重在每个星球上都不同?
769	Because we're talking about many different planets.	因为我们谈论的是许多不同的行星。
770	It's different on each.	各各有别.
771	Okay, three.	好吧,三个。
772	We can't jump very high where?	我们不能跳到高处?
773	There were two places we talked about, actually, where we can't jump very high.	我们聊过两个地方,实际上, 我们跳不高。
774	But only one of those places is mentioned in the answer choices.	但答案选择中只提及其中之一。
775	Which one?	哪一个?
776	So we can't jump very high on the moon.	所以我们不能在月球上跳得很高
777	Is that true?	是吗?
778	It's not true.	非实非实.
779	Why?	为什么?
780	Because we said we weigh one-sixth on the moon.	因为我们说我们在月球上重六分之一
781	If we weigh 60 kilograms on earth, we only weigh 10 kilograms on the moon.	如果我们在地球上重60公斤, 我们只在月球上重10公斤。
782	Yes, we can jump really, really high.	是的,我们可以跳真的很,真的很高。
783	So it's not on the moon.	故不见于月.
784	B, on earth, we can't jump very high on the earth.	B,在地球上,我们不能在地球上跳得很高。
785	Well, it depends on how strong you are.	那取决于你有多强壮
786	But that's not what the reading was talking about.	但读书时所言非此.
787	The reading didn't mention jumping on earth, right?	读数没有提到跳跃在地球上,对不对?
788	Okay, C, on a spaceship.	好吧,C,飞船。
789	We can't jump very high on a spaceship.	我们不能在飞船上跳得很高
790	Well, think about that.	考虑一下
791	A spaceship, if you're in a spaceship, you're away from earth.	宇宙飞船,如果你在宇宙飞船, 你远离地球。
792	There's no gravity.	没有引力。
793	If you jump, you keep going.	如果你跳下去,你就继续走
794	You don't slow down, right?	你不慢下来,对不对?
795	But you have to be very careful.	但你必须非常小心。
796	On a spaceship, there's a ceiling, right?	在飞船上,有一个天花板,对不对?
797	So if you jump, you're going to hit your head on the ceiling.	所以,如果你跳, 你会打你的头在天花板上。
798	Unless there's a really big space in the spaceship.	除非宇宙飞船里有个大空间
799	You have a lot of room.	你有很多房间
800	You may be able to jump from one side of the room to the other side of the room very easily,	你可以从房间的一侧跳到房间的另一端
801	even going up.	甚至升起来。
802	Because there's no gravity.	因为没有引力
803	So C is not the correct because it's cannot, right?	所以C是不正确的,因为它不能,对不对?
804	Well, what about on Jupiter?	那木星怎么样?
805	That leaves us on Jupiter.	只剩下木星了
806	Think about that.	考虑一下
807	On Jupiter, we weigh more than double, right?	在木星上,我们重超过两倍,对吧?
808	If you weigh 60 kilograms on earth, you weigh 142 kilograms on Jupiter.	如果你重60公斤在地球上,你重142公斤在木星。
809	That's very hindero to jump high.	跳高太难了
810	So the correct answer is on Jupiter.	因此正确的答案是在木星上.
811	We can't jump very high on Jupiter because there's a lot more gravity.	我们不能在木星上跳得非常高因为引力更大
812	Number four, people go on a diet.	第四,人们去节食。
813	Go on a diet to do what?	去减肥做什么?
814	Why do people go on a diet?	为什么人们要节食?
815	What is their purpose?	他们的目的是什么?
816	What is the reason?	为什么?
817	A, to be heavier.	A,更重一点。
818	People go on a diet because they want to gain weight?	人们因为想增肥而减肥?
819	No, they don't do that.	不,他们不这样做。
820	B, people go on a diet to eat more candy.	乙,人去饮食吃更多的糖果。
821	Wow, that's a good idea, right?	哇,这是一个好主意,对不对?
822	No, it's not a good idea.	不,这不是一个好主意。
823	But it sounds fun.	但听起来很有趣
824	But you don't go on a diet to eat more candy, right?	但你不会吃更多的糖果,对吧?
825	You just eat more candy.	你只要多吃点糖果
826	But don't do that.	但别这样
827	It's not good for your teeth.	牙齿不善.
828	It's not good for your belly either.	这对你的肚子也不好
829	So that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
830	People go on a diet to be astronauts.	人们为了成为宇航员而减肥
831	No, not really.	不,没有。
832	They don't do that.	他们不这样做。
833	They have to study hard instead.	他们必须努力学习。
834	So we have people go on a diet to lose weight.	所以我们让人们去减肥。
835	That's the answer, right?	这就是答案,对不对?
836	And that's true.	亦复如是.
837	People go on a diet.	人去饮食.
838	If you go on a diet, it's because you want to lose weight.	若行饮食因欲减重.
839	You want to lose weight.	你想减肥。
840	Don't say lose your weight, by the way.	顺便说一句别说你瘦了
841	Don't say that.	别这么说
842	They just want to lose weight.	他们只是想减肥
843	Don't use a possessive pronoun with weight.	别用有重量的占有式代词.
844	Lose weight.	减重.
845	Don't say that.	别这么说
846	Do not, right?	不,对不对?
847	I want to lose my weight?	我想减肥?
848	No, I want to lose weight.	不我想减肥
849	Did you lose your weight?	你瘦了吗?
850	No.	没有
851	Did you lose weight?	你瘦了吗?
852	Don't use your or my with weight.	不要用你或我的重量。
853	People go on a diet to lose weight.	人们去减肥。
854	That's correct.	没错
855	Okay, let's review here.	好吧,让我们来看看这里。
856	How much do you weigh, right?	你体重多少对吧?
857	How much do you weigh?	你身重多少个?
858	Maybe some of you weigh 60 kilograms.	也许你们中有些人有60公斤重
859	Maybe some of you weigh a little bit more.	也许你们中有些人更重一点
860	Maybe some of you weigh a little bit less.	也许你们中有些人体重少一点
861	Okay, that's about, you know, average 60 kilograms.	好吧,这就是,你知道,平均60公斤。
862	Well, in the review of our unit, what we were talking about here,	在我们的单位审查中我们刚才所说的
863	if you weigh 60 kilograms on Earth,	如果你在地球上重60公斤,
864	then you weigh only 10 kilograms on the moon, right?	那你在月球上只有10公斤重,对吧?
865	That's very interesting.	这很有趣。
866	If you traveled to the moon,	如果你去月球的话
867	you would only weigh one-sixth of what you weigh on Earth.	你在地球上的体重只有六分之一
868	Okay, that's one thing we learned.	好吧,这是我们学到的一件事。
869	Another thing is, on Jupiter, we weigh more, more than double, right?	另一种情况是,在木星上, 我们的重量超过两倍,对吧?
870	60 kilograms to 142 kilograms, right?	60公斤到142公斤,对吧?
871	60 kilograms.	60公斤。。。
872	By the way, what is 60 kilograms times 2?	顺便说一下 60公斤乘以2是多少?
873	It's 120 kilograms, right?	这是120公斤,对不对?
874	But we don't weigh 120.	但我们不重120。
875	We would weigh 142.	我们会重142。
876	That's more.	就是这样
877	So, more than double.	所以,超过两倍。
878	Okay, more than double.	好吧,超过两倍。
879	And finally, what else did we learn?	最后,我们学到了什么?
880	You're 27 times heavier on the sun.	你在太阳上重27倍
881	So, if you were on the sun,	所以,如果你在太阳上,
882	it's like 27 of your friends who weigh the same as you are on your back, right?	就像你27个朋友跟你背上一样重,对吧?
883	You couldn't move.	你动不了
884	You'd be like in a soccer.	你会像在足球。
885	You know, people piling up on the soccer or the rugby.	你知道,人们堆积起来在足球或橄榄球。
886	You couldn't move.	你动不了
887	There'd be a big pile of people.	会有一大堆人
888	It's imaginary that you would have this big pile of people on you.	想象中你身上有一大堆人
889	You would feel like that if you were on the sun.	如果你在太阳上你会有这种感觉
890	You would be flat on your stomach.	你会是平胃。
891	You couldn't move.	你动不了
892	Okay, so that wraps up our unit here.	好,那就把我们的单位都收尾了
893	Very interesting.	非常有趣,你觉得呢?
894	How much do you weigh?	你身重多少个?
895	We looked at weight.	我们看重。
896	We looked at very interesting to think about how much would you weigh on different planets.	我们非常有趣地思考你会在不同星球上重磅。
897	Hope you've learned a lot.	希望你学到了很多东西
898	As always, we'll see you guys next time.	一如既往下次见
899	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 905 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P25 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p25 24. 24. LevelB Lesson10 Bones (P25)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p25 24. 24. LevelB Lesson10 Bones (P25)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 41:39

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everyone, welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	大家好,欢迎回到阅读词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	Are you ready	你准备好了吗?
0:12	to start learning about bones?	开始学习骨头?
0:14	That's what we're talking about, right?	这就是我们要说的,对不对?
0:16	We're talking	我们在说话
0:17	about the human body.	关于人体。
0:18	Lesson 10 is talking about bones.	第十课讲骨.
0:22	So in this lesson, we will focus	因此,在这个教训中,我们将集中精力
0:24	on learning about the function of bones in our body.	了解我们体内骨头的功能

展开字幕全文（1083 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everyone, welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	大家好,欢迎回到阅读词汇。
2	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
3	Are you ready	你准备好了吗?
4	to start learning about bones?	开始学习骨头?
5	That's what we're talking about, right?	这就是我们要说的,对不对?
6	We're talking	我们在说话
7	about the human body.	关于人体。
8	Lesson 10 is talking about bones.	第十课讲骨.
9	So in this lesson, we will focus	因此,在这个教训中,我们将集中精力
10	on learning about the function of bones in our body.	了解我们体内骨头的功能
11	What are bones?	什么是骨头?
12	Do you know what	你知道吗?
13	bones are?	骨头是?
14	Whoa!	哗!
15	Very scary, right?	很吓人吧?
16	This is a picture of a person's bones, right?	这是个人骨头的照片,对吧?
17	Of somebody	一个人
18	who, you know, who's dead, right?	谁死了,对吧?
19	But the only thing that is left are the bones, right?	但只剩下骨头了对吧?
20	Of course, the skull, right?	当然,头骨,对不对?
21	This is a skull.	这是头骨
22	S-K-U-L-L. That's a bone right there, right?	S -K -U -L -L (英语). 那是骨头,对不对?
23	One big bone and then there's other bones that are connected, right?	一个大骨头,然后还有其它骨头是相连的,对不对?
24	There's all different	都不一样
25	bones.	骨头。
26	So your head bones connected to your back bone connected to your leg bone, right?	所以你的头骨连接你的后骨连接你的腿骨,对不对?
27	We've got all different bones in different parts of our body.	我们身体的不同部位都有不同的骨骼.
28	By the way, do you know	对了,你知道
29	what the entire collection of bones are called?	整群骨头都叫什么?
30	Not just for humans, but for animals too.	不仅是人类,也是动物
31	If you look at all the bones connected, if all the bones are connected, we call that	如果你看所有连接的骨头, 如果所有的骨头是连接的, 我们叫它
32	a skeleton.	一个骨架。
33	A skeleton is all the bones in an animal's body that are all connected and	骨架是动物体内所有骨骼的连接
34	in the right place.	在合适的地方。
35	It's a complete skeleton.	这是一个完整的骨架。
36	Sometimes, if bones are missing, we say it's	有时候,如果骨头不见了,我们说它是
37	part of a skeleton.	这是骨架的一部分
38	But the whole collection of bones is the skeleton.	但骨骼的整个集合是骨架.
39	The skeleton.	骨架上的东西
40	Okay.	摆
41	Let's move on with our words, okay?	让我们继续我们的话,好吗?
42	Now, here we have our first word and the clue is not	现在,我们有了我们的第一句话,线索不是
43	curved or the definition is not curved.	曲线或定义不是曲线。
44	Think about if you're in a car or you're on a bus	想想你坐车还是坐巴士
45	and you're going along a road and the road is not curved.	你沿着一条路走这条路没有弯曲
46	You are going in one direction.	你要朝一个方向走
47	You keep going in the same direction for a long ways.	你一直朝同一个方向走下去
48	In that case, we can say, the road	这样的话,我们可以说,道路
49	is straight.	这是直的。
50	The road is straight.	道路为直.
51	And many people, when they give directions, they'll	很多人,当他们给出方向,他们会
52	say, go straight ahead.	说,直走。
53	Don't turn.	别转身
54	Go straight.	直说
55	Do not curve.	不要弯曲。
56	Go straight.	直说
57	So, straight.	所以,直说。
58	As	作为
59	(原始内容存档于2018-09-21). In STR, str, str.
60	Eight.	八个。
61	Like eight.	如八门.
62	I ate something.	我吃了东西。
63	Eight.	八个。
64	Straight.	直饶.
65	Okay.	摆
66	A little bit difficult, but you think about it, STR, str, and think eight, right?	有点困难,但你想想,STR,str,想想8,对不对?
67	I ate	我吃了东西
68	breakfast this morning.	今天早上吃早饭了
69	Straight.	直饶.
70	It's one syllable.	一个音节.
71	One grouping of a sound.	一组声.
72	Straight.	直饶.
73	Okay.	摆
74	Next, number two.	接下来,第二。
75	Interesting picture.	有趣的图片。
76	What is this thing in	这是什么东西
77	here?	这里?
78	We're looking inside a person's body.	我们正在寻找一个人的身体。
79	These are the organs inside a person's body.	这些是人体内的器官
80	The organs.	器官。器官。
81	And you have many different organs.	你有很多不同的器官。
82	You have lungs.	你有肺脏。
83	You have kidneys.	你有肾.
84	You have	你有过
85	bladder.	膀胱经.
86	You also have where the food we eat goes.	你也有我们的食物去的地方
87	And that's the red part here.	这是红色的部分。
88	The red	红色
89	part here.	在这里。
90	What is that part?	这是什么?
91	What organ is that in our body?	我们身体里是什么器官?
92	That is the stomach.	这是胃。
93	Stomach.	肠胃.
94	So, we say, stomach.	所以,我们说,胃。
95	Stomach.	肠胃.
96	Is your stomach full?	肚子饱了吗?
97	Stop eating.	别吃东西了
98	If your stomach	如果你的肠胃
99	is empty, then it's time to eat.	是空的,然后它的时间吃。
100	Stomach.	肠胃.
101	Okay.	摆
102	Number three.	三号
103	This boy is having fun,	这个男孩玩得很开心
104	but he is keeping safe.	但是他一直很安全,没有危险
105	How?	怎么会?
106	Because he has a helmet on, right?	因为他戴着头盔,对吧?
107	Of course, he should probably	当然,他应该
108	wear pads on his elbows and his knees, but be careful.	肘部和膝盖上都戴着垫子,但要小心.
109	Wear a helmet.	戴头盔
110	Keep safe.	小心点
111	What	什麽?
112	is he doing?	他在干吗?
113	He is protecting his body.	他在保护他的身体
114	So, when you're playing, protect yourself, right?	所以,当你玩,保护自己,对不对?
115	If you're going to go rollerblading, wear a helmet.	如果你要去滚, 戴头盔。
116	If you're riding a bike, wear a	如果你骑自行车,就穿
117	helmet.	头盔
118	Maybe you should wear elbow pads.	也许你应该戴肘垫
119	Elbow pads.	肘垫.
120	Elbow pads and knee pads.	肘垫和膝盖垫.
121	These	这些
122	also help protect your body in case of an accident or in case you fall down.	遇有意外或摔倒时,亦协助保护身体。
123	So, protect	所以,保护
124	yourself.	你自己来
125	Keep safe.	小心点
126	Next one.	下一个
127	Okay.	摆
128	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
129	Do you do this?	你这样做吗?
130	Do you make	你会做
131	your body strong?	你的身体强壮吗?
132	An activity to train your body.	一个训练你身体的活动。
133	What is it?	这是什么?
134	It, of course, is called	当然,它叫做
135	exercise.	运动。
136	Exercise.	运动
137	So, very quickly, exercise.	所以,非常快,锻炼。
138	Exercise.	运动
139	Do you exercise?	你运动吗?
140	I hope	我希望这样
141	you get enough exercise to make your body strong.	你有足够的锻炼让你的身体强壮。
142	Next one.	下一个
143	Oh, we have some money here,	哦,我们有一些钱在这里,
144	right?	对吧?
145	To take and hold in your hand, but it's not about the money.	取而握之于手,但与钱无关.
146	It's about the action	这是关于行动
147	of taking something and holding it in your hand.	拿着东西拿着它
148	Now, if you do it quickly, if you do	现在,如果你做的快,如果你做了
149	it quickly, we say grab, okay?	它很快,我们说抓,好吗?
150	So, it's not just to take and hold in your hand, but it	所以,这不仅仅是拿和握在你的手,
151	also means to do that quickly.	也意味着尽快做到这一点。
152	If your brother, younger brother or sister sees your candy,	如果你的弟弟,弟弟或妹妹看到你的糖果,
153	they might grab a piece of your candy, right?	他们可能会拿一块你的糖果,对不对?
154	That's very quick, right?	这么快,对吧?
155	So, you might grab	所以,你可能会抓住
156	something very quickly.	东西很快。
157	You take it and hold it in your hand, but it usually means quickly.	你拿着它并握在手中,但通常意味着快速.
158	Grab something, right?	拿些东西,对吗?
159	Grab it quickly before it's gone.	在它消失之前快点抓住它
160	Okay.	摆
161	Grab.	抓起来
162	Number six.	六号
163	Oh,	瓳
164	so cute, right?	真可爱,对吧?
165	What covers your body?	你身体上盖着什么?
166	Now, of course, this baby doesn't have any clothes	这孩子当然没有衣服了
167	on, but there's still something covering his body or her body.	但还是有东西覆盖着他的身体
168	We're not sure, but what	我们不确定,但是
169	is this?	是这个吗?
170	And we all have it, right?	我们都有,对吧?
171	It's covering our body.	它覆盖我们的身体。
172	It protects the inside of our body.	它保护我们身体的内脏
173	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
174	We call it skin, right?	我们称之为皮肤,对不对?
175	A newborn baby, their skin is very soft, right?	一个新生婴儿,他们的皮肤很柔软,对吧?
176	Soft as a newborn baby.	软如新生婴儿.
177	It's skin.	是皮肤.
178	Skin covers our body from head to toe.	皮肤从头到脚覆盖我们的身体.
179	Okay.	摆
180	Next one.	下一个
181	Seven.	七门.
182	To stretch out and try to touch something.	伸展,尝试触摸一些东西。
183	So, you see this little boy here.	所以,你看到这个小男孩在这里。
184	He's not	他没有
185	so tall.	这么高。
186	He's stretching and he's trying to do what?	他伸展着,想做什么?
187	What is he trying to do?	他想怎样?
188	He's trying	他在尝试
189	to reach the flowers of the tree, to reach something.	到达树的花, 到达的东西。
190	So, if you extend your arm, now	所以,如果你延长你的手臂,现在
191	it can be, you can reach up, you can reach across, you can reach down.	它可以是,你可以伸手, 你可以伸手过,你可以下。
192	There's many ways	有很多办法
193	that you can reach, right?	你可以达到,对不对?
194	It just means to stretch out.	它只是表示伸展出来。
195	Just if you're stretching your	如果你正在伸张你的
196	arm, that's reaching, right?	手臂,这是到达,对不对?
197	If you stretch out your leg, maybe you're trying to touch	如果你伸开你的腿, 也许你试图触摸
198	something.	东西。
199	You're trying to reach something with your foot, okay?	你试图用你的脚达到的东西,好吗?
200	So, it just means to	所以,它只是意味着
201	use a part of your body to try to touch something that is not close to you, to reach.	用你身体的一部分尝试触摸一些与你无关的东西, 接触。
202	And it	还有
203	can be any different direction, okay?	可以是一个不同的方向,好吗?
204	Okay.	摆
205	Eight.	八个。
206	This is an exciting road, right?	这条路很刺激,对吧?
207	Before	在此之前
208	we saw the road that was straight, oh, that's shim-sham-hail, right?	我们看见那条路是直的, 哦,那是shim -sham -hail,对不对?
209	That's very boring.	真无聊
210	But this, wow, this is exciting, right?	但是,这,哇,这是令人兴奋的,对不对?
211	And it's also very, usually more scenic, prettier,	而且它也非常,通常更风景,更漂亮,
212	more beautiful.	更美丽。
213	Having a round shape.	有圆形.
214	Having a round shape, also this sign, you can see	有圆形的形状,还有这个标志,你可以看到
215	it's kind of like a round half of a circle, we say it's curved.	有点像圆形半圆,我们说它是弯曲的。
216	So, if the road changes	如果路变了
217	direction many times, it's a curved road.	这条路是弯曲的
218	Or even if it just changes one direction,	即使它只是改变一个方向,
219	it's curved.	这是弯曲的。
220	Now, this might be a little hard to pronounce, curved.	现在,这可能是有点难发音,弯曲。
221	Remember the V sound	记住V的声音
222	right in the middle, V, and you make a little vibration with your throat, V. So, curved,	在中间,V,你用喉咙做点振动,V。所以,弯曲,
223	curved, and then you stop it with the D sound.	弯曲的,然后你用D的声音停止它。
224	Curved, curved.	弯曲弯曲
225	So, curved, okay?	所以,弯曲的,好吗?
226	Next one is nine.	次一为九.
227	To go from one place to another.	欲从一地往一地.
228	So, what are these people doing?	那么,这些人在做什么?
229	They're putting their stuff in boxes.	他们把东西放在箱子里
230	They're going from one place to another.	他们从一个地方到另一个地方
231	They're moving,	他们正在移动,
232	right?	对吧?
233	Eesa -eesa,对不对?
234	You're moving from one place to another.	你从一个地方搬到另一个地方
235	So, you call 2424 for	所以,你打电话2424
236	the company that will help you move from one place to another.	帮助你从一个地方搬到另一个地方的公司。
237	我认为你说eesa -eesa
238	in Korea, right?	在韩国,对不对?
239	Okay.	摆
240	So, to move, especially when people move their house, they move their	所以,移动,尤其是当人们移动他们的房子,他们移动
241	home, let's move.	回家,我们走吧。
242	We live in Seoul, let's move to Busan, or let's move to Daejeon.	我们住在首尔,我们搬去釜山或者搬去大田
243	So,	这么说
244	you move from one place to another.	你从一个地方搬到另一个地方。
245	Or, you move from Gangnam and you go up to Jongno,	或者,你从江南搬来,你上到钟野,
246	all right?	好吗?
247	You change the place where you live.	你改变你住的地方。
248	Ten.	十岁.
249	Oh, that's cute too, right?	哦,这是可爱的,对不对?
250	What's	何谓
251	going on there?	继续?
252	Looks like the mother is touching her baby's feet, right?	看来她妈妈在摸孩子的脚,对吧?
253	And lots	还有很多
254	of skin here, okay?	这里的皮肤,好吗?
255	To put your hand on something.	把手放在东西上。
256	To put your hand on something means to touch,	把手放在触摸的东西上
257	right?	对吧?
258	The mother is touching her baby's feet.	母亲在摸她的宝宝的脚。
259	If you put your hand on something, it doesn't	如果你把手放在东西上,它不会
260	matter what it is.	无论它是什么。
261	I put my hand on the pen, I'm touching it.	我把手放在笔上,我碰它。
262	I put my hand on my head,	我把手放在头上
263	I'm touching my head, okay?	我在摸我的头,好吗?
264	Put your hand on the TV, you're touching the TV.	把手放在电视上,你碰了电视
265	To touch	抚摸
266	something.	东西。
267	Eleven.	十一门.
268	A hard white thing in your body.	你体内的硬白东西
269	This, by the way, is called an x-ray.	顺便说一句,这叫做X光
270	Doctors in hospitals will use x-rays to make sure your bones are okay.	医院的医生会用X光检查确保你的骨头没事
271	Oh, I just said	哦,我只是说
272	the word, right?	这个词,对不对?
273	To make sure there's no broken what?	确定没有断什么?
274	No broken bones.	无断骨.
275	Bone.	骨头
276	Is that	这是
277	a hard word to pronounce?	很难发音吗?
278	Bone.	骨头
279	乙O.
280	It's very easy.	这很容易。
281	Bone, okay?	骨头,好吗?
282	A hard white thing	硬白的东西
283	in your body.	在你体内。
284	You have many bones.	你有很多骨头
285	This is your hand, right?	这是你的手,对不对?
286	Look at how many bones are	看看有多少骨头
287	in your hand.	在你手中。。。
288	There are so many bones in just your hand if you think about it, okay?	想想看,你手里有这么多骨头,好吗?
289	Twelve.	十二个
290	The part of the body between the shoulder and the hand.	肩部与手部之间的身体部位.
291	So, we're looking at the part	所以,我们正在看的部分
292	of the body.	将身体。
293	Here's your shoulder here, and there's your hand down here.	这是你的肩膀,还有你的手
294	So, we're looking	所以,我们正在寻找
295	at this part of the body right here.	在身体的这一部分就在这里。
296	And as you can see, there's two parts, right?	你可以看到,有两个部分,对不对?
297	What	什麽?
298	do we call it?	我们叫它吗?
299	We call it the arm.	我们称之为手臂。
300	arm臂.
301	Now, of course, you have an upper arm and	现在,当然,你有一个上臂和
302	a lower arm.	一个下臂。
303	So, we can say this is upper.	因此,我们可以说这是上面。
304	Upper arm.	上臂..
305	Well, you could say this is the	嗯,你可以说这是
306	lower arm.	下两臂.
307	Lower.	低点
308	But some people will also call it the forearm.	但有些人也会称之为前臂.
309	Forearm.	前观.
310	That's an E,	这是一个E,
311	不是C. F. O. R. E. 的电话
312	Okay.	摆
313	Let's do it easier for you guys.	让我们做它更容易为你们。
314	Forearm.	前观.
315	So, forearm is here.	所以,前臂在这里。
316	We could also call it the lower arm.	我们也可以称之为下臂。
317	This is upper arm.	这是上臂。
318	So, if you're complaining, ah,	所以,如果你抱怨,啊,
319	my arm hurts.	我的手好痛手好痛手好痛手好痛手好痛
320	Where does it hurt?	哪里疼吗?
321	My upper arm hurts or my forearm hurts, right?	我的上臂痛还是前臂痛?
322	So,	这么说
323	you have two parts to your arm, okay?	你手臂有两个部分,好吗?
324	And, of course, those two parts are separated by	当然,这两个部分是分开的
325	what's this?	这是什么?
326	This is called the elbow.	此名为肘.
327	El牛.
328	The elbow is right here.	肘就在这里。
329	And that separates	和它分开
330	the two parts of your arm.	手臂的两个部分。
331	Arm.	手举起来。
332	Is arm hard to pronounce?	手臂很难发音吗?
333	Arm.	手举起来。
334	Pretty easy.	很简单
335	Okay.	摆
336	Next one.	下一个
337	Here we have a skeleton again, right?	我们又有骨架了,对吧?
338	This is our skeleton, right?	这是我们的骨架对吧?
339	The bone that	骨头
340	surrounds the chest.	围绕胸前.
341	It should be really the bones that surround the chest, not the bone.	应该是胸前的骨头,而不是骨头
342	The bones that surround.	围绕的骨头。
343	Because, as you can see, there are many of them, right?	因为,你可以看到, 他们有很多,对不对?
344	There's	还有
345	so many of them.	这么多人
346	What do we call them?	我们怎么称呼他们?
347	We call these ribs.	我们称之为这些肋骨。
348	Now, you probably know rib	现在,你可能知道肋骨
349	is kalbi, okay?	是卡尔比,好吗?
350	But, of course, you don't eat a human rib.	当然,你不会吃人的肋骨
351	Oh, that's horrible, right?	哦,这是可怕的,对不对?
352	你吃dwaeji卡尔比。
353	Or do you eat beef kalbi?	还是吃牛肉卡比?
354	I don't know how do you say that.	我不知道你怎么说的
355	How do you	你好吗?
356	say that?	这么说?
357	Bulgogi kalbi?	布尔戈吉・卡尔比?
358	You don't say that.	你别这么说
359	但是,dwaeji 卡尔比。
360	Those would be ribs, like	这些是肋骨,像
361	short ribs, okay?	肋骨短,好吗?
362	L.A. kalbi, right?	洛杉矶卡尔比,对不对?
363	Okay.	摆
364	So, that's very delicious, right?	所以,这是非常美味的,对不对?
365	But, of	但是,对于
366	course, you look at this picture.	当然,你看这张照片。
367	That's not delicious.	这不好吃。
368	But, anyway, these are the ribs.	但是,无论如何,这些是肋骨。
369	Now, if you want to talk about the whole thing, right?	现在,如果你想谈整个事情,对不对?
370	If you talk about all the ribs together,	如果你谈论所有的肋骨在一起,
371	what does it look like?	看起来像什么?
372	It kind of looks like a cage, doesn't it?	它看起来像一个笼子,不是吗?
373	A cage where you keep	笼子里的笼子
374	an animal or something in.	动物什么的。
375	So, we call the whole thing a rib cage.	因此,我们把整个事情称为肋骨笼。
376	Rib cage is the whole	绳子笼是整个
377	thing, right?	事情,对不对?
378	It's like a cage that protects the inside of your body, right?	这就像一个笼子保护你的体内,对不对?
379	We call it	我们称之为
380	a rib cage.	一个肋骨笼。
381	And it's made up by the individual.	而由个人编造.
382	There are many ribs, okay?	这里有很多肋骨,好吗?
383	So, rib.	所以,肋骨。 (笑声)
384	R, r,	风,风,
385	r, b, b, rib, rib, okay?	肋骨肋骨肋骨好吗?
386	We got the i between the r and the b. Rib.	我们得到了i在r和b。里布。
387	So, these are called	所以,这些叫做
388	ribs.	肋骨肋骨肋骨
389	The bones that surround the chest.	围胸骨.
390	Ribs, okay.	条纹,好。
391	Near, near.	近,近也. 师曰.
392	This is very near the whole,	这是非常接近整个,
393	right?	对吧?
394	We could also say it's close.	我们可以说它很近。
395	So, near and close mean the same thing.	所以,接近和接近意味着同样的事情。
396	They mean the	他们的意思是
397	same thing, okay?	同样的事情,好吗?
398	Something to keep an animal in.	有东西可以让动物在里面
399	We already talked about that, right?	我们已经谈过了对吧?
400	I	一、导言
401	just talked about with your ribs, it looks, if you talk about the whole thing, it's like	刚刚跟你的肋骨谈了一下, 看起来,如果你谈论整个事情, 它就像
402	a cage, right?	一个笼子,对不对?
403	So, rib, rib cage.	所以,肋骨,肋骨笼。
404	But, in this case, this is just a cage.	但在这种情况下,这只是一个笼子。
405	This isn't	这不是
406	a rib cage.	一个肋骨笼。
407	This is just a cage.	这只是一个笼子。
408	You keep birds in a cage.	你把鸟放在笼子里
409	Something to keep an animal	有东西可以养动物
410	in is a cage.	在笼子里。
411	16.	16号.
412	The part of the body we use for walking.	我们用来行走的身体部分。
413	What part of our bodies do	我们身体的哪一部分
414	we use for walking?	我们用来走路?
415	Do we use our head for walking?	我们用头走路吗?
416	No, that hurts, right?	不,这很痛,对不对?
417	Do we use	我们使用
418	our arms for walking?	我们的手臂走?
419	No, we don't use our arms for walking.	不,我们不会用手臂走路
420	We use our legs for walking.	我们用腿走路
421	The leg is used for walking, for running, for kicking the ball.	腿用于走路,跑步,踢球.
422	We use our legs for	我们用我们的腿
423	many things, okay?	很多事情,好吗?
424	But, especially, we use our legs to walk.	但尤其是我们用腿走路
425	Okay, let's go over the	好吧,让我们过去
426	vocabulary exercises.	词汇练习.
427	We have a little bit of different exercises this time.	这次我们有些不同的练习
428	In the first	在第一个
429	part, we're going to find words that mean the same thing.	部分,我们会找到意思相同的词。
430	Find the word in the box that	在盒子里找到这个词
431	means the same or almost the same.	表示相同或几乎相同.
432	Maybe not exactly the same, but similar.	也许不完全一样,但相似。
433	비슷한데요.
434	Maybe not 똑같아요, but 비슷한데요, right?	也许不是,但是,对不对?
435	Same is 똑같아요.	同样是QQ。
436	类似, QQ,
437	right?	对吧?
438	So, the same or almost the same as the underlined word or words.	所以,与下划线的单词或单词相同或几乎相同.
439	So, we see the	所以,我们看到
440	sentence here.	句子在这里。
441	We see this is underlined.	我们看到这是下划线。
442	This is underlined.	下划线。
443	Which word is similar	哪个词相似
444	or the same as these underlined parts of the sentence?	还是与这些下划线部分句子相同?
445	Our words are first exercise, exercise.	我们的言辞是首先锻炼,锻炼。
446	Next is curved, curved.	下一个是曲线,曲线。
447	And next one is reach, reach.	下一个是到达,到达。
448	Okay?	好吗?
449	Number one, John likes to ride	第一,约翰喜欢骑马
450	bicycles and play soccer.	自行车和踢足球。
451	So, we have two parts of the sentence, two parts of the sentence.	因此,我们有两个部分的句子,两个部分的句子.
452	That are underlined.	以上是下划线。
453	So, what is riding bicycles and playing soccer?	那么,骑自行车和踢足球是什么?
454	What are those things?	那是什么东西?
455	What word is similar to those activities?	与这些活动相似的是什么词?
456	If you guessed exercise, you are correct.	如果你猜到锻炼,你是对的。
457	Exercise.	运动
458	John likes to ride bicycles and play soccer.	约翰喜欢骑自行车和踢足球.
459	Those are types of exercise.	这些都是运动的类型。
460	If you think about exercise, exercise is the big word, right?	如果你考虑锻炼,锻炼是大词,对不对?
461	And inside that word, under	在那个词里,在下面
462	the umbrella or circle of exercise, many types of exercise.	伞形或圆形运动, 多种类型的运动。
463	Riding bikes, playing soccer,	骑自行车,踢足球,
464	jumping rope, running or jogging, playing tennis, rollerblading.	跳绳,跑步或慢跑,打网球,滚球。
465	Those are all types	这些都是所有类型的
466	of exercise.	锻炼。
467	Two, our rib bones are shaped like C. Like C?	第二,我们的肋骨形状像C,像C?
468	Like what?	比如说?
469	Like a C?	像一个C?
470	Like	喜欢
471	a C. In other words, our rib bones, if you look at the rib bone, if you look at a C,	a C. 换句话说,我们的肋骨, 如果你看肋骨,如果你看一个C,
472	the letter C is like this.	C字母是这样的
473	So, it's not a straight shape, right?	所以,这不是一个直的形状,对不对?
474	What is it?	这是什么?
475	It's a	这是一个
476	curved shape.	曲线形状。
477	Our rib bones are shaped like a C or like the letter C. Okay?	我们的肋骨形状像C 还是像字母C
478	That's what	就这样
479	it's talking about.	它在谈论。
480	It's not a mistake in typing.	不误打字.
481	It's just what they're saying is,	他们就是这么说的
482	what letter does it look like?	它看起来像什么?
483	It looks like a C. Okay?	它看起来像一个C。好吗?
484	So, they are curved.	因此,它们是弯曲的。
485	A C is curved.	C是弯曲的。
486	If you said, look like an L, a small L, that's straight, right?	如果你说,看起来像一个L,一个小L, 这是直的,对不对?
487	That would be pandero of	那会是一派胡言
488	curved.	弯曲的。
489	Okay.	摆
490	Next one, three.	下一个,三个。
491	I'm too short.	我太矮了。
492	I can't touch the ceiling.	我无法触摸天花板。
493	So if you are short and you're doing this with your arm, you're stretching your arm	所以,如果你是矮的,你这样做用你的手臂,你伸手臂
494	out, you're trying to touch the ceiling, what are you doing?	出来,你试图触摸天花板,你在做什么?
495	You are reaching.	你到达。
496	I can't reach	我无法到达
497	{\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}还有天花板
498	Same word.	同一语.
499	That would be exactly the same.	这完全一样。
500	Not similar, the same.	不一样,一样
501	I can't touch	我摸不着
502	{\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}还有天花板
503	I can't reach the ceiling.	我无法到达天花板。
504	I can't touch the television.	我不能碰电视
505	I can't reach	我无法到达
506	the television.	电视
507	Okay?	好吗?
508	Same thing.	同样的事情。
509	Okay, so this exercise is finding words that are the	好吧,所以这个练习是寻找词是
510	same or almost the same.	相同或几乎一样。
511	The next exercise is finding the words that have opposite meaning,	下一个练习是找出有相反含义的词,
512	pandero, right?	潘德罗,对吧?
513	Circle the word or words in the sentence that are opposite of the word	将句子中与字相反的单词圆形
514	in bold print.	以粗体打印。
515	What is bold print?	何为粗体字?
516	That's the heavy, dark print that you see there.	这就是你看到的深重的指纹。
517	When a word is darker and bigger than normal, we say it's bold, bold print.	当一个词比正常的更暗,更大的时候,我们说它是大胆的,大胆的印刷.
518	That's this	就是这个
519	one here and this one.	这里还有这个
520	So, let's circle the word or words that are opposite, pandero,	所以,让我们环字或字是相反的, 山德罗,
521	of this one.	这个
522	Our word here is grab.	我们的承诺是抓捕
523	Number one is grab.	头号是抢。
524	So our sentence is, poor Mike.	所以我们的句子是,可怜的迈克。
525	His balloon is gone.	他的气球不见了
526	He let it go out of his hand.	他让事情失控了
527	So remember grab is to take and hold	所以,记住抓是拿和持有
528	in your hand, right?	在你的手,对不对?
529	Grab is to take and hold in your hand.	抓起来就是握住你的手
530	What's the opposite?	何谓相反.
531	The opposite	恰恰相反
532	is here.	在这里。
533	He let it go.	他让它走了。
534	If you let something go, that's the opposite of grab.	如果你放过一些东西,那是相反的抓。
535	Grab is to	抓起来就是
536	take in your hand.	拿着你的手。
537	Let it go is to let it leave your hand.	让它离开你的手。
538	And think about it.	而思议之.
539	He had	他有过
540	a balloon.	一个气球。
541	A balloon wants to go up, but you hold on to it.	气球想升起来,但你坚持住
542	If you let go of the string,	如果你松开绳子
543	the balloon goes away.	气球不见了。
544	So let it go, grab opposite.	所以,让它去,抓住对面。
545	Number two is protect.	二是护法.
546	That's our	那是我们的
547	word here.	这里的单词。
548	Protect.	保护
549	The rock is going to hurt the boy.	石头会伤害男孩的
550	He should wear a helmet.	他应该戴头盔
551	So protect	所以保护
552	means to keep yourself safe from danger so that you don't get hurt.	保护自己免受危险以免受伤
553	So protect, the opposite	所以保护,相反
554	of course is to hurt.	当然是伤害。
555	The opposite of protect is to hurt something.	保护的反面是伤害什么。
556	He should wear a helmet	他应该戴头盔
557	so that he doesn't get hurt so that he protects himself.	以免他受到伤害这样他就能保护自己
558	So protect and hurt are opposites.	所以保护与伤害是对立的.
559	The third one, the word is straight.	第三者,字为直.
560	What is the opposite of straight in the sentence	句子里有什么与直线相反
561	or two sentences?	还是两句?
562	It is raining, so drive slowly.	下雨了,慢慢开车
563	It is raining, the road gets micro	下雨了,道路变得微小
564	slippery.	滑动。
565	It's dangerous.	这是危险的。
566	Also, this road is curved, so be careful.	而且这条路是弯曲的所以小心点
567	There's two things	有两件事
568	you have to watch out for.	你必须要小心。
569	One, there's rain, so it's micro slippery.	一,有雨,故微滑.
570	The second thing is	第二点是
571	the road is curved, so be careful.	道路是弯曲的,所以要小心。
572	Now, curved is the opposite of straight.	现在,曲线与直线相反。
573	Straight means	直线表示
574	doesn't change direction, keeps going the same direction, but curved means that it changes	不改变方向,继续走同样的方向, 但曲线表示它改变
575	direction.	向上转
576	And if you're driving, you have to be careful, especially if it's wet because	如果你开车,你必须小心, 特别是如果它是湿的,因为
577	it's slippery.	它的滑动。
578	You could have a problem.	你可能有一个问题。
579	Okay, well that wraps up the vocabulary section	好吧,那就把词汇部分结束
580	of this lesson.	这个教训。
581	Let's take a short break, come back, and go over the reading.	暂休,复来,阅览.
582	
583	welcome back guys.	欢迎你们回来。
584	Let's continue our lesson about bones.	让我们继续关于骨头的课。
585	So we're going to read a passage	所以我们要读一段
586	about the bones in our body.	关于我们体内的骨头
587	You ready?	你准备好了吗?
588	Let's begin.	让我们开始。
589	The first one, our bones help us stand	第一个,我们的骨头帮助我们站立
590	and move.	移动。
591	So this sentence is kind of talking about our topic sentence.	因此,这个句子有点谈论我们的主题句。
592	Our topic of course	我们的话题当然
593	is bones.	是骨头。
594	That's what this passage is about.	即此经义.
595	So it's saying that bones are very important	所以说骨头很重要
596	because think about that.	因为考虑一下
597	Without bones, I couldn't stand up.	没有骨头,我无法站起来。
598	Bones help me stand up.	骨头帮我站起来。
599	If I didn't have bones, I would fall to the ground.	如果我没有骨头,我会倒在地上。
600	I'd be like a jelly, like a jellyfish.	我会像一个果冻, 像水母。
601	So bones help us stand and move around.	骨骼帮助我们站立移动。
602	We can't see our bones, right?	我们看不到我们的骨头,对不对?
603	I hope we can	我希望我们能
604	see them.	看他们。
605	You don't see your bones, right?	你没看到你的骨头,对不对?
606	But we can't see them because they're under	但是我们看不到他们,因为他们在下面
607	our skin.	我们的皮肤。
608	We can feel them, right?	我们可以感觉到他们,对不对?
609	We can feel our bones.	我们可以感觉到我们的骨头。
610	So we can't see our bones,	所以我们不能看到我们的骨头,
611	but we can feel them.	但我们能感觉到它们。
612	See this is negative, this is positive, so we use but to connect	看这是负的,这是正的, 所以我们使用但连接
613	them.	他们。
614	We can't see them, but we can feel them.	我们看不到他们,但我们能感觉到他们。
615	They are under our skin, under our skin.	它们在我们的皮下, 在我们的皮下。
616	I	一、导言
617	just said that, right?	刚刚说的,对不对?
618	We have skin on the top and underneath are the bones.	上面有皮肤,下面是骨头
619	So the next	所以下一个
620	sentence is a little experiment, right?	句子是一个小实验,对不对?
621	Touch.	触动.
622	Touch the outside of your hand.	触手外关.
623	So if you	所以,如果你
624	touch the outside of your hand like I'm doing right now, go ahead and do this the same,	摸摸你的手的外面就像我现在做的一样继续这样
625	right?	对吧?
626	Go ahead and do it.	动手吧
627	Do you feel something hard?	你感到很难受吗?
628	You bet.	当然
629	Sure, yeah.	当然
630	I feel something	我感觉到一些东西
631	hard.	很难。
632	Those are your bones.	这些都是你的骨头。
633	So what you're feeling under your skin are your bones.	故皮下之感为骨.
634	You	你们
635	have many bones in your hand and you can feel them.	手上有很多骨头,你可以感觉到
636	They're very hard, aren't they?	他们很辛苦,不是吗?
637	
638	well bones come in all kinds of shapes and we can feel that, right?	骨头有各种各样的形状我们可以感觉到,对不对?
639	Before we felt the	在我们感觉到
640	bones in our hand, they're small.	我们手上的骨头很小
641	They're not that big, but if you feel the bones in	他们没那么大,但如果你感觉到骨头在里面
642	your arm, right?	你的手臂,对不对?
643	They are different shapes, kinds of shapes.	它们是不同的形状,不同的形状。
644	They're long and they have	他们很长,他们有
645	different shapes to them.	他们的形状不同
646	So bones come in all kinds of shapes, many different shapes.	因此骨骼呈各种形状,有许多不同的形状.
647	This is this.	这是这个。
648	What does this refer back to?	这是什么意思?
649	The fact that they come in all kinds of shapes.	其如来种种形体.
650	That's what this refers back to.	这就是这个意思
651	When you say an idea, when you have an idea and you	当你说一个想法, 当你有一个想法和你
652	write that idea, then you want to refer back to that idea.	写这个想法,然后你想提到这个想法。
653	Use this.	用这个
654	Many students use	许多学生使用
655	it, but that's not good.	它,但这是不好的。
656	That doesn't sound good.	听起来不妙
657	It's better to use this.	宜用此药.
658	You write an	你写一个
659	idea, you refer back to it, use this.	想法,你参考回来,用这个。
660	Don't use it.	别用.
661	Use this.	用这个
662	It sounds much better.	听起来好多了
663	So	这么说
664	bones come in all kinds of shapes.	骨来种种形.
665	This, the fact that they come in all kinds of shapes	这,事实上,他们来各种各样的形状
666	is because.	是因为...
667	So this sentence says, why do they come in all kinds of shapes?	故此句说,何故以种种形而来?
668	This is	这是
669	because they have different jobs.	因为他们的工作不同
670	So bones come in different shapes.	故骨来形不同.
671	This is because	这是因为
672	they have different jobs.	他们有不同的工作。
673	Our arm bones are straight, so we can reach and grab things.	我们的手臂骨骼是直的, 这样我们就可以到达和抓住的东西。
674	So this says they come in all different kinds of shapes.	这上面说它们有各种各样的形状
675	This one says why, and starting	这个说为什么,然后开始
676	from here is an example.	从这里就是一个例子。
677	So that's the structure of this part of the reading passage.	这就是这部分阅读段落的结构。
678	Our bones	我们的骨头
679	have all different kinds of shapes.	有各种各样的形状。
680	The reason for that is because they have different jobs.	原因是他们有不同的工作。
681	One example, our arm bones are long and straight so that we can reach and we can grab things.	一个例子是,我们的手臂骨骼是长的和直的,这样我们才能到达和抓住东西。
682	If our arm bones were short and curved, we couldn't reach and grab many things.	如果我们的手臂骨骼短而弯曲, 我们无法到达和抓住很多东西。
683	We'd	我们
684	be like this.	像这样
685	But they're long and straight so we can grab things.	但是它们很长很直所以我们可以抓住东西
686	The bones near our	我们附近的骨头
687	stomach are called ribs.	胃称为肋骨.
688	Rib bones are curved to protect us.	肋骨被弯曲来保护我们。
689	They form a cage around our	它们在我们周围形成笼子
690	stomachs.	胃脉.
691	So this section here is giving another example of the kinds of bones and the jobs	因此,这里的这个部分给出了另一个例子骨头的类型和工作
692	that they do.	他们这样做。
693	In this case, we're talking about the bones in our body, especially the	在这种情况下,我们谈论我们身体中的骨骼,尤其是
694	ones near our stomach, right?	靠近我们的胃,对不对?
695	And really near our heart and our lungs too.	并且非常接近我们的心脏和肺部。
696	The bones near	骨头靠近
697	our stomach are called ribs.	我们的胃叫肋骨
698	So these bones, if you feel these bones, you feel the hard	所以,这些骨头,如果你感觉到这些骨头,你感到难
699	bones, those are ribs.	骨头,那些是肋骨。
700	Now are rib bones straight and long like our arm bones?	现在肋骨像我们的臂骨一样直吗?
701	No.	没有
702	They are	他们是
703	curved.	弯曲的。
704	They're curved, right?	他们是弯曲的,对不对?
705	They're curved around our body.	它们绕着我们的身体弯曲
706	Why?	为什么?
707	To protect us, right?	为了保护我们对吧?
708	To protect us from things that come in from all sides, behind us, on the side, or in front	保护我们不受来自四面八方的东西影响身后、侧面或前面
709	of us.	我们。
710	These bones are curved.	这些骨头是弯曲的。
711	They form a cage.	它们形成笼子.
712	They form.	他们形成。
713	They shape.	它们的形状。
714	The shape makes	形状使
715	a cage.	笼子
716	They form a cage around our stomachs, around our stomachs.	它们在我们的胃周围形成一个笼子, 在我们的胃周围。
717	Well actually, if you	其实,如果你
718	think about that, there's no bones.	想想,没有骨头。
719	There's no bones between protecting my stomach, right?	保护我的胃之间没有骨头对吧?
720	But the bones do protect your heart and your lungs.	但骨骼确实能保护你的心和肺.
721	They protect the important organs in	他们保护重要器官
722	your body.	你的躯体。
723	So they form a cage around our stomachs, but really around our lungs and	因此,它们形成笼子在我们的胃, 但真正在我们的肺和
724	our heart.	我们的心脏。
725	Okay.	摆
726	Some bones are very big.	有些骨头很大
727	Think about your body.	考虑一下你的身体
728	Where are the big bones	大骨头呢?
729	in your body?	在你的身体吗?
730	The biggest and strongest bone, where is it?	最大最强的骨头,在哪里?
731	It's in your leg, okay?	在你的腿,好吗?
732	Well	这个嘛
733	of course, your legs have to be very strong.	当然,你的腿必须很强壮
734	You use your legs to move around, to walk	用你的腿走动,走动
735	and to run.	和运行。
736	Your leg bones have to support your body.	你的腿骨必须支撑你的身体。
737	So they have to be big and strong,	所以它们必须大而有力
738	right?	对吧?
739	That's what that says here.	这里就是这么说的
740	Now those bones are big and strong, but some bones are	现在那些骨头是大而强的, 但有些骨头是
741	tiny.	有点小
742	So right, remember at the beginning of this passage, a few slides ago, we talked	所以,对了,记住在这段开头, 几张幻灯片之前,我们谈过
743	about different shapes of your bones, right?	关于你不同形状的骨头,对不对?
744	So we see that some bones are big and strong.	因此,我们看到一些骨头是大而坚固的.
745	Some bones are small and tiny.	有些骨头很小,很小
746	Where are those bones?	那些骨头呢?
747	There are three bones, three bones	有三个骨头,三个骨头
748	inside of your ear.	在你的耳朵内。
749	Did you know that?	你知道吗?
750	There are three bones inside your ear.	耳内有三骨.
751	They are	他们是
752	the smallest bones in our bodies, okay?	我们身体里最小的骨头好吗?
753	By the way, those are small bones.	顺便说一下,那些是小骨头。
754	You have to	你必须
755	protect them.	保护他们
756	Don't listen to loud sounds.	不听声闻.
757	You might break those bones.	你可能会把骨头弄断
758	So be careful	所以小心点
759	about loud music or loud sounds.	关于响亮的音乐或声音。
760	All bones are hard on the outside and soft on the inside.	所有骨硬于外,软于内.
761	Okay, so about right here is where they stop talking about the different types of bones,	好了,关于这里他们不再谈论不同类型的骨头,
762	right?	对吧?
763	A few slides ago, we talked about there are many different kinds of bones in your	几张幻灯片前,我们讨论过你有很多不同的骨头
764	body.	躯体。
765	We saw many examples, arm bones, rib bones, leg bones, ear bones.	我们看到许多例子,臂骨,肋骨,腿骨,耳骨.
766	Okay, that's	好吧,这是
767	it.	这个
768	Now, we have a sentence, all bones.	现在,我们有一个句子,所有的骨头。
769	So now we're going back and talking about all	所以现在我们回去谈谈所有的事
770	bones.	骨头。
771	It doesn't matter how big they are, where they are, or what their shape is.	其大小,所在,或形貌,皆不相关.
772	All	全体
773	bones are hard on the outside and soft on the inside, all the bones.	骨硬于外而软于内,皆骨也.
774	Guess how many	猜猜有多少个
775	bones we have.	骨头我们有。
776	So take a guess.	所以,你猜一猜。 (笑声)
777	Guess means think about it and try to find the answer	猜是想着找到答案
778	without really looking up the information.	没有真正查清信息。
779	Just from your knowledge that you have in	就凭你对我的了解
780	your head, try to find the answer.	你的头,试着找到答案。
781	Guess how many bones we have.	猜猜我们有多少骨头
782	Can you guess?	你能猜到吗?
783	Is there	有没有
784	any way?	是吗?
785	Do you think maybe 20 bones, 40 bones, maybe there's 60 bones?	你觉得也许20个骨头,40个骨头,也许有60个骨头?
786	Well, guess what?	你猜怎么着?
787	In just our hand, just our hand alone, there are 27 different bones.	仅仅在我们手中只有我们一个人就有27个不同的骨头
788	Wow, that's a lot.	哇,这是很多。
789	It's amazing when you think about it.	思惟时不可思议.
790	Our body has not 40, not 50, not 60 bones, but	我们的身体没有40,没有50,没有60个骨头,但是...
791	206 bones.	206 骨头。
792	Wow, that's a lot of bones, right?	哇,这是很多骨头,对不对?
793	Our skeleton is very complex, right?	我们的骨架很复杂,对吧?
794	We have	我们有
795	many bones in our body.	我们身上有很多骨头
796	Babies have close to 300 bones.	婴儿有近三百骨.
797	Wait a minute, babies have 300	等等,婴儿有300个
798	bones, but we only have 206 bones?	骨头,但我们只有206个骨头?
799	Does that sound strange to you?	你觉得奇怪吗?
800	Well, the reading doesn't	读不出来
801	say it, but think about it.	说,但想一想。
802	When babies grow bigger, their bones actually grow together,	当婴儿长大了,他们的骨头实际上一起长大,
803	and so two bones become one bone.	所以两个骨头变成一个骨头。
804	It's not like babies are losing bones, falling out	又不是婴儿失去骨头,掉出来
805	of their body.	他们的身体。
806	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
807	Babies have more bones because they're more flexible,	婴儿的骨头比较灵活
808	right?	对吧?
809	They can move actually better than adults can, but those bones join together	他们能移动得比成年人好但骨头会合在一起
810	and grow together, so two bones become one bone, or three bones become one bone, and	并相生,故两骨成一骨,或三骨成一骨.
811	that's what happens when we grow up.	我们长大后就会这样
812	It's pretty amazing.	这是相当惊人的。
813	Well, anyway, whether we have	不管我们有没有
814	206 bones or 300 bones, that's a lot.	206个骨头或300个骨头,这是很多。
815	That's a lot of bones.	骨数甚多.
816	Bones, right?	骨头,对不对?
817	Okay, how do	好,怎么样?
818	we keep all of our bones healthy and strong?	我们的骨头都保持健康坚固?
819	So, we've talked about types of bones, shapes	所以,我们谈论了骨骼的类型,形状
820	of bones, how many bones we have, but we also want to talk about, in this passage, how do	骨头,我们有多少骨头, 但我们也想谈谈,在这个段落,如何
821	we protect our bones?	我们保护我们的骨头?
822	How do we make sure our bones are strong and healthy?	我们如何确保我们的骨头坚固健康?
823	Very important,	非常重要的一点
824	right?	对吧?
825	We want to make sure our bones are healthy and strong.	我们要确保我们的骨头健康有力
826	That's the question.	问曰.
827	So,	这么说
828	after the question, we're going to find the answer.	问完后,我们会找到答案。
829	It's easier than you think.	比你想的简单
830	That's	这是
831	not the answer.	而不是答案。。。
832	That's just telling us it's easy to do what we want to do, okay?	那只是告诉我们做我们想做的事很容易好吗?
833	The answer	答对
834	starts here.	从这里开始。
835	Just drink plenty of milk and eat food that's good for you.	只要喝很多牛奶吃一些对你有好处的食物
836	That's two ways.	即是两法.
837	The first way, drink plenty of milk.	首先,喝很多牛奶
838	Two, eat food that's good for you.	二,吃对你有好处的食物.
839	Is there another	还有别的吗?
840	hint?	暗示吗?
841	Yes.	对
842	Exercise helps keep our bones strong and healthy, too.	锻炼也帮助我们的骨骼坚固和健康。
843	So, that's the third	所以,这是第三个
844	way.	就是这样
845	So, basically, we have a question.	所以,基本上,我们有一个问题。
846	How can we keep our bones healthy and strong?	我们怎样才能保持骨头健康和坚固?
847	Then we just have a statement saying it's easier than you think, and then we get the	然后我们有一个声明说这比你想的容易, 然后我们得到
848	answer.	答问.
849	There are three ways to keep our bones healthy and strong.	有三种方法可以使我们的骨头保持健康和坚固.
850	One, the first way, drink	一,第一个办法,喝
851	plenty of milk.	还有很多牛奶
852	The second way, eat food that's good for you.	第二种方式,吃对你有好处的食物.
853	The third way, exercise, because	第三种方式,锻炼,因为
854	exercise keeps our bones strong and healthy.	锻炼让我们的骨头健壮健康
855	Okay, so let's go over the reading passage.	好吧,让我们来看看阅读段落。
856	Let's go over the comprehension questions.	让我们来看看理解问题。
857	This story is about, so what were we talking	这个故事是有关,所以我们在谈论什么
858	about in the whole story?	整个故事?
859	Of course, that answer is probably very easy for you.	当然,这个答案对你来说可能非常容易。
860	We were	我们是
861	talking about shapes of bones.	谈论骨骼的形状。
862	We were talking about what bones do, the functions of bones,	我们谈论的是骨骼的功能
863	and we were talking about the smaller bones, the larger bones in your body, but we were	我们谈论的是较小的骨头, 你体内更大的骨头, 但我们是
864	also talking about how to keep your bones healthy.	还谈到如何保持你的骨头健康。
865	So, what are we talking about?	那么,我们在说什么?
866	We're	我们是
867	talking about bones, right?	谈论骨头,对不对?
868	D is the answer here.	D是这里的答案。
869	The story is not just about exercise.	故事不仅仅是关于锻炼。
870	Exercise was a small part of the story.	锻炼是故事的一小部分。
871	B, leg bones.	B, 腿骨 (英语).
872	Yeah, we said leg bones, but again,	是的,我们说腿骨,但再次,
873	that's just a small part of the story.	这只是故事的一小部分。
874	C, babies.	C,宝贝。
875	We mentioned babies.	我们提到了婴儿。
876	Babies have more	宝宝还有更多
877	bones when they're a baby.	骨头是婴儿的时候。
878	The bones grow together, but that was just a small part of	骨头一起长出来但这只是一小部分
879	the story.	这个故事。
880	The whole story is about bones.	整个故事是关于骨骼的.
881	So, this story is about bones.	所以,这个故事是关于骨头的。
882	Okay, number	好吧,号码
883	two.	两个
884	Bones are what, right?	骨头是什么,对不对?
885	And remember, we're talking about bones.	记住我们在谈论骨头
886	It's like you're	这就像你
887	saying all bones, right?	说所有的骨头,对不对?
888	All the bones.	诸骨.
889	Not just some bones, but all the bones.	不只是一些骨头,还有所有的骨头。
890	All bones	所有骨头
891	are what?	是什麽?
892	Soft and flexible.	柔软灵活.
893	Soft and flexible?	柔软和灵活?
894	Bones are soft, right?	骨头是软的,对不对?
895	If I push my bones,	如果我推我的骨头,
896	they're not soft.	他们不是软的。
897	They're hard.	他们很难。
898	Flexible means that they can bend, but bones don't usually	柔软意味着它们可以弯曲但骨头通常不会
899	bend.	弯曲。
900	I mean, maybe they bend a little bit, but we don't call them flexible.	我的意思是,也许他们弯了一点, 但我们不称之为灵活。
901	The opposite	恰恰相反
902	of flexible, by the way, is rigid.	顺便说一句,灵活是僵硬的。
903	It doesn't bend.	不弯曲.
904	And our bones are not really that flexible.	我们的骨头没那么灵活
905	They're more rigid.	他们更僵硬。
906	They don't bend.	他们不弯腰。
907	So, A is not correct.	所以,A是不正确的。
908	Bones are what?	骨头是什么?
909	Bones are	骨头是
910	under our skin.	在我们的皮肤下。
911	If you think about it, yes, all of your bones are under your skin.	如果你考虑一下,是的,你的骨头都在你的皮肤下面。
912	Can	可以吗?
913	you see any of your bones?	你看到你的骨头了吗?
914	No.	没有
915	Thank goodness.	谢天谢地
916	If you're in an accident, or you fall down	如果你出事了,或者摔下来
917	and you break a bone, sometimes you can see the bone, but yuck you are, right?	你骨折了,有时你可以看到骨头, 但你很讨厌,对不对?
918	That's	这是
919	terrible.	糟糕透顶了
920	So, normally, our bones are under our skin.	所以,通常,我们的骨头是在我们的皮肤之下。
921	Our bones should stay under our	我们的骨头应该留在我们下面
922	skin.	皮肤。
923	That's the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
924	Bones are under our skin.	骨头在我们皮底下
925	All bones are under our skin.	所有骨头都在我们的皮底下
926	Let's just look at C. Bones are always curved?	让我们看看C. Bones总是弯曲的?
927	No.	没有
928	Some bones are curved, like in our ribs	有些骨头是弯曲的就像我们的肋骨
929	are curved, but our arm bones are not curved.	我们的手臂骨骼没有弯曲
930	They're straight.	他们是直的。
931	Also, our leg bones.	还有我们的腿骨
932	So,	这么说
933	that's not right.	这不对
934	What about D?	D怎么办?
935	Bones are very expensive?	骨头很贵吗?
936	What are they talking about?	他们在说什么?
937	There's nothing in the passage about buying or selling bones.	道中无买卖骨.
938	So, that's very silly.	所以,这是非常愚蠢的。
939	So,	这么说
940	the right answer is B.	正确的答案是B。
941	Bones are under our skin, and all of our bones are under our skin.	骨在吾人皮下,骨在吾人皮下,皆为人骨.
942	That's the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
943	Okay.	摆
944	Three.	三个
945	Our beep are straight, so we can reach and grab	我们的哔声是直的,所以我们可以到达并抓住
946	things.	东西。
947	So, we're looking for a type of bone here, right?	所以,我们在这里寻找一种类型的骨头,对不对?
948	They're straight.	他们是直的。
949	We're looking	我们在寻找
950	for straight bones, and these bones can reach and grab things.	对于直的骨头, 这些骨头可以到达和抓住的东西。
951	They help us to reach and	他们帮助我们到达和
952	grab things.	抢东西。
953	Well, which bones are they?	他们是什么骨头?
954	Our leg bones.	我们的腿骨
955	Well, let's think about that.	好吧,让我们想想。
956	Leg	脚
957	bones are straight, so we can reach and grab things.	骨头是直的,所以我们可以到达和抓住的东西。
958	Well, do we normally use our leg bones	我们通常用腿骨
959	to grab things?	抢东西?
960	Do you grab things with your foot?	你用脚拿东西吗?
961	You probably drop them.	你可能放下他们。
962	It's easier	比较容易
963	to grab things with your arm, right?	用你的手臂抢东西,对不对?
964	So, it's not our leg bones.	所以,这不是我们的腿骨。
965	We don't use our leg bones	我们不用腿骨
966	to reach and grab things.	到达和抓住的东西。
967	B类.
968	Arm bones.	臂骨..
969	Well, that's the answer right there, right?	这就是答案,对不对?
970	We use	我们用
971	our arm, and our arm bones are straight, so that we can reach and grab things.	我们的手臂,和我们的手臂骨头是直的, 这样我们可以到达和抓住的东西。
972	That's	这是
973	the answer.	答案是: 答案吗?
974	Let's look at C. Are ribs are straight?	让我们看看C。肋骨是直吗?
975	No.	没有
976	Right away, we know that's not	现在,我们知道这不是
977	correct because ribs are not straight.	因为肋骨不是直的
978	They are curved.	它们是弯曲的。
979	D. Our shoulder bones are straight.	D,我们的肩骨是直的。
980	The reading passage didn't talk about shoulder bones, right?	阅读段落没有谈到肩骨,对不对?
981	But if you think about your	但是,如果你考虑你的
982	shoulder bones up here, shoulder bones are not really straight.	肩骨在这里,肩骨不是真正的直。
983	It's kind of curved.	有点弯曲
984	It connects your arms to your body, right?	它连接你的手臂与身体,对不对?
985	So, that's not the right answer either because	所以,这不是正确的答案也因为
986	the reading passage didn't say anything about shoulder bones.	阅读段落没有说任何关于肩骨。
987	Our arm bones, as we know,	据我们所知,我们的手臂骨骼
988	are straight, so we can reach and grab things.	是直的,这样我们就可以到达和抓住的东西。
989	Okay.	摆
990	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
991	Rib bones.	细肋骨.
992	Now, we're	现在,我们
993	looking for one of these statements should be true about rib bones.	寻找这些陈述之一应该是关于肋骨。
994	Three will be false.	三会假.
995	One will be true.	一个会是真的。
996	Which one is it?	哪一个?
997	A. Rib bones are the smallest bones in the body.	A. 肋骨是体内最小的骨头.
998	Are our rib bones the smallest bones?	我们的肋骨是最小的吗?
999	No.	没有
1000	Remember, the passage said your ear bones,	记住,那段说你的耳朵骨,
1001	the bones in your ear are the smallest bones in your body, not your rib bones.	耳朵里的骨头是身体里最小的骨头而不是肋骨
1002	B. Rib bones	B. 肋骨
1003	are the biggest bones in the body.	是体内最大的骨头。
1004	Did the reading passage say that rib bones are the	读经上说肋骨是
1005	biggest bones in the body?	体内最大的骨头?
1006	No.	没有
1007	The passage said the biggest bones in your body are in	上面说你体内最大的骨头在
1008	your legs.	你的脚。
1009	Okay, that's not true.	好吧,这不是真的。
1010	C. Rib bones are curved around our ears.	C. 骨骼弯曲在我们的耳朵。
1011	Well, rib bones	嗯,肋骨骨头
1012	are curved, yes, but around our ears?	是弯曲的,是的,但周围我们的耳朵?
1013	Are rib bones around our ears?	我们耳朵周围有肋骨吗?
1014	No.	没有
1015	Our rib bones	我们的肋骨
1016	are down here, far away from our ears.	远离我们的耳朵
1017	So, that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
1018	D. Rib bones form a cage	D. 脊骨形成笼子
1019	around our stomach.	我们的胃周围。
1020	Okay, that's what the reading passage said, that the rib bones form	好吧,这是阅读段落所说, 肋骨形成
1021	a cage around your stomach.	笼子绕着你的肚子
1022	Okay, so D is the right answer according to the reading.	好吧,所以D是正确的答案根据阅读。
1023	Rib bones form a cage around our stomach.	脊骨在我们胃周围形成笼子.
1024	Now, yes, you can say, well, the front of	现在,是的,你可以说,嗯,前面
1025	the stomach isn't protected, but you think about the back, you know, maybe the sides,	胃没有保护, 但你想想后面, 你知道,也许侧面,
1026	you've got rib bones around your stomach in that way.	你肚子里有肋骨,这样子
1027	But really, your rib bones form	但实际上,你的肋骨形成
1028	a cage around your heart and your lungs and your other organs.	一个笼子围绕你的心脏,你的肺和其他器官。
1029	Okay, so let's review.	好吧,让我们回顾一下。
1030	Oh, very interesting picture, right?	哦,非常有趣的图片,对不对?
1031	We've got a couple of skeletons.	我们有几具骨架
1032	I don't know what's	我不知道这是什么
1033	going on here, lightning, electricity.	闪电电力
1034	Okay, but here we have the rib cage, and we can	好吧,但这里我们有肋笼,我们可以
1035	see the rib cage here.	看这里的肋骨笼
1036	Let's review the bones.	复检其骨.
1037	骨,骨,骨也. ) Bones.
1038	Okay, arm bones are straight.	好吧,手臂骨头是直的。
1039	Rib bones are curved, and we can see that.	肋骨弯曲,我们可以看到。
1040	Here's an arm bone.	这是手臂骨
1041	It's long and straight.	长而直.
1042	The rib bones are curved, as we can see here.	肋骨是弯曲的,这里可以看到。
1043	They kind of form a circle, don't they?	他们组成了一个圈子,不是吗?
1044	Next one.	下一个
1045	Whoa, that's cool.	哇,这很酷。
1046	The biggest and strongest bones are in our legs.	最大的和最强的骨头在我们的腿。
1047	Yes, that's	是的,这是
1048	what we talked about.	我们说过的
1049	The biggest and strongest bones are in our legs.	最大的和最强的骨头在我们的腿。
1050	The bones inside of	里面的骨头
1051	our ears, the bones inside of our ears are the smallest in our bodies.	我们的耳朵,我们的耳朵里面的骨头是我们身体里最小的。
1052	So if you want	如果你愿意的话
1053	to know where is the smallest bone in your body, it's in your ear.	知道你身体里最小的骨头在哪它在你的耳朵里
1054	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
1055	Whoa,	珃瓳
1056	did you see that?	你看到了吗?
1057	Okay.	摆
1058	Our body has 206 bones.	我们的身体有206个骨头。
1059	Wow, that's a lot of bones.	哇,这是很多骨头。
1060	Babies have close	宝宝已经接近了
1061	to 300 bones, right?	到三百块的骨头,对吧?
1062	Babies have close to 300 bones in their bodies.	婴儿体内有近300具骨骼.
1063	Finally, how can	最后,怎样才能
1064	we keep all of our bones healthy and strong?	我们的骨头都保持健康坚固?
1065	Very important question.	非常重要的问题
1066	You want to make	你想让
1067	sure the bones in your body are healthy and strong.	确定你体内的骨头是健康的和坚固的。
1068	How can you do it?	你怎么能这么做?
1069	Remember, there	记住,那里
1070	were three ways mentioned in the reading.	在阅读中提到了三种方式。
1071	One, drink milk.	一,饮乳.
1072	Two, eat good food.	二,吃好饭.
1073	And three,	还有三
1074	exercise, right?	锻炼,对不对?
1075	Exercise.	运动
1076	Those are the three ways you can keep your bones healthy and strong.	这就是你保持骨骼健康和坚固的三种方法。
1077	Okay, well that wraps up our lesson.	好吧,这结束了我们的课。
1078	I hope you've learned a lot of interesting things	我希望你学到了很多有趣的东西
1079	about your body and, of course, especially about bones.	关于你的身体,当然,尤其是关于骨头。
1080	Keep your bones healthy and strong.	保持你的骨头健康和坚固。
1081	Practice those three ways.	修习此三法.
1082	We'll see you next time.	下次见
1083	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 1091 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P26 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p26 25. 25. LevelB Lesson11 Wow!That's Tall! (P26)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p26 25. 25. LevelB Lesson11 Wow!That's Tall! (P26)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 41:00

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	We're going over Lesson 11, talking about the human body, right?	我们要去11课, 谈论人体,对不对?
0:16	But more specifically, wow, that's tall.	但更具体地说,哇,那是高的。
0:20	So we're talking about a person who's really tall in this lesson.	所以,我们说的是一个人谁真的高在这个课程。
0:25	We will focus on learning about Robert Wadlow.	我们将专注于了解罗伯特·瓦德洛
0:31	Who is Robert Wadlow?	谁是罗伯特·瓦德洛?
0:35	He's the tallest man in history.	他是历史上最高的人物.
0:39	Robert Wadlow is really, really tall.	罗伯特·瓦德洛真的很高

展开字幕全文（841 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're going over Lesson 11, talking about the human body, right?	我们要去11课, 谈论人体,对不对?
5	But more specifically, wow, that's tall.	但更具体地说,哇,那是高的。
6	So we're talking about a person who's really tall in this lesson.	所以,我们说的是一个人谁真的高在这个课程。
7	We will focus on learning about Robert Wadlow.	我们将专注于了解罗伯特·瓦德洛
8	Who is Robert Wadlow?	谁是罗伯特·瓦德洛?
9	He's the tallest man in history.	他是历史上最高的人物.
10	Robert Wadlow is really, really tall.	罗伯特·瓦德洛真的很高
11	So in this lesson, we'll learn about him.	因此,在这个教训,我们会了解他。
12	But first, we should go over the vocabulary.	但是,首先,我们应该检查词汇。
13	Number one, who is this guy?	第一,这家伙是谁?
14	The young kid, right?	那个小孩,对吧?
15	He's going like this, right?	他这样下去,对吧?
16	He is a boy who helps people, wears a uniform.	他是一个帮助别人,穿制服的男孩。
17	He has a number on his sleeve according	他的袖子上有号码
18	to the group he belongs to.	他所属的团体。
19	Who is he?	他是谁?
20	He's a Boy Scout.	他是童子军
21	A Boy Scout.	童子军
22	Boy Scout is a boy who helps people.	童子军是一个帮助别人的男孩.
23	Boy Scout.	童子军.
24	It's two words.	谓二句.
25	So Boy Scout.	所以童子军。
26	Boy Scout, OK?	童子军,好吗?
27	Number two, we have a picture of Abraham Lincoln,	第二我们有一张亚伯拉罕·林肯的照片
28	an American president a long time ago, right?	很久以前的美国总统,对吧?
29	When we think about what happened long ago,	当我们想到很久以前发生的事
30	we think about the stories of people's lives and events	我们思考人们的生活和事件
31	that happened a long time ago.	这发生在很久以前。
32	We are talking about history.	我们谈论的是历史。
33	History.	历史.
34	Not his story.	不是他的故事。
35	No, history.	不,历史。
36	History, OK?	历史,好吗?
37	Three, if somebody makes a shirt or pants or something	三,如果有人做衬衫或裤子什么的
38	that is made just for you, only for you, right?	这是为你做的,只有你,对不对?
39	Only for you.	只为你
40	It's made just for you.	这是专门为你做的。
41	Not anybody else.	不是别人。
42	Only for you.	只为你
43	What do we say?	怎么样?
44	It is custom.	这是习俗。
45	So if a person makes a shirt and measures just your body	所以,如果一个人做一件衬衫测量你的身体
46	and makes a shirt just for you, that's a custom shirt.	为你做件衬衫这是定制衬衫
47	Many times if you're walking around your city,	如果你在你的城市走过很多次
48	you might see the words custom tailor on some shops.	你可能会看到一些商店的定制字。
49	A custom tailor.	定制裁缝.
50	A tailor is this person here, a person who makes clothing.	裁缝就是这个人做衣服的人
51	And custom, they measure it.	和风俗,他们测量它。
52	They make it just for you.	他们只是为你做的。
53	So it's very common when people make clothes,	所以人们做衣服时很常见
54	you can see custom tailor.	你可以看到定制裁缝。
55	OK, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
56	These are different.	这些都是不同的。
57	Lots of different pictures here, right?	这里有很多不同的图片,对吧?
58	But look at this.	但看看这个。
59	It says USA $0.10.	上面写着美国0.10美元
60	In Korea, you don't usually use these very often.	在韩国,你通常不经常使用这些.
61	When you go to the post office, they just use a stamp nowadays.	当你去邮局, 他们只是使用现在的邮票。
62	我只是像一个choongchoong,对不对?
63	They just punch your letter.	他们只是打你的信。
64	But a long time ago, you could buy one of these.	但很久以前,你可以买这个
65	It's what we use to send a letter.	这是我们用来寄信的
66	And of course, I said it before, it's a stamp.	当然,我以前说过,这是邮票
67	A stamp is a small thing.	盖章是小事.
68	It's like a sticker, right?	这就像一个贴纸,对不对?
69	You know the word sticker.	你知道贴纸这个词的
70	And you lick the back of it, and you put it on your envelope.	你舔它后面, 你把它放在信封上。
71	Of course, in America, people lick it.	当然,在美国,人们舔它。
72	In Korea, they use the glue, right?	在韩国,他们用胶水,对不对?
73	And they put it onto the pyeonji, the envelope, OK?	他们把它放在pyeonji, 信封,好吗?
74	But a lot of times in Korea, you guys don't use stamps anymore.	但是在韩国很多时候你们都不用邮票了
75	When I go to the post office, the lady, she goes,	当我去邮局,女士,她去,
76	she takes a big stamp.	她拿一个大印章。
77	It's called a stamp, but boom, and it	这叫做邮票,但砰,它
78	puts the ink on the letter.	把墨水放进信上
79	It's not a small stamp, a small piece of paper that I glue, OK?	这不是一个小邮票,一个小纸我粘,好吗?
80	So it's maybe more efficient that way.	这样也许更有效率。
81	OK, but the stamp is what you put on the letter.	好吧,但邮票是你放在信上。
82	And people still use stamps in some places.	在一些地方人们仍然使用邮票.
83	Five, wow, look at this.	五,哇,看看这个。
84	There's a really small guy here, and a really big guy here.	这里有个非常小的人,一个非常大的人。
85	Of course, it's trick photography, right?	当然,这是骗局摄影,对不对?
86	They're using trick photography, trick photography,	他们用诡计摄影,诡计摄影,
87	trick photography.	诡计摄影。
88	It's where the photographer, you know, they move them.	摄影师就在那里他们搬走了
89	He's close, he's far, right?	他离我们很近,很远,对吧?
90	So it's trick photography.	所以这是骗局摄影。
91	But anyway, if you think about this,	但无论如何,如果你想想这个,
92	this person is a very big person.	这个人是个大人物
93	If these two people were at the same distance,	如果这两个人在同一个距离,
94	not like this, but same, wow, he would be huge.	不一样,但是一样,哇,他会是巨大的。
95	What would he be?	他会是什么?
96	He would be a giant, giant, giant.	他会是一个巨大的,巨大的,巨大的。
97	So somebody who's really big, or really big this way,	所以,一个真正大的, 或真正的大这样,
98	or really tall, we call that person a giant, OK?	或者真的高,我们称他为巨人,好吗?
99	Now, here we have not special.	现在,我们这里没有特别之处。
100	Not special family, we just say it's normal.	不是特别的家庭,我们只是说这是正常的。
101	This is a normal family.	这是一个正常的家庭。
102	Many families, you know, mother, father, three kids, two kids,	很多家庭,你知道, 母亲,父亲,三个孩子,两个孩子,
103	you know, that's a normal family.	你知道,这是一个正常的家庭。
104	Mother, father, two or three kids, that's very normal.	母亲父亲两三个孩子这很正常
105	That's average.	这是平均的。
106	That's very common.	这是很常见的。
107	It's normal, normal, OK?	这是正常的,正常的,好吗?
108	The next one here, what is this man doing?	下一个男人在干嘛?
109	He's looking up at the surface at the top of the room.	他仰望着房间顶部的表面.
110	It's the part of a room above your head.	这是你头上的房间的一部分。
111	Of course, we know we have the floor under us.	当然,我们知道我们下面有发言。
112	We have walls to the side.	我们有墙对面。
113	But what do we call that on top of us?	但是我们怎么称呼呢?
114	What is that area of the room that's above our head?	我们头顶的那个房间是什么?
115	We call it a ceiling, ceiling, ceiling.	我们称之为上限,上限,上限。
116	So ceiling, it's like sea, same pronunciation,	所以天花板,它就像海,同样的发音,
117	different spelling, ceiling.	不同的拼写,天花板。
118	Ceiling, ceiling, very easy.	天花板天花板非常简单
119	It's the part of the room that's over your head, ceiling,	这是房间的部分在你的头上,天花板,
120	walls, floor, OK?	墙,地板,好吗?
121	The next one here, to gather and save.	下一个在这里,聚集和保存。
122	Remember we were talking about stamps before?	记得我们之前在谈邮票吗?
123	These are many types of stamps.	这些是多种邮票。
124	Some people like to gather these stamps,	有些人喜欢收集这些邮票
125	I almost said the word, to gather these stamps together	我几乎说了,把这些邮票收集起来
126	and to save them.	并拯救他们。
127	Maybe they put them in a book.	也许他们把它们放进一本书里
128	Other people will gather and save coins, like old coins.	其他人会收集并保存硬币,如旧硬币.
129	Some people will gather and save butterflies	有些人会聚集起来救蝴蝶
130	or other types of bugs.	或其他类型的错误。
131	There's many things that you can collect, collect.	你可以收集很多东西
132	And when you say it, don't say collect, say collect, collect,	当你说,不要说收集,说收集,收集,
133	collect.	收钱
134	There's many things that you can collect.	你可以收集很多东西。
135	You can collect stamps.	你可以收集邮票。
136	You can collect coins.	你可以收集硬币。
137	You can collect insects, right, bole, OK?	你可以收集昆虫,对吗,鲍尔?
138	But when you collect these things, that's the verb.	但是当你收集这些东西,这就是动词.
139	When you have them all together, you	当你把它们都凑在一起的时候
140	can call it a collection, collection.	可以称之为收藏,收藏.
141	Collection, that's noun, right?	收藏,这是名词,对不对?
142	So verb is to collect, but the collection,	所以动词是收集, 但收集,
143	all of those things together, that's a noun.	所有这些东西在一起, 这是一个名词。
144	Do you want to see my stamp collection?	你想看我的邮票收藏吗?
145	I have a big coin collection, OK?	我有一大堆钱,好吗?
146	So maybe you have a collection.	所以也许你有收藏品
147	Some people like to play that card game, right?	有些人喜欢玩牌游戏,对吧?
148	I don't know what it's called, but you	我不知道这叫什么但你
149	have the different cards, the different characters,	有不同的牌,不同的字符,
150	and you can, I think it's Yu-Gi-Oh, something like that.	你可以的,我想是优姬欧, 类似的东西。
151	Yu-Gi-Oh, I'm not sure.	余吉吴氏,未详.
152	But people will collect those cards.	但人们会收集这些卡片。
153	So there's many, many things that you can collect,	你可以收集很多东西
154	and you can have a collection, OK?	你可以有收藏,好吗?
155	Number nine, oh, look at these two kids, right?	九号看看这两个孩子对吧?
156	Not short.	不短时.
157	OK, so one kid is short.	好吧,所以一个孩子是短。
158	Maybe she's younger.	也许她更年轻。
159	The older kid, maybe he's older, but he's what?	年长的孩子,也许他年纪大了,但他是什么?
160	He's tall, OK, tall.	他很高,好,高点。
161	And when we compare them, he is taller than she is.	比较一下,他比她高
162	So taller, if you're going to compare, tall and taller.	这么高,如果你要比较, 高和高。
163	Short, shorter, right?	短,短,对不对?
164	Short, shorter, tall, taller, OK?	短,短,高,高,好吗?
165	So if you're going to compare them.	所以,如果你要比较它们。
166	10, a place to go and buy things.	10,一个去买东西的地方.
167	To go and buy things.	去买东西。
168	If you go to a place like this, what do you call that?	如果你去一个这样的地方, 你叫什么?
169	It's not a supermarket.	这不是超市。
170	This is not a supermarket.	这不是超市。
171	It店.
172	And there's many small stores downtown, right?	市中心有很多小商店对吧?
173	You can go in, and you can buy certain things.	你可以进去买东西
174	It店.
175	Of course, we can say a supermarket is a store,	当然,我们可以说超市是商店
176	but this is not a supermarket.	但这不是超市
177	This is a store.	这是家商店
178	So there are different kinds of stores,	所以有不同种类的商店,
179	different types of stores.	不同类型的商店。
180	Clothing store, toy store, grocery store, OK?	服装店,玩具店,杂货店,好吗?
181	There's many different types of stores.	商店种类繁多.
182	11, OK, so what's going on here?	11,好,这是怎么回事?
183	To do something for someone else.	为他人作事.
184	What is he doing?	他在干吗?
185	He is doing what for her, right?	他在为她做什么对吧?
186	He is doing something for her.	他在为她做点什么
187	He is helping her.	他在帮她
188	So the man is helping the woman.	所以男人在帮女人
189	The woman is not helping the man, right?	那个女人帮不了男人,对吧?
190	She's making it more difficult for the man.	她让男人更难受
191	But the man is helping her.	但那个男人在帮她
192	Maybe he's moving her boxes, her clothes, her things	也许他在搬她的箱子她的衣服她的东西
193	from one place to another.	从一个地方到另一个地方。
194	So when you help somebody, right?	所以当你帮助别人,对不对?
195	Somebody says, can you help me?	有人说你能帮我吗?
196	Can you help carry this box?	你能帮我搬这个盒子吗?
197	Sure, I can help you, OK?	当然,我可以帮你,好吗?
198	Remember the first word we learned was Boy Scout,	记住我们学的第一个词是童子军
199	a boy who helps other people.	一个帮助别人的男孩
200	To help somebody, to do something for someone else.	帮助别人,为别人做点什么
201	Next one, does your closet look like this?	下一个,你的衣柜是这样吗?
202	Are there many shirts in your closet?	你的衣柜里有好多衬衫吗?
203	Many pants?	很多裤子?
204	Many socks, right?	很多袜子,对不对?
205	Soft cloth that we wear on our bodies.	我们身上穿的软布
206	What do we call?	我们该怎么称呼?
207	Of course, these are called shirts.	当然,这些叫做衬衫。
208	But we want to talk about not just shirts, but pants, socks,	但我们想谈的不只是衬衫,还有裤子,袜子,
209	maybe a hat, gloves, all of these things.	也许帽子,手套,所有这些东西。
210	What do we call them?	我们怎么称呼他们?
211	We call them clothes.	我们称之为衣服。
212	Now maybe that's a bit 힘들어.	也许这有点...
213	발람 힘들어요, right?	对不对?
214	It's a little difficult to pronounce.	发音有点困难.
215	我们说CL,CL,衣服,T -H
216	a bit of a difficult pronunciation, clothes,	有点难读衣服
217	clothes.	衣着
218	Think about this.	考虑一下
219	Do you know this word here?	你知道这个词吗?
220	Close, close the door.	关上门
221	That's easy, right?	很简单,对吧?
222	Close the door.	关上门
223	This is the same pronunciation, clothes.	此同发音,衣服.
224	I am wearing clothes.	我穿着衣服。
225	But remember, clothes is a noun.	但记住衣服是名词
226	Clothes here is a verb.	这里的衣服是一个动词。
227	So make sure you spell it correctly, right?	所以,确保你拼写正确,对不对?
228	And think about the difference, right?	想想区别,对不对?
229	You're not closing the door.	你不关门。
230	You're wearing clothes.	身着衣服.
231	But it's the same pronunciation, clothes.	然其发音,衣服相同.
232	How many clothes do you have?	你有几件衣服吗?
233	Are you wearing nice clothes today?	你今天穿好衣服吗?
234	Or are you wearing casual clothes?	还是你穿着临时衣服?
235	Casual clothes is like shorts, shorts and a T-shirt.	临时服像短裤,短裤和一件T恤.
236	That's casual clothes.	这是临时的衣服。
237	Nice clothes or formal clothes is a nice business shirt,	漂亮的衣服或正式的衣服是一种漂亮的商业衬衫,
238	long pants, nice shoes.	长裤,漂亮的鞋子。
239	So you can wear different types of clothes,	这样你就可以穿不同类型的衣服,
240	many different kinds of clothes.	很多不同种类的衣服。
241	Okay, 13.	好吧,13岁。
242	To be the right size.	成正觉大小.
243	This woman wants to buy a dress.	此妇欲买衣.
244	She wants to buy a dress that's not too big,	她想买件不太大的衣服
245	not too small, right?	不小,对不对?
246	But it should do what?	但它应该做什么?
247	It should fit.	应该合适
248	It should fit her.	应该适合她
249	It fits her.	这适合她。
250	Fit, in this case, is a verb.	适合,在这种情况下,是一个动词.
251	It fits her.	这适合她。
252	If we say that, if we say it fits her,	如果我们说,如果我们说它适合她,
253	it's the right size.	这是合适的尺寸。
254	It's not too big, not too small, right?	它不是太大,不是太小,对不对?
255	If you move, ah, I broke it.	如果你移动,啊,我打破它。
256	You rip it, right?	你撕了它,对不对?
257	It's just the right size.	才对大小.
258	It fits you.	这适合你。
259	So, does it fit?	合适吗?
260	When you go to the store, you try on a shirt,	当你去商店, 你尝试穿一件衬衫,
261	you try on pants.	你试试裤子
262	Think about, does it fit?	考虑一下,合适吗?
263	It fits you well.	这很适合你
264	It's the right size.	其大小对.
265	Number 14.	14号
266	Something to sit on.	东西坐。
267	So, it looks like this.	所以,它看起来像这样。
268	This is, of course, is in a car, right?	这当然是在车里,对吧?
269	Or maybe on a bus, okay?	或者坐巴士,好吗?
270	But also, you have another one in your room	还有,你房间里还有一个
271	that has legs, not as comfortable,	那有腿,没有那么舒服,
272	but you could also call it that.	但你也可以这么说
273	It坐, a坐.
274	Something to sit on.	东西坐。
275	It's a seat.	谓座曰.
276	You could also say a chair is a place to sit on,	你也可以说椅子是坐的地方
277	but a chair has a seat, right?	但椅子有座位对吧?
278	Where can I sit?	我能坐哪吗?
279	Many people say, is there a seat on the bus?	很多人说,公交车上有座位吗?
280	Is there a seat in the restaurant?	餐厅有座位吗?
281	There are no seats.	没有座位。
282	That means no place to sit down.	即是无处坐.
283	No place to sit down.	无处坐卧.
284	No seats, no place to sit on.	没有座位,没有坐的地方。
285	So, it's seat, seat.	所以,这是座位,座位。
286	Okay, next one, number 15.	好,下一个,15号
287	Cute girl, right?	可爱的女孩,对不对?
288	Where your face, her face, her hair, and ears are,	你的脸她的脸她的头发还有耳朵
289	but also, you know, face is eyes, nose, and mouth,	而且,你知道,脸是眼睛,鼻子,和嘴,
290	chin, cheeks, right?	下巴,脸颊,对不对?
291	Where are all these things?	这些东西在哪里?
292	Where do we say?	我们在哪里说?
293	They're on our head.	他们在我们的头上。
294	These things are on our head.	这些东西在我们头上。
295	Our ears, face, hair, that's all on our head, right?	我们的耳朵,脸,头发, 这一切都在我们头上,对不对?
296	Anything above the neck is our head.	脖子上的任何东西都是我们的头
297	Last word, oh, nice picture, all right?	最后一句话,哦,好照片,好吗?
298	A mother or a father.	父母之亲.
299	This is a family, right?	这是一个家庭,对不对?
300	We have father, mother, child.	我们有父亲,母亲,孩子。
301	What do we call just the mother or the father?	我们叫什么只有母亲还是父亲?
302	There's a word we use just to say like one person, right?	有一个词我们只是说像一个人,对不对?
303	Whether it's a man or a woman, doesn't matter.	无论是男是女,都无所谓.
304	It means they have a child.	这意味着他们有一个孩子。
305	What do we call them?	我们怎么称呼他们?
306	We call them a parent, a parent.	我们称他们为父母
307	A parent is a mother or father.	父母为父母.
308	So parent doesn't mean namja or yoja.	所以父母不代表南雅或尤佳
309	It can be both, right?	它可以是两者,对不对?
310	父母是namja或yoja。
311	We don't know.	我们不知道。
312	You just say parent.	你只是说父母。
313	Who is the parent of this child?	这孩子的父母是谁?
314	There's a father and a mother.	有父无母.
315	There's one parent, two parents, right?	有父母一方,双亲,对不对?
316	There's two parents, but we just say parent.	有两个父母但我们只是说父母
317	父亲是Namja,母亲是Yoja,对不对?
318	Woman, and father is man.	女人父亲是男人
319	But parent doesn't matter.	但父母无妨.
320	It can be man or woman.	能为男女.
321	Okay, that wraps up the words.	好吧,这结束的话。
322	Let's go over the exercises.	让我们来看看练习。
323	In this exercise, we have complete each sentence	在这次演习中,我们完成了每一句
324	with a word from the box.	用一个字从盒子。
325	So we have the sentences here.	所以我们有句子在这里。
326	We have a blank.	我们有空白。
327	We need to use one of these words to fill in the blanks.	我们需要用其中一个词来填空。
328	Let's go over the words.	复说'言.
329	The words are boy scout, boy scout.	词是童子军,童子军.
330	Second word, stamps, stamps.	第二字,邮票,邮票.
331	Next one, normal, normal.	下一个,正常,正常。
332	Okay, next one is collect, collect.	好吧,下一个是收集,收集。
333	This one down here, history, history.	这个在这里,历史,历史。
334	Next one, custom, custom.	下一部,风俗,风俗.
335	The next one is ceiling, ceiling.	下一个是上限,上限。
336	And the next one is giant, giant.	下一个是巨大的,巨大的。
337	Okay, number one, Robert was as tall as a tree.	第一,罗伯特像棵树一样高
338	How tall are trees?	树有多高?
339	Go outside, look at a tree.	走出去,看一棵树。
340	Oh my gosh, it's really tall.	哦,我的天哪,它真的很高。
341	So if somebody is as tall as a tree, he was a what?	所以,如果有人像树一样高,他是什么?
342	What was he?	他是谁?
343	Was he a boy scout?	他是童子军吗?
344	That doesn't make sense	这没道理
345	because boy scouts are usually short.	因为童子军通常很短
346	You know, boy scouts are different heights.	童子军的高度不同
347	Boy scouts aren't as tall as a tree.	童子军不高如树.
348	Who is as tall as a tree?	谁高如树.
349	Of course, a giant is as tall as a tree.	当然,巨人像树一样高。
350	He was a giant, right?	他是个巨人,对吧?
351	If a person is as tall as a tree,	如果一个人像树一样高
352	they're really big, really tall.	他们真的很大,真的很高。
353	They are a giant.	他们是巨人
354	Number two, we study, beep, to learn about the past.	第二,我们学习,鸣叫,学习过去
355	About the past.	关于过去.
356	Things that happened a long time ago, right?	很久以前发生的事,对吧?
357	What is that?	这是什么?
358	That, of course, is history.	当然,这是历史。
359	We study history to learn about the past.	我们学习历史来了解过去。
360	Okay, number three, Robert was a, beep, baby.	好吧,第三,罗伯特是一个,蜂鸣,宝贝。
361	He was small and cute.	他又小又可爱
362	Now, babies are small and cute.	现在,婴儿又小又可爱。
363	That's ordinary, right?	这是普通的,对不对?
364	Most babies, almost all babies are small and cute.	大多数婴儿,几乎所有的婴儿都是小可爱的.
365	That's not different.	这没什么不同
366	That's typical.	这是典型的。
367	That is normal.	这是正常的。
368	That's usual, right?	这是正常的,对不对?
369	The usual case.	寻常案.
370	He was a normal baby.	他是一个正常的婴儿。
371	There was nothing special or different about him.	他没有什么特别或不同。
372	He was a normal baby, small and cute.	他是个正常的婴儿,又小又可爱.
373	Number four, he was so tall, so tall that, right?	第四,他那么高,那么高,对不对?
374	When you use so, you're expecting to hear that.	当你这样使用, 你期待听到这一点。
375	So tall that, so cold that, so hot that, okay?	这么高,那么冷,那么热,好吗?
376	He was so tall that his head touched the what, right?	他这么高,他的头碰到什么,对不对?
377	If you're in a room, there's a floor on the bottom,	如果你在一个房间, 有一层底部,
378	walls on the side, but think about a giant,	墙在侧面,但想想一个巨人,
379	somebody who's really tall.	一个高个子的人
380	Their head touches what?	他们的头碰什么?
381	What's on the top there?	顶上是什么?
382	Of course, ceiling.	当然,天花板。
383	He was so tall that his head touched the ceiling, okay?	他这么高,他的头碰了天花板,好吗?
384	Number five, Robert had, beep, clothes.	第五,罗伯特有,哔声,衣服。
385	What kind of clothes?	什么样的衣服?
386	We need to look at the second sentence.	得观二句.
387	They were made just for him, just for him.	他们只为他,只为他。
388	So remember, if something is made just for you,	记住如果有东西是专门为你做的
389	it is custom.	这是习俗。
390	Robert had custom clothes.	罗伯特有定制的衣服。
391	They were made just for him.	他们只是为他做的。
392	Okay, number six, he has all kinds of coins, right?	好吧,六号,他有各种各样的硬币,对不对?
393	Somebody who gathers many different types of coins.	一个收集多种不同种类硬币的人.
394	He likes to do what?	他喜欢做什么?
395	Of course, if he gathers these many different types	当然,如果他收集了这些不同的类型
396	of coins, he has a large collection of coins.	在硬币上他收藏了大量的硬币
397	It means he likes to collect.	这意味着他喜欢收集。
398	He likes to collect them, so he has a large collection.	他喜欢收集,所以收藏量很大.
399	Okay, number seven, Robert was a, beep,	好吧,第七号,罗伯特是一个,蜂鸣,
400	and he could help people.	他可以帮助人们。
401	So Robert was a what?	罗伯特是什么?
402	A person who helps people.	助众生者.
403	Which one is a person who helps people?	哪个是帮助别人的人?
404	It's over here, isn't it?	它在这里,不是吗?
405	Robert was a Boy Scout, and he could help people.	罗伯特是个童子军他可以帮助别人
406	Okay, and eight, you need, beep, to mail a letter.	好吧,八,你需要,哔声, 寄一封信。
407	We talked about that, right?	我们谈过了,对吧?
408	Of course, people don't use them in Korea	当然,韩国人不用
409	that often these days, but a while ago,	这些天,但不久之前,
410	and you can still get them, right?	你仍然可以得到他们,对不对?
411	It's a little piece of paper.	这是一个小纸.
412	You put glue on the back, and you stick it	你把胶粘在背上,然后粘上去
413	敬你的pyeonji,你的信封。
414	What is it?	这是什么?
415	It's stamp, right?	是邮票对吧?
416	You need stamps to mail a letter.	你需要邮票才能寄信
417	Maybe one stamp, maybe several stamps, right?	也许一张邮票,也许几张邮票,对不对?
418	If you have to get the right number, right?	如果你需要得到正确的号码,对不对?
419	So, of course, people had to buy the right number of stamps.	所以,当然,人们必须购买适当的邮票。
420	That was a little himduro.	这是有点希杜罗。
421	So nowadays, they just use the stamper,	所以现在,他们只是用印章,
422	and it gives you the exact amount, how much you need.	它给你确切的金额, 你需要多少。
423	And that's why people don't use stamps that much anymore,	这就是为什么人们不再使用这么多的邮票,
424	because it's easier.	因为这样更容易
425	Okay, but anyway, those are our words.	好吧,但无论如何, 这是我们的话。
426	We're gonna need to know those words for the reading,	我们需要知道这些字的阅读,
427	which is coming up soon after the break.	休息后马上就要来了
428	So don't go away.	故别离.
429	Okay, let's continue with the reading.	好吧,让我们继续阅读。
430	We're going to read about Robert Wadlow.	我们要读到罗伯特·瓦德洛
431	He's the tallest man in history.	他是历史上最高的人物.
432	So let's take a look at the reading.	故当观读.
433	The reading starts off	阅读开始
434	with a little imagination exercise, right?	有点想象力,对不对?
435	It says, think, think of the tallest person you know.	上面写着,想想,想想你认识的最高的人
436	So in your head, imagine,	所以在你的脑海里想象一下
437	who is the tallest person you know?	你认识的最高的人是谁?
438	Maybe your older brother, probably your father, right?	也许是你的哥哥,可能是你父亲,对吧?
439	Or maybe an uncle who's really tall.	或者一个非常高的叔叔
440	Think of the tallest person you know.	想想你认识的最高的人
441	Does their head touch the ceiling?	他们的头会碰天花板吗?
442	Okay, does that person's head touch the ceiling?	好吧那个人的头碰到天花板了吗?
443	Are they so tall that their head touches the ceiling?	他们这么高头到天花板?
444	If not, then they are not as tall as Robert Wadlow was.	如果不是,那么他们没有罗伯特·瓦德洛那样高.
445	So these sentences here are trying to give you an idea	所以这些句子是想给你一个想法
446	about the subject of the reading passage, Robert Wadlow.	关于阅读段落的主题,罗伯特·瓦德洛。
447	Basically what these sentences are making you do,	基本上这些句子让你做什么,
448	think about the tallest person.	考虑一下最高的人
449	Probably the tallest person you know is not as tall,	或许你认识的最高的人不是那么高
450	so tall that their head touches the ceiling.	这么高,他们的头碰到天花板。
451	Probably not.	也许不是。
452	Because they want you to think about that	因为他们想让你考虑一下
453	because Robert Wadlow was taller than the person,	因为罗伯特·瓦德洛比那个人高
454	than the tallest person you can think of.	比你能想到的最高的人。
455	That's what these sentences are doing.	这些句子就是这样做的.
456	They're trying to make you think	他们想让你觉得
457	of the tallest person you know,	你认识的最高的人
458	and then saying, well, do you think that's tall?	然后说你觉得这高吗?
459	Robert Wadlow was even taller than that, okay?	罗伯特・瓦德洛甚至比那高,好吗?
460	So that's what the first sentences are doing.	故初句所为.
461	And then it says, he is, he, of course, Robert Wadlow.	他当然是罗伯特·瓦德洛
462	Robert Wadlow is the tallest man in history, in history.	罗伯特·瓦德洛是历史上,历史上最高的人物.
463	Robert Wadlow is dead.	罗伯特·瓦德洛死了
464	He's not alive anymore.	他已经死了。
465	But we still use is because we're talking about	因为我们在谈论
466	in all of history, he is the tallest man in history.	在历史上,他是史上最高的人。
467	Even though he's dead, we don't say he was.	尽管他死了,我们不说他死了。
468	If we say he was the tallest man in history,	如果我们说他是史上最高的人
469	that means somebody else later on was taller than him.	也就是说以后有人比他高
470	But there's nobody.	但没人
471	He is the tallest man in history.	他是史上最高的人物
472	He is the tallest person who ever lived, okay?	他是史上最高的人,好吗?
473	That's what that means.	谓此义.
474	And he still is, 아직도 있어요, right?	他还在,对吧?
475	He still is, so we use present tense is.	他现在还在,所以我们用现在的时态
476	He is the tallest man in history.	他是史上最高的人物
477	Robert Wadlow was a normal-sized baby.	罗伯特·瓦德洛是一个正常大小的婴儿.
478	So it's interesting to think.	故能发趣想.
479	Robert Wadlow, when he was born, he wasn't a giant baby.	罗伯特·瓦德洛(英语:Robert Wadlow),他出生时并不是一个巨大的婴儿.
480	He was a normal-sized baby.	他是一个正常大小的婴儿。
481	Nobody knew that he would grow to be so tall.	没人知道他会长得这么高
482	He was a normal-sized baby.	他是一个正常大小的婴儿。
483	His parents could carry him around, right?	他的父母可以带着他到处转转,对吧?
484	Parents carry their children around very often.	父母经常带孩子到处走
485	It wasn't difficult because he was normal-sized baby.	这不难因为他是正常的婴儿。
486	But all that soon changed.	但很快一切都变了
487	All that, the fact that he was normal-sized,	这一切,事实上,他是正常大小,
488	that's what that refers to.	这就是它的意思。
489	All that is the normal-sized baby.	所有这一切都是正常大小的婴儿。
490	It all changed very quickly.	一切变化很快
491	At the age of four, at the age of four means	四岁,四岁意味着
492	when he was four years old, he was 165 centimeters.	四岁时,身高165厘米.
493	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
494	Think about that.	考虑一下
495	Are you 165 centimeters?	你是165厘米吗?
496	And you're probably not four years old, right?	你可能还没有四岁吧?
497	Think about when you were four years old.	想想你四岁的时候
498	You were probably about that high.	你可能已经那么高了
499	That's not 165 centimeters, right?	这可不是165厘米,对吧?
500	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
501	That's really tall for a four-year-old boy.	这对一个四岁的男孩来说真的很高
502	That's almost as tall as some grown men,	这跟一些成年男人一样高
503	adults, men who are 165 centimeters, right?	大人,165厘米的男人,对不对?
504	He's four years old and he's this high.	他四岁了,他这么高。
505	Wow.	珃
506	He was as big as some adults, as big as some adults.	他和一些成年人一样大和一些成年人一样大
507	Like we said, many adults are only 165 centimeters.	如我们所说,许多成年人只有165厘米.
508	But he's only four years old	但他才四岁
509	and he's as tall as some adults.	他和成年人一样高
510	Robert kept growing.	罗伯特一直在成长
511	He kept growing.	他不断成长。
512	That means he didn't stop.	这意味着他没有停止。
513	He kept growing.	他不断成长。
514	By age 10, that means when he was 10 years old.	10岁时,这意味着他10岁时。
515	By age 10, he was 200 centimeters tall.	至10岁,身高200厘米.
516	Oh my gosh.	天呐
517	I'm only about 180 centimeters, about that.	我只有180厘米左右,大约是这个。
518	So he was 10 years old.	所以他才十岁
519	He's way up here.	他在这里。
520	He's a lot taller than I am, right?	他比我高很多,对不对?
521	And he's only 10.	他才十岁
522	Wow.	珃
523	Okay.	摆
524	And he weighed 100 kilograms, right?	他重100公斤,对吧?
525	Wow.	珃
526	That is as big.	这是一样大。
527	That's bigger than I am, right?	这比我大,对不对?
528	He was much taller than his father, of course.	当然,他比他父亲高很多。
529	Much taller than his father.	比他父亲高得多
530	So his father wasn't a giant, but Robert was.	所以他的父亲不是巨人,而是罗伯特.
531	It seems like Robert had normal-sized parents,	看来罗伯特有正常大小的父母
532	you know, father and mother.	你知道,父亲和母亲。
533	But Robert just grew like this giant out of nowhere.	但罗伯特突然长成这个巨人
534	Why?	为什么?
535	It's amazing.	不可思议.
536	Actually, this is a picture of Robert.	事实上这是罗伯特的照片
537	You can see how tall he is.	你可以看到他有多高。
538	This is a normal-sized woman.	这是一个正常大小的女人。
539	A normal-sized, well, the man is, of course,	一个正常大小的人当然
540	not standing on top.	不站在顶端。
541	But even if the man was up here, right,	但是,即使男人在这里,对不对,
542	he'd only come up to about right there.	他只会在那里出现
543	Look at this little boy, right?	看看这个小男孩,对不对?
544	He's only as high as Robert's waist, okay?	他只有罗伯特的腰高,好吗?
545	Okay.	摆
546	Still, Robert did the same things as most boys his age.	不过,罗伯特和他这个年龄的男孩一样
547	So still.	所以还是这样。
548	Still is like even though he was so tall,	仍然像,虽然他这么高,
549	he still did the same things other boys did.	他还是做了其他男孩一样的事
550	He collected stamps and liked taking pictures.	他收集邮票,喜欢拍照.
551	So many boys did that.	这么多男孩这样做。
552	They collected stamps, they took pictures.	他们收集邮票,拍照。
553	He was also a Boy Scout for many years.	他也是童子军多年.
554	Robert liked helping people.	罗伯特喜欢帮助别人
555	But if you think about that, right,	但如果你想起来,对吗?
556	Robert was a really tall, young boy.	罗伯特是个非常高的小伙子
557	But he wanted to do things just like any other boys.	但是他想和任何其他男孩一样做事
558	It must have been hard for him.	他一定很难受吧
559	It doesn't say that here, but we can think	这里没有这么说,但我们可以想
560	many people probably thought something was strange.	很多人可能觉得有些奇怪
561	Here's this man who's a Boy Scout.	这位是童子军
562	Here's this man who's collecting stamps.	这位是收集邮票的人
563	Maybe they didn't understand.	也许他们不明白
564	So his life may have been a little bit difficult.	所以他的生活可能有点困难.
565	It doesn't say that here, but we can just think about that.	这里没有这么说但我们可以考虑一下
566	But he just wanted to be like a normal boy, right?	但他只是想像一个正常的男孩,对不对?
567	He wanted to do the same things.	他想做同样的事情。
568	Collecting stamps, taking pictures.	收集邮票,拍照。
569	He was a Boy Scout.	他是童子军
570	He must have had a hard time because he was a boy,	他一定是因为小时候很辛苦
571	but the Boy Scout uniform is so small for him.	但是童子军制服对他来说太小了
572	And all of his other clothes for boys would be too small.	他给孩子们穿的其他衣服都太小了
573	So the clothes at the store were too small for Robert.	所以店里的衣服对罗伯特来说太小了
574	Of course they were too small.	他们当然太小了。
575	He goes into a store looking for boys' clothes.	他去商店找男装
576	Even men's clothes, they're too small because he's so tall.	即使是男人的衣服,也因为身高太高而太小.
577	His feet were 47 centimeters long.	他的脚长47厘米.
578	Oh my gosh.	天呐
579	Can you imagine that?	你能想象吗?
580	Look at that.	看看这个。
581	That's a normal shoe.	这是正常的鞋子。
582	That's Robert's shoe right there.	那是罗伯特的鞋子
583	Wow.	珃
584	Nobody makes shoes that big.	没人能把鞋子弄那么大
585	He can't find shoes anywhere that would fit him.	他在任何地方都找不到适合他的鞋子
586	So Robert needed custom clothes.	所以罗伯特需要定制的衣服。
587	Custom clothes.	定制衣服.
588	He had to go to a tailor.	他不得不去裁缝。
589	Remember before I taught you custom tailor?	记得我教你裁缝之前吗?
590	He had to go to a custom tailor, and they	他不得不去一个定制裁缝, 他们
591	would make clothes for him.	会给他做衣服
592	Everything from his hat, to his shirt,	从他的帽子到衬衫
593	to his pants, to his shoes.	他的裤子,他的鞋子。
594	He had to have everything custom made.	他必须让一切习惯。
595	So he needed custom clothes and shoes.	所以他需要定制的衣服和鞋子。
596	His clothes were made just for him.	他的衣服是专门为他做的
597	Of course, nobody else could wear his clothes.	当然没人能穿他的衣服
598	If I put on his clothes, I would seem like a little boy	如果我穿上他的衣服,我会像个小男孩
599	because the sleeves would be down to here.	因为袖子就在这里
600	I would be lost in his clothes.	我将迷失在他的衣服。
601	Maybe you couldn't see me, just his clothes.	也许你看不见我,只是他的衣服
602	They were made to fit his big body.	它们是为了适合他的身体
603	The clothes were made to fit his big body.	衣服的制作是为了适合他的大身体.
604	Robert was also too big for cars.	罗伯特对汽车来说也太大了
605	Robert lived during a time that people had cars.	罗伯特活在人们有车的时期.
606	But he couldn't fit inside the car.	但他不能装在车里
607	He's too big.	他太大了,他不会有事的 He's too big.
608	His head would touch the ceiling.	他的头会碰天花板
609	His legs, where would he put his legs?	他的腿他的腿会放哪?
610	So his father made their car bigger.	所以他父亲把车弄大了
611	How did the father make the car bigger?	父亲怎么把车弄大了?
612	He moved the car seats to make room for.	他把车厢的座位挪了一下
613	In other words, I've seen this before.	换句话说,我以前见过这个
614	There are some basketball players who are really big.	有一些篮球运动员谁是真正的大。
615	And if they try to get in a small car,	如果他们想上车的话
616	what they do is they take out the front seat	他们做的是把前座取出来
617	and they sit in the back seat.	他们坐在后座上
618	But they're so big that their arms can still hold the wheel	但他们这么大手臂仍然能握住车轮
619	and push the pedals on the floor.	然后把踏板推到地板上
620	The front seat's gone.	前座不见.
621	They're sitting in the back seat of the car.	他们坐在车后座.
622	So this is probably what Robert's father did.	所以这可能是罗伯特的父亲所做的。
623	Move the seat, maybe take them out, right?	移动座位,也许带他们出去,对不对?
624	So Robert would sit in the back seat,	所以罗伯特坐在后座上
625	but it's like he's in the front seat, okay.	不过他好像坐在前座
626	Robert grew to be 272 centimeters.	罗伯特长到272厘米.
627	272 centimeters, wow, that's really tall, right?	272厘米,哇,这真的很高,对不对?
628	By the time he was age 22, when he was an adult,	当他22岁的时候当他成年的时候
629	that's how high, that's how tall	这么高,那么高
630	he stopped growing at that time, right?	那时他不再生长了,对吧?
631	He was a giant, of course,	当然他是个巨人
632	because if you look at him, if you meet him,	因为如果你看着他, 如果你遇见他,
633	even if I meet him, I'm looking up at him like this, right?	即使我遇见他, 我看着他这样,对不对?
634	That's really tall.	这真的很高。
635	His head touched the ceiling in many rooms, right?	他的头碰了天花板在很多房间,对不对?
636	So many houses were too small for him.	很多房子对他来说太小了
637	Since Robert was so big, he ate a lot of food.	由于罗伯特这么大,他吃了很多食物.
638	Well, that makes sense, right?	这很合理,对吧?
639	You think about a really big person, a really tall person,	你想着一个真正的大人物, 一个真正的高人,
640	they need more food because they have a larger body, right?	他们需要更多的食物因为他们有更大的身体,对不对?
641	They need more energy to help make their body strong	他们需要更多的能量来帮助他们的身体强壮
642	and to move it around, to exercise.	和移动它周围,锻炼。
643	So he ate about four times as much as most people, right?	所以他吃的是大多数人的四倍对吧?
644	He ate four times.	他吃了四顿.
645	So if I sit down and I eat one hamburger,	如果我坐下来吃汉堡
646	Robert would sit down same time and eat four hamburgers,	罗伯特会同时坐下来吃四个汉堡
647	right, to get the same amount of energy and nutrition	获得同样数量的能量和营养
648	that I get from one hamburger, right?	我得到一个汉堡,对不对?
649	That's crazy.	这太疯狂了
650	If I eat one small pizza, he eats four small pizzas, wow.	如果我吃一个小披萨, 他吃四个小披萨,哇。
651	Okay, maybe that's why he was 220 kilograms.	好吧,也许这就是为什么他有220公斤。
652	So that's, you think about 220 kilograms,	所以,你认为220公斤,
653	you think, wow, that's fat.	你觉得,哇,那是脂肪。
654	No, because he was so tall.	不,因为他这么高。
655	Remember his picture, right?	记得他的照片吗?
656	He wasn't that fat, he was still thin.	他没有那么胖,他还是瘦。
657	It's just, that's a lot of weight, but very tall, right?	这只是,这是很多重量, 但非常高,对不对?
658	So he wasn't a fat man, he was a slim or normal body shape,	所以他不是一个胖子, 他是一个瘦或正常的身体形状,
659	but he was really, really tall and he weighed 220 kilograms.	但他真的很,真的很高他重220公斤。
660	Wow, very amazing person.	哇,非常厉害的人。
661	Okay, so now let's go over	好吧,现在让我们过去
662	the reading comprehension questions.	阅读理解问题。
663	Question number one, again, we're asking,	第一问题我们又问
664	what is the whole story about?	整个故事是什么?
665	We talked about many things in this story,	我们谈了很多事情在这个故事,
666	but what was the main subject,	但是什么主题,
667	the main topic in the reading passage?	阅读段落中的主要话题?
668	Here we have A, the story is about big clothes,	故事是关于大衣的
669	B, a large body, baby, not body, baby,	B,一个大的身体,宝贝,不是身体,宝贝,
670	C, Boy Scouts, and D, a giant.	C,童子军,和D,一个巨人。
671	Let's go over them.	让我们去过他们。
672	This story is about big clothes.	这个故事是关于大衣的.
673	Well, yes, we talked about big clothes,	嗯,是的,我们谈论大衣服,
674	but that was only a small part	但这只是一小部分
675	of what we talked about, right?	我们谈的,对不对?
676	That was not the main subject of our reading passage.	这不是我们阅读段落的主题。
677	What about B?	B怎么办?
678	This story is about a large baby, not really.	这个故事是关于一个大的婴儿, 不是真的。
679	Remember, we said that Robert Wadlow was a normal-sized baby	记住,我们说过罗伯特·瓦德洛是个正常的婴儿
680	so there was no mention of a large baby in the passage,	所以没有提及一个大的婴儿在通道中,
681	and that's not what it's about anyway.	事情不是这样的
682	C, Boy Scouts, was the passage about Boy Scouts?	C,童子军, 是关于童子军的段落?
683	If the passage was about Boy Scouts,	如果这段话是关于童子军的
684	it would talk about who the Boy Scouts are,	它会谈论谁是童子军,
685	when did that organization get started,	那个组织什么时候开始的?
686	who are some famous Boy Scouts,	他们是一些著名的童子军,
687	but we didn't hear that information.	但我们没听到这个消息
688	We didn't see that information.	我们没有看到这个信息。
689	We only saw a short mention	我们只看到一个简短的提法
690	that Robert Wadlow was a Boy Scout.	罗伯特·瓦德洛是童子军
691	It wasn't the main topic, right?	这不是主要话题,对不对?
692	The main topic of the reading passage	阅读段落的主题
693	was about Robert Wadlow, D, a giant.	是关于罗伯特・瓦德洛,一个巨人。
694	Let's think about that.	让我们想想。
695	If the main subtopic of the passage was Robert Wadlow,	如果这段话的主要分题是罗伯特·瓦德洛
696	what can we say about Robert Wadlow?	罗伯特·瓦德洛怎么样?
697	He was very tall, right?	他很高,对不对?
698	He was really tall.	他确实很高。
699	He was a giant.	他是个巨人
700	So we could say that D is the right answer.	因此我们可以说,D是正确的答案。
701	This story is about a giant, right?	这个故事是关于一个巨人,对不对?
702	Robert Wadlow is a giant.	罗伯特·瓦德洛是个巨人
703	So we can say this story is about a giant.	所以我们可以说这个故事是关于一个巨人。
704	We could also say this story is about Robert Woodlow, right?	我们也可以说这个故事是关于罗伯特·伍德洛的,对吧?
705	Because he is a giant.	因为他是个巨人
706	We can use either one.	我们可以用任何一个。
707	He is a giant, so this story is about a giant.	他是个巨人所以这个故事是关于巨人的
708	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
709	As a boy, Robert Wadlow, A, B, C, D,	作为一个男孩,罗伯特·瓦德洛,A,B,C,D,
710	what was he?	他是谁?
711	He was 272 centimeters tall.	身高272厘米.
712	B, he was normal sized.	B,他是正常的尺寸。
713	C, he didn't like helping people.	C 他不喜欢帮助别人
714	D, he collected stamps, which is true about Robert Wadlow.	D,他收集的邮票,这是罗伯特·瓦德洛的真名.
715	Okay, well, let's take a look.	好吧,让我们来看看。
716	A, he was 272 centimeters tall.	A,身高272厘米.
717	Check the reading.	检查读物。
718	When was he 272 centimeters tall?	他什么时候高272厘米?
719	You will see when he was 22 years old,	你会看到他22岁的时候,
720	not when he was a boy.	不是他小时候
721	So that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
722	As a boy, he was normal sized.	作为一个男孩,他是正常的大小。
723	No, remember when he was four years old,	不记得他四岁的时候
724	he was already as tall as many adults.	他已经和成年人一样高了
725	So that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
726	C, he didn't like helping people.	C 他不喜欢帮助别人
727	No, that's not right.	不这不对
728	He was a Boy Scout.	他是童子军
729	Boy Scouts like to help people.	童子军喜欢帮助别人.
730	And the reading said specifically, he liked to help people.	他喜欢帮助别人。
731	D, he collected stamps.	D,他收集邮票。
732	Ah, that's the answer, right?	啊,这就是答案,对不对?
733	Because the reading said, as a boy,	因为读数说,作为一个男孩,
734	he liked to collect stamps, take pictures.	他喜欢收集邮票,拍照。
735	He liked to do things that ordinary normal boys like to do.	他喜欢做普通的男孩喜欢做的事
736	And one of those things was collecting stamps.	其中一件是收集邮票。
737	So as a boy, Robert Wadlow collected stamps.	所以作为一个男孩,罗伯特·瓦德洛收集了邮票.
738	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
739	Robert's clothes were beep made.	罗伯特的衣服是蜂鸣做的。
740	So remember, Robert, when he was growing up,	所以记住,罗伯特,当他长大的时候,
741	he had a hard time finding clothes that fit him.	他很难找到适合他的衣服
742	So were his clothes normal?	他的衣服正常吗?
743	No, they weren't normal.	不,他们不正常。
744	They didn't fit him.	他们不适合他
745	Were stamps made?	邮票是做的吗?
746	That just doesn't make any sense.	这根本说不通
747	So that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
748	Robert's clothes were custom made.	罗伯特的衣服是定制的
749	Ah, that's the answer.	啊,这就是答案。
750	Because we were talking about, if something is custom made,	因为我们在谈论, 如果什么是定制的,
751	they're made just for you or some particular person.	他们只是为你或某个特定的人而做的。
752	Robert had to go to a custom tailor	罗伯特只好去裁缝店
753	to get his clothes made.	给他做衣服
754	So C is the right answer.	因此,C是正确的答案。
755	What about D?	D怎么办?
756	Minuscule.	微积.
757	Maybe you don't know this word.	也许你不知道这个词。
758	This is a himduro word.	此是希陀罗语.
759	Minuscule.	微积.
760	Minuscule means very, very, very tiny.	微小的表示非常,非常,非常小.
761	No more, no more, no more, chagun, chagun.	不再有不再有沙贡沙贡
762	Yeah, it's very, very small.	是啊,这是非常,非常小。
763	Minuscule is really tiny.	微小的很细小。
764	So that's not the right answer.	所以,这不是正确的答案。
765	Robert was big, right?	罗伯特很大,对吧?
766	He didn't need minuscule clothes.	他不需要小衣着
767	He needed really big clothes.	他需要非常大的衣服。
768	And they had to be custom made.	他们必须习惯。
769	So Robert's clothes were custom made.	所以罗伯特的衣服是定制的
770	They were made custom for him.	这些都是他定制的
771	Four.	四门.
772	Robert was so big that.	罗伯特那么大
773	So big that.	这么大
774	His father had to do what?	他父亲必须做什么?
775	Remember we were talking about something about the car,	记得我们在谈论什么关于汽车,
776	right, what did his father have to do?	他父亲做了什么?
777	A, use a ladder to hug him?	用梯子抱他吗?
778	The reading didn't mention anything about that.	读诵未提此事.
779	That's kind of silly, really.	这有点傻,真的。
780	He had to build a bigger house.	他不得不建造一个更大的房子。
781	That makes sense, but it wasn't mentioned in the reading.	这有道理,但在阅读中并没有提及.
782	We didn't see anything about that in the reading.	在读本上我们什么也没看到
783	His father had to make clothes for him.	其父不得不为他做衣服.
784	Was his father a tailor?	他父亲是裁缝吗?
785	The reading didn't say anything	读数没说
786	about his father making clothes for him.	关于他父亲给他做衣服的事
787	It just said that clothes had to be made for him,	它只是说,必须给他做衣服,
788	but it didn't say who made those clothes.	但没说是谁做的
789	We just have to guess that it was a tailor.	我们只能猜是裁缝干的
790	D, make their car bigger.	D,让他们的车大一点。
791	Aha, that's what the reading said, right?	啊哈,这是阅读说,对不对?
792	His father had to make their car bigger.	他父亲不得不让他们的车变大.
793	We talked about that.	我们谈过了
794	He probably had to take out the seats or move the seats.	他可能不得不取出座位或移动座位.
795	Probably Robert sat in the back seat,	也许罗伯特坐在后座上
796	but it did say specifically his father	但上面写着他父亲
797	had to make their car bigger.	得让他们的车变大
798	So Robert was so big that his father had to make them bigger.	所以罗伯特那么大,以至于他的父亲不得不让他们变大.
799	Make their car bigger.	让他们的车更大。
800	Okay, let's review here.	好吧,让我们来看看这里。
801	Wow, there's the big picture again.	哇,又来了个大局
802	As you can see, Robert Wadlow,	正如你所看到的,罗伯特·瓦德洛,
803	there's his middle name, Robert Pershing Wadlow,	他的中间名是罗伯特·珀兴·瓦德洛
804	was really, really tall.	真的很高,真的很高。
805	Here is a normal boy, right?	这里是一个正常的男孩,对不对?
806	He comes up to the waist.	上至腰间.
807	His mother is only here, not even as high as his elbow.	他的母亲只在这里,甚至不及他的肘部.
808	Here's probably a normal-sized man here.	这里可能有个正常大小的人
809	Of course, he's not in the same height.	当然,他并不在同一高度。
810	He's about that much.	他有这么多。
811	But if we take that much and put it up here, right?	但是如果我们拿这么多把它放在这里,对不对?
812	That only comes up to just about over his elbow, right?	这只到他的肘部,对不对?
813	So Robert Wadlow was a really, really tall man.	所以罗伯特·瓦德洛是一个非常,非常高的人。
814	And even though he weighed 220 kilograms, he wasn't fat.	虽然他体重220公斤,但他并不胖.
815	He was actually kind of slim, right?	他其实有点瘦对吧?
816	Let's take a look at him.	让我们看看他。
817	Now, when he was born, he was a normal-sized baby.	现在,当他出生时, 他是一个正常大小的婴儿。
818	Nobody knew he would grow to be so tall	没人知道他会长大这么高
819	because he was a normal-sized baby.	因为他是一个正常大小的婴儿。
820	Also, what can we say?	还有,我们能说什么?
821	By age 10, I was 200 centimeters tall	10岁时,我身高200厘米
822	and weighed 100 kilograms.	重达100公斤。
823	So at age 10, he was already taller	10岁时,他已经高了
824	than most of these people.	比这些人多得多
825	He grew to be 272 centimeters by age 22.	他22岁时长到272厘米.
826	And that's his height here, 272 centimeters.	这是他的身高,272厘米。
827	Wow, that's really, really tall.	哇,这真的很,真的很高。
828	He was a giant.	他是个巨人
829	So we're talking about, in this unit,	所以,我们说的是,在这个单位,
830	we're talking about people's bodies, right?	我们谈论的是人的身体,对不对?
831	The body.	躯体.
832	And we can see that this is an example	我们可以看到,这是一个例子
833	of a person who had a very unusual body.	一个身体异常的人
834	He was very, very tall.	他非常,非常高大。
835	So tall that we can call him a giant.	这么高,我们可以叫他巨人。
836	He is the tallest man in history.	他是史上最高的人物
837	So, very interesting lesson today.	今天的课很有意思
838	I hope you've learned a lot of new words	我希望你学到了很多新词
839	and some interesting facts about the world we live in.	和一些有趣的事实关于我们生活的世界。
840	As usual, we'll see you guys next time.	跟往常一样下次见
841	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 842 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P27 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p27 26. 26. LevelB Lesson12 Staying Healthy (P27)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p27 26. 26. LevelB Lesson12 Staying Healthy (P27)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 38:19

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	We're on our last lesson for talking about the human body.	我们的最后一课谈论人体。
0:16	When we talked about bones, one of the things we talked about was how to keep your bones	当我们谈论骨头时,我们谈到的一件事是如何保存你的骨头
0:20	healthy.	健康点
0:21	In Lesson 12, we'll talk about how to keep your whole body healthy, staying healthy.	在第十二课中,我们将谈论如何保持你全身的健康,保持健康.
0:28	Very important subject.	非常重要的话题。
0:30	We will focus on thinking about how we can keep our bodies healthy.	我们将集中思考如何保持身体健康。
0:36	How can we stay healthy?	我们怎么能保持健康?

展开字幕全文（836 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're on our last lesson for talking about the human body.	我们的最后一课谈论人体。
5	When we talked about bones, one of the things we talked about was how to keep your bones	当我们谈论骨头时,我们谈到的一件事是如何保存你的骨头
6	healthy.	健康点
7	In Lesson 12, we'll talk about how to keep your whole body healthy, staying healthy.	在第十二课中,我们将谈论如何保持你全身的健康,保持健康.
8	Very important subject.	非常重要的话题。
9	We will focus on thinking about how we can keep our bodies healthy.	我们将集中思考如何保持身体健康。
10	How can we stay healthy?	我们怎么能保持健康?
11	That's a very important topic.	这是一个非常重要的主题。
12	So let's begin, of course, by looking at some words, some vocabulary.	所以,当然,我们先看一些词汇。
13	Of course, before we do that, though, let's just review or preview some ideas about how	当然,在我们这样做之前, 让我们只是回顾或预览一些想法如何
14	we can keep our bodies strong.	我们可以保持我们的身体强壮。
15	You can think about it, right?	你可以考虑,对不对?
16	We've talked in the last lessons a little bit about some ways that we can keep our bodies	我们在最后的课上谈到一些方法我们可以保持我们的身体
17	strong.	强壮。
18	And there might be some new ways here.	可能会有新的办法
19	First of all, we have a picture here of a little baby holding a teddy bear.	首先,我们这里有一个小宝宝拿着一只泰迪熊的照片。
20	So cute, right?	很可爱吧?
21	But what is the baby doing?	但宝宝在做什么?
22	The baby is resting or sleeping.	婴儿在休息或睡觉。
23	You must sleep to keep your body strong.	你必须睡觉保持身体强壮。
24	Don't stay up all night playing video games, right?	别整晚都在玩电子游戏,对吧?
25	That's not good for you.	这对你不好
26	So, sleep.	所以,睡觉。
27	Get plenty of rest.	多休息一会
28	What's this here?	这是什么?
29	Well, this is good food, healthy food.	嗯,这是很好的食物,健康的食物。
30	Of course, we should eat healthy food to help our bodies stay healthy and strong.	当然,我们应该吃健康的食物来帮助我们的身体保持健康和坚固.
31	We should also wash our bodies, right?	我们还应该洗身,对不对?
32	If we don't wash our bodies, not only do we smell, but also we might get sick, right?	如果我们不洗我们的身体, 不仅我们闻到, 而且我们可能会生病,对不对?
33	We have to keep our bodies clean so we don't get sick.	我们必须保持身体清洁,以免生病。
34	And finally, we should also exercise and spend time with friends.	最后,我们也应该锻炼和与朋友相处。
35	But these women here, they're stretching, they're exercising, they're running, they're	但这些女人,她们伸展,锻炼,奔跑。
36	doing yoga.	练瑜伽
37	They are exercising their bodies.	他们正在锻炼身体。
38	So these are all ways that we can keep our bodies healthy and strong.	因此,这些都是我们可以保持身体健康和坚固的方方面面。
39	Can you think of some other ways?	你能想出别的办法吗?
40	Maybe you can.	也许你可以。
41	As we go over the vocabulary together, okay.	当我们一起研究词汇时,好吧。
42	The first word on our word list is good for your body.	我们字表中的第一个字对你的身体有好处.
43	That's the definition, good for your body.	这就是定义,对身体有好处.
44	If something is good for your body, what do we say?	如果对身体有好处的话我们该怎么说?
45	It is healthy.	这是健康的。
46	We just saw several different ways or several different things that are good for our body.	我们刚刚看到了几种不同的方式或者几种对我们身体有益的东西.
47	Sleeping, resting is healthy.	睡觉,休息是健康的。
48	Eating good food is healthy.	吃好食物是健康的。
49	Washing our bodies is healthy.	洗我们的身体是健康的。
50	Exercising is healthy.	锻炼是健康的。
51	These are all healthy things to do.	这些都是健康的事情要做。
52	H, H sound, and L, healthy.	H,H声音和L,健康。
53	So we go healthy, healthy, healthy.	所以我们去健康,健康,健康。
54	Put them together.	把它们放在一起
55	Okay, so of course she's doing something that's very healthy.	好吧,所以她当然做一些非常健康的事情。
56	She's exercising.	她在锻炼
57	Two, not good.	二不善业.
58	This is not good.	这可不妙
59	Do not pull your older sister's hair, right?	不要拉你姐姐的头发,对不对?
60	That's not good.	这可不好
61	If you do that, you are bad.	如果你这样做,你是坏的。
62	Don't be bad.	别作坏.
63	Be good, right?	乖点,对吧?
64	So don't annoy or hurt your friends or your sisters or your brothers.	所以不要烦恼或伤害你的朋友或姐妹或兄弟.
65	Be good, not bad.	乖一点,不坏
66	Three, food that is bad for you.	3,食物对你不好。
67	Okay, now this looks like a hamburger, french fries, ketchup.	好吧,现在这看起来像汉堡,薯条,番茄酱。
68	This is junk food, right, at a fast food restaurant.	这是垃圾食品,在快餐店。
69	Food that is bad for you, I just said junk food, junk food.	对你不好的食物,我只是说垃圾食品,垃圾食品。
70	It's two words, J, J, N, K, NK, junk, junk food.	这是两个字,J,J,N,K,NK,垃圾,垃圾食品.
71	So it's junk food.	所以这是垃圾食品。
72	Don't eat too much junk food.	别吃太多垃圾食品
73	Maybe once in a while it's okay, but don't eat a lot of junk food.	也许偶尔可以但别吃太多垃圾食品
74	Number four, the part of the body that helps us move.	第四,身体帮助我们移动的部分。
75	So look at this person here, looks like a man is here, he's exercising.	所以看这里的这个人, 看起来像一个男人在这里, 他在锻炼。
76	Parts of his body are very strong, they're very big, they are muscles.	他身体的部位非常强壮,非常大,是肌肉.
77	These are the parts of the body that help us move, right?	这些是身体中帮助我们移动的部分,对吧?
78	Bones support us, but bones need muscles in order for us to move.	骨头支撑着我们但骨头需要肌肉才能移动
79	Every time we move, we're using a muscle.	每动时用肌肉.
80	Even if you just move your eyes, you're using the muscles in your eyes.	纵使只动眼,便用眼中肌肉.
81	So we have muscles all over our body.	所以我们全身都是肌肉
82	Do you have muscles that can move your ears?	你有可以移动耳朵的肌肉吗?
83	Can you move your ear?	你能动动你的耳朵吗?
84	Am I moving my ear?	我要动我的耳朵吗?
85	Those are also muscles in your head that you can move your ears, right?	这些也是你头上的肌肉可以移动你的耳朵,对不对?
86	So think about it, you've got muscles everywhere.	想想看你到处都有肌肉
87	Five, power that we get from food and sleep.	五,我们从食物和睡眠中获得的力量.
88	So power, we need power to make our muscles move.	所以力量,我们需要力量使我们的肌肉运动。
89	We get that power when we sleep.	我们睡觉时就有这种力量
90	When we have no power, we go to sleep, we wake up, we've got power back.	当我们没有力量,我们去睡觉,我们醒来,我们恢复了力量。
91	And we also need to eat to keep that power going.	我们还需要吃东西来保持这种能量。
92	What do we call it?	我们怎么称呼它?
93	We call it energy.	我们称之为能量。
94	En-er-gy.	爱尔吉。
95	Energy.	能源报.
96	Not energy.	没有能量。
97	Energy.	能源报.
98	Okay.	摆
99	Six, to make.	六,拟制.
100	These people are making a house or a building, right?	这些人在造房子或建筑,对吧?
101	What do you say when you make something?	造物时如何.
102	You build it, right?	你造的对吧?
103	You build something.	你造的东西。
104	Now be careful with build.	现在,小心建设。
105	Build是一个动词.
106	It's an irregular verb.	不规则动词.
107	It changes form for the past tense.	它改变的形式过去紧张。
108	Build, built, built.	建设,建设,建设.
109	They built a house.	他们建了房子
110	Have they built the house yet?	他们建房子了吗?
111	Okay.	摆
112	Seven, to take a break.	七,为休.
113	One of the things we talked about was to get enough sleep.	我们谈论的一件事是获得足够的睡眠。
114	That's healthy for your body.	这是健康的身体。
115	At night you sleep.	晚上你睡觉。
116	But sometimes during the day, right,	但有时白天,没错,
117	you don't want to sleep for eight hours, right?	你不会想睡八个小时吧?
118	You just want to take a short sleep.	你只是想睡一会
119	You just want to rest.	你只是想要休息。你只是想休息。
120	So you lay down, close your eyes for five minutes,	所以你躺下闭上眼睛五分钟
121	10 minutes, take a rest.	10分钟后休息
122	Take a rest.	休养.
123	So take a rest.	那就休息一会吧
124	Take a rest.	休养.
125	You look tired.	你看起来很累
126	Why don't you take a rest?	为甚么不休.
127	Take a rest.	休养.
128	Short break.	短间歇.
129	Take a break.	休一觉.
130	Same thing.	同样的事情。
131	Eight, what happened here?	八,这里发生了什么?
132	Is this,	这是...
133	죽었어요?
134	I hope not.	希望不会
135	Okay, I hope he didn't die, right?	好吧,我希望他没有死,对不对?
136	But he didn't.	但他没有
137	When you have no energy, you feel like this, right?	当你没有精力的时候,你会觉得这样,对吧?
138	You have no energy.	你没有精力。
139	You just fall over, right?	你只是掉下来,对不对?
140	What happened?	发生了什么事?
141	Tired.	疲劳.
142	You're very tired.	你累了吗?
143	You have no energy.	你没有精力。
144	Then it's time to take a rest.	那就该休息一下了
145	But this person is very tired.	但这个人很累
146	They just fell over.	他们刚刚摔倒了。
147	They want to sleep, right?	他们想睡觉,对不对?
148	Nine, to move quickly using your legs.	九,用你的腿快速移动。
149	So what is this boy doing, right?	那这个男孩在做什么?
150	He's moving very quickly.	他动作很快
151	He's using his legs.	他在用脚
152	Run, to run.	运行,运行。
153	He is running.	他跑出来了
154	Be careful with run.	当心跑步.
155	Run is an irregular verb.	运行是一种不规则的动词.
156	Changes in the past.	过去变化.
157	So run, ran, run.	所以跑,跑,跑,跑,跑。
158	Run, ran, run.	运行,运行,运行。
159	Kind of goes back, right?	有点回去了,对吧?
160	Run, ran, run.	运行,运行,运行。
161	But this is still past tense, right?	但是现在还很紧张,对吧?
162	I have run.	我已经跑了。
163	I have run five miles, right?	我跑了五英里,对不对?
164	How far did you run?	你跑多远?
165	Well, I have run five miles since this morning.	我从今早起就跑五英里了
166	And I've got five more to do.	我还有五件事要做
167	Wow, that's a lot of running, right?	哇,这是很多运行,对不对?
168	So run, ran, run.	所以跑,跑,跑,跑,跑。
169	A mile is like a little bit longer than a kilometer, right?	一英里比一公里长一点,对吧?
170	So I have run five kilometers this morning.	今天早上我跑了5公里了
171	I'm gonna run another five kilometers this afternoon.	我今天下午还要跑5公里
172	Okay, the next one.	好吧,下一个。
173	Oh, interesting, exciting picture, right?	哦,有趣,令人兴奋的图片,对不对?
174	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
175	This is inside your body.	这是在你体内。
176	And there's one organ that we're highlighting,	还有一个器官我们要强调,
177	that organ in red.	红色的风琴
178	That is the part of your body that moves your blood.	这就是你身体中移动血液的部分
179	So you can see all these red things going along.	这样你就能看到这些红色的东西。
180	Those are where your blood is going, right?	这些是你的血迹对吧?
181	But this is the organ that pumps blood	但这是吸血的器官
182	through those places.	穿过那些地方
183	What is it?	这是什么?
184	Of course, you know, it's the heart.	当然,你知道,这是心脏。
185	Boom, boom, boom, boom, right?	砰,砰,砰,砰,砰,对不对?
186	Makes that sound, the heart.	使这声音,心脏。
187	Again, ha, ha, heart, R-T, art, heart, heart, okay?	再次,哈,哈,心脏,R -T,艺术,心脏,心脏,好吗?
188	So it's the heart in your body that pumps blood.	所以是你体内的心脏吸血
189	It moves your blood around.	它让你的血流淌
190	And if you listen to, you can't listen to yourself,	如果你听, 你不能听自己,
191	but you can listen to your brother or sister.	但你可以听你的兄妹的话
192	You can hear it go boom, boom, boom, boom, boom, right?	你能听到它去砰,砰,砰,砰,砰,对不对?
193	Very interesting.	非常有趣,你觉得呢?
194	Next word, boys and girls.	下一个词,男孩和女孩。
195	We have several, well, I think he's a boy,	我们有几个人我想他是个男孩
196	and we have two girls, but it doesn't matter,	我们有两个女孩,但没关系,
197	boy or girl, a group, it could be all girls,	男孩或女孩,一个团体, 它可能是所有的女孩,
198	it could be all boys, doesn't matter.	这可能是所有的男孩, 没关系。
199	What do we call them?	我们怎么称呼他们?
200	Together, we call them children.	我们共同称他们为儿童。
201	More than one, boys and girls together,	不止一个,男孩和女孩在一起,
202	or many boys, or many girls.	或许多男孩,或许多女孩。
203	Doesn't matter, we just say children.	没关系,我们只是说孩子。
204	Next one, what is she doing?	下一个,她在做什么?
205	She's writing something,	她写的东西,
206	and she's using her muscles in her brain, right?	她用她的肌肉在她的大脑,对不对?
207	She's using the muscles in her brain.	她在用大脑里的肌肉
208	I don't know if they have muscles,	我不知道他们有没有肌肉
209	but she's using her brain power.	但她正在利用她的大脑力量
210	She, to use your mind, to think of something,	她,用你的想法,想点办法
211	she is thinking, to think.	她想着,想着。
212	You think of something.	你想想办法
213	You need to think in order to do your homework, okay?	你需要思考做你的功课,好吗?
214	But be careful with think, it's an irregular verb.	但注意思想,是一种不规则的动词.
215	Think, thought, thought.	思考,思考,思考,思考。
216	I just thought of something, right?	我刚刚想了一些事情,对不对?
217	I thought of something yesterday, but I forgot it now, okay?	我昨天想了一些东西, 但我现在忘了,好吗?
218	So think, thought, thought.	所以,思考,思考,思考。
219	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
220	Is it dead?	它死了吗?
221	No, as you know, bears sleep in the wintertime, right?	不,你知道,熊在冬天睡觉,对不对?
222	But they're not dead, they continue to be alive.	但他们没死,他们还活着
223	They're not dead, they're alive, they are alive.	众生不死不生不灭.
224	But to live, be careful, because you can say live,	但活着要小心因为你可以说活着
225	but you can also say live.	但你也可以说活着。
226	Live, if you say it is a live band,	活着,如果你说这是一个现场乐队,
227	that is an adjective.	这是一个形容词。
228	But if you say don't die, please live,	但是如果你说不要死请活着
229	or please live well, please enjoy your life,	或者请好好生活请好好享受生活
230	please live, that's a verb.	请活着,这是一个动词。
231	So this is adjective, and this is verb.	这就是形容词,这是动词。
232	It's different pronunciations.	发音不同.
233	It's a live band.	这是一个现场乐队。
234	That means the band is there in person.	也就是说乐队是亲自来的
235	The members, the people are actually there.	社员,社员实际上都在那里.
236	It's not a recording, it's a live band.	不是录音,是现场乐队
237	But if you say it as a verb, it's live.	但如是说作是语已即是活.
238	So live, live.	所以活着,活着。
239	In this case, it's live.	此中为活.
240	To continue to be alive, this is a verb, that is live.	继续活着,这是一个动词,就是活.
241	Okay, so different pronunciations,	好吧不同发音
242	same spelling, different meanings.	相同的拼写,不同的含义。
243	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
244	Hey, happy birthday, right?	嘿,生日快乐,对吧?
245	축하합니다.
246	Okay, a sweet baked food.	好吧,一个甜蜜的烤食物。
247	Okay, this of course is a birthday cake.	这当然是生日蛋糕
248	Okay, there's many kinds of cake.	好吧,有很多种蛋糕。
249	A birthday cake, anniversary cake, Kunyong cake.	生日蛋糕周年蛋糕昆永蛋糕
250	I like Kunyong cake, don't you?	我喜欢昆永蛋糕,不是吗?
251	Okay, cake just because.	好吧,蛋糕只是因为。
252	Cake is good, okay?	蛋糕不错,好吗?
253	So cake, sweet baked food, that's a cake.	蛋糕,甜美的烘焙食品,这是一个蛋糕。
254	15, now this is also a sweet food.	15,现在这个也是甜食.
255	Is it a food?	是食物吗?
256	Maybe many children think that it's a food,	也许很多孩子认为那是食物
257	but it's not a good food.	但它不是一个好食物。
258	Sweet food made of sugar.	甜食由糖制成.
259	It's just made of sugar.	刚制糖.
260	What is it?	这是什么?
261	Of course, you probably like it.	当然,你可能喜欢它。
262	Candy, candy.	糖,糖,糖,糖,糖,糖,糖,糖,糖,糖
263	Of course, all kids like candy, right?	当然,所有的孩子都喜欢糖果,对吧?
264	We like to eat candy,	我们喜欢吃糖果,
265	and a lot of adults like to eat candy too.	很多成年人也喜欢吃糖果
266	But don't eat too much, it's not good for your teeth.	但是不要吃太多,对牙齿不好.
267	Next one.	下一个
268	Well, this is a very beautiful picture.	这张照片很漂亮
269	To stop from changing.	以止变化.
270	So basically what we're talking about here	所以,基本上我们在这里谈论
271	is like this is the Eiffel Tower in France.	就像法国的埃菲尔铁塔
272	The Eiffel Tower has been there for a long, long time.	艾菲尔铁塔已经在那里很久了
273	It keeps from changing, it keeps the same.	它不会改变它不会改变
274	You could also say stay.	你也可以说留下
275	Stay the same.	不变.
276	Keep the same, keep.	保持不变,保持。
277	Don't change, don't change.	别变别变
278	You keep the same.	你还是一样
279	So think about it.	故当思惟.
280	This Eiffel Tower has been in Paris, France for a long time.	这座埃菲尔铁塔在法国巴黎已经存在了很长时间.
281	The city has changed,	城市变了
282	but the Eiffel Tower has kept the same.	但艾菲尔铁塔没有变
283	And keep, kept, kept.	并留,留,留.
284	So it's an irregular verb.	因此是一种不规则的动词.
285	Keep, kept, kept.	继续继续继续
286	Paris has changed,	巴黎变了
287	but the Eiffel Tower has kept the same.	但艾菲尔铁塔没有变
288	Okay, so keep, kept, kept.	好吧,所以保持,保持,保持。
289	Okay, that wraps up the words.	好吧,这结束的话。
290	Let's do the exercises.	我们来练习
291	The first exercise we're doing here is word groups.	我们在这里做的第一次练习是词组.
292	So what we have here are four word groups, right?	我们这里有四个词组,对吧?
293	Two words of the group.	组中二句.
294	And then we have to choose the word,	然后我们必须选择这个词,
295	write the word from the box	从框中写入单词
296	that best finishes each word group.	最好完成每个词组。
297	So we have two words here.	因此,我们有两个词在这里。
298	What's the next word that is part of that group?	下个词是什么是该组的一部分?
299	What words go together?	什么词一起说?
300	The words are first healthy, healthy.	词首健康健康.
301	Then rest, rest.	然后休息,休息。休息,休息。
302	Muscle, muscle.	肌肉,肌肉。肌肉,肌肉。
303	And tired, tired.	和疲劳,疲劳。
304	피곤해요, okay?	好吗?
305	Okay, so the first one, exercise, apples, carrots.	好吧,所以第一个,锻炼,苹果,胡萝卜。
306	Apples, carrots, what word here	苹果,胡萝卜,什么词?
307	best belongs to these other two words?	最好属于这两个词?
308	Apples and carrots are, of course, healthy.	苹果和胡萝卜当然是健康的。
309	So the word here is healthy.	所以这里的词是健康的。
310	Apples, carrots, healthy.	苹果,胡萝卜,健康.
311	Okay, that would be the best word	好吧,这是最好的词
312	from the box to go in here.	从盒子里进去
313	Two, bone, heart, then something.	二,骨,心,然后的东西。
314	Think about it, in your body,	想想,在你的体内,
315	you have bones, you have a heart.	你有骨头,你有一颗心。
316	What else do you have in your body?	你身体里还有什么?
317	What else is in your body?	你身体里还有什么?
318	Of course, muscle.	当然,肌肉。
319	Muscles are in your body, muscle.	肌肉在你的体内,肌肉。
320	Three, break, nap.	三,休息,睡觉。
321	If you take a break, you take a nap,	如果你休息,你睡觉,
322	what are you doing?	你在干吗?
323	You're resting.	你休息着呢
324	Take a rest, take a break, take a nap,	休息,休息,睡觉
325	take a rest.	休息一会儿
326	Okay, number four, yawn.	好吧,第四号,打哈欠。
327	Yawn, we didn't go over that,	Yawn,我们没说清楚
328	but yawn, what is yawn?	但打哈欠,什么是打哈欠吗?
329	Yawn is when you do this.	Yawn是当你这样做。
330	Oh, 피곤해요, right?	哦,是吗?
331	If I yawn, maybe you yawn too, right?	如果我打哈欠,也许你也打哈欠,对吧?
332	It's like a cold, it goes from one person to another.	如寒热,从人而去.
333	But I hope you're not sleepy now, okay?	但我希望你现在不困好吗?
334	I'm just showing you the example.	我只是给你看个例子
335	That's a yawn.	即是圆觉.
336	When people yawn, they're sleepy,	当人们打哈欠, 他们困了,
337	or they are tired.	或者他们累了。
338	So, when people are tired or sleepy, they yawn.	所以,当人们疲倦或困困时,他们就会打哈欠.
339	Okay, the next one.	好吧,下一个。
340	Now, this is a little bit different.	现在,这是有点不同。
341	This is to choose the words, circle the words	这是用来选择词, 环绕词
342	that are the same as the word in bold print.	这与黑体字相同。
343	Remember, bold print is darker,	记住粗体字比较暗
344	wider letters, okay?	更宽的字母,好吗?
345	This is bold print.	这是大胆的印刷品。
346	So, we have to look at the word in bold print	所以,我们必须用粗体字看这个词
347	and circle, right?	和圆,对不对?
348	Circle the words that are the same.	圆同之字.
349	So, we have the sentence here,	所以,我们有句子在这里,
350	what word is the same as energy?	什么词和能量一样?
351	We need to circle that.	我们得绕圈子
352	So, number one.	所以,第一个。
353	She has the power to work because she eats well.	她有工作的能力因为她吃得很好
354	In this sentence, what word is the same as energy?	此句中,何词与能量相同?
355	Energy, well, energy is power, isn't it?	能量,嗯,能量就是动力,不是吗?
356	If you chose that word, that's the right answer.	如果你选择了这个词, 那是正确的答案。
357	She has the energy to work because she eats well,	她有精力工作因为她吃得很好
358	or she has the power to work because she eats well.	或者她有工作能力因为她吃得很好
359	We can use either word in this case, okay?	我们可以用任意一个词对于这个案件,好吗?
360	They're the same.	他们是一样的
361	Number two.	第二义.
362	Too much salt is not good for you.	盐太多对你不好
363	So, we're looking for a word or words	所以,我们在找一个或几个字
364	that mean the same as bad, and we need to circle those.	和坏一样,我们需要环绕这些。
365	So, bad is what?	所以,坏是什麽?
366	Bad is good?	坏是好事吗?
367	Bad is, no, not good, it's the opposite.	坏是,不,不好,这是相反的。
368	Ah, but here's not.	啊,但这里不是。
369	So, we can circle them together, right?	所以,我们可以包围他们在一起,对不对?
370	And we can say not good is the same as bad.	我们可以说不好就是坏
371	Too much salt is bad for you.	盐太多对你不好
372	So, we can substitute, see?	所以,我们可以替代,看到了吗?
373	Okay.	摆
374	Okay, two more for the same, same idea.	好,再来两个,换一个想法
375	Here we have junk food.	我们这里有垃圾食品。
376	So, we're looking for a word or words,	所以,我们要找一个或一个字,
377	a group of words that mean the same as junk food.	和垃圾食品一样的词组
378	The sentence is, I don't eat food	句子是我不吃东西
379	that is bad for my body.	这对我的身体有害
380	I don't eat food that is bad for my body.	我不吃对身体有害的食物
381	In this sentence, what are the word or words	此句中何为词句.
382	that mean the same as junk food?	和垃圾食品一样?
383	Well, we know junk is not good, junk is bad.	我们知道垃圾不好,垃圾不好
384	So, we need to include this bad here.	所以,我们需要把这个坏在这里。
385	But food, of course, food is here.	但食物,当然,食物在这里。
386	And basically, junk food is food that is bad, okay?	基本上,垃圾食物是坏食物,好吗?
387	Food that is bad.	食物很烂
388	Well, for your body, you could circle that too.	好吧,对于你的身体, 你也可以圆圈。
389	But basically, food that is bad is junk food, okay?	但基本上,坏的食物是垃圾食品,好吗?
390	Build.	盖.
391	Remember to build, to make something, right?	记得建造,制造的东西,对不对?
392	I drink milk to make my bones strong.	我饮乳使骨坚.
393	Okay, so build and make are the same, right?	好吧,所以建设和制造是相同的,对不对?
394	But you could also do this, right?	但你也可以做到这一点,对不对?
395	You could also circle both of them if you wanted to.	如果你愿意的话,你也可以围住他们
396	I drink milk to make my bones.	饮乳以造骨.
397	If you said to make your bones, yeah.	如果你说要做你的骨头,是的。
398	But to make your bones strong, to build them well, okay?	但是要让你的骨头坚固, 建造好,好吗?
399	You could use one or the other.	你可以用其中一个或另一个。
400	Or together, make something strong is to build it, okay?	或一起,做一些强力的东西是建造它,好吗?
401	But also just to make something	也是为了做点什么
402	also means to build something.	也意味着要建造一些东西。
403	Okay, so those are our words.	好吧,这就是我们的话。
404	That wraps up the end of the vocabulary section.	这结束了词汇部分的结尾。
405	We're gonna take a short break,	我们要休息一下,
406	come back and look at the reading together.	复来共看诵经.
407	So don't go away.	故别离.
408	Okay, welcome back, everybody.	好了欢迎回来各位
409	We're going over the unit,	我们要检查一下部队
410	how do we stay healthy, right?	我们如何保持健康,对不对?
411	How can we keep our bodies healthy?	我们如何保持身体健康?
412	That's what the reading is about.	诵此经已.
413	And the first question or the first statement	第一个问题或第一个声明
414	is a question like that.	就是这样的问题。
415	How can we keep our bodies strong?	我们如何保持身体的坚固?
416	That means our bodies are strong now.	这意味着我们的身体现在很强壮。
417	How do we keep them strong?	我们如何保持他们的力量?
418	How do we keep our bodies the same?	我们如何保持身体不变?
419	We want to stay strong.	我们要保持坚强
420	We wanna keep strong.	我们要保持坚强
421	We don't want to become weak.	我们不想变得软弱
422	We wanna keep strong.	我们要保持坚强
423	So how can we do that?	那么,我们如何做到这一点?
424	How can we keep our bodies strong?	我们如何保持身体的坚固?
425	Well, it's easy.	很简单
426	It's easier than you think.	比你想的简单
427	You may think, oh, no more him the road	你可能会认为,哦,不再他的道路
428	to keep our bodies strong.	保持我们的身体强壮。
429	But don't worry, it's easy.	但别担心,这很简单
430	It's easier than you think.	比你想的简单
431	Then we have the answer.	那我们有答案了
432	This is the question, this is the answer.	这就是问题,这就是答案。
433	Good food, exercise, and sleep are all we need.	良好的食物,锻炼和睡眠是我们所需要的。
434	So this section of the reading passage	因此,阅读段落的这一部分
435	is setting up the topic.	正在设置主题。
436	The topic is how do we keep our bodies strong?	主题是,我们如何保持我们的身体强大?
437	And that's the question, right?	这就是问题所在对吧?
438	There will be three ways that this passage talks about	这条通道有三种方式
439	that help us keep our bodies strong.	帮助我们保持身体坚固
440	The first one is to eat good food.	第一种是吃好饭.
441	The second one is to exercise.	第二是锻炼.
442	And the third one is to sleep.	第三是睡觉
443	Three ways to keep our bodies strong.	三法令身体坚固.
444	Those three ways are all we need.	这三种方式是我们所需要的。
445	Okay, let's continue.	好吧,让我们继续。
446	Of course, we're going over the first one, good food.	当然,我们要检查第一个,好食物。
447	We need to eat to stay strong.	我们要吃东西才能坚强
448	So we eat good food to stay strong.	所以我们吃好食物保持强壮。
449	Food gives us energy.	食物给我们能量。
450	So that gives us the reason why we need to eat,	所以我们才需要吃东西
451	why we need good food.	为什么我们需要好食物。
452	We need energy.	我们需要精力。
453	We use this energy to live and grow, okay?	我们用这种能量来生存和成长,好吗?
454	Fruits, vegetables, and milk are healthy foods.	水果、蔬菜和牛奶是健康食品。
455	They are good for our bodies.	它们对我们的身体有好处。
456	So this part of the passage all talks about	所以这部分的通道所有谈论
457	the first way that we can keep our bodies healthy and strong.	我们首先可以保持身体健康和坚固
458	It's talking about food.	其说饮食.
459	First of all, we have the topic sentence of this passage.	首先,我们有这一段的主题句子。
460	We need to eat to stay strong.	我们要吃东西才能坚强
461	Why?	为什么?
462	That explains why.	这解释了原因。
463	Because it gives us energy.	因为它给了我们能量。
464	Why do we need energy?	我们为什么需要能量?
465	Because we need to live and we want to grow.	因为我们需要生活和成长。
466	Okay, so there's two reasons why we need energy.	好吧,所以有两个原因,我们需要能量。
467	Then we have examples of foods that are good for us.	然后我们有食物的例子对我们有好处。
468	Fruits, vegetables, milk.	水果、蔬菜、牛奶
469	Those are all healthy foods.	这些都是健康的食物。
470	They are good for our bodies.	它们对我们的身体有好处。
471	Okay, so we're talking about good food.	好吧,所以我们谈论好的食物。
472	We just talked about good food, but be careful.	我们刚刚谈好食物,但小心点。
473	Not all food is good and healthy for us, right?	并不是所有的食物都好健康对我们,对不对?
474	But not all food is good for us.	但并非所有的食物都对我们有好处。
475	Cookies, cake, and candy are bad for us.	饼干、蛋糕和糖果对我们不利
476	That's why we call them junk food.	这就是为什么我们叫他们垃圾食品。
477	Junk food is not healthy.	垃圾食品不健康。
478	We should eat only a little junk food.	我们只吃一点垃圾食品
479	Okay, so the part of the passage we studied just before this	好吧,我们刚才研究的那段话
480	was talking about good food, healthy food.	讲的是好食物健康食物
481	Now we're talking about food that's not good for us.	现在,我们谈论的食物对我们不利。
482	We have to be careful, right?	我们必须小心,对不对?
483	But not all, that means not all good food is good for us,	但不是所有, 这意味着不是所有好的食物对我们都是好的,
484	is good for us.	对我们有好处
485	That means some food is bad for us, right?	也就是说一些食物对我们不利,对吧?
486	What are some examples?	一些例子是什么?
487	Some examples?	一些例子?
488	Well, one, cookies, two, cake, and three, candy.	一饼干二蛋糕三糖果
489	Those are just three examples.	这仅仅是三个例子。
490	Okay, there's many kinds of junk food,	好吧,有很多种类的垃圾食品,
491	but these are just three examples.	但这只是三个例子。
492	These are bad for us, not good.	这些对我们不利,不是好事。
493	They don't help us stay healthy.	他们帮不了我们保持健康
494	They're bad for us, that's why.	他们对我们不利,这就是原因。
495	That's why refers to they are bad for us.	这就是为什么提到它们对我们不利。
496	They are bad for us, that's why.	他们对我们不好,这就是原因。
497	We call them junk food.	我们称之为垃圾食品。
498	Junk means something we don't want.	容克意味着我们不希望的东西。
499	Junk is like trash, stregi, right?	垃圾就像垃圾,史崔吉,对吧?
500	We throw it away.	我们把它扔掉。
501	So we say it's junk food because it's not good for us.	所以我们说这是垃圾食品因为它对我们不利。
502	The problem is, though, that we like junk food.	但问题是,我们喜欢垃圾食品。
503	Junk food tastes good, right?	瘾君子食物好吃吧?
504	It has a lot of sugar in it.	这里面有很多糖
505	Mm, mashisoyo, right?	嗯,马希索约,对不对?
506	But we have to be careful, it's not good for us.	但我们必须小心,这对我们不利.
507	Junk food is not healthy.	垃圾食品不健康。
508	It's not good for us because it's not healthy.	这对我们不利,因为它不健康。
509	Our bodies don't need it, right?	我们的身体不需要它,对不对?
510	We should eat only a little.	我们只吃一点
511	Like I said, we like to eat it.	我说过了,我们喜欢吃
512	It tastes good.	味道不错
513	It has sugar in it.	里面还有糖
514	So we like to eat it, but we should be careful.	所以我们喜欢吃它, 但我们应该小心。
515	We should eat only a little.	我们只吃一点
516	Chokuman mogoyo, right?	乔库曼莫戈约,对不对?
517	Just a little bit.	只是一点点。
518	Just eat a little bit of the junk food, okay?	吃一点垃圾食品,好吗?
519	Because, you know, we should enjoy our lives,	因为,你知道, 我们应该享受我们的生活,
520	but we shouldn't eat a lot of junk food.	但我们不应该吃很多垃圾食品。
521	It's not healthy.	这不健康。
522	Now, the second way that we're talking about	现在,我们谈论的第二种方式
523	to keep our bodies strong is exercise,	保持身体强壮就是锻炼,
524	and that's what we're talking about next.	我们接下来要谈的就是这个
525	Exercise is when we move and play.	锻炼就是我们动起来玩的时候
526	This keeps our bodies strong.	这使我们的身体坚固。
527	Running and jumping makes our bones strong.	奔跑和跳跃使我们的骨头坚固。
528	Exercising builds muscles.	锻炼积聚肌肉.
529	So here we have the part of the passage	所以这里有一段路段
530	talking about the second way we can keep our bodies strong,	谈论第二种方法,我们可以保持我们的身体强壮,
531	and it's, of course, exercise.	当然是锻炼
532	And it defines what is exercise.	它定义什么是运动。
533	It's when we move and play.	是动时玩时.
534	That's exercise.	这是锻炼。
535	Here we have a sentence.	这里有一个句子。
536	Exercise is when we move and play.	锻炼就是我们动起来玩的时候
537	Then we want to refer back to this idea.	然后,我们要提到这个想法。
538	We use this.	我们用这个
539	Don't use it.	别用.
540	This is better than using it.	这比用它好
541	Many students might write it.	许多学生可能会写作.
542	It keeps.	它会保持。
543	That doesn't sound good.	听起来不妙
544	If you're talking about an idea that you express,	如果你说的是你表达的想法
545	this is a whole idea.	这是整个想法。
546	It's a concept.	这是一个概念。
547	Refer back to it with this, not it.	说回这个,不是它。
548	This is better.	这样更好
549	This, when we move and play, exercise,	这,当我们移动和游戏,运动,
550	keeps our bodies strong.	保持我们的身体。
551	So exercise keeps our bodies strong.	因此,锻炼让我们的身体坚固。
552	We're strong now.	我们现在很坚强了
553	We want to stay strong.	我们要保持坚强
554	Exercise, and you will keep strong.	锻炼,你会保持强壮。
555	Running and jumping, these are two examples of exercise,	跑步和跳跃,这些都是锻炼的两个例子,
556	and it tells us what it does.	它告诉我们它做了什么。
557	Running and jumping makes our bones strong.	奔跑和跳跃使我们的骨头坚固。
558	These two forms of exercise, how do they keep us strong?	这两种形式的锻炼,如何使我们强大?
559	It makes our bones strong, right?	它让我们的骨头坚固,对不对?
560	Exercising also, it doesn't say also, but builds muscles.	锻炼也,不说也,而造肌肉.
561	So it's another thing that it does.	所以这是另一回事
562	Exercising makes our bones strong.	锻炼使我们的骨骼坚固。
563	It also makes our muscles strong.	这也使我们的肌肉坚固.
564	It builds our muscles, makes them big, like this guy here.	它造就了我们的肌肉, 让他们大, 像这家伙在这里。
565	Okay.	摆
566	Our muscles, right?	我们的肌肉,对不对?
567	We're talking about muscles.	我们说的是肌肉
568	Exercise makes our muscles strong.	锻炼使我们的肌肉坚固.
569	It builds our muscles.	它建立了我们的肌肉。
570	Why are muscles important?	为什么肌肉很重要?
571	Muscles help us move.	肌肉帮助我们移动。
572	That's why they, referring back to muscles,	这就是为什么他们,提到回肌肉,
573	they are all over our bodies, right?	它们遍布我们的身体,对吧?
574	We talked about that before in the vocabulary section.	我们之前在词汇一节里谈到过这一点。
575	There's muscles everywhere in your body,	身体里到处都是肌肉
576	all over, all over, everywhere.	到处都是,到处都是,到处都是
577	Exercise is also good for your heart, right?	锻炼也有利于你的心脏,对不对?
578	But if you think about it, your heart is a muscle.	但若思惟心为肌肉.
579	Your heart is probably the most important muscle	你的心脏可能是最重要的肌肉
580	in your body.	在你体内。
581	Exercise is also good for your heart.	锻炼也有利于你的心脏。
582	Best of all, exercise is fun.	最好,锻炼是乐趣。
583	Yes, exercise can be fun.	是的,锻炼可以很有趣。
584	Going outside, running with your friends,	和你的朋友一起跑出去
585	riding your bike, skateboarding or rollerblading,	骑你的自行车,滑板或滚球,
586	all of these activities are fun	所有这些活动都很有趣
587	and they're all exercise, right?	他们都是锻炼,对不对?
588	Playing with your friends is exercise.	跟你朋友玩就是锻炼
589	So even if you're having a good time with your friends,	所以即使你和你的朋友玩得很开心
590	you are exercising and it's good for your body.	你在锻炼,对身体有好处
591	Okay, the third way that was mentioned	好吧,第三个方式提到
592	in order to keep our body strong was sleep.	为了保持身体的坚固睡觉
593	We all need sleep.	我们都需要睡觉。
594	So now we're gonna talk about the third way	所以现在我们来谈谈第三种方式
595	to keep our bodies healthy.	保持身体健康。
596	Our bodies need to rest.	我们的身体需要休息。
597	Why?	为什么?
598	The next sentence tells us.	下句告众曰.
599	A good night's sleep, a good night's sleep.	睡个好觉,睡个好觉
600	Not a night where you're like, keep waking up,	没有一个晚上你喜欢, 不断醒来,
601	what time is it?	现在几点了?
602	Oh, it's two o'clock in the morning	哦,现在是凌晨两点
603	or there's noise and you keep turning and tossing.	或有噪音,你继续转身扔。
604	That's not a good night's sleep.	这不是一个好夜晚的睡眠。
605	A good night's sleep is putting your head down,	一个晚安的睡眠是把你的头下来,
606	sleeping and you don't remember anything.	睡觉时你什么都不记得了
607	You wake up, whoa, wow, that was a good night's sleep.	你醒来,哇,哇, 这是一个美好的夜晚的睡眠。
608	Okay, maybe you had a good dream, I don't know.	好吧也许你做了个好梦我不知道
609	But a good night's sleep, what does it do?	但睡个好觉,有什么用?
610	It gives us lots, mana, money, right?	它给我们很多,玛娜,钱,对不对?
611	Lots of energy.	充满活力。
612	We need energy.	我们需要精力。
613	We have a good night's sleep, we wake up,	我们睡得很安稳,我们醒了
614	yeah, we've got energy to start the morning,	是啊,我们有精力开始上午,
615	to start the day.	开始一天。
616	We need energy to have a strong body.	我们需要精力来拥有强大的身体。
617	Of course, we need energy for our bodies to be strong.	当然,我们需要精力使我们的身体强大起来。
618	It's not good to be tired, right?	累不累,对吧?
619	If you're staying up all night playing video games,	如果你整晚没睡在玩电子游戏
620	you're tired all day the next day.	第二天你一整天都累了一天都一样
621	That's not good for your body.	这对身体不好
622	It's not good.	岂不善哉.
623	It doesn't refer back to anything.	它不指回任何东西。
624	It's just making a statement.	作是语已.
625	It's not good.	岂不善哉.
626	It is not good, that situation.	情况不妙
627	It's not good to be tired.	疲劳无益.
628	That's not good.	这可不好
629	It's not good to be tired.	疲劳无益.
630	Children, did you know?	孩子们,你知道吗?
631	Children need more sleep than adults.	孩子们比成年人需要更多的睡眠.
632	Yeah, did you know that?	是啊,你知道吗?
633	You sleep, you need more sleep than your parents.	你睡觉,你需要更多的睡眠比你的父母。
634	Maybe your parents go to bed late, but they wake up early.	也许你父母睡得很晚,但他们早起。
635	Ooh, but you can't do that, right?	哦,但你不能这样做,对不对?
636	You should go to bed early and then wake up, not late,	你应该早点睡然后醒来,不迟到
637	but not too early, get enough sleep.	但是不要太早, 得到足够的睡眠。
638	Children need about eight to nine hours of sleep a night.	孩子们每晚需要8到9个小时的睡眠.
639	Adults maybe need five or six hours of sleep a night.	成年人也许每晚需要五到六个小时的睡眠.
640	Some people are different, of course.	当然,有些人是不同的。
641	Everybody's different.	每个人都不一样
642	But generally, usually,	但一般情况下,
643	children need more sleep than adults.	孩子们比成年人需要更多的睡眠。
644	They, who's they?	他们是谁?
645	They, talking about children,	他们谈论孩子,
646	they need sleep for about 10 hours, 10 hours each night.	他们需要睡觉大约10小时,每晚10小时。
647	I just said maybe eight to nine,	我只是说也许8到9,
648	but some children need 10 hours of sleep.	但有些孩子需要10小时的睡眠
649	Do you sleep eight, sorry, 10 hours a night?	你晚上睡八小时吗?
650	Wow, that's a lot, right?	哇,这是很多,对不对?
651	Usually, I just sleep about eight hours,	通常我只睡了八个小时
652	maybe seven hours a night.	也许晚上七小时
653	But children need more sleep than adults,	但孩子们比成年人更需要睡眠
654	about 10 hours each night.	大约每晚10小时。
655	Okay, being strong is simple and fun.	好吧,坚强是简单和有趣的。
656	Just eat right, exercise, and get plenty of sleep.	只要好好吃,锻炼,多睡一觉
657	So, this just two sentences, what are they doing?	所以,这只是两句, 他们在做什么?
658	In the passage, they are concluding.	在段落中,他们即将结束。
659	It's a conclusion for the reading passage.	诵经之结.
660	Now, we've come to the end of the reading passage.	现在,我们到了阅读段落的尽头.
661	We're going to summarize the reading passage.	总结诵经.
662	The passage is about being strong	这段话是关于坚强的
663	and the fact that it's simple and fun.	和事实的简单和乐趣。
664	Just three things you need to do.	只须三事.
665	Eat right, exercise, get plenty of sleep.	吃得好,锻炼好,多睡觉
666	Those are the three things you need to do.	这是你需要做的三件事。
667	Those are the three things we talked about	这是我们谈的三件事
668	in the reading passage, in the same order.	在读本, 在同一顺序。
669	First, we talked about eating right.	首先,我们谈论吃对了。
670	Second, we read about exercising.	第二,我们读到锻炼。
671	Third, we read about plenty of sleep.	第三,我们读到很多睡眠。
672	This is very good organization.	这是非常好的组织。
673	Okay, let's do the reading comprehension questions.	好吧,让我们做阅读理解问题。
674	Number one, this story is about.	第一,这个故事是有关。
675	What is this story about?	这是关于什么的故事?
676	It's very easy to find the answer	这很容易找到答案
677	because we could just look at the conclusion too, right?	因为我们也可以看看结论,对吧?
678	We could also look at the beginning of the reading passage.	我们还可以看看阅读段落的开始。
679	Was this story about eating vegetables?	这是关于吃蔬菜的故事吗?
680	That's just a small part of the story.	这只是故事的一小部分。
681	It's not the whole topic of the story.	这不是整个故事的主题.
682	What about B, exercising?	B怎么样,锻炼?
683	Well, we talked about exercising,	嗯,我们谈论锻炼,
684	but we talked about exercising	但我们谈论锻炼
685	as just one way to keep our bodies strong.	只是保持身体强壮的一种方式
686	So exercising was just one way.	所以锻炼只是一种方式。
687	It's not the whole passage.	这不是整个通道。
688	It's just one part of the passage.	只是一段经.
689	What about this story is about staying healthy?	这个故事是关于保持健康的?
690	Yes, that's the right answer	是的,这是正确的答案
691	because the whole story, that's the whole topic, right?	因为整个故事, 这就是整个话题,对不对?
692	We talked about three things.	我们谈过三件事
693	We talked about exercising was one thing.	我们谈论锻炼是一回事。
694	Sleeping was another thing, just part of the passage.	睡觉是另一回事,只是通道的一部分。
695	And also the other thing was exercising.	还有一件事是锻炼。
696	Oh, I'm sorry, exercising, sleeping, and eating right.	哦,对不起,锻炼,睡觉,吃对了。
697	The third thing was eating right.	第三件事是吃对了。
698	But all those things have to do with staying healthy.	但所有这些事情都与保持健康有关。
699	Staying healthy was the big subject	保持健康是大问题
700	of the entire reading passage, okay?	整个阅读段落,好吗?
701	So this story is about staying healthy.	这个故事是关于保持健康的。
702	The whole passage talked about staying healthy	整个段落都说要保持健康
703	and three ways to stay healthy, right?	和三个保持健康的方法,对不对?
704	Eat good food, exercise, get plenty of sleep.	吃好饭,锻炼,多睡觉.
705	Those all are about staying healthy.	这些都是为了保持健康
706	That's the main subject.	这是主要话题.
707	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
708	Fruits, vegetables, and milk are what?	水果、蔬菜和牛奶是什么?
709	What are these things?	这些是什么?
710	A, useful.	A,实用.
711	Well, yeah, you could make an argument for that,	嗯,是的,你可以为此提出一个论点,
712	but that doesn't really fit.	但是这不太合适
713	That's not the best answer here according to the passage.	根据段落,这不是最好的答案。
714	Hard to find.	很难找
715	Well, the passage didn't say anything	那段话没说
716	about the difficulty of finding these foods, right?	很难找到这些食物,对不对?
717	Actually, just go to the supermarket, you can find them.	其实,只要去超市, 你可以找到他们。
718	Fruits, vegetables, and milk are junk food.	水果、蔬菜和牛奶都是垃圾食品。
719	Junk food, remember, is food that is bad for you.	垃圾食物,记住, 食物对你不好。
720	Are fruits bad for you?	水果对你不好吗?
721	Are vegetables bad for you?	蔬菜对你不好吗?
722	Is milk bad for you?	牛奶对你不好吗?
723	No, these things are good for you.	不,这些东西对你有好处。
724	They're not junk food.	他们不是垃圾食品。
725	What about D?	D怎么办?
726	Fruits, vegetables, and milk are healthy food.	水果、蔬菜和牛奶是健康的食物。
727	Well, junk food is the opposite,	垃圾食品正好相反
728	pandero, of healthy food.	山鸡,健康的食物。
729	So that's the answer, right?	这就是答案,对不对?
730	Fruits, vegetables, and milk are healthy food.	水果、蔬菜和牛奶是健康的食物。
731	That's the right answer.	答对了.
732	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
733	Exercise is good for your beep and helps build beep.	锻炼有利于你的哔声并且帮助建立哔声。
734	Oh, we have two blanks.	哦,我们有两个空白。
735	Oh no, otoke, I'm just kidding.	哦,不,奥托克,我只是在开玩笑。
736	We can do it, it's easy, right?	我们可以做到的,很容易的,对吧?
737	So we need two words, the first word in the first blank,	所以我们需要两个字, 第一个字在第一个空白,
738	the second word in the second blank.	第二个空白中的第二个词。
739	And you can see we have that in our answers.	你可以看到我们在我们的答案。
740	We have the first word, then a comma,	我们有一个词,然后一个逗号,
741	and then the second word or words for the blank.	然后是空白的第二个词或词。
742	So which combination of words fits the sentence?	那么,哪一个词的组合符合句子?
743	Exercise is good for your diet and helps build your mind.	锻炼对饮食有益,有助于建立思想.
744	Does that sound right?	听起来对吗?
745	The passage didn't say anything	那段话没说
746	about building your mind.	关于建立你的思想。
747	It was talking about building your muscles	它在谈论建设你的肌肉
748	or your body, right?	或者你的身体,对不对?
749	So, and also we didn't really talk about diet that much.	所以,还有,我们并没有真正谈论饮食这么多。
750	So, A, no, it's not correct.	所以,A,不,这是不对的。
751	What about exercise is good for your heart	锻炼对心脏有好处
752	and helps build your muscles?	帮助建立你的肌肉?
753	When we talked about the section of the reading passage	当我们谈论阅读段落的部分
754	that talked about exercise is one of the three ways	谈论锻炼是三种方法之一
755	to help you stay healthy,	帮助你保持健康,
756	it did say exercise is good for your heart, right?	说锻炼对心脏有好处,对吧?
757	And I made the point that your heart is a muscle, right?	我说的是你的心脏是肌肉对吧?
758	It helps build muscles.	有助于建立肌肉.
759	So B is the right answer.	所以B是正确的答案。
760	Exercise is good for your heart and helps build muscles.	锻炼对心脏有好处,有助于锻炼肌肉.
761	Let's just look at C and D for practice.	让我们看看C和D的练习。
762	Exercise is good for your energy and helps build houses.	锻炼对你的能量有好处,有助于建造房屋。
763	We're not talking about building houses in this passage.	我们不是说在这个段落里建房子
764	So that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
765	Exercise is good for your bones, that's true,	锻炼对你的骨头有好处,这是真的,
766	and helps build computers?	帮助建造电脑?
767	What?	你说什么?
768	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
769	That's another silly answer.	这是另一个愚蠢的答案。
770	So again, of course, we can see that B	所以,当然,我们可以看到B
771	is the only correct answer,	这是唯一的正确答案,
772	the best answer for this exercise for number three.	3号的最好答案
773	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
774	Beep, sleep for about 10 hours each night, right?	哔,睡觉大约10小时每晚,对不对?
775	I was surprised, as perhaps you were,	我很惊讶,也许你,
776	when you read that, right?	当你读到,对不对?
777	10 hours, that's a long time each night.	10小时,这是很长的时间每晚。
778	Who needs that much sleep?	谁需要这么多睡眠?
779	According to the reading, who needs that much sleep?	根据读数,谁需要这么多睡眠?
780	Adults?	大人吗?
781	No, adults don't need that much sleep.	不,成年人不需要那么多睡眠。
782	It said adults need less sleep than 10 hours each night.	上面说成年人每晚需要的睡眠少于10小时.
783	Dogs and cats, huh?	狗猫?
784	The reading passage didn't mention anything	读本上没有提及
785	about dogs and cats.	关于狗和猫。
786	So that's not the right answer, right?	所以,这不是正确的答案,对不对?
787	There's nothing in the passage about dogs and cats.	通道里没有关于狗和猫的内容.
788	Friends.	朋友们
789	Friends?	朋友们?
790	Well, friends of who?	谁的朋友?
791	Friends can be adults, right?	朋友可以是成年人,对不对?
792	They can be children, they can be baby.	他们可以是孩子,也可以是婴儿。
793	Well, babies can't really be friends.	宝宝不可能是朋友
794	Well, I guess you could have a friend as a baby,	好吧,我想你可以有一个朋友作为一个婴儿,
795	but it's kind of a one-way relationship.	但它是一种单向的关系。
796	Anyway, friends can be children or adults,	总之,朋友可以是孩子也可以是成年人
797	so it doesn't make sense, it doesn't fit here.	所以这不合情理不适合这里
798	D, children.	D,孩子们。
799	Ah, that's our answer.	这就是我们的答案
800	Children sleep for about 10 hours each night, right?	孩子们每晚都睡10小时,对吧?
801	Children sleep for about 10 hours each night.	儿童每晚睡觉约10小时.
802	They need more sleep than adults.	他们需要比成年人更多的睡眠。
803	That's what the passage was talking about.	此经所说.
804	Children need more sleep than adults.	孩子们比成年人需要更多的睡眠.
805	Children need about 10 hours of sleep every night.	孩子们每晚需要约10小时的睡眠.
806	Okay, let's review the passage here.	好吧,让我们看看这里的通道。
807	How can we keep our bodies strong?	我们如何保持身体的坚固?
808	Who is that guy?	那家伙是谁?
809	Oh my gosh, he's upside down.	哦,我的上帝,他颠倒了。
810	Oh, there he is again.	他又来了
811	Who is that guy?	那家伙是谁?
812	I have no idea.	我不知道,我还不知道
813	Okay, anyway.	好吧,无论如何。
814	He says we need to eat healthy food to stay strong.	他说我们要吃健康的食物才能保持强壮
815	That's one way we can stay strong.	这样我们才能保持坚强
816	What else?	还有什么?
817	He also says we need to exercise regularly.	他还说我们需要经常锻炼。
818	Regularly.	定期
819	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
820	Whoa, we need sleep.	哇,我们需要睡觉。
821	So these are the three things,	这就是三件事
822	these are the three things we learned	这是我们学到的三件事
823	in the reading passage that we need to do	在阅读的段落,我们需要做
824	to keep our bodies strong.	保持我们的身体强壮。
825	How can we keep our bodies strong and healthy?	我们如何保持身体的强健和健康?
826	We need to eat healthily, we need to exercise regularly,	我们需要健康地吃东西,我们需要定期锻炼,
827	and we need to sleep.	我们需要睡觉。
828	Those are the three things we need to do	这就是我们需要做的三件事
829	to keep our bodies strong.	保持我们的身体强壮。
830	So please remember those things.	所以请记住那些事情。
831	And please do those every day.	请每天做这些。
832	It's fun.	趣无边故.
833	It's a lot easier than you think.	这比你想象的容易多了
834	Okay, well that wraps it up for today's lesson.	好了,今天的课结束了
835	We'll see you guys next time.	下次见
836	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 844 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P28 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p28 27. 27. LevelB Lesson14 A Dream Come Ture (P28)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p28 27. 27. LevelB Lesson14 A Dream Come Ture (P28)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 41:39

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:11	We're still continuing the theme	我们还在继续主题
0:13	of heroes and in lesson 14 our title is A Dream Come True.	在14课中我们的题目是"梦想成真"
0:20	In this lesson we will focus	在这个教训中,我们将集中精神
0:22	on Martin Luther King, Jr. Do you know him?	小马丁・路德・金你认识他吗?
0:27	He was a hero who fought for people's rights.	他是为人民权利而战的英雄.
0:31	So in this lesson we're going to learn about Martin Luther King, Jr., an important hero	因此在这个教训中,我们要学习有关小马丁·路德·金,一位重要的英雄
0:38	in American history.	在美国历史上。
0:41	First of all, who is Martin Luther King, Jr.?	首先,谁是小马丁·路德·金?

展开字幕全文（1108 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	We're still continuing the theme	我们还在继续主题
4	of heroes and in lesson 14 our title is A Dream Come True.	在14课中我们的题目是"梦想成真"
5	In this lesson we will focus	在这个教训中,我们将集中精神
6	on Martin Luther King, Jr. Do you know him?	小马丁・路德・金你认识他吗?
7	He was a hero who fought for people's rights.	他是为人民权利而战的英雄.
8	So in this lesson we're going to learn about Martin Luther King, Jr., an important hero	因此在这个教训中,我们要学习有关小马丁·路德·金,一位重要的英雄
9	in American history.	在美国历史上。
10	First of all, who is Martin Luther King, Jr.?	首先,谁是小马丁·路德·金?
11	He is this man here.	他就是这个人
12	And in this picture he is giving a speech in Washington, D.C. and there are thousands	在这张照片中,他正在华盛顿特区发表演讲,有成千上万人
13	and thousands of people who have come to hear him speak.	和成千上万的人谁来听他说话。
14	He is very famous for his speech	他的演讲很有名
15	I Have a Dream.	我有一个梦。
16	Perhaps you've heard of that speech before.	也许你以前听过那个演讲
17	It's the speech in which he	这是他的演讲
18	calls for equality between black people and white people.	要求黑人和白人之间平等。
19	And in fact, for people of	事实上,对于
20	all races and all colors to be equal and to be treated equal under the law.	所有种族和各种肤色都平等,依法得到平等对待。
21	So he's a	所以他是一个
22	very important person in American history and that is Martin Luther King.	在美国历史上非常重要的人马丁·路德·金
23	Okay, we're	好吧,我们
24	going to read a passage about him but we need to learn some words first.	要读一段关于他的段落但我们需要先学一些词
25	So let's begin	开始吧
26	with word number one, a wish.	与第一字,一愿.
27	Now, this poor kid is in school, right?	现在,这个可怜的孩子在学校,对不对?
28	And he doesn't want	他却不想
29	to be in school.	要在学校。
30	He doesn't want to study.	他不想学习。
31	He's thinking about playing soccer, right?	他在考虑踢足球,对吧?
32	So he has a wish.	所以他有一个愿望。
33	He has a dream to go outside and play soccer.	他有一个梦想去外面踢足球。
34	Do you have a dream?	你有梦想吗?
35	We all	我们都是
36	have dreams.	有梦想。
37	We all wish we could do something.	我们都希望我们能做点什么
38	We all dream that we could do something else	我们都梦想着我们能做别的事
39	perhaps.	也许吧
40	But some dreams are better than other dreams, right?	但有些梦比其他梦好对吧?
41	Dreaming to go out to play	梦想出去玩
42	soccer, yeah, that's a common dream.	足球,是的,这是一个常见的梦想。
43	But dreaming for a better world, that's a much better dream.	但梦想着一个更美好的世界, 这是一个更好的梦想。
44	That's a much better wish.	这是更好的愿望。
45	And we use wish, we use dream when it seems very difficult	我们用愿望,我们用梦想当它看起来非常困难
46	to get what we want, right?	为了得到我们想要的,对不对?
47	When you say, I dream of doing something, that means it's	当你说,我梦想做一些事情, 这意味着它是
48	going to be hard.	会很难的
49	It's going to be very difficult.	将甚难.
50	It might be impossible to get it but you dream	可能拿不到,但你做梦
51	about it.	关于它。
52	It's a wish.	发大愿已.
53	It's different from saying hope.	与说大愿不同.
54	Hope is something a little easier	希望更简单一点
55	to get.	为了得到。
56	For example, I hope it rains tomorrow.	例如,我希望明天能下雨。
57	Probably it will rain tomorrow.	也许明天会下雨
58	Probably.	也许吧
59	So I hope it rains tomorrow.	所以我希望明天能下雨。
60	But if there's no chance of rain, it's going to be sunny	但如果没有下雨的机会, 将会是阳光
61	every day.	每天都这样
62	They say, oh, I wish it would rain tomorrow, okay?	他们说,哦,我希望明天下雨,好吗?
63	So wish or dream is for something	所以,希望或梦想是为某事
64	that seems impossible.	这似乎是不可能的。
65	Hope is for something that seems a little more possible, okay?	希望是某种看起来更可能的东西,好吗?
66	ưμ㼯A
67	one.	一个
68	To think of something from the past.	以为过去事.
69	When you think of something from the past,	当你想起过去的事
70	what are you doing?	你在干吗?
71	You are, of course, remembering.	你当然记得
72	Remember.	记住
73	Can you remember what	你能记得什么
74	you did last year?	你去年做了吗?
75	Can you remember what you did last week?	你还记得你上周做了什么吗?
76	Can you remember what you did	你还记得你做了什么吗?
77	this morning?	今天早上吗?
78	I hope so.	我希望是这样。
79	Okay.	摆
80	What did you have for breakfast this morning?	你早上吃早餐吃什么了? 吃东西了?
81	Can you remember?	你还记得吗?
82	If you think about something in the past, you're remembering.	若往昔思惟一时念念.
83	Okay.	摆
84	Number three.	三号
85	To	改为
86	come together with.	一起来。
87	To come together with.	以合为一.
88	If all of these people come together, what	如果所有这些人聚集在一起,什么
89	are they doing?	他们在做什么?
90	They are joining.	他们正在加入。
91	To join.	以参.
92	Join together.	联合起来
93	To join.	以参.
94	You can just say join.	你可以说加入。
95	You don't have to say join together.	你不必说联合起来。
96	You just need to say to join.	你只需要说加入。
97	Okay.	摆
98	Number four.	四号.
99	Number	数目
100	four is not scared.	四无畏.
101	Have you ever done this?	你做过吗?
102	What is this person doing?	这个人在干什么?
103	This person is	这个人
104	bungee jumping.	蹦极跳跃。
105	Bungee jumping.	弹跳。
106	Right?	对吧?
107	Did you ever do that?	你做过吗?
108	I did a long	我做了很长一段时间
109	time ago.	很久以前的事了说吧
110	And I was scared.	我当时很害怕
111	But you have to get over your fear.	但你必须克服恐惧
112	You have to be not scared.	你别害怕
113	Right?	对吧?
114	If you're not scared, you are brave.	如果你不怕,你就会勇敢
115	You have to be brave to go bungee jumping.	你必须勇敢去跳蹦极。
116	Right?	对吧?
117	You have to be brave.	你必须勇敢
118	You have to be not scared.	你别害怕
119	You must be brave.	你必须勇敢。
120	Okay.	摆
121	ưμ㼯A
122	one.	一个
123	Five.	五门.
124	Not together.	不是一起来的
125	Sad story.	悲伤的故事。
126	Right?	对吧?
127	Yoja chingu, namja chingu.	阴道瑜伽阴道瑜伽
128	They're fighting.	他们在战斗
129	Right?	对吧?
130	So, they're looking at each, they're looking away from each other.	於是各视之,视之不远.
131	They're not	他们不是
132	together now.	现在一起
133	They're not together.	他们不在一起。
134	They are apart.	他们分开了。
135	Apart.	还有
136	Together, apart.	在一起,分开。
137	So, if people	所以,如果人们
138	are together, they're with each other.	他们在一起,他们彼此在一起。
139	They're sitting together.	两人坐在一起.
140	They're also thinking together.	他们也一起思考
141	But if they're apart, right, they're not close to each other.	但是如果它们分开了,对,它们并不亲近.
142	And maybe they're thinking	也许他们在想
143	different ways.	不同方式
144	So, together, apart, pandero.	所以,一起,分开, 潘多。
145	Okay.	摆
146	Number six.	六号
147	To make somebody feel unhappy.	让别人感到不快乐
148	To make someone feel unhappy is upset.	让人感到不幸福是令人不快的
149	To make someone upset.	以令众生烦恼.
150	You can also use it as	也可以当作
151	a verb.	一个动词。
152	I upset him.	我让他心烦意乱
153	That means I made him angry.	这意味着我让他生气。
154	I made him unhappy.	我让他不开心。
155	I upset	我烦恼了
156	him.	他,他是谁?
157	Or, to make someone upset.	或令众生烦恼.
158	Upset.	烦恼.
159	We say upset, upset, upset.	我们说不开心,不开心,不开心
160	Okay.	摆
161	It doesn't	没有
162	change for past tense.	变换过去紧张。
163	He upset me.	他让我心烦意乱
164	Yesterday, he upset me.	昨天他让我很不高兴
165	Have you upset your brother?	你让你哥哥生气了吗?
166	Right?	对吧?
167	So, it's always upset.	故常烦恼.
168	We don't change it in the past tense.	我们不会改变它在过去的紧张。
169	It's an irregular verb.	不规则动词.
170	Number seven.	七号
171	A rule made by a government.	由政府制定的规则。
172	So, when the government makes a rule, and	所以,当政府制定规则,
173	everybody has to follow that rule, what is the rule?	每个人都要遵守这个规则什么是规则?
174	It is a law.	这是法律
175	A law.	一法门.
176	You should follow	你应该跟着
177	the law or obey the law.	法律或服从法律。
178	You must obey the law because if you break the law, if you break	你要遵守法律,因为如果你违法,如果你违法
179	the law, then the police catch you and you have to pay money or go to jail.	法律,然后警察抓住你, 你必须支付钱或去坐牢。
180	So, you should	所以,你应该
181	follow the law.	随顺正法.
182	Obey the laws.	守诸法.
183	Laws are rules made by a government.	法律是政府制定的规则。
184	Rules are just made	规矩是刚刚制定的
185	by everybody.	被每个人。
186	We can make rules.	我们可以制定规则。
187	If we play a game, let's make some rules.	如果我们玩游戏,让我们做一些规则。
188	We don't make	我们不做
189	laws.	法律规定。
190	Only the government makes laws.	只有政府制定法律。
191	Okay.	摆
192	So, that's the difference between a law and	所以,这是法律与
193	a rule.	一个规则。
194	Rules are, you know, anybody can make a rule, but laws are made by the government.	规则是,你知道,任何人都可以制定规则, 但法律是由政府制定的。
195	Okay.	摆
196	Eight.	八个。
197	The same.	一样
198	So, it looks like, here we have a big heart and we have	所以,它看起来像, 在这里,我们有一个很大的心脏,我们有
199	many little hearts, but they weigh the same.	许多小的心,但他们的重量是一样的。
200	If something is the same, we can say it's	如果有什么是相同的, 我们可以说它是
201	equal.	等量。
202	Equal.	平等无边.
203	These two things, now they're different, but they weigh the same.	这两件事,现在都不同了,但重量是一样的.
204	Their	他们的
205	weight is equal.	重量相等。
206	Right?	对吧?
207	So, even though some two things or many things, they might look	所以,尽管有些两件事或很多事情, 他们可能看起来
208	different, they can be equal in some ways.	不同,它们在某些方面是平等的。
209	Right?	对吧?
210	They're different in these ways, but	它们在这些方面是不同的,但
211	they're equal in other ways.	它们在其他方面是平等的。
212	That's an important idea.	这是一个重要的想法。
213	Equal.	平等无边.
214	Okay.	摆
215	So, they are equal.	所以,他们是平等的。
216	Uh-oh.	额,哦。
217	What happened?	发生了什么事?
218	Right?	对吧?
219	We have a car accident.	发生车祸了
220	Now, if a car accident takes place or really	现在,如果发生车祸或真的
221	anything takes place, what do we say?	什么事情发生,我们说什么?
222	It happens.	它发生。
223	So, bad things happen.	所以,坏事发生。
224	Right?	对吧?
225	Unfortunately.	很遗憾
226	Some bad things happen.	有些坏事会发生
227	Some good things happen, too.	有些好事也会发生
228	Happen, now this picture looks like a	发生,现在这张照片看起来像一个
229	negative situation, but happen is not a negative word.	消极的情况,但发生不是消极的话。
230	It's a neutral word because good things	这是一个中立的词因为好事
231	happen and bad things happen.	发生和坏事发生。
232	It just means it took place.	它只是表示它发生了。
233	It happened.	它发生了。
234	Right?	对吧?
235	So, bad	所以说,不好
236	things happen.	事情发生了。
237	If you get an A on your test, that happens.	如果你在测试中得到了A, 那会发生。
238	If you break a window, that	如果你打破了窗户,那
239	happens.	发生。
240	So, many different things happen.	所以,很多不同的事情会发生。
241	They occur.	它们发生。
242	They take place.	它们发生。
243	To happen.	发生。
244	Okay.	摆
245	Number ten, one and the other.	十号,一个和另一个。
246	So, we're talking about one here.	所以,我们在这里谈论一个。
247	Right?	对吧?
248	One and the other.	彼诸众生.
249	So, one and the other.	所以,一个和另一个。
250	They are what?	他们是什么?
251	We say both.	我们说两个。
252	Both.	两个都一样
253	Not just one.	不止一个
254	Not only the other	不只是另一个
255	one, but both together.	一个,但两者在一起。
256	Both.	两个都一样
257	Both of them.	两个
258	So, one and the other are both.	所以,一个和另一个都是。
259	Okay.	摆
260	ưμ㼯A
261	one.	一个
262	To rest on your bottom.	以卧卧.
263	On your bottom.	在你的脚下。
264	Bottom is a polite word for your on-dong-ee.	Bottom是一个礼貌的词对于你的东ee。
265	Right?	对吧?
266	Okay.	摆
267	Don't say hip.	不要说臀部。
268	Don't say hip because hip is on the side.	不要说臀部因为臀部在侧面。
269	Hip is not your	Hip不是你们的
270	bottom.	下边。
271	You have a right hip and left hip.	你有一个右臀和左臀。
272	Hips在一边。
273	Hip is on the side.	Hip就在那边
274	Bottom is on the bottom.	下为下.
275	You sit down on your bottom.	你坐下来
276	Don't sit on your hip.	别坐在你的臀部。
277	That's 힘들어	这才是...
278	and that's painful.	这是痛苦的。
279	아파요.
280	Right?	对吧?
281	You shouldn't sit on your hip.	你不应该坐在你的臀部。
282	Sit on your bottom.	坐卧底.
283	Okay.	摆
284	To rest on your bottom, of course, sit.	当然,坐下来休息
285	And sit is an irregular verb.	而坐则是一种不规则的动词.
286	So, we say sit,	所以,我们说坐下,
287	sat, sat.	坐着,坐着。
288	Sit, sat, sat.	坐下,坐下,坐下来。
289	Let's sit down here.	让我们坐在这里。
290	Oh, I sat here yesterday.	哦,我昨天坐在这里。
291	Have you ever sat	你曾经坐过
292	here?	这里?
293	Right?	对吧?
294	Did you ever...	你有没有...
295	I have sat here before, for example.	例如,我以前坐过这里。
296	Okay.	摆
297	So, sit, sat, sat.	所以,坐下,坐下,坐下来。
298	Okay.	摆
299	To rest on your bottom.	以卧卧.
300	Okay.	摆
301	On-dong-ee.	翁东益.
302	Okay.	摆
303	That's a polite word.	谓有礼辞.
304	Okay.	摆
305	Number twelve.	十二号
306	The part that faces forward.	前面的那部分前面那部分
307	So, the part of a person or a building that	所以,一个人或建筑物的一部分
308	faces forward.	脸朝前
309	It's the... What is it?	这是... 这是什么?
310	It's the front part of something.	是某物前缘.
311	So, of course,	所以,当然
312	if you look at a house, this is the front part of the house.	如果你看房子, 这是房子的前部。
313	That's the part that faces	这是面对的部分
314	forward to the street.	前进到街道。
315	When you come to the house, you see the front of the house.	到家时见殿前.
316	When	何时
317	you look at a person, you see the front of the person.	你看着一个人,你看到人的正面。
318	Not the back, right?	不是后面,对不对?
319	Well, unless	好吧,除非
320	they turn their back, right?	他们转身,对不对?
321	But, you look at a person, usually you look at their front,	但是,你看着一个人, 通常你看着他们的前面,
322	their face.	他们的脸。
323	So, that's the front.	所以,这就是前面。
324	The front of a person.	一个人的正面。
325	The front of a building.	一座建筑的正面.
326	The	那个
327	front of a car.	车前
328	It's the part that faces forward.	这是面对前进的部分。
329	Okay.	摆
330	Not different.	无异.
331	We talked about this a little bit before.	我们之前谈过了
332	It's kind of similar.	有点相似
333	We have	我们有
334	a father and a son.	一个父亲和一个儿子。
335	And, yes, they are different in some ways.	是的,它们在某些方面是不同的。
336	But, they are also the same.	但是,它们也是一样。
337	Because they're wearing the same cap.	因为他们戴着同样的帽子.
338	They're the same family.	二者同眷属.
339	This is the father.	这是父亲。
340	This	这个
341	is the son.	这是儿子。
342	Right?	对吧?
343	In fact, there's an interesting expression in English.	事实上,英语中有一个有趣的表达方式.
344	Like father, like father,	像父亲,像父亲,
345	comma, like son.	逗号,像儿子。
346	What this means is that the son will grow up to be like the father.	这意味着儿子长大后会像父亲一样.
347	Okay.	摆
348	Like the father.	就像父亲一样
349	Or, the son behaves like the father.	或者,儿子的行为就像父亲。
350	So, the son and the father behave	所以,儿子和父亲的行为
351	in the same way.	同样的方式。
352	Or, they look the same way.	或者,他们看起来是一样的。
353	So, if they're not different, they are the	所以,如果他们不是不同的,他们是
354	same.	一样
355	Yes, one is an older man.	是的,一个是老人
356	Not an old man.	不是一个老人。
357	But, he's older.	但他年纪大了
358	One is a baby.	一个是婴儿。
359	They're	他们是
360	different in size.	大小各异.
361	But, they're the same.	但是,他们是一样的。
362	They're the same family.	二者同眷属.
363	Right?	对吧?
364	In some ways,	在某些方面,
365	they're the same.	他们是一样的。
366	In some ways, they're different.	在某些方面,它们不同.
367	But, if you say something is not different,	但是,如果你说没有什么不同,
368	they're the same.	他们是一样的。
369	Or, the other word we learned earlier, equal.	或者,我们之前学到的另一个词,平等。
370	Right?	对吧?
371	Same or equal.	相同或平等无二.
372	Number 14.	14号
373	Planet Earth.	行星地球.
374	The planet Earth.	地球这个星球
375	What is it?	这是什么?
376	We say it's the world.	我们说这是世界。
377	Right?	对吧?
378	This is the world.	此是世间.
379	Or, Earth.	或者说,地球。
380	Or, planet Earth.	或者说地球星球
381	It's the Earth on which we live.	我们生活在地球
382	It's our	是我们的
383	world.	这个世界
384	Okay.	摆
385	Fifteen.	十五载.
386	True or false?	是真的还是假的?
387	Well, if something is not false, it is, of course,	如果不是错的话当然是
388	true.	没错
389	Right?	对吧?
390	It's right there for you.	这是给你的。
391	Right?	对吧?
392	So, if something is not false, not a lie,	所以,如果事情不是虚假的,不是谎言,
393	not an untruth, then it is true.	不是不真实的,那是真的。
394	Right?	对吧?
395	It is true.	这是真的。
396	What's true?	什么是真实的?
397	Of course, if it is	当然,如果是的话
398	true, it is real.	是真的,这是真的。
399	It is the actual situation.	这是实际情况。
400	It's true.	这是真的。
401	Next one is 16.	下一个是16。
402	To move to where	向何处移动
403	the speaker is.	演讲者是。
404	So, if you're going to move from here to where the speaker is, what are	所以,如果你要从这里移动到演讲者的位置, 什么是
405	you doing?	你在干吗?
406	You are coming.	你来了
407	Okay?	好吗?
408	So, if I'm the speaker and you move to me, I say, you	所以,如果我是扬声器而你移动到我,我说,你
409	are coming here.	就要来了
410	Right?	对吧?
411	Or, you say, I will come to you.	或者,你说,我会来找你。
412	Right?	对吧?
413	I will come to you.	我会来找你。
414	I	一、导言
415	will come to you.	会来找你的
416	Right?	对吧?
417	Or, please come here.	或者,请来到这里。
418	Please come here.	请来这里。
419	So, to move to where the	所以,移动到哪里
420	speaker is, is to come.	演讲者是,是来。
421	And, it's an irregular verb.	而且,这是一个不规则的动词.
422	Come, came, come.	来吧,来吧,来吧。
423	Okay?	好吗?
424	So, when we talk about the past, we use came for a simple past.	所以,当我们谈论过去的时候,我们用它来做简单的过去。
425	I came here yesterday.	我昨天来过这里
426	Have you come here before?	你以前来过这里吗?
427	Okay?	好吗?
428	Have you come here before?	你以前来过这里吗?
429	Okay.	摆
430	Now, let's go over	现在,让我们过去
431	the words, the word exercises, vocabulary exercises.	词,词练习,词汇练习.
432	These are our words, dream, upset,	这是我们的话,梦想,不安,
433	join and laws.	加入法律组织
434	We need to write the word next to its meaning.	我们需要写在它的意义旁边。
435	So, we need to write these	所以,我们需要写这些
436	words next to the word that has the same meaning.	字的旁边有相同的含义。
437	The words again are dream, dream, upset, upset,	再说一遍,是梦,是梦,是心烦意乱
438	join, join and laws, laws.	加入,加入和法律,法律。
439	Let's look at the number one.	先观第一义.
440	One is rules.	一个是规则。
441	Okay?	好吗?
442	So, what did	这么说,你做了什么?
443	we talk about before?	我们之前聊过吗?
444	There are rules, but a rule that is made by the government is a	有规则,但政府制定的规则是
445	special kind of rule.	特别的规则
446	It is a law.	这是法律
447	So, rules and laws have similar meanings.	因此,规则和法律也有类似的含义.
448	They're different.	二者分别.
449	Yeah, they mean different things, but they are similar.	是的,他们的意思不同,但他们是相似的。
450	Rules made by the government	政府制定的规则
451	are laws.	这是法律。
452	Okay.	摆
453	Number two, a wish.	第二发愿.
454	When you wish for something, you have what?	当你想要的东西, 你有什么?
455	You have	你有过
456	a dream.	一个梦。
457	You have a dream when you wish for something.	你有一个梦想当你希望的东西。
458	Three, unhappy.	三,不乐.
459	If somebody is	如果有人是这样
460	unhappy, right, they are what?	不开心,对吗,他们是什么?
461	They are, of course, upset.	当然,他们很生气。
462	And, upset can also be used	而且,不高兴也可以使用
463	as a verb, not just an adjective.	作为动词,而不仅仅是形容词.
464	He is upset.	他很不高兴。
465	That's an adjective.	这是一个形容词。
466	But, I upset him.	但我让他很不高兴
467	That's	这是
468	a verb.	一个动词。
469	So, unhappy and upset are similar meanings.	所以,不高兴和不高兴是相似的意义.
470	Of course, unhappy is only an adjective.	当然,不高兴只是形容词.
471	Four, come together with.	四,同归.
472	When you come together with something, many people come together.	当你走到一起的时候,很多人都会走到一起。
473	They join.	他们加入。
474	They join together.	他们联合起来。
475	They get together.	他们在一起。
476	They join together.	他们联合起来。
477	Okay.	摆
478	We also have another	我们还有一个
479	type of exercise here.	这里的练习类型。
480	Now, this is opposites.	现在,这是相反的。
481	Not similar words, but opposite words.	不相似的词,而是相反的词.
482	Words	单词
483	that have the opposite meaning.	意思正好相反。
484	What we need to do here is circle, right?	我们需要做的是圆圈,对不对?
485	It says circle	上面写着圆形
486	the word.	这个词。
487	So, we need to circle, right, the word or words.	因此,我们需要环绕,对,词或词。
488	It could be one word or it	可能就是一个词
489	could be two words in the sentence that are opposite of the word in bold print.	可以是句子中两个字,与粗体字相反。
490	This is	这是
491	bold print.	粗体印记.
492	This is bold print.	这是大胆的印刷品。
493	So, what we need to do is look at the sentence and find	所以,我们需要做的是看着句子,找到
494	the part of the sentence that is the opposite of the word in bold print.	。句子中与黑体字相反的部分。
495	Number one, the	头号
496	word in bold print is apart.	粗体字是分开的。
497	Apart.	还有
498	The sentence is, she always has fun when they are together.	句子是,她总是有乐趣当他们在一起。
499	Now, which word in this sentence is the opposite, pandero, of the word apart.	现在,这个句子中的哪一个词是相反的, 山德罗,这个词是分开的。
500	Remember, apart,	记住,分开,
501	p,合.
502	So, this is it right here.	这就是它在这里。
503	We should circle this word.	我们应该绕圈子
504	She always has	她总是这样
505	fun when they are together.	他们在一起的时候很有趣
506	Pandero, apart.	潘德罗, 分开.
507	Okay.	摆
508	Number two, the word is upset.	第二字烦恼.
509	Upset.	烦恼.
510	The sentence, John is very happy to see his grandfather.	句子,约翰见到祖父非常高兴.
511	John is very happy to see his	约翰很高兴见到他
512	grandfather.	爷爷
513	So, which word in this sentence is the opposite of upset.	因此,这句话中哪一个词与不安相反.
514	Which word is the	哪个词是
515	opposite.	反着.
516	Well, upset is the same meaning as unhappy.	心烦意乱和不高兴一样
517	Un means not.	不意味着不。
518	Not happy.	不乐.
519	So, happy	所以,快乐
520	is the opposite of upset.	与烦恼相反
521	Very simple.	非常简单。
522	Okay.	摆
523	Next one, number three, our word is brave.	下一条,第三条,我们的承诺是勇敢的。
524	Brave.	勇猛无畏.
525	Sentence, Jane was scared of the big dog.	判决,简害怕大狗。
526	If you see a big dog, you are brave.	如果你看到一只大狗,你很勇敢。
527	You are what?	你说什么?
528	You are scared, right?	你害怕,对不对?
529	Now, scared, that's the opposite of brave, right?	现在,害怕,这是相反的勇敢,对不对?
530	Brave means to be not scared.	勇敢意味着不害怕。
531	So, scared and brave are opposites.	因此,恐惧和勇敢是对立的.
532	They mean different things.	他们的意思不同
533	Opposite things.	对面的东西。
534	Okay.	摆
535	Number four, the word is remember.	第四字为记.
536	Remember.	记住
537	The sentence	判决
538	is, I forget which street he lives on.	我忘了他住哪条街
539	I forget which street he lives on.	我忘了他住哪条街
540	So, remember means	所以,记住意味着
541	to think about the past, to know something from the past.	思考过去, 了解过去的东西。
542	But, if you can't think about	但是,如果你不能考虑
543	the past or something in the past, you can't think of it, that means you forgot it, right?	过去的事或者过去的事,你无法想象, 这意味着你忘了它,对不对?
544	So, forget means the opposite of remember.	所以,忘记意味着与记忆相反。
545	Remember and forget are different.	忆与忘是异.
546	They are	他们是
547	opposites.	对立.
548	Okay.	摆
549	So, interesting exercise.	所以,有趣的运动。
550	Okay.	摆
551	Those are our two vocabulary exercises	那是我们的两个词汇练习
552	for the words.	给这些话
553	Let's take a short break.	我们休息一下吧
554	We'll come back and look at the reading.	复来观读.
555	Okay.	摆
556	Welcome	欢迎光临
557	back.	回来
558	Let's go over the reading together.	我们一起看书吧
559	The lesson, of course, is a dream come true.	当然,教训是梦想成真。
560	When something happens and it's a dream that came true, your dream happens, you can say	当某事发生,梦境成真时,你就会说
561	it's a dream come true.	梦想成真了
562	Now, this passage is about Martin Luther King, Jr. and it's	现在,这个段落是关于小马丁·路德·金的,它是
563	about his dream and the fact that his dream has come true these days.	关于他的梦想以及他的梦想已经实现
564	Of course, he didn't	当然,他没有
565	live to see it.	活着看到它。
566	But, anyway, let's go over the passage together.	但是,无论如何, 让我们一起翻阅的通道。
567	All his life, Martin	他的一生,马丁
568	Luther King, Jr. had a dream.	小路德·金做了个梦
569	He had a dream.	他做了个梦
570	His dream was that someday all people would	他的梦想是,有一天,所有人都会
571	be equal.	平等无边.
572	His dream came true, but it wasn't easy.	他的梦想成真了但并不容易
573	Many changes had to happen first.	许多变化必须首先发生。
574	Okay.	摆
575	So, we're talking about Martin Luther King.	我们说的是马丁路德·金
576	All his life, for his entire life, since he	他的一生,他的一生,因为他
577	was a baby boy, since he was a young boy, until he was an adult, all his life he had	从小到成年他的一生
578	this dream.	这个梦
579	What was his dream?	他的梦是什么?
580	His dream was that.	他的梦想就是那样
581	Was that.	是那样的
582	His hope was that.	他的希望是那样的。
583	His	其语
584	statement was that.	声明就是这样。
585	When we use was that, we're saying what something was.	当我们使用是, 我们说的东西是什么。
586	His dream.	他的梦想。
587	What was his dream?	他的梦是什么?
588	His dream was that someday all people would be equal.	他的梦想是,有一天,所有人都会平等。
589	All people would	每个人都会
590	be the same.	都一样
591	Now, before when we studied equal, I said, yes, people are different.	在我们学习平等之前,我说,是的,人们是不同的。
592	Nobody	没有人
593	is really the same.	是真的一样。
594	Exactly the same.	完全一样
595	But, under the law, we should treat everybody equal.	但是,根据法律,我们应该平等对待所有人。
596	That means that everybody has the same rights.	这意味着每个人都有同样的权利。
597	Everybody has the same responsibilities.	每个人都有同样的责任。
598	Everybody	每个人
599	should be treated the same way.	应同样对待。
600	Even if they look different.	即使他们看起来不一样。
601	Or even if they're taller	即使他们更高
602	or they're shorter.	或者他们更短。
603	Or they have white skin.	或有白皮肤.
604	They have black skin.	他们有黑色的皮肤。
605	They should all be equal.	皆应平等.
606	And that was Martin Luther King Jr.'s dream.	那是小马丁路德·金的梦想
607	That everybody would be equal.	所有人都会平等
608	Would be treated	会得到治疗
609	equally.	同样。
610	His dream came true.	他的梦想成真了
611	His dream did come true in America.	他的梦想在美国实现了。
612	But it wasn't easy.	但这并不容易。
613	It was not easy.	这是不容易的。
614	It was very difficult at the time.	当时情况非常困难.
615	Many changes had to happen first.	许多变化必须首先发生。
616	So when Martin Luther King was alive, when he was a young man, people were not treated	所以当马丁・路德・金还活着, 当他是一个年轻人, 人们没有得到治疗
617	equally.	同样。
618	He wanted to change that.	他想改变这一点。
619	But he had to make many changes.	但他不得不做出许多改变。
620	Not just he, but	不仅仅是他,而且
621	society had to make many changes.	社会必须做出许多改变。
622	And it's very, very difficult to change society.	而改变社会非常,非常困难.
623	Martin	马丁
624	Luther King Jr. grew up in Atlanta, Georgia in the 1930s.	小路德·金在1930年代在乔治亚州亚特兰大长大.
625	At that time, African Americans	当时,非裔美国人
626	and whites were not treated the same.	白人没有受到同样的待遇。
627	African American children could not go to the same	非裔美国人的孩子不能去同样的地方
628	schools as white children.	学校是白人儿童。
629	They couldn't even play together.	他们甚至不能一起玩。
630	So this tells us a little bit	这告诉我们一点
631	about Martin Luther King Jr.'s childhood or his life.	小马丁・路德・金的童年或生活
632	He grew up in the 1930s.	他在1930年代长大.
633	That's	这是
634	a long time ago.	很久以前的事了已经很久了
635	Especially now, we're getting on to 70 years ago or 80 years ago.	特别是现在,我们70年前或80年前就已经开始了.
636	In Georgia,	在格鲁吉亚
637	in Georgia in the southern United States.	美国南部乔治亚州
638	At that time and in that place, African Americans	当时和那个地方,非裔美国人
639	and whites were not treated the same.	白人没有受到同样的待遇。
640	Remember, treat somebody in a way.	记住,对待某人的方式。
641	Remember in the last	记得在最后
642	lesson we were talking about Roberto Clemente?	罗伯托·克莱门特的教训?
643	We saw this expression, not treated the same.	我们看到这个表情,而不是对待相同的。
644	People did not behave towards that person the same way.	人们对那个人的举止不同
645	They treated white people differently	他们对待白人的方式不同
646	than they treated black people.	而不是他们对待黑人。
647	They were treated in different ways, not the same.	他们受到不同方式的对待,而不是一样。
648	For	对于
649	example, African American children could not go to the same schools as white children.	例如,非裔美国儿童不能进入与白人儿童相同的学校。
650	The schools that white children went to were nicer.	白人孩子去的学校比较好
651	They had better equipment.	他们有更好的设备。
652	The schools	学校
653	that black children went to were maybe more crowded.	那个黑人孩子可能更挤
654	They were poorer.	他们更穷。
655	They didn't have	他们没有
656	as good equipment.	做个好设备
657	But the black children couldn't go to the school for white children	但是黑人孩子不能去白人孩子的学校
658	because they were treated differently.	因为他们受到了不同的对待。
659	They were kept apart.	他们被分开。
660	In fact, black children and	事实上,黑人孩子和
661	white children couldn't even play together.	白人孩子甚至不能一起玩游戏
662	Even is like an extreme example.	甚至像一个极端的例子。
663	They couldn't	他们不能
664	go to school together.	一起上学
665	They couldn't even play together.	他们甚至不能一起玩。
666	Not even play together in the	连一起玩都没有
667	same place.	同一个地方。
668	That was obviously not right.	这显然不对。
669	It was unfair.	这不公平。
670	On the bus, so not the bus	在巴士上,所以别在巴士上
671	but on all buses, African Americans had to go all the way to the back, all the way to	但在所有公共汽车上, 非裔美国人必须一路背面,一路
672	the back of the bus.	车的后面。
673	Only whites could sit in the front of the bus.	只有白人可以坐在公交车的前部.
674	So what this says	这上面写着
675	is that on the bus in Georgia, in Atlanta, Georgia, when black people got on the bus,	是在乔治亚州亚特兰大市的公交车上当黑人上车时
676	they couldn't sit next to the door.	他们不能坐在门边
677	They had to walk, and in those times, I know the city	他们不得不走路, 在那些时候,我知道城市
678	bus is in Seoul, you have a door in the front, you have a door in the middle, so it doesn't	公交车在首尔,前面有门,中间有门,所以没有
679	matter where you sit.	无论你坐在哪里
680	In the 1930s, they only had one door at the front of the bus.	1930年代,他们在公交车前部只有一扇门.
681	So you	这么说你
682	get on that door, you got to sit in the back of the bus, that means when you get off,	上那扇门,你必须坐在公交车后面, 这意味着当你下车,
683	you got to come all the way to the front and get off again the same door.	你要大老远跑到前门再从同一扇门下去
684	这是QQ。
685	It's easier to sit in the front of the bus.	公交车前坐更方便.
686	Also, there's not so much gas, exhaust from	还有,没有这么多的气体,来自
687	the bus in the front of the bus.	在公交车前部的公交车。
688	The front of the bus was a better place to sit.	公交车的前身是更好的坐位.
689	But	不过
690	black people couldn't sit there if there were too many white people on the bus.	如果公交车上有太多白人,黑人就不能坐在那里.
691	Of course,	当然
692	if the bus was empty, the black person could sit in the front of the bus, but if a white	如果公交车是空的, 黑人可以坐在公交车前面, 但是如果一个白色
693	person got on, the black person had to get to the back of the bus.	黑人必须赶到巴士后面
694	That's the situation.	这就是情况。
695	So only whites could sit in the front of the bus.	所以只有白人可以坐在公交车的前部.
696	That's what we're talking about here.	即于此说.
697	African Americans and whites had to live apart.	非裔美国人和白人不得不分开生活.
698	Martin Luther King Jr. was very upset because	小马丁·路德·金很生气,因为
699	of this.	这个
700	He wanted everyone to be treated the same way.	他希望每个人都得到同样的待遇。
701	He worked hard to change the	他努力改变
702	laws.	法律规定。
703	So African Americans and whites had to live apart.	所以非裔美国人和白人不得不分开生活。
704	It's what we talked about before.	我们以前说过的
705	Black children this school, white children this school, they're apart.	黑人孩子这个学校,白人孩子这个学校,他们分开。
706	Not together,	不是一起来的
707	apart.	分开
708	Black children play here, white children play there, apart.	黑人孩子在这里玩,白人孩子在那里玩,分开。
709	So basically, especially	所以基本上,特别是
710	in Southern America in the 1930s, communities wanted to keep black people and white people	在1930年代的美国南部, 社区希望保持黑人和白人
711	apart.	分开
712	They didn't want the two people living in the same place, using the same buildings,	他们不希望两个人住在同一地方, 使用相同的建筑物,
713	using the same restrooms.	用同样的厕所。
714	They wanted to keep it apart.	他们想把它分开
715	So apart, not together.	所以分开,而不是一起。
716	Martin Luther	马丁·路德
717	King Jr. was very upset.	小国王非常难过。
718	He was unhappy because of this.	他因为这个不高兴
719	This situation had to live apart.	这种情况不得不分开生活。
720	This refers to this.	这指的是这一点。
721	Well, actually this.	其实是这个
722	Had to live apart.	不得不分开生活
723	This refers to they had	这是指他们
724	to live apart.	以分别住.
725	That idea.	这个想法。
726	Remember, use this to refer back to ideas.	记住,用这个来回指思想.
727	Don't use it.	别用.
728	Use	使用
729	this.	这个
730	This is better to use.	这个更好用
731	So he was upset because of this.	所以他为此而心烦意乱.
732	He wanted everyone to be	他希望每个人都是
733	treated the same way.	同样的待遇。
734	You could also say he wanted everyone to be treated equally.	你也可以说他希望每个人都得到平等待遇。
735	So	这么说
736	he, equally, the same way.	他,同样,同样的方式。
737	And especially in front of the law.	亦特别于法前.
738	He wanted the law to	他想让法律
739	treat everybody the same way.	对待每个人都一样
740	And he wanted society to treat everybody the same way.	他希望社会以同样的方式对待每个人。
741	Even	连
742	if they were different.	如果它们不一样的话
743	You know, there's tall people, there's short people, there's	你知道,有高的人, 有矮的人,有
744	skinny people, there's fat people, there's white people, black people, people say yellow	瘦人,有肥人,有白人,黑人,有人说黄色
745	people, red people, right?	人们,红色的人,对不对?
746	There's all sorts of different colors.	复有种种色相差别.
747	But he wanted everybody	但他想要每个人
748	to be treated equally, the same way.	得到同等待遇,同样的方式。
749	He worked hard to change the laws.	他努力改变法律
750	So he worked very	所以他很卖力
751	hard in his life.	很难在他的生活中。
752	He made it his job, almost his career, to change the laws.	他做了他的工作,几乎他的事业,来改变法律.
753	Many people	许多人
754	joined him, both African Americans and whites.	包括非裔美国人和白人
755	Thanks to his hard work, the laws changed.	由于他的辛勤工作,法律发生了变化.
756	Children, today, can now all go to the same schools.	今天,儿童现在都可以上同样的学校。
757	People can also sit where they want	人们也可以坐到他们想要的地方
758	to, on the bus.	去,在公车上。
759	Okay, so this kind of talks about what he did.	好吧,所以这种谈论他做了什么。
760	Martin Luther King did,	马丁・路德・金
761	and how people helped him, and how his dream came true.	以及人们如何帮助他他的梦想是如何实现的
762	So many people joined him.	这么多人加入了他。
763	He did	没错
764	not work alone.	不是独自工作。
765	Other people helped him.	其他人帮助他。
766	Not just African Americans, but also white people	不仅是非裔美国人,还有白人
767	also helped him.	也帮助了他。
768	Many people, both black and white, knew that this was unfair.	许多人,无论是黑人还是白人,都知道这是不公平的.
769	It's not	这不是
770	right to keep people apart.	把人分开
771	Everybody's equal.	诸人平等.
772	So unfortunately, some people, right, especially	很遗憾,有些人,没错,特别是
773	those people in power, didn't want to change.	那些掌权的人,不想改变。
774	And they were fighting against those people.	他们和那些人战斗
775	They tried to change the laws.	他们试图改变法律。
776	Thanks to his hard work, of course, his, we're talking about	由于他的辛勤工作, 当然,他的, 我们正在谈论
777	Martin Luther King, right?	马丁・路德・金对吧?
778	Martin Luther King.	马丁·路德·金.
779	Thanks to his hard work, Martin Luther King,	多亏了马丁·路德·金
780	the laws changed.	法律变了
781	Unfortunately, Martin Luther King was killed before the laws were changed.	不幸的是,马丁·路德·金在法律变更前被杀害.
782	He didn't see those, right?	他没看到,对吧?
783	So it was very hard work, and it was very dangerous what	所以这是非常辛苦的工作, 这是非常危险的什么
784	he was doing.	他这样做。
785	Children today, today though, the situation is different.	然而,今天的儿童情况不同。
786	Today, modern	今天,现代
787	times, right?	时间,对不对?
788	Today can now all go to the same schools.	今天,大家可以上同样的学校。
789	Of course, in modern America,	当然,在现代美国,
790	children are not separated based on the color of their skin, or their ethnic background.	儿童不因肤色或族裔背景而分离。
791	Absolutely not.	绝对不是。
792	All children go to the same school.	所有儿童都上同一所学校。
793	People can also sit where they want	人们也可以坐到他们想要的地方
794	to on the bus.	到公车上。
795	It doesn't matter who you are, or where you're from, or who your family is	无论你是谁,你来自哪里,你的家人是谁
796	from, where your family is from.	从你家人的故乡
797	You get on the bus, sit where you want to.	你上巴士,随便坐
798	That's normal	这是正常的
799	today.	今时.
800	That's the law today.	今此法门.
801	You can sit wherever you want to sit.	随所坐处皆能坐.
802	Just don't sit in the driver's	别坐在司机家
803	seat, right?	坐,对不对?
804	Because you shouldn't do that.	因为你不应该这样做。
805	But anywhere else, you can sit down.	但别的地方,你可以坐下。
806	1月的第三个星期一是马丁·路德·金(Martin Luther King, Jr. Day).
807	On this day, we remember all	这一天,我们都记得
808	he has done for African Americans.	他为非裔美国人做过
809	Martin Luther King, Jr. was a brave man who made	小马丁·路德·金是个勇敢的人他创造了
810	the world a better place.	这个世界是一个更好的地方。
811	So, Martin Luther King, Jr., as I said before, he was killed.	所以,小马丁路德·金,正如我之前所说,他被杀了.
812	He's dead.	他已经死了
813	He's not with us anymore.	他不再和我们在一起了
814	He could be.	他可能会
815	He grew up in the 1930s.	他在1930年代长大.
816	He'd be very	他会非常的
817	old if he was still with us.	他老了,如果他还和我们在一起。
818	But he was killed when he was still not that old.	但当他还没有那么老的时候,他就被杀了.
819	It's a very	这是一个非常
820	tragic thing.	悲惨的事情。
821	However, people want to remember Martin Luther King, Jr.	然而,人们想要记住小马丁·路德·金.
822	He was a very important	他是一个非常重要的人
823	person in American history.	在美国历史上的人。
824	So, to remember him, the government set aside the third Monday	所以,为了纪念他,政府留出了第三个星期一
825	of January.	1月,纽约
826	Now, many American holidays are like this.	现在,许多美国节日都是这样的。
827	It's the third Monday of January.	1月第3个星期一.
828	Or Thanksgiving is the third Thursday of November.	或者感恩节是11月的第三个星期四.
829	That just means that his day that we remember	这就是说,他的日子,我们记得
830	him is always a Monday.	他总是周一。
831	One reason people do that is because you don't want to have	人们这样做的一个原因是因为你不想有
832	a national holiday in the middle of the week.	周中为国庆节.
833	Because this is a day off.	因为今天是休息日
834	Schools are closed.	学校关闭。
835	Businesses are closed.	企业关闭。
836	You don't want to close business on a Wednesday or a Thursday.	你不想周三或周四关门
837	You	你们
838	go to school or you go to work for Monday, Tuesday.	上学或者去上班星期一,星期二。
839	Wednesday's off.	礼拜三休息.
840	Go back Thursday,	星期四回来
841	Friday.	礼拜五
842	That's no good.	这可不行
843	Who wants one day off in the middle of the week?	谁想在周中休息一天?
844	So, you have	所以,你已经
845	three days off if it's a Monday or Friday.	如果周一或周五休息三天的话
846	Saturday, Sunday, Monday.	周六,周日,周一周六,周一,周一,周六,周一,周一,周一,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周六,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周五,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,周四,
847	You have three days	你还有三天时间
848	off together.	一起离开。
849	You can take a trip.	你可以去旅行了。
850	You can go somewhere.	你可以去别的地方。
851	You can visit Martin Luther	你可以去拜访马丁路德
852	King's birthplace.	王生处.
853	You can go to Washington, D.C. where he gave his speech.	你可以去华盛顿特区他在那里演讲。
854	Maybe you can	也许你可以
855	do something to remember.	做一些事来记住。
856	Fortunately, people don't do that.	幸运的是,人们不这样做。
857	They just like a long holiday,	他们只是喜欢一个漫长的假期,
858	a long weekend.	一个漫长的周末。
859	But anyway, the third Monday of January is Martin Luther King Jr. Day.	但无论如何,1月的第三个星期一是小马丁·路德·金·戴.
860	That's the day that the government set aside, let's remember.	即令政府弃之日,谨记之.
861	On this day, we remember all	这一天,我们都记得
862	he has done for African Americans.	他为非裔美国人做过
863	By the way, it's not just African Americans that	顺便说一句,不只是非裔美国人
864	Martin Luther King helped.	马丁·路德·金帮助.
865	He helped everybody, right?	他帮了大家,对吧?
866	Even white people.	乃至白众生.
867	Even though he was	虽然他
868	fighting for equality for African Americans, of course, he made society better.	当然,他使社会变得更好。
869	And that	还有
870	benefits everybody, no matter what color of their skin, right?	无论肤色如何,对每个人都有好处,对吧?
871	So, Martin Luther King	马丁・路德・金
872	Jr. is very important.	小说很重要
873	Sure, he did fight for African Americans, but he also was fighting	当然,他的确为非裔美国人而战但他也在战斗
874	for every race in America.	美国的每个种族
875	He was fighting for everybody.	他为所有人而战
876	Martin Luther King Jr. was	小马丁·路德·金当时
877	a brave man.	一个勇敢的人。
878	Like I said, he was killed.	就像我说的他被杀了
879	A crazy white person shot him and killed him	一个疯狂的白人开枪打死了他
880	because he didn't agree with Martin Luther King.	因为他不同意马丁・路德・金
881	So, in that time, of course, it was	所以,在那个时候,当然,它是
882	very dangerous.	非常危险
883	You had some very strong people, and unfortunately, there still are	你有一些非常强壮的人, 不幸的是,还有
884	some people who are racists.	有些人是种族主义者。
885	We call them racists, who don't agree that black people	我们称他们为种族主义者他们不同意黑人
886	or white people are the same or any race is the same.	或者白人是同一个人或者任何种族都是一样的
887	They think that they are better	他们认为他们更好
888	than everybody.	比每个人。
889	And these people are really terrible, terrible people, right?	这些人真的很可怕可怕的人,对不对?
890	But at that	但在那时
891	time, there were many more of them, and they threatened to kill him, and one of them did.	他们威胁要杀他,他们中的一个人做了。
892	So, he was a very brave man for standing up for his rights and for everybody's rights.	所以,他是一个非常勇敢的人, 捍卫他的权利和每个人的权利。
893	So, Martin Luther King Jr. was a brave man who made the world a better place.	因此,小马丁·路德·金(Martin Luther King)是一个勇敢的人,他让世界变得更美好.
894	Like I	喜欢我
895	said, he helped everybody.	他说他帮了所有人
896	It was not just one group of people.	这不仅仅是一群人。
897	He helped everybody.	他帮了大家
898	And in that way, he made the world a better place for all.	如此一来,他让世界变得对所有人都更美好。
899	Okay, let's talk about our	好吧,让我们谈谈我们的
900	reading comprehension questions.	阅读理解问题。
901	Number one, this story is about what?	第一,这个故事是关于什么的?
902	A类.
903	An angry man.	一个愤怒的人。
904	B类.
905	A brave man.	一个勇敢的人。
906	C. A scared man.	C. 一个害怕的人。
907	D. A white man.	D 一个白人
908	So, which is the best answer?	那么,哪一个是最好的答案?
909	Which is	这是
910	the best way to describe Martin Luther King Jr.?	小马丁·路德·金的最佳描述方式?
911	Because this story is about Martin Luther	因为这个故事是关于马丁·路德的
912	King Jr.	小国王.
913	It's about his life.	这是关于他的生活。
914	It's about the situation when he grew up, and it's about	是关于他长大后的情况的
915	what he did.	他的所作所为
916	So, was Martin Luther King Jr. an angry man?	小马丁・路德・金是个愤怒的人吗?
917	Yeah, he was a little angry.	他有点生气
918	He was not happy, but instead of, it's not really that he was angry so much as that he	他不高兴,但其实他并不那么生气
919	was upset, right?	难过吧?
920	And he wanted to change things.	他想改变一切
921	So, it wasn't really that he was an	所以,这不是真的他是一个
922	angry man.	愤怒的人。
923	That's not the main point of the reading passage, right?	这不是阅读的要点,对不对?
924	B类.
925	Was he a brave	他是勇敢的吗?
926	man?	伙计?
927	Yes, he was a brave man.	是的他是个勇敢的人
928	Because like I said before, it was a dangerous thing to	因为就像我之前说过的, 这是一个危险的事情
929	do to fight for racial equality at that time.	努力争取当时的种族平等。
930	So, Martin Luther King was a brave man.	因此,马丁·路德·金是一个勇敢的人.
931	This	这个
932	story is about a brave man.	故事是关于一个勇敢的人。
933	Martin Luther King Jr. was a brave man.	小马丁·路德·金是一个勇敢的人.
934	B类.
935	Was he scared?	他害怕吗?
936	No, that's the opposite of brave.	不,这是相反的勇敢。
937	D. Was he white?	D. 他是白人吗?
938	No, he wasn't white.	不,他不是白人,他不是白人,他是个白人
939	He was black.	他是个黑人
940	That was, you know, why he was upset.	这就是他生气的原因
941	Of course, it doesn't mean that white people couldn't	当然,这并不意味着白人不能
942	be upset about the laws.	对法律感到不快
943	They were.	他们是。
944	Many white people joined Martin Luther King, but	许多白人加入了马丁·路德·金,但
945	he wasn't white.	他没有白人。
946	He was black.	他是个黑人
947	So, this is not a story about a white man.	所以,这不是一个关于白人的故事。
948	It's a story	这是一个故事
949	about a black man.	一个黑人
950	Okay.	摆
951	A black brave man who made the world a better place.	一个让世界变得更美好的黑人勇敢的人.
952	Okay, number	好吧,号码
953	two.	两个
954	Okay, the story is about a brave man.	好吧,故事是关于一个勇敢的人。
955	Number two.	第二义.
956	In Georgia, and you know, to help	在乔治亚,你知道的,帮助
957	you out, you probably don't know where Georgia is.	你出去,你可能不知道乔治娅在哪里。
958	Georgia is in the southern United States.	格鲁吉亚位于美国南部.
959	And the southern states have more of a history of slavery and racial inequality in America.	而南方各州在美国有较多的奴隶制和种族不平等的历史.
960	So, of course, that's not true today.	所以,当然,这不是真的今天。
961	You know, basically just about everywhere in America	你知道,基本上就在美国各地
962	people understand that everybody should be equal.	人们明白,每个人都应该平等。
963	Like I said, you always have some stupid,	就像我说的,你总是有些愚蠢的,
964	terrible people out there, but they're everywhere, unfortunately.	可怕的人在那里, 但他们无处不在, 不幸的是。
965	But usually, it's all the same	但通常都是一样的
966	in the states.	在各州。
967	But in the past, especially in the southern states like Georgia, Alabama,	但在过去,特别是在南部的州比如乔治亚州,阿拉巴马州,
968	Mississippi, those states, it was a very bad situation.	密西西比州,那些州, 这是一个非常糟糕的情况。
969	In Georgia in the 1930s, beep,	在1930年代的乔治亚,蜂鸣,
970	could sit in the front of the bus.	可以坐在公共汽车前面。
971	Who could sit in the front of the bus?	谁能坐在巴士前面?
972	Do you remember	你还记得
973	the reading?	阅读?
974	Everybody?	每个人?
975	No, not everybody.	不,不是每个人。
976	Only African Americans?	只有非裔美国人?
977	No.	没有
978	Remember, the	记住,
979	front of the bus was the best place.	车前是最棒的地方
980	And black Americans, African Americans, did not have	黑人美国人,非裔美国人,没有
981	the power back then.	当时的能量。
982	See, only children.	你看,只有孩子们。
983	Now, the reading passage didn't say that	现在,阅读段落没有说
984	only children could sit in the front of the bus.	只有孩子可以坐在车前
985	The reading passage said that only white	阅读的段落说,只有白色
986	people could sit in the front of the bus.	人们可以坐在公共汽车前面。
987	So, in Georgia, in the 1930s, only white people	在格鲁吉亚,1930年代,只有白人
988	could sit in the front of the bus.	可以坐在公共汽车前面。
989	That was the best place to sit.	这是最好的坐位。
990	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
991	African American children, beep, white children.	非裔美国儿童,哔哔声,白人儿童.
992	So, we're looking for a verb clause here.	所以,我们要找一个动词条款。
993	A, went to school with.	A,跟他们一起上学
994	African American children went to school with white children?	非裔美国儿童跟白人儿童上学?
995	No.	没有
996	The	那个
997	reading passage said that they were apart, right?	读经说他们分开了,对吧?
998	They try to keep the races apart.	他们试图把种族分开。
999	B级,
1000	African American children were smarter than white children?	非裔美国儿童比白人儿童聪明吗?
1001	The reading passage didn't	阅读的段落没有
1002	say anything about one person or one group was smarter than the other group.	说一个或一个团体比另一个团体聪明
1003	It didn't	没有
1004	say anything about that.	随便怎么说
1005	So, that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
1006	C, African American children couldn't play	C,非裔美国儿童不能玩
1007	with white children?	带着白人孩子?
1008	What did the reading passage say?	阅读段落怎么说?
1009	It said that black children,	它说,黑人儿童,
1010	African American children had to play here, one place.	非裔美国儿童不得不在这里玩,一个地方。
1011	White children had to play in another	白人孩子不得不在另一个地方玩
1012	place.	地点。
1013	They could not play in the same place.	他们不能在同一地方玩。
1014	So, that's correct.	所以,这是正确的。
1015	C is the right answer.	C是正确的答案。
1016	And D, African American children hated white children?	D,非裔美国儿童讨厌白人儿童?
1017	The passage didn't say anything	那段话没说
1018	about that.	关于那个。
1019	So, that's not the right answer.	所以,这不是正确的答案。
1020	The right answer is African American children	正确答案是非裔美国儿童
1021	couldn't play with white children.	不能和白人孩子玩游戏
1022	That's what the passage said.	此经所说.
1023	That's the correct	没错
1024	answer.	答问.
1025	Number four.	四号.
1026	Martin Luther King Jr. dreamed.	小马丁·路德·金梦见.
1027	What did he dream about?	他梦见了什么?
1028	Remember,	记住
1029	what was his dream?	他的梦想是什么?
1030	His dream was that.	他的梦想就是那样
1031	Okay, what was it about?	好吧,这是关于什么?
1032	Martin Luther King Jr.	小马丁·路德·金.
1033	dreamed about his mother?	梦见他母亲?
1034	Well, maybe, but it didn't say that in the passage, right?	也许吧,但是它没有说在段落,对不对?
1035	So, that's not the right answer.	所以,这不是正确的答案。
1036	B, dreamed that someday everybody would be apart, away	B,梦想有一天每个人都会分开,离开
1037	from each other.	从彼此。
1038	No, that's the opposite of what he wanted, right?	不,这是相反的他想要,对不对?
1039	He didn't dream that	他没有做梦
1040	everybody would be apart one day.	每个人都有一天会分开
1041	He wanted the opposite.	他想要的恰恰相反。
1042	He dreamed of visiting Atlanta.	他梦想去亚特兰大
1043	If you say that, it sounds like he never went to Atlanta,	如果你这么说听起来他从没去过亚特兰大
1044	or he really wanted to go to Atlanta.	或者他真的想去亚特兰大
1045	But, the reading passage says he grew up in Atlanta.	但是,阅读段落说他在亚特兰大长大.
1046	So, why would he dream of visiting Atlanta?	那么,他为什么梦想访问亚特兰大?
1047	He lived there.	他住在这里。
1048	So, he wouldn't dream of visiting	所以,他不会梦想访问
1049	Atlanta because he lived there.	亚特兰大因为他住在那里。
1050	So, that leaves us with, dreamed that someday everybody would	因此,这留给我们, 梦想有一天,每个人都会
1051	be equal.	平等无边.
1052	And, that's what the reading passage said.	阅读段落也这么说
1053	Martin Luther King Jr. dreamed that	小马丁·路德·金梦见
1054	someday everybody would be equal.	总有一天,每个人都会平等。
1055	That was his dream.	那是他的梦
1056	That was his famous speech.	那是他的著名演讲
1057	I have	我见过
1058	a dream, right?	一个梦,对不对?
1059	And, that was the message of his dream, that someday everybody would	这是他梦中的信息有一天每个人都会
1060	be equal.	平等无边.
1061	Okay, let's review.	好吧,让我们回顾一下。
1062	Again, here's Martin Luther King, a great man, a very important	又来了,马丁・路德・金, 一个伟大的人, 一个非常重要的
1063	man in American history.	在美国历史上
1064	What can we say about him?	我们可以怎么评价他?
1065	One, we can say his dream was that someday	首先,我们可以说他的梦想是有一天
1066	all people would be equal.	所有人都会平等
1067	That's what we just talked about, okay?	这就是我们刚刚说的,好吗?
1068	That was his dream.	那是他的梦
1069	That was his goal for his life.	那是他一生的目标
1070	Thanks to his hard work, the laws changed.	由于他的辛勤工作,法律发生了变化.
1071	The laws	法律
1072	did change.	变了
1073	Soon after he died, the Civil Rights Act was passed and the laws changed.	他死后不久,民权法案获得通过,法律也随之改变.
1074	The discrimination, the keeping people apart was against the law everywhere in America.	美国各地的歧视、隔离是违法的。
1075	He was a brave man who made the world a better place.	他是个勇敢的人让世界变得更美好
1076	Absolutely.	当然
1077	He was a brave man.	他是一个勇敢的人。
1078	It	这个
1079	was dangerous to do what he was doing.	他这么做很危险
1080	It was dangerous to say what he was saying.	说出他说的话很危险
1081	Even	连
1082	before he was shot, his family had some bad times when people would come by and throw	在他被枪杀之前,他的家人有过一些糟糕的时光人们会过来扔
1083	things at their house.	在他们家的东西。
1084	Sometimes people would throw bricks in their windows.	有时人们会把砖头扔到窗户里
1085	People would	人们会
1086	burn things on their lawns.	在草坪上烧东西
1087	Many people didn't want what he wanted and so they were against	很多人不想要他想要的所以他们反对
1088	him.	他,他是谁?
1089	Some of these people, of course, were violent.	当然,这些人中有些人是暴力的。
1090	So, he was a brave man to stand up	所以,他是一个勇敢的人站起来
1091	for what he wanted.	为了他想要的
1092	He made the world a better place, not just for African-Americans, but	他让世界变得更美好不只是对非裔美国人来说
1093	for all people.	为所有人。
1094	Of course, African-Americans were the ones who benefited the most, but	当然,非裔美国人受益最多,但
1095	really everybody benefited from his work.	其实每个人都从他的工作中获益。
1096	Okay, well that's a very important lesson,	好吧,这是一个非常重要的教训,
1097	very important hero.	非常重要的英雄们
1098	I hope you learned a little bit, not just about words and vocabulary	我希望你学到一点,不只是文字和词汇
1099	and sentence structure, but also a little bit about American history and about heroes,	和句子结构,但也一点点关于美国历史和英雄,
1100	really.	痷
1101	Who is somebody that you can respect, that you can look up to?	你能够尊敬谁,可以仰慕谁?
1102	Somebody who makes	有人谁做
1103	the world a better place, whether they're an inventor, an athlete with a big heart,	一个更好的地方, 无论他们是一个发明家, 一个运动员大心脏,
1104	or a person who changes the laws to make the world a better place.	或改变法律的人让世界更美好
1105	That's the important	这很重要
1106	thing.	东西。
1107	Okay, we'll see you guys next time.	好,下次见
1108	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 1115 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P29 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p29 28. 28. LevelB Lesson15 Great Player,Great Heart (P29)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p29 28. 28. LevelB Lesson15 Great Player,Great Heart (P29)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 38:53

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	We're going over lesson 15 now.	我们现在要上15课
0:14	Lesson 15 is about sports.	第15课是关于体育的.
0:17	The title is Great Player.	标题是"伟大的玩家".
0:19	It means sports player or athlete.	指运动运动员或运动员.
0:22	Great player, great heart.	伟大的球员,伟大的心脏。
0:26	We're going to focus on Roberto Clemente.	我们要专注于罗伯托·克莱门特。
0:31	We're going to focus on, let's know about Roberto Clemente, right?	我们要集中精力,让我们知道关于罗伯托克莱门特,对不对?

展开字幕全文（781 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're going over lesson 15 now.	我们现在要上15课
5	Lesson 15 is about sports.	第15课是关于体育的.
6	The title is Great Player.	标题是"伟大的玩家".
7	It means sports player or athlete.	指运动运动员或运动员.
8	Great player, great heart.	伟大的球员,伟大的心脏。
9	We're going to focus on Roberto Clemente.	我们要专注于罗伯托·克莱门特。
10	We're going to focus on, let's know about Roberto Clemente, right?	我们要集中精力,让我们知道关于罗伯托克莱门特,对不对?
11	That sounds like a Spanish name.	这听起来像一个西班牙名字。
12	We're going to find out more about him, right?	我们会发现更多关于他的,对不对?
13	By the way, I said Robert first.	对了,我说罗伯特先。
14	Robert would be English, Roberto is Spanish, okay?	罗伯特是英国人罗伯托是西班牙人好吗?
15	But anyway, let's take a look here.	但无论如何,让我们来看看这里。
16	At this unit, the first word for our word list is this one.	在这个单位,我们单词的第一个词就是这个.
17	This helps us feel better when we are sick.	这会帮助我们感觉更好当我们生病。
18	If you're sick, you may go to the hospital, right?	如果你生病了,你可以去医院,对吗?
19	Or you go to see a doctor.	或者你去看医生
20	Or maybe you know you don't have to go to a doctor,	或者你知道你不必去看医生
21	you just go to the drugstore, the yakuk, right?	你只是去药店, yakuk,对不对?
22	Because you want to get something that makes you feel better.	因为你想得到的东西让你感觉更好。
23	What is it?	这是什么?
24	We say it's medicine.	我们说这是药。
25	Medicine is like yak, right?	药物就像yak,对不对?
26	We say medicine, medicine, medicine.	我们说药,药,药。
27	Take some medicine.	服药.
28	Don't say eat medicine, okay?	不要说吃药,好吗?
29	We don't eat it, right?	我们不吃,对不对?
30	We take it, okay?	我们把它,好吗?
31	Take medicine.	服药.
32	Take your medicine.	服药.
33	Or just take medicine.	或只服药.
34	So your mother will give you medicine and say take your medicine.	故令母授药而说服药.
35	It will help you feel better.	这会帮助你感觉更好。
36	Or you can just say take medicine.	或能说服药.
37	You don't have to say your.	你不必说
38	Take some medicine, take medicine, or take your medicine.	服诸药,或服诸药.
39	Take it.	拿着
40	Don't eat it.	别吃它。
41	That sounds strange.	这听起来很奇怪。
42	You take it, okay?	你拿着,好吗?
43	Number two, where sick people go to get better.	第二病人去的地方会好起来
44	What does this place look like, right?	这地方是什么样子,对不对?
45	I said that before, right?	我之前说过,对吧?
46	If you're sick, you might go here.	如果你生病了,你可能会来这里。
47	You want to get better.	你想好起来
48	If you're really sick, you go to this place.	如果你真的生病了,你去这个地方。
49	If you're just a little sick, right, you stay home.	如果你只是有点病了,你留在家里。
50	You stay in your bed.	卧床不动.
51	But if you're really sick, and I hope not, but if you like break a bone or you have some	但如果你真的生病了我希望不会但如果你喜欢骨折或者你有
52	serious illness, you go to the 병원, right?	严重疾病,你去\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
53	You go to the hospital, hospital, hospital.	你去医院,医院,医院。
54	So you go to the hospital where sick people go to get better.	所以你去医院在那里病人去得到更好的。
55	Number three, when the ground moves and shakes.	第三当地动而动摇.
56	If the ground is moving and shaking, you're like, oh, what's going on, right?	如果地面在移动和摇晃, 你像,哦,发生了什么事,对不对?
57	What is that?	这是什么?
58	What's going on?	这是怎么回事?
59	It's an earthquake, earthquake, earthquake, earthquake.	大地震,大地震,大地震,大地震.
60	Thankfully, in Korea, you don't have many earthquakes, but in Japan and China, we hear	幸好韩国的地震不多但日本和中国的地震
61	about earthquakes.	关于地震。
62	Unfortunately, they're kind of common.	不幸的是,它们很常见。
63	The ground will move and shake.	地将动而摇.
64	Okay, that's an earthquake.	好吧,这是地震。
65	Next one, to know something well.	下一个,去了解一些事情
66	To know something very well, what do you do?	要知道很多事情,你做什么的?
67	You understand.	你明白吗?
68	If you study something and you study it and you get to know it, then you understand it,	如果你研究一些东西,你研究它, 你得到它,然后你理解它,
69	okay?	好吗?
70	Sometimes you don't need to study.	有时候你不需要学习。
71	You just understand right away.	你马上明白
72	You know it very well.	你很清楚这一点。
73	You understand, understand.	你明白吗,明白。
74	So understand is a verb.	所以理解是一个动词。
75	We use it as an irregular verb, understand, understood, understood.	我们把它作为一个不规则的动词,理解,理解,理解.
76	Actually, if we just look at stand, right?	其实,如果我们只是看站在,对不对?
77	Stand is a verb.	站是动词.
78	Stand, stood, stood, but that's to stand, right?	站着,站着,站着,但那是站着,对不对?
79	But in this case, we're saying understood, to know something, but it follows the same	但是,在这种情况下,我们说, 理解,知道一些东西, 但它遵循同样的
80	pattern as just stand.	模式就像站着一样
81	Stand, stood, stood, understand, understood, understood.	站立站立理解理解理解
82	I understood your lesson.	我理解你的教训。
83	I have understood English for a long time, for example, okay?	我听了很久的英语,比如说,好吗?
84	So understand, to know something well.	所以理解, 了解一些事情。
85	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
86	What happened to him?	他发生了什么事?
87	He's got a sticker on his mouth, right?	他嘴上有贴纸,对吧?
88	What is the sticker of?	贴什么?
89	It looks like a cigarette, dambe, right?	它看起来像香烟,dambe,对不对?
90	Dambe hajima, right?	达姆比哈吉玛,对不对?
91	To stop doing something.	停止做点什么。
92	So you stop doing something.	所以你停止做一些事情。
93	That means quit, quit.	意思是辞职辞职
94	Stop doing something.	停止做一些东西。
95	Now sometimes people who smoke, they want to quit smoking.	有时吸烟的人, 他们想戒烟。
96	Sometimes people who drink too much alcohol, they want to quit drinking alcohol.	有时喝太多酒的人会想戒酒.
97	If you're chewing gum, maybe, oh, I chew too much gum, I want to quit chewing gum.	如果你嚼口香糖,也许,哦,我嚼太多口香糖, 我想停止嚼口香糖。
98	So stop doing something, quit.	所以别再做点什么了退出吧
99	Quit is an irregular verb.	退出是一种不规则的动词.
100	We say quit, quit, quit.	我们说退出,退出,退出。
101	Don't say quitted, no, don't say that.	不要说退出,不,不要说。
102	Just say quit.	就说戒.
103	I quit yesterday.	我昨天辞职了
104	I have quit smoking.	我戒烟了
105	I have quit smoking, no more.	我戒烟了戒烟了
106	But it's quit, quit, quit, okay, to stop doing something.	但是,它退出,退出,退出, 好吧,停止做一些事情。
107	Number six, the state of being real.	第六真实状态.
108	The state of being real, and we have, somebody is doing something.	真实的状态,而我们已经有了, 有人正在做一些事情。
109	This person is holding a Bible, it says Holy Bible, and the other person is putting their	这个人拿着一本圣经上面写着《圣经》另一人拿着圣经
110	hand on it.	手拿起来。
111	What are they doing?	他们在干什么?
112	Truth, okay?	说实话,好吗?
113	When people do this, and this is a common thing they do in a courtroom, when people	当人们这样做, 这是常见的事情他们在法庭上,当人们
114	swear to tell the truth.	发誓要说实话。
115	Swear is like promise, promise.	发誓就像承诺,承诺。
116	They make a promise, they promise to tell the truth.	他们承诺,他们承诺说实话。
117	By the way, always use the truth.	顺便说一句总是用真话
118	How many truths are there?	究竟有多少真谛.
119	There's only one truth.	只有一个真理。
120	You promise to tell the truth, the, there's only one.	你答应说实话,只有一个
121	If you tell a lie, there are many lies.	如果你撒谎, 有很多谎言。
122	So you tell a lie, not the lie, you tell a lie.	所以,你说谎,而不是谎言,你说谎。
123	There are many possible lies, but there's only one truth.	有许多可能的谎言,但只有一个真理.
124	It's the truth.	这是事实。
125	What is the truth?	什么是事实?
126	What is the real story, okay?	真实的故事是什么?
127	In this case, this person is promising to tell the truth on a Bible, okay.	在这种情况下,这个人承诺在圣经上说实话,好吗。
128	Next one, to drop suddenly.	下一个,突然掉下来。
129	Now this one is a little hard, but think about this.	现在这个有点难,但想想看
130	If an airplane, what happened here?	如果飞机,这里发生了什么?
131	This is a very tragic, unfortunate event.	这是一个非常悲惨和不幸的事件。
132	The airplane dropped suddenly from the sky.	飞机突然从天而降.
133	What did it do?	它做了什麽?
134	It crashed.	它坠毁。
135	It's a plane crash.	飞机失事.
136	Of course, when two cars crash, they don't drop suddenly, but, you know, they just hit	当然,当两辆车坠毁时, 它们不会突然掉下来, 但是,你知道,它们只是击中
137	each other suddenly.	忽然间彼此.
138	So in this case, for our reading though, we're going to talk about crash, we're going to	因此,在这种情况下,我们阅读,虽然, 我们要谈论坠机,我们要去
139	talk about a plane crash.	谈飞机失事.
140	A plane, when it drops suddenly from the sky, it crashes.	一架飞机,当它突然从天而降时,它会坠毁.
141	Okay, so that's a crash.	好吧,所以这是一个坠机。
142	Number eight, to go and see someone.	8号去见一个人
143	If you go and see someone, you go to their house, you say, hello, how are you?	如果你去见一个人,你去他们家, 你问,你好,你好吗?
144	Oren manayo?	奥伦·马纳约?
145	Right, I haven't seen you for a long time, maybe.	对,我很久没见到你了
146	You go to visit them.	你去拜访他们。
147	I want to visit you.	我想来看你
148	I will go and see you.	我会去见你。
149	And it doesn't mean that I go to your house.	这并不意味着我去你家
150	It just means I go to where you are.	它只是表示我要去你所在的地方。
151	I could visit you in your office.	我可以去你办公室看你
152	I could visit you at a coffee shop near your house, right?	我可以去你家附近的咖啡店看你对吧?
153	I go to see you.	我去见你。
154	Go and see someone, to visit them.	去见一个人去拜访他们
155	Next one, nine, good, large, famous, wow, chota, right?	下一个,九,好,大,有名,哇,乔塔,对不对?
156	We say great.	我们说很好。
157	Oh, neomu chowayo, right?	哦,新木乔瓦约,对不对?
158	(原始内容存档于2018-09-21). Neomu chowayo.
159	It's great.	赞曰.
160	Good, large, famous.	不错,大,有名的。
161	It's great.	赞曰.
162	Ten, a child.	十,一个孩子。
163	So what do we call a child?	我们怎么称呼孩子?
164	Another word for a child is a kid.	一个孩子的另一个词是孩子。
165	Now child is a more formal word, right?	现在孩子是一个更正式的词,对不对?
166	But more relaxed, more casual, kid.	但更放松,更随意,孩子。
167	Wow, there are a lot of kids in the park.	公园里有很多孩子
168	Or do you see the kid over there?	还是你看见那边的孩子了?
169	You can say child, you can say kid, doesn't matter, same thing.	你可以说孩子,你可以说孩子, 没关系,同样的事情。
170	But child is more formal, kid is more casual.	但孩子比较正式,孩子比较随意.
171	But they mean the same thing.	但他们的意思是一样的
172	Okay, eleven, wow, she's running fast, right?	好吧,十一,哇,她跑得很快,对不对?
173	Someone who takes part in a sport.	参加运动的人
174	She's taking part in a sport.	她正在参加一项运动。
175	She's going to run.	她会跑的
176	She's going to give that metal rod to the next person they're going to go, right?	她要把那个金属棒交给下一个他们要去的人,对不对?
177	So she's taking part.	所以她要参加
178	Take part in a sport is a player, right?	参加运动是玩家,对吧?
179	Anybody who plays a sport is a player, like a soccer player, a basketball player, okay?	任何打运动的人都是球员,就像足球运动员,篮球运动员,好吗?
180	They are players, especially a team sport.	他们是球员, 特别是球队运动。
181	They are players.	他们是玩家。
182	Or even tennis player.	乃至网球运动员.
183	It's not really a team sport, but we call those people players.	这不是真正的团队运动, 但我们叫那些人的球员。
184	They are taking part in a sport.	他们正在参加一项运动。
185	Next one, to say words.	下一部,为说 words言.
186	To say word to somebody is to speak, to speak.	跟别人说话就是说话,说话
187	Of course, she's doing something that's more specific than speaking, right?	当然,她所做的事情比说话更具体,对不对?
188	If you go like this in your brother's ear, you are whispering.	如果你在哥哥的耳朵里这样走你就在低语
189	Whisper to whisper is a type of speak.	低语是一种说话方式.
190	Speak is just to speak at a normal voice.	说话就是用正常的声音说话
191	Whisper is in a low voice, be mill, right?	低声低声,做磨坊,对不对?
192	You tell a secret.	你告诉一个秘密。
193	You whisper a secret.	你低语一个秘密。
194	But speak, you just say something.	但说,你只是说些什么。
195	I want to speak with you.	我想和你谈谈。
196	Can I speak with you?	我能和你谈谈吗?
197	Please speak up.	请大声点
198	I can't hear you.	我听不见.
199	Be careful with speak.	小心说话
200	It is an irregular verb.	这是一个不规则的动词。
201	Speak, spoke, spoken.	说,说,说。
202	Speak, spoke, spoken, okay?	说话,说话,说话,好吗?
203	So irregular verb.	如此不规则动词.
204	Number 13, all the time.	13号,所有的时间。
205	All the time.	一切时.
206	Is she brushing her teeth all the time?	她经常刷牙吗?
207	Well, if you say all the time, you are saying always.	好吧,如果你说所有的时间,你是说永远。
208	So what we can say here is that she always brushes her teeth after eating.	所以,我们可以在这里说, 她总是刷牙后吃。
209	Every time she eats, breakfast, lunch, dinner, snack, after every time, she always brushes	每次她吃饭,吃早餐,吃午饭,吃零食, 每次她总是刷
210	her teeth.	她的牙齿。
211	She always brushes her teeth.	她总是刷牙
212	That's good.	这是很好的。
213	That's a good habit.	这是一个很好的习惯。
214	Number 14, friendly and nice.	十四号,友好和亲切
215	Friendly and nice.	友好和亲切。
216	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
217	We say it's kind.	我们说这是善良的。
218	So this woman is very kind.	故此妇人甚善.
219	She's friendly and nice to the older person, right?	她对老人友善,对吗?
220	She is kind.	她是个好人
221	To be friendly, to be nice to other people, to be kind.	为人亲切,善待他人,善待他人.
222	15, a machine.	15,一个机器。
223	This is a machine that flies in the air.	此机在空中飞翔.
224	Have you ever been in this machine?	你去过这机器吗?
225	Have you ever taken a flight on a plane?	你坐过飞机吗?
226	Of course, this machine is called a plane.	当然,这个机器叫做飞机。
227	And you can call it airplane, but many people just say plane for short.	你可以称之为飞机, 但很多人只是说飞机短。
228	Let's take a plane to Hawaii.	我们坐飞机去夏威夷吧
229	How will you get to Jeju-do?	你怎么去济州道?
230	I will take a plane.	我要坐飞机
231	Take a plane.	坐飞机吧
232	Or fly on a plane.	或乘机而飞.
233	Okay.	摆
234	16, looks like he's in a hurry, right?	16,看起来他很匆忙,对吧?
235	He's waiting for something to happen.	他等诸事.
236	In a short time, if you say something is in a short time, it will happen soon.	不久,如果你说一件事在很短的时间内,它很快就会发生.
237	Don't worry.	别担心
238	It will happen soon, right?	很快就会发生的,对吧?
239	Just a short time from now.	离现在还很短
240	In a short time, soon.	在短时间内,很快。
241	Okay.	摆
242	Those are our words.	这是我们的话。
243	Let's take a look at the exercises, okay?	让我们来看看练习,好吗?
244	In this exercise, we need to find the word in the box that means the same or almost the	在这个练习中,我们需要在盒子里找到一个字,意思是相同或几乎是
245	same as the underlined word or words.	与下划线词相同。
246	A little complicated.	有点复杂
247	Let's look here.	让我们看看这里。
248	Here we have a sentence.	这里有一个句子。
249	The doctor gave the sick boy a shot.	医生给了病童一枪.
250	And if we see, a shot is underlined.	如果我们看到,一个镜头是下划线。
251	So we have to find the word in the box that means the same or almost the same as this	所以我们得在盒子里找到意思是和这个差不多的词
252	part right here that's underlined.	这边有下划线
253	And we can write that here.	我们可以写在这里。
254	Okay.	摆
255	So number one, of course, oh, sorry, let's go over the words first, right?	所以,第一,当然, 哦,对不起,让我们先看字,对不对?
256	The words are understand, understand.	词句是明白的,明白的。
257	Next one, crashed, crashed.	下一个,坠毁,坠毁。
258	Next one, quit, quit.	下一个,退出,退出。
259	Next one, hospitals, hospitals.	下一个,医院,医院。
260	Notice that it's plural, right?	注意它是复数,对不对?
261	More than one.	不止一个
262	Two, three, four, five, so on.	二三四五等经.
263	Medicine, medicine.	药药
264	And visited, visited.	和拜访,拜访。
265	Notice it's past tense.	注意它过去紧张。
266	Okay.	摆
267	So, our first one is the doctor gave the sick boy a shot.	所以,我们的第一个是医生给了这个生病的男孩一个机会。
268	So, if you're sick and you go to the hospital, you see a doctor.	所以,如果你生病了去医院,你去看医生。
269	The doctor gives you a shot.	医生给你机会
270	What is in the shot?	镜头里有什么?
271	What is the shot?	什么镜头?
272	What is that?	这是什么?
273	That, of course, is medicine.	那当然是药
274	It's medicine inside the shot.	摄中药内.
275	So, you can take medicine like a pill, right, that you put in your mouth and drink water.	所以,你可以吃药像药,正确的,你放进嘴里喝水。
276	You swallow the medicine.	你吞下药。
277	Sometimes though medicine is given to you with a needle.	有时虽然药是用针给你的.
278	That's not good, right?	这样不好,对吧?
279	It's not fun.	不乐.
280	But, it's necessary.	但是,这是必要的。
281	You need it sometimes.	有时你需要它。
282	So, a shot is medicine.	所以,一个镜头是药物。
283	Number two, the girl fell down while riding a bicycle.	第二,女孩骑自行车时摔倒了.
284	So, the girl was riding her bicycle, right, she falls down.	所以,女孩骑着她的自行车,正确的,她倒下。
285	What happened?	发生了什么事?
286	Fell down, what's the word that is similar to that in the box?	掉下来,什么是字类似在盒子里?
287	Of course, it's crashed.	当然,它坠毁。
288	The girl crashed while riding a bicycle.	女孩在骑自行车时坠毁.
289	You could say that too.	你也可以这么说
290	The girl crashed while riding a bicycle.	女孩在骑自行车时坠毁.
291	She fell down.	她掉下来了
292	Okay.	摆
293	The next one is number three.	次一为第三.
294	Tim wants to stop working for Mr. Brown.	蒂姆想停止为布朗先生工作.
295	Tim wants to stop working.	蒂姆想要停止工作。
296	He's working for a long time.	勤修长业.
297	He wants to stop doing that.	他想停止这样做。
298	Okay.	摆
299	So, stop doing something, which word is that?	所以,停止做一些事情,是什么词?
300	Quit, right?	退出,对不对?
301	Tim wants to quit working for Mr. Brown.	蒂姆想辞去布朗先生的工作
302	Of course, you could just say Tim wants to quit.	当然,你可以只说蒂姆想退出。
303	But don't say Tim wants to quit for Mr. Brown.	但不要说蒂姆想退出布朗先生。
304	That's a different meaning, right?	这是不同的含义,对不对?
305	You would say Tim wants to quit or he wants to quit working for Mr. Brown.	你会说蒂姆想辞职或者他想辞职为布朗先生工作。
306	He wants to quit doing something.	他想戒烟
307	So, when somebody stops working at their job, you can say, where is Bob?	所以,当有人停止工作, 你可以说,鲍勃在哪里?
308	Oh, he quit.	他辞职了
309	He's not in the office anymore, right?	他已经不在办公室了,对吧?
310	He's not here anymore.	他不在这里了。
311	He quit.	他辞职了
312	He left his job.	他离开了他的工作。
313	But, of course, you can quit many things.	但是,当然,你可以放弃很多事情。
314	Okay.	摆
315	Number four.	四号.
316	A doctor knows how to help a sick person.	医生知道如何帮助病人。
317	So, somebody knows something very well, right?	所以,有人知道的东西非常清楚,对不对?
318	They studied it or they have a lot of experience.	他们研究过,或者有很多经验.
319	What is it?	这是什么?
320	They understand.	他们明白
321	A doctor understands how to help a sick person.	医生懂得如何帮助病人
322	So, a doctor understands how to help a sick person.	因此,医生懂得如何帮助病人。
323	You could use it.	你用得着
324	It's the same meaning.	谓同义.
325	Okay.	摆
326	Number five.	五号
327	Roberto, right?	罗伯托,对不对?
328	We got Roberto again.	罗伯托又来了
329	Went to see the sick children.	去见生病的孩子了
330	So, when you go somewhere to see somebody, you go somewhere to see them, what are you	所以,当你去某处看某人, 你在哪里看他们,你是什么
331	doing?	干吗?
332	You're visiting them.	你在拜访他们
333	So, Robert visited the sick children.	于是,罗伯特拜访了生病的孩子.
334	Visit is fine, right?	参观是好的,对不对?
335	But, if you're going to use it in the sentence, you could just put Roberto visited, exactly	但是,如果你要用它在句子, 你可以只是让罗伯托访问, 正是
336	like that, like the box, the sick children, that's an okay sentence.	像这样,像盒子,生病的孩子, 这是一个好的句子。
337	Roberto visited the sick children.	罗伯托拜访了生病的孩子。
338	Number six.	六号
339	Doctors and nurses, doctors and nurses work in special buildings for sick people.	医生和护士、医生和护士在特殊建筑物为病人工作。
340	What are special buildings for sick people?	哪些是病人的特殊建筑?
341	Where do you see a word that means a special building for sick people?	你从哪里看到一个字,意思是病人的特殊建筑?
342	Of course, we're looking at this word right here, hospitals, right?	当然,我们是在看这个词,就在这里,医院,对不对?
343	So, you could just substitute this whole thing and put hospitals.	所以,你可以只是替代这一切并设置医院。
344	Doctors and nurses work in hospitals, and you could say that too.	医生和护士在医院工作你可以这么说
345	Okay.	摆
346	So, those are our words for the vocabulary checkup, right?	所以,这是我们的词汇检查,对不对?
347	Let's take a short break now, and we'll come back and take a look at the reading.	今请短休,复来观读.
348	Okay, welcome back.	好的欢迎回来
349	Let's go over the reading passage together.	一起翻阅读经.
350	Now, this reading passage is about a person, a hero, a great sports athlete.	现在,这个阅读段落是关于一个人,一个英雄,一个伟大的运动运动员.
351	Of course, the name is great player, great heart, but it's not just about the player,	当然,这个名字是伟大的玩家,伟大的心脏, 但不只是玩家,
352	his ability to play baseball.	他打棒球的能力。
353	What makes him a hero?	是什么让他成为英雄?
354	It's also something else.	亦是别物.
355	We'll find out in the reading, okay?	我们会在阅读中发现,好吗?
356	We know from the first sentence who the player is.	我们从第一句中知道玩家是谁。
357	It's Roberto Clemente, Roberto Clemente, and of course, that's a Spanish name.	这是罗伯托克莱门特,罗伯托克莱门特, 当然,这是一个西班牙语的名字。
358	He loved to play baseball.	他喜欢打棒球
359	As a kid, he played baseball in Puerto Rico, Puerto Rico.	小时候,他在波多黎各,波多黎各打棒球.
360	When Roberto was 19, he left Puerto Rico to play in the United States.	19岁时,罗伯托离开波多黎各,前往美国玩耍.
361	Roberto was a great player.	罗伯托是一个伟大的球员。
362	He was also a great man with a big heart.	亦以大心为大士.
363	So, in this part here, we hear about Roberto Clemente, about his childhood.	所以,在这个部分,我们听到罗伯托克莱门特, 关于他的童年。
364	When we learn about people, of course we usually learn about their life in chronological order.	当我们了解人时,当然我们通常会按时间顺序了解他们的生活.
365	Where were they born?	他们在哪里出生的?
366	What were they like as a child?	他们小时候是什么样子的?
367	Where did they go to school?	他们在哪里上学?
368	Then what happened later in their life?	那后来发生了什么?
369	And that's kind of what's going on here.	然此亦有类.
370	We learn about Roberto Clemente's childhood, and we also find out where he's from.	我们了解了罗伯托·克莱门特的童年,我们也知道他来自哪里.
371	First of all, we know that when he was a kid, as a kid, when he was a child, when he was young,	首先,我们知道当他还是个孩子, 作为一个孩子, 当他还是个孩子, 当他年轻的时候,
372	he played baseball in Puerto Rico, and he loved to play baseball.	他在波多黎各打棒球他喜欢打棒球
373	He loved it.	他很喜欢
374	He did it very often.	他经常这么做
375	It was his hobby, right?	这是他的爱好,对不对?
376	So, he played it in Puerto Rico.	他在波多黎各弹过
377	By the way, where is Puerto Rico?	顺便说一句,波多黎各在哪里?
378	Puerto Rico is south of America, just south of America, in the Caribbean Sea.	波多黎各位于美国南部,恰好位于美国南部,加勒比海.
379	It's between America and South America.	分布于美国和南美洲之间.
380	And actually, Puerto Rico is not really part of the United States.	事实上,波多黎各并不是美国的一部分。
381	It's not a state, but the United States government is the government in charge of Puerto Rico.	这不是一个州,但美国政府是负责波多黎各的政府.
382	Some people, many Puerto Ricans, want to join America as the 51st state.	一些人,许多波多黎各人,希望加入美国成为第51个州.
383	So, Puerto Rico has a special relationship with America.	因此,波多黎各与美国有着特殊的关系.
384	The American government kind of rules or governs in Puerto Rico,	美国政府在波多黎各的统治
385	and Puerto Ricans can go back and forth to America very easily.	波多黎各人可以很容易地回美国
386	They're like citizens of the United States.	他们就像美国公民一样
387	So, if people, and baseball is very, very popular and famous in Puerto Rico,	所以,如果人们,和棒球非常,非常受欢迎和著名的波多黎各,
388	many baseball players who are Puerto Ricans come to America to play baseball.	许多波多黎各人的棒球运动员来到美国打棒球.
389	And that's very common.	这很常见
390	So, that's a little background history.	这是一个小背景历史。
391	Okay, when Roberto was 19, when he was 19 years old, he's a young man,	好吧,当罗伯托19岁, 当他19岁,他是一个年轻人,
392	he left Puerto Rico to play in the United States.	他离开波多黎各去美国玩
393	Like I said, that's very common.	就像我说的,这是很常见的。
394	Many players did that.	很多球员都这么做了
395	Roberto was a great player.	罗伯托是一个伟大的球员。
396	He was a great player.	他是一个伟大的球员。
397	So, he played on major sports teams in America.	因此,他在美国各大体育队中打球.
398	He was a really good player.	他是个好球员
399	He was also a great man with a big heart.	亦以大心为大士.
400	Now, a great person isn't just a great athlete.	现在,一个伟大的人不只是一个伟大的运动员。
401	Sure, some people might have good talent and they're good at basketball,	当然,有些人也许有好的天赋他们擅长篮球,
402	they're good at baseball, they're good at football or soccer,	他们擅长棒球, 他们擅长足球或足球,
403	but that doesn't necessarily mean they're a great man or a great person.	但这并不一定意味着他们是一个伟大的人或一个伟大的人。
404	And it doesn't mean that they have a big heart.	亦不谓其心大.
405	When somebody says they have a big heart, what does that mean?	当有人说他们有一颗大心,那是什么意思?
406	That their heart is really big?	他们的心脏真的很大吗?
407	Boom, boom也.
408	No, it means that they are very kind.	不,这意味着他们很善良。
409	It means that they help other people, that they love other people very easily,	这意味着他们帮助别人, 他们爱别人非常容易,
410	that they're very kind, they're helpful, and they're generous.	他们很善良,很有帮助,也很慷慨
411	They have a big heart.	他们有一颗巨大的心。
412	That's what it means.	其义也.
413	It doesn't mean the size of the heart.	不谓心之大小.
414	It means how they behave to other people.	意思是他们对别人的行为
415	Okay, let's continue.	好吧,让我们继续。
416	At first, living in the United States was very hard.	起初在美国生活非常艰难.
417	This is our subject here, living in the United States.	这是我们的课题,住在美国。
418	That, this action was very hard.	这,这一行动是非常困难的。
419	It was hindro for Roberto to move to the United States.	罗伯托搬到美国是辛德罗的事
420	Why?	为什么?
421	Because Roberto couldn't speak English.	因为罗伯托不会说英语.
422	He spoke Spanish.	他讲西班牙语。
423	Puerto Ricans, Spanish is the language of Puerto Rico.	波多黎各人,西班牙语是波多黎各的语言.
424	Even though Puerto Rico is connected to America,	尽管波多黎各与美国相连,
425	the people in Puerto Rico, their first language is Spanish.	他们的第一语言是西班牙语。
426	Of course, many people learn English, especially nowadays,	当然,很多人都学英语尤其是现在
427	but this is a long time ago.	但这是很久以前的事了
428	People usually just spoke Spanish, okay?	人们通常只会说西班牙语,好吗?
429	So, when he came to the United States, it was hard to live there.	所以,当他来到美国时,很难在那里生活.
430	Roberto couldn't speak English.	罗伯托不会说英语。
431	不说 language语时难住一国.
432	Roberto could not understand, oh, sorry, people could not understand him	罗伯托无法理解,哦,对不起人们无法理解他
433	because he spoke Spanish.	因为他会说西班牙语
434	Puerto Ricans speak Spanish.	波多黎各人会说西班牙语.
435	Some people treated him differently because he was from Puerto Rico.	有些人因为他来自波多黎各而对他采取不同的态度。
436	When you treat somebody, it doesn't mean I will pay for your lunch.	当你治疗某人, 这并不意味着我会支付你的午餐。
437	That's one meaning, but in this sentence, it's a different meaning.	这是一个意义,但在本句中,这个意义不同.
438	When you treat somebody differently, it means you behave towards them differently.	当你对待某人的方式不同, 这意味着你对他们的行为不同。
439	If you see another Korean person on the street,	如果你在街上看到另一个韩国人
440	you behave towards that Korean person in one way.	你用一种方式对待那个韩国人
441	But if you see a foreigner on the street,	但如果你在街上看到一个外国人
442	you maybe treat that person in a different way.	你也许用不同的方式对待他
443	It's how you behave to somebody.	这就是你对某人的行为
444	In America, people treated Roberto differently because he was from Puerto Rico.	在美国,人们因为罗伯托来自波多黎各而对他区别对待.
445	He didn't speak English, so people treated him differently.	他不会说英语,所以人们对他待遇不同.
446	But, even though, but means he had a hard time.	但是,尽管,但意味着他有一个困难的时间。
447	It was difficult, but Roberto loved baseball, so he didn't quit.	虽然困难重重,但罗伯托喜欢棒球,所以没有退出.
448	He worked hard and played well.	他努力工作,发挥得很好.
449	People liked him for this and because he always told the truth.	人们喜欢他,因为他总是说实话。
450	So, what's going on here?	那么,这是怎么回事?
451	Before we saw that Roberto had a hard time living in the United States.	在看到罗伯托在美国生活艰难之前
452	However, he loved baseball.	然而,他喜欢棒球.
453	Even though he had a hard time, he loved baseball.	虽然他生活艰难,但他还是喜欢棒球.
454	He didn't want to quit and go back home to Puerto Rico.	他不想辞职,回到波多黎各。
455	He didn't quit.	他没有放弃。
456	He kept trying.	他一直在尝试。
457	That's important.	这很重要
458	He worked hard.	他工作很努力工作很艰苦 He worked.
459	He played well.	他弹得很好
460	So, people liked him for this.	人们喜欢他
461	The fact that he worked hard and he played well.	他努力工作表现得很好
462	People liked him for that.	人们喜欢他
463	He worked hard.	他工作很努力工作很艰苦 He worked.
464	He played well.	他弹得很好
465	People liked him for this.	人们喜欢他
466	And also, they liked him because he always told the truth.	而且,他们喜欢他因为他总是说实话。
467	He was an honest person.	他是个诚实的人。
468	He always told the truth.	他总是说实话
469	He never lied.	他从不撒谎
470	So, people respected him for that.	人们因此尊敬他
471	Of course, if you tell the truth, if you were an honest person, people will like you for	当然如果你说实话如果你是诚实的人人们会喜欢你的
472	that.	那个
473	They will respect you for your truthfulness.	他们会尊重你的诚实
474	Roberto was also very kind.	罗伯托也很善良
475	He was a nice person.	他是个好人
476	He was generous.	他慷慨无私
477	He was friendly and helpful to people.	他对人很友好,很有帮助.
478	He liked helping others.	他喜欢帮助别人。
479	He often visited sick children in hospitals.	他经常去医院看病。
480	In 1972, there was a big earthquake.	1972年发生大地震.
481	Many people needed help.	许多人需要帮助。
482	Their homes were gone and they had no place to live.	他们的家园已经消失,没有住的地方。
483	We can see Roberto was very kind.	我们可以看到罗伯托是非常好的。
484	He liked helping others.	他喜欢帮助别人。
485	That's the same as being very kind.	即是如来慈心.
486	If you are kind, you help other people.	如果你是善良的,你帮助别人。
487	He liked to help other people.	他喜欢帮助别人。
488	One thing he did was visit sick children in hospitals.	他做的一件事就是去医院看病儿童。
489	He was a famous baseball player.	他是一个著名的棒球运动员。
490	He would go visit children in hospitals and they would say,	他会去医院看望孩子他们说
491	Oh, it's Roberto Clemente.	哦,这是罗伯托克莱门特。
492	We know him.	我们认识他。
493	He's a famous athlete.	他是著名的运动员.
494	They were very excited to see him.	他们见到他很兴奋
495	He was very kind.	他是个好人
496	So, he visited the sick children in the hospital.	于是,他拜访了医院里的病童.
497	A long time ago, 1972, you were not born yet.	很久以前,1972年,你还没有出生
498	In 1972, there was a big earthquake.	1972年发生大地震.
499	We don't know where, but it just says there was a big earthquake.	我们不知道在哪里,但它只是说有一次大地震。
500	The ground moved.	地动.
501	Lots of damage.	有很多伤害。
502	Many people needed help.	许多人需要帮助。
503	Their homes were gone because the earthquake destroyed their homes.	他们的家因为地震摧毁了他们的家而消失.
504	They had no place to live.	他们没有住的地方。
505	They were homeless suddenly.	他们突然无家可归。
506	Earthquakes are terrible, right?	地震是可怕的,对不对?
507	They kill people.	他们杀人。
508	They injure people and they destroy a lot of property.	他们伤害了人们,摧毁了许多财产。
509	They cause a lot of pain and suffering.	它们造成许多痛苦和痛苦。
510	So, Roberto wanted to help those people.	罗伯托想帮助那些人
511	So, what did he do?	那么,他做了什麽?
512	He collected food, money, and medicine for these people.	他为这些人收集食物、钱和药品。
513	These people lost their homes.	这些人失去了家园。
514	Many people were injured.	许多人受伤。
515	They had nowhere to live.	他们没有地方住。
516	They couldn't get food.	他们得不到食物。
517	They had nowhere to sleep.	他们无处睡觉。
518	So, he collected.	所以,他收集起来。
519	He got food for them.	他给他们带了食物
520	He got the money.	他得到了钱。
521	He got the medicine.	他得到了药。
522	He also used some of his own money to help them.	他还用自己的一些钱帮助他们.
523	So, you see, he collected money.	所以,你看,他收集钱。
524	When you collect money, you go around and you ask people,	当你收钱的时候,你绕过去问人们,
525	there was an earthquake or there was a disaster.	发生了地震或灾难。
526	Let's send money to them.	让我们给他们寄钱。
527	So, you go to different people.	所以,你会去不同的人。
528	You ask them for money.	你问他们钱。
529	You collect the money and then you send it to the people who need it.	你收钱然后寄给需要钱的人.
530	But, you also use your own money.	但你也用你自己的钱
531	So, there's two things, right?	所以,有两件事,对不对?
532	One, he got money from other people.	第一,他从别人那里得到了钱。
533	Two, he used his own money to help people.	二,他用自己的钱帮助人民.
534	So, maybe he used a lot of his own money, not just a little bit,	所以,也许他用了很多自己的钱, 不只是一点点,
535	but a lot of his own money to help other people.	但很多他自己的钱帮助别人。
536	On December 31st, probably same 1972, right, Roberto got on a plane.	12月31日,大概和1972年一样,对,罗伯托上了飞机.
537	Why?	为什么?
538	He was going to visit the people he had helped in the earthquake.	他要去拜访他在地震中帮助过的人.
539	But, there was a problem with the plane.	但飞机出了问题
540	And this should be a small w, right?	这应该是一个小W,对不对?
541	With the plane.	与飞机.
542	It crashed soon after taking off, okay?	起飞后不久坠毁,好吗?
543	So, that's very interesting there.	所以,这是非常有趣的。
544	On December 31st, Roberto got on a plane.	12月31日,罗伯托上飞机.
545	Where was he going?	他去哪了? 他现在在哪?
546	He was going to visit the people he had helped.	他要去拜访他帮助过的人
547	So, we don't know where the earthquake was.	所以,我们不知道地震在哪里。
548	Maybe it was in Puerto Rico.	也许在波多黎各
549	Maybe it was in Haiti.	也许是在海地
550	Maybe it was in California.	也许在加州
551	We don't know.	我们不知道。
552	But, he was going to go visit them.	但是,他打算去拜访他们。
553	Very sad story.	非常悲伤的故事。
554	He got on the plane to go visit these people to help them.	他上飞机去拜访这些人,帮助他们。
555	But, there was a problem with the plane.	但飞机出了问题
556	It crashed soon after taking off.	起飞后不久坠毁.
557	An airplane takes off and it lands.	飞机起飞降落
558	But, soon after the plane took off, there was a problem.	但是,飞机起飞后不久,就出现了问题.
559	The plane crashed.	飞机坠毁。
560	Many people died.	许多人丧生.
561	Roberto Clemente died.	罗伯托·克莱门特死了
562	He was one of those people who died in the plane crash that day.	他是那天在飞机失事中丧生的人之一.
563	Both a great baseball player and a great man were lost.	一个伟大的棒球手和一个伟大的男人都迷路了
564	This last sentence could be a little confusing.	最后一句可能有点混乱。
565	But, basically both.	但基本上都是这样
566	One, a great baseball player.	一,一个伟大的棒球运动员。
567	That's one.	就是这样
568	And two, a great man.	第二,一个伟大的人。
569	Sorry, a great man here, stop.	对不起,一个伟大的人在这里,停下来。
570	Two, were lost.	二,丢失。
571	So, it's one person.	所以,这是一个人。
572	Yes, it's one person.	是的,这是一个人。
573	But, we're describing that one person in two ways.	但是,我们正在描述一个人在两种方式。
574	We say, one, he's a great baseball player.	我们说,一,他是一个伟大的棒球运动员。
575	And two, he was a great man.	第二他是个好人
576	But, it's the same person.	但是,这是同一个人。
577	One person.	一个人
578	But, we can say both a great baseball player and a great man were lost.	但是,我们可以说,一个伟大的棒球运动员和一个伟大的人都失去了。
579	Okay?	好吗?
580	That's what he's saying there.	他就是这么说的
581	That's the sentence.	即此句义.
582	It's a little confusing, I know.	这有点混乱,我知道。
583	But, they're describing one person in two ways.	但是,他们描述一个人的方式有两种.
584	And, that's why they say both.	所以他们都这么说
585	Okay?	好吗?
586	It's a very sad story, too, when you think about it.	思惟时亦是甚悲.
587	He helped those people, right?	他帮了那些人,对吧?
588	And, he was going to go visit those people that he helped.	他要去拜访那些他帮助过的人
589	And, he died on the way.	而且,他在路上去世了。
590	Very, very sad story.	非常,非常悲伤的故事。
591	Okay, let's go over the reading comprehension questions.	好吧,让我们来看看阅读理解问题。
592	And, as always, the number one is this story is about what?	和往常一样,第一是这个故事是关于什么的?
593	Remember, we have to choose the best answer here, right?	记住,我们必须选择最好的答案,对不对?
594	So, this is kind of tricky.	所以,这有点棘手。
595	Be careful.	小心点
596	Because, we have A, a Puerto Rican.	因为,我们有一个波多黎各人。
597	B, a great man and baseball player.	B,一个伟大的人和棒球运动员。
598	C, a good athlete.	C,一个好运动员。
599	And, D, a quitter.	而且,D,一个退出者。
600	Now, the instruction is choose the best answer.	现在,指示是选择最好的答案。
601	And, that's important.	这很重要
602	Because, actually, A, B, and C are all possible answers, right?	因为,实际上,A,B,和C 都是可能的答案,对不对?
603	Because, what is the story about?	因为,是什么故事?
604	The story is about Roberto Clemente.	故事是关于罗伯托·克莱门特的.
605	What is Roberto Clemente?	罗伯托·克莱门特是什么?
606	Is he a Puerto Rican?	他是波多黎各人吗?
607	Yes, he's a Puerto Rican.	是的他是个波多黎各人
608	But, is the story about the fact that he's a Puerto Rican?	但是,他是一个波多黎各人的故事吗?
609	Did they focus on that characteristic about him in the story?	他们把注意力集中在他的故事里吗?
610	Did they talk about Puerto Rico and what Puerto Rico is like?	他们有没有谈论波多黎各和波多黎各是什么样子?
611	No, that was just a small part of the description of Roberto Clemente.	不,这只是罗伯托·克莱门特描述的一小部分。
612	It wasn't the main idea.	这不是主要的想法。
613	So, A isn't the best answer here.	所以,A不是这里最好的答案。
614	It's a possible answer, but it's not the best answer.	这是可能的答案,但这不是最好的答案.
615	Because, if we look at B, a great man and baseball player.	因为,如果我们看看B, 一个伟大的人和棒球运动员。
616	When we read the passage about Roberto Clemente, we saw, yes, he was a baseball player, yes.	当我们读到有关罗伯托·克莱门特的段落时,我们看到,是的,他是一个棒球运动员,是的。
617	But, he was also a great man.	但是,他也是一个伟大的人。
618	It talked about him being kind and helping people.	它谈到他善良和帮助别人。
619	Also, he never quit playing baseball.	而且,他从未停止打棒球。
620	Even though he had a hard time, he overcame his difficulties.	虽然他生活艰难,却克服了困难.
621	And, he was a very kind person.	他是个好人
622	Those things made him a great man.	那些东西让他成为一个伟大的人。
623	So, that's really what the story is about.	所以,这就是故事的内容。
624	That's the best answer, a great man and baseball player.	这是最好的答案, 一个伟大的人和棒球运动员。
625	That's the main idea about Roberto Clemente.	这是关于罗伯托·克莱门特的主要想法.
626	C, a good athlete.	C,一个好运动员。
627	Well, that's kind of similar to baseball player.	这跟棒球运动员差不多
628	Yes, Roberto Clemente was a good athlete.	是的罗伯托·克莱门特是个好运动员
629	That's a possible answer.	这是一个可能的答案。
630	But, it wasn't just about the fact that he was a great athlete.	但是,这不仅仅是一个事实他是一个伟大的运动员。
631	Remember, I talked about the fact that somebody has a big heart.	记住,我说过有人有一颗大心
632	Just because somebody is a great athlete or good at doing something, that doesn't make	只是因为某人是一个伟大的运动员或擅长做一些事情, 这并不能使
633	them a great man or a great person.	他们是一个伟大的人或一个伟大的人。
634	It's how big of a heart they have or what they do to help other people.	这是他们有多大的心脏或者他们做了什么来帮助其他人。
635	That makes them a great person.	这使得他们成为一个伟大的人。
636	So, it's not just a story about a good athlete.	所以,这不仅仅是一个关于一个好运动员的故事。
637	It's a story about a great man also.	这是一个关于一个伟大的人的故事。
638	Okay, so C is not the best answer.	好吧,所以C不是最好的答案。
639	D,D错了
640	The story is about a quitter.	故事是关于一个退出者.
641	Roberto Clemente was not a quitter.	罗伯托·克莱门特不是个退出者
642	He didn't quit.	他没有放弃。
643	He kept trying.	他一直在尝试。
644	So, D is obviously not correct.	D显然不正确
645	But you got to be careful.	但你必须小心。
646	A, B, and C are all true about Roberto Clemente.	A,B,C都是关于罗伯托·克莱门特的真话.
647	But the main idea is that Roberto Clemente was a great man and a great baseball player.	但主要想法是罗伯托·克莱门特是一位伟大的人和出色的棒球运动员.
648	So, that's the best answer for this question.	所以,这是这个问题的最好答案.
649	So, be careful.	所以,小心点。
650	It's kind of tricky, isn't it?	这有点棘手,不是吗?
651	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
652	Oh, this story is about a great man and a baseball player.	这个故事是关于一个伟大的人和一个棒球运动员的.
653	That's the right answer.	答对了.
654	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
655	Now, next one.	现在,下一个。
656	People liked Roberto because...	人们喜欢罗伯托,因为...
657	Why did people like Roberto?	为什么人们喜欢罗伯托?
658	In the reading passage, why did they like him?	在阅读段落中,他们为什么喜欢他?
659	A, because he was Puerto Rican, because he spoke Spanish, because he loved baseball,	A,因为他是波多黎各人, 因为他说西班牙语, 因为他爱棒球,
660	because he always told the truth.	因为他总是说实话
661	Which one is correct?	哪个对?
662	What did we see in the reading passage?	我们在读本上看到什么?
663	First is he was Puerto Rican.	第一,他是波多黎各人。
664	Actually, that was one of the reasons why people maybe treated Roberto differently.	事实上,这就是为什么人们可能对待罗伯托不同的原因之一。
665	Didn't treat him well because he was Puerto Rican.	因为他是波多黎各人所以对他不好
666	Not they liked him because he was Puerto Rican.	他们不喜欢他因为他是波多黎各人
667	People treated Roberto differently because he was Puerto Rican.	人们因为罗伯托是波多黎各人而对他区别对待.
668	Not liked him because he was Puerto Rican.	不喜欢他,因为他是波多黎各人。
669	That's not right.	这不对
670	They liked him because he spoke Spanish?	他们喜欢他因为他会说西班牙语?
671	No, that was one of the difficult things that he had to overcome, right?	不,那是他必须克服的困难之一,对吧?
672	They didn't like it that he spoke Spanish.	他们不喜欢他说西班牙语
673	He didn't speak English, so people didn't like him as much.	他不会说英语,所以人们不喜欢他.
674	People liked Roberto because he loved baseball?	人们喜欢罗伯托因为他喜欢棒球?
675	No, that's not really the reason why they liked him.	不这不是他们喜欢他的原因
676	The reading said that people liked Roberto because, one reason, he always told the truth.	阅读说人们喜欢罗伯托,因为,一个原因,他总是说实话.
677	Right?	对吧?
678	Actually, there were two reasons in the story.	实际上,故事有两个原因.
679	One, he worked hard and he was a good player.	第一,他努力工作,并是一个好球员。
680	That's one reason.	这是一个原因。
681	The second reason, he always told the truth.	第二个原因,他总是说实话。
682	So, D is the correct answer, right?	所以,D是正确的答案,对不对?
683	It's part of why people liked Roberto.	这是人们喜欢罗伯托的原因之一
684	It's one of the two reasons why people liked Roberto.	这是人们喜欢罗伯托的两个原因之一.
685	So, people liked Roberto because he always told the truth.	人们喜欢罗伯托因为他总是说实话
686	That's the answer.	这就是答案。
687	Okay, number three.	好吧,第三个。
688	Roberto often did what?	罗伯托经常做什么?
689	A, flew in airplanes.	A,飞在飞机上。
690	B, visited sick children.	B,探望生病的孩子。
691	C, spoke English.	C,说英语。
692	D, visited famous baseball players.	D,拜访了著名的棒球运动员.
693	Which one did he do often, according to the reading?	根据阅读,他经常做哪一个?
694	Did he fly in airplanes often?	他经常坐飞机吗?
695	No, not often.	不,不经常
696	The reading only says that Roberto took a plane once.	读物只说罗伯托坐过飞机一次
697	Now, it didn't say that he only took a plane once in his life,	现在,它没有说他只坐过飞机一次,
698	but the reading only mentions one time that Roberto took a plane.	但读物只提到一次罗伯托坐飞机
699	So, the reading didn't say that he took planes often.	所以,读数并没有说他经常乘飞机.
700	That's not the right answer because it was not mentioned in the reading passage.	这不是正确的答案,因为它在阅读段落中没有提到.
701	B, that he often visited sick children.	他经常去看病童
702	Well, actually, that's the answer, isn't it?	其实,这就是答案,不是吗?
703	Because we saw that Roberto was a kind person.	因为我们看到罗伯托是个好人
704	One of the examples they gave is that he often visited sick children in hospitals.	他们举的一个例子是,他经常到医院看病儿童。
705	So, that's the answer there.	所以,这就是答案。
706	Roberto often spoke English.	罗伯托经常说英语.
707	The reading passage didn't talk about that, right?	阅读段落没有谈到这一点,对不对?
708	Maybe he learned English later, but at the beginning, he spoke Spanish.	也许他后来学了英语,但一开始他讲西班牙语.
709	That's what the reading passage talked about.	诵经已说.
710	It didn't say anything about his ability to speak English later.	它没有说他以后会说英语的能力.
711	D, visited famous baseball players.	D,拜访了著名的棒球运动员.
712	That was not mentioned in the reading passage either.	阅读部分也没有提及这一点。
713	The reading passage said he often visited sick children.	阅读段落说,他经常去看病的孩子.
714	So, Roberto often visited sick children.	所以,罗伯托经常拜访生病的孩子.
715	That is the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
716	Okay, number four.	好吧,第四号。
717	When Roberto's plane crashed, he was what?	当罗伯托的飞机坠毁时他是什么?
718	What was he doing on the plane?	他在飞机上做什么?
719	Where was he going?	他去哪了? 他现在在哪?
720	What did the reading say?	读什么?
721	A, he was going to a baseball game.	一,他要去参加棒球比赛。
722	B, he was going to Puerto Rico.	他本来要去波多黎各的
723	C, he was playing baseball.	C,他在打棒球。。。
724	D, he was going to visit people he helped.	D,他要去拜访他帮助的人。
725	Why was he on the plane?	为什么他在飞机上?
726	Well, was he going to a baseball game?	他去参加棒球比赛吗?
727	No.	没有
728	Was he going to Puerto Rico?	他要去波多黎各吗?
729	No.	没有
730	Was he playing baseball?	他在打棒球吗?
731	Was he going to go play another baseball in another city in America?	他会去美国另一个城市打棒球吗?
732	No.	没有
733	D, was he going to visit people he helped?	D,他要去拜访他帮助过的人吗?
734	Yes.	对
735	That's what the reading said.	诵此经已.
736	And that's especially why this was so tragic and so ironic.	尤其这就是为什么这是如此悲惨和讽刺。
737	He was going to visit the people that he had helped,	他要去拜访他帮助过的人,
738	and the plane crashed and he died.	飞机坠毁,他死了。
739	That's terrible, right?	太可怕了,对吧?
740	It's very ironic.	这是非常讽刺的。
741	Of course, the fact that he died is a tragedy.	当然,他死了是个悲剧。
742	But it's even more of a tragedy that he was going to visit the people that he helped,	但更是一个悲剧他要去拜访他帮助的人,
743	and he died himself.	他自杀了
744	Right?	对吧?
745	So when Roberto's plane crashed, he was going to visit people he helped.	当罗伯托的飞机坠毁时他要去拜访他帮助过的人
746	That's why he was on the plane.	所以他才上飞机
747	He was going to go visit those people.	他本来要去拜访那些人的
748	OK.	摆
749	Let's sum up here.	总结一下
750	This is Roberto Clemente.	这是罗伯托克莱门特。
751	We can see a good picture.	我们可以看到一个很好的图片。
752	He looks like a kind and nice person.	他看起来是个好人
753	He was a great athlete.	他是一个伟大的运动员。
754	He was a good baseball player.	他是个好棒球手
755	He liked kids.	他喜欢孩子
756	He helped kids out a lot, and he helped other people.	他帮了孩子们很多他帮了别人
757	What can we say?	我们能说什么?
758	We can say he's a great baseball player.	我们可以说他是一个伟大的棒球运动员。
759	We don't know which team he played for.	我们不知道他为哪支队效力
760	It didn't say in the reading, but he was a great baseball player.	阅读时没有说,但他是一个出色的棒球运动员.
761	Also, he was also a great man with a big heart.	另外,他也是一位心胸宽广的伟人.
762	Remember, when somebody has a big heart, it doesn't mean size, literally.	记住,当一个人有一个大心脏, 它并不意味着大小,字面上。
763	It means how much they love other people.	这意味着他们有多爱别人。
764	How much do you love other people?	你有多爱别人?
765	How much do you help other people?	你帮别人多少?
766	How much do you give to other people?	你给别人多少钱?
767	If you give a lot, if you're a nice person, if you're a friendly person,	如果你付出了很多, 如果你是一个好人, 如果你是一个友好的人,
768	you're a generous person, then you have a big heart.	你是一个慷慨的人, 然后你有一个很大的心脏。
769	OK.	摆
770	That's what we mean.	这就是我们的意思。
771	And Roberto Clemente had a big heart, and it's very tragic that he died while	罗伯托·克莱门特有一颗大心他死的时候很悲惨
772	going to see the people that he had helped.	去看他帮助过的人
773	OK.	摆
774	That wraps it up for now.	现在就结束了
775	I hope you've learned not just about another great hero, but also a little	我希望你不仅学到了另一个伟大的英雄也学到了一点
776	bit about life as well.	有点关于生活。
777	OK.	摆
778	We'll take it easy here.	我们在这里放松点
779	You guys take it easy.	你们别紧张
780	We'll see you again next time.	下次再见
781	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 781 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P30 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p30 29. 29. Level C Lesson1 In a land before time (P30)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p30 29. 29. Level C Lesson1 In a land before time (P30)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 53:23

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello kids.	孩子们
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm your host, Brian Stewart.	我是你的主持人,布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:12	In this lesson,	在这个教训中,
0:13	we're starting a new level, level C, right?	我们开始一个新的关卡,C级,对不对?
0:17	And in level C, we're talking about a lot	在C级,我们谈论了很多
0:20	of different subjects.	不同主题。
0:22	We'll talk about science.	我们来谈谈科学
0:24	So some lessons will be about science.	因此,一些课程将涉及科学。
0:27	Some	有点

展开字幕全文（1333 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello kids.	孩子们
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm your host, Brian Stewart.	我是你的主持人,布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	In this lesson,	在这个教训中,
5	we're starting a new level, level C, right?	我们开始一个新的关卡,C级,对不对?
6	And in level C, we're talking about a lot	在C级,我们谈论了很多
7	of different subjects.	不同主题。
8	We'll talk about science.	我们来谈谈科学
9	So some lessons will be about science.	因此,一些课程将涉及科学。
10	Some	有点
11	lessons will be about social studies.	课程将涉及社会研究。
12	Some lessons will be about health.	一些课程将涉及健康。
13	So those are	这些是
14	important, right?	很重要,对吧?
15	Of course, they're all important.	当然,他们都很重要。
16	Fine arts will also be the subject of other	美术也会成为其他艺术的主题
17	lessons.	教训
18	Fine arts like painting and sculpture and artists, right?	美术如绘画、雕塑和艺术家,对吧?
19	Math, well, math is interesting.	数学是有趣的。
20	We can take a look at some lessons about math.	我们可以看看一些关于数学的教训。
21	And a new subject, entertainment.	还有一个新主题娱乐
22	So that	这样
23	will be interesting, too.	也会很有趣
24	Also, something new with level C is that some lessons will	还有,C级的新东西是一些教训
25	have short videos in them.	里面有短视频
26	So hopefully, that will be fun and interesting to look at those.	所以,希望,这将是有趣和有趣的看这些。
27	So shall we get started with lesson number one?	那么,我们应该开始第一课?
28	You bet.	当然
29	Let's get going.	我们走吧
30	Okay, number	好吧,号码
31	one, lesson one.	一,第一课。
32	We're talking about animals.	我们说的是动物
33	And our subject, of course, is science, right?	当然,我们的主题是科学,对吧?
34	Especially biology, the study of life.	特别是生物学,生命的研究.
35	So, animals, we're going to be looking at the	所以,动物们,我们要看着
36	name of the unit is In a Land Before Time.	单位名称为 " 时间之前的土地 " 。
37	Actually, the name of the lesson, In a Land	其实,这课的名字,在一块土地上
38	Before Time.	时前.
39	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
40	Well, think about it.	考虑一下吧
41	When was time thought of, right?	什么时候想到的对吧?
42	Human beings invented time.	人类发明了时间。
43	So this is like before humans, a long time ago.	这就像人类之前,很久以前。
44	The earth	尘土
45	is millions and millions and millions of years old.	百万亿岁。
46	Humans haven't always been on the earth.	人类并非总在人间
47	So what was the earth like?	地球是怎样的?
48	What kind of animals lived on the earth before human beings?	在人类之前地球上有什么样的动物?
49	So	这么说
50	in this lesson, we can learn about dinosaurs from their bones.	在这个教训中,我们可以从恐龙的骨骼中了解恐龙.
51	Because dinosaurs lived	因为恐龙活着
52	on the earth a long, long, long, long, long time before human beings came about.	在地球上, 长,长,长,长,长的时间人类来之前。
53	Okay?	好吗?
54	Let's take a look here.	我们来看看
55	We have a video for you.	我们有一个视频给你。
56	What exactly is a dinosaur?	什么是恐龙?
57	You probably	你也许
58	know what a dinosaur is, right?	知道恐龙是什么吗?
59	There's many television shows, animation shows and movies	有很多电视节目,动画节目和电影
60	about dinosaurs, right?	关于恐龙,对不对?
61	You've probably seen some of those.	你可能见过这些
62	Of course, a dinosaur is like	当然,恐龙就像
63	a big, terrible lizard, right?	一个大可怕的蜥蜴,对不对?
64	It looks like this.	看起来像这样
65	Oh my gosh, look at that.	哦,我的上帝,看看那个。
66	That's kind	好样的
67	of, oh my gosh, look at that.	哦,我的上帝, 看那个。
68	That's a huge dinosaur.	巨型恐龙
69	That's kind of scary, isn't it?	这有点可怕,不是吗?
70	Is he gone?	他走了吗?
71	Oh, he's still there.	哦,他还在那里。
72	Okay, he's gone.	好吧,他不见了。
73	We got rid of the dinosaur.	我们摆脱了恐龙。
74	Okay.	摆
75	Dinosaurs	恐龙
76	were really, really scary.	真的很,真的很吓人。
77	We're very, very lucky that there are no more dinosaurs because	我们非常,非常幸运没有更多的恐龙,因为
78	they're huge.	它们是巨大的。
79	Some dinosaurs were huge.	一些恐龙是巨大的。
80	We'll learn more about dinosaurs in this lesson.	我们将在此课中更多地了解恐龙.
81	Okay?	好吗?
82	But as we get started, of course, we need to learn some vocabulary.	但是,当我们开始,当然,我们需要学习一些词汇。
83	Let's take	开始吧
84	a look.	看着
85	The first vocabulary word, the definition, a hot, hot place with a lot of plants.	最早的词汇词"定义",是一个带有大量植物的炎热,炎热的地方.
86	So	这么说
87	if you think of a hot place, there are many plants there.	如果你想到一个热的地方, 那里有很多植物。
88	What do we call that type of	什么样的类型?
89	environment?	环境?
90	We say it is a jungle, a jungle.	我们说它是丛林,丛林。
91	And you can think if you go south or if you	你可以想,如果你去南方或者如果你
92	go to Southeast Asia, if you go to Vietnam, Thailand, the Philippines, those are very	去东南亚,如果你去越南,泰国,菲律宾, 这些非常
93	hot places.	热的地方。
94	There are many plants there.	那里有很多植物
95	They have many jungles in those places.	这些地方有很多丛林
96	A hot place	一个热的地方
97	with a lot of plants, jungle.	有很多植物丛林
98	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
99	Oh, this is the opposite of a jungle, right?	哦,这是相反的丛林,对不对?
100	It's very cold.	甚寒热.
101	There's a lot of snow on the ground.	地上积雪甚多.
102	But look at what happens when somebody	但看看当有人
103	walks across the snow.	过雪而行.
104	They're making marks.	他们正在做标记。
105	So this word is a mark made by a foot, right?	所以这个词是用脚做的,对吧?
106	When a person or an animal is walking in the snow, in the sand, in the mud, what do they	当一个人或动物在雪地,沙地,泥土中行走时,他们会怎样?
107	leave behind them?	离开他们?
108	They leave behind them a footprint, footprint, footprint.	他们留下了脚印,脚印,脚印。
109	This person	这个人
110	is leaving many footprints behind them.	留下许多脚印
111	Remember, footprint is singular, hana, right?	记住,脚印是单数的,哈娜,对不对?
112	If you	如果你们
113	say footprint, you mean hanaman.	说脚印,你是说哈纳曼
114	If you say footprints, you mean manayo, right?	你说脚印是指Manayo 对吧?
115	Many.	许多
116	So footprints.	所以脚印。
117	Be careful.	小心点
118	Sometimes students will make that mistake.	有时学生会犯这个错误。
119	Footprint is only	只有脚印
120	one.	一个
121	But you can't leave just one footprint, right?	但你不能只留下一个脚印对吧?
122	Unless you're jumping really far, right?	除非你跳得太远,对吧?
123	So you leave footprints behind you.	所以你留下脚印在你身后。
124	Next one.	下一个
125	Oh, what's this?	这是什么?
126	This looks very old, doesn't	这看起来很老了,不是吗?
127	it?	是吗?
128	This, of course, is the bone around your brain.	这当然是你的大脑的骨头
129	This is a person's head.	这是一个人的头。
130	Someone who	谁
131	died a long time ago.	很久以前就已经死了
132	仅存骨 bone.
133	Bones last for a long time.	骨气久长.
134	Skin, hair, organs, those things dissolve and they go away after somebody dies.	皮肤,头发,器官,这些东西会溶解,在有人死后就会消失.
135	But	不过
136	the bone stays for a long time.	骨头会留很久
137	So the bone around your brain, what do we call this bone?	那么,你的大脑周围的骨头, 我们怎么称呼这个骨头?
138	We call this bone a skull.	我们把这个骨头叫做头骨
139	Now that's a little hard to pronounce, right?	现在,这是有点难发音,对不对?
140	SK 和 LL 位于
141	end.	结束。
142	SK,SK,SK,和LL只是I. 因此,我们得到了U. Skull,头骨。
143	So we say that word	所以我们说这个词
144	as skull.	像头骨一样
145	Now, a lot of times when we see the skull, we think of death, right?	现在,很多时候当我们看到头骨, 我们想到死亡,对不对?
146	It's	这是
147	a symbol for death.	象征着死亡
148	You guys know pirates, right?	你们认识海盗吧?
149	The pirate flag is a skull and crossbones.	海盗旗是头骨和横骨.
150	What that means is they take two bones and they cross them, right?	那是什么意思,他们取了两根骨头越过它们,对不对?
151	Now, I'm not a very	现在,我不是一个非常
152	good artist, but I'll try to make a skull.	好艺术家,但我会试着做头骨。
153	Now, I'll just make the crossbones.	现在,我只是做交叉骨。
154	I can't	我不能这样
155	really draw a skull.	画得真像头骨
156	Am I doing okay?	我还好吗?
157	Yeah, I seem to be doing okay.	是啊,我看起来还不错。
158	It's kind of like	这有点像
159	a bone here, right?	骨头在这里,对不对?
160	So the crossbones.	故曰横骨.
161	So they'll have a flag and they'll have a skull	他们有旗帜,有头骨
162	on the top and they'll have crossbones.	在顶部,他们会有十字骨。
163	Skull and crossbones is a very common flag for pirates.	骷髅和横骨是海盗非常常见的旗帜.
164	If you see a pirate ship, they have a black flag and a white skull and crossbones on it.	如果你看到海盗船,他们有黑旗和白头骨,上面有横骨.
165	So skull is usually associated with death because pirates are bad guys, right?	所以头骨通常与死亡有关因为海盗是坏人,对不对?
166	Okay.	摆
167	Four.	四门.
168	The weather conditions in a certain place.	某个地方的天气状况.
169	So if you're talking about the weather	如果你说的是天气
170	conditions, it's hot and sunny or it's cold and snowy.	天气炎热阳光灿烂天气又冷又下雪
171	How do we, one word, how do we	我们如何,一个字,我们如何
172	describe those conditions with one word?	用一个字描述这些条件?
173	We say, what is the climate like?	我们说,气候是怎样的?
174	What is the	这是什么
175	climate, what is the climate like?	气候如何?
176	Right?	对吧?
177	It's very common if you're talking to a friend,	和朋友说话很常见
178	you make a friend on the internet or with email through your school or program and you	你在互联网上交朋友或者通过你的学校或程序用电子邮件和你
179	meet a friend in Africa and you want to exchange emails with that friend or you meet a friend	和朋友见面在非洲,你想交换电子邮件与朋友或者你遇到朋友
180	in Finland and you can ask them, what is the climate like in your country?	在芬兰,你可以问他们,贵国的气候如何?
181	The person in	人员在
182	Africa will probably say hot and humid.	非洲可能会说炎热潮湿。
183	The person in Finland will probably say cold and	在芬兰的人可能会说冷
184	snowy.	风雪。
185	So what are the weather conditions in a certain place?	某个地方的天气情况如何?
186	Okay.	摆
187	Number five.	五号
188	To	改为
189	continue to live.	继续活下去
190	If something continues to live, they endure, they survive, they live	如果有东西在继续生存, 他们忍受,他们生存,他们活着
191	survive, right?	幸存下来,对不对?
192	I can't say it without saying the word, right?	我不能不说这个词,对不对?
193	Survive.	生还.
194	That's a little	有点
195	difficult word to say.	很难说
196	Remember, survive.	记住,活下去。
197	It's two sounds.	二声闻.
198	One, two.	一两.
199	Survive.	生还.
200	So when you put them together, survive.	所以当你把它们拼在一起,生存下来。
201	One more time.	再来一次
202	Survive.	生还.
203	So survive means to continue	所以生存意味着继续
204	to live, not die.	活着,而不是死。
205	So if something doesn't die, it continues to live.	所以,如果有东西不死, 它继续活着。
206	And this is for	这是给
207	individuals but it's also for groups too, right?	个人,但也是为了群体,对吧?
208	Of course, individuals die all the	当然个人都会死
209	time but groups of animals might survive for a very long time, okay?	时间,但一群动物可能会存活很长一段时间,好吗?
210	Six.	六门.
211	Interesting and	有意思,还有
212	special.	特别
213	Very interesting, very special city.	非常有趣非常特别的城市
214	Very beautiful city, right?	非常美丽的城市,对不对?
215	What do we say?	怎么样?
216	It's remarkable.	这很了不起。
217	Now this is a long word, right?	这话真长,对吧?
218	Re-mar-ca-ble.	复次马迦宝.
219	If you're going to split	如果你们要分开
220	it up into sounds, you get one, two, three, four.	它会发出声音,你得到一,二,三,四。
221	So four syllables.	故四音节.
222	Re-mar-ca-ble.	复次马迦宝.
223	Remarkable.	显可观.
224	And you know, remark, you probably put it there too.	说不定你也会放在那里
225	Remark.	记曰.
226	You don't have to say mar.	你不必说马尔。
227	Re-mar-ca-ble.	复次马迦宝.
228	But you know, it depends on how you pronounce it.	但你知道,这取决于你怎么发音。
229	So you can say, if you	所以,你可以说,如果你
230	put them all together, it sounds re-mar-ca-ble.	把它们放在一起,听起来很正常
231	Re-mar-ca-ble.	复次马迦宝.
232	Okay, one more time.	好吧,再来一次。
233	Re-mar-ca-ble.	复次马迦宝.
234	Interesting and special.	有趣又特别
235	Okay, let's move on to number seven.	好吧,让我们继续到第七。
236	To keep from	远离
237	being ruined.	被毁了
238	Of course, if you leave food open to the air, it will begin to smell.	当然,如果你把食物留给空气,它就会开始闻到。
239	It	这个
240	will go bad.	会很糟的
241	But you want to keep it from being ruined.	但你想防止它被破坏
242	You want to keep it in its original	你想保持原样
243	state or close to its original state.	状态或接近其原始状态。
244	What do you do?	你们是做什么的?
245	You pre-serve it.	汝当预置.
246	Pre-serve.	预供养.
247	So	这么说
248	again, we have two sounds.	再说一遍,我们有两个声音
249	Pre-serve.	预供养.
250	Now this looks like serve, but don't say pre-serve.	现在这看起来像是服务, 但不要说预先服务。
251	Say pre-serve.	说前戒.
252	Pre-serve.	预供养.
253	Okay, and that is a verb.	好吧,这是一个动词。
254	To keep something from being ruined.	以防被破坏的东西。
255	To pre-serve something.	以预留物.
256	So you are going to keep it in the original state so it doesn't	所以你要保持原来的状态这样就不会了
257	get old.	变老
258	If you want to keep food for a long time, you put it in a can.	若欲久留粮,置于罐中.
259	You pre-serve it.	汝当预置.
260	So you can eat it two months later, four months later, maybe even a year later.	两个月后,四个月后,甚至一年后,你可以吃它。
261	But even food	但连食物
262	in a can, you can't keep it forever, right?	在罐子里,你不能永远留着它,对不对?
263	You got to eat it sometime because it will	你总得吃它,因为它会
264	get ruined after a certain amount of time.	过了一段时间就毁了
265	But you can pre-serve it for a long time in	但你可以预先保存一段时间
266	a can.	一个罐头。
267	Eight.	八个。
268	Well, it's a strange looking animal, right?	这是一个奇怪的动物,对不对?
269	What animal is this?	这是什么动物?
270	Do you	你会吗?
271	know?	知道吗?
272	Maybe you learned from history or from lessons in school.	也许你从历史或学校的课程中吸取了教训。
273	What's wrong with this	这是怎么回事
274	pen?	笔?
275	Oh, here we go.	来了
276	Dodo.	渡户.
277	It's a dodo bird.	杜鹃鸟.
278	Have you heard of the dodo bird before?	你听说过渡渡鸟吗?
279	The	那个
280	dodo bird, well that's weird.	渡渡鸟,真奇怪
281	The dodo bird went extinct.	渡渡鸟灭绝了
282	And that's our word.	这是我们的保证。
283	Extinct.	灭度.
284	So when people think of the word extinct, it's very common to think of the dodo bird.	因此,当人们想到这个词已经灭绝时,想到渡渡鸟是非常常见的.
285	It's a very famous bird that died when human beings came to the island where it lived.	这是一种非常有名的鸟类,当人类来到它所居住的岛屿时死亡.
286	Extinct means no longer in existence.	灭度表示不再存在.
287	The human beings killed all the dodo birds.	人类杀死了所有的渡渡鸟
288	And	还有
289	they brought dogs with them.	他们带了狗来
290	The dogs also hunted the birds.	犬亦猎鸟.
291	So in a very short time,	所以在很短的时间内
292	all the dodo birds went extinct.	所有渡渡鸟都灭绝了
293	So we can use the word go.	这样我们就可以用这个词去。
294	It's past tense, right?	这是过去紧张,对不对?
295	To	改为
296	go extinct, the dodo bird went extinct.	渡渡鸟灭绝了
297	Past tense.	过去的紧张。
298	Okay?	好吗?
299	No longer in existence is extinct.	已经不存在了
300	And many animals have become extinct over the history of the earth.	而许多动物在地球历史上已经灭绝.
301	The earth's history	地球的历史
302	is very, very, very, very long.	非常,非常,非常,非常长。
303	And many animals have gone extinct.	许多动物已经灭绝。
304	Many types of animals.	许多种类的动物.
305	Nine.	九门.
306	Sometimes, of course, animals will leave evidence that they existed and that evidence	当然,有时动物会留下证据证明它们的存在和证据
307	is their remains.	是他们的遗体。
308	Their remains.	他们的遗体。
309	What is left behind?	还剩下什么?
310	The remains of an animal or plant.	动物或植物的遗骸.
311	So it's an animal or a plant.	故曰动物或植物.
312	Not just animal, but also plants leave remains and you can	不仅是动物,还有植物留下的遗迹你可以
313	find them in the rocks.	在岩石中找到它们。
314	Usually the animal or plant dies in mud and the mud is compressed	通常动物或植物在泥土中死亡,泥土被压缩
315	under pressure and that mud becomes rock.	在压力下泥土变成岩石
316	Well, the imprint, the imprint of the animal's	动物的印记
317	body or the plant's body is left or made into the rock.	身体或植物的身体被留下或制成岩石.
318	And these are very neat if	这些很整洁,如果
319	you find them.	你找到他们。
320	What am I talking about?	我在说什么?
321	I'm talking about fossils.	我今说化石.
322	Very cool.	慌
323	Very neat	不错
324	if you find a fossil in the rock.	如果你在岩石中找到一个化石。
325	So next time you're in the country, next time you're	所以,下一次你在国内,下一次你
326	in walking through the mountains or walking through a field and you see some interesting	穿过山或穿过田野你可以看到一些有趣的东西
327	rocks, take a look at them.	岩石,看看它们。
328	See if you can find any fossils.	看看能不能找到任何化石
329	Who knows?	谁知道呢?
330	Maybe you'll	也许你会
331	find an interesting fossil.	找到一个有趣的化石。
332	Okay, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
333	This one is to be present in a place.	此是现身处处.
334	This	这个
335	is a picture.	是一个图片。
336	It looks like Mars.	它看起来像火星。
337	Of course, many scientists have been wondering if water	当然,许多科学家一直在想水是不是
338	exists on Mars.	存在于火星上。
339	So if water is present in a place, like water is on Mars, then it's	所以,如果水存在于一个地方, 像水在火星上,那么它是
340	on Mars.	在火星上。
341	Then water exists on Mars.	然后水存在于火星上。
342	And of course, we now know that at the North Pole	当然,我们现在知道在北极
343	and the South Pole, you can't see it because Mars is tilted like this.	和南极,你看不到它因为火星是这样倾斜的。
344	You can't see the	你看不见
345	South Pole.	南极报.
346	But at the North Pole, there's frozen water, ice, right?	但在北极,有冰冻的水,冰,对不对?
347	So there is water.	所以这里有水
348	Water does exist on Mars, okay?	火星上有水,好吗?
349	Number 11, a small plant with many branches.	11号,一个有多个分支的小植物.
350	So these	所以这些
351	are very common.	这是很常见的。
352	We see these around buildings and in parks.	我们在建筑周围和公园里看到这些
353	People like to grow them because	人们喜欢种它们,因为
354	they form like a small wall so people don't go over it.	他们形成一个小墙这样人们就不会翻过它。
355	Of course, we call it a bush.	当然,我们称之为灌木丛。
356	Now, of course, these are little bushes.	当然,这些是小灌木丛。
357	A lot of bushes in a line you call a hedge.	很多灌木丛在一行你称之为篱笆。
358	And this is like a hedge.	这就像一个篱笆。
359	It's a line of bushes that people will make in a park or near a	这是人们在公园里或附近制造的树丛
360	building to, you know, like a little small little wall.	就像小墙一样
361	But there's as many bushes.	但灌木丛也一样多.
362	A	页:1
363	small plant with many branches, we call it a bush, not a tree, right?	小植物有很多树枝我们称之为树丛不是树对吧?
364	We can say there's	我们可以说有
365	like two main types of plants we can see easily.	就像我们很容易看到的两种主要的植物
366	One is a tree.	一者为树.
367	Of course, a tree grows very	当然,一棵树长得很长
368	big.	大块头
369	I got a mushroom cloud here.	这里有蘑菇云
370	Okay, that's a tree.	好吧,那是棵树。
371	And then, of course, you have a little	然后,当然,你有一点
372	bush.	灌木丛
373	So a bush and a tree, right?	灌木和树,对吗?
374	So we talk about bushes and we talk about trees.	所以我们谈论灌木和树木。
375	Those	这些
376	are the two main types of plants.	是两种主要的植物类型。
377	Of course, you have other types, but usually we see trees	当然,你还有其他类型, 但通常我们看到树
378	and bushes.	还有灌木丛
379	Number 12, a climbing plant.	12号是攀登植物
380	This is another type of plant.	这是另一种类型的植物.
381	A climbing plant,	一个攀登植物,
382	what does it mean?	这是什么意思?
383	A plant that climbs?	攀爬的植物吗?
384	Yes, because these branches are long, thin branches	是的,因为这些树枝很长很薄
385	and the stems, right?	和茎,对不对?
386	You can say a branch is like a tree branch.	能说树枝如树枝.
387	It's very thick.	甚为浓厚.
388	It's	这是
389	very strong.	非常强壮。
390	But some plants are very, they have arms or branches that are very small	但有些植物非常, 它们有手臂或树枝非常小
391	and they're very, they're not strong.	他们非常, 他们不强壮。
392	You can bend them.	你可以弯曲它们。
393	And we call those stems, okay?	我们称这些茎,好吗?
394	So long, thin stems.	再见,薄的茎。
395	And this is a plant with long, thin stems that grow and climb up walls.	这是一种长而薄的茎状植物, 它生长和爬上墙壁。
396	So it's a climbing plant.	故为攀枝花植物.
397	We call it a vine.	我们称之为藤条。
398	So on some very old buildings, especially	所以,在一些非常古老的建筑,特别是
399	old brick buildings, you can see that they're covered with a green plant because the plant,	旧的砖木建筑,你可以看到它们被绿色的植物覆盖着,因为植物,
400	it's called a vine, has grown up and they hook.	叫做藤子,长大后就钩上了
401	It's got little hooks on the stems and	它的茎上有小钩子
402	they hook onto the wall and they climb up the wall.	他们挂在墙上然后爬上墙
403	Very nice looking, very neat.	很漂亮,非常整洁。
404	13,	13号,
405	to wind together.	风一起。
406	So if you take some dead branches, some stems, and you wind them together	所以,如果你拿一些枯枝, 一些树枝,你吹它们在一起
407	like this, what are you doing?	像这样,你在做什么?
408	It's a verb, to twist, to wind together.	其动词,以曲曲,以风合.
409	You can wind plants	风能吹植物
410	together.	一起来
411	You can wind your, I'm too old.	你可以吹你的,我太老了。
412	I can't do it.	我办不到
413	You can wind your arms together,	你可以一起转动手臂
414	right?	对吧?
415	You can wind rope together.	你们可以一起吹绳子
416	You can wind or you can twist many things.	你可以风或可以扭动很多东西。
417	So you	这么说你
418	can twist your arms.	可以扭动你的手臂。
419	You can twist rope.	你可以扭绳子
420	You can twist your hair.	你可以扭动你的头发。
421	You can twist something	你可以扭东西
422	together or to wind together.	在一起,或者一起风。
423	14, oh, he's having a lot of fun, isn't he?	14,哦,他玩得很开心,不是吗?
424	Don't you wish	你不要这样
425	you could have fun like that?	你能玩得开心吗?
426	Well, you can, but don't tell your mom I told you to go out	好吧,你可以,但不要告诉你妈妈我让你出去
427	and play in the mud, okay?	和玩在泥,好吗?
428	Wet dirt.	湿土.
429	Of course, I just said it.	当然,我只是说。
430	It's mud.	泥'.
431	And sometimes in	有时候,在
432	Korea, I forgot where it was.	韩国,我忘了它在哪里。
433	I'm not sure the name.	我不确定这个名字
434	I'm a little worried if I mispronounce	我有点担心我发错音
435	it.	这个
436	It's Boryeong Mud Festival.	宝应泥节.
437	Is that right?	是吗?
438	Yeah.	对
439	In Korea, you have a mud festival at	在韩国,你有一个泥巴节
440	Boryeong.	博荣.
441	Boryeong-si or Boryeong place.	博林西还是博林西
442	I'm not sure.	我不太确定说不定
443	But many people will go there and	但很多人会去那里
444	they'll play in the mud, right?	他们会在泥土里玩,对吧?
445	During the summer, it's a nice thing to do.	夏至时,宜 do之.
446	It's cool	没关系
447	and it's wet.	湿透了
448	So people, you know, it's kind of like water, playing in the water.	所以人们,你知道, 它有点像水, 在水中玩。
449	So it's	所以这是
450	mud and people will play in it.	泥和人会在里面玩
451	People will throw it at each other.	人们会把它扔彼此。
452	Of course, normally,	当然,通常
453	don't step in it because if you're wearing nice clothes, your mother will get angry if	不要踩进去因为如果你穿好衣服你妈妈会生气的
454	you get mud on your clothes.	衣服上沾满了泥
455	Okay.	摆
456	Next word.	下一个字。
457	An animal that lived long ago, but is now	很久以前就已经是动物了
458	extinct.	灭绝。
459	Ah, that's one of the words we learned before.	啊,这是我们以前学到的一句话
460	Extinct.	灭度.
461	It doesn't exist anymore.	它已经不存在了。
462	It's gone.	不见了
463	It did not survive.	它没有存活下来。
464	And of course, we saw this animal before, right?	当然,我们以前见过这个动物,对吧?
465	The video	视频
466	that I was scared of before.	我之前害怕过
467	That's a scary animal, right?	那是个可怕的动物,对吧?
468	Of course, it is a dinosaur.	当然是恐龙
469	It's an animal that lived long ago, but is now extinct.	该属动物生存时间较长,但现已灭绝.
470	It doesn't exist anymore.	它已经不存在了。
471	Because	因为
472	if it did, we would be in big danger.	如果有的话,我们就会有大危险
473	There would be too many of them.	会有太多的。
474	Dinosaur.	恐龙.
475	Three words.	三说.
476	Three sounds.	三声.
477	Dinosaur.	恐龙.
478	It looks like dinosaur, but we say dinosaur.	它看起来像恐龙,但我们说恐龙。
479	Dinosaur.	恐龙.
480	Okay.	摆
481	Some people can say dinosaur, but most common it's dinosaur.	有些人可以说恐龙,但最常见的是恐龙.
482	Dinosaur.	恐龙.
483	Okay.	摆
484	Another	又一个
485	word here.	这里的单词。
486	A place where you can see many important things.	你可以看到很多重要东西的地方
487	So, if you want to learn	所以,如果你想学习
488	about things that existed a long, long time ago, or things that exist now, but usually	很久以前存在的东西或现在存在的东西
489	they're from history and people will take them and display them in certain buildings.	他们来自历史人们会把他们带到某些建筑物里展示
490	What is that building called?	那栋楼叫什么?
491	It's called a museum.	它被称为博物馆.
492	Museum.	博物馆.
493	A place where you	一个你的地方
494	can see many important things.	可以看到很多重要的东西。
495	So, here we see things from ancient Egypt, right?	所以,这里我们看到的东西从古埃及,对不对?
496	A long	长
497	time ago.	很久以前的事了说吧
498	We can see the mummies, right?	我们可以看到木乃伊,对不对?
499	And you can see mummies in a museum.	你可以在博物馆里看到木乃伊。
500	You can see	你看见了
501	things from your country that existed a long time ago in a museum.	来自你国家的东西很久以前就存在于博物馆里
502	In natural museums,	在自然博物馆,
503	natural history museums, we can see animals that existed a long time ago in natural history	自然历史博物馆,我们可以看到动物在自然历史中存在了很久
504	museums.	博物馆。
505	Okay.	摆
506	Let's go over exercise here.	我们来练习一下
507	The first exercise has to do with antonyms.	第一种运动与蚁名有关.
508	Antonym.	安东尼
509	What is an antonym?	什么是蚁名?
510	Antonym means, oh, let's draw that line here a little bit	安东尼的意思是,哦,让我们在这里划线一点点
511	more slowly.	慢慢来。
512	Antonym means words that have opposite.	安东尼的意思是相反的词。
513	Opposite.	对面
514	Opposite meaning.	对曰.
515	It's	这是
516	like pandero, right?	喜欢山鸡,对不对?
517	Pandero.	潘德罗.
518	Opposite meaning.	对曰.
519	Antonym.	安东尼
520	So, our instruction, our direction	所以,我们的指示,我们的方向
521	is match the words in the box here with their antonyms listed below.	将框中的单词与下面列出的方言相匹配。
522	So, these words are	所以,这些话是
523	the opposite of these words.	与这些话相反。
524	That's what we have to do.	这就是我们必须做的。
525	We have to match the opposites.	得相应逆.
526	Okay?	好吗?
527	The words are preserved, right?	词被保存下来了,对吧?
528	We learned the word preserve.	我们学会了保存这个词。
529	We learned that it was	我们得知,这是
530	a verb.	一个动词。
531	So, now it's used with an ed.	所以,现在它与一个编。
532	So, it's past tense like preserved.	所以,它是过去紧张像保存。
533	They have	他们有
534	been preserved.	被保留下来。
535	Next one.	下一个
536	Jungle.	丛林.
537	Next one.	下一个
538	Survive.	生还.
539	Survive means	生存意味着
540	and last one extinct.	最后一个灭绝。
541	Extinct.	灭度.
542	Okay.	摆
543	What are the opposites of these words?	这些话有什么相反之处?
544	Number one	一号
545	is alive.	还活着。
546	What is the opposite meaning of alive?	活着的反义是什么?
547	Something that is not alive anymore.	不再活着的东西
548	It's dead and maybe all of them are dead.	它死了也许他们都死了
549	Then we can say extinct.	那我们可以说灭绝了
550	If they're extinct,	如果它们灭绝了
551	they're dead.	他们死了。
552	They're gone.	他们走了
553	No more.	没有了。
554	But if they're alive, they continue to exist.	但如果他们还活着,他们就继续存在.
555	Okay.	摆
556	Next one.	下一个
557	Desert.	沙漠。沙漠。
558	What is a desert?	什么是沙漠?
559	A desert is a hot place, but it has no plants.	沙漠是炎热的地方,但它没有植物。
560	No plants	没有植物
561	grow in a desert.	在沙漠里生长
562	It's just dirt or just sand.	即是尘土或只是沙.
563	There's no plants.	没有植物
564	So, what's the opposite	那么,什么是相反的
565	of a desert?	沙漠吗?
566	We could say it's a jungle because a jungle has many, many plants.	我们可以说是丛林因为丛林有很多植物
567	There's a	有一个
568	lot of water in the jungle.	丛林里有很多水
569	There is no water in the desert or very little water in the	沙漠里没有水沙漠里几乎没有水
570	desert.	沙漠沙漠沙漠
571	Three.	三个
572	Die.	死吧死吧死吧死吧死吧
573	So, that's a sad word, right?	所以,这是一个悲伤的词,对不对?
574	Die.	死吧死吧死吧死吧死吧
575	So, what's the opposite of die?	那么,什么是相反的死亡?
576	If something dies, right, it doesn't what?	如果有东西死了,对不对?
577	It doesn't survive any longer.	它已经无法生存了
578	It's not alive,	它不活着,
579	right?	对吧?
580	By the way, die and alive, those are also antonyms, aren't they?	顺便说一句,死活,这些也是蚁名,不是吗?
581	Die and survive	死亡和生存
582	are also antonyms.	也是蚁名。
583	Okay.	摆
584	The last one here.	最后一个在这里。
585	Ruined.	毁之.
586	If something is ruined, it's been	如果有东西被破坏,它已经
587	spoiled, it has changed from its original condition.	被宠坏,它已经从原来的状态改变。
588	But if you keep something in the	但是,如果你保留的东西
589	original condition, it doesn't change.	原条件,不变.
590	You have preserved it.	你保存下来了
591	It's not ruined.	不毁不灭.
592	It is	没错
593	preserved.	保存下来。
594	It's not ruined.	不毁不灭.
595	It's preserved.	保存完好.
596	Okay.	摆
597	So, those are the antonyms, the opposite	所以,这些是蚁名,相反的
598	meaning of these words.	这些词的意义。
599	Now, our next exercise is talking about synonyms, right?	现在,我们的下一个练习是谈论同义词,对不对?
600	Before we	在我们之前
601	talked about antonyms, now we're going to talk about synonyms.	说到同义词,现在要谈同义词.
602	What does synonyms mean?	同义词是什么意思?
603	Synonym is same.	同义亦复如是.
604	The same meaning.	同一义.
605	So, a synonym is a word or two words that have the same	因此,一个同义词是一个或两个词,有相同的
606	or similar.	或类似。
607	비슷한데요.
608	Maybe not 똑같대요, but 비슷한데요.	也许不是,但是...
609	Okay.	摆
610	So, maybe not exactly	所以,也许不完全
611	the same, but similar meanings.	相同但含义相似
612	Same meanings.	同一义.
613	Match the words in the box with their synonyms	将框中的单词与其同义词匹配
614	listed below.	下文列出。
615	So, these words in the box, we need to match them with the word that has	因此,这些字在盒子里, 我们需要匹配它们与这个词有
616	the same or similar meaning.	同样或类似的意义。
617	Similar.	类似
618	So, same or similar meaning.	所以,相同或类似的意义.
619	Okay.	摆
620	So, synonyms	所以,同义词
621	Okay.	摆
622	Let's look at the words in the box first.	先看盒子里的话
623	We have skull.	我们有头骨
624	Next word, footprints.	下一个词,脚印。
625	The next word is remarkable.	下句显相.
626	The next one is climate.	下一个是气候。
627	Okay.	摆
628	Now, we have to match these	现在,我们必须匹配这些
629	words in the box to the same or similar meanings of these words here.	框中的单词对此处这些单词的相同或类似含义。
630	The first word is amazing.	初句显妙.
631	It's really amazing.	这真的很惊人。
632	It amazes you.	这让你吃惊。
633	It impresses you.	让你印象深刻
634	It's really exceptional.	真的很特别
635	What do we say	怎么样
636	is a similar meaning?	意思类似吗?
637	We would say, of course, remarkable.	我们当然可以说是了不起的。
638	Remarkable is similar to amazing.	令人瞩目的是惊人的。
639	If you think, wow, that's amazing, it is remarkable.	如果你认为,哇,这是惊人的, 这是显著的。
640	Okay.	摆
641	The similar meaning.	相似之义.
642	Number two is head.	二是头.
643	Okay.	摆
644	So, head, not the same meaning, but similar meaning for head.	所以,头,不是同一种意义,而是对头的相似意义.
645	What's in your head?	你脑子里有什么?
646	Right?	对吧?
647	What is that bone there?	那是什么骨头?
648	We could say it's the skull.	我们可以说这是头骨。
649	So, skull isn't the same as	所以,头骨是不一样的
650	head, but it is similar.	头,但它相似。
651	Similar.	类似
652	Skull and head are similar.	骷髅和头部相似.
653	Three, weather.	三,气象.
654	So, we're	所以,我们
655	talking about the weather in a certain place, especially.	谈论天气在某个地方,特别是。
656	We're talking about what.	我们在谈论什么。
657	What	什麽?
658	word has to do with weather?	和天气有关?
659	Of course, this word means weather.	当然,这个词的意思是天气。
660	Climate.	气候
661	So, climate.	所以,气候。
662	Weather is climate.	天气为气候.
663	Okay.	摆
664	The last one is marks.	最后一个是标记。
665	Now, when we learn this word in the	现在,当我们学到这个词
666	vocabulary, we said marks that are left by feet.	词汇,我们说标记留下的脚。
667	Right?	对吧?
668	If somebody's walking along,	如果有人走过来
669	especially in the snow or the sand, they leave marks in the snow or the sand.	特别是在雪地或沙子中它们会在雪地或沙子中留下痕迹
670	What do we	我们该怎么办?
671	call those marks?	这些标记?
672	We call those marks, right here, footprints.	我们称这些标记,就在这里,脚印。
673	Right?	对吧?
674	Sorry.	对不起
675	We call them	我们叫他们
676	footprints.	脚印
677	Okay.	摆
678	So, marks are footprints that we leave behind us by our feet.	因此,标记是我们脚后留下的脚印。
679	Okay.	摆
680	Well, that wraps up the vocabulary section.	词汇部分就结束了
681	We're going to take a short break here.	我们在这里休息一下
682	We'll	我们会的
683	come back and look at the reading.	复来观读.
684	So, don't go away.	所以,不要走开。
685	Okay.	摆
686	Let's go over the reading together.	我们一起看书吧
687	As you know, we're talking about dinosaurs in this unit.	如你所知,我们说的是这个单位的恐龙.
688	So, this reading will be talking	所以,这个阅读会说话
689	about dinosaurs.	关于恐龙。
690	Of course, like I said, dinosaurs lived a long, long time ago in a land before	当然,正如我所说,恐龙在很久以前就生活在一块土地上
691	time, before human beings started recording time or recording history.	在人类开始记录时间或记录历史之前
692	So, what was the	那么,这是什么
693	Earth like 200 million years ago?	两亿年前的地球?
694	200 million years?	2亿年?
695	I can't even think about that.	我甚至不能想到这一点。
696	That's	这是
697	too much.	太过分了
698	But it's really interesting.	但是这真的很有趣。
699	200 million years ago.	2亿年前.
700	How many zeros is that?	这是多少零?
701	That's 200.	这是200。
702	Then we have million.	那我们就有百万了。
703	Oh, my gosh.	天呐
704	Look at how many zeros I'm writing.	看看我写了多少零
705	200 million	2亿
706	years ago.	数年前.
707	It's a long time.	久服轻身.
708	Especially, think about this.	特别是,想想这个。
709	Human beings, our ancestors, humans	人类,我们的祖先,人类
710	have only been on the Earth for 200,000 years, about 200,000 years.	在地球上只有20万年,大约20万年。
711	So, 200,000 years, that's	所以,20万年,这就是
712	even too much for me to think about.	甚至让我无法思考
713	Can you think about that?	你能考虑一下吗?
714	That's a long time.	那是很长一段时间。
715	It's	这是
716	even hard for us to think about 1,000 years.	甚至很难想到1000年
717	We kind of can because we know what happened	因为我们知道发生了什么
718	1,000 years ago, 2,000 years ago, 3,000 years ago.	一千年前,两千年前,三千年前。
719	We don't know much.	我们不太了解
720	4,000?	四千块?
721	No.	没有
722	200,000?	20万吗?
723	We have no idea.	我们不知道
724	200 million?	2亿?
725	That's really long.	这真的很长。
726	It's almost impossible to think about	这几乎不可能想到
727	how long ago that was.	什么时候的事了
728	We just know it's a really, really long time ago.	我们只是知道这是很长一段时间前的事了
729	Well, 200 million	2亿
730	years ago, what was the Earth like?	几年前,地球是怎样的?
731	A long, long, long, long time before human beings	人类的远征
732	were on the Earth.	是在地球上。
733	Well, the Earth had warm weather.	地球有温暖的天气
734	The weather was warm, and there was	天气很温暖,有
735	plenty of rain.	到处都是雨
736	So, sounds good, right?	听起来不错吧?
737	It's warm, maybe not a lot of snow, but there's	暖和,也许不是很多雪,但有
738	a lot of rain.	时雨甚多.
739	A lot of rain came down.	降下许多雨.
740	Of course, when it's warm and there's a lot of	当然,当它的温暖和有很多
741	rain, what happens?	下雨,发生什么事?
742	You get tall trees, thick bushes, and twisting vines grow.	树木高大,树丛茂密,藤蔓繁茂
743	So, warm	所以,温暖
744	weather, lots of rain, a lot of different plants will grow in these jungles because	许多不同的植物会生长在这些丛林中因为...
745	remember, warm or hot with a lot of plants, that's a jungle.	记住,温暖或热与许多植物, 这是一个丛林。
746	So, there were many jungles	所以,有很多丛林
747	on Earth 200 million years ago.	2亿年前的地球
748	In these jungles, remarkable creatures appeared.	在这些丛林中,非凡的生物出现了.
749	So, in these	所以,在这些
750	jungles, of course, the remarkable creatures we're talking about are these, and we'll see	丛林,当然, 我们谈论的非凡生物是这些,我们会看到
751	that on the next slide.	下一个幻灯片。
752	But, in these jungles, remarkable creatures could grow.	但是,在这些丛林中,非凡的生物可以生长.
753	They had	他们有
754	a lot of plants to eat.	有很多植物要吃
755	For about 150 million years, dinosaurs, dinosaurs were the remarkable	大约1.5亿年来,恐龙,恐龙都是最了不起的
756	creatures.	众生.
757	They were amazing creatures, as we will see in this reading passage.	它们是惊人的生物, 正如我们在阅读的段落中所看到的。
758	So, for	所以,为了
759	about 150 million years, dinosaurs ruled the Earth.	大约1.5亿年,恐龙统治着地球.
760	Let's just go through the reading real	我们来好好读读
761	quick.	快点
762	Some of these four-legged animals were 17 meters tall.	这些四足动物中有些高17米.
763	They could eat the leaves	他们可以吃叶子
764	off the top of a tree.	离树顶.
765	The heaviest dinosaurs weighed as much as 20 elephants.	最重的恐龙重达20头大象
766	Others, however,	然而,另一些国家,
767	were no bigger than chickens, right?	比鸡还大对吧?
768	Small.	小一点
769	So, what we see here is that 150 million years	因此,我们看到的是1.5亿年
770	ago, right?	之前,对不对?
771	So, about 200 million years ago, this is what the Earth was like.	因此,大约2亿年前,地球就是这样。
772	During about	在大约
773	50 million years, dinosaurs started to appear, and there were many different creatures.	5000万年,恐龙开始出现,有多种不同的生物.
774	Many	许多
775	of them were four-legged.	他们中有四条腿。
776	They had four legs, as we can see here.	他们有四条腿,我们可以看到这里。
777	Four legs, four legs,	四条腿四条腿
778	four legs.	四条腿
779	This one, you can't see.	这个,你看不见。
780	It only had two legs, the Tyrannosaurus rex.	它只有两条腿,暴龙雷克斯。
781	The other	另一个
782	two legs were like arms, and some of them had claws on there.	两条腿就像手臂, 其中一些有爪子在那里。
783	They were very dangerous.	他们很危险
784	So, some dinosaurs had two legs, but many dinosaurs had four legs, four-legged animals.	因此,一些恐龙有两条腿,但许多恐龙有四条腿,四条腿的动物.
785	17 meters tall?	17米高吗?
786	Oh my gosh, that's so high, right?	哦,我的上帝,这是如此高,对不对?
787	That's like a building.	这就像一个建筑。
788	That's these	就是这些
789	creatures here.	这里的生物。
790	They were so tall, so they could reach the leaves on the tops of the	他们很高,可以到达顶端的叶子
791	trees and eat them.	树木和吃它们。
792	So, they were very tall dinosaurs.	所以,他们是非常高的恐龙。
793	They were very heavy dinosaurs.	它们是非常重的恐龙。
794	You say, 무거워, right?	你说,嗯,对不对?
795	무거워,너무.
796	These dinosaurs were so heavy,	这些恐龙太重了
797	they weighed as much as 20 elephants.	他们重达20头大象。
798	So, these dinosaurs, their weight was the same	所以,这些恐龙,它们的重量是一样的
799	as 20 elephants.	像20头大象一样
800	Think about an elephant.	以为象.
801	That's a really heavy animal.	这是一个非常重的动物。
802	Now, think about	现在,想想
803	20 elephants, and that's one big dinosaur.	20头大象,那是一只大恐龙
804	Okay?	好吗?
805	That's amazing.	这是惊人的。
806	That's very remarkable.	这是非常显著的。
807	Others, however, no, it says the heaviest dinosaurs, but others, other dinosaurs weren't	但是其他的恐龙不是其它的恐龙
808	so heavy.	这么重。
809	They were no bigger than chickens.	它们比鸡还大
810	So, a lot of people don't realize that, but	所以,很多人不知道这一点,但是,
811	in this time, you know, we think about dinosaurs as being really big and terrible and scary,	在这个时候,你知道, 我们认为恐龙是真正的大可怕的和可怕的,
812	but there were also many dinosaurs that were very small, and there were many of them, and	但也有许多恐龙非常小, 有很多恐龙,
813	they would be running around also.	他们也会到处跑
814	Of course, we don't think about them because they're	当然,我们不考虑他们因为他们
815	so small.	这么小。
816	We are more impressed by the big dinosaurs, but it's also important to remember	大恐龙给我们留下了更深刻的印象但记住也是很重要的
817	that many dinosaurs were also very small.	很多恐龙也很小
818	Okay.	摆
819	Maybe you've heard of them.	也许你听说过他们。
820	We call	我们打电话
821	them dinosaurs.	他们的恐龙。
822	Of course, that's what I've been calling them already in this reading.	当然,这就是我在读这些书时已经叫它们。
823	This is just kind of, so, the beginning of this reading passage was just kind of defining	这只是一种,所以, 开始这个阅读段落只是一种定义
824	what dinosaurs were and when they lived.	恐龙是什么和他们活着的时候。
825	So, 200 million years ago, and then for about	所以,2亿年前, 然后大约
826	150 million years, they lived.	他们活了1.5亿年
827	They ruled the earth.	他们统治着地球。
828	It means they were the biggest	意思是他们是最大的
829	creatures.	众生.
830	They were the dominant species on the earth.	他们是地球上最主要的物种。
831	Okay?	好吗?
832	We call them dinosaurs.	我们称之为恐龙。
833	Now we see what they are.	现在我们看看他们是什么
834	No one has ever seen a living dinosaur.	没人见过活的恐龙
835	Of course.	当然
836	Like I	喜欢我
837	said, that was a long, long time ago.	说,那是很久以前的事了
838	Millions of years before human beings came about.	人类诞生前的数百万年。
839	So,	这么说
840	if we never saw a dinosaur, how do we know they existed?	如果我们从来没有见过恐龙, 我们怎么知道它们的存在?
841	The answer is fossils.	答案是化石.
842	Fossils	化石
843	are dinosaur bones that we find in the ground.	我们发现的恐龙骨头
844	That's very interesting.	这很有趣。
845	You know, a long	你知道,很长
846	time ago, when human beings were running around, you know, they didn't really know where they	很久以前,当人类四处奔走时, 你知道,他们真的不知道他们在哪里
847	came from or how old the earth was.	地球从何而来或多古老
848	Sometimes, people would find these really big bones in	有时,人们会发现这些真正的大骨头在
849	the ground.	在地面上。
850	So, what is that?	所以,这是什么?
851	Is it a giant?	是巨人吗?
852	Right?	对吧?
853	Where did these bones come from?	这些骨头是从哪里来的?
854	Well,	那个
855	science has investigated this evidence.	科学调查了这些证据。
856	You know, what are these bones?	这些骨头是什么?
857	Where did they	他们在哪里
858	come from?	是从哪里来的?
859	Those are the fossil remains from these very remarkable creatures that lived	这些化石遗迹来自这些非常杰出的生物活下来了
860	so long ago.	这么早以前。
861	Nobody remembers them.	没有人记得他们。
862	Nobody ever even saw them.	没有人见过他们。
863	So, let's start here.	所以,让我们从这里开始。
864	No one has ever seen a living dinosaur.	没人见过活的恐龙
865	How do we know they existed?	我们怎么知道他们存在?
866	Of course, the answer	当然,答案
867	is fossils.	这是化石。
868	Fossils are dinosaur bones that we find in the ground.	化石是地上发现的恐龙骨.
869	Dinosaur bones, you	恐龙的骨头,你
870	know, a long time ago, the ground is building up over them.	你知道,很久以前, 地面正在积聚在他们之上。
871	So, they're underground.	所以,他们是地下的。
872	We	我们
873	find them in the ground.	在地上找到他们。
874	These fossils can show us what dinosaurs looked like.	这些化石可以告诉我们恐龙的长相.
875	A dinosaur	恐龙
876	skull tells us what their head looked like.	头骨告诉我们他们的头长什么样
877	To see what shape their bodies were, scientists	看他们身体的形状科学家们
878	put their bones back together.	把他们的骨头放回去
879	Okay, so what is this passage telling us here?	好吧,这段话告诉我们什么?
880	This passage	这段
881	is telling us that the fossils, these fossils, they're referring back to the bones.	告诉我们化石,这些化石, 它们指的是骨骼。
882	The fossils	这些化石
883	are the bones.	是骨头。
884	They can show us what dinosaurs looked like because a dinosaur skull, right,	他们可以告诉我们恐龙的长相因为恐龙的头骨,没错,
885	can show you what the shape of the head.	可以显示头部的形状.
886	Remember, before we saw the human skull, we can kind	记住,在我们看到人类的头骨之前,我们可以
887	of guess what the human head looked like, right, on top of the skull.	猜猜人类的头像什么, 对,在头骨上。
888	We can see where	我们可以看到在哪里
889	the eyes were, where the nose was, where the mouth was.	眼睛是,鼻子在哪里,嘴在哪里。
890	So, we can do the same thing with	所以,我们可以做同样的事情
891	the dinosaur skull.	恐龙的头骨。
892	We can see, wow, big mouth, big teeth.	我们可以看到,哇,大嘴,大牙齿。
893	The eyes were here.	眼睛在这里。
894	The	那个
895	nose was here.	鼻子在这里。
896	What did it look like?	它看起来像什么?
897	We can see that if we look at the skull.	如果我们看看头骨,我们就能看见。
898	To see what	看怎么样
899	shape their bodies were, right, scientists put their bones back together.	他们的身体是,正确的, 科学家把他们的骨头重新组合。
900	So, it's very	所以,这是非常的
901	lucky if a scientist or somebody finds the bones from a whole dinosaur and they can get	幸运的是,科学家或某人发现了整个恐龙的骨头他们可以得到
902	those bones at the same place and put them all together.	那些骨头在同一地方把它们放在一起
903	Back together, then you get	回到一起,然后你们得到
904	something like this.	像这样
905	It's the skeleton.	这是骨架。
906	We call that the skeleton.	我们称之为骨架。
907	A skeleton is the	一个骨架是
908	full assembly of all the bones in a body.	将所有骨骼全部装入体内
909	That's the skeleton.	这是骨架。
910	You put them back together,	你把它们重新组合起来
911	now you have the skeleton of the dinosaur.	现在你有恐龙的骨架了
912	Now, what else can we find out from dinosaurs?	现在,我们能从恐龙身上找到什么?
913	We have their bones.	我们有他们的骨头。
914	We have their skulls.	我们有他们的头骨。
915	Skulls are a type of bone.	骷髅是骨科的一种.
916	So, we can figure	所以,我们可以想象
917	out what they look like.	摆脱他们的样子。
918	But, scientists can also find other things.	但是,科学家也可以找到其他的东西。
919	Dinosaur footprints	恐龙足迹
920	and teeth were also preserved or saved.	牙齿也得到保存或保存。
921	In the mud they walked in.	在泥土里,他们走进来。
922	Footprints can show	脚印可以显示
923	us how they moved and ran.	我们如何移动和运行。
924	Their teeth tell us about what they ate.	他们的牙齿告诉我们他们吃了什么
925	So, what happened	所以,发生了什么事
926	to all of the dinosaurs?	对所有的恐龙?
927	How did they become extinct?	他们是怎么灭绝的?
928	Let's break this down into two parts.	我们把这分为两部分
929	This part here and then the second part.	这一部分在这里,然后第二部分。
930	This is the other thing that scientists can use	这是科学家可以使用的另一个东西
931	to find out what dinosaurs were like a long time ago.	找出恐龙在很久以前的样子
932	Remember, nobody ever saw a dinosaur.	记住没人见过恐龙
933	But we can look at the footprints.	但是我们可以看看脚印。
934	If we see footprints that were saved in the mud, right,	如果我们看到泥土中保存下来的脚印
935	think about this.	想想这个。
936	A hundred and twenty million years ago, a dinosaur is walking along, steps	1亿2千万年前恐龙在走来走去步子
937	in the mud.	在泥浆中。
938	It leaves a footprint.	它留下了一个脚印。
939	Then that footprint is not washed away.	那脚印不会被冲走
940	Maybe it's filled	可能已经填满了
941	with sand or something else.	用沙子或其他东西。
942	Then a lot of pressure is put on top of it and that footprint	之后会施加很多压力上面还有脚印
943	is preserved.	被保存下来。
944	A long time after that, we can find those footprints in the rock that's made	很久之后,我们可以在岩石上找到脚印
945	from the mud.	从泥.
946	So, it's preserved.	因此,它保存下来了.
947	This is interesting.	这很有趣。
948	We're also preserved or saved.	我们还被保存或保存。
949	Or saved.	或获救.
950	Sometimes you see that.	有时你会看到
951	A word and then a comma and then a comma.	一个词然后一个逗号然后一个逗号
952	Sometimes you	有时你
953	define what does that word mean like this.	定义这个词是什么意思像这样。
954	Preserved or saved.	保留或保存。
955	Saved means preserved.	被保存下来了
956	So, sometimes you can find the definition of a word.	所以,有时你可以找到一个词的定义.
957	The writer will put the definition	作者会把定义写出来
958	of a word right after it.	紧接着一个词
959	Especially if it's a long word like preserved or a difficult	特别是如果它是一个长词像保存或困难
960	word.	词
961	Preserved or saved.	保留或保存。
962	泥 mud中.
963	So, footprints and teeth.	所以,脚印和牙齿。
964	Footprints can show	脚印可以显示
965	us how they moved and ran.	我们如何移动和运行。
966	So, by studying the footprint, right, and of course you have	所以,通过研究脚印,没错, 当然你有
967	many footprints, you can see how far they could stretch their legs.	许多脚印,你可以看到它们能伸多远的腿。
968	How did they walk?	他们怎么走的?
969	Or if they ran, how did they run?	或者如果他们跑了,他们是怎么跑的?
970	Okay, that's very interesting.	好吧,这是非常有趣的。
971	We can figure that out by	我们可以找出来
972	looking at the footprints.	看脚印
973	Teeth, if you find teeth, and teeth are like bones, right?	牙齿,如果你找到牙齿, 牙齿就像骨头,对不对?
974	They're	他们是
975	made of the same hard substance.	由同样的坚硬物质制成.
976	Teeth tell us about what they ate.	牙齿告诉我们他们吃了什么
977	Think about that.	考虑一下
978	If the tooth that they find is like this and is very sharp, what does that tell you?	如果他们发现的牙齿是这样的非常尖锐,那会告诉你什么?
979	That	那个
980	tells you the dinosaur probably ate meat because a tooth like that will cut flesh and skin.	告诉你恐龙可能吃肉因为这种牙齿会切割肉和皮肤
981	But if the tooth was like this, right, came up like this and was like that, you know,	但是如果牙齿是这样的,对,就像这样出现,就像那样,你知道,
982	whoop, whoop.	呜呼,呜呼。
983	Okay, I'm not a very good artist.	好吧,我不是一个很好的艺术家。
984	But the tooth looked like that, it was flat	但牙齿看起来很平坦
985	on top, that tells you the dinosaur or the animal probably ate plants, right?	上面是恐龙或动物吃植物,对吧?
986	And it	还有
987	needed teeth like that to crush the plants.	需要这样的牙齿来压碎植物。
988	Okay, so meat eater, plant eater.	好吧,吃肉的人,吃植物的人。
989	The teeth	牙齿
990	can show us, can tell us about what they ate.	告诉我们他们吃了什么
991	So we can find out a lot of things from the	这样我们就能从
992	evidence from the remains of dinosaurs that have been left behind.	恐龙残骸中留下的证据
993	Okay, now after this	好吧,现在这个之后
994	we kind of change subject a little bit.	我们有点改变话题了
995	So, what happened to all of the dinosaurs?	所有恐龙都怎么了?
996	That	那个
997	means we can find all this evidence of the dinosaurs, but they're extinct.	意味着我们可以找到这些恐龙的证据,但它们已经灭绝.
998	They're no	他们不是
999	longer here.	更久一点
1000	So, the question is, what happened?	问题是,发生了什么事?
1001	Where did they go?	他们去哪儿了?
1002	Did they all get in a spaceship	他们都上了太空船吗?
1003	and go to another planet?	去另一个星球?
1004	No.	没有
1005	How did they become extinct?	他们是怎么灭绝的?
1006	How did they disappear?	他们是怎么消失的?
1007	Why	为什么
1008	didn't they survive?	他们没活下来吗?
1009	Why didn't the dinosaurs survive?	为什么恐龙没有存活下来?
1010	Well, that's the next part.	嗯,这是下一个部分。
1011	Let's	让我们
1012	see.	看到没?
1013	They all died when the Earth's climate changed.	地球气候变了他们都死了
1014	The planet became colder and the	地球变冷了
1015	dinosaurs couldn't survive.	恐龙无法生存
1016	Today, they may be extinct, but movies, television and museums	今天,他们可能已经灭绝, 但是电影,电视和博物馆
1017	are keeping dinosaurs alive in our minds.	让恐龙活在我们的脑海中
1018	Okay, so what does this say here?	好吧,这上面怎么说?
1019	There are	还有
1020	many theories about why the dinosaurs died out.	许多关于恐龙为何死亡的理论。
1021	We don't know for sure, right?	我们不确定,对吧?
1022	There	那边
1023	are many theories.	有许多理论
1024	A theory is an idea or a guess.	理论是一种想法或猜测.
1025	One theory is that the dinosaurs	一个理论是恐龙
1026	died when the Earth's climate changed.	地球气候变迁时死亡.
1027	Remember, climate means weather.	记住,气候就是天气
1028	At the beginning of	开始的时候
1029	this passage, they were talking about what was the Earth like 200 million years ago.	他们谈论的是地球在2亿年前是什么样子。
1030	It was warm.	当时很暖和
1031	It rained a lot.	雨下甚众.
1032	Well, as we know, climates change on the Earth.	正如我们所知地球上的气候变化
1033	The Earth's	地盘
1034	climate changes over time.	气候变化随时间演变。
1035	Sometimes it gets warm and hot.	有时会变暖变热.
1036	Sometimes there's a lot of rain.	时有大雨.
1037	Sometimes there's no rain.	有时无雨.
1038	Sometimes it gets cold.	有时会变冷.
1039	Sometimes in the Earth's history, the	有时在地球历史上,
1040	Earth has just been like a big snowball covered in ice.	地球就像被冰覆盖的大雪球
1041	Okay?	好吗?
1042	So, that has also happened to	所以,这也发生了
1043	the Earth in its history.	地球的历史。
1044	So, the Earth's climate is always changing.	因此,地球的气候总是在变化.
1045	If the Earth's	如果地球已经
1046	climate changed from warm, wet, lots of rain to maybe really cold with lots of ice, the	气候从温暖,湿润, 大量的雨变了, 可能真的冷与大量的冰,
1047	dinosaurs couldn't survive.	恐龙无法生存
1048	They all died out.	他们都死了
1049	That's one idea.	这是一个想法。
1050	Another idea, not here,	另一个想法,不是在这里,
1051	is that an asteroid came and hit the Earth and it caused such destruction that the dinosaurs	是一颗小行星撞击地球造成恐龙的毁灭
1052	died.	已经死了
1053	That's another theory.	这是另一个理论。
1054	We don't know for sure.	我们不确定
1055	We can only guess based on the evidence.	我们只能根据证据来猜测
1056	The planet, well, in this theory, if the climate changed, the planet became colder and the	这个星球,在这个理论中, 如果气候变了, 地球变得更加寒冷,
1057	dinosaurs couldn't survive.	恐龙无法生存
1058	They couldn't live.	他们活不下去
1059	They couldn't continue to live.	他们无法继续生活。
1060	Today,	今天,我们...
1061	they may be extinct, but that's interesting because we know that birds actually are descendants	他们可能已经灭绝了但是这很有趣因为我们知道鸟是后代
1062	from dinosaurs.	从恐龙。
1063	So, there really are dinosaurs still on Earth.	所以,地球上真的还有恐龙。
1064	They're called birds.	它们被称为鸟类.
1065	Birds	鸟类
1066	are the ones that survived.	是那些幸存下来的
1067	But movies, okay, so this says today they may be extinct.	但是,电影,好吧,所以这个说,今天他们可能已经灭绝。
1068	Maybe	也许
1069	they're extinct, right?	他们灭绝了,对吧?
1070	But movies, television, and museums are keeping dinosaurs alive in	但电影、电视和博物馆都让恐龙活着
1071	our minds?	我们的思想?
1072	What does that mean?	这是什么意思?
1073	It means, yeah, dinosaurs may be gone.	意思是恐龙可能不见了
1074	They're all dead,	他们都死了
1075	but we can still think about dinosaurs.	但我们仍然可以考虑恐龙。
1076	They can live in our imagination.	他们可以生活在我们的想象中。
1077	They can live	他们可以活下去
1078	in our minds because we can see movies about them.	在我们的脑海里,因为我们可以看到电影关于他们。
1079	We can read books about them, and we	我们可以读关于他们的书,我们
1080	can go to the museums and see what they look like.	可以去博物馆看看他们的样子
1081	So, that's very interesting.	所以,这是非常有趣的。
1082	You can	你当然可以
1083	keep something alive in your mind if you think about it.	想想看,在你的脑海里留点活口
1084	Even though they're dead, they're	虽然他们死了,但他们...
1085	gone, they can still live on in your mind.	走了,他们仍然可以活在你的脑海里。
1086	Interesting.	有意思,这很有趣
1087	Okay, let's go over the comprehension	好吧,让我们来看看理解
1088	questions.	问题。
1089	Again, number one, this story is about.	再说一遍,第一,这个故事是有关。
1090	What is this story about?	这是关于什么的故事?
1091	So, think	所以,想着
1092	about what's the subject that the entire story is about.	整个故事的主题是什么
1093	Not just a little detail, but what	不只是一个小细节,但是什么
1094	is the overall topic of the passage?	这段话是总主题吗?
1095	Is it about the jungle?	是丛林的事吗?
1096	No.	没有
1097	We talked about the	我们谈过
1098	jungle just a little bit, so it's not the whole story.	丛林只是一点点,所以这不是整个故事.
1099	It was not about the jungle.	这不是关于丛林。
1100	Was the story about 200 million years ago?	是两亿年前的故事吗?
1101	That's when the story started, right?	故事从此开始对吧?
1102	But	不过
1103	it was also about, you know, 150 million years ago, and also for a very long time, dinosaurs	也是1.5亿年前的恐龙
1104	ruled the earth.	统治着地球
1105	So, it's not just 200 million years ago.	所以,不只是两亿年前。
1106	So, that's not the main subject	所以,这不是主要问题
1107	of the passage.	路过
1108	C, dinosaurs.	C,恐龙。
1109	Hey, this subject was, this story was about dinosaurs, wasn't	嘿,这个话题是, 这个故事是关于恐龙,不是
1110	it?	是吗?
1111	That's the right answer because the story started a long time ago when dinosaurs appeared.	这是正确的答案,因为故事早在恐龙出现时就开始了.
1112	It talked about how big they were, how tall they were, how heavy they were, how do we	它谈到他们有多大, 他们有多高, 他们有多重,我们如何
1113	know that they existed, what the remains were, the fossils, the bones, the teeth, the footprints,	他们的存在, 遗骸是什么, 化石, 骨头,牙齿,脚印,
1114	and a little bit about why they died out, or what was the reason that they went extinct.	还有一点关于他们死的原因或者是他们灭绝的原因
1115	And even though they're extinct, they still live in our minds.	尽管它们已经灭绝,但它们仍然生活在我们的脑海中.
1116	All of that information	所有的资料
1117	is about dinosaurs.	是关于恐龙的
1118	So, this story is about dinosaurs.	这个故事是关于恐龙的。
1119	Just looking at D, is the story	看着D就是故事
1120	about fossils?	关于化石?
1121	No, because fossils was a part of the story, sure, but we also talked about	不,因为化石是故事的一部分,当然, 但我们也谈到
1122	footprints, we talked about teeth, we talked about many other things than fossils.	脚印,我们谈论牙齿,我们谈论除了化石以外的很多事情.
1123	The	那个
1124	main subject of this story was dinosaurs.	这个故事的主题是恐龙.
1125	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
1126	Remember we talked about	记得我们说过
1127	dinosaurs, they were really tall, some of them were very heavy, right?	恐龙,它们真的很高, 有些非常重,对不对?
1128	Some dinosaurs	一些恐龙
1129	were so tall they could do what?	他们能做什么?
1130	So tall they could.	这么高他们可以。
1131	And remember when you use so tall,	记住,当你使用这么高,
1132	so hot, so cold, they could, or they could do something.	这么热,那么冷, 他们可以,或者他们可以做一些事情。
1133	They were so tall they could	他们这么高,他们可以
1134	do what?	怎样?
1135	They were so tall they could eat twenty elephants.	他们高得可以吃二十头大象
1136	It doesn't matter how tall	这么高不重要
1137	something is, that doesn't tell you how much they could eat, right?	东西是,这并不告诉你他们可以吃多少,对不对?
1138	So, that doesn't make	所以,这不能说明
1139	sense.	感觉
1140	B, they could make footprints in the mud.	B,他们可以在泥中留下脚印
1141	Well, that doesn't make sense either,	这也不合理
1142	because it doesn't matter if an animal is tall or short, they all leave footprints in	因为动物是高还是矮都无所谓他们都会留下足迹
1143	the mud.	泥浆
1144	So, that doesn't make sense.	所以,这是没有道理的。
1145	They were so tall they could survive a cold climate.	他们高得可以忍受寒冷的气候
1146	Again, it doesn't matter if an animal is tall or small, and it's very cold, that doesn't	再说一遍动物是高是小,很冷,这不重要
1147	help them.	帮助他们
1148	Just being tall doesn't help you survive a cold climate, or being short, right?	身高并不能帮助你度过寒冷的气候或矮小,对不对?
1149	It probably depends more on what kind of fur or what kind of temperature your body has	可能更多取决于你身体的皮毛和温度
1150	to be at.	将会是。
1151	So, that doesn't make sense either.	所以,这也说不通。
1152	It's got to be D. Were so tall they could	得为D. 这么高,他们可以
1153	eat the leaves off the top of a tree.	吃树顶上的叶子。
1154	That's the only one that makes sense, right?	只有这个才有意义,对吧?
1155	Because	因为
1156	a tree is very tall.	一棵树很高
1157	If you want to eat the leaves on the top of a tree, you have to be	如果你想吃树顶上的叶子, 你必须是
1158	tall.	高个子。
1159	So, that's the only one that makes sense.	所以,这是唯一有道理的。
1160	Some dinosaurs were so tall they could eat	有些恐龙高得可以吃
1161	the leaves off the top of a tree, and that is our answer.	树顶上的叶子这就是我们的答案
1162	Eat the leaves off the top	吃上面的叶子
1163	of a tree, because a tree is very tall, and you have to be very tall to eat those leaves.	因为一棵树很高吃这些叶子必须很高
1164	Okay, moving on to number three.	好吧,继续往第三。
1165	The sentence is, Dinosaurs are extinct, but they, beep,	句子是,恐龙已经灭绝, 但是,他们,哔声,
1166	right?	对吧?
1167	What do they do?	他们做什么的?
1168	A, still survive.	A,仍然活着。
1169	Well, be careful with this, because I know	小心点,因为我知道
1170	the sentence said they still survive in our imagination, but if you just say they still	句子上说他们还在我们的想象中存活下来但是如果你只是说他们还活着
1171	survive, that means they actually still survive.	生存,这意味着他们实际上仍然存活。
1172	You can go out and see them, but thank goodness	你可以出去看看,但谢天谢地
1173	we can't, right?	我们不能,对不对?
1174	So, that's not correct.	所以,这是不对的。
1175	Dinosaurs are extinct, but they still survive.	恐龙已灭绝,但仍存活.
1176	In fact,	事实上,
1177	that doesn't make any sense, because if something is extinct, it's not surviving anymore.	这根本说不通因为如果有东西灭绝了它就再也活不下去了
1178	That	那个
1179	contradicts each other, okay?	互相矛盾,好吗?
1180	So, extinct and still survive contradict each other.	所以,灭绝和仍然生存相互矛盾。
1181	Doesn't	没有
1182	make sense.	说得通
1183	B, Dinosaurs are extinct, but they still eat leaves off tall trees.	B,恐龙已灭绝,但仍吃高树的叶子.
1184	Well,	那个
1185	that also doesn't make sense, because they're extinct.	这也说不通因为它们已经灭绝了
1186	If they're gone, how can they still	如果他们走了,他们怎么能还
1187	eat leaves off trees?	吃树上的叶子?
1188	They're dead.	他们死了。
1189	They're not around, so that doesn't make sense either.	他们不在,所以也说不通
1190	C, But they live in our minds.	C,但他们生活在我们的脑海里。
1191	Ah, okay.	啊,还好。
1192	We saw that in the passage, right?	我们在通道里看到的,对吧?
1193	We saw that	我们看见了
1194	even though dinosaurs are extinct, we can still think about them, right?	虽然恐龙已经灭绝了但我们还是可以考虑的对吧?
1195	Because we	因为我们
1196	see them in television.	在电视上看到他们。
1197	We see them in movies.	我们在电影里看到他们。
1198	We can read about them in books.	我们可以在书里读到
1199	We can go	我们可以走了
1200	to museums and see them or their bones, right?	去博物馆看看他们或他们的骨头,对吧?
1201	So, this is the right answer.	所以,这是正确的答案。
1202	They're extinct,	他们灭绝了,
1203	but they live in our minds.	但他们生活在我们的脑海中
1204	That's the right answer.	答对了.
1205	What about D, Dinosaurs are extinct,	那D呢,恐龙已经灭绝了
1206	but they will come back.	但是他们会回来的
1207	I don't think so, right?	我不这么认为,对不对?
1208	That's kind of silly.	这有点傻
1209	There's no guarantee	没有保证
1210	that dinosaurs will come back.	恐龙会回来的
1211	I mean, maybe, you know, if human beings are stupid and they	我的意思是,也许,你知道, 如果人类是愚蠢的,他们
1212	kill each other in a nuclear war, we hope that doesn't happen.	在核战争中互相残杀我们希望不会这样
1213	Maybe millions of years	也许几百万年
1214	from now, new life forms looking like dinosaurs will come back, but that's fantastic.	从现在开始,像恐龙一样的新的生命形态会复活,但是这太棒了。
1215	That's	这是
1216	very small chance.	机会很小
1217	We can't imagine that, and it's very, very unlikely.	我们无法想象, 而且这非常,非常不可能。
1218	I hope it's	我希望这是
1219	very, very unlikely.	非常,非常不可能的。绝对不可能。
1220	So, that's not a good answer.	所以,这不是一个好答案。
1221	The passage said dinosaurs are extinct,	上面说恐龙已经灭绝了
1222	but they still live in our minds in television, in museums, and in books, okay?	但是他们仍然生活在我们的脑海里在电视,博物馆,和书籍,好吗?
1223	So, they can	所以,他们可以
1224	still live in our minds, and that's an interesting idea we talked about.	仍然生活在我们的脑海里, 这是一个有趣的想法,我们谈论。
1225	Number four, Dinosaur	第四,恐龙
1226	Beep and Beep, huh?	哔和哔,是吧?
1227	Okay, that's a little hard to figure out, right?	好吧,这是有点难想的,对不对?
1228	Let's look at the	让我们看看
1229	answers.	答问.
1230	Dinosaur Beep and Beep were preserved in the mud.	恐龙哔哩和哔哩哔哩都保存在泥土中.
1231	So, what was preserved in the	所以,什么是保存在
1232	mud from dinosaurs?	恐龙的泥土?
1233	Dinosaur bones and skin?	恐龙骨和皮肤?
1234	Bones and skin.	骨与皮肤.
1235	Well, bones were preserved	骨头保存了下来
1236	but what about skin?	但皮肤呢?
1237	The passage didn't say anything about dinosaur skin being preserved	上面没有说恐龙的皮肤被保存下来
1238	in the mud.	在泥浆中。
1239	So, we can't choose that one.	所以,我们不能选择这个。
1240	What about dinosaur skulls and claws were	那恐龙的头骨和爪子呢?
1241	preserved in the mud?	保存在泥浆里?
1242	Well, we heard that skulls were preserved, but did we hear anything	我们听说头骨被保存下来了但有没有听到什么
1243	about claws?	关于爪子?
1244	The passage did not mention claws at all.	通道根本没有提到爪子。
1245	Claws, by the way, of course, are	顺便说一句,当然是
1246	animal fingernails, right, that are very strong and that can, you know, scratch something.	动物的指甲,对,非常强壮, 它可以,你知道,刮一些东西。
1247	If you have a dog, you know the dog has claws.	如果你有狗,你知道狗有爪子。
1248	If you have a cat, you know the cat has very	如果你有猫,你知道猫有非常
1249	sharp claws, okay?	尖锐的爪子,好吗?
1250	So, but the passage didn't say anything about claws, so we can't choose	因此,但通过没有说任何事情关于爪子, 所以我们不能选择
1251	B. Dinosaur teeth and footprints were preserved in the mud.	B. 泥土中保存了恐龙牙齿和足迹.
1252	Uh-huh.	对
1253	This passage did talk	这段话是讲的
1254	about teeth.	关于牙齿。
1255	It did talk about footprints.	它确实谈到脚印。
1256	It said that those things were preserved in	它说这些东西保存在
1257	the mud, so that is the right answer.	泥,所以这是正确的答案。
1258	What about dinosaur eggs and eyeballs?	那恐龙蛋和眼球呢?
1259	Well, it	这个嘛
1260	didn't say anything about eggs or eyeballs in the story.	故事里没有提到鸡蛋和眼球
1261	I would have remembered that.	我会记得的
1262	You would have remembered that.	你会记得的
1263	So, no, D is not the right answer.	所以,不,D不是正确的答案。
1264	So, C, dinosaur teeth	所以,C,恐龙牙齿
1265	and footprints were preserved in the mud.	和泥土中的足迹。
1266	That is the correct answer.	这是正确的答案。
1267	Okay, let's do	好,我们开始吧
1268	a little review again.	再说一遍
1269	Oh, there's our scary guy again, or dinosaur, right?	哦又来了个恐怖的家伙或者恐龙对吧?
1270	But don't worry,	但别担心
1271	it's just a model.	这只是一个模型。
1272	It's not real.	非实相.
1273	They're extinct.	他们灭绝了
1274	We don't have to worry.	我们不必担心。
1275	Okay, so	好吧,这样吧
1276	what can we say about dinosaurs?	关于恐龙我们能说什么?
1277	We learned a lot of interesting things.	我们学到了很多有趣的东西。
1278	First of all,	首先,我们...
1279	when did dinosaurs live?	恐龙什么时候活下来的?
1280	For about 150 million years.	约1.5亿年.
1281	That's a long, long time, right?	那是很长很长的时间,对吧?
1282	It's	这是
1283	very difficult to think about that time period.	很难考虑那个时间段
1284	Dinosaurs ruled the earth.	恐龙统治大地.
1285	It means they existed	这意味着他们存在
1286	during that time.	在此期间。
1287	In fact, they were the biggest and the most successful creatures on the earth	事实上,它们是地球上最大的和最成功的生物
1288	for 150 million years.	一亿五千万年
1289	By the way, that's something that they have over us.	顺便说一句,那是他们对我们有的
1290	Human beings	人类
1291	have only ruled the earth for about a couple hundred thousand years, right?	统治地球的时间只有几十万年,对吧?
1292	Dinosaurs,	恐龙,
1293	150 million years.	1.5亿年.
1294	That's a really long time.	好久不见
1295	Okay, what else can we say about dinosaurs?	好吧,我们还能说什么关于恐龙?
1296	Fossils are dinosaur bones that we find in the ground.	化石是地上发现的恐龙骨.
1297	So, the bones of the dinosaurs	恐龙的骨头
1298	that were put in the ground and some of them turned to rock, those are fossils that we	被埋在地里,有些变成岩石这些是我们的化石
1299	can find in the ground.	可以在地面上发现。
1300	They tell us about the dinosaurs and that they had lived a long	他们告诉我们恐龙的事他们活了很久
1301	time ago, even though we don't remember them.	虽然我们不记得了
1302	Finally, another thing about dinosaurs, footprints	最后还有恐龙脚印
1303	can show us how they moved and ran.	告诉我们他们是如何移动和运行的。
1304	So, when they were walking, they left footprints in	所以,当他们走的时候,他们留下了脚印
1305	the mud.	泥浆
1306	That shows us how they moved and how they ran.	这告诉我们他们是如何移动和运行的。
1307	So, even though dinosaurs are	所以,尽管恐龙是
1308	long, long, long gone, we can still find evidence of them.	长,长,久不见了,我们仍能找到他们的证据.
1309	We can find their bones.	我们可以找到他们的骨头。
1310	We can find	我们可以找到
1311	their footprints.	他们的脚印。
1312	We can find teeth from the dinosaurs.	我们可以从恐龙那里找到牙齿
1313	Those things tell us a lot about	那些东西告诉我们很多
1314	the dinosaurs.	恐龙。
1315	How long they lived.	他们活了多久?
1316	What did they eat?	他们吃了什么?
1317	How did they move about?	他们怎么动的?
1318	There's	还有
1319	still a lot of things we don't know about dinosaurs because, of course, no human being	还有很多关于恐龙的事我们不知道因为,当然,没有人类
1320	has ever seen a dinosaur.	曾经见过恐龙
1321	It has been such a long, long time since the time that dinosaurs	恐龙已经很久很久很久了
1322	died and human beings started to come about.	死亡,人类开始出现。
1323	So, all that we can do is look at the evidence,	所以,我们所能做的就是看证据,
1324	the fossils and other things.	化石和其他东西。
1325	It's very fascinating.	这很迷人。
1326	It's very interesting to think about these	想想这些很有趣
1327	amazing, remarkable creatures that lived for so, so long on the earth.	令人惊奇,令人惊叹的生物活了这么久
1328	Even though they	虽然他们
1329	are dead, we can still think about them and they live on in our minds.	他们已经死了,我们仍然可以思考他们活在我们的思想中。
1330	Okay, well that	好吧,那个
1331	wraps it up for this lesson.	结为本课.
1332	We'll see you again next time.	下次再见
1333	Take care everybody.	照顾好大家

该视频共有字幕 1339 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

P31 · 【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p31 30. 30. Level C Lesson2 Smart as a Chimp (P31)

【30集全】美国原版 # 小学课程，从小学生课程开始学起，get一口流利英语！刚好适合B站大学生来学习~ p31 30. 30. Level C Lesson2 Smart as a Chimp (P31)

发布于 2026-07-20 · 时长 41:30

字幕摘录

时间	英文	中文
0:06	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
0:07	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
0:10	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
0:11	We're continuing our subject of animals.	我们正在继续我们的动物主题。
0:14	We're on lesson two.	我们在上第二课
0:16	Lesson two, the title is Smart as a Chimp.	第二课,标题是"聪明的像一只黑猩猩".
0:20	So smart as a chimp, a chimp is a chimpanzee.	如此聪明的黑猩猩,黑猩猩就是黑猩猩.
0:24	We're going to focus on chimpanzees are very smart animals.	我们要专注于黑猩猩是非常聪明的动物。
0:29	Of course, a chimpanzee is this animal here.	当然黑猩猩就是这种动物
0:33	We'll look at that word later on.	我们稍后再看这个词.

展开字幕全文（908 条）

序号	英文	中文
1	Hello, everybody.	哈罗,大家好。
2	Welcome back to Reading for Vocabulary.	欢迎回到读取词汇。
3	I'm Brian Stewart.	我是布莱恩・斯图尔特。
4	We're continuing our subject of animals.	我们正在继续我们的动物主题。
5	We're on lesson two.	我们在上第二课
6	Lesson two, the title is Smart as a Chimp.	第二课,标题是"聪明的像一只黑猩猩".
7	So smart as a chimp, a chimp is a chimpanzee.	如此聪明的黑猩猩,黑猩猩就是黑猩猩.
8	We're going to focus on chimpanzees are very smart animals.	我们要专注于黑猩猩是非常聪明的动物。
9	Of course, a chimpanzee is this animal here.	当然黑猩猩就是这种动物
10	We'll look at that word later on.	我们稍后再看这个词.
11	And that, of course, brings us to our vocabulary.	当然,这让我们想到我们的词汇。
12	OK, and then our first word is very funny word, right?	好吧,然后我们的第一个词非常有趣的词,对不对?
13	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
14	You're right, kanjiroppida, right?	你说得对,坎杰罗皮达,对吧?
15	That's what you say.	汝所说.
16	To make someone laugh by touching them.	用触摸来逗人笑
17	Touching them, not just touching them, right?	碰他们,不只是碰他们,对不对?
18	But by touching them like this, especially	但通过这样抚摸他们,特别是
19	on the bottom of their feet.	在他们的脚底。
20	What's going on?	这是怎么回事?
21	Tickle, to tickle somebody.	痒痒痒痒痒痒痒痒痒痒痒
22	I'm going to tickle you, right?	我会抚摸你,对不对?
23	So if you see these feet, you can say, ha ha,	所以,如果你看到这些脚, 你可以说,哈哈,
24	I'm going to tickle.	我会痒的
25	I'm going to tickle you.	我会给你痒痒的。
26	So you see somebody's feet, you go, hee hee hee,	所以你看到别人的脚,你走,嘿嘿嘿嘿,
27	I'm going to tickle you, right?	我会抚摸你,对不对?
28	OK, and you tickle somebody, you make them laugh.	好吧,你抚摸某人, 你让他们笑。
29	OK, next one.	好吧,下一个。
30	To stick to something.	坚持某事.
31	Of course, to stick to something,	当然,坚持的东西,
32	especially to hold onto something, right?	特别是要抓点什么,对吧?
33	These kids are holding onto the tree.	这些孩子在树上
34	They're sticking to the tree, especially	他们坚持在树上,特别是
35	the one on the bottom.	下边的那个
36	The kid on the top, just sitting on the tree.	顶端的孩子,只是坐在树上。
37	But the child on the bottom, what's going on?	但是下面的孩子,发生了什么事?
38	C.
39	The child is clinging to the tree, to hold onto,	孩子们紧紧地抱着树
40	to stick to something, to cling to something.	坚持什么,坚持什么。
41	┮иΤ cling lung lung
42	Because cling is an irregular verb.	因为粘附是一种不规则的动词.
43	It changes form for the past tense.	它改变的形式过去紧张。
44	ling,lung也.
45	OK, next word.	好吧,下一个词。
46	Whoa, this looks very dangerous, especially	哇,这看起来非常危险,尤其是
47	I'm worried about his neck.	我担心他的脖子。
48	Very dangerous.	非常危险
49	To fight by grabbing and throwing.	通过抢夺和投掷来战斗.
50	So when you grab somebody and you throw them	所以当你抓住某人,你扔他们
51	or you hold them down, you try to push them down on the floor.	或按住,你试图把它们推倒在地上。
52	What type of fighting are they doing?	他们在做什么战斗?
53	There's lots of different fighting, right?	有很多不同的战斗,对不对?
54	There's martial arts like taekwondo, right?	有武术像跆拳道,对不对?
55	There's punching like boxing.	有拳击如拳.
56	What are these guys doing?	这些人在干什么?
57	They're wrestling.	他们在摔跤
58	To wrestle, wrestle.	摔跤摔跤
59	That's a little bit of a difficult word.	这话有点难听
60	你有W -R,w -r,wr,wr,wr,摔跤。
61	这是T -L -E。
62	You don't say T-L-E, right?	你不说T -L -E,对不对?
63	You say wrestle, wrestle.	你说摔跤,摔跤。
64	It's like you don't even pronounce the T.	这就像你甚至不发音T。
65	W.
66	The T is silent.	T者无声.
67	But they are wrestling.	但他们在摔跤
68	And yeah, they've got to be careful.	是的,他们必须小心。
69	That looks very dangerous.	这看起来很危险
70	OK, four, very smart.	好吧,四个,非常聪明。
71	Whoa, I want to tickle his feet, right?	哇,我想痒他的脚,对不对?
72	Oh, just kidding.	哦,只是开玩笑。
73	But he's very smart.	但他很聪明
74	Maybe he read all these books.	也许他读过所有这些书
75	I don't know.	师曰.
76	But somebody who's very smart, we	但是一个非常聪明的人,我们
77	say they are intelligent.	说他们很聪明
78	Really long word.	说得真长
79	If you can say that word, then you are intelligent, right?	如果你能说出这个词那你很聪明对吧?
80	Intelligent, intelligent, intelligent.	聪明聪明聪明.
81	Somebody who's intelligent, they're very smart.	一个聪明的人他们非常聪明
82	But be careful.	但当心.
83	Intelligent is really ability, ability.	智能是真正的能力,能力。
84	If you are intelligent, it means you are able to learn quickly.	如果你是聪明的, 这意味着你可以快速学习。
85	And of course, you have smarts.	当然,你有智慧。
86	You are smart.	你很聪明。
87	And you are able to learn things quickly.	你可以很快地学习到东西。
88	I hope so, right?	我希望是这样,对不对?
89	Because studying can be hard.	因为学习是很难的。
90	But if you're intelligent, you can study quickly and learn	但是,如果你聪明,你可以快速学习和学习
91	things quickly.	东西很快。
92	Next one, having lots of hair.	下一个,头发很多。
93	So if something has a lot of hair, we say it's furry.	所以,如果有什么东西有很多头发,我们说它是毛毛。
94	Now, we may have learned this word before, fur.	我们可能以前就学过这个词了毛皮
95	Fur is just a lot of hair on a body of an animal.	富尔只是动物身上的很多毛.
96	Animals have fur.	动物有皮毛.
97	So they have a lot of fur.	所以它们有很多皮毛
98	If they have a lot of fur, then you can say,	如果他们有很多皮毛,你就可以说,
99	you can make it an adjective.	你可以把它变成形容词。
100	This is an adjective, right?	这是一个形容词,对不对?
101	形容,毛 fur.
102	He has fur.	他有皮毛,他有皮毛吗?
103	Fur is a noun.	富尔是一个名词。
104	Make it an adjective.	作是形容语.
105	It becomes furry.	变得毛茸茸的。
106	So my dog is very furry.	所以,我的狗是非常毛。
107	A bear is very furry.	熊非常毛茸茸的。
108	Furry.	毛细.
109	I'm not furry.	我没有毛
110	I hope not.	希望不会
111	No, I just have maybe hair in my arms.	不我只是怀着头发
112	But I'm not furry.	但我没有毛
113	People aren't furry.	众生不毛.
114	Animals are furry.	动物为毛.
115	Oh, what's going on here?	哦,这是怎么回事?
116	This is a big subac.	这是大型潜水艇
117	No, it's not watermelon.	不,这不是西瓜。
118	It's somebody's stomach, right?	这是某人的胃,对不对?
119	Lower stomach.	下胃经.
120	What else do we call it?	我们还叫它什么?
121	Peck up, by the way.	顺便说一句,佩克
122	Just had to say that.	不得不说
123	We say it's belly.	我们说它是肚子。
124	And I said, peck up, right?	我说,啄,对不对?
125	Peck up is right here, right?	佩克在这里,对不对?
126	Looks like a little eye is looking at the boy.	看起来有一只小眼睛在看着那孩子
127	But peck up, in English, we say belly button.	但用英语来说,我们说肚脐
128	So we use that word belly, belly.	所以,我们用这个词肚子,肚子。
129	Belly is kind of a casual word.	Belly是个随便的词
130	Kids use it, belly.	孩子们用它,肚子。
131	Stomach is more of a formal word.	胃更是正语.
132	Doctors will use stomach.	医生会用胃。
133	Parents will use stomach.	父母将用胃.
134	But if you're speaking casually with your friends, belly.	但如果你和你的朋友随便说话,肚子。
135	So belly, like a big belly, like me, right?	所以,肚子,像一个大肚子,像我,对不对?
136	OK, so belly.	好吧,那么腹部。
137	And this, of course, everybody has a belly button.	当然,每个人都有一个肚脐。
138	You have a belly button.	你有肚脐
139	That's what we call it there.	这就是我们称之为那里。
140	Belly, when we use it in the plural,	贝尔利,当我们用它在复数,
141	we change y to i and es at the end.	我们把Y换成i,然后在结尾。
142	Bellies, right?	贝利,对不对?
143	So if many people, you're talking about many people,	所以,如果很多人, 你说的是很多人,
144	they have many bellies.	他们有很多肚子。
145	OK, belly.	好吧,腹部。
146	OK.	摆
147	A small stick.	一个小棍子。
148	If we're looking at a small stick, a very small stick,	如果我们看到一个小棒, 一个非常小的棒,
149	maybe this long, maybe this long, it's very thin,	也许这么长,也许这么长, 它很薄,
150	we can say that it is a twig.	我们可以说,这是一个树枝。
151	A twig is another word for a small stick.	树枝是小棒的另一个词.
152	English is very descriptive, isn't it?	英语很有描述性,不是吗?
153	We have a lot of specific words for very unique or very special	我们有很多具体的话要说非常独特或特别
154	types of things.	类型。
155	Stick is like an umbrella word.	棒似伞字.
156	You have long sticks, short sticks, thick sticks,	你有长棒,短棒,厚棒,
157	thin sticks, thin sticks.	薄棒,薄棒.
158	But a twig is a special kind of stick.	但是树枝是一种特殊的棍子.
159	It means short and thin.	谓短而细.
160	It树枝.
161	You can hold it easily.	你可以轻而易举地抱住它。
162	What is this guy doing?	这家伙在干嘛?
163	Is he crazy?	他疯了吗?
164	Why is he yelling at his golf club?	他为什么在高尔夫球场大喊大叫?
165	A feeling.	一种感觉。
166	He has strong emotions.	他有强烈的情绪。
167	Maybe he's very upset because he hit the ball	也许他很生气因为他打球
168	and it went the wrong way.	它走错了路。
169	So instead of thinking, oh, I made a mistake,	所以,与其想,哦,我犯了一个错误,
170	he blames his golf club.	他怪他的高尔夫俱乐部。
171	He has a very strong emotion towards his golf club.	他对他的高尔夫球俱乐部有很强的感情.
172	But remember, emotions aren't just negative.	但记住情绪不只是消极的
173	Emotions can be positive, too.	情绪也可以是积极的。
174	Happiness is an emotion.	幸福是一种情感。
175	If you're really, really happy, that's an emotion.	如果你真的,真的快乐, 那是一种情感。
176	If you're really, really sad, that's also an emotion.	如果你真的,真的伤心, 那也是一个情感。
177	There are many kinds of emotions.	情绪有很多种.
178	Emotions can be positive and they can be negative.	情绪可以是阳性的,也可以是阴性的.
179	So emotion isn't a positive or negative word.	所以情感不是一个正面或负面的词.
180	It just means all of those emotions.	它只是意味着所有这些情绪。
181	It's like an umbrella word for that.	如伞字.
182	Oh, look at this chimp.	看看这只黑猩猩
183	He's dancing, right?	他在跳舞,对吧?
184	It's a cool chimp.	这是一只很酷的黑猩猩。
185	An animal that looks like a monkey.	长得像猴子的动物
186	I just said the word.	我只是说这个词。
187	鸣ze.
188	Now, notice that at the beginning of the lesson,	现在,注意,在课开始时,
189	it said smart as a chimp.	它说聪明的一只黑猩猩。
190	Because chimpanzee, which is the whole name,	因为黑猩猩,也就是整个名字,
191	is a lot of times people will shorten it and just say chimp.	很多人会缩短时间,只说黑猩猩
192	I went to see a chimp at the zoo.	我去动物园看一只黑猩猩
193	Chimps are very smart.	黑猩猩非常聪明
194	So we can say chimpanzee, chimpanzee,	所以我们可以说黑猩猩,黑猩猩,
195	or we can just say chimp.	或者我们可以只说黑猩猩。
196	It means the same thing.	谓同义.
197	It's an animal that looks like a monkey.	长似猴的动物.
198	Actually, it is a monkey.	其实是只猴子
199	It's a type of monkey.	一类猕猴.
200	10, thinking much or thinking a lot about what you are doing.	10,多想或多想你在做什么。
201	When you're thinking a lot about what you're doing,	当你想了很多你在做什么,
202	you are being very careful, right?	你非常小心,对吧?
203	You're being very careful.	你非常谨慎
204	This person's being very careful looking at the bugs, right?	这个人非常小心地看着虫子对吧?
205	When you think a lot about what you're doing,	当你想了很多你在做什么,
206	you do it carefully.	小心点
207	You should think a lot about the things you are doing.	你该好好想想你在做什么
208	Do things carefully.	小心点
209	Some things you don't have to think a lot about,	有些事情你不用多想, 说吧
210	like brushing your teeth, you have to do it carefully.	就像刷牙一样,你要小心
211	Think about how you brush your teeth.	想想你如何刷牙。
212	But sometimes we don't do things very carefully.	但有时我们做事不小心.
213	We don't think about them because it's habit	我们不考虑他们因为那是习惯
214	or we do them many times.	或者我们做很多次。
215	But if we do something and we think about it very deeply,	但如果我们有所作为深思熟虑
216	then we're doing it carefully.	那我们要小心行事
217	11, oh, that's a sad situation.	11,哦,这是一个可悲的情况。
218	Pain in the stomach.	肠胃痛.
219	Ah, pain in the stomach, right?	啊,胃痛,对不对?
220	Oh my knee, pain in the stomach.	哦,我的膝盖,胃痛。
221	What do we call that?	我们怎么称呼?
222	You say, I have, whoa, such a long word.	你说,我有,哇,这么长的词。
223	It gives me a headache to think about it.	思念此法令我头痛.
224	Okay, stomach ache.	好吧,胃痛。胃痛。
225	And notice I just said headache.	注意我刚才说头痛
226	Now there's a lot of aches that you can have.	现在有很多的疼痛,你可以有。
227	There are a lot of aches.	痛处甚多.
228	You can have a headache, right?	你会头痛吧?
229	You can have a stomach ache.	肠胃痛.
230	You can have a back ache.	你可以背痛。。。
231	So we use ache with different parts of the body, right?	所以我们用疼痛身体的不同部分,对不对?
232	To say that they hurt.	说他们伤害。
233	Not always, right?	并不总是,对不对?
234	Don't say I have a nose ache.	别说我鼻痛
235	That doesn't work, right?	这行不通,对不对?
236	It's usually headache, back ache.	通常头痛,背痛.
237	You could have a toothache.	你可以有一个牙痛。
238	Toothache, toothache.	牙痛,齿痛.
239	It's one word, I'm just showing the difference.	是一个词,我只是在显示不同。
240	And stomach ache, right?	胃痛,对不对?
241	Those are commonly the words we use with ache.	这些是我们痛处常用的词。
242	Don't say I have an elbow ache or an arm ache.	别说我有肘痛或手臂痛
243	Eh, that's weird.	嗯,这很奇怪。
244	You could say I have an ache in my arm.	你可以说我手臂痛
245	I have an ache in my elbow.	我手肘疼了,我有点疼
246	Or you could probably just say my, eh, hurts.	或者你可以只是说我的,嗯,伤害。
247	It hurts.	痛甚. 师曰.
248	My arm hurts.	我的手好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛手臂好痛
249	My elbow hurts.	我的手肘很痛,我有点疼
250	My tooth hurts.	我的牙齿疼。
251	Do not say my tooth is sick.	别说我的牙齿病了
252	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
253	Let's say if you're walking along, bang, ow.	假设你走在路上,砰,呜。
254	Your thumb, you bang your thumb against a table.	你的拇指,你的拇指对桌子。
255	Oh, up I oh, right?	哦,我起来了,是吗?
256	Don't say, oh, my thumb is sick.	别说我的拇指病了
257	Huh, your thumb is sick?	你的拇指有病吗?
258	阿hoo,阿hoo.
259	Oh, poor thumb, go to bed and drink some orange juice.	哦,可怜的拇指,去睡觉喝一些橙汁。
260	That's crazy, right?	这太疯狂了,对吧?
261	You can't say that.	你不能这么说。
262	You only use sick with your whole body.	你只用全身的病态
263	I am sick.	我病了,我有点病了
264	Susan is sick.	苏珊病了
265	If you're sick, it means you have a disease.	若病则谓有病.
266	You have a cold.	你有点感冒了
267	You should go to bed, drink hot liquids, take some medicine.	你应该去睡觉喝热液吃点药
268	That's not what this is going on.	事情不是这样的
269	You don't say my stomach is sick.	你不说我的胃有病。
270	Oh, poor stomach, go to bed.	哦,胃不好,去睡觉。
271	No, you say I have a stomach ache or my stomach hurts.	不,你说我胃痛或者胃疼
272	Don't say my stomach is sick.	别说我胃病.
273	That's weird.	这很奇怪。
274	Only people can be sick.	惟人能为病.
275	Now, notice we say stomach ache before we learned belly.	现在,注意,我们说胃痛在我们学会肚子之前。
276	So you can also say belly ache, right?	所以你也可以说肚子疼,对不对?
277	I have a belly ache or my belly hurts, right?	我肚子疼,还是肚子疼?
278	Pain in the stomach, pain in the belly,	胃痛,腹痛,
279	belly ache, or most people will say stomach ache.	腹痛,否则大多数人会说胃痛.
280	Okay, so one word, a lot of interesting things	好吧,所以一个字, 很多有趣的事情
281	about that word.	关于这个词。
282	It's a good word, a useful word.	其词甚好,有用.
283	Remember to say these or say my momo hurts.	记得说这些或者说我妈妈很疼
284	My momo?	我的妈妈?
285	What's a momo?	什么是妈妈?
286	My whatever, right?	我的东西,对不对?
287	My arm hurts, my ear hurts, my head hurts,	手臂疼耳朵疼头疼
288	my leg hurts, my thumb hurts.	我的腿痛,我的拇指痛。
289	Okay, so interesting word.	好吧,那么有趣的话。
290	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
291	Oh, that's very cute, isn't it?	哦,这是非常可爱的,不是吗?
292	These sisters, maybe they're sisters,	这些姐妹,也许他们是姐妹,
293	they love each other, right?	他们彼此相爱,对吧?
294	So what are they doing?	他们在做什么?
295	They hold closely with the arms.	他们紧紧抱着手臂。
296	When you hold something closely with your arms	当你紧紧地抱着东西
297	because you love it, like your brother, your sister,	因为你喜欢它, 像你的兄弟,你的妹妹,
298	or your puppy dog, right?	或你的狗,对不对?
299	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
300	You are hugging it.	你在拥抱它。
301	To hug, you hug something, you hold closely with your arms.	拥抱,你拥抱的东西, 你紧紧地抱着你的手臂。
302	You show somebody that you love them.	你告诉别人你爱他们
303	You hug them.	你拥抱他们。
304	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
305	Whoa, I know him.	哇,我认识他。
306	He's a famous director.	他是著名的导演.
307	Okay, anyway.	好吧,无论如何。
308	To make a sound that shows you are pleased.	来发出一个让你高兴的声音
309	Now, looks like these guys are talking	现在看来这些人在说话
310	and what is he doing?	他现在在做什么?
311	He's going, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, right?	他要去,哈,哈,哈,哈,哈,对不对?
312	He's pleased, he is laughing.	他很高兴,他在笑
313	I have kind of a strange laugh, huh?	我有一个奇怪的笑声,是吧?
314	I'm sorry.	对不起
315	But you know, some people have a very deep laugh.	但有些人笑得非常深
316	何 ho.
317	Some people have a little laugh.	有些人会笑
318	Hee, hee, hee, hee, hee, hee, right?	喜,喜,喜,喜,喜,对吗?
319	So there's many kinds of laughs, but we call them a laugh.	所以有很多种笑声,但我们称之为笑.
320	We call that action to laugh.	我们称这为笑
321	To make a sound that shows you are pleased	来发出一个你很高兴的声音
322	or you are happy or something is funny, then you laugh.	或者你高兴或者有些事很有趣然后你就笑了
323	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
324	Cleaning.	净业.
325	It's time to clean.	是时清净.
326	To press your hand on something and move back and forth.	以手按于物而前后动.
327	Press your hand on the glass and move back and forth.	将手按在玻璃上,前后移动.
328	What are you doing?	你在干吗?
329	You are rubbing.	你在擦伤。
330	Now, rub doesn't always mean somebody's cleaning, right?	现在,擦不总是意味着有人的清洁,对不对?
331	If somebody's arm hurts, you can rub it.	如果有人的手臂受伤, 你可以擦它。
332	Maybe it will feel better, but be careful.	也许它会感觉更好,但要小心。
333	Why does it hurt?	为什么痛?
334	If there's a nail sticking in their arm,	如果手臂上有钉子
335	don't rub it, right?	别擦,对吧?
336	But if they've been exercising, then you can rub it, right?	但是如果他们一直在锻炼, 那么你可以擦它,对不对?
337	So rub just means to put your hand or your fingers	所以擦擦就是用手或手指
338	on a surface and move back and forth, right, with pressure	在水面上,并前后移动, 右,有压力
339	to rub something.	擦东西。
340	Okay.	摆
341	Of course, when you clean things, you have to rub them well.	当然,你清理东西时,要好好擦擦.
342	Okay.	摆
343	Oh, are you hungry?	哦,你饿了吗?
344	We have something here to eat.	我们有东西要吃
345	A dry fruit with a hard shell.	坚硬壳干果.
346	So the outside part, right, the outside part is the shell.	所以外侧部分,对,外侧部分是外壳.
347	The inside part, this part here, is the dry fruit.	里面的部分,这里的部分,是干果.
348	And what do we call the whole thing?	我们怎么称呼整件事?
349	What do we call all of it?	我们怎么称呼这一切?
350	We call it a nut, a nut.	我们称之为坚果,坚果。
351	This looks like a walnut.	这看起来像核桃。
352	And of course, you know about a peanut, right?	当然你知道花生对吧?
353	There are many kinds of nuts, a nut.	有很多种坚果,一个坚果。
354	By the way, it's interesting.	顺便说一句,这很有趣。
355	In English, be careful using nut, right?	在英语中,小心使用坚果,对不对?
356	Nut is a food, but you can also call people a nut.	坚果是一种食物,但也可以称人为坚果.
357	If you say, he's a nut, it means he's kind of crazy, right?	如果你说,他是个疯子, 这意味着他有点疯了,对不对?
358	He's kind of crazy, he's a nut, or you're a nut.	他有点疯狂,他是个疯子或者你是个疯子
359	Sometimes people will joke around.	有时人们会开玩笑
360	And you call your friend, oh, you're so silly,	你打电话给你的朋友, 哦,你是如此愚蠢,
361	you're a nut, right?	你是个疯子,对吧?
362	That's sometimes people will call other people a nut.	有时候人们会说别人是疯子
363	But that's just, you know, a different meaning.	但这只是,你知道, 一个不同的含义。
364	This, of course, is food, it's a nut.	当然,这是食物,是坚果
365	Nuts are good for you.	坚果对你有好处
366	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
367	Oh, these are not good for you, but they taste great.	哦,这些对你不好,但味道很好。
368	How do they taste?	味道怎么样?
369	They are very delicious.	他们非常美味。
370	So how do they taste?	味道怎么样?
371	In Korean, you might say nyam.	在朝鲜语里,你可以说是尼亚姆
372	Oh, God, don't forget that one.	哦,上帝,别忘了那个。
373	So you say, nyam, how's my spelling?	你说: 尼亚姆,我的拼写怎么样?
374	Is it okay?	可以吗?
375	Yeah, whoa, oh, what am I doing?	是啊,哇,哦,我在做什么吗?
376	What is that?	这是什么?
377	Nyam, say nyam, nyam, nyam, nyam, nyam, nyam, nyam.	尼姆,说尼姆,尼姆,尼姆,尼姆,尼姆,尼姆.
378	Mastah, right?	马斯塔,对不对?
379	Very delicious.	好吃极了,你觉得呢?
380	In English, it sounds similar to this.	在英语中,听起来类似于这个.
381	Sounds a little bit similar.	听起来有点相似
382	Yummy, yummy, mm, it's yummy in my belly, right?	好吃,好吃,嗯, 它的美味在我的肚子,对不对?
383	Yummy in my stomach, it's yummy.	肠胃中味甘,其味甘.
384	Tastes very good.	味道很不错
385	Isn't that interesting?	是不是很有趣吗?
386	In English, we say yummy.	在英语中,我们说好吃。
387	在朝鲜语中,你说nyam,nyam,nyam,mm,非常好.
388	It's also very interesting to think about the opposite,	反之亦然
389	pandero, pandero in English, right?	潘德罗,英语潘德罗,对吗?
390	I'm gonna use this symbol for pandero.	我要用这个符号来画山德罗
391	We can say, if something, masi opso.	我们可以说,如果有什么, Masi opso。
392	哦,masi,哦,yak,masi opsoyo,对不对?
393	我们说yakki,oops,C,Y -U -K -Y,yakki。
394	Let me write that again.	让我再写一遍
395	I'm getting too fast.	我越来越快了。
396	There we go, that's much better.	好了,这样好多了
397	雅琪,哦,雅琪,啊, masi opsoyo,对不对?
398	在韩语中,你说yakkiwa。
399	Isn't that amazing?	这难道不惊人吗?
400	ummy,ny,ny也.
401	Yakki, ooh, yakkiwa.	亚基,哦,亚基瓦。
402	Well, it's like English and Korean are almost the same.	就像英语和韩语差不多一样
403	Okay, it's very interesting that we have similar sounds	好吧,这很有趣,我们有类似的声音
404	for similar meanings in this case.	对于类似的含义在这种情况下。
405	Okay, okay, we've come to our exercise, vocabulary exercise.	好了,好了,我们来练习了,词汇练习。
406	Now, in this case, on page 19 in your book,	现在,在这种情况下, 在你的书第19页,
407	you have a crossword puzzle.	你有一个填字谜题。
408	It's a puzzle, we call it a crossword puzzle,	这是一个谜,我们称之为填字谜,
409	a crossword puzzle on page 19.	第19页的填字谜题。
410	These are the words that you have to put in your crossword.	这些话你必须用填字法表达
411	In a crossword, because you have some words that go down	填字法,因为你有些话要说
412	and you have some words that go across.	你有些话要说
413	So it's cross, crossword.	故曰横,横字.
414	Across means this way.	向这边走
415	So we have different answers for the words that go across	所以,我们有不同的答案对于那些字交叉
416	and we have different answers for the words that go down.	我们有不同的答案对于这些话,下来。
417	So first we'll do across.	所以,首先我们做对面。
418	Across, number two, nice picture, we can see the picture.	第二,我们可以看到照片。
419	What's going on there, right?	这是怎么回事,对不对?
420	What is this picture representing?	这张照片代表什么?
421	These are the words that we have.	这是我们的言辞。
422	Let's go over the words.	复说'言.
423	First one is tickle, tickle.	第一个是痒,痒。
424	Next one, cling, cling.	下一个,粘住,粘住。
425	Next one is twig, twig.	下一个是 ,t.
426	Wrestle is the next one, wrestle.	摔跤是下一个,摔跤。
427	Emotion, emotion.	情绪,情绪。
428	Next one is intelligent, intelligent.	下一个是聪明,聪明。
429	Then we have belly, right, belly.	那我们有肚了,对了,肚
430	And furry, furry.	还有毛,毛.
431	Okay, so these are the words we have	好吧,这就是我们有的话
432	and we have to fit them into the puzzle.	我们必须让他们融入谜题
433	Now, as I said before, we look at the picture	现在,正如我之前说过的,我们看看照片
434	and we can see which word we can match with the picture.	我们可以看到哪一个字可以和照片匹配
435	What's going on here?	这是怎么回事?
436	Remember, kanjiro pita, pita, sorry, kanjiro pita.	记住坎次郎皮塔对不起坎次郎皮塔
437	My pronunciation, not so good.	我的发音不好
438	Okay, if you do this, you are doing what?	好吧,如果你这样做,你在做什么?
439	You are tickling somebody.	你让人痒痒。
440	To tickle, kanjiro, right?	为痒,坎次郎,对不对?
441	I'm going to tickle you, so you tickle somebody.	我会给你痒痒的所以你会给别人痒痒痒
442	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
443	Also across, number five, he is a good student and very what?	5号,他是个好学生,什么?
444	So he's a good student.	所以他是个好学生
445	If he's a good student, what is he?	如果他是个好学生,他是什么?
446	He learns quickly, right?	他学得很快,对吧?
447	He has the ability to learn quickly	他有学得很快
448	and it's a very long word.	这是一个非常长的词。
449	So what word is it?	那么,是什么词?
450	Of course, here's a long word,	当然,这里有一个很长的词,
451	but it's also the word that matches this sentence.	但它也是这个词匹配这个句子。
452	He is a good student and very intelligent, very intelligent.	他是个好学生,非常聪明,非常聪明。
453	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
454	Seven across, a chimpanzee can do what?	七对面,一只黑猩猩能做什么?
455	What can a chimpanzee do?	黑猩猩能怎么办?
456	And of course, we're looking for one, two, three, four,	当然,我们在找一,二,三,四,
457	five letters, okay?	五个字母,好吗?
458	So what can a chimpanzee do?	那么一只黑猩猩能做什么?
459	Can a chimpanzee, what do they do?	黑猩猩会做什么?
460	They usually cling.	他们通常会坚持下去。
461	They can cling, stick to trees.	他们可以粘着粘着树
462	They can cling to trees.	它们可以粘着树
463	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
464	Eight across, my dog is cute and what?	8号对面,我的狗很可爱什么?
465	Think about your dog.	想想你的狗。想想你的狗。
466	Look at your dog.	看着你的狗。
467	If you have a dog, it's a very cute dog, right?	如果你有一只狗, 它是一个非常可爱的狗,对不对?
468	There's hair all over your dog's body.	狗身遍发.
469	So that hair we call fur, that's a noun.	所以,我们称之为毛, 这是一个名词。
470	Now we wanna change it to an adjective.	现在我们想把它改成形容词
471	So we say my dog is cute, that's one adjective.	所以我们说我的狗很可爱, 这是一个形容词。
472	And the other adjective is,	另一个形容词是,
473	you'll get that, furry, right?	你会得到的,毛皮,对不对?
474	Furry, my dog is cute and furry, has a lot of hair.	毛毛我的狗很可爱毛毛很长
475	Next one.	下一个
476	Now we're going down, one down.	现在我们下去,一个下去。
477	Here we have the picture.	这里有照片
478	Again, I always feel a little afraid for this guy.	再说一次,我总是觉得有点害怕这家伙
479	He's gonna hurt his neck.	他会伤到脖子的
480	Okay, what's going on here?	好吧,这是怎么回事?
481	These guys are fighting.	这些家伙在战斗
482	What's happening?	发生什么事了?
483	They are wrestling, wrestle, to wrestle.	他们是摔跤,摔跤,摔跤。
484	This is to wrestle.	这是用来摔跤的
485	Remember, there's many kinds of fighting for sport, right?	记住,有很多种为运动而战,对不对?
486	Don't do this because you have a strong emotion.	别因为你有强烈的情感就这么做
487	Do this only if it's a sport, okay?	只有在运动的时候才会这么做好吗?
488	Wrestling, taekwondo, boxing, whatever.	摔跤跆拳道拳击之类的
489	Okay, next one down.	好吧,下一个下来。
490	Oh, what's going on here?	哦,这是怎么回事?
491	I just used that word, right?	我只是用这个词,对不对?
492	Don't wrestle or fight somebody because of what?	不要因为什么而摔跤或打架?
493	Because of emotion, right?	因为情绪,对不对?
494	He's showing strong emotion towards his golf club, emotion.	他对他的高尔夫球场表现出强烈的情感,情感.
495	Next one, four down.	下一个,四个下来。
496	The chimpanzee has a big round what?	黑猩猩有一个大圆什么?
497	What does the chimpanzee have that's big and round?	黑猩猩有什么大圆的?
498	Kind of like me.	有点像我
499	What's going on there?	这是怎么回事?
500	A belly, has a big round belly, right?	一个肚子,有一个大圆的肚子,对不对?
501	Maybe the chimpanzee is drinking too much beer.	也许黑猩猩喝太多啤酒了
502	That makes a big round, I'm just kidding,	说来话长我只是开玩笑
503	a big round belly, okay?	一个大圆腹,好吗?
504	Okay, next one.	好吧,下一个。
505	Small sticks, very small sticks we can see here.	小棍子,非常小的棍子,我们可以在这里看到。
506	They're very small, very thin.	它们非常小,非常薄.
507	Remember what we talked about?	记得我们说过什么吗?
508	What is the same word for a small stick?	小棍子的同名词是什么?.
509	That's right here, twig.	在这里,树枝。
510	A twig is a small stick, okay.	树枝是一根小棍子
511	Okay, welcome back.	好的欢迎回来
512	We're going to go over the reading now.	我们现在要翻阅一下
513	The reading is titled, Smart as a Chimp, right?	阅读的标题是,聪明的一只黑猩猩,对不对?
514	And we're going to read a passage about this subject.	我们要读一段关于这个话题的段落.
515	Now, it's interesting to notice	现在,有趣的是注意到
516	that the reading starts off with a riddle, a riddle.	阅读从谜语,谜语开始。
517	R -I -D
518	What is a riddle?	什么是谜语?
519	A riddle is when I ask you a question	谜语是当我问你一个问题
520	and then I give you some clues about what it is.	然后我给你一些关于它是什么的线索。
521	For example, guess what animal I'm thinking of?	比如,猜猜我在想什么动物?
522	Guess what animal I'm thinking of?	猜猜我在想什么动物?
523	You don't know, it's a riddle.	你不知道,这是一个谜语。
524	So I'm going to give you some clues.	所以我会给你一些线索。
525	I'm going to give you some clues.	我要给你一些线索。
526	Clue is information that helps you solve the riddle.	Clue是帮助你解谜的信息.
527	The riddle is like a puzzle.	谜语就像谜语
528	I give you information,	我给你消息
529	you try to think of the answer, solve the puzzle.	你试着思考答案,解开谜题。
530	So, guess what animal I'm thinking of?	猜猜我在想什么动物?
531	Now, of course, I could be thinking about an elephant.	现在,当然,我可以想一头大象。
532	I could be thinking about a dog.	我可能会想到一只狗
533	You don't know, so I need to give you some clues.	你不知道所以我需要给你一些线索
534	My clues are, this animal likes to laugh	我的线索是这只动物喜欢笑
535	and tickle its friends.	和痒它的朋友。
536	There's two clues right there.	这里有两个线索
537	The animal likes to laugh	动物喜欢笑
538	and it likes to tickle its friends.	它喜欢抚摸它的朋友
539	There's two clues.	有两条线索.
540	One more clue.	还有一条线索
541	It also uses tools to find food.	它还使用工具寻找食物.
542	That's another clue.	这是另一个线索。
543	So this animal can use tools to find food?	所以这个动物可以用工具来寻找食物?
544	That's unusual.	这是不寻常的。
545	Elephants don't.	大象不会.
546	Well, elephants might use tools to find food, that's true.	嗯,大象可能使用工具寻找食物,这是真的。
547	But that's one of the clues of this animal.	但这是这种动物的线索之一.
548	When this animal is sick,	当这个动物病了,
549	it takes medicine to feel better.	它需要药物感觉更好。
550	That's interesting.	这很有趣。
551	Now, all of these clues, how many clues are there?	现在,所有这些线索,有多少线索?
552	We've got this clue, one, it likes to laugh.	我们有这个线索,一,它喜欢笑。
553	We got another clue here, tickle its friends.	我们得到了另一个线索,痒它的朋友。
554	Another clue here, number three,	第三个线索
555	it also uses tools to find food.	它还使用工具来寻找食物。
556	When this animal is sick, it takes medicine to feel better.	当这种动物生病时,需要药物才能感觉好一些.
557	We have four different clues here.	这里有四个不同的线索
558	It likes to laugh, it tickles its friends,	它喜欢笑, 它痒它的朋友,
559	it uses tools to find food,	它使用工具寻找食物,
560	it takes medicine to feel better.	它需要药物感觉更好。
561	Sounds like a person, but no, I'm not thinking of people.	听起来像个人,但是不,我不考虑人。
562	So I'm not thinking of a person	所以我没有想到一个人
563	because you see these clues and you think,	因为你看到这些线索,你觉得,
564	that sounds like a person.	这听起来像一个人。
565	People laugh, people tickle their friends,	人们笑, 人们痒他们的朋友,
566	people use tools to find food.	人们用工具寻找食物。
567	When they're sick, we take medicine to feel better.	当他们生病时,我们用药来感觉好些.
568	That's what people do.	众生以此为业.
569	Dogs don't do that, right?	狗不这样做,对不对?
570	Rabbits don't do that, fish don't do that, people do.	兔子不这样做,鱼不这样做,人们这样做。
571	But it's not people, no, I'm not thinking of people.	但这不是人,不,我不是在想人。
572	The answer is here, I'm thinking of a chimpanzee.	答案就在这里我想的是一只黑猩猩
573	The answer is chimpanzee.	答曰鸣ze.
574	So this riddle, the answer is chimpanzee.	所以这个谜语,答案是黑猩猩。
575	You gave somebody, this is the riddle,	你给了别人,这是谜语,
576	what am I thinking of?	我在想什麽?
577	Then you give clues down to here,	然后你给这里提供线索
578	and then you give the answer.	然后,你给出答案。
579	And that's what this reading passage is doing.	而此读经之所为.
580	Let's continue.	让我们继续。
581	Because it's kind of interesting	因为它有点有趣
582	that chimpanzees can do all of those things.	黑猩猩可以做所有这些事情。
583	So that's what this reading passage is about.	故此读诵经文.
584	How can chimpanzees do all of these things?	黑猩猩怎么能做这些事情?
585	How can they tickle their friends, right?	他们怎么能给朋友痒痒,对吧?
586	How can they laugh?	他们怎么能笑?
587	It's unusual for an animal to laugh.	畜生大笑无常.
588	How can chimpanzees use tools to find food?	黑猩猩如何使用工具寻找食物?
589	How can they do it?	他们怎么能这么做?
590	They can because they're intelligent animals.	他们可以,因为他们是聪明的动物。
591	They are intelligent animals.	他们是聪明的动物。
592	They are smart animals.	他们是聪明的动物。
593	Chimpanzees like to eat ants,	黑猩猩喜欢吃蚂蚁
594	but their arms are too big to reach inside the ant's nest.	但它们的手臂太大无法伸到蚂蚁的巢穴里
595	Okay, so what we've got here is we got this statement.	好吧,所以我们这里有我们得到了这个陈述。
596	They can because they're intelligent animals.	他们可以,因为他们是聪明的动物。
597	So this statement says chimpanzees are intelligent.	所以这个声明说黑猩猩很聪明.
598	Now from here down,	现在从这里下来,
599	we see an example that supports this observation	我们可以看到一个支持这个观点的例子
600	or this statement, okay?	或者这个陈述,好吗?
601	This is an example that supports.	这是一个支持的例子。
602	It's just the beginning of the example.	刚起譬喻.
603	We have to see the next slide.	我们必须看到下一张幻灯片。
604	But this is the part of the example.	但这是例子的一部分。
605	Chimpanzees like to eat ants,	黑猩猩喜欢吃蚂蚁
606	but they can't put their arms inside the ant's nest	但他们不能把手臂放在蚂蚁的巢穴里
607	because their arms are too big.	因为他们的手臂太大了
608	So what they do is find thin skin.	所以他们做的是找到薄的皮肤。
609	They find thin skin and they put it inside the ant's nest.	他们发现薄的皮肤,把它放在蚂蚁的巢穴里.
610	Ants cling to it.	蚂蚁紧紧抓住它。
611	When the chimpanzee pulls the stick out,	当黑猩猩拔出棍子时
612	there are many yummy ants to eat, okay?	有很多好吃的蚂蚁要吃,好吗?
613	So that's all part of the example	所以这是所有的例子
614	that supports the fact that chimpanzees are intelligent.	这证明黑猩猩很聪明
615	Chimpanzees, their arms are too big.	黑猩猩,他们的手臂太大了
616	They can't fit them inside the ant's nest,	他们不能把他们装进蚂蚁的巢里
617	but they like to eat ants.	但他们喜欢吃蚂蚁。
618	So what do they do?	他们做什么的?
619	They find a twig, a small stick,	他们找到一根树枝,一根小棍子,
620	and then they put the twig inside the nest	然后把树枝放进巢里
621	because the twig is a lot smaller than their arm.	因为树枝比它们的手臂小很多
622	So they put the twig inside the nest.	于是将树枝放入巢内.
623	Ants bite the twig, so they cling to it, right?	蚂蚁咬了树枝,所以它们紧紧咬着它,对吧?
624	Or they climb on the twig.	或者他们爬在树枝上。
625	When the chimpanzee pulls the twig out, right?	当黑猩猩把树枝拉出来,对吧?
626	There's a whole bunch of ants on the twig	树枝上有一大堆蚂蚁
627	because the chimpanzee puts the twig in the nest,	因为黑猩猩把树枝放进巢里
628	the ants attack it.	蚂蚁攻击它。
629	It's like, what is this thing coming in our home?	就像,这是什么东西来到我们的家?
630	So the ants cling to it.	所以蚂蚁们紧紧抓住它
631	Chimpanzee pulls it out.	黑猩猩把它拉出来。
632	Mm, it's a good snack, okay?	嗯,这是一个很好的点心,好吗?
633	For me, it's yuck.	对我来说,它很讨厌。
634	Chimpanzees, that's like a snack food, right?	黑猩猩,这就像一个小吃,对不对?
635	That's their snack.	那是他们的小吃
636	Okay, they like it.	好吧,他们喜欢。
637	There are many yummy ants.	有很多美味的蚂蚁
638	啊, masita, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, nom, right?
639	They like to eat those ants.	他们喜欢吃那些蚂蚁。
640	Okay, here's another example.	好吧,这是另一个例子。
641	So that was one example.	这就是一个例子。
642	Here's another example, the second example	这是另一个例子,第二个例子
643	of how chimpanzees are smart.	黑猩猩多么聪明
644	It starts here.	从这里开始。
645	Chimpanzees like to eat nuts, too,	黑猩猩也喜欢吃坚果
646	but opening a nut is not easy.	但打开坚果并不容易。
647	So this is the second example.	因此,这是第二个例子。
648	One, we heard about how chimpanzees can eat ants easily.	第一,我们听说黑猩猩可以轻易地吃蚂蚁
649	The second example, we're gonna hear	第二个例子,我们会听到
650	about how chimpanzees can open a nut.	关于黑猩猩如何打开坚果。
651	Because you remember, a nut has a hard shell on the outside.	因为你记得坚果的外壳很硬
652	How do you get the food inside the shell?	你怎么把食物放进壳里?
653	How do they do it, right?	他们是怎么做到的,对不对?
654	That's just what I asked.	这就是我问的。
655	How do chimpanzees eat nuts?	黑猩猩怎么吃坚果?
656	They use rocks.	他们用石头。
657	They hit the nut with a rock until it cracks open.	他们用石头打坚果直到它裂开
658	Chimpanzees are careful when they crack nuts.	黑猩猩在裂开坚果时要小心
659	They try not to hit the nut too hard.	他们尽量不要把坚果打得太重。
660	So this explains another way	这解释了另一种方式
661	that chimpanzees are intelligent,	黑猩猩很聪明,
662	by using tools to get food, right?	用工具来获取食物,对吧?
663	In this case, they're using rocks to open the nut.	在这种情况下,他们利用石头打开坚果.
664	They hit the nut with the rock, right,	他们用石头打坚果,对吗?
665	to break the shell until the shell cracks open.	打破壳,直到壳裂开。
666	But you gotta be careful.	但你必须小心。
667	They are careful.	他们很小心
668	They think about it.	他们考虑过了
669	They don't just go smack, smack, and not think about it.	他们不只是去打,打, 而不考虑它。
670	They're smart.	他们是聪明的。
671	They know not to hit the nut too hard.	他们知道不要太用力打坚果。
672	Hit the nut just hard enough so the shell cracks open.	用力打坚果,使壳裂开
673	Be careful.	小心点
674	When they crack nuts, don't hit it too hard.	当它们裂开坚果时,不要打得太重.
675	So just like us, chimpanzees get sick sometimes.	所以和我们一样黑猩猩有时会生病
676	Okay, so this is changing the subject a little bit.	好吧,所以这正在改变主题一点点。
677	Before we saw that chimpanzees can use tools to get food	在看到黑猩猩用工具来获取食物之前
678	that shows how smart they are.	这说明他们有多聪明。
679	Now we see a little bit of a different example.	现在我们看到一个不同的例子。
680	This example has to do with when chimpanzees get sick.	这个例子与黑猩猩生病时有关.
681	Just like us, chimpanzees get sick sometimes.	就像我们一样,黑猩猩有时生病
682	In the forest, there are plants that have medicine inside.	在森林中,有植物有内有药.
683	Chimpanzees eat these plants when they have a stomachache.	黑猩猩在胃痛时会吃这些植物.
684	They feel better right away.	他们现在感觉好多了。
685	Wow, that's very interesting.	哇,这很有趣。
686	So just like us, chimpanzees are similar to us.	所以和我们一样,黑猩猩和我们相似。
687	We get sick, chimpanzees get sick sometimes.	我们生病,黑猩猩有时生病。
688	Well, in the forest, many plants have medicine.	在森林里很多植物都有药
689	That's actually human beings.	这就是人
690	When we get our medicine,	当我们得到我们的药,
691	our medicine was usually from certain plants, right?	我们的药通常是来自某些植物,对吧?
692	Then we just concentrate that medicine.	然后我们把药集中起来
693	We've changed the amount of the medicine.	我们改变药量了
694	We put it into pills and we put it into liquid	我们把它装进药丸里然后放进液体里
695	that we drink, but it comes from plants.	我们喝,但它来自植物。
696	That's where it came from originally.	始从此而来.
697	So the plants have medicine inside.	所以植物里面有药
698	Chimpanzees know, they're smart.	黑猩猩知道,他们很聪明。
699	They know which plants to eat when they have a stomachache.	他们知道肚子疼时要吃什么植物
700	They feel better right away after they eat the plants	他们吃了植物后会感觉好点
701	because the plant is medicine for them.	因为植物是他们的药
702	Very interesting.	非常有趣,你觉得呢?
703	So how do chimpanzees know which plants	黑猩猩怎么会知道哪些植物
704	have medicine in them?	里面有药吗?
705	How do they know?	他们怎么知道的?
706	We're not sure, but because of chimpanzees,	我们不确定但因为黑猩猩
707	now we use these plants to make medicine too.	现在我们也用这些植物做药
708	Very interesting.	非常有趣,你觉得呢?
709	What this passage is telling us is that chimpanzees	这段话告诉我们黑猩猩
710	taught human beings which plants to use for stomachaches	教人类用何种植物来治胃痛
711	or when you're sick, right?	或者当你生病,对不对?
712	So we don't know.	所以我们不知道。
713	We're not sure how chimpanzees know which plant	我们不知道黑猩猩怎么知道哪一种植物
714	is the best one to use.	这是最好的一个使用。
715	We have to do an experiment.	我们必须做个实验。
716	We have to figure that out, right?	我们必须想清楚,对不对?
717	But because they know this, because chimpanzees know this,	但是,因为他们知道这一点, 因为黑猩猩知道这一点,
718	we can learn from chimpanzees.	我们可以向黑猩猩学习
719	This is interesting.	这很有趣。
720	Human beings who are really, really smart	真正,真正聪明的人
721	can learn from chimpanzees about which plants to use.	可以向黑猩猩学习使用哪些植物.
722	Okay, chimpanzees show a lot of emotions like we do.	好吧,黑猩猩会像我们一样表现出很多情绪
723	So now we're changing subject a little bit.	所以现在我们要改变一下话题
724	Now we're talking about emotions.	现在我们谈论的是情感
725	They hug each other, wrestle for fun, and even laugh.	他们互相拥抱,为好玩而摔跤,甚至笑起来.
726	Sometimes they even rub each other's bellies.	有时甚至互相摩擦对方的腹部.
727	Chimpanzees can be very silly.	黑猩猩会很傻的
728	Okay, so this part here is just talking about	好吧,所以这个部分这里只是谈论
729	how chimpanzees show emotions.	黑猩猩如何表现情绪。
730	And it gives several examples	它给出了几个例子
731	about how chimpanzees can show emotions.	关于黑猩猩如何表现情感
732	What are they?	他们是什么?
733	Here's one example.	这里有一个例子。
734	They hug each other.	彼此拥抱
735	They show their love.	他们表现出了他们的爱。
736	Here's another one.	这里还有一个。
737	Two, they wrestle for fun.	二,他们摔跤取乐。
738	So they play with each other.	所以他们互相玩耍
739	When you're young, maybe you wrestle your brother	年轻的时候,也许你和你哥哥摔跤
740	or if your sister doesn't yell at you,	或者如果你妹妹不骂你,
741	you might wrestle your sister for fun	你可能会和你姐姐摔跤取乐
742	because you're playing.	因为你在玩。
743	That's what kids do.	小孩就是这样
744	So that's the next one.	所以,这是下一个。
745	And even laugh.	乃至欢笑.
746	Chimpanzees laugh.	黑猩猩会笑的
747	Wow, that's the third example	哇,这是第三个例子
748	of how chimpanzees show emotion.	黑猩猩如何表现情感
749	And sometimes they even rub each other's bellies.	有时它们甚至互相擦擦对方的腹部.
750	So they show emotion.	因此,他们表现出情感。
751	This is my father or mother.	这是我的父亲或母亲。
752	This is my brother or sister or my friend.	这是我的兄弟或姐妹或朋友。
753	And they'll rub the bellies because that makes you feel good.	他们会擦腹部因为那会让你感觉很好。
754	So it's showing love to somebody else too.	所以,它显示爱别人了。
755	So chimpanzees can be very silly.	所以黑猩猩会很傻
756	They can also, that's another way that they show emotion.	他们也可以,这是另一种方式他们表现出情感。
757	They can act silly.	他们可以装傻
758	So other chimpanzees may laugh	所以其他黑猩猩可能会笑
759	or they may laugh because they act silly.	或者他们可能笑因为他们的行为愚蠢。
760	Of course, people don't act silly, do they?	当然,人们不会装傻吧?
761	You've never seen me act silly, right?	你从没见过我这么傻吧?
762	But of course, we show emotion when we act silly.	但是,当然,我们表现的情绪当我们做傻事。
763	So this passage is mostly about	所以这个段落主要是关于
764	how chimpanzees can show emotions.	黑猩猩如何表现情绪
765	We have one, two, three, four, five different examples	我们有1,2,3,4,5个不同的例子
766	or ways that chimpanzees use to show emotion.	或者黑猩猩用来表现情感的方式
767	So we have this final sentence here	所以我们有这句最后一句
768	which is a concluding sentence.	这是最后一句话。
769	Maybe these furry animals aren't so different	也许这些毛茸茸的动物没什么不同
770	from us after all, okay?	我们毕竟,好吗?
771	So that's kind of like a conclusion sentence	所以,这有点像一个结论句
772	because chimpanzees look like people, right?	因为黑猩猩看起来像人,对吧?
773	They have heads and faces that are similar to people.	他们的头和脸都和人相似
774	They walk on two legs like people do.	他们像人一样双腿走路
775	They have arms with hands and thumbs	他们有手有拇指
776	and fingers like people do.	手指像别人一样
777	And in fact, chimpanzees and humans	事实上,黑猩猩和人类
778	aren't so different really.	也没什么不同
779	We're cousins, right?	我们是表亲,对吧?
780	People didn't evolve from chimpanzees	人们不会从黑猩猩身上进化
781	but people and chimpanzees evolved from the same ancestor.	但人类和黑猩猩是从同一个祖先进化而来的
782	So humans and chimpanzees are cousins.	因此人类和黑猩猩都是表亲.
783	So they're not so different from us, okay?	所以他们和我们没什么不同,好吗?
784	Okay, the next one is,	好吧,下一个是,
785	let's do the comprehension questions.	让我们做理解问题。
786	This story is about what?	这个故事是关于什么的?
787	What is this story about?	这是关于什么的故事?
788	Is it about chimpanzees tickling, laughing or using tools?	是关于黑猩猩痒痒笑还是用工具?
789	Well, of course the entire passage	当然,整个段落
790	was about talking about different aspects	说到不同的方面
791	or characteristics of chimpanzees, right?	或者黑猩猩的特征对吧?
792	Not tickling.	别痒
793	Tickling was just a small part.	痒痒只是一小部分。
794	It said chimpanzees tickle.	上面说黑猩猩痒
795	Chimpanzees laugh and chimpanzees use tools.	黑猩猩大笑,黑猩猩使用工具.
796	So all of these things have to do with chimpanzees.	因此所有这些事情都与黑猩猩有关.
797	The big subject of this passage is A, chimpanzees.	此段的大题是A,黑猩猩.
798	So this story is about chimpanzees.	这个故事是关于黑猩猩的。
799	Okay, number two.	好吧,第二号。
800	Chimpanzees use twigs to do what?	黑猩猩用树枝做什么?
801	Beep, beep, okay.	哔,哔,好。
802	A, scratch their backs.	一,刮他们的背部。
803	So they use twigs to scratch their backs?	所以他们用树枝抓背?
804	No, the passage didn't say that.	不,通过没有这么说。
805	Chimpanzees use twigs to find water.	黑猩猩用树枝觅水.
806	How do you use a twig to find water?	如何用树枝觅水.
807	Maybe you poke it in the ground	也许你把它插进地里
808	and see if there's water there,	看看那里有没有水
809	but the passage didn't say that.	但是那段话没有这么说
810	Chimpanzees use twigs to reach inside bird's nests.	黑猩猩利用树枝到达鸟巢内部.
811	Maybe if the bird's nest is up high,	也许,如果鸟的巢是高,
812	why would you use a little twig?	你为什么用小树枝?
813	You should use a stick.	你应该用一根棍子。
814	But anyway, the passage didn't say anything	但无论如何, 通道没有说什么
815	about bird's nests.	关于鸟巢。
816	So that's not right.	所以,这是不对的。
817	Chimpanzees use twigs to reach inside ants' nests.	黑猩猩利用树枝到达蚂蚁巢内.
818	Ah, that's what the passage said, right?	啊,这是那段话,对不对?
819	That's the right answer.	答对了.
820	The passage said that chimpanzees are smart.	上面说黑猩猩很聪明
821	One way they're smart is they use twigs	他们聪明的一种方法是用树枝
822	to put inside the ants' nest	在蚂蚁的巢穴里
823	to pull out all the ants that cling to the twig.	把紧贴树枝的蚂蚁都拔出来
824	So chimpanzees use twigs to reach inside ants' nests.	因此黑猩猩使用树枝到达蚂蚁巢内.
825	Okay, next one, number three.	好吧,下一个,第三个。
826	Chimpanzees use beep to crack open nuts.	黑猩猩用鸣叫来裂开坚果.
827	Okay, so another tool that chimpanzees use	好吧,所以另一个工具黑猩猩使用
828	to get the food inside the nut, what do they use?	他们用什么?
829	Do they use rocks, twigs, medicine, or powerful muscles?	他们用石头、树枝、药或强力肌肉吗?
830	Of course, you remember from the reading,	当然,你还记得从阅读,
831	it was saying that chimpanzees use rocks.	说黑猩猩用石头
832	That's the right answer.	答对了.
833	They use twigs to get ants.	他们利用树枝来获取蚂蚁.
834	They use medicine to make them feel better	他们用药让他们感觉好些
835	if they have a stomach ache.	如果他们胃痛的话
836	And the passage didn't say anything	那段话没说
837	about the strength of the chimpanzees.	关于黑猩猩的强度。
838	So powerful muscles was not mentioned.	因此,强大的肌肉没有被提及。
839	The answer is rocks.	答案是石头。
840	Chimpanzees use rocks to crack open nuts.	黑猩猩利用岩石来裂开坚果.
841	And remember, they know, they're smart.	记住,他们知道,他们是聪明的。
842	They crack open the nuts, not too hard,	他们打开坚果,不要太用力
843	but just enough to crack the shell and get the food.	但足够裂开壳得到食物
844	Interesting.	有意思,这很有趣
845	Number four, because of chimpanzees, we know beep.	第四,因为黑猩猩,我们知道哔声。
846	We know what?	我们知道什么?
847	We know how to be silly?	我们知道怎么傻吗?
848	No, the passage didn't say that chimpanzees	不,通道没有说黑猩猩
849	taught humans how to be silly.	教人如何是傻子.
850	That's silly.	这是愚蠢的。
851	B, which plants to use for medicine?	B,哪一种植物用来做药?
852	Aha, that was mentioned in the passage	啊哈,这被提到在段落
853	because the passage said chimpanzees know	因为通道上说黑猩猩知道
854	which plants to eat when they have a stomach ache.	当它们胃痛时,它们会生长为食。
855	We don't know how the chimpanzees know that,	我们不知道黑猩猩是怎么知道的,
856	but we can follow the chimpanzees.	但我们可以跟随黑猩猩
857	We can follow their example.	我们可以以他们为榜样。
858	Say, oh, the chimpanzee ate that plant.	黑猩猩吃了那个植物
859	That plant has medicine.	那植物有药
860	Now we know that plant has medicine.	现在我们知道那植物有药
861	We'll use the same plant.	我们用同样的植物
862	So that's the right answer.	所以,这是正确的答案。
863	Let's look at C and D for practice.	让我们看看C和D的练习。
864	Because of chimpanzees, we know how to eat ants	因为黑猩猩,我们知道怎么吃蚂蚁
865	with a stick.	拿着一根棍子。
866	The passage didn't say that humans learned	上面没有说人类学到了
867	how to eat ants with a stick.	如何用棍子吃蚂蚁.
868	By the way, that's yucky, right?	顺便说一句,那很恶心,对吧?
869	So that's not the right answer.	所以,这不是正确的答案。
870	D, which bananas taste the best?	D,哪个香蕉味道最好?
871	The passage didn't say anything about bananas,	那段话没说香蕉的事
872	so that's not right either.	所以这也不对劲
873	Of course we know it's B.	我们当然知道是B
874	Because of chimpanzees, we know which plants	因为黑猩猩,我们知道哪些植物
875	to use for medicine.	用于药物。
876	That's the answer.	这就是答案。
877	Okay, let's summarize here.	好吧,让我们总结一下这里。
878	Here we have a good picture of chimpanzees or chimps.	在这里,我们有一个很好的图片黑猩猩或黑猩猩。
879	We can call them chimps for short.	我们可以叫它们黑猩猩
880	They do look tough, don't they?	他们看起来很坚强不是吗?
881	Yeah, they look pretty mean, okay.	是啊,他们看起来很坏,好吧。
882	What can we say about chimpanzees?	黑猩猩怎么办?
883	Chimpanzees use tools to find food.	黑猩猩使用工具寻找食物.
884	That's an example of how smart or intelligent they are.	这是他们聪明或聪明的例子。
885	They can figure things out.	他们能解决问题
886	They use tools to find food.	他们使用工具寻找食物.
887	What's something else we learned about chimpanzees?	关于黑猩猩我们还学到了什么?
888	Chimpanzees take medicine to feel better.	黑猩猩吃药感觉好点
889	That's very interesting.	这很有趣。
890	So chimpanzees take medicine.	故黑猩猩服药.
891	Remember, take, not eat, right, but take.	记住,吃,不吃,对,但吃。
892	They take medicine to feel better.	他们吃药感觉好点了
893	And finally, chimpanzees show a lot of emotions like we do.	最后,黑猩猩会像我们一样表现出很多情感。
894	They can laugh.	他们可以笑。
895	They tickle each other, right?	他们互相痒,对不对?
896	They wrestle for fun.	他们为了好玩而摔跤
897	They hug each other, right?	他们拥抱对方,对不对?
898	So chimpanzees show a lot of emotions like we do.	所以黑猩猩会像我们一样表现出很多情感。
899	It's very amazing, of course,	这是非常惊人的,当然,
900	that chimpanzees are very similar to human beings	黑猩猩和人类非常相似
901	and, of course, many other monkeys	当然还有许多其他猴子
902	that we are actually cousins of all these different animals.	我们实际上是这些不同动物的堂兄弟
903	So, of course, chimpanzees are very smart.	当然,黑猩猩非常聪明。
904	They're cousins to the smartest animal on Earth,	他们是地球上最聪明的动物的表亲
905	which is us, okay?	我们是谁,好吗?
906	So I hope you've learned a lot in this lesson.	所以我希望你学到了很多
907	We'll see you again next time.	下次再见
908	Take care.	小心点

该视频共有字幕 909 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到价格

下载安装